《Return of the Sword God-Rank Civil Servant》 Chapter 1 Chapter 1 A lump of dark red blood spilled from Ahn Suho''s mouth. His vision blurred and his breathing came in gasps. His heart burned with pain and his internal organs felt as if they were twisting. Still, Suho stood upright, holding on to the hilt of his sword - even though only the hilt was left. It was a meager resistance. No matter how they called him the "World''s Greatest Sword God", a sword god without a sword was neither a god nor anything else. Besides, the ones he faced were all S-Rank Awakened ones. No, they were above the average S class players, in this world, they were revered as heroes, the strongest warriors who knew him better than anyone else. Or rather, his former comrades. Seeing Suho''s pitiful state, Alex Morgan, known as the world''s greatest tank, scoffed. "A guy with a broken sword still pretending to be all that. You should''ve joined us in the first place. That''s why officers are so stubborn." Official. Surprisingly, that was Suho''s official occupation in society. Even though his skills were strong enough to make him the top member of the Korean Hunters Association and the world, he''d finally chosen to become a civil servant instead of joining a private guild. And there was only one reason. In the past, Suho had lost his entire family to the Gates, and he truly wished for the complete eradication of the Gates from this world. At that moment, someone laughed. "Exactly. It doesn''t matter if he''s the Sword God or whatever - they say he''s just not cut out for it, and isn''t this the result? I hate guys in suits for that very reason." The woman who laughed was Suzuki Endo. The strongest mage in the world, also known as the Witch.@@@@ Archmage, Sage, Arc Mage - of all her numerous titles, the reason she was called Witch? It was because her specialty was poison. And what would happen if her deadly art, "All Poison", was used on a human? Suho didn''t want to know. Especially not by experiencing it herself. The skin where the poisoned arrowhead had touched had long since melted, and the excruciating pain that felt like his entire body was being torn apart continued without end. The only reason Suho could still stand was the effect of the poison immunity he''d received from eating the heart of the poison demon, Venom, in the past. Without it, my body would''ve melted away by now. Of course, there was no way to completely heal from the Witch''s All Poison. Although not even S-rank healing potions like elixirs could cure it, there was one person in the world who could - a Saint-level healer, Isabella, who possessed the power to cure all poisons and diseases. Without realizing it, Suho looked at Isabella. "Oh, don''t look at me like that. I''m here because I agreed to this mission." At her words, Suho said nothing. He hadn''t expected anything from the beginning. If she''d had a shred of decency, she would have healed me first. But Isabella didn''t. Exactly as she had said, she was on their side and had agreed to their proposal. He found it sickeningly hypocritical. For someone who preached hope, love and devotion every day to end up blinded by greed and resort to this. Suho spoke up, gasping for breath. "Have you no shame? How are you different from the monsters?" "At least we didn''t slaughter people." The man who answered Suho''s question. The hero representing Britain, known as the God of Archery, Hex Hood. With a regretful expression, he said. "Suho, even now, just say you''ll join us. I like you." Like me, my ass. And that''s why you shot me in the back? If Hex hadn''t been a part of this mission, they would never have gotten Suho to this point. After all, Hex''s arrows were silent, leaving no trace of wind or sound, making them ideal for assassination. Suho closed his eyes silently. He had reached his limit. Damn it. This time, he''d thought he''d finally be able to clear all the gates that were called catastrophes. No, he had only managed to clear one of the five catastrophes. Right after he''d defeated one of the five disasters, Suho had been hit by the witch''s poison. Because of that, he''d believed that he could handle the remaining gates and finally bring peace to humanity. And now, betrayal? The reason was also absurd. They were afraid that if peace came to the world, they would lose their place. How could that be considered logical? When he first heard the suggestion, he''d thought it was a joke and laughed it off. He hadn''t expected it to be real. He''d been too careless. He should have prepared for this from the beginning. "Huu..." But it was already too late. The milk was spilled. Suho took a long breath. He didn''t have much time left. Nobody knew his body better than him. The chance to survive here was zero. So he calmed his breathing and took aim again. He covered his anger with calm. All he could do now was to kill as many of them as possible for the sake of the remaining humanity. This was the last duty he believed he had as a hero of humanity. I must succeed. Suho focused his mind. The sword was broken. And small green monsters, about 100 centimeters tall, roaming around below. Goblins. ''Goblins? That wasn''t the only thing that surprised him. He also saw a sign in the in the distance. It was the sign for a subway station he thought he would never see again. ''Sindorim Station? How was it still standing? It should have been destroyed and contaminated after the Gate erupted. At that moment, a memory flashed through Suho''s mind. The moment when he had first awakened as a player. Could this be it? Right then. "Aaaargh!" The firefighter''s scream. At the same time, the firefighter collapsed forward, releasing his grip on Suho. He had been hit by an arrow fired by a goblin. Seeing this, the goblins sneered widely and approached the two of them. "P-please run!" The fallen firefighter quickly got up and pulled a fire axe from his belt. But his arm was shaking from the arrow embedded in it. Seeing this, Suho stood up without hesitation and grabbed the axe from the firefighter''s hand. "I''ll borrow this for a moment." "H-hey? What are you...!" But before the firefighter could stop him, Suho threw the axe, smashing the head of one of the approaching goblins. Crunch! The goblin collapsed, its skull shattered, and at that moment... [Congratulations! You have met the resurrection requirements!] [ You are now a player. ] A message appeared in front of his eyes. It was the system window for players only. Seeing it, Suho let out an involuntary laugh. Everything was exactly the same as when he''d first awakened all those years ago. [The system wants you to become even stronger.] [Please select the power you wish to pursue.] [Warrior] [Mage] [ Archer ] [ Healer ] The system prompts continued. Right. After awakening as a player, you must choose a profession. Naturally, Suho tried to choose the Warrior profession. After all, that''s what he had chosen as a swordsman in the past. But. "I''ll postpone my choice for now." Suho didn''t decide right away. Instead, he picked up a nearby metal pipe and faced the approaching goblins. The fireman looked at him and asked. "W-what are you doing? You need to run now..." "Shh." Suho pressed her finger to her lips. Run? Why should I? The enemies are just little pests - goblins. Suho''s eyes shone with a fierce light. If I''m not dreaming and I really have returned to the past, there are many things I need to confirm. But first. Let''s take care of these pests. Suho charged at them. A true craftsman never blames his tools. The same was true for Suho. Having reached the unity of body and sword, he could wield anything as a sword as long as he believed it to be one. But his body felt heavier than before. Although he had awakened as a player, he hadn''t chosen a profession yet, nor did he have the same statistics as before. But what of it? His opponents were only goblins. Complaining about goblins would just be an excuse. At least, that''s what Suho thought. Closing the distance in an instant, Suho raised the metal rod and swung it down. Slice! A sharp cutting sound. Although it was only a blunt metal rod, a long gash appeared on the goblin''s face. He''d used the edge of the metal rod to strike. Then. [You have a high level of understanding of Vertical Slash.] [The system will now evaluate your skill] [ Congratulations! You have mastered Vertical Slash (B) ] At the system prompt announcing his mastery of the Vertical Slash, Suho couldn''t help but laugh. Chapter 2 Right. Is there anyone else in this world who understands the *Vertical Slash* as well as I do? This phenomenon wasnt exactly unexpected. The system that had overtaken the world might look like a villain or some kind of evil game assistant, but surprisingly, it had an excellent understanding of individual skills and incredible observational abilities. It was exceedingly fair when it came to awarding rewards. In other words, as long as you showed a high level of understanding, the system would recognize it as a skill. *The same logic applied to how I was able to master the Formless Sword.* It wasnt as though hed achieved the realm of unity with the Divine Sword by simply receiving a special skill. Ever since Suho chose the path of the sword, he had trained tirelessly, never taking a day off in his quest to become stronger. As a result, he not only became the worlds greatest swordsman, but also received the systems recognition, ascending to the realm of Divine Sword Unity and mastering a skill known as the *Formless Sword*.@@@@ Still, Suho felt slightly disappointed with the systems evaluation. To be called the Sword God and yet only receive a skill rank of B? He could understand it, though. *The system cant judge everything just by seeing it once.* This was especially true for physical techniques. So, no matter how exceptional the talent, the system rarely granted an initial skill rank higher than B. Of course, there were a few exceptions with special skills. For basic techniques, however, B was the usual starting point. If someone wanted a higher rank, theyd need to prove they deserved it. Perhaps it was a beginners luck kind of thing. Suho swung the metal rod horizontally, slashing through the goblins around him. **[You have a high level of understanding of Horizontal Slash.]** **[The system is evaluating your skill.]** **[Congratulations! You have mastered Horizontal Slash (B).]** After Vertical Slash, he gained the skill *Horizontal Slash*. Once again, the skill rank was B. Suho then thrust the rod forward like a spear. **[You have a high level of understanding of Thrust.]** **[The system is evaluating your skill.]** **[Congratulations! You have mastered Thrust (B).]** Thrust was no different. Next, he swung the rod diagonally. **[You have a high level of understanding of Diagonal Slash.]** **[The system is evaluating your skill.]** **[Congratulations! You have mastered Diagonal Slash (B).]** Each time he swung the rod, a skill was added. Right. This was indeed the world he remembered. Then it happened. **[You have a high level of understanding of swordsmanship.]** **[Vertical Slash, Horizontal Slash, Diagonal Slash, and Thrust skills have been integrated into Basic Swordsmanship.]** **[Congratulations! You have mastered Basic Swordsmanship (B).]** With all three slashing skills and the Thrust skill combined, they were automatically grouped under the name *Basic Swordsmanship*. It was only natural. The system worked according to certain rules, and when specific skills were gathered, it would automatically combine them for the sake of efficiency. Still, the rank was B. But this was better. A single integrated skill was easier to level up than multiple scattered skills. *Basic Swordsmanship...* Seeing the term Basic Swordsmanship brought a slight smile to Suhos face as he remembered the past. Every famous swordsman started with Basic Swordsmanship before developing their own unique techniques. In Suhos case, his own style was called *Suhos Sword*. Suho planned to recreate *Suhos Sword* this time, too. *Then again, theres no need to recreate it. My swordsmanship is already Suhos Sword.* Suho swung the rod a few more times, quickly dispatching the remaining goblins. Then a new system message appeared. **[Level up!]** **[All stats increased by 1.]** **[You have earned 1 bonus stat.]** Having returned to the past, this outcome was expected. After a brief moment of thought, he allocated two points each to Strength, Health, and Mana. The reason he allocated points to Mana was simple. *Healing skills also depend on Mana.* People often referred to healing skills as holy techniques, while mage skills were called magic. However, according to the system, holy techniques were actually called Divine Magic. So, they were influenced by Mana. This is why most Healers invested all their stats into Mana. Other stats would increase naturally with each level up. But Suho didnt follow this method. *To me, Healer is only a secondary role; my main focus is still swordsmanship.* Later, once he advanced far enough as a Healer, he could compensate for his lacking Health and Strength with buff skills. But that was a concern for the future. Even though Suho was a Sword God from the future, he still needed a minimum stat foundation to regain his former power. After distributing his stats, Suho approached the firefighter, who was staring at him in confusion. This might hurt, but bear with me. Huh? Gah! Without hesitation, Suho yanked the arrow from the firefighters body. Blood spurted out, and he immediately cast *Healing Light* on the wound. **[Casting Healing Light.]** **[The designated area is now healing.]** *Healing Light.* A basic skill possessed by all Healers. Despite its simplicity, even high-level Healers continued using it. The most powerful skills often had simple, straightforward effects. He recalled *Holy Light*, the skill Isabella had used. *That skill, too, had started as Healing Light.* Once the firefighters wound was fully healed, he stared at Suho in astonishment and asked, Youre a Healer too? As of now. Huh? Well then, take care. Having healed the wound, Suho had no more reason to linger. He turned and looked toward the Gate portal in the middle of the intersection at Sindorim Station. Goblins were still swarming the area, and it seemed that Hunter players hadnt arrived yet. A good opportunity, he thought. For unpredictable Gates like this, if he timed it right, he could enter before others. *If my memory serves me, this Gate should be manageable at my current level.* When no one has entered a Gate, its possible to predict the Gates internal environment and difficulty based on the monsters it releases. Of course, Suho knew exactly what this Gate was. In his past life, Suho had almost died because of it. This time, he decided to handle it personally. That Gate had nearly taken his life before, making it something of an old nemesis. Slashing down the goblins approaching him, Suho stepped into the Gate portal. **[Entering Gate.]** **[Loading Gate information.]** **[Green Red]** - **Entry conditions**: Unknown - **Max players**: Unknown A brief system message. That was all the information available. Since no one had ever entered, the system provided no information on this unknown Gate. Most people avoided uncharted Gates. After all, entering blindly could lead to death if the difficulty turned out to be insurmountable. As Suho entered, the Gate portal closed behind him. Now, only two outcomes would reopen it. Either the player inside would die, or the Gate would be cleared. But Suho had no intention of dying. Dream or reality, it didnt matter to him. This was the beginning of An Suhos return as the Sword God-rank civil servant. Chapter 3 As soon as he entered the Gate, the surroundings changed. Suho glanced around the Gates interior and muttered. Its exactly the same. It was just as hed seen in the past. Thanks to that, Suho could fully realize that he had truly returned to the past. He looked around at the scattered corpses of goblins lying on the ground. The goblin corpses had green skin. They were typical goblins, with slender limbs and bulging bellies. However, while goblins had been scattered around the Gates entrance, the ones inside had been found dead. Suho knew the reason for this. Inside, there were special goblins who reigned as predators over the normal ones. Suho began to move forward, taking slow, steady steps. After a short distance... *Squelch.* The sound was what youd expect when someone steps carelessly into mud. The terrain had changed. The ground was no longer solid but had turned into moist, sticky soil. The humidity increased as well. This environment was ideal for those creatures. And then Keeee... Kiiiii... He turned his head at the eerie cries and saw two red-skinned beasts approaching him. *Theyve finally shown up.* Suho recognized them. They were hobgoblins. They looked similar to goblins, but with red skin, larger builds, and far more aggressive temperaments. Yes. This was the reason this Gate was named *Green Red*. It was due to the creatures skin color. Seeing them, Suho immediately drew his sword. He began to sprint directly toward them. Kirik? Kerik? The hobgoblins, noticing Suho, tilted their heads in confusion. Despite making eye contact with them, he continued to approach, causing their minds to freeze for a moment. But soon, they raised their weapons, ready for battle. *Good. Thats exactly how I wanted you to react.* I knew you wouldnt run and would come straight at me. Suho looked at the levels displayed above their heads. C *Hobgoblin Lv.10* C *Hobgoblin Lv.12* Unlike the single-digit-level goblins, these creatures had levels in the double digits. But so what? Whether their level was in double digits or single digits, they were still just goblins. Whether they were ordinary goblins or hobgoblins didnt matter much.@@@@ To my eyes, they were all just insects. Suho launched himself toward them. The startled hobgoblins immediately thrust their weapons forward defensively. *Just as I thought.* Suho, who had been diving forward, abruptly planted his left foot and halted his charge. At the same time, he bounced backward, creating a small gap between himself and the hobgoblins who had raised their weapons in defense. A feint. Suho used the gap he created to thrust his blade forward like a spear. The sword pierced perfectly into the eye of one of the hobgoblins. Kreeegh! Without stopping there, Suho twisted the sword in a full circle. *With the level difference, my sword might not be able to slice through their skin.* Thats why he targeted an area with no defensethe eyes. Of course, if there was a massive level difference or the monsters attributes were extraordinary, this attack might not work. *But against mere hobgoblins? Please.* Suho twisted his sword once more and then pulled it out. Keeeeee! The value of a magic stone was usually determined by its size, and gems about the size of a thumbnail were typically classified as D-grade. *Anything smaller would be E-grade.* At this size, I could sell each one for about 50,000 won. In the past, I wouldnt have bothered with collecting magic stones, but now I had to. Id returned to the past, and my past self had no money at all. Oh, and Id deliberately skipped looting the goblins outside. Those low-level creatures rarely dropped magic stones, and even if they did, the stones were usually worthless. After collecting two magic stones, Suho continued moving forward. He encountered more hobgoblins and began swinging his sword against them. *** Outside the Gate. There was chaos outside. It was rare for an unpredicted Gate to appear in the middle of such a densely populated urban area. As a result, both private guild hunters and government-affiliated hunters had gathered there, rushing to resolve the situation. All the monsters around the Gate had been cleared, so the only task left was to enter the Gate and clear it from within. But to their surprise, someone was already inside, clearing the Gate. A hunter, frowning, muttered when he found out. Who the hell went in without permission? Which guild are they from? Are they begging for a beating when they get out? Well make sure they can never work in this field again. If they die in there, itll be legendary. For unpredicted Gates, unless there were special circumstances, entry was typically determined through on-site bidding, allowing hunters from the bidding organization to enter first. To hunters, Gates were a precious source of income. Therefore, the order of entry was crucial. The moment even one person entered the Gate, it would automatically close. If the Gate were cleared, those left outside would be out of luck, like dogs chasing after chickens. Just then... What? A Healer went in alone? Yes, I saw it with my own eyes. A civilians report. But the report was odd. A Healer entered the Gate alone? The witness, a firefighter, insisted he saw it with his own eyes, even showing the arrow wound as evidence to support his claim. Are you sure there werent any other hunters? Yes, he cut down a few goblins nearby, healed my wound, and then just went in alone. That doesnt make any sense... Judging from the level of monsters that had been dealt with, the Gate didnt seem particularly difficult. Maybe just some green goblins? But still, a Healer going in alone? And cutting down goblins on his way in? Jung Chulmin, the Gate Management Team Leader dispatched by the Korean Hunter Association, furrowed his brows. Then, he turned to his subordinates and instructed them. Stay on standby here and report immediately if theres any change in the Gate. Report the moment anyone comes out of it. Yes, understood. The subordinates responded loudly. As he heard their voices, Jung Chulmin put a cigarette in his mouth and thought. *They must have gone in recklessly without understanding the situation. Who would be crazy enough to enter a Gate alone as a Healer?* *Click-click* Jung Chulmin lit his cigarette. He assumed nothing would come of this. But if, by any chance, this was more than nothing and the Healer actually cleared the Gate alone... *Then, Ill make sure we recruit that person, no matter what.* Jung Chulmin was serious. On the surface, the nations safety seemed to be maintained by the government and private guilds together, but in reality, the government was at the mercy of private guilds. The reason was simple. To control the guilds, the government needed enough power... in other words, talented players. But unfortunately, the government couldnt pay as well as the private guilds. Although the government offered a substantial salary compared to other agencies, it was still nowhere near what private guilds could provide with all their additional benefits. As a result, government-affiliated hunters had earned the nickname Patriotic Pay Warriors. Of course, despite the nickname, government huntersespecially field hunterswere genuinely dedicated people filled with patriotism and selflessness. Without that mindset, they wouldnt be working here. For this reason, it was rare to recruit hunters to the association, but Jung Chulmin hadnt given up. After all, there were still occasional cases of hunters who joined as government employees. Jung Chulmin picked up his phone and made a call somewhere. Chapter 4 "Status window." [Ahn Suho] Lv: 8Class: HealerStrength: 12Vitality: 12Mana: 12Perception: 8Bonus Stat: 0 Suho checked his status window. It had been some time since he entered the Gate. Already, he had reached level 8. I think it''s about time I meet him. Suho knew everything about this Gate. Yet he had deliberately delayed his encounter with the Gates master and boss monster. After all, absolute strength ultimately came from levels, and unpredicted Gates like this one were rarely monopolized. It was better to level up as much as possible now. But hobgoblins were hardly visible anymore. He had nearly wiped them out. After a bit more scouting, Suho found a small group of hobgoblins. Alright. After finishing them off, Ill call for him. By now, hed earned nearly all the experience he needed here. Thinking that, Suho picked up one of the swords left by the hobgoblins and aimed it at them. Then he threw it. [You have a high understanding of Throwing.] [The system is now assessing your talent.] [Congratulations! You have mastered Throwing (B).] At the same time, he acquired the Throwing skill. It was no longer surprising. Crack! The sword struck dead center between the brows of one hobgoblin. [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] The hobgoblin died instantly. That was the beginning of the fight. Four hobgoblins remained. They quickly identified the direction the sword had come from and charged toward Suho. Alright, come at me! Suho didnt dodge. At level 8, he had already secured most of the skills necessary for movement. When the distance between Suho and the hobgoblins was reduced to just a few steps, Suhos figure suddenly vanished. Kirik? The hobgoblins were startled, seeing that Suho, who should have been right in front of them, had disappeared. But it wasnt because hed used a stealth skill. Slash! A sharp slicing sound.@@@@ The hobgoblins turned their heads in shock, but by then, it was too late. Using his exceptional footwork, Suho had moved behind them and was slicing through them with his sword. [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] With precise strikes to their necks, he killed three of the four. The remaining one clutched its injured neck and trembled on the ground. Suho kicked the sword the fallen hobgoblin had dropped, sending it skittering away, and motioned behind him with his chin. "Go." It wasnt a mistake. Suho was letting it go. For a single reason. It would lead its leader to him. That way, he wouldnt have to go through the trouble of tracking him down. This method worked well with Gates that didnt have any special conditionsa trick hed picked up with time. The hobgoblin hesitated at Suhos gesture, then began to retreat cautiously before bolting away. It wont be long now. After sending it off, Suho calmly gathered the magic stones. A short while later... Thud, thud, thud! It sounded like an earthquake. But it was the heavy footsteps of countless goblins. These were undoubtedly the ones he had been waiting for. How many are there? The Gates master and boss monster, the Hobgoblin Chief, liked to move in groups, as was typical of goblins. In other words, he never traveled without at least twenty subordinates. A moment later, the bushes parted, and they appeared. [Dodge and Side Step are now combined as Basic Footwork.] [Congratulations! You have mastered Basic Footwork (B).] By system logic, Dodge and Side Step had been merged into a single skill, Basic Footwork. Now, I have all the basics. Swordsmanship, footwork, and parrying. The foundation for Suhos original sword technique, the Suho Sword, was complete. All that remained was diligent practice to gain further system recognition. After closing the notification window, Suho switched his stance and started moving aggressively. In moments, the hobgoblins, who had been stumbling around, fell like autumn leaves. [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] [You have defeated a hobgoblin.] ... Most of them had already injured each other, so all he had to do was finish them off. So he targeted vital points to end them swiftly. Soon, nearly all the hobgoblins were dealt with, leaving only the Hobgoblin Chief, still observing with a grim expression, in front of Suho. At the moment the last of its underlings fell... [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have received 1 bonus stat point.] His level had gone up again. Now level 9. Suho allocated the bonus stat to Mana, then raised his sword toward the Hobgoblin Chief. Then, he tilted his blade in a taunting motion. Kerrrk! Did the taunt work? A wave of fury spread across the creatures once-stoic face. Suho looked at its level. C Hobgoblin Chief Lv.20 Its level was more than twice his own. But so what? Although level could be a measure of strength, that depended on the opponent. What did level matter against an insect? Grabbing its oversized axe, the Hobgoblin Chief charged at Suho. Graaargh!! [The Hobgoblin Chief uses Fear.] [You are in a Fear state.] [Your body is immobilized.] The Hobgoblin Chiefs Fear skill activated. As monster levels increase, many can use this skill, but at low levels, only bosses or named monsters typically have it. Fear causes muscle paralysis, overwhelming the target through level and stat pressure, leaving Suho with no way to evade. But Suho remained calm, raising his sword and stabbing his own palm. Thunk! The blade pierced his hand, sending sharp pain coursing through his body. [You have escaped from the Fear state.] An incredible effect occurred: as soon as he inflicted pain, the debuff effect of Fear disappeared. Unfazed, Suho withdrew his sword. Imposing physical pain is one of the best ways to break free from mental debuffs like Fear. It''s basic knowledge. Of course, it would be preferable to have a skill for mental protection or an item with such effects, but Suho had just returned to the past with nothing at hand. Now free from Fear, Suho sidestepped the Chief''s axe swing with fluid precision. At the same time, he cast Light of Healing. [You are using Light of Healing.] [The designated area is starting to heal.] With the wound on his left hand, he used his left hand to channel the skill, feeling his mana drain as the injury began to heal. Since it was a deep puncture wound, full recovery would take a while. But that was fine. Hed invested extra bonus stats into Mana for this very reason. With Light of Healing still active in his hand, Suho raised his sword in his other hand. Using his newly acquired footwork, he rapidly closed the distance between himself and the Hobgoblin Chief. Stab! He drove the sword deep into the creature''s thigh. Kraaaagh!! The Chiefs piercing scream echoed through the area. Chapter 5 But he hadnt pierced deep enough. The Hobgoblin Chiefs hide was indeed thick, and the level difference was a whopping twofold. But that was fine. Suho actually hoped the creature would last as long as possible. Whoosh! The Chiefs axe swung down at him, and Suho bent his waist to avoid it. Then, he sprung up like a coil, slicing along the beasts inner ribs. Ssshk! Once again, the wound was shallow. That thick hide was the culprit. Unbothered, Suho moved around, slashing again. Swish! Another cut. Thunk! And another stab. He repeated this process over and overno, dozens of times. Suho continued circling the Chief, never moving too broadly. He simply stayed close, creating wound after wound on the creatures body. The Hobgoblin Chief grew furious, thrashing desperately as if trying to catch its own tail, but none of its attacks landed on Suho. The stench of blood hung thick in the air. Combined with the humidity, the smell of the creatures sweat mingled with the blood, creating a stifling odor. But Suho wasnt fazed. He gazed at the creature, now breathing heavily, and mocked it further. Is that all youve got? Grrrr... The monster didnt understand human speech. Yet Suho was sure it understood his meaning. Taunting wasnt limited to words. Enraged, the Hobgoblin Chief let out a bellow and swung its axe at him once more. But this move, too, was overly broad. Suho effortlessly twisted his body to evade the blow and thrust the Beginners Sword forward like a spear, aiming for an exposed gap. At last, the blade punctured through what seemed to be an impenetrable hide, ripping through the thigh muscle in a fatal stab. Squish! Suho withdrew his sword immediately, and a fountain of blood spurted from the Chiefs thigh. At that moment... [You have a high understanding of the thrust technique.] [The system is reassessing your talent.] [Congratulations! Your Thrust skill has been upgraded to A-rank.] [The piercing power of Basic Swordsmanship (B) has increased by 50%.] His Thrust skill had risen from B to A rank, significantly enhancing his swordsmanships piercing power. Finally, things were falling into place. But there was no time for celebrationSuho suppressed his smile and focused on his next attack. And that was just the beginning. He resumed circling the creature and continued thrusting his sword. Thanks to the upgraded Thrust skill, it became much easier to create new wounds. Graaaargh! The Hobgoblin Chief screamed in pain, the sound escalating into another Fear. The Chiefs roar was imbued with Fear, as a boss monsters skill often carried additional effects. But this time, Suho felt only a prickling in his earsnothing more. Of course. The Fear effect only applies once. Suho chuckled coldly to himself. Conquered fears never consume you twice. From then on, Suho began treating the Chief like a bull in a ring, piercing its body repeatedly. Dozens of stabs later, the monsters entire body was riddled with holes, blood pouring from every opening. Thud! Eventually, it fell to one knee. But it wasnt dead. Of course, it wasntSuho had avoided every vital spot on purpose. Standing over the kneeling creature, Suho flicked the blood off his sword and muttered, Healing Light. [Casting Healing Light.] [The designated area is beginning to heal.] At last, Suho had obtained one of the essential skills hed soughtIntimidate. Intimidate was a skill not just anyone could learn. When activated, it could suppress an opponents spirit to varying degrees. And, of course, its also a defensive skill against all sorts of mental attacks. Thats why Suho wanted it. Someone with natural charisma doesnt easily break, and Intimidate draws on that strength. In essence, Intimidate is heavily influenced by inherent talent. Though you can learn it with a bit of trickery, as I did. Thats why Suho had to acquire it as early as possible. As he progressed, monsters would become so fiercely loyal to their instincts that theyd rather die than be subdued. Having gained Intimidate, Suho raised his sword. It was time for the final blow. But there was still one more thing he wanted to extract from the Chief before finishing it off. Gripping his sword with both hands, Suho steadied his breath. Then, without a moments hesitation, he sliced the creatures neck. Sshhk! The Chiefs neck was cleanly severed, thanks to the improved cutting power from his A-ranked swordsmanship skill. Right then, another message appeared. [You have a high understanding of beheading.] [The system is reassessing your talent.] [Congratulations! You have acquired the skill Decapitate (B).] Suho grinned at the message. The last skill hed wanted from the Hobgoblin was Decapitate, which grants extra effects when beheading. With this, my work here is done. As the Chiefs severed head hit the ground, a final series of notifications appeared. [You have defeated the Hobgoblin Chief.] [The Gate has been cleared.] [You have successfully solo-cleared the Gate.] [The MVP of this Gate-clear is Ahn Suho.] [Additional experience awarded for MVP achievement.] [You have received 1 bonus stat point.] [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have received an additional bonus stat point.] Suhos level had increased again. In addition to the experience from defeating the Hobgoblin Chief, hed gained extra rewards for clearing the Gate and achieving the MVP title. Alongside the system notifications, a portal appeared before him, leading back to the outside world. But the system alerts werent finished yet. [You have reached Level 10.] [The system wishes for you to grow even stronger.] [The system grants you greater power as a reward.] [You have received 5 additional bonus stat points.] [All Healer class skills have been upgraded by one rank.] [You have learned Cure (E).] Reaching double digits in level brought new perks. The rewards included five bonus stat points, a new skill, and an upgrade in all Healer-exclusive skills. Of course, for now, the only Healer skill he had was Healing Light, but this was enough at his current stage. Seeing the notifications, Suho nodded. Finally, Ive gained Cure. Cure was a skill specialized in treating illnesses, which, at its peak, could even counter the All Poison that had once brought him to the brink of death. This skill was, therefore, one he welcomed the most. After distributing the bonus stat points to Strength, Stamina, and Mana, Suho closed his status screen. Rather than stepping into the portal immediately, he turned toward the Hobgoblin Chiefs body and drove his sword into its chest. The tip of his sword struck something hard inside. It was a magic stone. Nice size. Judging by its size, this stone was likely at least C-grade. After gathering the magic stone and other valuable materials, Suho finally approached the portal. By now, they should be waiting at the entrance. Now Suho knew with certainty that this wasnt a dream but reality. With that assurance, he felt the urge to see a familiar facethe person who had once been closest to him. Chapter 6 "Whoa!" "The Gate''s shaking!" "No way?" "Wait, is the Gate line disappearing?!" "Does that mean... the Gate has been cleared?" When a Gate is cleared, the visible Gate line outside crumbles. The people outside, who relied on the line to know the Gates status, could only stare in shock as it began to vanish. It was understandablethe sudden appearance of an unanticipated Gate rarely resulted in a successful first-clear. Seeing this, the Association staff hurriedly reported to Team Leader Jeong Chul-min. "Team Leader! The Gates been cleared!" "Uh... I can see that...." Jeong Chul-mins eyes grew as wide as saucers as he watched the situation unfold in real-time. According to the firefighters, the person who entered the Gate was a healer. And he had gone in alone. But he had cleared an unanticipated Gate? Naturally, the crowd couldnt help but murmur, all eyes fixed on the Gate. And it wasnt just Jeong Chul-min who knew this fact. Before long, reporters whod caught wind of the news began to gather swiftly, and once the Gate line completely collapsed, an exit portal formed. And from within, a single silhouette gradually appeared. It was Suho. Hes out! What? He really came out alone? No way, did that guy clear it solo? The sunlight was blinding. As Suho stepped out of the portal, he squinted, surveying the crowd that had swarmed around him like bees. Quite the turnout. However, no one could approach Suho just yet. Around the portal, a boundary line formed by the system prevented anyone but the Gate clearer from crossing. Excuse me! Look over here! Who are you? Im a scout from the Immortal Guild...! Im from the Hwarang Guild...! People clamored for his attention beyond the boundary, cameras flashing, voices raised, desperate to catch Suhos eye. But he didnt spare them a glance. Instead, he scanned the crowd, searching for someone. After a moment, he found them. Approaching the man whod been staring at him, Suho stopped at the boundary line and asked, Youre Team Leader Jeong Chul-min from the Korean Hunter Association, right? Jeong Chul-mins face displayed genuine surprise at being addressed. Pardon? Ah, yes. I am Jeong Chul-min, Team Leader of Gate Management at the Association... but do you know me? Taken aback, Jeong Chul-min hurried to introduce himself. Seeing this, Suho quietly smiled, thinking to himself, Its good to see you again. Suho knew who Jeong Chul-min was. In fact, they were more than just acquaintancesthey were quite close. After all, Jeong Chul-min would one day become the Association President, leading the Korean Hunter Association. Ive never met anyone as dedicated and self-sacrificing as Chul-min. If this really was the past he remembered, Suho had already decided hed work with Jeong Chul-min this time, too. After all, he planned to join the Association and become a Hunter civil servant again. Suho spoke, Lets discuss the details back at the Association. I needed to stop by to get my Hunter license issued anyway. With that, Suho took out the hobgoblin leaders head hed collected alongside the magic crystal and placed it on the desk. Jeong Chul-mins eyes widened in shock. It was real. This... this is...! Its the head of the boss monster, the Hobgoblin Chief. Suho then set the magic crystal on the desk as well. And this is the magic crystal it had. Whoa... The head and the crystalthere was no denying this irrefutable evidence. While Jeong Chul-min struggled to process this, Suho spoke up first. I can guess why youre surprised. Why a PE major chose to be a healer instead of a warrior or archer, and how a recently awakened civilian managed to solo-clear an unanticipated Gate, right? Well... yes, I cant deny it. Everything Ive told you is the truth. I killed the monsters I saw, chose a beginners sword because it looked familiar, and picked the healer class because I dont like pain. And now that Im getting my license, I plan to continue working as a Hunter. Can I ask why you decided on that? I hate Gates and monsters. If you check my records, youll see I lost my entire family during the Gate Shock Incident. Sure, I got a scholarship and military exemption, but what good is all that when my family is gone? Is that why you went into the Gate alone? Yes. It was a bit impulsive, but I saw it as a way to vent my feelings. Id just submitted my dropout form to my school, which Id left because of the oppressive hierarchy in the department. I had a lot of pent-up frustration. Hm. Hearing Suhos story, Jeong Chul-min nodded quietly. Listening to Suho, he could sense how much anger hed been holding back all this time. Suho continued, I also thought being in PE might help if I ever awakened. Id never had formal training with weapons, but it seemed relevant. And now that Ive become a player, I think dropping out was the right choice. Jeong Chul-min listened attentively. Seeing his sincerity, Suho decided it was time to drop a hint that might pique his interest. That doesnt mean I intend to live consumed by anger. Anger wont bring my family back. The shift in tone made Jeong Chul-min raise his eyebrows slightly. So...? I plan to work as a Hunter, but I want to focus on peoples safety. For example, with the Korean Hunter Association. Jeong Chul-mins eyes widened as if lightning had struck. This was entirely unexpected. And with it came a growing curiosity about Suho. If you join the Association, that means working as a civil servant Hunter... are you okay with that? You might have looked it up already, but our pay isnt... well, its significantly lower than that of Hunters in private guilds. I know. But the Association holds exclusive rights to clear unanticipated Gates and has authority over player crimes. I want to work for the greater good, not for personal wealth. Ah...! Jeong Chul-min couldnt help but let out an exclamation of admiration. Many claimed altruistic motives during interviews, but most were drawn by the stability and the option to earn without having to face Gates. But Suho was different. As hed said, Hunters with the Association held priority for clearing unanticipated Gates, but most preferred to sell this right to private guilds. Why? Because it was dangerous. Most Hunters arent eager to risk themselves for a modest paycheck to clear a Gate, he thought. And that was why his heart pounded with excitement. Trying to contain himself, he asked, Then, if you were to work with the Association, where would you like to be stationed...? I want to be in the field as much as possible. Ideally, in Gate-clearing operations. Ha. Hearing this, Jeong Chul-min almost felt faint. Chapter 7 Right.@@@@ Why worry about other concerns? Most public servants would do anything to avoid going into a Gate, but if someone willingly volunteered for a field position, that was all the more welcome. This job didnt bring much material rewardit required true patriotism and selflessness to endure. Suppressing a cheer, Jeong Chul-min responded, Understood. The registration process and identity verification are complete. Although, this wasnt exactly intended as an interview, but somehow it feels like it turned into one. When people talk, sometimes the conversation just flows that way. Haha, indeed. So, all thats left is the aptitude test, written exam, and practical test.... After checking his phone, Jeong Chul-min added, Youre aware the exam registration period has already closed for this year, right? But if youd like, I can arrange a special registration for you. Is that possible? Its not illegal or anything. Its an official rule, and since you solo-cleared an unanticipated Gate, I can get approval from the higher-ups. However, the exam happens to be tomorrow.... He glanced at Suho, hesitant to suggest it too eagerly. After all, preparing for both a written and practical exam on just one days notice could be quite demanding. The field and exams are two entirely different things... Sure, having some prior knowledge helps, but if hes clueless about the specifics, it might be tough. Awkwardly smiling, Jeong continued, It might be difficult. Otherwise, theres always the test next month.... No, please register me for tomorrow. Pardon? Id like to take the chance for the experience. So, will I be taking the aptitude test tomorrow as well? Oh, no. You can do the aptitude test today if youre up for it... Is that okay? Yes, thats fine. But could I ask you to handle these first? Im low on registration funds. Suho pointed to the hobgoblins head and magic crystal, prompting Jeong to grab them right away. Of course. If you start your aptitude test, Ill handle the sale and deposit the funds immediately. We can also cover your registration fee if youd like.... No, thank you. Id rather avoid any possible misunderstandings down the line. Ill pay for it myself. Jeong, visibly moved by Suhos response, quickly agreed. Understood! Ill get everything ready right away, so please wait just a moment. Rising quickly from his seat, Jeongs brisk movements made Suho chuckle to himself. *** Everything proceeded smoothly. While Suho took his aptitude test, Jeong, using his authority, handled the sale of the hobgoblin head and magic crystal with a tax exemption, depositing the proceedsabout 3 million wondirectly to Suhos account. When Suho finished his aptitude test, he asked, Team Leader, could I request one more favor? What kind of favor? I believe theres a library in the Associations basement. It has reference materials and guides relevant to tomorrows exam, if Im not mistaken. If you allow me, Id like to prepare there. Oh, thats all? Of course, youre welcome to! Thank you. The basement library was intended for the Association staffs personal development. Given that Suho might one day become his subordinate, granting his request was a given. The library, though technically a resource for staff, was rarely used, with only a few librarians whiling away their time. It was, in essence, a forgotten space. Upon arrival, Suho immediately recognized the familiar smell of the staff library. Its been a while since I was here. Few people ever used the place, and the librarians barely took notice of anyone who entered. Jeong lowered his voice and said, You wont need a staff card to leave, so feel free to stay as long as you need. [ The Library of Memories has started recording and cataloging your memories. ] Just then A gust of wind surged through his mind, and an image of a vast library formed within his consciousness. The library was empty at first, but as the wind swept through, countless sheets of blank paper appeared, filling with records of Suhos memories, binding into books, and stacking themselves onto shelves. It was mesmerizing. And once the library was fully stocked with books, the system message appeared: [ The Library of Memories is now open. ] Suho now had complete access to the Library of Memories. [ Library of Memories ] - Rank: A # Stores every memory you see or hear in a library that you can access at any time. # The Library of Memories may recommend relevant information when necessary. The description was simple but effective. The effect was all that mattered. Suho thought of the person who had first told him about the Library of Memories. She was the legendary secretary of Hexagon Guild, the top guild in the industry. Suho had learned about the skill by chance over a meal. - Did you know, Suho? I actually used to work for the Association. - Really? You, Secretary? - Yes. Back when I was preparing to switch jobs, I was studying alone in the library.... She had jokingly mentioned how she acquired the skill, but it had left a strong impression on him. - I couldnt find a comfortable place to rest, so I grabbed a random book to use as a pillow, and that turned out to be the condition for discovering the skill! Hed been dumbfounded at the time. Who wouldve thought shed acquire an A-rank skill that way? Some people are just born lucky. She mustve been one of them. With her newfound memory skill, she quickly rose through the ranks and joined Hexagon Guild, known for their memory-based qualifications. Once there, her enhanced memory and the skills recommendation feature allowed her to manage all the guild members meticulously, and she eventually became the industrys most renowned secretary. Thinking he should treat her to a meal someday, Suho returned the book to its place. With the Library of Memories acquired, no additional skills would be unlocked, but the book remained. Now that I have the skill, lets give it a light test. Suho tested it by recalling the events before his death. In observer mode, he could vividly see his past, including the betrayal by his former allies, which brought a surge of anger. Good. Now I have a new target. I wont let myself forget this rage. Truly, the Library of Memories. Simply recalling his memories reawakened the fury of that moment, solidifying his resolve. But then ... [ The system has recognized your achievement in reaching the realm of transcendence and grants you an opportunity to become even stronger. ] [ Rebooting the system for player Ahn Suho. ] Within his fading memories, Suho saw the unexpected system message. Chapter 8 What is this? The system notifications were unfamiliar. These messages had appeared moments before Suhos death, yet he had no recollection of ever seeing them. Is the system the reason I was sent back to the past? He hadnt known. When these notifications appeared, he had been nearly unconscious, hovering on the brink of death. I remember reaching the peak of the Unity of Sword and Soul, mastering my first SS-rank skill. But transcendence? The system had clearly stated: [ The system recognizes your achievement of transcendence and grants you an opportunity to grow even stronger. ] [ Rebooting the system for player Ahn Suho. ] It was because he had been the first to achieve the realm of transcendence that he was being given another chance. So, was his return to the past not a coincidence? It seemed that way. This realization confirmed that everything he had experienced was real, not some dream or illusion. Good. He had slowly begun to accept that he had returned to the past. After all, that was why he sought out the Library of Memories. But acceptance was one thing; certainty was another. There had been no undeniable proof. Now that the system itself was vouching for this reality, there was no more room for doubt. Alright, lets do this. The important thing was that he had returned to the past, which allowed him to prepare for the calamities he knew would come. With this knowledge, Suho solidified his resolve to rejoin public service. With his foreknowledge and the backing of national authority, he might be able to end the Gates crisis far faster than in his previous life. And Ill keep an eye on those traitors too. But to do all this, he needed ample preparation. Armed with the Library of Memories, Suho sat down and quietly began drafting a plan for the future. Studying for tomorrows written exam? Why would he worry when he had the Library of Memories? Even without it, passing the written exam would have been easy. Suho began organizing his thoughts. *** With a rough plan in place, Suho left the Association and immediately hailed a taxi to Paju. Now that he had resolved to become a civil servant again, he intended to maximize his efficiency. After a while, the taxi pulled into Paju, and Suho arrived at none other than Nexus, the countrys most prestigious and largest private Hunter academy. The academy was massive, like a small town, and Suho nodded as he saw the banner listing successful candidates names displayed on the outer wall. Nothing attracted new students like proof of success. That banner was Suhos first target. Inside the academy, Suho went to the front desk and said, Id like to meet with Director Kim Soo-ae. The Director? Do you have an appointment? No, I came here unannounced. I have a matter to discuss with her one-on-one. Oh... Its usually difficult to arrange a sudden meeting without a prior appointment. If you tell her that the person who solo-cleared the unanticipated Gate at Sindorim Station earlier today is here, Im sure shell agree to meet. Si-Sindorim? One moment! Securing an exclusive meeting with the academy director wasnt hard. After all, Suho had a unique advantagerevealing that he was the one who had single-handedly cleared the unanticipated Gate at Sindorim Station that afternoon. Thats why Im proposing this. If I dont take the top spot, you can just write it off as a loss. Only grant me the scholarship if I truly become the top scorer. This approach was common among prep academies. While Hunter academies occasionally made similar offers, the top scorers were typically elite trainees groomed by large guilds, so actual scholarship contracts of this kind were rare. Thats why Suho offered it firstsuch cases were uncommon. She asked, Then let me ask one more thing. If your goal is the scholarship, why not go to Hexagon, the top-ranked guild, or Prime, the second? Why choose us, Nexus, ranked third? Because Nexus has the most to gain. What? If Im not mistaken, Nexus Academy hasnt produced a top or second-place finisher in the past few years. Despite being the largest academy in the country. Well... His words struck a nerve, and she couldnt continue. It was true. Clearing her throat, she offered an explanation of sorts. Hm-hm, that is true... but usually, top spots go to elite trainees nurtured by major guilds, so we dont really.... So, youre not interested in my proposal? Fine, Ill go to Hexagon or Prime.... No, wait! Who said were not interested? Goodness, youre in quite a rush. As Suho rose to leave, a flustered Kim Soo-ae hurriedly stopped him. Of course, this was an opportunity like a golden apple falling into her lap. Already frustrated by Nexuss lack of top spots, she could not resist such an enticing proposal. Noticing her eagerness, Suho looked at her, then sat back down. So, I can take that as a yes? Yes, were very grateful for your proposal. Now.... Yes. Lets discuss the scholarship amount. This was the core of the deal. After all, Suhos main reason for coming here was the money. Kim Soo-ae asked, Alright. Could you tell me how much you have in mind? Whats the official scholarship amount for the top scorer? Officially, we refund the entire tuition for the year and provide a separate prize of 30 million won. And if the candidate wishes, they can join our Nexus Guild immediately. 30 million won. Indeed, Nexus offered the highest scholarship amount among Hunter academies. But Suho wasnt here for a mere 30 million. Understood. But you wouldnt offer just the official amount to me, would you? Of course not. Could you tell me what amount you had in mind? After taxes and deductions, around 300 million won. Th-three hundred million? Yes. Isnt that a bit... excessive? Once again, her jaw dropped, but Suhos stance was firm. If you think its too much, feel free to decline. I can make the same offer elsewhere. But consider the additional benefits Nexus would gain from having me as the top scorer. In that case, 300 million won wouldnt seem excessive at all, would it? Without realizing it, she nodded. Indeed, Nexus Academy spent billions each year on advertising alone. If word got out that the solo clearer of the unanticipated Gate at Sindorim Station was a Nexus graduate.... The resulting financial benefits would dwarf 300 million won. There was no more need to hesitate. Alright. Well grant you 300 million. The contract was sealed. Chapter 9 Suho smiled as he spoke. Youve made a wise choice. While youre preparing the contract, would it be alright if I explored the academy a bit? Id like to take a personal look around, though I know youll give me an official tour later. Of course. And could you leave your contact information? Ill reach out as soon as the contract is ready. It shouldnt take long. Yes, my number is... The contract was a safeguard against any potential issues, including duplicate agreements. Contracts are essential in the professional world, Suho mused. Especially when it involved a sum as substantial as 300 million won. After exchanging contact information, Suho stood up and began his exploration of Nexus Academy. It certainly lives up to its title as the largest in the country. Nexus Academy was vast, featuring a fitness training center, dormitories, mock training grounds, a study hall, a library for written exam preparation, a cafeteria, and numerous other facilities. The academys layout, built on extensive grounds in Paju, earned it the nickname Nexus Village for its resemblance to a small town. Seeing this academy reminds me of my days as an exam candidate. Though Suho wasnt from a prestigious academy, these dormitory-based academies had always been out of reach, their monthly fees exorbitant. But he had studied hard independently and passed the exam on his first try, even scoring impressively on the aptitude test. During that time, hed chosen the Warrior class instead of Healer. While walking through the facilities, Suho found himself in the private training grounds. The place wasnt too crowded since it wasnt class time, and several candidates were training individually according to their classes. Then, a group of students caught Suhos attention. Looks like those guys are on the swordsmanship track. The students wielded a variety of swords, from daggers to longswords, practicing their swordsmanship techniques.@@@@ But no matter how he looked at it, their stances seemed clumsy. It was only naturalthey were new to the field, lucky enough to awaken as players but still inexperienced. Suddenly, someone familiar came into view. Kang Dae-han? He wasnt mistaken. The Library of Memories had refined Suhos recall to pinpoint accuracy. Besides, how could he forget a towering figure, roughly 190cm tall and weighing about 120kg, with a shaved head? So, Kang Dae-han is a Nexus alumnus. Kang Dae-han, the Defender. In the future, he would be one of the top-ranked Hunters in Korea, renowned as one of the countrys best tankers. Suho had teamed up with Kang Dae-han on several raids. He was sure of it: the bald head and massive build were Dae-hans trademarks. But something seemed off. Kang Dae-han was swinging an enormous axe, even though Suho remembered him as a shield-wielder. Ah, he hasnt found his aptitude yet. A thought occurred to Suho. This is perfect. I should get a head start in winning him over. In the future, Kang Dae-han would stay with Nexus. But if Suho established a connection now, there was a chance he could bring him over to the Association instead. A defender like Kang Dae-han would be invaluable in the Association. No matter how strong an individual was, they couldnt handle everything alone. Problems emerged in various forms across different locations. Suho intended to secure skilled allies early, people who would work alongside him. Well, I did say Id tour the academy, so this should be fine. With that, Suho headed down to the training ground. Fortunately, the training area didnt require a special access card, and though he was dressed casually rather than in academy attire, no one seemed overly interested. Approaching Kang Dae-han, he greeted him. Not an unreasonable question. There was a time when specializing in one skill was seen as the best approach. But as Gates evolved, the purely defensive tank lost its role. Later on, even tanks had to counterattack as Gate difficulty spiked. This was the reason why, despite being one of Koreas top tankers, Dae-han never reached world-class status. He tried switching to hybrid too late, unable to adapt due to his extensive experience as a pure tank. So Suho recommended the multi-tank role from the start, anticipating a future where hybrid tanks would be essential. Suho explained, According to recent international Gate studies, the role of pure tanks is expected to diminish over time. Tanks who can handle crowd control and wield a secondary weapon will be more versatile. Oh...! And while the battle axe has high burst damage, the delay after each swing is too long. Without a follow-up, youll be exposed. With your build, it would be hard for another tank to cover you. ...! The insight struck a chord with Dae-han. Out of all the advice, this resonated the most. Thank you. I think youre right. The practical test is about endurance against monsters, not weapon proficiency. Exactly. For Warriors, its all about how long you can withstand monsters. Skill proficiency isnt the main factor. Besides, one-handed mace skills are easy to learn, so with a bit of practice, youll adapt quickly. Yes! Thank you so much! Bowing deeply, Dae-han expressed his gratitude. Suho looked around the training grounds to see if there were any other promising figures but found none who stood out. After a thorough exploration, he received a message from Director Kim Soo-ae, allowing him to finalize the contract. *** The next day. After sealing the scholarship contract with Director Kim and visiting his old apartment, Suho spent the rest of the day resting and returned to the Association the next morning. The Associations entrance was packed with people. No surpriseit was Hunter license exam day. Everyone, please line up in the order of your registration numbers! Well proceed with the checks one by one! Taking the Hunter exam for the first time in over a decade filled him with nostalgia. But he wasnt nervous . Though the Hunter exam had a pass rate below 20%, that statistic only applied to ordinary candidates. After changing into the Association-issued exam uniform, Suho completed the blood and urine tests before heading to the written exam room. They conduct these tests for possible doping, but.... It was practically pointless. Real dopers didnt rely on substances. They used skill buffs. Despite the ineffectiveness of these tests, the issue of skill-doping had yet to emerge publicly, so they persisted. Ill have to bring this issue to light soon. Returning to the past, he realized there were numerous things to expedite. Suho was thinking over these plans as he settled into his assigned seat when a woman seated in front of him caught his attention. Whats this? The woman looked utterly ordinary. But Suho could sense it. An abnormal mana wave emanated from her. He knew what it wasskill doping. Chapter 10 What do we have here? Suho had only recently started thinking about skill doping, and yet hed already identified someone actively using it. The woman in front of him was definitely engaged in skill doping. All examinees had surrendered their personal items and changed into designated test attire upon entry, which meant there should be no enhanced mana waves among them. Besides, every candidate here is likely a Level 1 unregistered Hunter. Theres no way a Level 1 could exude this kind of manaunless theyre like me. Hunters who lost their license were banned from retaking the exam, which reinforced Suhos certainty. Curious, he decided to discreetly scan the others around him. Focusing his senses to detect mana was a straightforward task. As Suho concentrated, he started picking up on mana flows from several people nearby, not just the woman. Then, a notification appeared: [Your sensitivity to mana is exceptionally high compared to others.] [The system is evaluating your innate talent.] [Congratulations! You have acquired Mana Detection (B).] He had barely focused, and yet he gained a new skill. The skills effects amplified his perception, allowing him to distinguish the nuances of mana waves more precisely. Now, he could confirm the abnormal mana flow coming from the woman, as well as others nearby. Looks like shes definitely using a skill. With the Mana Detection skill, Suho could now distinguish between mana produced by skills and items. Sighing inwardly, Suho thought, Things really were a mess back then. Though there wasnt much he could do right now. As an examinee himself, he couldnt exactly start accusing others in the middle of a test. Plus, with multiple cheaters around, calling them out one by one would be impractical. But he had an idea. Suhos gaze drifted up to the transparent observation room on the second floor, reserved for overseeing the test and preventing cheating. Inside, he spotted a familiar face watching the scene: Jung Chul-min. As I thought, he came. Suho grinned and waved up at him. After a brief moment, Chul-min waved back. Good, this meant hed probably come down later to say hello. Just then, the written exam began. *** He made it! Jung Chul-mins excitement grew as he saw Suhos name on the attendance list and confirmed his presence in person. Suho was an extraordinary find, the likes of which he hadnt encountered in years. Though it was a long shot, he genuinely hoped Suho would pass the test. And now, Suho spotted him and even waved. This guy... hes quite entertaining. Jung Chul-min decided he would personally congratulate him after the exam and reinforce his intention to recruit Suho into the Association. Once the written exam was over and the examinees moved to the practical testing area, Chul-min hurried over to Suho. Did the test go well? Yes, I think it went alright. But what brings you here, Team Leader? Supporting the event. Were always short on personnel at the Association, so on big days like this, everyone, regardless of their department, pitches in. Sounds like hard work. Suho, you really are.... Well, Id better head to the practical test. Alright, thank you. Oh, and Suho? Yes? Personally, I really hope you pass. Id love for us to work together. Suho acknowledged his words with a smile before making his way to the practical test area. *** While Chul-min quickly gathered monitors to prepare for Mana Detection, Suho examined the Dive Capsules scattered around the testing facility. Wow, look at these ancient models. Havent seen them in ages. Dive Capsules were virtual reality devices developed collaboratively by the nations tech giants. Once inside, users could connect their consciousness to a virtual worldsomething out of a sci-fi novel. People once thought VR capsules would revolutionize the world... But the world changed before that, much more rapidly. Nonetheless, VR remained popular, and Dive Capsules became widely used training tools for players. Civilians, too, enjoyed them for virtual reality games. Just then, the examiner made an unexpected announcement. Attention, candidates! Due to an issue with the Dive Capsules, the test will be delayed by two hours. In the meantime, please feel free to use the lounge or training areas. The delay was a surprise, but Suho quickly understood. The capsule issue was a pretense; he could see Chul-min coordinating efforts to catch cheaters based on his hint. Looks like theyll do a mana check right before entering the capsules. As expected, Chul-min is thorough. Though the practical test would be delayed, only by two hours, that was enough time for Chul-min to organize a team for cheating detection. With time to spare, Suho decided to observe the other candidates. The introduction of Mana Detection would mean a steep drop in pass rates due to the elimination of cheaters. There are 1,200 examinees in this session, right? Quite a turnout. With an average pass rate below 20%, Suho remembered hearing that this cohorts pass rate would dip below 10%. It even prompted the test to be slightly eased the following year. So those who pass this time are truly the cream of the crop. This made it all the more worthwhile to assess his fellow candidates. If he found any promising individuals, he could recruit them into the Association, just as he planned with Kang Dae-han. As he wandered through the training area, Suhos eyes landed on an unexpected face. Wait, that guy... no, that punk? Moving closer to confirm, he recognized him instantly, even by his weapon. Park Yongso hes part of this cohort? The man, resting against a wall with a lazy expression, clutching his practice sword in his arms, was indeed Park Yong. Despite his unassuming appearance, Suho knew him to be a notorious figure in the futurea criminal of the highest order, infamous for becoming a serial killer who targeted Hunters. TL NOTE: Please don''t skimp on the stars for the translation - it inspires me and gives me the strength to write more. Thank you~! If you want to buy me a /kimsu Chapter 11 It was certain. Of course, it was, because he had personally taken Park Yong''s life. So this lunatic is in this cohort. Park Yong was more than worthy of the title "lunatic." No, he was a genuine madman. A madman obsessed with both the sword and raw power. He wielded a sword with almost insane proficiency and was so deeply immersed in swordsmanship that his nickname was "Mad Sword" (). Suho narrowed his eyes. So if we both make it through, does that mean wed be in the same intake? That was right. Although the industry didnt really adhere to hierarchies, it could be said that, if anything, theyd be peers. And Park Yong would likely pass. Suho didnt recall the exact details of his debut, but he knew that Park was one of the swordsmanship prodigies he respected in his past life. Hmm. Suho rubbed his chin, briefly lost in thought.@@@@ Park Yong was the kind of person who saw everything through a lens of power, relying solely on strength to assess others. Moreover, he was so thirsty for strength that he sought out masters at every chance to challenge them to fightsan obsession that ultimately led him down the path of a serial killer targeting Hunters. That was why Suho had to take preventive measures now, while he still could. If he turned a blind eye, who knew how many innocent people would become his victims? Annoying, but necessary. After considering his options, Suho came up with a suitable approach and walked over to Park Yong. He checked the name tag on his chest to confirm it was indeed him before speaking. Hello? ......? Park Yong glanced at him briefly, then looked away. Right, that was typical of him. He never paid attention to those he deemed weak. But in contrast, he obsessed over strong opponents, almost to the point of stalking them. Suho knew exactly how to deal with someone like him. Suho asked again, My name is Ahn Suho. Judging by the sword youre holding, youre an aspiring swordsman. How about a sparring match? Suho held up a practice wooden sword he had brought. At that, Park Yong frowned and replied. Buzz off. Sorry? I said, buzz off. The cynical response was just as expected. But did he think that would make Suho give up? Suho smirked and asked, A bit harsh, dont you think? Or are you afraid? At that moment, Park Yongs gaze, which had been avoiding him, suddenly snapped directly onto Suho. Ah, classic Park Yongso sensitive when it came to anything related to strength. Park narrowed his eyes and asked, What did you just say? I asked if youre avoiding it out of fear. Do you think youre somebody? Why so cocky? Oh? And if I am? Want to find out? ......Ha! With that, Park Yong abruptly stood up. I was bored stiff surrounded by weaklings, so this is perfect. Lets go. Bring it. You shouldve agreed sooner. Follow me. Theres a sparring area over there; lets use that. ......Crazy bastard. Park Yong let out a dry laugh, clearly amused by Suhos brazen attitude. In his life, hed never met someone like this. Fortunately, Park Yong followed Suhos suggestion and headed to the sparring area with him. After all, even though they were waiting, they were technically still in the middle of the exam. Park Yong didnt want to be disqualified over something trivial. A sparring match? Sure, well... alright, the examiner replied, a little surprised but quickly nodding in agreement. This wasnt the first time hed encountered people like this. But that couldnt be helped. Suho was now level 10. Among all the unregistered Hunters in the country... no, among all unregistered Hunters in existence, he likely had the highest level and stats. After all, under the global Hunter laws, unregistered Hunters were never allowed into Gates. Then, with his foot still pinning Park Yongs movement, Suho pushed hard, sending Park Yong staggering backward. Unable to overcome the vast difference in stats, Park Yong nearly stumbled, barely keeping his balance. The crowd fell silent. Everyone had expected a chaotic brawl or one-sided beatdown but hadnt anticipated the match to play out like this. The examiner was equally stunned. Who... who is this guy? Exhausted from preparing for the exam, the examiners fatigue disappeared upon witnessing Suhos skill. In all his years of watching examinees, including elite recruits backed by major guilds, hed never seen anyone like Suho. Suho laughed. Whats wrong? Not coming at me again? Giving up? You...! Park Yongs anger flared as he ground his teeth but quickly swallowed his rage, lifting one corner of his mouth in acknowledgment. Initially enraged by Suhos toying, Park Yong, a true believer in strength, now recognized Suhos skill. When it came to swordsmanship, Park Yong was dead serious, and he could tell. That maneuver wasnt beginners luck or a special skillit was the real deal. With newfound respect, Park Yong adjusted his stance. Youre interesting. Now I understand why you were so confident. Alright, from now on, Ill take this seriously. You seemed pretty serious a moment ago. Yes, I was serious then too. Park Yongs lips twisted into a chilling smile. For a brief moment, Suho felt he glimpsed the true madness that defined Park Yong. It was exactly what he had wanted. Perfect. This is exactly what I was aiming for. Suho wanted Park Yong fixated on him. This way, he wouldnt target anyone else until he had overcome Suho. Park Yong shifted into a different stance, and Suhos mouth opened in surprise. It was the basic stance of Parks original swordsmanship style, *Dragon Sword Technique*. Dragon Sword Technique, huh? Its been a while since Ive seen that. Although people who know it often call it *Mad Dragon Sword* instead. Why was it called Mad Dragon Sword? The reason was simple. With the name "Mad Sword" and Parks family name "Yong" (meaning dragon), the style had been named accordingly. However, since he was still unlicensed, he wouldnt have fully mastered the original technique yet. At best, he might have grasped the basics. In an instant, Park Yong closed the distance to Suho. Not bad at all. He clearly had some sort of footwork skill. But I have footwork too. Suho followed Park Yongs movements with his eyes. And as if calculating every move, he dodged each strike, turning his body just before Parks sword could touch him. Once. Twice. Even three times. After three consecutive misses, Park Yong didnt get angry, nor did he laugh maniacally. Instead, he stared intensely at Suho with an unnervingly focused gaze. As Park prepared a fourth strike, Suho, almost instinctively, leaned his forehead forward. Thunk! A dull sound echoed. Suhos forehead had met the bridge of Park Yongs nose. With both hands still at his waist. A headbutt. Startled by the unexpected hit to his nose, Park Yong stumbled back a few steps, covering his mouth as he looked at Suho with utter bewilderment. Chapter 12 And then it happened. ...Huh? Haha? Wahahaha!! Right after Suhos unexpected headbutt, the spectators around them burst into laughter. What had been a tense and hostile atmosphere was shattered by the simplicity of that playful headbutt. On top of that, seeing the fierce and menacing Park Yong look so flustered added to the humor. Is he actually strong, or is that guy just weak? Haha! A headbutt right in the nose? Thats hilarious. Did you see the way he kept his hands at his waist the whole time? That was some serious class. Where do you think he trained? His skills are no joke. Idiot, if hes that skilled, hes probably some rising star from a major guild. Really? In an instant, the heavy atmosphere transformed, and Suho became the center of attention. The attack may have seemed silly, but anyone with real combat experience knew it was an incredible counter. Park Yong, holding his nose, let out a scoff, clearly baffled. Then, in an instant, his face twisted into the most deadly expression yet, radiating a murderous intent that seemed as if he could actually kill someone. Wow, thats some serious killing intent... but if this keeps going, its going to get dangerous. Realizing the intensity of the situation, Suho decided to end it here. If he pushed Park Yong any further, things might take a turn for the worse. Such an outcome was best avoided. Suho spoke up, This time, Ill go first. With that, he closed the distance in an instant, using a footwork technique far faster than anything Park Yong had demonstrated. Park Yong, startled, tried to draw his sword, but Suho simply reached out and pressed down on the end of the hilt, preventing him from drawing it. Then, using his other hand, Suho thrust his palm upward into Park Yongs chin. Thwack! He struck a little harder than necessary. Just enough to knock him out. And, as expected... Thud! Unable to withstand the force, Park Yong lost consciousness and collapsed. At that moment, a system notification appeared. > [You have gained significant proficiency with palm strikes.] > [The system is evaluating your talent.] > [Congratulations! You have acquired the skill *Palm Strike (B)*.] Suho received a new skill*Palm Strike*. After dismissing the notification, he dusted his hands off and approached the examiner. I just knocked him out, so please handle the rest until he wakes up. Huh? Oh, yes...! Thanks. With a polite nod, Suho left the area. This first encounter with Park Yong was sufficient for now. *** A couple of hours later, the issues with the capsules were resolved, and the practical exam resumed. Suho looked at the raised platform where the capsules were set up. Alongside the usual exam proctors, several new individuals were present. They looked like capsule technicians at a glance, but Suho recognized who they really were. They must be the skill evaluators. These evaluators had been urgently summoned at Suhos request. Among them was Jung Chul-min. Quite the turnout for something prepared on such short notice. Chul-min mustve had a tough time arranging this. Satisfied, Suho nodded as dozens of examinee numbers flashed on the screens suspended from the ceiling. To ensure fairness, numbers will be drawn at random. Those called must report within five minutes, or theyll be automatically disqualified! But Suho had no intention of dying. Like hell am I getting killed by orcs. He was the Sword God, after all. Him dying to lowly orcs? Ridiculous. This tests program even simulated pain for added realism. And with my current status, Id last much longer than most players, enduring even more blows before dying. He might instinctively dodge attacks, extending his suffering further. Suhos expression tightened just thinking about it. It was a horrifying thought. After finishing first aid, he looked around and found an unattended sword nearby. The point of this test is to protect the patient. In that case, why die needlessly? Hed just eliminate the threats to the patient. Besides, this was a virtual environment programmed specifically for the exam. Suho knew the monsters in this practical program were limited in number. Better to fight until they stop coming than get beaten to death. Just then, a group of four orcs approached Suho, their eyes fixed on him with lethal intent. Hmm. After a brief consideration, Suho tucked the sword into his belt. There wasnt a proper sheath, but he positioned it at his side as if there were one, then bent his body forward. He couldnt abandon the patient, nor could he charge ahead and leave them vulnerable. Even if his goal was to protect them, leaving too much distance would likely result in automatic disqualification. With that in mind, Suho readied himself. He took a deep breath, his senses sharpening as the background noise faded. Then, the four orcs charged at him in unison. Alright, come closer. Just a little more. A little closer. When the orcs stepped into Suhos ideal range, he unsheathed the sword with explosive speed, swinging it wide. Slish! A sharp slicing sound filled the air. Then Splurt! A deep cut appeared across the orcs bodies, spraying blood everywhere. And right at that moment > [You have gained significant proficiency with Iaido.] > [The system is evaluating your talent.] > [Congratulations! You have acquired the skill *Iaido (B)*.] Suho was reunited with one of his favorite techniques. As I thought. Even in this virtual reality, if it was Earth, no one could escape the systems watch. Thats why learning physical skills was possible. To the system, Suhos actions were real enough to be counted. After this discovery, many players trained in virtual reality. There, they could reset physical damage and fatigue as often as they liked. However, it was soon discovered that training in virtual reality was less efficient. In contrast to real-world training, where players could fully push their limits, the virtual environment allowed healing and resets, which slowed experience gain. But that has nothing to do with me. This didnt apply to Suho. The skills he aimed to perfect werent new or experimental. They were the genuine, hard-won techniques he had already mastered through sacrifice. Ill hold out as long as I can. Suppressing a smirk, Suho raised his sword once more. Chapter 13 Examinees began emerging from the capsules, having completed their practical exams. The average exam duration was about ten minutes per person. While this seemed short, the programs adjusted virtual time made it feel like thirty minutes inside the simulation. Of course, very few lasted the full half hour. The difficulty was calibrated to end most exams within twenty minutes. A candidate who had entered the capsule next to Suho now stepped out. Eleven minutes... shorter than the last cohort, observed Kim, the examiner, shaking his head as he noted the time. After hours of supervising, Kim had yet to see any outstanding talents. Before calling the next candidate, he turned to ask Park, the examiner beside him. How long has your candidate been in there? Thirty minutes. ...What? Just crossed the thirty-minute mark. Thirty minutes? Could that be possible? Stunned, Kim approached Parks capsule and checked the monitor. Indeed, the candidate had been in the dive for over thirty minutes, still fighting like mad against a horde of orcs. Is he a warrior? Hes fighting exceptionally well. No, hes a healer. ...What? Hes a healer. Look here. Park showed the candidates information. It was true. The candidates name, Ahn Suho, was listed as a healer on the screen. But... how is he fighting like that? Isnt he supposed to be a healer? Isnt this grounds for disqualification? Not at all. He meets all the requirements, so theres no reason to fail him. At that moment, Jung Chul-min, who was acting as Parks partner examiner, spoke up. As a healer, his main objective is to protect his patient. Look at the screenhe hasnt left his patients side, nor has he abandoned them to fight. Hes even healing them whenever he gets the chance. Indeed, Suho was cutting down orcs and tending to his patient when he could. With all conditions met, theres no reason for disqualification. Besides, the exam program isnt intervening, so why should we? Jung Chul-min continued, maintaining a serious tone. Ah... Kim muttered, impressed. With a smile, Jung added, It seems we already have the top candidate for this exam. Lets just sit back and see what record he sets. Both Kim and Park nodded. After all, theyd never seen anything like this in the history of the practical exam. *** Kyahhh! Thud! Another orc fell. Suho had lost count of how many hed defeated. He didnt mind that he wasnt earning experience points or items from these battles. He was gaining something far more valuable. > [Your proficiency with Iaido has increased significantly.] > [The system is re-evaluating your talent.] > [Congratulations! Your Iaido skill has been upgraded to Rank A.] > [Iaido (A): Your draw-and-slash speed and range have increased.] His Iaido skill had leveled up. And not just thathis Decapitation skill reached Rank A, and he acquired other skills, such as Hilt Strike, Blade Strike, and Ankle Slash, all of which were also enhanced to A rank. This is an incredible opportunity. Suho was thrilled. Without having to enter a Gate, he could restore his skills in this way. Of course, he didnt neglect his patient. While skill recovery was essential, protecting the patient remained his top priority. Suho had become a legend among the examiners. At that moment, Jung Chul-min, who had been quietly monitoring the capsule, spoke up. Its over. Really? Lets see! The examiners crowded around. But the monitor displayed a rather unusual message. > [All the orcs prepared for the practical exam have been defeated.] > [Please restart the program.] Rather than ending the exam, the program master had requested a restart. The examiners, having never seen such a notification, were dumbfounded. Wow... He really killed all the orcs? I didnt know clearing the orcs would trigger a message like this... They looked toward Suhos examiner. What are you going to do? Youre not really going to restart the exam, are you? Of course not. This time, Jung Chul-min answered instead of Park. Trying to suppress his excitement, he spoke seriously. This situation is unprecedented in practical exam history, but if we force him to retake the exam just because he didnt die to the orcs, that would cause a lot of problems. The examiners expressions grew serious before they all nodded. Right... Its not like he cheated, and his patient is still alive. With so many witnesses, of course he passes. In fact, Id say he should be designated the top candidate for this practical exam. If he passes even the written exam with the minimum score, I believe he should graduate as the top overall candidate. Think of the publicity this would bring. So, what do you all think? Whether it was due to Jung Chul-mins assertive argument or Suhos impressive performance, not a single examiner disagreed. This marked the birth of an unprecedented top candidate in Hunter exam history. *** Finally, the exam was over. Hearing from Jung Chul-min that hed likely see excellent results, Suho left the Association. But he hadnt walked far when someone called out to him. Excuse me? Yes? Turning, he saw a man he didnt recognize. Who was this? He couldnt recall seeing him before. The man pulled a business card from his pocket and introduced himself. Nice to meet you. Im Park Pyung-sik, a scout for Prime Guild. Ah. So he was a guild scout. And Prime Guild was currently the second-largest guild in the industry. Suho could guess why they approached him. But in situations like this, feigning ignorance was polite. Accepting the card, Suho asked, And? Park Pyung-sik politely responded. Ill be direct. Prime Guild would like to recruit you, Player Ahn Suho. If youre not already affiliated or negotiating with another guild, would you have time for a chat? Just as he thought. Suho smiled internally at the scouts offer. Chapter 14 Guild scouts were more formidable than one might think. Many went as far as entering restricted examination halls undercover as examinees to scout potential recruits. Park Pyung-sik was one such scout. This way, he could get ahead and secure genuine talents before anyone else. While this approach wasnt mainstream yet, it would soon become the standard in the future. In that sense, Park was an early adopter. Suho nodded, then asked, Theres no way my exam results have been leaked yet. Did you enter as a candidate yourself, Mr. Scout? Yes, I did. Ive been observing you since your spar with Park Yong. That would make things much quicker. This was a great opportunity for Suho. Good, then we can skip any lengthy explanations. What kind of terms do you have in mind? Parks face brightened at the mention of terms. Candidates who asked directly were often easier to recruit. Youve just become a Hunter, so we cant offer anything extreme. But we promise the best conditions among new recruits. Best conditions for a rookie, huh... but its still rookie-level, right? True, but since you dont have a record as a Hunter yet, even Hexagon would offer a similar contract. Do you really think so? Excuse me? You heard about the Gate at Sindorim Station yesterday, didnt you? Yes, Im aware. But why bring that up now... Being from Prime, it seems your information is a bit slow. Maybe because it just happened? Anyway, I was the solo conqueror of that Gate. ...What? If you dont believe me, check the news later. We can revisit the terms once thats confirmed, right? W-Wait! Hold on a moment! Oh, come on. Youll have to discuss it internally anyway, right? Take your time and reach out. By the way, heres my number. With that, Suho shared his number with Park, then took his leave. Holding Suhos number, Park stared blankly for a moment before hurriedly dialing his guild. This was an emergency. *** The next day. No surprises awaited. In this digital era, results were released within a day, and Suho received word of his passing directly from Jung Chul-min. - Congratulations on passing, Suho. Thank you, Team Leader. - Thanks to you, we managed to catch a lot of cheaters using skill-doping. Just as you said, all of them were juicing up with skills. This is going to be reported in the media, and the exam regulations will be tightened moving forward. That was good news.@@@@ If unworthy Hunters filled the ranks, not only would it tarnish the professions reputation, but it would also lead to a decline in Gate success rates and more innocent casualties. Im glad. Fair exams are always better. - Exactly. Also... its about to be announced, but youre the top scorer in this exam. Congratulations once again. Suho smiled. Of course. After all the fuss, they couldnt not award him the top spot. Still, he replied modestly. Thank you. I guess Ive done well, thanks to you. - Haha, its not like I did anything... The full list will be on the Associations website this afternoon. Your name will be at the top as the number one candidate. Got it. Thank you. Just as Suho was about to hang up, Jung hesitated before continuing. - It feels awkward to ask this right after youve passed, but... do you still want to join the Association? Suho chuckled at that. Absolutely. We went through a lot to bring him in as an Olympic hopeful. This time, Hexagon will come out on top. Hexagon and Prime Guild were neck-and-neck, competing for the industrys top spot. They had rivalries across various areas, including the Hunter exams. Hexagon had been losing to Prime for several cycles, so they had recruited Kim Gi-hyun, an Olympic hopeful, as their trump card this time. Good afternoon, everyone. At that moment, the deputy guild leader, Han Tae-hyun, entered the room. Given the importance of this project, he was there to review the results before reporting to the guild leader. Han took the seat at the head of the table and asked, So, well finally beat Prime this time, right? No question, Deputy Leader. Gi-hyun will show them what were made of. Looking forward to it. One of the staff members, who had been refreshing the Associations website, suddenly spoke up. Its up! All eyes turned to the screen at the front of the room, where the Associations website displayed the list of successful candidates. They were prepared to celebrate their victory. Everyone expected Kim Gi-hyuns name to top the list. But as soon as the results appeared, frowns spread across their faces. Huh...? What...? What is this? When the Association released results, the top three namesfirst, second, and third placeappeared at the top of the list. In other words, the name at the far left should have been Kim Gi-hyuns. Yet his name was nowhere to be seen. Instead... **Top Candidates** 1. Ahn Suho 2. Park Yong 3. Kang Dae-han ...and so on. Familiar but unexpected names filled the list. Everyone at Hexagon was momentarily speechless. *** Dongdaemun Market. This bustling, eclectic market was one of Koreas iconic open markets, filled with both mainstream and niche items. Suho strolled through the aisles, picking up the essentials he needed. He had plenty of funds. Shortly after his call with Kim Soo-ae, his scholarship funds were deposited into his account. Finally, after purchasing most of what he needed, Suho made his way to his last destination. **[Do-Young Hardware]** The worn sign read exactly that. Tucked away in a quiet corner, this old hardware shop was Suhos final stop. As he entered, the elderly shopkeeper, clad in nothing but a tank top, didnt look up from his TV. Welcome, he said in a flat tone. It was a routine greeting. Dongdaemuns merchants generally didnt engage in active salesmanship, especially those in quiet back alleys like Do-Young Hardware, where only regulars knew to come. Suho responded just as plainly. Im looking for some light spears. I recently became a Hunter. Finally taking a look at him, the shopkeeper gestured to a pile of spears in the corner. There, a heap of cheap-looking spears awaited him. Chapter 15 The shopkeeper gestured toward a corner. "The ones over there are the cheaper spears." Thank you. "Cheaper" was an understatementthey were indeed low-quality. Most of the spears in that corner didnt even display item information, as items made by non-smith players often lacked such data. Items made by common craftsmen were usually classified as poor quality. Of course, there were weapons made with craftsmanship and good materials, but that didnt necessarily mean they would qualify as official items in the system. To be considered an item, the creators rank and skills mattered. Suho narrowed his eyes and activated a skill. **[Mana Detection has been activated.]** With his skill in effect, he could sense all sources of mana within the vicinity. The real itemsthose emitting even a faint manawere mostly displayed on walls or cases. This was expected, as any classified item had to contain a minimal amount of mana. But Suho wasnt looking for those. Then, he noticed one spear that emitted a subtle mana pulse amidst the rest. Unlike the others, this one gave off a stronger mana wave. He picked it up and inspected it.@@@@ **[Old Spear]** - Grade: F - Description: An old, blackened spear. The description was simple, and it was classified as a low-grade weapon. But Suho knew it was exactly what he was looking for. After purchasing it, he left the shop. The price was 100,000 wonlowered even further by the shopkeepers quick inspection. Watching the shopkeeper discount it, Suho smirked to himself. The owner would regret that decision if he knew the spears true value. Suho found a quiet spot nearby and sat down. Pulling out the spear, he began channeling his mana into it. Soon, something remarkable happened. **[Mana is being supplied to ???]** **[???s consciousness is beginning to awaken.]** Two notifications appeared, and the spear started vibrating intensely, hungrily absorbing Suhos mana at an alarming rate. Suho quickly released the spear. After only a few seconds, he felt dizzy from the intense mana drain. So, I still dont have enough stats. To fully awaken this spear, he would need at least 100 points in his mana stat. But Suho was satisfiedhed found the right item. As for his lacking stats, that could be dealt with at his next destination. He had come here first simply to ensure no one else bought the spear. With his shopping done, he hailed another taxi to his next stop. *** In the cab, Suho searched online and found a certain blog. From it, he dialed a listed number. Hello, this is Jo Jin-hwi, came the voice from the other end. Jo Jin-hwi was a journalist working for PBS, Koreas top player-focused broadcasting station. Suho had worked closely with him in the pastbefore he went into hidingsince knowing a capable journalist or two made many things easier. Suho introduced himself. Mr. Jo Jin-hwi from PBS? This is Ahn Suho. Ahn Suho? ...What? Jo looked utterly baffled, his face clearly reading, Is this guy serious? To him, it seemed absurd that someone with Suhos potential would choose public service over a guild. Typically, getting media coverage is part of a strategy to join a large guild, right? Jo said. But here you are talking about the public sector? Im serious. My life goal is to eliminate Gates. Isnt that reason enough? ...Goodness. Jo had enough material to run a full story, but he was still lost. Everything about Suhos words sounded like something from an epic heros journeyif not for his blunt attitude. Is he for real? Jo weighed his options, and after a while, he decided to brush Suho off. Alright, I understand what youre saying, but Im not going to be your exclusive journalist. I write what I want, and Im going to pretend I didnt hear about your top score, he replied. Suho laughed. Jos straightforwardness was refreshing. Then lets make a bet, Suho suggested. A bet? Yes. Ill prove to you that Im not just a big talker. Im at Pangyo right now. Pangyo? Yes, I just received my license and was planning to tackle the Tower of Trials. The Tower of Trialsa place where newly licensed players gathered to test their skills. Go on... Jo replied, unimpressed. Im going to conquer the tower. Alone. Excuse me? Yes. This is my next challenge. If I succeed, would you become my personal journalist and partner? Jo let out a chuckle, almost laughing at how ridiculous the offer was. Fine. If you really manage to solo the Tower of Trials, Ill write whatever you want and cover your stories. But I doubt it will happen. Good. In that case, feel free to join me in Pangyo if youd like to see it yourself. With that, Suho ended the call, knowing the verbal agreement was enough. Jo wasnt a fool. Hanging up, Suho glanced up at the towering structure in the distance. Its been a while. Suho headed toward the entrance of the Tower of Trials. Chapter 16 The Tower of Trials. This place, often called a hunting ground, is one of the publicly managed gates overseen by the government, allowing players under Level 20 to freely grow and develop. Suhos primary reason for coming here, as he told Jo Jin-hwi, was to clear the Tower. However, his more fundamental reason, naturally, was rapid growth. After all, his level had essentially been reset to the beginning. In addition... I have to get my hands on it here. A hidden piece concealed only within the Pangyo Tower of Trials. That was one of Suhos objectives for coming to this place. Suho then checked his status screen. **[Ahn Suho]** - Lv: 10 - Class: Healer - Strength: 20 - Health: 20 - Mana: 20 - Senses: 10 - Bonus Stats: 0 He had deliberately not raised his Senses. Compared to other stats, the Senses statwhich activated features like dynamic vision and Mana Detectionwas not immediately necessary. Having finished his preparations, Suho held his freshly printed Hunter license and made his way to the entrance of the Tower of Trials. Tanker needed! Looking for one melee dealer! We have a supporter! As he approached the entrance of the Tower, he noticed a crowd of people. They were all waiting to form parties for hunting expeditions since party play was far more efficient than soloing in the Tower of Trials. Of course, with more members, the experience each person gains will decrease...but in the long run, its better to go in together. However, Suho had come with the intent to climb alone, as hed told Jo Jin-hwi. He knew all there was to know about the Tower of Trials. Suho handed his license to the entrance staff member and requested entry. The staff member glanced back and forth between the license and Suho before asking, Are you alone? Yes. Your license number shows you passed the exam just yesterday... Are you sure it wouldnt be better to join a party since its your first time here? Since the Tower of Trials was a public gate, all the staff managing it were civil servantsKHA members, in other words. Hence, the advice. Although the Tower of Trials was meant for beginner hunters under Level 20, accidents still happened here. No, thank you. Im more comfortable on my own. Well...if youre sure. Even so, they couldnt force someone who insisted on going in alone. There was no rule against it. After paying a small entry fee, Suho stepped through the door opened by the staff, revealing a portal beyond it. Without hesitation, he walked straight into it. **[Entering the Tower of Trials.]** **[You may quit the Tower of Trials at any time...]** The related system messages appeared as he entered the tower. He remembered all of this and quickly skipped through the instructions. There wasnt much to worry about in the Tower of Trials since one could quit at any stage. The moment I declare my intent to quit, Ill be teleported back to the entrance of the first floor. As long as he avoided pushing himself beyond his limits, there was minimal risk of death in the Tower of Trialsone reason beginner hunters favored this place. Entering the first floor, he found himself in an area about the size of a small stadium. There it is. The key, made of bone and camouflaged among the other decorations, was hard to identify unless one knew what to look for. But Suho recognized it right away. After all, it was the Alpha and Omega of the famous Fortress King Jang Pyung-ho. Holding the key, Suho activated Mana Detection to scan his surroundings. Soon, he found a peculiar groove nearbya keyhole described by Jang Pyung-ho. When he inserted the key, it fit perfectly. As he turned it, a click sounded, and the key slipped further into the hole. **[You have discovered Red Gaens hidden lair.]** Rumble! The system notification informed him that he had found Red Gaens lair. Simultaneously, a new rectangular portal appeared, shimmering in front of him. So, this is the famous Fortress Kings stronghold entrance. The Fortress King Jang Pyung-ho was once an ordinary, unremarkable Hunter. One day, however, he found Red Gaens key in the Tower of Trials and acquired a unique skill: Pocket Dimension House. Though Pocket Dimension skills were relatively common, with many items in the world offering storage capabilities, Jang Pyung-hos skill had a unique trait. In Jang Pyung-hos Pocket Dimension House, living beings could enter. While traditional inventories or storage spaces couldnt contain living creatures like people or animals, Jang Pyung-hos Pocket Dimension House allowed all life forms to enter. This was what made him world-famous as the Fortress King. Once he barricaded himself inside, no one could pull him out. For that reason, Jang Pyung-ho had acquired several nicknames beyond Fortress King, including King of Turtling and King of Hiding. As Suho set foot in the Pocket Dimension House, the scenery around him transformed, revealing its interior. This is the Pocket Dimension House... It was Suhos first time inside the House, as only those permitted by Jang Pyung-ho could enter. Unlike a typical, empty storage space, this place resembled the interior of a normal house, albeit arranged to Red Gaens taste. Of course, Suho could redecorate it as he pleased. Just then... **[The owner of the Pocket Dimension House has died.]** **[The Pocket Dimension House requires a new owner.]** **[Do you wish to become the new owner of the Pocket Dimension House?]** A prompt from the system. As expected, the Pocket Dimension House was a skill that bound itself to its owner. With its previous owner dead, it now awaited a new master. Suho nodded without hesitation. **[You are now the new owner of the Pocket Dimension House.]** **[Congratulations! You have acquired the Pocket Dimension House (S).]** **[The Pocket Dimension House is now bound to you.]** **[The Pocket Dimension House will respond to your Mana.]** An S grade symbol was attached to the Pocket Dimension Housea clear indicator of its rank. However, no bonus stats were awarded, as this was simply a discovery, not an achievement of mastery. As the skill bound itself to Suho, the Houses interior began to change. With a faint rumble, the space expanded, growing larger, since Suhos Mana surpassed that of Red Gaen. Not only that, but the rooms decor, initially set to Red Gaens taste, transformed to match Suhos vision of a clean, modern space, resembling a typical Korean apartment living room. So it really does respond to the users Mana. At that moment, the small key Suho had taken began to crumble and disintegrate. Chapter 17 It hadnt been erased or lost. To be precise, it had merged into the palm of Suhos left hand. When he examined his hand, he noticed the shape of a key etched therea mark indicating ownership of the Pocket Dimension House, just as Jang Pyung-ho had described. The mark soon disappeared. According to Jang Pyung-ho, it would remain hidden unless he used the Pocket Dimension House. Suho clenched his left hand and thought, *I finally have my own personal fortress.* Calling it a "fortress" came from Jang Pyung-ho himself, as he had used the Pocket Dimension House like an impenetrable stronghold, especially for smuggling. *From drugs to national treasureseven people... there was nothing he wouldnt handle.* Indeed, with the Pocket Dimension House, any smuggling operation became incredibly easy, as it could store living creatures, unlike other pocket dimensions. Moreover, its space could be expanded as long as his Mana stat was high enough. Because of this, Jang Pyung-ho had utilized his skill extensively for smuggling, earning him the titles of Smuggling King and Drug Lord. But even Jang Pyung-ho was eventually caught. Though he was practically invincible while inside the Pocket Dimension House, the drawback was that he couldnt leave once he entered. Thus, as soon as the Korean Hunter Association witnessed him entering the Pocket Dimension House, they surrounded the area and maintained a 24/7 watch until they captured him. *It took them over three years to finally catch him.*@@@@ He was a stubborn one. Hed set up the Pocket Dimension House so well that he managed to hold out for over three years alone. Having secured the Pocket Dimension House, Suho stepped back out and headed to the next floor without hesitation. *** Meanwhile, as Suho continued climbing the Tower of Trials, small ripples spread through the Hunter industry. - The top scorer in this years Hunter exam: Hunter Ahn Suho. - Who is Hunter Ahn Suho? Such buzz was typical each year, as the top scorer of the Hunter exam always attracted immense attention as a rising star. Accordingly, domestic guilds began preparing to recruit Suho, as the top scorer held the highest expectations among all new Hunters. However, just as guilds were getting ready, a new article was published that sent shockwaves through the industry. - [Exclusive] Hunter Ahn Suho, revealed to be a graduate of Nexus Academy... - [Exclusive] Hunter Ahn Suho, single-handedly cleared the Guro Station Gate! These articles were strategic PR pieces released by Nexus Academy. Upon reading the news, guilds reluctantly backed off from recruiting him. If he was a Nexus Academy graduate, it meant he was a top prospect groomed by the Nexus Guild, the third-largest guild in the industry. Hexagon and Prime were left feeling blindsided, as theyd assumed the competition was solely between them, only to be upstaged by an unexpected third player. Watching the flood of inquiries pouring into the Academy, Kim Soo-ae, the director, couldnt suppress her smile. *The three billion was well spent.* Not only was the Academy gaining prestige, but she even received praise from the guild leader and vice guild leader. However, neither Kim Soo-ae nor the Nexus Guild planned to stop there. - Prime got to him first? Doesnt matteroffer whatever it takes to recruit him! Money isnt an issue! The Nexus Guild Leader, like everyone else, was ambitious. As a leader, he didnt want to miss out on this rare opportunity. Kim Soo-ae felt the same, which is why she had already attempted to recruit Suho before. *I failed last time, but this time Ill make it happen...* This time, the Guild Leaders orders were clear, meaning they could offer even more enticing benefits than before. Just then, another article popped up. - [Exclusive] Top scorer Ahn Suho: My dream is to become a civil servant Hunter. The sudden release was not from their own press team. It was an article from PBS, Koreas top player broadcasting station, making it all the more credible. It was hard to believe. A top scorer could command the highest price as a private Hunter, so why would he want to become a civil servant Hunter? Could it be a clickbait tabloid article? Unlikely, as PBS wasnt a tabloid that spread false rumors. But hadnt Suho shown a positive response to her proposal? Confused, Kim Soo-ae read through the article carefully but still couldnt understand Suhos intentions. *Why?* Had something happened? Could the government have made him a secret offer behind their backs? Kim Soo-ae bit her lip and called the guild leader, determined not to give up on recruiting Suho. *** If that were the reason, Jo thought Suho was truly crazy. And if the anonymous player in the Tower was indeed Ahn Suho... Gulp. Jo swallowed nervously, his eyes gleaming as he grinned. Just then, a new notification appeared. **[The 30th floor has been cleared.]** **[A new record has been set in the Tower of Trials.]** Upon seeing the message, Jo Jin-hwi and the surrounding Hunters eyes widened in disbelief. Hed cleared the 30th floor so soon after the 29th? It wasnt a mistake. The system and the Tower clearly indicated the 30th floor had been conquered. But the most shocking part was... **[The challenger is Player Ahn Suho.]** **[Player Ahn Suho has begun the 31st-floor challenge.]** ...! Jo Jin-hwis eyes nearly popped out of his head as he read the message. *** **[The 31st floor has been cleared.]** **[A new record has been set in the Tower of Trials.]** **[The challenger is Player Ahn Suho.]** **[Player Ahn Suho has begun the 32nd-floor challenge.]** **[The 32nd floor has been cleared.]** **[A new record has been set in the Tower of Trials.]** **[The challenger is Player Ahn Suho.]** **[ Player Ahn Suho has begun the 33rd-floor challenge.]** **[The 33rd floor has been cleared.]** **[A new record has been set in the Tower of Trials.]** **[The challenger is Player Ahn Suho.]** **[Player Ahn Suho has begun the 34th-floor challenge.]** ... With the record-breaking 30th floor cleared, Suho chose to reveal his name, and the outside world erupted. The higher he climbed, the louder the buzz grew. Kim Soo-ae, in particular, was stunned. A-Ahn Suho is setting a new record in real-time? Yes, maam! As you can see in the news, hes still climbing... At the Nexus Guild headquarters, Kim Soo-ae had urgently gathered the guild leader and vice guild leader for a meeting to discuss Suhos recruitment. However, they had to throw their plans aside due to the unexpected development. With the news broadcasting the situation in the Tower of Trials live, the guild leader quietly removed his glasses, his eyes wide with surprise. This... may require an offer beyond our expectations. All the executives in the room nodded solemnly. Chapter 18 Kim Soo-ae wasnt the only one stunned.@@@@ Jung Chul-min was equally surprised. Suho... is actually climbing the Tower of Trials? He pinched his cheek, wondering if he was dreaming, but it wasnt a dream. A grin crept up his face, lifting his spirits. Jung Chul-min had seen Jo Jin-hwis exclusive report, too. *Could we really get an unprecedented talent like him to join our association?* The thought alone was thrilling. And it wasnt just anyoneit was Ahn Suho. If he joined the Korean Hunter Association, he would be the equivalent of a triple-S-grade rookie. However, as Suhos achievements mounted, so did Jung Chul-mins concerns. The benefits offered by the association were modest, hardly enough to attract such a high-caliber talent. Just then, his phone rang. The caller ID showed it was the Vice President. Jung Chul-min squinted briefly. Both the Vice President and President were people he didnt particularly like, but he picked up the call out of obligation. Yes, Vice President. The Vice President preferred to be called Vice President rather than Deputy President. It was an odd preference, but since it was the bosss choice, everyone complied, including Jung Chul-min. A moment later, the Vice Presidents voice came through the line. Where are you right now? Im in Pangyo. Youre there for the Tower of Trials? Yes, thats correct. You know Ahn Suho, dont you? How did he know that? After a moment of hesitation, Jung Chul-min replied, Weve met, but were not particularly close. Doesnt matter. You know him, so thats good enough. Bring him in. For a moment, Jung Chul-mins ears perked up. Wait! Are you saying you want me to recruit him for the association? What? No, I mean bring him in so he can take a photo with the President. Oh... He should have known. Why else would they call him out of the blue? Jung Chul-mins face crumpled with disappointment. Unfazed, the Vice President continued, Set it up so the President can get a picture with him. Just come up with any excuse for the summons. ...Understood. The Vice President hung up right after giving his instructions. For a moment, Jung Chul-min had the urge to throw his phone, but he calmed himself. *This is why all association executives should be Hunters...* The Korean Hunter Association was still a government department, which meant top positions like the President and Vice President were usually filled by influential former politicians. The current President was a five-term congressman, and the Vice President a four-term congressman. While having politicians as executives wasnt necessarily a bad thing, none of them were players, meaning they lacked understanding of the industry and often relied on impractical, bureaucratic solutions. This lack of understanding was partly why the association struggled to attract talented Hunters. - Hunters are impressive, sure, but what? You think we should spend that much on public servant salaries? - Is this a corporation? - Do you think taxpayers money is meant for raising your salaries? - If Hunters didnt work for us, would the country collapse? Isnt that what guilds are for? Are we falling apart because we dont have enough public servant Hunters? It was always the same rhetoric. Shaking his head, Jung Chul-min returned toward the Tower of Trials, mentally crafting an excuse to summon Suho. *** **[You have cleared the 48th floor.]** **[A new record has been set in the Tower of Trials.]** Thudwhoosh! He bounced off the rough parts of the stone tower, soaring higher. With his Strength stat over 90, his jumping power was incredible. Now at eye level with the Tower Dragon, the enraged dragon lunged at Suho with its jaws, but Suho twisted his body mid-air, dodging the attack by a hairs breadth. Chomp! The dragons teeth snapped together in empty air. Using the momentum, Suho stepped on its fang and leapt again. **[You have high proficiency in Jumping.]** **[The system is evaluating your talent.]** **[Congratulations! You have acquired the skill Jump (B).]** Suho had acquired the Jump skill. It didnt surprise him, as it felt like a natural progression. *I didnt even realize I hadnt learned Jump yet.* No matterit was better late than never. With the skill now at his disposal, Suhos jump power increased significantly. He sprang off the stone tower again, finally reaching a height where he could look down on the Tower Dragon. *The inverse scale should be near the top of its head, right?* Suho hadnt climbed this high just to attack randomly. He was aiming for the dragons weak spot, a crucial scale known as the inverse scale on its head. Among dragon-type monsters, the inverse scale was a universally known weakness. And though Jang Pyung-ho had pointed it out, Suho was already familiar with this common knowledge. Amid the sea of dark blue scales, he spotted one that was distinctly teal. *There it is.* He had located the inverse scale. Now, he just needed to strike it. As gravity began pulling him down, Suho flipped himself over, preparing for a vertical dive. Then, he aimed directly at the Tower Dragon. Crash! The accelerating blade struck the Tower Dragons scales. As expected, its scales were incredibly durable. Realizing the dragons defenses were too strong, Suho quickly retreated, as his beginners sword was now chipped and unusable. Just then... **[The Tower Dragon becomes enraged after its inverse scale is attacked.]** **[The Tower Dragon uses Dragon Fear.]** ROAARR R!! Wounded in its weak spot, the Tower Dragon let out a frenzied roar. There was no way to avoid the sound-based attack, and its effects were immediate. Unlike regular monster Fear, Dragon Fear operated on a completely different level. **[You are now in a state of fear.]** **[You are immobilized.]** **[You are experiencing auditory hallucinations.]** **[You can no longer hear sounds.]** Multiple debuffs rained down on him. His vision blurred, and a ringing filled his ears. Feeling the effects closing in, Suho quickly raised his hand and shouted: Enter! **[Entering the Pocket Dimension House.]** With a flash of light from his left hand, Suho vanished completely. Left alone, the Tower Dragon went into a furious rampage. Chapter 19 Upon entering the Pocket Dimension House, Suho struggled with the overwhelming status effects. *Dragon Fear.* It was leagues beyond ordinary Fear, and its effects were severe. Clenching his jaw, Suho pulled out a Purification Potion hed bought at Dongdaemun and drank it. **[You have consumed the Purification Potion.]** **[Purification effect activated.]** **[Fear status removed.]** **[Auditory hallucinations removed.]** Once he consumed the Purification Potion, the debilitating effects lifted, and Suho finally lay down, breathing a sigh of relief. *I thought I was a goner...* Dragon Fear was one reason Jang Pyung-ho had never defeated the Tower Dragon. He had only seen it once and had been forced to flee. But thanks to Jang Pyung-hos experiences, Suho knew about the Dragons capabilities and came prepared with the potion. His Cure skill wasnt enough to remove the high-grade debuff of Dragon Fear. Only A-level or higher Cure skills could be effective against it. *This cost a fortune, but the scholarship was worth it.* Without it, he would never have been able to afford something as expensive as a Purification Potion. *And its not like one exposure to Dragon Fear makes you immune. Guess Ill just have to keep dodging it...* While most Fear effects could be overcome once experienced, Dragon Fear was different. As one of the most powerful Fears, resistance could only be built with special defensive items or skills. For now, this meant that every time the dragon used Fear, Suho would need to retreat to the Pocket Dimension House and down another Purification Potion. *No wonder Jang Pyung-ho couldnt take it down with these tactics.* Jang Pyung-ho had tried to poison the dragon, hoping it would weaken over time while he waited safely in the Pocket Dimension House. But the Tower Dragon was unaffected, and combined with its Dragon Fear and Earth Claw, it was nearly impossible to approach. *But this time, Im going to defeat the Tower Dragon and clear the Tower of Trials on my own.* Suho, now recovered, checked his status screen once again. **[Ahn Suho]** - Lv: 39 - Class: Healer - Strength: 95 - Health: 95 - Mana: 96 - Senses: 39 - Bonus Stats: 0 With his Mana at 96, he was close to his goal but still a bit short. Suho pulled out a skill book and several items hed bought from Dongdaemun, starting with the skill book. **[You have learned the Basic Combination Formula.]** Skill books were one of the most common ways for players to learn new skills. While skill books usually took the form of a book, rare skills could appear in various objects. This Basic Combination Formula was a low-level skill but would serve Suhos needs. **[Your Mana stat has leveled up to Red.]** The moment Mana hit 100, its value reset to 1, a red stripe appearing beside the stat, along with an R to denote the Red level. Suho chuckled. *My first Red stat at level 39... This growth is insane.* In this world, each stat gained a new color every time it reached a multiple of 100. Players referred to this phenomenon as the Color System, and the highest recorded level was Purple at around 700. Suho, in his previous life, had reached Purple in Strength but had never imagined hed achieve such rapid progress so early. With the remaining points, Suho invested 5 into Strength, bringing it to Red level as well, then added the final point to Health. He checked his updated status: **[Ahn Suho]** - Lv: 39 - Class: Healer - Strength (R): 1 - Health: 96 - Mana (R): 1 - Senses: 39 - Bonus Stats: 0 Preparation complete, Suho reached into his inventory for the key item that would help him take down the Tower Dragona worn spear hed bought from a hardware shop. *To awaken this, I needed at least 100 Mana.* Now that he met the requirement, he began infusing the spear with Mana. **[Mana is being infused into ???.]** **[The spirit within ??? is beginning to awaken.]** The spear vibrated, drawing Mana from him at an astonishing rate. But this time, Suho was able to withstand it thanks to his Red-level Mana stat. Pouring his energy into the spear, Suho continued until the Mana absorption slowed and nearly stopped. Flash! A dark light pulsed from the once-worn spear, revealing a sleek, polished weapon. **[Mana infusion complete.]** **[The consciousness of Guiyoung Spear has awakened.]** **[Congratulations! You have partially awakened the spirit within Guiyoung Spear.]** **[Item information has been updated.]** **[You have acquired Guiyoung Spear (A+).]** Suho grinned as he examined the new spear. *Guiyoung Spear*, also known as the *Spear of Returning Shadows*, was a legendary weapon once wielded by a player called the Shadow Lord, or Yeongwang. Suho had finally gained possession of one of his former treasures. Chapter 20 Suho grinned at the system notification. *To think Id actually get my hands on one of the Shadow Lords treasures.* The Shadow Lord wouldnt emerge as a powerful player for several years yet; right now, he was still an unawakened civilian. It was only after obtaining the Guiyoung Spear that his rise began. Just as Jang Pyung-hos powers were tied to his Pocket Dimension House, the Shadow Lord''s strength stemmed from this spear. But in this life, the Shadow Lord would not appear. The Guiyoung Spear, his Alpha and Omega, now belonged to Suho. *Better in my hands than in a criminals.* Suho checked the spears description. **[Guiyoung Spear]** - Rank: A+ - *One of the Shadow Lords treasures.* - *Made from the bones of a Shadow Divine Beast.* - *The first person to awaken its consciousness will be recognized as its owner. The spear can be summoned from the owners shadow using Guiyoung (A).* - *If damaged, the spear can be repaired and resummoned from the shadows with Shadow Regeneration (A), provided shadow and mana are present.* The spears A+ rating was due to it being part of a set. When combined with other treasures of the Shadow Lord, the power would increase synergistically, potentially reaching an S+ rank. Suho was determined to collect all the Shadow Lords treasures, knowing they would open new strategic possibilities. To test Guiyoungs shadow-summoning ability, he threw the spear far away and reached toward his shadow. The spear, miles away, reappeared instantly in his hand, emerging from his shadow. *Perfect.* With his preparations complete, Suho opened the exit portal of the Pocket Dimension House. Through it, he could see the Tower Dragon, now resting, its massive form attached to the stone pillar, recovering. *Attacking from here would be ideal.* But from within the Pocket Dimension, Suho couldnt launch attacks outward. He would have to face the dragon directly. Taking a deep breath, he gripped the Guiyoung Spear and dashed out, running up the stone pillar to leap at the dragon. **[Leap activated.]** Before the dragon could stir, he hurled the spear at its weak spotthe reverse scale. **[You have demonstrated high proficiency in spear throwing.]** **[The system is evaluating your talent.]** **[Congratulations! You have learned Spear Throwing (B).]** With newfound skill, Suhos throw was fast, accurate, and powerful. The spear struck the dragons reverse scale, fracturing the protective layer. *Enter!* **[Entering Pocket Dimension House.]** **[The Tower Dragon is enraged by the attack on its reverse scale.]** **[The Tower Dragon uses Dragon Fear.]** After stabilizing, Suho threw the Guiyoung Spear at a high point on the stone pillar, used it as a foothold, and leapt toward the dragons head. **[You have demonstrated high proficiency in Leaping.]** **[The system is re-evaluating your skill.]** **[Congratulations! Leaping has been upgraded to A level.]** Now lighter and more agile, Suho found himself face-to-face with the dragon. The enraged creature roared, unleashing another Fear effect right in his face. This time, however, it was less intense, and Suho held his ground. Seizing the moment, he summoned the Guiyoung Spear and threw it directly into the dragons eye. **[Spear Throwing activated.]** The dragon, proud and fearless, underestimated the attack. The spear struck, embedding deeply in its eye. Krraaaahhh! **[The Tower Dragon uses Dragon Fear.]** **[You are in a state of fear.]** The immense pain pushed the dragon into a frenzy, and another wave of Dragon Fear shook Suho. Gritting his teeth, he downed another Purification Potion and scrambled up the dragons massive form, clinging to his weapon and enduring the dragons wild thrashes. His tenacity paid off. **[Your tenacity in holding on is commendable.]** **[The system is assessing your ability.]** **[Congratulations! You have learned Clinging (B).]** With the systems boost, Suho maintained his grip, even as the dragon threw itself against the cavern walls and rolled across the floor in agony. Using Healing Light to sustain himself, Suho managed to keep hold. Finally, after a prolonged struggle, the dragons movements slowed, its energy depleted. *This is it.* Suho pulled himself up and approached the exposed, damaged scale, now a vulnerable spot of exposed flesh. Drawing a fresh sword, he drove it deep into the dragons reverse scale, twisting to anchor himself. The dragon let out a final, furious roar as its body convulsed, then fell, its strength utterly spent. As the life faded from the dragons eyes, it collapsed, its massive form plummeting to the ground with a resounding crash. TL NOTE: Please don''t skimp on the stars for the translation - it inspires me and gives me the strength to write more. Thank you~! If you want to buy me a /kimsu Chapter 21 **Boom!!** The Tower Dragon falls to the ground. But Ahn Suho is nowhere to be found. Just before the Tower Dragon hits the ground, Suho, who had stepped on it and leapt, barely managed to grab onto a stone tower, avoiding the fall. It was then. [ You have defeated the Tower Dragon. ] [ Floor 49 has been cleared. ] [ You have set a new record for the Tower of Trials. ] [ You are the first to successfully conquer the Tower of Trials! ] [ The system rewards you with 10 bonus stats for your great achievement. ] [ The system is now evaluating your great challenge. ] The fallen Tower Dragon finally breathes its last. At the same time, countless system notifications appear, making his vision blur. Finally, he had succeeded in killing it. *Finally!* As he looked at the flood of notifications, his tension eased. However, Suho did not let his guard down and, with great care, climbed down from the stone tower before lying down on the ground, taking a deep breath. But his lips couldnt help but curl upwards. It was natural. He had succeeded in hunting the Tower Dragon, a creature no one had ever caught, in both his past and present life. It was then. [ Your level has increased. ] [ All of your stats have increased by 1. ] [ You have gained 1 bonus stat. ] [ You have reached level 40. ] [ The system desires you to grow even stronger. ] [ The system gifts you more power. ] [ You have gained 5 bonus stats. ] [ All Healer class skills have leveled up. ] [ You have learned Healing Spirit (B). ] His level had increased. Though there was only one Tower Dragon, it was the final boss and had a hefty amount of experience, which allowed Suho to level up. Thanks to this, Suho had reached level 40, and with this milestone, he had received another system reward. The job skill he obtained this time was *Healing Spirit*. Suho quickly checked the details of the *Healing Spirit* skill. [ Healing Spirit ] - **Grade**: B@@@@ # Creates an area that restores health. # Creatures within the Healing Spirits area will slowly recover health, and there is no limit to the number of individuals within the area. # A weapon must be used as a totem to summon the Healing Spirit. *Healing Spirit.* This was Suhos first area healing skill. Suho thought back to Isabellas massive healing spirit, which could heal an entire battlefield. *This must evolve into its final form, too.* Just after Suho finished confirming the skill, another notification popped up. [ The system has finished evaluating your challenge. ] [ The system highly praises your great challenge and has decided to reward you with a fitting prize. ] [ You have acquired *Dragon Blood* (S+). ] The evaluation was complete. But what he received was something he had never expected. Suho jumped up in shock after reading the system notification. *Dragon Blood? The Dragon Blood I know? And it appeared here?* He couldnt believe his eyes. Dragon Blood had been the signature skill of a player known as *Dragon Rider*, a monstrous figure from his past life. *But the Dragon Rider said he acquired Dragon Blood not from the Tower of Trials, but from another gate?* The Dragon Mountains. Suho remembered the name of the gate clearly, as it had left a strong impression on him. This meant that one of two things had happened. Either the Dragon Rider had lied, or Dragon Blood could also be obtained from the Tower of Trials. But in the end, it didnt matter. The important thing was that Suho had now obtained *Dragon Blood*, a skill that symbolized the Dragon Rider and his roots. Suho immediately checked the details of *Dragon Blood*. [ Dragon Blood ] - **Grade**: S+ Dragon byproducts, by their nature, were S-grade materials. However, they were incredibly difficult to gather, and only byproducts from *purebred* dragonsnot just any dragonhad this kind of value. Even finding one was a rare occurrence. Even the worlds greatest swordsman, Suho, had only seen two dragons in his entire life. Suhos eyes sparkled. *I can use this for crafting.* This was an unexpected, excellent material. It was, of course, meant for crafting the best possible items. So, its use was already decided. *Hell like this.* Of course, someone else would get their hands on it. Eventually, everything was settled. Perhaps because of the double joy, Suho didnt feel any pain anymore. He made his way toward the exit portal that appeared before him. --- [ The Tower Dragon has been defeated. ] [ Floor 49 has been cleared. ] [ The Tower of Trials has been conquered. ] [ The conqueror is Ahn Suho, Player. ] [ The Tower of Trials is now forcibly clearing all players. ] --- The Tower of Trials was conquered. Thanks to this, the already noisy world, stirred by Suho, exploded once more. - *No way, really cleared it?* - *So the Tower of Trials can actually be conquered!* - *Wait, didnt he just pass the Hunter exam today?* - *Ahn Suho, hes a god! Ahn Suho, hes a god!* - *Mom! I want to be Ahn Suho when I grow up!* Offline and online, chaos erupted. Not only that, but journalists, YouTubers, and ordinary people flocked to the Tower entrance to see Suho. After the Tower was cleared, everyone scrambled to publish their articles. When Suho finally appeared through the exit portal, everyone outside the safe line started taking photos with flashes. *Click!* *Click!* *Click!* Ahn Suho, look this way! Ahn Suho, just one word! Ahn Suho! Ahn Suho!! Suho, having exited the Tower, stood inside the safe line that was reserved for the conquerors. This was a place that only conquerors could enter, like a trophy pedestal. Suho looked up at the sky. It was so clear. The sun hadnt even set yet. With a satisfied expression, Suho surveyed the surroundings, and soon his gaze met that of Jo Jin-hwi, who was staring at him in a daze. Suho grinned and immediately called him. The recipient, of course, was Jo Jin-hwi. Seeing who the caller was, Jo Jin-hwi awkwardly answered the phone while still locking eyes with Suho. - *H-Hello?* Hows it going? Do you believe me now? - *....* He had no words. That madman. To think he really solo-cleared the Tower of Trials. Was that why? Jo Jin-hwi, finally feeling at ease, brushed his long hair back and laughed. - *I know youre a crazy guy, right?* If youre not confident, say it now. Ill switch to another reporter. - *To be a big person, you have to play in the big league. Im confident.* Alright. You brought the car, right? - *Yes, I brought it.* The yellow Ferrari, right? The symbol of the golden press. Get it ready, Im going to the parking lot. Start the engine and wait. Hearing this, Jo Jin-hwi chuckled. How did he know about the car? Still, he followed the order and went to get the car ready, and Suho looked around again. At that moment, black vans started to approach, cutting through the crowd. When the vans stopped, people poured out, and Suho instantly recognized who they were. They were staff from the Great Sword Alliance. Chapter 22 Suho smiled upon seeing them. *Ah, I was wondering when they''d show up.* The staff quickly formed a human barricade, blocking the crowd''s access. Through this barricade, Jung Chul-min appeared, standing beyond the safe line, gazing at Suho while dialing his phone. The recipient, of course, was Suho. Suho answered the phone and asked, Hello, Team Leader. - *"Suho, I don''t know if I''m dreaming or seeing this for real."* Its real, Team Leader, unless you''ve been using some kind of drug. - *"I would never do that... Suho, youre always more than I imagined. Anyway, would you please move with us to the Association?"* May I ask why? - *"Its an unprecedented incident. We thought the Tower would never be conquered. The government has been managing it as a public gate."* I know that, but theres no reason for me to go to the Association, right? Theres no official reason to do so. It was obvious. Jung Chul-min was probably ordered by the president or vice president to bring him in. The reason? Probably for a photo op. Those former members of parliament were always so meticulous about their image management. *They probably told him to bring me along for some staged photo. Chul-mins been involved in this kind of stuff often.* Thats why Suho wasnt planning on going to the Association anytime soon. If he went, it would be on his terms or out of necessitynot because those two had called him to take free pictures. Upon hearing Suho''s words, Jung Chul-min hesitated and spoke up. - *"Thats true, but... considering the scale of the incident, we still need to conduct an investigation."* You didnt investigate when other major guilds cleared a hard gate like this. If you need any information, just make a separate request. - *"...* Jung Chul-min fell silent. He had nothing to say. But despite that, Jung Chul-min wasnt going to give up. Even though he was just a powerless civil servant, he had become a team leader at a young age because of his competence. - *"I understand. But would it be okay if we at least escorted you outside? If we dont move carefully, there could be a stampede."* Dont worry. I can leave on my own. - *Huh?* Ill contact you again soon, Team Leader. At that moment... - *"Huh?"* Jung Chul-min was bewildered. Suho, who had been standing right in front of him, suddenly vanished. It wasnt just himothers around also noticed. - *"Huh? Whered he go?"* - *"Where did he go?"* - *"Whats going on?!"* - *"Hey, wheres Ahn Suho?!"* But Suho, without any hesitation, walked past them and exited the Tower of Trials. [ *Monochrome Solitude* is activated. ] Thanks to the first *Mumumu* synthesized for stat boosts.@@@@ Suho leisurely walked out and spotted the yellow Ferrari, ready for departure, at a nearby parking lot. He got into the passenger seat. The moment the passenger door opened, Jo Jin-hwi was startled and immediately on guard. *Ah! You scared me... Wait, Suho?* Lets go now. W-How did you get out? I managed to avoid them. Thats weird. I was keeping an eye on you through the side and rearview mirrors. Even if he kept watching, how could he have seen Suho? Suho laughed at that. Well, I cant disclose contract details. Ah, come on. I wont be going around spreading it. Im not blind to information that could help catch someone like you. Thatd be a big mistake. Suho, understanding Jo Jin-hwis perspective, decided to share a bit of the truth to build some rapport. Actually, I was the one who proposed the scholarship. Its not that rare. Ah, so thats it... But you must have been pretty short on money, right? Well, I just recently dropped out. Oh, right. You mentioned dropping out due to problems in the department? It was an old memory, so there was no real anger about it. Realizing the conversation was drifting, Suho naturally changed the topic. Anyway, I dont really care about that anymore. Ill help you create more buzz, so feel free to use me for exclusive reports and grow your influence in the company. This time, Jo Jin-hwi smiled. So youre planning to make good use of me, huh? If Im going to be friends with a reporter, I might as well make it useful for both of us. Jo Jin-hwi nodded and said, In that case, we dont need to arrange any special interview spots like Newsroom. Just keep up the exclusive coverage on you, and your presence will rise. Suho agreed. Exactly. Ill only release official statements through you, so theres no need to make a big fuss. Then, its all easy for me. I wont have to chase after scoops anymore. By the way, are you heading home? For now, yes. Are you sure? By now, people must be waiting outside your house, having dug up all your personal info. Its fine. Ill get in the same way I got out of the Tower. Dont do that. Why dont you stay at my place for a while? At your place? Im not suggesting anything weird. I live alone in a big house. If youre okay with it, you can stay in the guest room. The securitys tight, so only residents can get in. Where do you live? Kaiser Cheongdam. Wow. Kaiser Cheongdam. It was a luxurious residential area worth hundreds of billions of won, one of the top-tier areas in the city. It truly matched the golden reputation of a reporter like Jo Jin-hwi. Suho asked, Thats quite a place. But with a place like that, I assume youre not just from a regular wealthy family, right? I know youre a *golden spoon*, but... There are different levels of being a *golden spoon*. But Kaiser Cheongdam wasnt exactly a place for just any wealthy person to live. Jo Jin-hwi smiled quietly and replied, Not just any golden spoon... Well, Im the youngest son of the Dae-San Group chairman. Wait, what? Suhos eyes widened in disbelief. Jo Jin-hwi casually continued, Its not a big deal, but you know Dae-San Group, right? Im the youngest son of the chairman. Wait, but the chairman of Dae-San Group is...? My older brothers have different mothers. My mom was his concubine. So Im the child of a concubine... a half-blood. Oh... This is a secret I havent shared with anyone at the company. But since were likely to be seeing each other often, I thought Id let you know. By the way, although my father gave me a lot, I have no influence in Dae-San Group. I dont have any shares. I even turned down an offer for a subsidiary. Interesting. Right? Maybe well become even closer than we expected. Suho smiled, feeling the connection. Maybe, just maybe, they would become closer than either of them had anticipated. **Boom!** The yellow Ferrari roared across the highway. Chapter 23 Suho thought he had seen the best places even during his days as a swordsman, but *Kaiser Cheongdam* turned out to be far better than he had imagined. Ive given you the password, so feel free to treat this place like your own home. Oh, and we have emergency healers in the community facilities, so feel free to use them if you need. Of course, your privacy will be respected. Seems like the expensive places really are different. But Ill handle the healing myself. Didnt you see? Ah... you really are a healer? At Jung Jin-hwis surprised question, Suho demonstrated *Healing Light*, and Jung Jin-hwi let out a wry laugh. I had seen the information, but I didnt really believe it. Why? Which healer in the world clears the Tower of Trials alone? Normally, healers join guilds and level up steadily. Anyway, if you press the community app on the pad here, you can handle everything from meals to shopping right from the house. I have to go to the office for now, as Im still on shift. Suho responded with a smile as he listened, and once Jung Jin-hwi left, he was finally left alone. *This house is great.* From the view of the Han River to the interior, it looked like a luxury hotel suite. There were so many rooms, too... It truly was *Kaiser Cheongdam*. Suho relaxed his senses and started searching for any hidden cameras, just in case. *Back in the day, I was quite the expert at finding surveillance cameras.* But he couldnt find a single one. Of course. This was the house of the youngest son of a conglomerate; there was no way there would be cameras here. Still, it never hurt to check, as the saying goes: *Better safe than sorry.* Once he finished the search, Suho finally took a shower, changed into a shirt and pants from the guest closet, and noticed something odd. There were clothes in every size, even fresh new underwear. *Is this some kind of occupational habit?* Perhaps, due to his many assignments, he had started collecting things for his colleagues too? Thanks to that, Suho comfortably changed and sat on the couch. There were no injuries. He had used *Healing Light* on himself during the journey, and any minor injuries had already been healed. Suho then opened his status window. [ **Ahn Suho** ] - **Lv**: 40 - **Class**: Healer - **Strength (R)**: 2 - **Health**: 97 - **Mana (R)**: 2 - **Perception**: 40 - **Bonus Stats**: 16 His level 40 status window. However, the stats listed below were not at all typical for a level 40. Suho smiled as he looked at them. *With this, Im practically elite... no, Im on a successor-level path.* There were many ways to increase stats in this world. But those ways were as vague and as hard to reach as the methods to earn moneyfew could do it. Still, some managed to increase their stats. These people were usually either lucky or had massive wealth and received specialized care from large organizations. Typically, the heirs of companies aiming to produce hunters were among those individuals. Thats why he thought of this as being close to the path of a successor. Suho used his 16 bonus stats, prioritizing *Health* first, boosting it to Red-grade. [ Health stat has reached 100. ] [ The Health stat grows even further. ] [ Congratulations! Your Health stat has leveled up to Red-grade! ] He then invested another point to match the other Red-grade stats at 2, and spent the remaining bonus stats entirely on *Perception*. [ **Ahn Suho** ] - **Lv**: 40 - **Class**: Healer - **Strength (R)**: 2 - **Health (R)**: 2 - **Mana (R)**: 2 - **Perception**: 52 - **Bonus Stats**: 0 Closing the status window, Suho reached for his phone, which he had charged earlier. He had seen messages from guild members and journalists who had somehow obtained his number since the Safe Line. There were plenty of unread messages piling up. Suho flipped through them quickly, noticing a few interesting ones. The first set was from Kim Soo-ae, the head of Nexus Academy, and the leading guilds, *Prime* and *Hexagon*. Of course, other guilds had also reached out. Suho briefly glanced at the messages they had sent, some begging, others trying to make an impact, but he quickly ignored them. Suho already had his future plans in place. The second surprising set was from his former classmates and seniors at the Physical Education University, the ones he had dropped out with. - *"Hey, the Ahn Suho in the news, is that you?"* - *"I saw you on YouTube! Its you, right?!"* - *"Why didnt you tell us, haha!"* - *"Suho, Im Kim Chun-ho, the one who hit you last time. Im sorry..."*@@@@ The sound of the spear piercing was followed by a scream. The person who cried out was the only woman among them. Suho hadnt hit her; he had pierced her shadow. As she screamed, the remaining three were startled. What... what happened?! Get in! Well take her first! Ill carry her! Despite their panic, the three moved swiftly, like soldiers on a mission. But when one of them tried to pick up the woman, his eyes widened in shock. He was the strongest of the group, yet she didnt budge at all. Of course. The moment the portal formed, their shadows had moved toward Suho, and he deliberately impaled them with the *Guiyoung Spear*. [ *Shadow Binding* is activated. ] *Shadow Binding*, a skill that locks the targets shadow in place. Once their shadows were pierced by the *Guiyoung Spear*, escaping was nearly impossible, no matter how strong they were. While the man struggled with the woman, the two others near the portal shouted. What are you doing?! Hurry and bring her! Just a minute! What''s happening?! Ughhh!! The man, strong enough to lift an old tree, was now at a loss. No matter how hard he tried, the woman didnt move. And then... Ughhh!! The woman, trapped in the mans grip, let out a painful groan as he applied more force. It wasnt just from his strength; it was also the *Shadow Bleeding* effect. In the end, the man gave up lifting her and drew his weapon. Everyone, arm yourselves! We need to figure out what this guy did! What? Damn it! It was the worst-case scenario. They had planned for combat, but this was beyond their expectations. But then, something unexpected happened. Youre the Banshee, right? Lets have a little chat. The mention of *Banshee* caused their eyes to widen. Of course, they knew this term better than anyone*Banshee* was the name of a notorious secret terror organization in Korea. This group of four had carried out numerous bombings, causing chaos. *Well, they were caught in the end.* Suho was the one who had captured them. He raised his hands, signaling that he wasnt holding anything, and spoke. Why are you so surprised? Anyway, lets talk. I came alone. It was true. Suho hadnt even joined the *Daheon Association* yet, and he didnt have any friends he could call on. Even if he had joined the Association, he planned to handle important matters like this alone. At Suhos words, the *Banshee* members exchanged glances, clearly rattled. In the end, what Suho wanted didnt happen. Kill him! The three of them charged at him simultaneously. This wasnt an impulsive move. It was the last-ditch plan of the *Banshee*. As they rushed at Suho, he immediately activated a skill. [ *Intimidation* is activated. ] Chapter 24 At that moment. *Khh!* *Khhh!* *Kkgh!*@@@@ The movements of the three people approaching Suho suddenly halted. This was the effect of the *S-grade Intimidation* from his *Dragons Blood*. Their bodies stiffened as though they had been hit by the fear of a monster. *At their current level, these Banshees can probably only stand still and breathe.* Thus, without any further actions, Suho slowly approached them and began removing their hats and masks one by one. After removing the first mans mask, Suho looked at his face and spoke. Kim Hyun-min. Youre the mobility specialist with a teleportation skill, and your occupation is a delivery man. Next, as Suho removed the second mans mask, he continued. Seo Kyo-won. Youre in charge of making bombs for terrorist activities, and your occupation is a middle school science teacher. Finally, Suho removed the last mans mask and spoke. Kwak Du-ho. Youre a day laborer, and despite your thin frame, you handle the heavy lifting in the team. Now, only one person remained. The only female member of the team, the founder and leader of the Banshees, the mastermind who devised all the operations and protocols. Suho removed the last members mask, who was stuck by his *Guiyoung Spear*, and said, Goo Yeon-hwa. A student at Korea Women''s University, the true leader behind the Banshees, and an EMP specialist capable of disabling electronic devices and magical items, right? *Hh... Hh...* *How... how do you know that?* It''s easy to know if youre paying attention. But more importantly, take a good look at my face. Who do you think I am? Weve never met... how could I know who you are? Goo Yeon-hwa responded dismissively, but as she looked into Suhos face, her expression suddenly shifted to one of surprise. *Ah.* She knew. She, as the brain of the team, would recognize him. Her eyes widened, and she stammered. Y-Youre... Ahn Suho? Exactly. Looks like the brain really knows their stuff. Now, tell them, Im not some weirdo. Suho removed the *Intimidation* and *Shadow Binding* effects from Goo Yeon-hwa. Her breath, once shaky, returned to normal, and she exhaled deeply, finally relaxed. She lifted her head and asked, Who are you really? You should be able to tell by my face. How about we talk about it later? How are we supposed to trust you? If you dont want to, then dont. What? It was difficult for her to understand logically. But Suho said nonchalantly, Dont give me that look. Everyone I meet keeps asking if Im serious about this. So, is it really true? Stop asking. Yes, its true. In fact, I plan to take the grade-5 civil service exam. At those words, Goo Yeon-hwa and the others'' eyes widened in shock. It made sense, as the grade-5 civil service exam was notoriously difficult, and those who didnt meet the qualifications wouldnt even be considered. By the look on your faces, you all know how hard the grade-5 exam is. But its true, Ill be taking the exam, and I will pass. After that, Ill move up through a couple of positions and eventually enter the Special Department. *Special Department.* The air grew heavy. This was because the reason the Banshees were formed was directly tied to Daheon Associations Special Department. Suho knew this well, as he had once worked in the Special Department himself. But Suho didnt care and continued talking. Why do you all look so shocked? If you cant even manage your expressions, how do you keep secrets? Dont worry, Im joining the Special Department for the same reason as you. Its personal. Personal reasons? You heard me in the interview. Im a Gate orphan. At first, I thought I was just unlucky, caught in a disaster we couldnt control. But later, I realized what I went through was actually a man-made disaster. Gate-related disasters could cause massive chaos and spread monsters, but Suho now understood that his familys tragedy was no accident. It wasnt a *natural disaster*, but a *man-made disaster*. Do you know the saying, Once a shell falls in a place, another shell wont fall there again? I know. Its the same for Gates, isnt it? Exactly. Once a Gate appears, it doesnt appear again in the same location. Thats why areas that have cleared Gates are designated as Safe Zones, and the property value skyrockets. At this point, Goo Yeon-hwas eyes widened. Are you suggesting...? Exactly. The government knew the Gate shock was going to happen that day. But they let it happen on purpose. There were multiple development projects tied to that area. I know who was involved in those projects. Thats why Im trying to join the Daheon Association. So you plan to go in and kill them all? No, Im not going to kill anyone. Ill seek my revenge in another way. But you all are the same, arent you? Youre all targeting Special Department-related places for your attacks. Thats why Im here. This was all true. Suhos past and the reason behind the formation of Banshee werent fabricated to trick them. Suho continued. The Special Department is the most powerful force in Daheon Association. It also influences other government agencies and has investigative and prosecutorial powers over players. I plan to become the head of the Special Department and make those responsible pay. Suho looked Goo Yeon-hwa straight in the eyes. The revenge youre planning, Ill help you carry it out in a more specific and effective way. But for that, we need a lot of preparation. Thats why Im here. I need people outside the Daheon Association to be my hands and feet. How about it? Isnt this an interesting proposal? Having said all he needed to say, Suho confidently set the paper with his second phone number on the table. Think it over. Or, you can decide after watching me pass the grade-5 exam. But if you go ahead and commit another terrorist act before that, Ill forget this offer and hand you over to the Special Department. See you. With that, Suho coolly left the hideout. Chapter 25 The conversation was enough. The decision was theirs to make, but Suho had no doubt about Goo Yeon-hwas judgment. *Now, all thats left is to wait, taking my time.* It was likely that they would be pretty startled. After all, these people had never exposed themselves to anyone before. They were a secret organization, almost like "ghosts." Thats why Suho had to pass the grade-5 exam. Even Goo Yeon-hwa, no matter how cautious she was, would see that if Suho actually passed, it would provide them with a much more reliable means of revenge. With his first encounter with the Banshees completed, Suho immediately called a taxi and began heading to his next destination. With the Banshees taken care of, his next goal was to reach level 50. Why aim for level 50? The reason was simple. When a player hits level 50, they unlock their first *Trait*. *My first Trait was the Path of the Sword.* Traits were a crucial growth system that elevated a player to a whole new level. Unlike skills or items, Traits could be activated continuously and used without significant mana consumption. In that sense, the *Path of the Sword*, while common, was an essential Trait for anyone aspiring to be a swordsman. When unlocked, *Path of the Sword* increased the experience gain of all swordsmanship-related skills by 50%, and boosted all related stat effects by 20%. *But this time, Im going for a different Trait.* Suho had already decided which Trait he wanted this time. Currently, most people believed Traits were granted randomly, but in the future, a formula for obtaining specific Traits would be discovered. *Thats when research into formulas for Trait acquisition started.* Suho already knew most of those formulas. Even the ones he had only glanced at, he had fully reconstructed using his *Memory Library*. So, he could choose it now. There were many who had risen to the rank of monster due to a single Trait, and Suho knew all the ones that could be considered game-breaking. The taxi Suho was in smoothly sped toward his destination. --- Suho arrived at the Seoul Central Blood Bank. The once-located Central Blood Bank in Gangseo had moved to Jongno after suffering several Gate-related damages. Now, it was one of the famous Safe Zones. Upon arriving, Suho looked around the neatly built entrance to the Blood Bank and then swiftly scaled the wall beside the tightly closed door. Surveillance cameras? He wasnt worried about them. Though there were certainly many cameras around the Blood Bank, thanks to his *Colorless Solitude*, anyone watching those cameras would be unable to recognize Suho. Having successfully scaled the wall, Suho activated his *Mana Detection* skill and began scanning the area around the building. He spotted something shining in the corner of the building, previously hidden in darkness. *There it is.* Though it was too dark to see with the naked eye, Suhos *Mana Detection* clearly revealed the faint mana leakage coming from a specific area. It appeared to be a hidden part of a Gate that was leaking mana. Suho took out a dagger from his inventory and made a small cut on his palm. Then, he squeezed the blood from his hand onto the sparkling section of the Gates leak. Drip, drop The blood fell. And then... *Whummm!* As Suhos blood dripped, the dark stain on the Gate glowed briefly and started emitting a faint light. [ *Hidden Point* discovered. ] [ Conditions met. ] [ *Hidden Gate* discovered. ] [ Congratulations! You have completed an extraordinary achievement and the system gifts you 5 bonus stats. ] [ Would you like to enter the Hidden Gate? ] It didnt scream or make a sound as it died. That was fine. The spear caused a great vibration and noise, waking up all the sleeping bats. *Kiiiing!* *Flap, flap, flap!* At the cry of one bat, all the others hanging from the ceiling unfurled their wings and began fluttering noisily. The sound was so deafening that it felt as though their ears were going to hurt. The bats flapped around for a while and then began diving toward Suho. With their sharp fangs and claws, unlike ordinary bats. But Suho didnt move an inch. Instead, he activated a skill. [ *Intimidation* activated. ] *Hiiing!* *Intimidation*. Similar to the fear used by monsters, it presses down on the opponent''s mind, causing them to fall into a state of fear and paralysis. However, these creatures were 20 levels higher than Suho, and anyone with common sense would consider his actions reckless. But Suhos *Intimidation* was no ordinary one. The *A-grade* intimidation he previously had was upgraded to *S-grade* due to the added effects of his *Dragon''s Blood*. And *S-grade* Intimidation had enough power to cover a 30-level difference with ease. As proof of this, [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of fear due to Intimidation. ] [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of paralysis due to Intimidation. ] [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of fear due to Intimidation. ] [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of paralysis due to Intimidation. ] [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of fear due to Intimidation. ] [ *Vampire Bat* falls into a state of paralysis due to Intimidation. ] ... Suho could see the *Vampire Bats* falling helplessly, one after another, while the system notifications kept pouring in. *Kiiiing...* The bats, writhing on the ground, were the result of *Intimidation*. *Im glad I got this early.* Of course, *Intimidation* wouldnt work on all monsters. It didnt affect boss monsters, named monsters, or special monsters from places like the Tower of Trials. But despite the exclusions, *Intimidation* was still a highly versatile skill, which was why Suho made sure to acquire it early. *You cant get it from monsters unless theyre at a high enough level, and monsters are designed not to lose their will easily as their levels rise.* Suho retrieved his *Guiyoung Spear* and began finishing off the struggling bats one by one. [ *Vampire Bat* defeated. ] [ *Vampire Bat* defeated. ] [ *Vampire Bat* defeated. ] ... Was there a more relaxing way to hunt? Thanks to this, Suho quickly leveled up, and when he finished off all the *Vampire Bats* in the cave, he had raised his level by three. Lets check the status. [ *Ahn Suho* ] - Level: 43 - Class: Healer - Strength (R): 5 - Health (R): 5 - Mana (R): 5 - Sensitivity: 55 - Bonus Stats: 8 Even though his stats were in the red color now, the rule of increasing one point for each stat when the level went up remained unchanged. Suho invested all of his bonus stats into Sensitivity. Logically, Mana or Health would have been the better choices, but when all stats became the same color, a *set effect* was triggered. Of course, only those who were *rich* in bonus stats could enjoy such an effect. *Most people focus on raising just two main stats.* But Suho, as one of the worlds top players in his past life, managed not two, but three stats. *But this time, I can manage all my stats.* It wasnt an unrealistic ambition. It was the result of careful calculation. After distributing the stats, Suho stored the defeated *Vampire Bats* in his *Spatial House* and moved on to his next destination. Chapter 26 The Hidden Gate, *Blood''s Trace*, is divided into three stages. 1st Stage: Monster Room, 2nd Stage: Monster Room, Final 3rd Stage: Boss Room. In the 1st Stage, the opponent is a legion of *Vampire Bats*, and in the 2nd Stage, you face *Blood Slimes*. Of course, this was nothing too difficult for Suho. Even in the 2nd Stage monster room, Suho''s *Intimidation* skill showed its effectiveness. Thanks to this, Suho was able to level up three times, reaching level 46, and stand in front of the final boss room. There was nothing to be afraid of. Suho knew well what kind of being was beyond this door. As he opened the massive stone slab door, he was met not with a rough, cave-like background, but with a vast marble corridor, cleanly arranged. At the end of the corridor stood a massive bed, draped in lace, with the silhouette of someone lying peacefully in the center. It was then. [ You have entered the Boss Room. ] [ The Boss Monster awakens. ] Kugugugu... With the notification came the shaking of the surroundings. At the same time, *Vampire Bats* that had been hiding in the ceiling flapped their wings, and *Blood Slimes* that had been lurking in various places began crawling out like zombies. These were not meant to attack Suho but were shown to amplify the overwhelming presence of the boss monster. Simultaneously, the figure on the bed slowly rose without any exertion. - How dare you invade this place... Foolish intruder, do you know what you have just done? The figure on the bed never raised its voice. Yet, despite this, his voice vibrated through the entire corridor, ringing loudly and creating an immense pressure all on its own. [ The Cursed Prince exudes intimidation. ] [ Boss-level *Fear* is activated. ] The voice itself carried *Fear* within it, and thus its effect was similar to any ordinary *Fear* ability. However... [ Dragon''s Blood is activated. ] [ The mental effect of the *Dragon''s Blood* negates the effect of *Fear*. ] Suho remained unfazed. This was thanks to the first power of *Dragon''s Blood*, one of the two abilities granted by the *Dragon''s Bloodline*. Suho recalled the effect of the *Dragon''s Mind*. [ Dragon''s Mind ] - Grade: S - A choice and innate power granted only to those born with the Dragon''s bloodline. - Grants immunity to all mental debuff effects caused by creatures of dragon level or lower. This is why bloodlines were so important. Simply because of his bloodline, Suho could ignore the *Fear* from the Boss monster. Rather than responding verbally, Suho retrieved a spear from his inventory. Unlike the one he had used against the *Tower Dragon*, this spear had a faint blue glow. Suho used one of his skills on the newly prepared spear. [ Holy Power is activated. ] The skill used was *Holy Power*. It was a basic healer skill Suho had acquired upon reaching level 30, which enchanted an item with the *Holy Light* attribute. After enchanting the spear, Suho threw it without hesitation toward the silhouette hidden under the blanket. [ Throwing Spear is activated. ] The increased strength and penetration power. The spear, enhanced by the skill, flew like a missile and struck the figure''s body. Kwachik! The attack hit. And then. [ The Cursed Prince, rejected from conversation, is greatly enraged. ] [ The Cursed Prince uses *Blood Scream*. ]@@@@ Kiaaaahhh! A scream of blood. At the same time, the silhouette and bed exploded, scattering in all directions, finally revealing the true form of the Cursed Prince. He had violet skin, long silver hair, and pale white eyes without pupils, constantly weeping blood from them. Suho checked the information above his head. - *Cursed Prince* Lv.76 A whopping level 76. The magic targeted the *Vampire Bats*. Together with the magic, the bats began to gather in the air and soon transformed into a giant bat. [ The Vampire Bats fuse. ] [ A Hundred-Year Bat is summoned. ] Following the *Blood Golem*, the *Hundred-Year Bat* appeared. It also had a level of 72. But so what? Suho pulled out a third silver spear, enchanted it with *Holy Power*, and threw it at the new target. The spear pierced the *Hundred-Year Bat''s* abdomen, and with the force of the strike, the bat was sent flying, crashing into the wall. [ Throwing Spear is activated. ] Seizing the opportunity, Suho summoned the *Guiyoung Spear* and threw it at the bats shadow. [ Shadow Seal is activated. ] [ Shadow Bleed is activated. ] Dealing with flying enemies was the most troublesome when there were no flying skills available. Suho had waited to use the *Guiyoung Spear* until just the right moment. With the bat immobilized, Suho unsheathed his sword. The sword, of course, was another made of pure silver. He enhanced it with *Holy Power* and charged toward the *Blood Golem*. [ Draw Slash is activated. ] [ Decapitation is activated. ] Close to the *Blood Golem*, Suho used his sword skills, steadily draining the golems health. He intentionally avoided the core to attack the golems body since attacking the body would kill the *Blood Slimes* making it up. Every time he attacked, he received notifications: [ You have defeated a Blood Slime. ] [ You have defeated a Blood Slime. ] [ You have defeated a Blood Slime. ] ... [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You gained 1 bonus stat. ] The experience flowed in as the *Blood Slimes* fell. Finally, when the *Blood Golem*s body was more than half destroyed, Suho received another notification. [ You have defeated the Blood Golem. ] [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You gained 1 bonus stat. ] Once again, Suho leveled up. - This is nonsense...! "What''s nonsense?" Surprised by Suho''s overwhelming strength, the Cursed Prince stared in shock. However, realizing the severity of the situation, the Cursed Prince quickly prepared his next attack. In that moment, Suho appeared right before him. "Your turn is not yet." - No, how!? [ Decapitation is activated. ] Swish! Suho swiftly closed the gap and swung his sword. The Cursed Princes head fell to the ground, and Suho kicked it far away. Then. "Summon *Guiyoung Spear*." [ Guiyoung Spear is activated. ] Kwachik! Suho summoned the *Guiyoung Spear* again, embedding it into the Cursed Prince''s decapitated bodys shadow. [ Shadow Seal is activated. ] [ Shadow Bleed is activated. ] With the special options of the *Guiyoung Spear* activated, Suho firmly secured the body and drew his sword again. "Just wait a bit longer, Ill finish off that Hundred-Year Bat first." - Wh-what did you say!? The Cursed Prince, for the first time, received such horrifying treatment, crying out continuously. But the only thing his head could do was scream loudly. Suho, having drawn his sword, approached the *Hundred-Year Bat*, whose health was draining from the *Shadow Bleed*, and began slaughtering it. [ You have defeated the Hundred-Year Bat. ] [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You gained 1 bonus stat. ] Suho had finally reached level 50. Chapter 27 The notifications continued to appear. [ Congratulations! You have reached level 50. ] [ The system grants you higher power. ] [ 5 bonus stats have been awarded. ] [ All healing class skills have leveled up by one stage. ] [ The system wants you to become even stronger. ] [ The Trait system has been activated. ] [ The system has begun observing you. ] These were all the notifications. But they were exactly the same as the ones Suho had seen before. If things go quickly, the trait should be granted within 10 minutes, or at the latest, once this Gate is finished. The granting of traits depended entirely on the systems judgment. However, once the system started observing, Suho knew he could act according to a set pattern and gain the trait he wanted, regardless of the system''s evaluation. So, from now on, this was the golden time. Having eliminated the *Hundred-Year Bat*, Suho finally approached the head of the *Cursed Prince*, who was still screaming alone in the corner of the corridor. - Kyaaahhh!! The body of the *Cursed Prince* was frozen in place by the *Shadow Seal*, while his head screamed wildly, like a beast who had lost its mind. Could this really be called a prince? It didnt matter. What mattered was that this creature was a vampire, regardless of whether it looked like a *Dullahan* or a beast. Suho lifted its head. - Let go! Let go of me, you filthy, lowly thing!! The head, alone, screeched angrily, just like when *Dura-Han* was yanked from the roots. It screamed in agony as soon as it was ripped away. Instead of responding, Suho brought the *Cursed Princes* head to his arm. At that moment, the *Cursed Prince* bit Suhos arm with all his strength. Crunch! It hurt. Had Suhos health stat not been at the Red level, his arm might have been torn off from the pain. But Suhos health stat was at Red, and he easily endured the bite. At that moment, the following notifications appeared. [ You have been bitten by a Royal Vampire. ] [ The *Cursed Prince* uses *Blood Drain*. ] [ The *Cursed Prince* uses *Bloodline Transformation*. ] [ *Bloodline Transformation* in progress... 1%. ] System notifications flashed before Suhos eyes. The *Blood Grandmaster*s transformation was starting to occur. Simultaneously, a headache and dizziness began to set in for Suho. As soon as the dizziness hit, Suho threw the *Cursed Princes* head off his arm and into the corner. Just like *Blood Grandmaster* said. When the transformation begins, there would be not only a headache and dizziness but an overwhelming thirst for blood. Sure enough, just as those thoughts ended, Suhos mouth felt as dry as if he had walked through a desert for three hours with no water.@@@@ I didnt expect to experience what a vampire feels like. It was certainly a fresh experience. But even if it was fresh, he didnt want to continue feeling this way. Experience was best left as an experience. At that moment, the *Cursed Prince*, seeing Suho stagger, let out a crazed laugh. - Hahaha! You idiot! You dont even know your place and youre bringing this disaster upon yourself! What could he possibly know? As a result, Suho gained four skills. Well, actually, three. [ *Vampirism* ] - Grade: F- # Evidence of having almost become a vampire. # This skill is sealed. *Vampirism*. Had it not been for *Dragons Might*, Suho would have gained *Vampire Blood* as a skill. However, due to *Dragons Might*, it had been sealed, and its grade was reduced to F-, indicating it had been downgraded and sealed. It was disappointing, but there was nothing to be done about it. *Dragons Might* has its own powerful purifying ability, so the process and end result are perfect, but the *Purification Elixir* just stops the transformation. It was too perfect, so unnecessary skills were eradicated. Probably, skills like *Blood Soldier*, *Blood Scream*, and *Bloodline Transformation* had been erased during the process. Tch, I guess Ill have to give up on this trait. It was disappointing. Suho had really wanted to acquire *Vampire Blood* here. That was the key to getting that trait. Well, who would think to have both *Dragons Blood* and *Vampire Blood* at the same time? Suho put aside his disappointment and checked the details of the acquired skills. [ *Blood Drain* ] - Grade: A # A technique that extracts only pure blood. # The extracted blood is stored in *Blood Prison*. [ *Blood Prison* ] - Grade: A # A mysterious blood storage used only by vampires. # It stores excess blood and automatically supplies it as needed. [ *Blood Weapon* ] - Grade: A # A rare skill only usable by noble vampires. # Allows the creation of weapons from one''s blood combined with imagination. # If blood runs out, *Blood Weapon* is forcibly deactivated. *Blood Drain*, *Blood Prison*, and *Blood Weapon*. These were all familiar skills. But it wasnt entirely without its gains. Especially *Blood Weapon*, which was a rare skill only available to high-tier vampires. Thanks to that, I wont have to worry about weapons for a while. After reviewing the skills, Suho closed the inventory. Then, he turned his attention back to the *Cursed Prince*, who was still screaming in the corner. However, something seemed off about the *Cursed Prince''s* condition. - How can you still be fine after biting me...? The *Cursed Prince* was now terrified. Indeed, from his perspective, it made sense. The *Bloodline Transformation* skill of a royal vampire was supposed to work without fail. But he was up against the wrong opponent. Even a royal vampire was nothing before the bloodline of a great dragon. - Is it because Im cursed...? Im useless after all... Finally, the *Cursed Prince* started to lament and self-blame for his inability to win. It was then. [ The *Cursed Prince* begins to lament his fate, shedding blood tears. ] [ The *Cursed Prince*''s power increases dramatically. ] - Ill kill them all...! Ill take revenge on the world that made me like this...! Ill burn everything and trample anyone better than me into the ground...! The *Cursed Prince* began to rampage, signaling the start of Phase 2. Chapter 28 As the *Cursed Prince* rampaged, the *Guiyoung Spear* lodged in his shadow was violently ejected. At the same time, the head of the *Cursed Prince*, which had been rolling on the floor, flew toward his body like a magnet, attaching itself once more. Suho immediately created some distance. *Here we go.* The *Cursed Prince* was rampaging. This wasnt an unexpected scenario. It was the next phase in the fight. This was Phase 2 for him. - *I will never... never forgive you...!* A spine-chilling echo filled the air. An overwhelming surge of magical energy erupted from the *Cursed Prince*. Simultaneously, a *Blood Scream* was released in all directions, and just as Suho blocked it, a new notification appeared. - *Enraged Cursed Prince* Lv.80 The *Cursed Prince*''s name and level had changed. Level 80. If it werent for the *Blood Golem* and *Hundred-Year Bat*, there would have been a 30-level difference between them right now. Suho immediately drew his pure silver spear. [ *Holy Power* is activated. ] The Holy enchantment covered the spear. Upon reaching level 50, instead of acquiring a new skill, all of Suho''s healing skills had been upgraded to A rank. Suho, now fully prepared, threw the enchanted spear without hesitation. [ *Throwing Spear* is activated. ] Swish!! The A-rank *Throwing Spear* cut through the air, heading straight for the *Cursed Prince*. The *Cursed Prince*, wielding a blood-colored whip summoned with a swing of his arm, deflected the spear away. - *I will never... never forgive you...!* The *Cursed Prince*, crying blood tears, muttered curses. The blood-colored whip was his *Blood Weapon*. *So normal weapons wont work, huh?* Suho had covered the *pure silver spear* with an A-rank *Holy Power* enchantment, but it was still easily deflected. No matter, though. Just like the *Cursed Prince*, Suho now had his own *Blood Weapon*. Suho raised his hand and activated the skill. [ *Blood Weapon* is activated. ] Whoosh!! Suhos blood began to pour from his body, forming a long sword in his hand. The sword took on the shape of the one Suho had carried until the last moment, before his deatha sword that had once been his last companion. Suho decided to call this weapon the *Blood Sword*. *The attack power and durability of *Blood Weapon* scale with my stats,* he thought. This meant that the current *Blood Sword*''s performance was equivalent to the Red level stats. Suho believed this was more than enough to face the *Cursed Prince*. His stats included three Red level attributes, and the *Cursed Prince*''s level wasnt even 100. This was a good balance. Suho took a stance, and the *Cursed Prince*, now excited, swung his whip at him. Swoosh!! The blood whip sliced through the air toward Suho. Just as the whip was about to strike, Suho moved forward, wrapping the *Blood Sword* around the whip. Then, with the taut whip, Suho pulled. [ *Holy Power* is activated. ] With the *Holy Power* enchantment, the whip sizzled and burned as the tip was severed. The *Cursed Prince*s eyes widened in surprise. Suho, grinning, spoke: Seems the quality of the weapon really matters. As *Blood Drain* activated, the blood pooled on the floor began to be sucked into Suhos hand like a vacuum. As *Blood Grandmaster* had said, while most vampires use their mouths to feed, the *Blood Drain* skill allowed Suho to absorb blood directly, without needing to bite. [ The absorbed blood is stored in *Blood Prison*. ] It was then that a translucent glass-like blood gem appeared in Suhos view, gradually filling with blood. It was a *Blood Prison*, visible only to Suho. *So, this is how it works,* he thought. It was similar to the *Life Vessel* of a *Lich*. As Suho continued absorbing the blood, the *Cursed Prince*s spasms intensified. The *Cursed Prince* could feel it. He could feel his precious blood being drained in real-time. But Suho didnt care how much the *Cursed Prince* struggled. He absorbed every last drop of his blood. When he had finished, Suho grabbed the head of the *Cursed Prince*, now barely moving. - *You...!* It was an amazing sight. The *Cursed Prince*, having lost nearly all his blood, looked like a mummy. Suho summoned the *Guiyoung Spear*. Then, with *Holy Power* applied, he hurled the *Cursed Princes* head into the air. And then, he threw the spear at the head. Kwachik!! Unlike the first time when the head had been deflected, the *Cursed Prince*''s head, now nearly drained of all its strength, was pierced by the spear and sent crashing into the wall. The head trembled for a while before hanging limp. At that moment, a flood of system notifications appeared. [ You have defeated the *Cursed Prince*. ] [ The Gate has been cleared. ] [ The MVP of the Gate clearance is ''Ahn Suho''. ] [ Additional experience points are awarded for being selected as the MVP. ] [ A bonus stat has been awarded for being selected as the MVP. ] [ The Hidden Gate has been cleared. ] [ You have successfully cleared the Hidden Gate by yourself. ] [ Due to your great achievement, the system has gifted you 5 bonus stats. ] [ Level up! ] [ All stats have increased by 1. ] [ You have earned 1 bonus stat. ] The notifications were different from those during the Tower of Trials. And of course, Suho leveled up again. It was expected. The Cursed Princes level had been around 80. As the Guiyoung Spear''s shadow absorption effect activated, Suho received another set of notifications. [ The Guiyoung Spear reacts to the Cursed Prince''s shadow. ] [ The Guiyoung Spear absorbs the Cursed Prince''s shadow. ] [ The Guiyoung Spear has been enhanced. ] [ The Guiyoung Spear has completely absorbed the Cursed Prince''s shadow. ] Suho had thought the Cursed Prince was a formidable foe, but unfortunately, his magical power wasnt enough to unlock the next stage of the Guiyoung Spear. It didnt matter. There were still plenty of other enemies left to feed the Guiyoung Spear. Finally, a portal leading outside appeared in front of Suho. But there was still one thing left to wait for. At that moment, a final system notification appeared. [ The system has finished evaluating you. ] [ The system has carefully analyzed your talents and has decided to grant you a fitting trait. ] [ You have acquired ''Newblood''. ] [ You have obtained a unique trait that only you possess. ] [ For achieving this great accomplishment, the system has gifted you 10 bonus stats. ] It was done. The trait had finally appeared. But... Newblood? Whats that? Newblood. It was a term Suho had never heard before. Indeed, it was the first time he had encountered this term, even after thoroughly searching the Memory Library. But still, his instincts told him this was something good. The system had certainly recognized Newblood as a great achievement. Theres no such thing as a great accomplishment in a bad sense. If the system recognizes it as great, then it must be something worthy of praise. Suho checked the information for Newblood with an excited heart. Just as he was about to check it, another notification popped up. [ Due to the effect of Newblood, the seal on Vampire Blood has been lifted. ] [ Skill information has changed. ] [ You have acquired Vampire Blood. ] Huh? The seal that had been placed on the Vampire Blood skill, which Suho had wanted, was finally lifted. Chapter 29 It wasnt a mistake. Suho quickly checked the details of *Newblood*. [ *Newblood* ] - A new type of bloodline. - The foundation of evolution is absorbing and combining existing elements. - Accepts all bloodline effects without differentiation. - Grants ''Harmony (S)'', ''Purification (S)'', and ''Qualification (S)'' between owned bloodline skills. Suhos eyes widened as he read the details of *Newblood*. This was truly an entirely new trait. And, moreover... This is top-tier even among S-rank traits...! Unlike skills, traits didnt have ranks. However, based on the inherent skills or effects of a trait, the association would assign a rank. Traits like *Newblood*, which granted not one but three S-rank effects, were incredibly rare. Suho checked each of the effects granted by *Newblood* one by one. [ *Harmony* ] - Rank: S - Prevents conflicts between bloodline skills and preserves their effects as they are. [ *Purification* ] - Rank: S - Removes the negative effects of bloodline skills. [ *Qualification* ] - Rank: S - Grants the original qualifications of bloodline skills. After reading through the effects, Suho couldn''t help but smile. With these options, its no wonder the *Vampire Blood* seal would be lifted...! Suho then proceeded to check the details of the *Vampire Blood* that had been sealed. [ *Vampire Blood* ] - Rank: S+ - The pure bloodline of the original vampires, the ''Royal Vampires,'' known as the aristocrats of the night. - Lv.1 - Royal Blood: Original Vampires (S) - Lv.2 - [ ??? ] (locked) Unlock Conditions: 1 Level 100 2 Unknown - Lv.3... Suhos eyes widened once again. This was different from the *Vampire Blood* he was familiar with. Royal Vampires? The *Vampire Blood* that *Blood Grandmaster* had obtained was A+ rank. However, the *Vampire Blood* Suho had obtained was S+ rank. Moreover, the term Royal or Original had never appeared in *Blood Grandmasters* *Vampire Blood*. Suho realized it must be the effect of the *Newblood* trait. Suho then checked the effect of *Royal Blood*, the first level of *Vampire Blood*. [ *Original Vampire* ] - Rank: S - The first vampires are known as the "Originals." - They are the noblest and purest of all vampires, with bloodlines worthy of being called royal. - Inherits the power of the *Original Vampires*. - Immune to the effects of darkness. - Not affected by garlic, silver, crosses, or sunlight. The information flooded in. Suho was a little surprised. Its really like this? It was surprising. *Blood Grandmasters* *Vampire Blood* didnt have such effects. Moreover, *Blood Grandmaster* was a half-blood player whose race had actually changed. But my *Vampire Blood* has richer options... He chuckled to himself. Having returned to this life, Suho thought he would be stuck with only his previous S-rank skills, but things had turned out far better than expected. Maybe the longer time goes on, the harder it will be to follow my original plans. But it didnt matter. Although things had diverged from his plan, he had gained results far better than he had hoped. Suho then checked his status screen. [ *Ahn Suho* ] - Lv: 51 - Class: Healer - Trait: *Newblood* - Strength (R): 13 - Health (R): 13 - Mana (R): 13 - Sensory (R): 78 - Bonus Stats: 17 The newly added trait was displayed clearly. Next to it, *Newblood* was boldly written. Suho invested all the bonus stats into *Sensory* and closed the status window. *Well, should we head out now?* He had captured the *Cursed Prince* and acquired the trait he had been after. There was no longer any reason to stay here. "Haha, you have quite the sense of humor. But if I mess with a guy like that and something goes wrong... it could be a big problem." "A big problem?" *Pi Seong-yeol*s expression briefly stiffened, then he smirked. "Team Leader Jung, I always say, youre a good person. Why would someone in government like you be afraid of a little hunter?" "Haha..." "Im not joking. We have the right to investigate and prosecute players, you know? People werent afraid of prosecutors for nothing. So, Team Leader Jung, why not think outside the box a little? Youre a team leader at the KHA, but youre acting like you dont know this." "Ah, yes. Ill keep that in mind." "Good. Dont stick too strictly to the manual. Think more flexibly like me. Anyway, if you need help, just ask. Ill always be happy to help you out, Team Leader." After patting Jung Chul-mins shoulder, *Pi Seong-yeol* entered the Vice Presidents office. Jung Chul-min stared at the closed door for a moment before brushing off the touch on his shoulder and heading out. --- The next morning. Suho went to his old apartment to collect his personal items before heading to Kaiser Cheongdam. Getting into the apartment wasnt difficult. He had the initial key. *Jo Jin-hwi* was busy with work, but he was available by morning. "Good morning, Suho." "Did you get up?" "Yes, I wouldve liked to sleep more, but theres a lot of work at the company." "You journalists are always busy, huh? But even if I handle all your issues, it seems like youre still busy." Jo Jin-hwi smiled lightly in response. "Before you offered me the partner role, I was already handling some stories. Even though Im your partner journalist, I cant just live off of your issues." Suho smiled back. "Thats why I like you, Jin-hwi." "Whoa, such a sudden confession... Anyway, whats your schedule for today? Ive got to head out soon." "Todays the day. The one I told you about." "Ah, the day youre going to Nexus?" "Yeah, also, I hit level 50 last night and got a new trait." *Pbbt! Huh?* Jo Jin-hwi spat out the water he had been drinking. "How long has it been since you left the Tower of Trials, and youre already at level 50? When you left the Tower, you were still around level 40, werent you?" "Actually, Im level 51 now. Anyway, thats how it happened." "Crazy... So you''re really going to Nexus today?" "Yes, if Im going to follow through with the plan I mentioned." "Unbelievable..." It really was. Suho was planning to meet with the Nexus Guild members today and join the guild. He hadnt abandoned his goal of joining the KHA. This was all part of the preparation to join the KHA. Jo Jin-hwi said. "Then youd better dress up nicely for today. Dont worry, come here. Ill lend you some clothes and a watch." "Nah, Im good. If I was someone who worried about appearances, I wouldnt have come here in the first place." "Haha, fair point. But how about a car? With all the eyes on you, a car would be better than public transportation or a taxi, dont you think?" "Ah, thats true. Ill take you up on that offer." And so, the two of them got ready for the day ahead. Chapter 30 The Nexus Guild headquarters in Seoul was in chaos from the crack of dawn. The cause? The unexpected visit of a VVIP guest. Because of this, the Guild Master of Nexus, along with the Vice Guild Master, Director Kim Soo-ae, and other important guild executives, were all summoned urgently. As they waited at the front entrance, the sound of a supercar engine grew louder. *Vroom!* From far away, a red Ferrari came into view, stopping right in front of the guilds main entrance. It was the *Chariot* of Jo Jin-hwi, one of his many prized supercars. "...Is this really the only one available?" "Haha, yes. Apologies." "It can''t be helped... but I''ll be grateful for the ride." And so, the choice was made. After the car stopped and the door opened, Suho stepped out, and the Nexus executives quickly greeted him. "Ah, you''ve arrived. Hunter Ahn Suho." "Thank you for coming all the way here this early in the morning, it''s an honor." The identity of the VVIP guest was none other than Suho. Just as he had told Jo Jin-hwi, today, Suho had come to join the Nexus Guild. Responding to their enthusiastic greetings, Suho replied warmly. "Yes, nice to meet you. CEO Bae Dong-hyuk. By the way, where should I park?" "Someone help park the car for Hunter. You can leave it with valet service, and well go right ahead to the meeting." "Alright, I''ll leave it to you then." After handing over the keys, they started moving together. The meeting, surprisingly, was held in the highest conference room next to the CEOs office on the top floor of the Nexus building. As Suho looked out the window at the expansive view of the city, he spoke. "Your office view is quite impressive." "Haha, of course. We didnt just move into this building for nothing. But before that..." A glance was exchanged between the people present. They were confirming the information Kim Soo-ae had relayed. Thats why Kim Soo-ae, as the representative, was the one to ask. "Suho, the call you made earlier... is it really true?" "That Im joining Nexus?" "Yes." "Yes, its true." "......!" At that, everyonefrom Guild Master Bae Dong-hyuk to Vice Guild Master Yoon Doo-won, Academy Director Kim Soo-ae, and Secretary Kim Yi-gangall silently clenched their fists, holding back cheers. No wonder. Suho was currently the most talked-about rising star in the country... no, perhaps even the best rising star in the industry. Perhaps thats why Kim Soo-ae was the most relieved. Hes grown absurdly fast in just a few days, I honestly wasnt expecting this...! It was true. Suhos resume was nothing short of spectacular. Even before becoming a Hunter, he had soloed the Shindorim Station Minor Gate. He was the top scorer of the notoriously difficult Hunter Exam. In addition, he had soloed the Tower of Trials, something no one had expected, and during his time in the Tower, articles had even been written about him aiming to become a government Hunter. Then, out of nowhere, he had contacted her this morning. Saying that, if the conditions were right, he would join the Nexus Guild. If Suho were successfully brought into the KHA through Nexus, the person who would benefit the most would be the president of the KHA. Suho continued. "So, Im proposing a deal to you, CEO. I plan to use Nexus to make it easier to get into the KHA, and in return, Nexus can fully utilize me for the next six months." With that, Suho had stated his intentions clearly. Bae Dong-hyuk fully understood. Now, only the details remained to be discussed. But before talking about those, Guild Master Bae Dong-hyuk had one question for Suho. "I understand your intention. But before we begin the formal discussion, may I ask you something?" "Yes, of course." "Given your reasons, why Nexus and not Hexagon or Prime? Why us specifically?" It was a somewhat unexpected question. If that was truly the reason, there were other top guilds like Hexagon, which was the industry leader, or Prime, often referred to as the KHAs dog. But Suhos answer was completely unexpected. "I read the speech you made when you founded Nexus." "The speech?" "Yes, I read it. And while I cant speak for other guilds, at least Nexuss goal to contribute to the end of Gates in Korea is something I can get behind." Guild Master Bae Dong-hyuks speech. To others, it might have seemed like just another generic speech, but he had written it from the heart. Why? Because, like Suho, Bae Dong-hyuk had lost his family to the Gate Shock. In fact, Nexus has done more for Gate-related disaster relief than anyone else. In his past life, Nexus had also been the most devoted guild. At Suhos words, Bae Dong-hyuk looked as if he had been hit on the back of the head. "...What you said in your interview was true. Your ultimate goal really is to end the Gates." "Yes, I didnt lie in the interview. Thats why I tried to clear the Tower of Trials." Bae Dong-hyuk chuckled. "Now that you say it, I have nothing left to say. But if thats your goal, do you really need to join the KHA? You can achieve your goal just as easily by working as part of a private guild like us." "Well, I suppose thats one way to look at it. But if I really want to contribute to ending the Gates, I believe I need to take on challenges that others wont. For example, Gates that are too dangerous and are being managed separately by the government like Sealed Gates." "Excuse me?" "Sealed Gates?" "Are you serious?" Sealed Gates. There had been many failed attempts to clear these Gates due to the high number of casualties, and the government had sealed them off for special management. These were, for all intents and purposes, disasters. While the five Great Calamity Gates were considered the worst, the Sealed Gates were no less dangerous. They were often called "minor calamities" or "calamity-level Gates." But paradoxically, solving these Gates would bring the most peace to humanity. And its the easiest place to prove my abilities. Suho was confident. In fact, by the later stages, most of the minor calamity Gates in the country had been cleared, and Suho had all the strategies and hidden pieces of information related to them in his memory. This time, he planned to make full use of the Sealed Gates. Suho continued. "So, over the next six months, all the Sealed Gates that get cleared will carry Nexuss name. Until I can join the KHA, I plan to fully commit as a member of Nexus. And after that, Im sure" Suho glanced around at the faces of those present, then smiled. "Im sure, in six months, the industrys power balance will be completely overturned. Nexus wont be the third-place guild anymore; it will be the undisputed number one." Chapter 31 After hearing those words, Manager Kim I-gang reflexively opened his mouth. "Right." There must be something you want to say. So, he spoke first. "Yes, of course, this is only applicable while I''m here. But a guild that relies solely on one persons performance cannot grow in the long term. I''ll do my best to help Nexus expand as much as possible while I''m here. Improvements in member recruitment and training methods, for instance. By the way, do you know the guy who placed third in this Hunter exam? Hes affiliated with the academy here, his name is Kang Dae-han." Kim Soo-ae responded immediately. "Yes, that''s right. Kang Dae-han, who took the third spot." "Didnt he suddenly change his weapon? I advised him on that. I noticed it by chance when he came in to sign the scholarship contract last time, and I helped him adjust." "Wait, was that ''mysterious academy official'' actually you, Suho?" Kim Soo-ae was truly surprised. After all, Kang Dae-han was an unexpected find in this exam. But to think Suho was behind that discovery. Moreover, she had been trying to figure out who that ''mysterious official'' mentioned by Kang Dae-han was. And now she realized it was Suho. Suho replied. "Yes, at the time, I wasnt officially staff, so I just passed myself off as an associate. But by now, Im sure my face has become quite familiar. This should verify my abilities as a trainer, dont you think?" "Of course. According to our data, we didnt expect Kang Dae-han to pass this year either. But thanks to you, Suho, he managed to achieve third place... Truly remarkable." Suho smiled, nodded, and then turned his attention to Bae Dong-hyeok. "What do you think? Wouldnt this be a win-win strategy? Whats your opinion, Director?" All eyes turned to Bae Dong-hyeok. Though he appeared surprised by Suho''s bold proposal, as the head of a large guild, he quickly crossed his arms and spoke with cool detachment. "These are excellent conditions, just as you described. To refuse this offer would be foolish. However, there is one question Id like clarified before we proceed as you suggested." "What question would that be?" "Earlier, you mentioned you would prove yourself through the Sealed Gate. However, as you may know, the Sealed Gates are designated for special government management, making private bids difficult, even for large guilds like ours. The government prioritizes public safety over generating revenue from bids. So how do you intend to secure access to a Sealed Gate?" Oh, is that all? Suho answered nonchalantly. "Ill handle that issue separately. Once I bring back the entry pass for the Sealed Gate, we can publish sequential articlesstarting with my joining the guild, followed by the challenge, and finally the clearing of the Sealed Gate." "Haha... It seems you have everything planned out, Hunter Suho." "Indeed. And with that in mind, lets hold off on the ''official contract'' for now. I''ll first prove my words by clearing a Sealed Gate. That should be enough to confirm if Im bluffing or not." Bae Dong-hyeok clicked his tongue and said, "Really, Hunter Suho, you leave us with no room to refuse." "Well, I think this is just the standard approach. No matter how much of a rising rookie I am in the domestic field or even if I cleared the Tower of Trials, I havent reached level 100, and at best, Im still a rookie. I think I need to remove that label quickly and prove myself to be a rainmaker for the scene." Suhos flawless answer left Bae Dong-hyeok speechless. In fact, everyone around him was equally impressed. "Lets continue with the specific arrangements after I secure the entry pass for the Sealed Gate." "Understood." As Suho stood up, everyone else promptly rose as well, seeing him off to the building''s entrance. Once Suho left Nexus and drove away in his red Ferrari, Bae Dong-hyeok spoke. "Manager." "Yes, Director." "From now on, gather all the necessary documents related to Hunter Ahn Suho and create a special team dedicated solely to him."@@@@ "Already? Shouldnt we wait until he brings back the pass... or perhaps even until he clears the Sealed Gate?" "Timing doesnt matter much. However, Id like to show some sincerity by preparing in advance. From what I can tell, Hunter Suho will fulfill every promise he made." When Suho entered, Jung Chul-min stood up to greet him. "Youre here?" "Yes, I was nearby. Its been a while since I came here." "Oh? You know this place?" Of course he did; he used to come here whenever he stayed up late for paperwork or night shifts. But he couldnt say that, so he replied casually. "I used to come here often when I was working nearby. Shall we order first? The boiled pork set here is great. Ill go with that." "Ill have the same." "Two boiled pork sets, please!" After placing their orders, Suho poured water for them and spoke. "Anything troubling you these days? Like the association trying to get me to come in?" "Pfft! W-what?" Jung Chul-min choked on his water. His eyes widened as he stared at Suho. "W-what do you mean by that...?" "I was just wondering why, right after I cleared the Tower of Trials, you tried so hard to bring me to the association. Usually, even after clearing a hard gate, you only request relevant information, not ask someone to come in. So I did some research and found that in cases like this, its often to take promotional photos with the association heads." It wasnt just a guess. A quick look at the promotional materials would reveal many photos of star players who had cleared hard gates. Caught off guard, Jung Chul-min stammered. "T-that..." "Its fine. You could have just been upfront with me. Its not difficult for me." "...I apologize." Jung Chul-mins face flushed red. He felt as if hed been stripped bare. Suho hadnt meant to put it so bluntly, but his plans took precedence over Jungs pride. Suho continued. "So, its true. Still, I appreciate your consideration. I found out that in some cases, they forcibly bring people in under dubious accusations. But you were considerate and polite." Jung Chul-min laughed awkwardly. "Haha... Well, I cant be too forceful." "So I was thinking, maybe its time to visit the association. I appreciate what youve done, and as someone aiming for the KHA, it wouldnt hurt to meet the President and Vice President." "Ah... yes, that would... be good." "Then, should we go after we eat, or should I schedule it for later?" "After we eat is fine! Just a moment!" With that, Jung Chul-min quickly stood up to grab his phone. He must have been feeling pressured. Suho felt a bit sorry for him. Just hold on a little longer, hyung. After this year, Ill take care of everything. Soon, after arranging Suho''s visit, Jung returned, his face finally showing some relief. "They said we can visit after lunch. Ill cover this meal." "Sounds good." The two enjoyed their meal together. Jung, relieved to have his problem resolved, and Suho, happy to reconnect with an old friend over their favorite soup. Chapter 32 As the meal concluded and Jung Chul-min finished paying, they were about to leave the restaurant when he paused. "By the way, Suho..." "Yes?" "Are you sure about this? You''ve seen it before, but there are sometimes reporters waiting outside the KHA building. Theyre always looking for a big story." It was true. Just like reporters linger around police stations, there were always journalists loitering outside the KHA headquarters, hoping to catch a scoop. And today was no different. A quick look outside showed a small group of reporters gathered, chatting amongst themselves. Suho glanced at them and chuckled. "Oh, if that''s the case, its fine. I can handle it. If youre concerned, we can meet on the first floor entrance." "Are you sure?" "Yes, Im fine. Ill go on ahead and see you in the lobby." With that, Suho started walking ahead. Jung Chul-min was about to ask if he wanted company when something strange happened. "...Huh?" Suho had suddenly vanished. What? He was just here a moment ago... It was an odd situation. In reality, Suho hadnt disappeared. The effect of the "Colorless Solitude" skill, embedded in his Formless Sword technique, created a distortion that made him nearly invisible to the casual observer. Seeing Jungs puzzled expression, Suho nodded to himself in satisfaction as he walked into the KHA building, passing right in front of the reporters without being noticed. *** The two reunited inside the building. Jung Chul-min, still bewildered, asked Suho. "Wait, Suho. There were reporters out front. How did you manage to slip past them?" "Its just a skill effect," Suho replied casually. "Shall we go?" "A...ah, right. Lets go." Though curious about the skill, Jung held back his questions, respecting the etiquette between Hunters. They soon arrived at the association presidents office, located on the top floor of the KHA building. As they exited the elevator, Jung Chul-min explained. "Just as expected, all you need to do is pose for a few photos in the presidents office and exchange a few words. Thank you again for this."@@@@ "Its no trouble at all." As Jung had mentioned, the office was fully set up for the photo session. When President Jang Kyung-hwan and Vice President Park Gyu-man saw Suho enter, they greeted him with beaming smiles. "Ah, welcome, Hunter Suho! Its a pleasure. Im Jang Kyung-hwan, president of the KHA." Jang Kyung-hwan. A friendly yet imposing figure. He was a former five-term member of parliament with an impressive resume. At the same time... And also the guy who clung to his position until a massive reform swept him out. His reign didnt end until two presidential terms later, after hed thoroughly taken advantage of his position. But this time would be different. Ill make sure youre out long before this presidents term is up. Suho recalled memories involving Jang Kyung-hwan stored in his Memory Library. Jang was the classic corrupt official, using the associations budget for personal matters, and was notorious for his negligence in managing the association, leaving it stagnant and marred by scandal. Under his leadership, the association became infamous instead of thriving. "Right. As long as I have enough to avoid hunger, thats all I need... But if theyd offered Gates instead, I might have considered." "Gates?" "Yes, my ultimate goal is to eradicate Gates. I want to grow stronger as quickly as possible. Joining the KHA is appealing because of the priority access it grants to various Gates." "Oh..." "Wow, you truly think differently, Hunter Ahn Suho." Both the president and vice president looked at Suho in admiration. Feeling inspired, the president turned to Jung Chul-min. "Team Leader Jung, do we have any way to help such a noble person? Can we support him in some way?" "The association?" "Yes. Since hes so keen on Gates, maybe we could assign him a few of the ones we manage. From what I know, we have several Gates in our possession." "Ah, thats true. But theyre all Sealed Gates or challenging Hard Gates..." Jung trailed off, clearly flustered. After all, the only Gates managed by the KHA were public Gates like the Tower of Trials or difficult Sealed Gates. But at those words, Suhos eyes lit up. "Sealed or Hard Gates would actually be perfect. Arent those Gates humanitys greatest enemies? If given the chance, Id love to take on a Sealed Gate and help manage that burden." "Pardon?" Startled by Suhos bold statement, Jung became visibly anxious. "Haha! As expected of Hunter Ahn Suho! Sure, why not? Go ahead and take it on." President Jang Kyung-hwan readily agreed with enthusiasm. "P-President!" "Whats the problem, Team Leader Jung?" "I-I... um..." Jung was flustered. How had things escalated so quickly? And even Suho... "Thank you, Mr. President. I appreciate it." "Haha, its only right. A noble Hunter has volunteered to tackle a Sealed Gate, and its our duty to support him. Isnt that what the association is here for?" "With an opportunity, Ill give it my best." Suho responded eagerly, almost as if he had been waiting for this. Ah... Damn it... Jung was not only stunnedhe was downright angry. While Suho might be inexperienced, it was unacceptable for the president and vice president to be so reckless. Did they even understand what they were doing? Sealed Gates were no joke. They had claimed countless lives and were under strict government control for safety reasons, requiring rigorous qualifications even for large guilds to access. Yet here they were, approving access for Suho without a second thought. This is why I cant stand officials whove never faced Gates...! If theyd ever entered a Gate, they wouldnt make decisions so lightly. What frustrated Jung even more was the thought of sending such a promising talent into what was known as a "Hunters grave." He didnt want to lose Suho. There was a chance Suho could grow into a truly great Hunter. Jung wanted to guide Suho carefully, helping him develop into a hero who could contribute to humanitys peace. But in this atmosphere, he couldnt suddenly object and risk ruining everything. Only Jung, who knew the inside story, felt completely helpless and exasperated. Seeing Jungs flushed face, Suho smiled inwardly. Chapter 33 Hyung must be feeling really frustrated. He knows what a Sealed Gate entails. Even the Nexus guild master hed recently met had mentioned how difficult it was to secure a Sealed Gate bid. Yet, here was the association president casually granting permission as if it were childs playno wonder Jung Chul-min would be furious. But Suho had deliberately manipulated the situation to create this very outcome. President Jang Kyung-hwan never cared much about matters that didnt involve his own profit. Especially when it came to issues related to Hunters. As long as its not about budget, he doesnt care how many Hunters get killed. Thats just how the president and vice president are. Right now, Suho needed access to a Sealed Gate. Only then could he prove his abilities. So, before Jung Chul-min could say anything further, Suho cemented his advantage in the conversation. "After I clear the Sealed Gate, Ill make sure to mention in interviews that I owe it all to President Jang Kyung-hwans support. Its thanks to his approval that Im able to do this." Jang Kyung-hwans face broke into a broad smile. Nothing could be better than having his name mentioned by a rising star that everyone was watching. Encouraged, Jang continued with more questions. Haha, wonderful, just wonderful. So, are you planning to take the public service exam this year, Hunter Ahn? "The public service exam?" "For a field position, either Level 9 or Level 7." "Oh, Im actually waiting for a different exam." "A different exam?" "Yes, Im planning to take the Level 5 exam at the end of this year." "Level 5... really?" Both Jang and the vice president widened their eyes in surprise. They had assumed that Suho would be aiming for a Level 9 or Level 7 position, so the mention of Level 5 was entirely unexpected. The president, stunned, asked, "The Level 5 exam is notoriously difficult." "I know, but I believe that as a Level 5, I could do more to help eradicate the Gates than I could at lower levels." "Such profound thinking..." Suhos mention of Level 5 seemed to spark interest in both men. Suho read their expressions and quickly added, "Ive consulted with various people, and they said if I want to aim for Level 5, it might be better to build some experience in the field by joining a guild first." "Who said that?" "Just people from the civil service prep academies."@@@@ "Hmm, thats not incorrect. We do tend to prefer experienced candidates. But these days, guilds have binding contracts, dont they?" "Thats what Im struggling with. I want to gain some practical experience, but most guild contracts come with terms that restrict my choices. However, if theres a guild willing to accept my conditions, Id consider joining until I take the exam." "Hmm... if there were such a place, Id be quite grateful as well." Internally, Suho smiled. Perfect. Now that the president had said it himself, there wouldnt be any issues if he joined Nexus. Theyd probably even view it favorably. Moreover... This could be an opportunity to build a natural connection between the association and Nexus. At that moment, there was a knock on the door. "President, its Pi Sung-yeol." Hearing the name from the hallway, Suhos eyes widened. Pi Sung-yeol? As the door opened, Suho saw that it was indeed Pi Sung-yeol. So, Im seeing him here... Special Divisions Pi Sung-yeol. He was one of the figures Suho had marked for punishment, just as he had marked the president and vice president. Pi brought up the issue of hierarchy in an offhand way, creating a subtle tension. A fox-like schemer as always. Clearly, he was deliberately trying to discomfort Jung. So, Suho decided it was time to wrap things up. "Thank you. Ill take my leave now. Enjoy the rest of your conversation." "Of course. It was a pleasure to meet you, Hunter Ahn. As for the Sealed Gate, you can discuss it with Team Leader Jung on your way out." "Thank you, then." With that, Suho and Jung finally left the presidents office. However, Jungs expression was anything but happy. Suho knew why. But he pretended to be unaware as he turned to Jung. "Thanks to the president and vice president, Ive been given such a great opportunity." "Well..." Jung hesitated, struggling to hold back his words. Seeing this, Suho chuckled and asked, "Team Leader, you smoke, dont you?" "Uh? Oh, yes..." "Then why dont we take a break for a smoke?" "...Alright." They made their way to the smoking room on the top floor. Once inside, Jung wordlessly lit a cigarette, his expression full of turmoil. Suho sat down on one of the chairs provided in the smoking area and noticed Jungs puzzled look. "Youre not smoking?" "No, I dont smoke." "Then why...?" "You seemed like you needed it. Youve looked tense for a while." Jung gave him a strange look, then awkwardly smiled. " ...Haha, was it that obvious?" With a sigh, Jung sat down too. "Mind if I go ahead?" "Of course. Thats what we came to the smoking room for, isnt it?" "Thank you." Jung took a deep drag and released a long sigh, his breath dissolving into the air. Seeing this, Suho spoke. "Youre worried about me, arent you?" Jung looked at Suho, then dropped his gaze to the floor. "Yes, to be honest, I am very worried. I like you, Suho. I feel like youll become someone truly great someday. I dont want to lose you. If possible, I want to help you grow safely." "Wow, I didnt realize you thought that highly of me. Thank you." "I mean it. Frankly... Suho, as a new Hunter, you might not fully understand, but Sealed Gates are truly dangerous. Theyre managed by the government for a reason." "Oh, I know. Im aware that even large guilds rarely get entry rights due to the safety concerns." "Then why...?" "Because Im confident." "What?" "The association manages a gate called the Formless Sword, right? One of the Sealed Gates." "Yes, we do. Its a notoriously challenging gate." "I know how to clear it." "...What?" At that moment, Jungs eyes grew wider than Suho had ever seen. Chapter 34 Jung Chul-min stared at Suho with wide eyes. Are... are you joking? Im not joking. Suhos expression was dead serious. This wasnt a lie. Perhaps because of that, Jung swallowed nervously at Suhos unwavering seriousness. After a moment of silence, he asked, But... how? Its a secret. A... secret? Yes. Oh... Jungs disappointment was evident. Understandable, considering they were talking about a Sealed Gate. Suho thought to himself, *Sealed Gates are all designated with S-rank difficulty, which is why theyre called Sealed Gates in the first place. Of course hed be curious to know how I can clear it.* But Suho had no intention of revealing his strategy. He didnt have to, nor was there a rule requiring him to disclose his methods before being allowed to enter a Sealed Gate. Even if Jung were to resist or demand an explanation, there was little he could do since Suho already had the presidents approval. And this wasnt the first time Suho had unexpectedly cleared something; he had conquered the Tower of Trials alone, a feat many thought impossible. Jung had no choice but to believe him. Suho added, Think of how I discovered the strategy for the Tower of Trials. Its similar. If you trust me and let me into the Formless Sword Gate, Ill start there and gradually clear the other Sealed Gates too. Y-youre planning to clear other Sealed Gates as well? Yes. Ha... Clearing the Formless Sword Gate was hard enough to believe, and now Suho claimed hed go through other Sealed Gates too... Jungs mouth fell open, and at the same time, he sensed that Suho wasnt bluffing. After all, Suho was like a tiger among men, and who was he, a mere human, to understand a tigers intentions? Resigned, Jung let out a sigh. ...Alright, then. Ill make the arrangements and contact you as soon as its ready. Actually, why dont we head out now? Im already prepared. Right now? Yes. The Formless Sword Gate is in Gyeongju, isnt it? Thats true, but... are you serious? Yes, as they say, strike while the iron is hot. Id like to get this done today. Oh... one moment. At Suhos urging, Jung stepped aside to make a call. A few minutes later, he returned with an awkward smile. They said its possible. Would you like to travel with us to Gyeongju? No, Ill head there separately. I have someone I need to bring along. I already know the gates location, so Ill meet you at the entrance. ...Understood.@@@@ With that, Jung let out a slight chuckle, preparing to leave. *** Almost there. Roaring along the highway was Jo Jin-hwis sedan. After leaving the KHA building, Suho had called both Jo and Nexus Guild Leader Bae Dong-hyuk. The call to Bae was to inform him of Suhos success in securing the Sealed Gate entry, and he had called Jo to request his presence as a journalist to document the journey. Originally, Suho planned to take a train, but since Jo offered his sedan, it made more sense to travel together. Upon entering Gyeongju, they arrived at the Sealed Gates entrance shortly thereafter. The gate was under military guard, and the atmosphere was tense. The monsters from Formless Sword, however, were generally controllable with standard weapons. At the far end of the Square, a portal shimmered, marking the entrance to the Formless Sword Gate. *Its been a while since Ive been here.* Suho had been here before. Seven times, to be precise. The first time hed entered, he barely escaped with his life after failing to defeat the boss monster within. Unlike other gates, Formless Sword allowed players to leave without killing the boss. Determined, Suho had trained relentlessly after his first failure to prepare for another attempt. However, he failed five more times, experiencing six consecutive defeats in total. Yet, he never gave up. On his seventh attempt, driven by sheer grit, he finally conquered the Formless Sword Gate. *This gate holds a special meaning for me.* No one knew the strategy for clearing this gate better than Suho. While everyone else had failed, he had succeeded after countless trials. The moment Suho set foot into the gate, messages began to flash. [Entering the Gate.] [Retrieving gate information.] [Formless Sword] - Entry Condition: Open to all. - Max Entry Capacity: 1 person. Though anyone could enter, only one person was allowed, which exponentially increased its difficulty. Suhos vision flickered as he stepped forward. *** Hes inside now. Ha... do you think hell be alright? All we can do now is trust. In the command room outside the Square, Jung Chul-min, Major Kim Jong-woo, and Jo Jin-hwi watched the monitor with tense expressions. They saw Suho disappear into the gate, and Kim Jong-woo voiced his worries. No matter how you look at it... Im still uneasy. This isnt a place you can clear just by having high stats or a high level. True. Inside the Formless Sword Gate, the Sword Emperor awaits. And Hunter Ahn Suho is... a healer, isnt he? At this point, Jung spoke up in Suhos defense. That shouldnt matter. Shouldnt matter? Yes. From what Ive seen, Hunter Ahn Suho is only a healer by title. Only a healer by title? Thats right. Of all the Hunters Ive ever seen... no one wields a sword like Ahn Suho. Kim frowned. ...Are you serious? Yes. I was present for his practical exam, and even though he was a healer, he passed by taking down all the monsters with a sword. Jo Jin-hwi, surprised, clarified, Wait, arent healer exams usually about protecting a patient until you yourself are taken down? Theyre supposed to assess a healers willingness to sacrifice themselves for others, right? Yes, exactly. But instead of sacrificing himself, Ahn Suho focused on ensuring the patients survival. He picked up a nearby sword and killed every single orc that came his way. Insane... This story was news to Jo, as the only thing that had circulated was that Suho had graduated top of his class. Reflecting on Suhos unconventional approach, Jung mused, *I may not know his exact strategy, but maybe... this time, the Sword Emperor will finally fall.* With a renewed sense of anticipation, the three men watched the screen, their eyes filled with hope. Chapter 35 As Suhos vision shifted, he found himself in a familiar scene: a quiet forest with a narrow path winding through it. This was just how he remembered the Formless Sword Gate. *Its been a while.* While Suho took in the nostalgic view, he suddenly heard a raspy sound. Grrk, grrk! A goblin''s cry. Sure enough, following the sound, he spotted a small group of goblins gathered together. *Of course, goblins.* But these creatures were only a prelude, meant to warm up those who entered the gate. They were there to loosen up ones body before the real battle. Suho extended his hand and activated a skill. [Blood Weapon has been activated.] In an instant, a blood-red sword formed in his grasp. Grrk! Grrrk! Sensing the killing intent from the blood sword, the goblins abandoned what they were doing and charged at Suho. Suho didnt move. He simply waited until they were within range, then swiftly swung his sword. [Draw Slash has been activated.] Slick! The sound of the sword slicing through the air resonated. A crimson arc trailed after the blood sword, lingering in the air for a split second before vanishing. Then *Splurt!* [You have slain a goblin.] [You have slain a goblin.] [You have slain a goblin.] ... With one swift stroke, Suho wiped out the entire group of goblins. He raised his blood sword, facing the lifeless bodies of the fallen goblins. [Blood Drain has been activated.] *Whoosh!* A sucking sound echoed as the blood sword began to absorb the goblins blood, drawing every drop from their corpses like a black hole, collecting it into his Bloodstone. Though the Bloodstone filled up, there wasnt much benefit; after all, it was only goblin blood. Just then, he heard a grinding noise, like the sound of metal dragging on metal. Turning toward the source, Suho saw a man appear, clad in a battered cloak and wearing an old, tarnished helmet that concealed his face. A notification appeared. [A boss monster has appeared.] *So, here he is... the Formless Swordsman.* Suho looked up to see the figures name displayed above his head: Nameless Swordsman, Lv. ??? That was his name: Nameless Swordsman. His level wasnt displayed, a mystery known only to the system. Some challengers had underestimated him because of that. They would soon realize how mistaken they were.@@@@ *Swoosh!* The Nameless Swordsman drew his sword, and at that moment, another notification flashed. The strike was sharp and relentless. However *Clang!* The Sword Emperors eyes widened. He had been confident in this blow, yet Suho blocked it with ease. As their swords clashed, Suho grinned. It took seven attemptsseven times I faced you before I won. ...?! The Sword Emperor didnt answer, but his stance reflected a momentary shock. Suho felt ita subtle tremor in the aura around him, signaling the Sword Emperors unease. He slid his sword along the Sword Emperors blade, creating space, then dropped his sword in a downward slash as soon as their weapons separated. [Executioners Slash has been activated.] With the activation of Executioners Slash, a crimson line followed his blades path. At the same time, the Sword Emperors left arm severed cleanly, leaving an empty gap where it once was. *Shunk!* Suho had successfully amputated the Sword Emperors left arm. The severed limb hung in midair briefly before Suhos kick sent it flying across the ground. *Clang!* The sound echoed as the detached arm clattered against the floor like an empty shell. The armor held nothing inside. Sensing danger, the Sword Emperor retreated. Suho addressed him again. Many wondered what lay inside that armor. When I first found out, I was so disappointed. The Sword Emperors armor creaked as if in response, though Suho knew it was merely a coincidence. He continued, Everyone praised your skill, calling you the Sword Emperor, but in the end, you were merely the wraith of a fallen swordsman. With that, Suho closed the distance. The Sword Emperor raised his sword defensively, swinging in a counter-strike as Suho approached. Having nearly been killed by this maneuver several times, Suho knew it well. He calculated the trajectory and stopped short, evading the strike. As the Sword Emperors sword whizzed past him, Suho used the opening to slash at his right thigh. *Shing!* The thick armor around the thigh split with a satisfying crack, exposing yet another hollow limb. The Sword Emperor staggered, now a one-armed, one-legged fighter, yet his stance was as poised as ever. *All his tricks... and still, I owe him my thanks. After all, he helped me develop the Suho Sword Technique.* After countless attempts, Suho had finally defeated the Sword Emperor, who had pushed his swordsmanship to new heights. Despite the Sword Emperors ruthless methods and illusory nature, Suho respected him as his true mentor in swordsmanship. With a calm smile, Suho said, It was good seeing you, even if just for a moment. Then Suho moved forward, his footworkbased on the very techniques he had learned from his countless battles with the Sword Emperornow the perfected Suho Sword Steps, allowing him to catch up to the Sword Emperor effortlessly. [Executioners Slash has been activated.] In a flash, Suhos sword cleaved the Sword Emperor in two from crown to groin. [You have defeated the Nameless Swordsman.] And with that, Suho had once again vanquished the one who had once been called the Sword Emperor, the slayer of over two hundred challengers. Chapter 36 Simultaneously, a flood of system notifications lit up Suhos vision like a shower of stars. > [The Gate has been cleared.] > [The MVP of the Gate clearance is Ahn Suho.] > [Additional experience points are awarded for being the MVP.] > [A bonus stat point has been awarded for being selected as the MVP.] > [You have successfully cleared a Gate that no one else could tackle alone.] > [A remarkable achievement! The system grants you 5 additional stat points.] > [Your level has increased.] > [All stats increased by 1.] > [You have acquired an additional bonus stat point.] With bonus stats piling up, it was clear the system acknowledged his featthis was no ordinary Gate, one that had claimed countless lives. The system recognized his accomplishment as a notable feat, awarding him richly. Given that the only true monster in the entire Gate was the one he defeated, the experience points were substantial, enough to push Suho from level 51 to 52 in a single leap. Looking at the defeated creaturea wraith that had once been a Sword EmperorSuho muttered to himself. In hindsight, this guy was actually easy. So why was it such a struggle back then? Still, he felt a measure of gratitude. The creature was like a mentor who occasionally resurfaced in his thoughts on Teachers Day. It made sense. That was the only time in his life hed been utterly consumed by the art of swordsmanship. On a whim, Suho summoned his *Guiyoung Spear* and attempted to pierce the creature''s body, but no shadow emerged. He tried his *Blood Weapon* skill, but the attempt was similarly futile. The creature was a wraitha phantom swordsman with neither blood nor shadow. The creatures body crumbled into dust, vanishing entirely, leaving behind only a single item: an old sword it had wielded. Suho picked it up to inspect it. > [Nameless Sword of the Nameless Swordsman] - **Grade**: F - An old sword once wielded by the Nameless Swordsman. An F-grade sword, without embellishment, true to its name. Initially, Suho tucked it away in his inventory as a simple memento of the Sword Emperor. It was only years later, when clearing out his overstocked inventory, that a friend pointed out its true value. Suho examined the Nameless Sword closely, gripping its blade and hilt, and applied pressure. The sword broke with a sharp snap, revealing its hidden power that had remained dormant for years. > [You have used the Nameless Sword.] > [Sword Understanding activated.] > [The soul of the Nameless Sword infuses your swordsmanship.] > [Suho Sword has been upgraded.]@@@@ The information changed. The S-rank Suho Sword had gained an added effect and was now upgraded to S+. Suho checked the updated information. > [Suho Sword] - **Grade**: S+ - A unique swordsmanship style created by Ahn Suho. - Balanced in offense, defense, and evasion, remaining true to the fundamentals. Suho then suggested, Now that the Gate is cleared, lets take a photo to commemorate. A photo? Yes, for verification. Its not for a keepsake but purely as proof. It was purely practicala verified photo could be used for press releases. That was why Jo Jin-hwi had come along. Photos taken by a PBS reporter would carry unquestionable credibility. Kim Jong-woo hesitated. Since Im military, maybe I shouldnt be in the photo... Noticing his discomfort, Jung Chul-min stepped in with a playful yet convincing tone. Oh, Major, this isnt some commemorative picture. Its for future reference and official records! The Nameless Sword isnt just any Gateits a classified site! Ahn Suho Hunter just saved us from sinking taxpayer money into an unresolved Gate. No, no, youre right. My apologies! Lets get it done. Kim Jong-woo quickly acknowledged his misstep and agreed to the photo, causing Suho to chuckle. Classic Chul-min hyung. And so, the three of them completed a photo session that would soon make headlines across Korea. --- **On the Way Back to Seoul** Suho requested a half-day embargo from Jung Chul-min and Kim Jong-woo on the Nameless Sword Gate clearance before heading to Nexus Guild. Technically, the government isnt obliged to listen to me, he thought. Especially since Kim Jong-woo, being military, would have to report any incident directly up the chain. Upon arriving at Nexus, he met with executives who had been urgently called in. He showed them a picture on his tablet. As I mentioned in my earlier call, Ive successfully cleared the Sealed Gate Nameless Swordone of Koreas highest classified sites. Heres the proof, with officials from the Association and the square manager, Major Kim Jong-woo. Everyones jaw dropped, with Bae Dong-hyuk looking particularly stunned. Though he had been briefed over the phone, seeing the actual photo was a different experience. After all, he had only been informed about the Gates clearance contract this afternoon, and it had already been cleared within hours. Introducing Jo Jin-hwi, Suho said, This is Jo Jin-hwi from PBS, my official reporter, who documented the event. You can trust that these images are legitimate. Jo Jin-hwi presented his credentials, and Bae Dong-hyuk, waving a hand dismissively, said, No one here doubts the legitimacy. But... how? What do you mean? All of it. How did you get the contract for the Sealed Gate, and how did you clear it in a few hours? Youre aware that over 200 Hunters have died there. Without a hint of hesitation, Suho replied, I met with the Association president to obtain permission, and as for the Gate, I simply entered and killed what was inside. ...What? Thats the truth. No embellishment. I told you exactly what happened. Unbelievable... It was indeed true, and Suho wasnt one to exaggerate. Getting straight to business, Suho continued, Now that my abilities have been proven, shall we proceed with the contract? Set the pay however you wish. My conditions are simple: full support during my time at Nexus, and the ability to terminate my contract should I pass the public exam. He paused, adding, Ive already informed the Association president. Many large guilds have shown interest, but if any guild is willing to meet these terms, Ill gain some practical experience with them. Bae Dong-hyuk, though trustworthy, took a moment to process this before quietly instructing, Secretary, bring the paperwork. Yes, Director. Thus began Suhos official entry into Nexus Guild. Chapter 37 The contract was signed. With other formalities and instructions scheduled for the next day, Suho and Jo Jin-hwi left the guild. It was getting late, and Jo Jin-hwi seemed too exhausted to continue the conversation, so they decided to head back to the Kaiser Cheongdam. As Jo Jin-hwi moved to take the wheel again, Suho spoke up. Ill drive this time. No, Ill do it. But youre not my manager, and I cant keep relying on you to drive me everywhere. I actually am your manager, you know? What? Well, kind of, dont you think? Youre giving me these exclusive scoops so regularly; I figure the least I can do is act as your manager. Besides, Im really fine with it. Switching from a Ferrari to a sedan is pretty comfortable for a change. Maybe Ill just stick to a sedan from now on. Suho chuckled at that. I have to admit, the sedan is more comfortable. But didnt you miss work today? Wont they mind? Dont worry about that. With the exclusives Ive landed just today, no ones going to say a word. Fair enough. It was a satisfying situation. After all, this was the kind of arrangement Suho had envisioned. Then, as he drove, Jo Jin-hwi broached the topic cautiously. So, I think Ill lead with the Sealed Gate clearance for the article. Technically, the Nexus contract should come first, but theres no telling how long the government embargo will last. Do whats best. Go ahead. Looks like Ill be heading back to the office right after I drop you off... By the way, Suho. Yes? Ive been wanting to askhow were you so confident about tackling the Nameless Sword Gate? Ah, that? Jo Jin-hwi had been holding back that question, but since Suho had answered the Nexus Guild head with just a vague I killed it, he thought he should give Jin-hwi a bit more detail. The details I tell him will go directly into the article. Might as well flesh it out a bit. Suho began, Inside the Nameless Sword Gate is the Sword Emperor, right? Yes, the Nameless Swordsman. I knew his reputation well. His skill forces everyone to engage him in sword-to-sword combat, which has led to many deaths, particularly among sword-wielding players. Thats why I was confident. Confident? How? In a sword fight under those conditions, I knew Id win. You know Im technically a healer, but my primary skill is swordsmanship. Thats... thats your whole reason? What other reason do I need? But... that Swordsman killed over 200 people, including high-ranked players. You didnt feel even a little fear? So what if they were high-ranking? The Sword Emperors skill duplicates physical stats, so everything is equalized in that respect. The key to beating him lies purely in swordsmanshipno reliance on items or skills. I trusted my skill and prepared for that. Do you have sword skills? Of course. S-rank. Its a creation skill, so Im the only one who has it. - "Maybe the government gave him a special pass after the Tower of Trials?" - "Lets ask the KHA." - "On it!" The general reaction was positive, which was to be expected. He hadnt yet drawn any serious criticism or the kind of anti sentiment that often comes with fame. But if Ive got fans, critics wont be far behind. Turning his primary phone back on, he was immediately hit with a barrage of missed calls. Scrolling through them, he noticed one name that had called especially frequently: Park Pyeong-sik, the headhunter from Prime, the top-ranked guild. This guy really doesnt give up. From the recruiters perspective, he had likely spotted Suhos potential early on, trying to recruit him with a best possible offer for a rookie. Suho could imagine how much the man was kicking himself now. Hes good, but maybe well work together some other time. Switching off his phone again, Suhos secondary phone rang. He recognized the number immediately, a welcome call. Answering, he spoke, Hey, howve you been? - "You sound pretty relaxed." The voice belonged to none other than Gu Yeon-hwa, leader of the Banshee faction. She had called him immediately after reading about his success. So, whats your answer? - "How about we meet in person?" Is that necessary? I just need a yes or no. He wasnt keen on meeting her in person repeatedly. Allowing her to dictate the terms would give her the impression that she had control, which was far from what Suho wanted. He was confident. With his abilities proven, it was clear who needed whom more. Gu Yeon-hwa replied, - "Confident, arent you? You know we havent accepted your proposal yet, right?" If you dont want to, then forget it. - "What?" I dont need you that badly. Say no if you want. - "Why so sudden...?" But you should consider thiswill making an enemy of me really benefit you? I could take you all down whenever I wanted. There was silence on the other end. Then, with a sigh, Gu Yeon-hwa responded. - "Fine... So, what do you need us to do?" Suho smiled, satisfied that the hierarchy had been firmly established. Lets meet tomorrow. Around lunchtime, at the Nexus Academy in Paju. Hows that? - "All of us?" Of course. - "Thats difficult. Two of our team members have jobs, and I have classes." If your current lives matter more than revenge, then keep living that way. Maybe I misjudged your desperation. - "...Fine. See you tomorrow at the Nexus Academy at noon. Good. Suho chuckled as he ended the call, feeling thoroughly prepared for what lay ahead. Chapter 38 **The Next Day at Nexus Academy** Suho arrived at Nexus Academy about an hour before the scheduled meeting time. After being greeted by staff, he was briefed on guild activities and handed his official entry card. This is a Black Card, given only to S-rank membersthe highest rank within Nexus. This card grants you access to all Nexus facilities and exempts you from any charges. Additionally, it functions as a corporate card, so feel free to use it as needed. As expected of Nexus. Even though this wasnt the main headquarters, everything was processed with efficiency. Kim Soo-ae, a dedicated member, personally handled Suhos onboarding. After the explanation, Suho nodded in appreciation. Thank you. As discussed, Ill use the academys training room for a while. Of course. Since the room is reserved exclusively for S-rank members, you wont encounter any interruptions. Ill also prepare the guest pass you requested. Thank you. After a brief pause, Kim Soo-ae looked at Suho with a hopeful expression. Suho, would you mind meeting Hunter Kang Dae-han? Kang Dae-han? Suho repeated. Yes, ever since he learned that you would be joining Nexus, hes been eager to meet his mentor officially. Now that youre here, we thought it would be a good opportunity. Suho nodded. That sounds great. He can come by the training room while Im there. Kim Soo-ae looked relieved. Thank you so much, Suho. It would be good to meet him again. In the future, Kang Dae-han would go on to become one of the countrys top tank-class Hunters. Building this relationship early, while they were both in the same guild, would be invaluable. With their conversation complete, Suho headed toward the training room. --- **In the Nexus Training Room** The S-rank training room was unlike anything Suho had seen outside Nexus. It was equipped with the most advanced VR devices, computers for data analysis, and a range of simulators. Even with his knowledge from the future, he was impressed. A bit outdated compared to the future, but its still top of the line for now, he thought. Among the equipment was Infinity, the most advanced virtual reality device of this era. Drawing on his memory of the machines operation, Suho quickly mastered its controls. After some time, the four Banshees arrived at the training room. Suho greeted them with a smile. Welcome. Its been a while. Yes, but... why did you call us here? Gu Yeon-hwa, the leader of the Banshees, asked cautiously. Her tone was respectful, yet there was still an edge to it. Suho spoke directly. Since you accepted my offer, we need to discuss our future plans. I also want to start your training. Training? First, fill this out. Suho handed them a tablet with fields to enter personal information, status windows, and skill details. You want us to share our status windows?@@@@ Yes. To give you proper training, I need to know your capabilities. Fill out everything accurately. Trust is essential if were going to work together. Ive already opened up about my abilities. The Banshees exchanged uneasy glances but eventually filled out their information, realizing that Suho had as much to lose as they did if trust was broken. Once the data was gathered, Suho checked it on his phone and nodded. All under Level 50. Perfect for training them from the ground up. This will do for now. Follow me to the training area. Youre familiar with the VR capsules from the Hunter exam, right? Pick one and enterIve already set the simulation. Youre supposed to be a delivery worker? Are you sure youre not delivering yourself? Middle school teacher, huh? Youre slower than your own students! Suhos words stoked their anger, pushing them to fight with raw determination. The Banshees responded furiously, attacking him wildly. Watching them charge at him with fierce resolve, Suho nodded in satisfaction. This level of mental toughness is essential for survival inside a gate. Suho had no intention of limiting the Banshees role to intelligence-gathering or espionage. Eventually, they would face the Special Division and other strong opponents. He needed them to be formidable warriors, capable of handling themselves in combat. Becoming a warrior requires being forged in the fire. After hours of relentless sparring, Suho finally spoke. When the times up, youll log out automatically. Keep training until then. Ideally, he wouldve liked to guide them until they were true warriors, but he had other tasks to handle. Fortunately, the Infinity VR device had a Motion Deep Learning feature, which allowed him to create a training avatar that could continue drilling the Banshees with his fighting techniques after he logged out. As Suho left the virtual realm, his avatar materialized and continued the training. What are you staring at, you slackers? Pick up your swords and get back to it! The Banshees, furious once more, charged at the avatar. --- **Meanwhile, Outside the Virtual Room** That should keep the Banshees busy for a while, Suho thought, emerging from the capsule. Just then, his phone rang. It was Kim Soo-ae. Yes, Director? Suho, I just wanted to confirm that the article about your official entry into Nexus was released about an hour ago. Through Reporter Jo Jin-hwi? Yes, he got the exclusive, and our PR team has started circulating the release. Good. Lets start planning the follow-up article. Already? Im sure theres backlash building. People remember that I announced my intent to become a public servant Hunter, and now Ive joined a private guild. The criticism is probably growing. Oh, Suho, the public will come around to support you. Youre really not worried, are you? This was all part of his plan. For now, he hadnt disclosed his intention to take the civil service exam later in the year. He was using his Nexus entry to draw attention, knowing that controversy, good or bad, would only fuel public interest. Timing was crucial. He would make the announcement when it would have the biggest impact. Kim Soo-ae asked, If thats the plan, whats the next article about? The second Se aled Gate challenge. ...Excuse me? Im challenging another Sealed Gate. Today. Chapter 39 Kim Soo-ae was taken aback by Suho''s words. Today? You mean today? Yes, as they say, strike while the iron is hot. I plan to challenge it today. For a moment, she was too shocked to respond. A Sealed Gate wasnt something one could just casually decide to tackle. But Suho was entirely serious. Ill fill you in on the details as they get sorted. For now, I need to call Reporter Jo Jin-hwi, Suho said before ending the call. He immediately dialed Jo Jin-hwi. Ah, yes, Mr. Professional! Jos smooth, cheerful voice answered, clearly in a lighthearted mood. Suho chuckled. Whats with the Professional? Isnt it friendlier than just Hunter? So, what can I do for you? I hear youve already published the article about my Nexus entry? Yes, I did. Took you long enough to react! Its been up for hours.@@@@ Ive been tied up, so I only just saw it. I called you right after Director Kim Soo-ae mentioned it. Understood. And I have to tell you, its generating a lot of buzz. Given the situation, Id suggest avoiding your phone for the next few days. Because of the negative comments? Exactly. Some people are upset because you announced a plan to be a civil servant Hunter, only to immediately join Nexus. But its not as bad as youd thinknegative comments are maybe 40%? Only 40%. Less than Suho had anticipated; hed expected around 70% would be critical. Better than I thought. Yes, and I dont expect it to last long. If you read the comments, most people seem to accept the logic. They understand that with your abilities, you could tackle Gates through a private guild too. And its not as if the Korean Hunter Association has the best reputation. Thats good, then. But with the attention on me, this is the perfect time to make a lasting impact. Lets lock in the support of the public. Absolutely. So, do you have something planned? Yes. Lets prepare a follow-up article. Title it: Suho Ahns Second Sealed Gate Challenge. Oho...! Jo Jin-hwi clenched his fist in excitement. As expected, Mr. Professional! You never disappoint. My respect! Suho laughed. Glad youre enjoying this. Itd be best to publish the follow-up soon to keep up the momentum. And now that Im with Nexus, I should raise its profile too, right? A hundred percent agree. So, which Gate are you aiming for this time? The Swamp of Despair. The Swamp of Despair? You mean *that* Swamp of Despair? Wasting no more time, Suho approached the entrance of the Swamp Gate. As the Gates door opened, Jo Jin-hwi and the PR team quickly snapped photos until the door closed behind him. As the team lowered their cameras, the PR manager asked Jo, Do you think hell clear this one too? I believe in him. This is Suho Ahn were talking about. I know hes amazing, but I still get nervous watching these. It doesnt seem real. Jo thought for a moment, then smirked. Care for a little bet to ease your nerves? A bet? Yes, Ill put 1 million won on Suho succeeding. The PR manager hesitated, then with a sly smile replied, Well, I cant say no to a bet. Though, of course, my true feelings are the opposite. But Ill put 1 million won on him failing, just for the fun of it. Perfect. Now, lets head to the control room. We cant exactly wait outside forever, can we? Agreed. The two walked to the control room and settled in. Then, something unexpected happened. Huh? Jung Chul-min, watching the screen, furrowed his brow. Suddenly, he stood, bringing his face close to the monitor with an expression of utter disbelief. The Gate line... its disappearing? What do you mean? Both the PR manager and Jo crowded closer, their eyes widening. The Gate linethe energy field that signaled an uncleared Gatewas indeed vanishing. And just a few minutes later, the Gate portal itself disappeared, replaced by an exit portal that began to emit a bright light. Then, from within that portal, Suho Ahn emerged. It wasnt a mistake. The equipment wasnt malfunctioning. And it was certainly not some elaborate trick. Right there, live on the monitor, stood Suho Ahn, exiting the Gate. W-w-what...? How long has it been? Ten, twenty minutes? Ten minutes? It hasnt even been five! And yet he already cleared it?! Suho waved at the camera, and the site manager immediately unlocked the Gates entrance, allowing the entire team to rush out to meet him. And there he was, standing casually, as if hed simply taken a stroll, after clearing yet another Sealed Gate. Chapter 40 Five minutes before. Suho entered the square, moving confidently through its well-organized interior until he reached the Gates portal. Without hesitation, he stepped into the portal. --- [Entering Gate.] [Loading Gate information.] **[Swamp of Despair]** C *Entry Condition*: Open to all. C *Maximum Participants*: Unlimited. The Gates entry requirements were simple, but despite the lack of restrictions, it was infamous for having claimed more lives than even the Nameless Sword Gate. This was due to a mystery surrounding the place: up until now, no one had ever returned alive. *The Swamp of Despaira place no one has returned from. But I know whats here.* That knowledge gave Suho the confidence to enter without a second thought. Upon entering, he found himself in a massive, dimly lit cavern. Before him lay a towering staircase leading upward, and at the top was a door that radiated a brilliant, almost ethereal light. That door was the exit, the portal to the outside. Clearing the Gate required only reaching that door. *Yet no one has succeeded.* Suhos gaze dropped from the glowing portal to the staircase leading toward it. Statues, oddly shaped and scattered across the steps, appeared frozen in eternal lamentation. But Suho knew better. *These arent statues... These are the people who tried to clear the Swamp of Despair.* There were no monsters here. Instead, the staircase itself was the Gates trial. This trial was known as *The Stairway of Despair*. It was a terrifying staircase where each step filled those who climbed it with overwhelming despair. Only those with extraordinary mental fortitude or specialized protection skills could hope to reach the top. *To withstand this place, you need a mental protection skill of at least S-rank.* This was how the Gate earned the name Swamp of Despaireach step dragging challengers deeper into hopelessness until they became immobilized by their own despair, turned to stone as they faltered. These statues were the result of challengers succumbing to that despair. But Suho felt nothing as he took his first step onto the stairway. --- *Swoosh!* In an instant, it felt as though he were falling, plummeting into a vast abyss. [You have stepped on the Stairway of Despair.] [A deep despair casts over you.] As expected, the despair began to seep into Suho. But then --- [Dragons Blood is activated.] [Due to the Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance effect, mental contamination does not occur.] Suho smirked as he read the notification. Thanks to *Dragons Blood*, he was protected from any mental debuffs, an immunity provided by his *Dragon Armor*s Draconic Endurance effect. He took another step forward. [You have stepped on the Stairway of Despair.] [A deep despair casts over you.] [Dragons Blood is activated.] [Due to the Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance effect, mental contamination does not occur.] Suho slipped the ring onto his finger. It immediately resized to fit him perfectly, then turned transparent and vanished from sight, even to the touch. With the ring securely on his finger, he looked down at the final step of the stairway. [You have stepped on the Stairway of Despair.] [A deep despair casts over you.] [Dragons Blood is activated.] [Due to the Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance effect, mental contamination does not occur.] First, the stairs tried to instill despair, which Dragons Blood shielded him from. Then --- [The Ring of Emotions responds to the targets most intense emotion.] [Would you like to absorb the emotion from the target?] [The absorbable emotion is Black.] --- Suho confirmed, allowing the ring to absorb the dark energy surrounding the staircase. *Swoosh!* A dark, murky energy filled the rings maximum Black energy capacity. The staircase remained the same, but Suhos ring was now fully charged. *With this, its time to head back.* With the Ring of Emotions fully charged, Suho turned and walked through the portal. --- Outside, Suho checked his watch. Less than five minutes had passed. *With this time record, Im likely the fastest in the world to clear an S-rank Gate.* Suho waved at the camera, and the squares entrance opened to reveal a crowd buzzing with excitement. Suho! Mr. Ahn! Jung Chul-min and Jo Jin-hwi were first to greet him, grinning as if theyd just won a jackpot, while the PR team and square manager looked on in stunned silence, their faces reflecting admiration. Jung Chul-min was almost overwhelmed. Suho, is it even possible for a human to do this? Four minutes and seventeen seconds! You cleared a Sealed Gate in just four minutes and seventeen seconds! This is a world record! Jo Jin-hwi chimed in excitedly. We have to report this as an exclusive story! As they bombarded him with questions, Suho raised his hand, signaling for them to calm down. He then turned to the PR manager and square manager. As you saw, the Gate has been fully conquered. Yes! We watched it live through the camera feed, the square manager replied, still in awe. In that case, would you mind taking a photo with me? A photo? the PR manager asked, momentarily taken aback. Yes, for proof of completion. The square manager quickly nodded. Of course! Certainly! At Suhos request, the PR head, finally snapping out of his daze, lifted his camera. With this photo, Suho once again documented his achievementproof of a feat that would undoubtedly shake the world. TL NOTE: Please don''t skimp on the stars for the translation - it inspires me and gives me the strength to write more. Thank you~! If you want to buy me a /kimsu Chapter 41 - "...So, you''re telling me he cleared the Sealed Gate?" "Yes, that''s correct." - "The Swamp of Despair? The one I think it is?" "Yes, that very Swamp of Despair." - "The one said to be even more dangerous than the Nameless Sword Gate?" "Yes, that''s exactly it." - "Ha..." Baedonghyuk, the Nexus Guild leader, couldnt help but let out a disbelieving laugh as he listened to the report from Park Guwan, the head of public relations. Taking the phone from his ear for a moment, he leaned back in his chair and muttered to himself. "This is... beyond incredible." Ahn Suho. Hed always known he was an impressive individual, but this was beyond his imagination... no, this was beyond anything imaginable. Baedonghyuk finally gave up all resistance after seeing the verification photos Park Guwan sent him. It suddenly occurred to him that this man might just be far too monumental for even his Nexus Guild to contain. Park Guwans voice echoed from the speaker. - "What should we do?" Taking a moment to steady his breath, Baedonghyuk answered. "Compile all the materials and keep them on standby. I''ll give orders myself when the timings right." - "Understood, sir." Once the call ended, Kim I-gang, the operations director, entered the office. "Sir, did you hear?" "If its about Hunter Ahn Suho''s success in the Swamp of Despair, yes, I just heard." "Yes, because of that, I rushed here to discuss something with you." "A discussion? What kind of discussion?" Kim I-gang seemed almost breathless with excitement. Having risen to the top of Nexuss operational ladder at a young age, he was the guilds most brilliant strategist, and he couldnt afford to let go of an opportunityno, a chance as rare as Ahn Suho. After all, Ahn Suho was, for all intents and purposes, a temporary presence in their guild until the year-end recruitment closed. With a gleam in his eye, Kim I-gang spoke up. Hunter Ahn Suho isnt going to be around by years end, right? Lets make the most out of him while we still can. "Make the most of him?" "You know the upcoming events we had scheduled? Let''s push them forward and have him participate before he leaves. And lets start producing some merchandise, too." "Merchandise? So soon?" "Take a look at this, and youll understand." Kim I-gang showed him Nexuss official social media accounts. The posts were brimming with comments and direct messages. - "When are we getting Sword God merch?" - "Make some Ahn Suho products already, damn it!" - "I want an Ahn Suho photocard!" - "Make a Sword God keychain!" - "Nexus, are you even working?!" - "Make hay while the sun shines!" - "This is why you need to have a good agency..." - "Give us figures too!" Seeing the reactions, Baedonghyuk couldnt help but exclaim. What in the world...? "This is the current public opinion surrounding Hunter Ahn Suho. Not long ago, people were criticizing him for joining Nexus, but now that hes tackled his second Sealed Gate, theyre turning into fans. And with his latest success at the Swamp of Despair, were looking at a stable, unwavering fan base. A concrete fanbase, if you will." "A steadfast fanbase... So, finally, our Nexus...?" "Yes, weve finally got our star player, something Hexagon and Prime had but we didnt." ...! Baedonghyuks eyes widened in realization as he took in Kim I-gangs confident words. A star player! As the world settled after the advent of the Awakened, people had come to admire players even more than athletes or celebrities. With their rarity, abilities, and thrilling visuals, players provided spectacles more captivating than sports or games. --- On his way back to Seoul after clearing the Swamp of Despair, Suho received a call from Baedonghyuk. Yes, yes, understood. Ill do that. As he ended the call, his driver, Jo Jinhwi, asked. Is something up? The Association president wants to meet with our guild leader. President Jang Kyunghwan? Ah, it figures. Being a former politician, hes certainly proactive. Yes. Theyre meeting over dinner tonight, and our leader wants me to join. Knowing the context, Jo Jinhwi understood immediately without further explanation. A sudden thought crossed Jo Jinhwis mind, and he tilted his head, curious. But wasnt that Baedonghyuks number just now? Yes, why? Im just surprised. Given Nexuss position in relation to the Association, I wouldnt have expected the guild leader to request your presence, even if hes meeting in a subordinate position. Hmm. It did seem a bit unusual. People generally didnt like showing vulnerability to others, especially someone they valued. Suho chuckled at Jo Jinhwis remark. Well, our leader isnt the head of the third-largest guild for nothing. Im sure hes got his reasons for wanting me there. I see... Im curious about what will be discussed. Shouldnt you also have a plan prepared for this kind of meeting? Actually, I do have something in mind. Ill tell you more afterward, and Ill make sure to clarify which parts you can use in your articles. As expected, Suho, youre so thorough. But dont you think youre going a bit overboard? Youre driving and helping out, so this much is the least I can do. Speaking of which, can I change the GPS location? Given the timing, I think we should head straight to the restaurant. Oh, of course. But where is the dinner? A place called Damhwa, a Korean restaurant in Apgujeong. Ah, Damhwas great. If you get a chance, try their specialty, the grilled pork. Its my personal recommendation. Sounds good. Ill keep it in mind. We should have a meal together sometime, too. We live together, yet our schedules never seem to line up. Haha, well, finding time for a meal is easy enough. Lets do it soon. Absolutely. You know I run a blog with food reviews, right? Id love to take you to some of my favorite spots. Haha, looking forward to it. The two continued chatting about food as they made their way to Damhwa. Finally, as they arrived in front of Damhwa. Suho, were here. Thank you. Are you heading to the station now? Yes, Ill standby with the article on the Swamp of Despair until the green light to publish it. Ill coordinate with Nexus beforehand, of course. Of course. See you later, and lets definitely have that meal soon. Absolutely. Take care! With a hum, Jo Jinhwis car smoothly pulled away from Damhwa. Once Jo Jinhwi was out of sight, Suho quietly smirked as he looked at the Ring of Emotions. So much energy from him. The constant conversation on the way here served one purpose. To gather positive energy, the White emotion, from Jo Jinhwi. Thankfully, Jo Jinhwis positivity was so genuine that their talk had maximized Suhos White energy levels. Now, lets get going. With that, Suho entered Damhwa. Chapter 42 The room Suho was led to by the staff was the best one in Damhwa. However, contrary to his expectation of only seeing Nexus Guild Leader Baedonghyuk and Hunter Association President Jang Kyunghwan, there were two unexpected figures present as well: Vice President Park Gyumin and Special Division Chief Pi Sungyeol. It makes sense for Park Gyumin to be here since he follows Jang Kyunghwan like a shadow, but why is Pi Sungyeol here? What was their agenda? One thing was clear, thoughWhite auras, symbolizing positive energy, radiated strongly from the group. As Suho entered, they welcomed him warmly. Oh, here comes our Hunter. Haha, weve been waiting for you, Hunter Ahn. In the place of honor sat Jang Kyunghwan, with Park Gyumin, the Vice President, and Baedonghyuk seated on either side of him. As Suho approached, Baedonghyuk naturally shifted to allow Suho to sit closer to Jang Kyunghwan. Jang Kyunghwan, who had already had a few drinks, seemed to be in a good mood as food started being served for Suho. With the table set, Jang Kyunghwan raised a bottle and spoke. First, let me congratulate you. I heard you conquered that infamous Sealed Gate in under five minutes? Haha, truly, Hunter Ahn Suho is a national treasure and the future of our country. Now, lets all raise a toast in honor of Hunter Ahn Suhos achievement! Haha, yes, lets do it! Its a special day, so Hunter Ahn, why dont you give us a toast? After all, youre the guest of honor today. At Jang Kyunghwans suggestion, Suho smiled lightly and didnt refuse. Then Ill suggest something simple. When I say to everyone, lets all respond with cheers. Haha, sounds great! To everyone! Cheers! *Clink!* After the toast, the atmosphere quickly grew more comfortable. Eventually, after some idle chatter, Jang Kyunghwan began to address the real reason for inviting Baedonghyuk. By the way, I heard from Hunter Ahn that you didnt impose any fixed contract term, Baedonghyuk. Thats quite impressive. Oh, yes. Typically, contracts are made on a minimum of three-year terms, but Hunter Ahn is an exceptional person. Hes destined to do great things for the country, so the last thing Id want to do is hold him back with my own personal interests. At that, Jang Kyunghwan smiled approvingly. Haha, as expected, Guild Leader Baedonghyuks foresight aligns closely with our own at the Korean Hunter Association. Isnt that right, Hunter Ahn? Yes, thanks to Guild Leader Baedonghyuks consideration, Ive been able to learn a lot about the industry in a more comfortable environment. I believe that this experience will enable me to contribute even more if I join the Hunter Association in the future. Joining the Hunter Association to accomplish morethat was Jang Kyunghwans ultimate hope for Suho. After all, Suhos achievements would reflect on his own. That was why hed arranged this meeting. Taking a cue, Pi Sungyeol chimed in eagerly. I, too, am thrilled at the thought of Hunter Ahn joining our Association. An outstanding talent like him would not only elevate the Association but also strengthen the countrys safety and prestige. Haha, indeed. With that in mind, the President here has arranged a special certificate of appreciation for Hunter Ahn. A special certificate of appreciation. Suho couldnt help but smile inwardly at that. A certificate signed by the Association President was practically a ticket guaranteeing success in the upcoming 5th-grade Hunter recruitment exams. Following Park Gyumins words, Jang Kyunghwan added. Haha, truth be told, we should have given it to you after the Nameless Sword Gate. I never expected you to clear another Sealed Gate so soon. I was truly shocked when I heard about your conquest of the Swamp of Despair. It was nothing. Considering the rarity of Sealed Gate passes, I was simply grateful for the opportunity and wanted to make the most of it. Haha, such humility from a young man! Isnt that the truth? Jang Kyunghwan praised him, and Park Gyumin eagerly chimed in. A warm atmosphere prevailed. Thats why it annoyed him. To be regarded merely as a hound. He knew this, but disrespect was never easy to stomach. And indeed, Pi Sungyeol thought to himself. Well, thats fine. The Path of the Sword is typically a dealers trait, but with a healer, it could mean hes a hybrid. Perhaps thats why? Pi Sungyeol chose to see it positively. After all, Suho was producing results, regardless of his makeup. With that thought, the White aura around Pi Sungyeol brightened again. At that moment, Baedonghyuk spoke up. I didnt know you had the Path of the Sword as your trait. It certainly is an interesting combination. Haha, while I mainly use sword skills, I dont intend to neglect my healing skills. Im planning to grow further in the healer class for the time being, and any support from you, Guild Leader, would be greatly appreciated. As you know, Hunter lifespans are short. Baedonghyuk offered a somewhat bitter smile. Of course. Im well aware that the higher Hunters climb, the greater their mortality rate. As a guild leader, I understand that better than anyone. Its truly concerning. While Im thrilled to have someone as talented as Hunter Ahn Suho with us, it pains me to think of the dangers he will have to face. He sounded genuinely troubled. The White aura dimmed as a sign of his sincerity. Then, as he munched on some appetizers, Jang Kyunghwan added. Yes, its widely known that Hunters have a high mortality rate. I hope Guild Leader Baedonghyuk will continue to support him, as guilds are often more adept than the Association at nurturing Hunters. Haha, certainly. Ill do my best. Im always ready to help with any other tasks the Association may have. And he meant it. After all, the reason Baedonghyuk attended this meeting was to maximize Nexuss relationship with the Association through Suho. This was the best course for Nexus, which usually received little attention from the Association. A strong guild can accomplish so much more. Satisfied with Baedonghyuks response, Jang Kyunghwan smiled. At that moment, Park Gyumin, who had been waiting for a chance to interject, seized the moment. As expected of Guild Leader Baedonghyuk. Ill do my best to act as the bridge and communication channel between the Association and Nexus so that our country can become safer and more reputable. Now, let me pour us another drink. Typical Park Gyumin. Attending a meeting just to make himself known and grab any benefits. Suho recognized this trait from his previous life and intended to make the most of it. Accepting Park Gyumins glass with a smile, Suho replied. Ill be counting on you, Vice President Park. Haha, of course, of course. Hunter Ahn, dont hesitate to reach out if you need any assistance, regardless of rank. Pi Sungyeol, seated next to Park Gyumin, also raised his glass with a smile. And dont forget me. My contact is always open. Since Im a field agent, I can help with the smaller issues. With everyone here offering their support, I feel very reassured. Ill continue to clear not only the Sealed Gates but every Gate in Korea for the sake of the nation. Thats the spirit of a young Hunter. Such ambition! Haha! Indeed! Laughter filled the air, accompanied by the glowing White aura of mutual ambition. Each of them had laid their intentions bare. With their mutual goals understood, all that remained was for each to secure their interests. As the evening reached its peak and the gathering finally ended, Suhos eyes gleamed. What he truly intended to achieve from this meeting was just about to begin. Chapter 43 As the late evening wore on and night approached, the gathering finally concluded. The non-Awakened membersAssociation President Jang Kyunghwan, Vice President Park Gyumin, and Guild Leader Baedonghyukcalled for their drivers and returned home.@@@@ This left only Suho and Pi Sungyeol, both of whom were nearly immune to intoxication due to their stats, seated together. As the senior officials cars disappeared from view, Pi Sungyeol took out a cigarette and placed it between his lips. He then offered one to Suho, asking, Do you smoke? No, I dont. Alright, then Ill just have one myself. Haha, after drinking, the urge to smoke becomes nearly unbearable... Pi Sungyeol lit his cigarette, inhaled deeply, and exhaled a cloud of smoke before grinning and handing Suho his business card. I didnt get a chance to give you my card last time. This has my direct numberfeel free to reach out anytime. Ill always take your call, Hunter Ahn. Haha, thank you. Where are you staying these days? Oh, Im at a hotel for now. My old place got a bit too crowded with people flocking around... Ah... that must be tough. Its a real problem in our country, isnt it? People swarm like obsessive fans the moment someone becomes even slightly famous. Haha, I suppose its just passion for the fans. Passion, huh... His previously white aura turned momentarily murky. Suho knew why. As the Special Division Chief of the Hunter Association, Pi Sungyeol viewed the public as nothing more than livestock. In other words, he had a strong superiority complex. Not only Pi Sungyeol but most of those in high public office, like the Association President and Vice President, hold similar elitist views. Pi Sungye took another drag on his cigarette, and as he exhaled, his aura slowly turned white again, as he continued. Im sure youre aware, but the upcoming year-end fifth-grade Hunter exam is essentially designed for you, right? A blunt question. Suho responded immediately. Yes, Im aware. Surprised by Suhos directness, Pi Sungyeol raised his eyebrows slightly before smiling. Here I thought youd be more modest. Haha, not at all. Then, since youll likely be joining the Association, why dont we start the senior-junior dynamic right here? Pi Sungyes tone turned informal. Suho responded without the slightest hint of discomfort. Sounds good, senior. Suho didnt feign humility. He knew that Pi Sungye preferred a clever fox over a timid lamb. Pleased with Suhos immediate response, Pi Sungye asked further. Haha, I like your straightforwardness, junior. Now, theres one thing Im curious about. Yes, senior? When you join the Association, why not come directly to the Special Division instead of the Gate Management Department? I could arrange for you to start here right away. A glint of greed flashed in Pi Sungyeols eyes as he made the offer. Suho almost laughed. My goal has never changed, then or now. I checked for special recruitment this year but was disappointed to see none scheduled. True, special recruitment isnt common. But its something I could handle if need be. Perfect. That was exactly what Suho had been aiming for. Feigning excitement, Suho asked, Really? Youre amazing, senior. Haha, well, its nothing, really. Special recruitment is ultimately at the discretion of the higher-ups. But if I present a case citing the need for additional staff in the Special Division, it might work. However... Pi Sungyeol narrowed his eyes. To initiate an unscheduled recruitment, thered need to be a strong reason. Something to prove that youre a vital asset to the Special Division... a significant accomplishment. Suho was inwardly impressed. Even under the White influence, Pi Sungyeol still calculated his advantage. To still prioritize personal gain despite being filled with goodwill toward me... Keeping his face neutral, Suho asked, What kind of accomplishment would you suggest? Well, we do various tasks in the Special Division. While Gate conquests are essential, we focus more on peoplespecifically, apprehending Awakened criminals. Ah, yes. The Special Division has authority over investigations involving Awakened individuals. Exactly. Among those, we pursue particularly notorious wanted individuals... villains, as theyre commonly called. Now, while I know you excel in Gate conquests, villain-hunting is a different matter. So, how about proving your capability by capturing a notable villain instead? Understood. Do you have anyone specific in mind? No one in particular. Any of the wanted ones would suffice. If you bring one in, Ill use that to push forward the special recruitment. You know how quickly a special hire can be completed, right? Within a couple of months. Yes, Im aware. Ill review the wanted list on the Associations website and pick a target. Now thats the spirit! Our agents usually hesitate at the thought of hunting these wanted criminals, but youre different. Ill trust you with this, alright? Yes, Ill make sure to capture one to prove my worth. Great. Then lets grab a meal together next time. I know a great spot. Thank you. Ill look forward to your call. With that, Pi Sungyeol finally got into a taxi and disappeared. Once his taxi was out of sight, Suho smirked. He muttered to himself, Junior, huh... The title was laughable. Suho vividly remembered what Pi Sungyeol used to call him in his past life. Hey, swordsman. Go fetch the sword-wielding guy. That one who uses a sword... What was his name? The butcher-like guy. Go get the swordsman. Swordsman. Thats what Pi Sungyeol called him until he earned respect by taking down the Sword Emperor. And here he was now, calling him junior from the very start, acting warm and accommodating. Thanks to the Ring of Emotions, of course, but even promising to expedite Suhos entry into the Association made Suho inclined to play along. I know just the villain to use as bait. The timing was perfect, and an ideal target came to mind. With that, Suho called for a taxi, not to the Kaiser Cheongdam but to another location. After all, this "villain" would be easier to capture than most. Chapter 44 Suho''s taxi headed to Bucheon. He stopped in a secluded neighborhood in Bucheon, where shabby villas were clustered together. According to the records in the Library of Memories, it was certain that the person he was looking for was here. Suho slowly walked towards "Pungcheon Villa" and checked the electric meter. This is the place. Among the shabby villas, one particular unit had abnormally high electricity usage. Unit 101. And it wasnt on the first floor, but a semi-basement unit. Suho approached unit 101 and activated his sensing ability right in front of the door. [ Magic detection is activated. ] As his B-grade magic detection took effect, he immediately sensed a large amount of magic power beyond the door. This is it. Having found what he was looking for, Suho stepped back and moved to the side of the villa. There, he saw the only window to the semi-basement, slightly open, with faint smoke rising from it. It was cigarette smoke. This place feels like a den of raccoons... The smoke was already rising from the window, so the inside must be unbearable. Suho picked up a nearby brick and threw it at the semi-basement window. *Clink!* Immediately, a string of curses erupted from within. Damn, whats that? Whos out there? Hey! Someones outside! Go catch them! Suho didnt run away. He stood confidently, waiting. A moment later, the sound of footsteps approached, and four men appeared. They all looked like rough types, but one of them glared at Suho and shouted. Hey, are you crazy? Drunk or something? No, Im not drunk, and Im not crazy. What? Youre the ones, right? The ones who only steal digital wallets in strange ways. At those words, their expressions shifted immediately. Seems like he knows. Then, Seogiwon must be here too, right? Seogiwon. Suhos familiar name made the men narrow their eyes and start whispering among themselves. Whos that guy? How does he know?@@@@ Is he a cop? Cop or not, we should catch him first. Are you stupid? If we touch a cop, were screwed. Who cares? Were already in too deep. Lets just shut him up first, and then figure it out. Damn... Their strategy meeting concluded. The plan was simplecatch Suho and shut him up. Suho, with his keen hearing, overheard their conversation and chuckled. Idiots. Go ahead, try it. If you catch me, Ill recruit you all. As the men prepared to approach, Suho immediately drew his Guiyoung Spear. He threw it and pierced one of the mens shadows. [ Shadow Binding is activated. ] [ Shadow Hemorrhage is activated. ] Ugh!! The man with the spear embedded in his shadow let out a pained groan. Thats right. It hurts. The Guiyoung Spear not only immobilizes but also causes a painful hemorrhage effect. Jiseong! Damn you! At Suhos preemptive strike, the thugs immediately went into combat mode and rushed toward him. Swords, shields, and spearsordinary weapons at first glance. W-What are you doing here...? Wait, what happened to the guys who were here...? Seogiwons words came out in a jumble. It made sense. He had been held captive by the four men he called bosses for six months, so his mental state was unstable. During those six months, he had endured daily beatings and abuse. Suho extended his hand to him, sensing that dialogue was not possible in his current state. Then, the effect of the item activated. [ The Ring of Emotions reacts to the targets strongest emotions. ] [ The absorbable emotion is Black. ] [ Absorbing the emotion. ] Suho heard a rush of wind in his ears as the negative energy, the Black emotion, was absorbed by the ring. As the energy was absorbed, Seogiwons labored breathing slowly stabilized, and in no time, his mind and body became much calmer. Theres no better item for emotional healing than the Ring of Emotions. This was a technique Suho had learned from the Seeker. While its effects werent permanent, using it when necessary allowed for at least some degree of continuous care for an individual. Seogiwon, now calm, still looked shocked, but he was more composed. He alternated his gaze between his hands and Suhos face. Are you feeling better now? How could this...? Its just a skill effect. You seemed unstable, so I took action. Ah... Seogiwon nodded at Suhos explanation. Finally, they could have a normal conversation. Seogiwon spoke first. So... what happens now? What do you mean? Didnt you already know everything? Yes, more or less, Ive gathered the details. Of course... He seemed to despair. It was only natural. Seogiwon knew that everything he had done during his six months of captivity had been illegal. He lowered his head and spoke. Am I going to prison? Prison? Yes. Why? Because everything I did was bad... Everything you did was under duress. You were forced to do it while being held captive. ...Right? So why would you go to prison? ...I guess youre right? Suho almost burst into laughter at his response. Seogiwon... I didnt know the famous Meteor was like this. Meteor. That was Seogiwons nickname, given by those who respected him. His nickname came from the fact that, in his past life, he had sacrificed himself to destroy a star to save people. Suho smiled faintly as he asked, So, you know me? Yes, well... wouldnt it be strange if I didnt know? Youre the most famous person in Korea right now. True, I guess thats true. It would be strange not to know him, considering how much he was covered in the media every day. Seogiwon asked, But... how did you know I was here? I thought you werent part of the Association yet? Suho nodded and replied, Thats right, Im not part of the Association yet. But I have a special ability that no one knows about, and that ability helped me find you. A special ability? Yes, I have a prophetic ability. ...What? Seogiwons eyes widened in surprise. Of course, it was a lie. The truth was, there had never been any prophetic abilities, skills, or items discovered in Suhos current or past lives. But Suho had to lie. To get Seogiwon, also known as Meteor, involved in his plans, this level of deceit was necessary. Suho said, Seogiwon, Ive never revealed my prophetic ability before. But the reason Im telling you about it now is because youre an essential part of my future plans. I... I am? Yes. Youre the only one in Korea who possesses the Digitation ability, and you are needed for whats coming next. Chapter 45 **Digitization.** It is the name of the unique ability in the cyber system among the many abilities in the world. Its effect is to transmit a player''s mind onto the net. That was the only effect of Digitization, and it was an extremely rare ability that had only manifested in two people worldwide. Of course, initially, no one knew how amazing Digitization was. In fact, no one even knew it existed. That was until Overload appeared. **Overload.** He, along with Seogiwon, was one of the only two people in the world with a cyber system ability. He was also the owner of Digitization. Overload was an elite graduate of the prestigious Indian Institute of Technology, which might explain his sharp intellect. He quickly realized how powerful Digitization was. With this understanding, Overload spent about ten years preparing and eventually used Digitization to take control of all the Earths network systems, creating an unprecedented situation. Suho shook his head as he recalled that time. Thinking about it again, it was really absurd. It truly was an unprecedented event. After all, Overload had literally taken control of all the electronic systems on Earththe entire planet. At first, everyone thought it was impossible. However, Overload confidently took control of all the network systems and eventually held the world hostage using nuclear weapons from various countries. At that time, people thought the world would end because of Overload, not the Gates. Even though the world was undergoing massive changes and the player system was born, modern society still relied heavily on the internet network systems. So, Overload arrogantly called himself the Overlord of the Earth and the ruler of the planet. And then appeared Seogiwon. Seogiwon asked, Why? What do you mean? Because only you can prevent the future disaster. A disaster? Seogiwons eyes widened at the mention of a disaster. If it were someone else, he would have laughed and dismissed it as a joke. But the man in front of him was none other than Suho Ahnthe talk of the town and the ultimate issue maker. Moreover, wasnt it Suho who had found him and rescued him when neither the police nor the Association could? Suho continued, Yes, in the near future, a man-made disaster will threaten the world. Someone with the same ability as you will emerge in another country. ...Ah!@@@@ The moment Suho said this, Seogiwon immediately understood. He knew how powerful his ability was. In fact, Seogiwon had already used his ability to escape on his own. How did he escape? It was simple. Like Overload, Seogiwon had undergone a mental awakening due to the excessive stress of being imprisoned for a year. Using his Digitization ability, he called the police and escaped. Of course, afterward, he fled during the police investigation. He had become disillusioned with being involved with people and was sick of it. After that, he disappeared. With Digitization, erasing ones traces from the world was an easy task. But just when it seemed like he would live in hiding forever, Overload appeared, forcing Seogiwon to resurface. Seogiwon realized then that only he could stop Overload. So, he uploaded a self-written autobiography to the internet, like a will, and chose to perish with Overload. Unlike Suho, who had been quietly living his life, Seogiwon decided to end Overloadthe immensely powerful being who had declared himself a god and ruler of the planet. Seogiwon became known as Meteor because of his sacrifice. He had ended Overload. But this time, neither the birth of Overload nor Seogiwons death will happen. Suho had planned it so. Suho continued, Seogiwon, through my ability, I can foresee future events. Thats why I was able to clear the Tower of Trials and the Sealed Gates. And thats why I need you. This world will eventually be destroyed by the Gates and the system, and I cant stop it alone. So, Seogiwon, will you join me? Seogiwons eyes began to tremble, as if struck by an earthquake. Not only was he surprised that he had been rescued by such an unexpected person, but now, that person was offering to make him a partner. Moreover, the reason was something grand. The world is going to be destroyed? Perhaps thats why. You know, so go ahead and wear them. ...Thank you. Suho had intentionally brought slippers for Seogiwon. According to his autobiography, while he was imprisoned, Seogiwon had been made to live without even shoes to prevent him from escaping. The two of them left the basement, climbed the stairs, and when they finally stepped outside, Seogiwon saw the blue sky, clear and without a cloud, and the bright shining sun. Seogiwon was stunned. He hadnt realized how much time had passed, but also, it had been so long since he had seen the clear sky and the bright sun. Ah... It was hope rediscovered for Seogiwon. --- Suho took Seogiwon to a quiet old soup restaurant nearby. Luckily, since it was an old place, no one recognized Suho, and the two could eat comfortably in peace. When the soup came, Seogiwon ate it quickly. It was the first proper meal hed had in a long time. Suho, seeing him finish his meal so quickly, ordered another bowl of soup and some boiled pork, and Seogiwon didnt refuse, though he was embarrassed. Once Seogiwons stomach was filled, he finally let out a sigh of relief. He smiled awkwardly and said, Haha... Sorry. Its just that its been so long since I had a proper meal, I didnt realize... Its fine. You eat well, so its nice to see. Thank you. But... if its okay, I have a question. Of course. Were a team now. Thank you. But... how should I address you? Seogiwon asked carefully. Suho smiled and said, Just call me casually. Were only one year apart, so you can call me by my name. Oh, no! Even though were only a year apart, youre still older. Ill call you Hyung, then. You can speak casually with me too. Alright, then. The term Hyung. Maybe because he had lived in the orphanage for a long time, Seogiwon was more comfortable with that term. Seogiwon said, Hyung, then why the Association? Why the Association? Well, with a prophetic ability like yours, you could create your own guild or join another large guild, right? Wouldnt joining the Association limit your activities? Suho chuckled. He had been asked the same question before. But since Seogiwon had lied about being a prophet, Suho couldnt give him the same answer. Suho said, Because its a national agency. Huh? No matter how big a guild gets, it cant compare to the authority of the government. And I plan to prevent the coming destruction of the world, but I also want to minimize the damage caused by other things before that. For that, theres no better place than the Association. I see... Seogiwon nodded, understanding Suhos reasoning. Suho continued, Of course, Im not asking you to join the Association. Youre you, and Im me. What we do together is separate from that. But I promise you this: while youre with me, Ill make sure this never happens again. Seogiwon smiled, feeling reassured by Suhos words. Yes, thank you. Ill trust you, Hyung. In that case. Huh? Lets do something together first. Something? What kind of... You know the guys who imprisoned you. Ah, yes. Lets take care of them first. ...Huh? Follow me. With a grin, Suho left the restaurant with Seogiwon. Chapter 46 ...What? Who? A thief? - Yes, thats correct. Senior. Special Division of the Great Union. Upon receiving Suho''s call, Pi Seongyeol furrowed his brow in disbelief. - If you check the list of wanted criminals, youll see a thief. The ones who only target digital wallets. At Suho''s explanation, Pi Seongyeol gestured to his subordinate, who quickly displayed the thiefs data on a tablet and handed it to him. Pi Seongyeol silently read through the data on the thief. Then, without realizing it, he let out a chuckle and spoke. There is a thief. At first, I thought it was just a hacker because he was only targeting digital wallets, but it turns out that a large amount of magical energy was detected from the damaged wallets. Theyre classified as villains, not just ordinary criminals. - Yes, thats right. "So, where are they now?" - I''ve already dealt with them, and theyre under my control. Of course, Ive also gathered all the evidence, and although not all the stolen digital currency, Ive seized all that they had. What? Already? - Yes, Senior, I took care of everything beforehand so all thats left is to send them in. At Suhos words, Pi Seongyeol narrowed his eyes once more. It was a look of truth, and at the same time, one of admiration. With his trademark voice, rough as if something were stuck in his throat, Pi Seongyeol spoke. Ha... I knew it. Youre something else, Junior. I havent even told you what to do, but somehow you managed to handle everything just like I would. - Haha, you flatter me. Flatter? Whos flattering here... You cant learn this kind of thing. Its a natural talent. So, where are they? Ill send some support right away. - Thank you. The location is here, let me give you the address. Suho gave the address, then ended the call. Afterward, he entered the underground hideout where the thieves were staying. Inside, Seogiwon, the former ''boss'' now known as ''the thief,'' was beating up the criminals. Ugh! Im sorry! Im sorry!! Please! Please! I wont do it again! Ahh!! Suho watched the scene with satisfaction. The suggestion he had made to Seogiwon at the soup restaurant. It was for Seogiwon to personally punish the ones who had made him like this. This wasnt the only reason for the suggestion, but the main one was to help Seogiwon erase the trauma left in his heart. According to his autobiography, Seogiwon had suffered from his past memories for a long time after going into hiding. Thats why Suho had made this suggestion.@@@@ By personally punishing them this way, it would aid in Seogiwons mental healing. If its not enough, I can take care of it myself. Suho had the means. He had the Ring of Emotions. At that moment, Seogiwon, hearing Suhos presence, wiped the sweat from his brow and lowered his head in greeting. Hyung, youve arrived? Yeah. By the way, did you beat them up good? Yes, I only beat them enough that they wont die this time. Good job. Seogiwon spoke with a sense of relief. Seeing his expression made Suho think that the Ring of Emotions was truly impressive. After all, if it wasnt for the Ring, Seogiwon would have found it difficult even to look at these criminals, let alone punish them. As Seogiwon continued his physical punishment, Suho began to check the documents he had prepared earlier. It was a handwritten confession from the criminals themselves. It detailed their motivations for committing the crime, how they had kidnapped and confined Seogiwon, and the crimes they had committed using him. Before, he had always brought a partner healer or used medicine on criminals, but now he didnt have to do that anymore. Soon, Suho handed the prepared documents to Pi Seongyeol, who flipped through them and nodded. Wow, this paperwork is nice and clean. We could deploy this immediately. Thank you. The motives for the crime are clear, and all the stolen accounts are listed. But... As he read through the documents, Pi Seongyeols gaze shifted to Seogiwon. Did they use him? - Yes, thats right. During the investigation, Seogiwon had been following Suhos instructions and sat looking as pitiful as possible. In reality, even without trying, Seogiwons appearance already resembled that of a homeless person. Unkempt hair, dark circles under his eyes, tattered clothes that hadnt been washed in who knows how longhis disheveled appearance served as raw proof of the hardship he had endured. Suho quickly added, Seogiwon and these criminals are from the same orphanage. Once they learned about his unique traits, they kidnapped and confined him to plan their crimes. Tsk tsk, they deserve to be killed. But this cyber ability... Ive seen many types, but this is the first of its kind. Whats the principle behind it? Its not a real technology but a player ability used for system crimes. Thats how they were able to crack the complicated digital wallets. Isnt that risky? We should manage this carefully. Is it really necessary? As far as I know, Seogiwon is the only one with this ability. Are there no others abroad? I looked into it, and there are none. Really? Listening to Suhos explanation, Pi Seongyeol nodded. Then, he narrowed his eyes and asked with subtle interest, But... can this Digitization ability be used in the Gate? As expected, Pi Seongyeols focus was elsewhere. No matter how rare the ability, the real question was whether it could be practically used. Suho quickly shook his head. I already asked, and since its a cyber ability, it has nothing to do with the Gate or similar matters. So, its a skill that can only be used in the real world? - Yes, thats right. Its likely that private guilds specializing in security would want to hire him. Hm, if its security, then its useless for us. We dont need combatants or support in that area. Yeah, I guess if thats your standard, it makes sense. By the way, Senior... Hmm? May I ask what will happen to Seogiwon? Since hes a victim, will he face punishment as well? Suho carefully asked. However, the tone and expression subtly implied that he hoped Seogiwon wouldnt be punished. He had intentionally done so. Currently, Pi Seongyeol seemed to be favoring Suho, and since Suho had proven his abilities with the thieves, it was highly likely that Pi Seongyeol would agree with his wishes. That way, Ill gain even more of his favor. After all, how could Pi Seongyeol refuse a request from someone who had humbled himself so much? Pi Seongyeol grinned and said, Why? Did taking care of the victim make you soft? I wouldnt say Ive become soft, but... he really looks pitiful. Ha ha, yeah. As you said, we cant punish the victim. The law is more humane and warm than people think. So dont worry about the aftermath. Hell be cleared of charges, and Ill help him get compensation from those guys. Really? Thank you, Senior. Thank me? Im just doing whats fair. But... Pi Seongyeol narrowed his eyes again and asked, How did you find out about this case in the first place? Chapter 47 Yeah. Finally, its happening. At Pi Seongyeols question, Suho answered without hesitation. I saw the help request posted by Seogiwon. A help request? Yes, Seogiwon posted a request for help online using his abilities. I checked it just in case, and when I arrived, I found that he was really being held captive, so I immediately started the rescue operation. ...You really found him like that? Everyone else didnt believe it, but I decided to trust it. The help request was so detailed, and I figured if not me, then no one else would come. Suho spoke with a calm expression... no, with a look full of conviction. Was it because of that? Pi Seongyeol glanced at Suhos expression and chuckled softly. You really have guts, Junior. Thats what makes it good. They say the ones who are meant to succeed will always find a way, but I never thought youd just blow my words away like that. I think I was just lucky. Luck follows those who are prepared. Thats why I believe luck is also a skill. Alright, since we made a promise, Ill handle the special recruitment for you. Thank you, Senior. Suho bowed deeply, genuinely grateful. Pi Seongyeol burst out laughing and patted him on the shoulder before giving orders to his staff to handle the thieves. However, during the process, there was no care provided for the victim, Seogiwon. For example, there was no mention of sending him to a protection facility. Suho nodded to himself, thinking, Well, of course. Yet, that indifference was actually appreciated. This way, Suho could take care of Seogiwon personally. Once the work was completed, Suho quietly led Seogiwon out. Shall we go? Where to? To my place. Is that okay? Of course. Were a team now. Suho smiled as he called a taxi. *** Wow... When Seogiwon arrived at the Kaiser Cheongdam building, he couldnt help but stare in awe at its grandeur and opulence. It made sense. Suho had been just as surprised when he first arrived here. Jo Jin-hwi wasnt present. Hed contacted him, and apparently, something urgent had come up, so he was out of town for a few days. However, the matter regarding Seogiwon had been cleared. - Just make yourself comfortable. I let Mr. Ahn in with this in mind, so dont worry about it. Suho was grateful for that. Naturally, he suggested that Seogiwon take a shower and then offered him the guest clothes that Jo Jin-hwi had prepared. Seogiwon, putting on the clothes, was impressed. Wow, Hyung, you really live in a different class... to be living in such a place. This isnt my house. Huh? Then whose place is this? This belongs to Jo Jin-hwi, a reporter with PBS. Hes my personal reporter. This is his house. Wait, but is it really okay for me to just use it? Of course. I have his permission. But doesnt the reporter not know that Im a psychic? Oh, yes! Of course! He told me only in confidence, so Ill be sure to keep it quiet unless he gives further instructions. Suho grinned as he handed Seogiwon a drink from the fridge. Seogiwon took the drink with both hands and asked, By the way, Hyung... Hmm? I know I joined your team, but what should I be doing now? Suho took a sip of his drink and responded, You need to level up. Huh?@@@@ You were kidnapped after reaching level 50 and awakening your ability, right? Yes, thats right. So your growth has been halted for about half a year. That cant happen. In order to face Overload... Ah, Overload is the nickname of someone who shares the same ability as you. You need to level up as much as I have, not just for that, but also to stop the impending destruction of the world. Yeah, I saw it with my psychic ability. Thats why I set it up here. You know where this is, right? Yeah, this is the Windows desktop. But... is this really grapes? With those words, Seogiwon picked up a bunch of grapes from the ground. Indeed, it was grapes. Yeah, its grapes. Apparently, the desktop background was taken at a vineyard. Huh? I thought it was just a field. Nope. Wow... I had no idea. At Seogiwons admiration, Suho also picked up a grape and tasted one. Ugh. But to his surprise, there was no taste at all. Seeing this, Seogiwon laughed. Haha. Hyung, too bad, but everything here has no taste. Theres no smell either. Everything is just a visual reproduction. Suho already knew that. But he ate the grape on purpose. It was written in Seogiwons autobiography, but experiencing it firsthand was different from reading about it. Still, Suho feigned ignorance and asked, Why? Its the network world. So, touch, smell, and taste cant be recreated here. Just as Seogiwon said. In fact, the grape that Suho was holding didnt feel like a real grape. It had a strange, unfamiliar texture. So thats why Overload tried to dominate the real world. It made sense. If all the senses were replicated in this network world, it would essentially be a utopia, a dream world. Why would anyone threaten nations with nuclear weapons then? In the end, everything here was an incomplete illusion, so the obsession with reality became inevitable. Suho nodded and said, If all the senses were perfectly recreated, people would all move here to live. In that sense, the advantages and disadvantages of this place and virtual reality are very clear. Yeah. But what do you mean by leveling up here? Oh, that? Suho moved as he answered the question. What do you think the principle of leveling up is? Well, I guess you collect experience points and grow stronger? Exactly. The leveling system is a way to make infinite growth through experience points. In that sense, the player system recognizes actions no matter where the player is and gives experience points for them. No matter where? Yeah. As proof, I leveled up my swordsmanship skill during the Hunter test. The Hunter test... wait, does that mean you can train even in virtual reality? Yeah, but only for skill levels, not character levels. Huh, why? Because virtual reality is fake. If you die there, you dont actually die. But here, everything is real. Thats how you were able to hack the digital wallet. Suho stopped in front of two doors that had suddenly appeared in the middle of the vineyard. Seogiwon immediately recognized them. Arent these new folders? Indeed. The doors resembled new folders from the desktop, and the labels on them read New Folder 1 and New Folder 2. Suho said, Youre right. Everything from the reporters laptop background is in New Folder 1. And in here... Suho pointed to the other folder. This one contains some special things Ive prepared for you. Special things? Yeah, for leveling up. Suho opened the folder, and another space appeared inside. Suho jumped in without hesitation, and Seogiwon naturally followed. Inside, there was a cute, ordinary door, and when Seogiwon saw the writing on it, he muttered, A free file cleaner? Thats a fake name. A fake name? Yeah, whats inside isnt a free file cleaner or antivirus program. Its actually a computer virus. A computer virus. At those words, Seogiwons eyes widened in surprise. Chapter 48 Seogiwon, clearly stunned, asked, A computer virus? Youre saying Im supposed to level up using a computer virus? Yeah. Suho said it as if it were the most obvious thing in the world. It was exactly as he said. Suho was planning to level Seogiwon up using a computer virus that he had prepared himself. Suho continued explaining. I told you earlier, right? This is different from virtual reality. This place affects the real world. If you die or get hurt here, itll have consequences in the real world. Youve experienced that, havent you? Seogiwon quickly nodded, saying, So, the computer virus could kill me? Exactly. The virus was created with the goal of either destroying or hacking the target. So, youll have to fight these guys with your life on the line. Me? Yeah, who else is going to fight them? Dont worry, Ill be drawing aggro with you. Suho opened his inventory and handed Seogiwon a spear, one that he had purchased earlier. Can you handle a spear? I can use it a little. I thought so. For beginners, a spear is easier to handle than a sword. By the way, what class are you? A mage. Suho asked even though he already knew the answer. It made the conversation feel more natural. Suho nodded and said, Then you can use the spear as a defensive tool. Ill tank up front, and you can shoot magic from the back and get the feel of things again. Its been a while since youve hunted, right? Suho had no intention of making Seogiwon rush things or push himself too hard. For him, the most important thing wasnt just rapid leveling but helping Seogiwon recover the skills he had forgotten after being locked away for half a year. Was it because of this? Seogiwon, clearly moved by Suhos words, replied, Okay, I understand. And thank you, Hyung. No need to thank me. Alright, lets open the door. Suho nodded and opened the door marked "Free File Cleaner." Surprisingly, the door opened smoothly, and it didnt seem like it contained any virus at all. Seogiwon quietly remarked, Well, as expected of a virus... the name is quite fitting. Free cleaners are perfect for hiding viruses.@@@@ As they entered, they found themselves in a space resembling a restaurant counter, with an attendant standing behind the counter. When the two entered, the attendant spoke, Welcome, are you here to use the free file cleaner? The attendant was a woman, dressed neatly and looking very trustworthy. However, instead of answering, Suho chuckled and said to Seogiwon, Doesnt it look convincing? Yeah, I almost answered. Neither of them responded. Why? It was simple. As soon as they answered that question, the door they had opened would automatically open, releasing the viruses hidden inside the file into Jo Jin-hwis laptop. For example, the attendant there was like an auto-responder programmed into a file-clicking program that asks the user questions. - Would you like to run the file cleaner? Thats why they didnt answer. They didnt have to worry about the attendants gaze either, because she wasnt really a living person. She was just a shell of a program. Seogiwon nodded and said, This is my first time seeing a file with a hidden virus. I didnt expect the inside to be like this. What about the digital wallets? Youve only been hacking cryptocurrency wallets so far, right? There are firewalls and encryption programs installed there, but structurally, its similar to this place. If you enter normally, the program will accept you, and you just input the password... so instead of going through the front door, I attacked the buildings outer wall to steal the cryptocurrency. The outer wall was thick, so it was a bit difficult. Thats why Seogiwon hadnt been caught by the cryptocurrency exchange. When the sudden external attack happened, the exchange kept running antivirus programs, but it wasnt a hack or virus infiltration. From the programs point of view, Seogiwon was an irregular presence, appearing in an unexpected way and destroying the exchanges program. Suho asked, So, what did you use to break in? I used the magic skills I had learned before. At first, I tried using a pickaxe and hammer, but using magic skills turned out to be the most efficient way. Interesting. I thought it was interesting too, at first. Suho nodded as he looked around. Then he spotted an entrance that clearly looked suspicious. There was no door. It was just an open space that resembled a door. Suho walked toward it. The attendant didnt stop them. She wasnt a real attendant, but an auto-programmed shell. Suho thought that it wouldnt be bad to raise Seogiwon as a strong dealer, not just as a Digitization user. If I turn him into a nuking mage, hed be a great match with the banshees. Suho pulled Seogiwon to his feet and said, Lets head out, you can rest comfortably at the house. Okay, understood. The two of them walked out of the virus file with light steps. *** By the time they got out, it was already night. Seogiwon, exhausted, stumbled to a bed and collapsed, falling asleep, while Suho took out a can of beer and gulped it down. Refreshing. After drinking for a while, Suho sat back down on the living room sofa and opened his laptop. Then, he used the file scanner he had prepared earlier to check the "Free File Cleaner" and was surprised to find that no viruses were detected inside. I knew it, but seeing it in person is kind of funny. It wasnt an antivirus program, but rather a physical method to remove the computer virus. Suho wasnt an expert in computers, but he knew that the method he and Seogiwon had used was unprecedentedno programmer would even dare imagine such a method. Thanks to Seogiwon, now I have a way to level up without entering a Gate. In the virtual reality program, they would grind skill proficiency, and in the computer virus dungeon, they would gain pure experience and real combat experience. It was an approach only Suho could come up with. As he thought about using the banshees later, Suho opened the internet. But the world... no, the internet was once again buzzing. The fact that Suho had cleared the Abyss of Despair was now public. - Holy crap, Suho cleared the Abyss of Despair? - Wow, thats insane... - Shouldnt the government give him a plaque of gratitude? - The official announcement hasnt been made yet, but word is he cleared it really fast? How fast? They say it took less than an hour? Crazy, do you think the Sealed Gate is like a joke? Stop complaining, the rumor is true. - Rumor or not, Suho is a god. Hes just amazing. The King of Kings. - The light. - In the beginning, there was Suho, and there was light. Sword Master. Spear Master. - Nexus must be happy, haha. Its been a while since a rising star came out of Nexus. But if you die, its all for nothing, right? Thats true. Sword Master doesnt die. Dont say that kind of nonsense ?? The whirlwind of positive public opinion. Seeing this, Suho couldnt help but smile. Yeah, hunters dont need anything else as long as they handle Gate raids well. Theyll get all the recognition. And with that, Suho decided to execute his next plan. After checking the online buzz, Suho picked up the phone. - Hello, Hunter. How may I assist you? The person who answered was Bae Donghyuk, the leader of Nexus Guild. Suho spoke. Ive got something to discuss. - What is it? I think my start date for the Great Union will be coming up sooner than expected. - ...What? At Bae Donghyuks question, Suho explained the big deal he had discussed with Pi Seongyeol. Bae Donghyuk, hearing this unexpected news, swallowed a nervous gulp. As expected. For him, Suho was now a big catch who had just joined Nexus. But with only a few months on his contract, it was going to be tough to make a profit, and now the time was being halved, which left him in a panic. Thats why Suho was giving him a heads-up. It was better to clear things up first and resolve any issues quickly. Suho said, So, as an apology, Id like to make a proposal. - ...What proposal? Theres an S-rank Gate that Nexus owns, right? - Yes, we do have one... Why? That Gate. Ill clear it for you. Of course, all the loot that comes out will go to you. At Suhos words, Bae Donghyuks eyes widened like the full moon. Chapter 49 At Suhos proposal, Bae Donghyuk swallowed hard and asked back. ...Are you serious? Yes, I am. Since the contract period has ended much sooner than expected, this much is the least I can do. ...... Bae Donghyuk paused, taking a moment to collect himself before responding. Indeed, the contract had been shortened unexpectedly, leaving him with a sense of disappointmentno, to be honest, he was very upset about it. If they left Nexus in just a month or two, it would look as though they had been used. While they had already made some appearances with the Association at previous meetings, its always better to have everything firmly in place, as peoples attitudes can change unexpectedly. In that sense, Suhos offer to tackle an S-rank gate and turn over all the loot from it was a reasonable gesture to soothe the feelings of those involved. Profit aside, if hes going this far, theres really nothing more to complain about. Then, what kind of gate did Nexus possess? It was a gate with substantial potential for profitsomething that had been secured with great effort. But Suho knew. A gate with high potential profits always came with a high level of difficulty. Thats just how S-rank gates are. An unclaimed S-rank gate is a double-edged sword. No matter how much a guild owns the rights to it, if casualties accumulate, the state would step in to reclaim control for safety management. Because of this, Bae Donghyuk had refrained from attempting a full-scale conquest of the gate. He had tried several times but had failed each time. And that was when Suho had made his proposal. Bae Donghyuk spoke. I appreciate the offer, but... Hunter, are you aware of the nature of the gate we hold? I know. Its the Miners Lair, isnt it? A mine with an immense deposit of magic stones, but there are so many Earth Keepers inside that you cant even gather the stones, let alone advance. ...Youre well informed. So, you must understand that we cant just send you in alone because of the mining? Yes, I understand. Thats why I suggested it. Ill handle all the Earth Keepers inside myself. Ill form the team, and all you need to do is send in a mining crew with us. Theres no rushtake your time. In the meantime, Ill reinforce my teams strength. Straightforward and efficient work. Bae Donghyuk couldnt help but laugh. Understood. And thank you. You could have kept the special recruitment a secret, but I appreciate you mentioning it first and being considerate. Its nothing. Were in this together, after all, so this much is only natural. Im the one whos sorry for joining the Association sooner than expected. Hunter, youre really something... Bae Donghyuk was genuinely moved. And with those words of gratitude exchanged, the call ended. After the call ended, Suho stretched and muttered. Finally, Ill get to see that guy. Suho was looking forward to tomorrow. **Nexus Academy**, located in Paju. Inside the personal training room reserved exclusively for S-rank guild members. Suho appeared there, accompanied by **Seo Giwon**, whom he had recruited for his team. Wow... Seo Giwon marveled at the vast scale of Nexus Academy. It was worth being amazed. Nexus Academy boasted the largest scale in the country. Especially the S-rank training center, which offered facilities of the highest caliber in Korea. Pointing at the banshees who were already training under **Infinity**, Suho spoke. See those people who got here first? Yes. Theyre my team members. And theyre also the people youll be working with from now on. Oh... so theyre with the Nexus Guild, too? No, not yet. Huh? Guilds have strict standards for skills. They wont take in people whose abilities havent been verified yet. Well, that makes sense. Alright, lets go ahead and wake them up and make introductions, like we talked about... Suho was about to explain the days schedule to Seo Giwon. But then he heard someone approaching from outside and turned his gaze. There stood a familiar face peeking in from outside. It was none other than **Kang Dae-han**. Oh? Approximately ten seconds. That was it. Suhos avatar decapitated the Banshees, and as soon as their heads were severed, they respawned in the air, landing on the ground with a thud. Ugh... **Gu Yeonhwa** bit her lip in frustration. At that moment. Youre lasting a bit longer now, huh? At Suhos words, **Gu Yeonhwa** and the rest of the team turned their heads sharply. And it made sense because Suhos avatar had been programmed to never praise them. When the real Suho appeared instead of the avatar, **Gu Yeonhwas** eyes grew wide as saucers. Uh...! What do you mean uh? Do I look like a fish to you? Why uh? When did you get here? Just now. As Suho arrived, the four people who had been sitting down quickly stood up and lined up, and Suho nodded in satisfaction at their disciplined demeanor. It seems like the atmosphere has changed a bit in the past few days? ...Of course. Its not just once or twice; every time we come here, we die at least hundreds of times. How could the atmosphere not change? Thats a good sign. Judging by your intense gazes, you all seem to have become a bit detached from death, and you look even more tenacious. On that note , let me introduce you. This is Mr. Seo Giwon, and this is Mr. Kang Dae-han. At Suhos words, the four people gave a slight bow, and Suho then introduced the Banshees to **Seo Giwon** and **Kang Dae-han**. These are the people who joined before you two. In order, this is **Gu Yeonhwa**, **Kim Hyunmin**, **Seo Gyowon**, and **Gwak Duho**. Ah, nice to meet you. My name is Seo Giwon. Im Kang Dae-han. Once introductions were finished, Suho spoke to the Banshees. Thanks for all the hard work youve been putting in during training. You must be getting tired of this place by now, right? ...No, not tired at all. Huh? Youre not tired? Yes. With that, **Gu Yeonhwa** and the Banshees looked toward Suhos avatar standing in the background and said, I dont think well ever get tired until we finally take that things head off. They were serious. Given how many times they had been killed, how could they possibly feel boredom? Even if it took more time, the Banshees were determined to eventually defeat Suhos avatar. Satisfied by their intense resolve, Suho nodded approvingly and spoke to **Seo Giwon** and **Kang Dae-han**. See? Both of you need to build up that level of tenacity as well. T-That much? Thats how you survive in a gate. With that in mind, from now on, both of you will report here and train alongside them. Oh, by the way, training starts today. **Yeonhwa**. Yes. That person there is a mage, and that one is a tanker, right? Since they dont need swordsmanship, organize your team accordingly and try challenging it again. Got it. But... a gate, you say? Ah, I was so focused on introductions, I forgot to mention the gate. You cant just train endlessly, right? Soon, youll be heading into the field with me, so be prepared. A gate? Which gate? Theres one. But anyway, its time to sort out titles, dont you think? We cant just keep calling each other you. At that, **Gu Yeonhwa** paused briefly before nodding. What should we call you, then? What do you want to call me? Well... not sure? Given her personality, **Gu Yeonhwa** didnt really feel like calling him Oppa. Knowing that, Suho thought for a moment before replying. From now on, just call me Team Leader. Were a team now. Understood, Team Leader. So, everyones been attending regularly? What about school and work? At that, **Gu Yeonhwa** glared at Suho and replied. Didnt you say that if were talking about our everyday lives, it means were not desperate enough? Right. You get it. But dont worry too much. Ill take care of whatever youre concerned about. Now, keep up the good work, and contact me when youre done later. With that, Suho left **Kunlun** first. Then, Suhos avatar, who had been quietly standing in the background, lifted its sword and spoke again. What are you looking at, you trash? If youve got time to stare, hurry up and come at me. Chapter 50 Before entering the Earthkeepers'' mine, Suho had planned to visit another location. In order to obtain everything he wanted from the mine, a few preparations were necessary. So, he called a taxi and headed to Paju. More specifically, the outskirts of Paju. Though Nexus Academy was also located in Paju, this area was on the edge of the city, often referred to as the most valuable land in the region, the "Safe Zone." The place Suho had just arrived at was once a hub for various businesses but now lay in the outer line of Paju. Currently, its practically wasteland. Why had it become a wasteland? It was obvious. With frequent gate appearances, there was no longer any Hunter workforce to manage such an isolated area. Of course, it wasnt truly a wasteland in the literal sense. Though it had been abandoned by most, ironically, it had become a haven for a particular group of peopleillegal traders. Its been a while since Ive been here. As Suho gazed at the cityscape, reminiscent of a slum, he fell into reflection.@@@@ This place was called Paju Village. While Dongdaemun Market was the largest open market where Yang and Yin merged, this was one of the largest black markets in the country. After paying the fare, Suho got out of the taxi. The taxi driver, visibly tense, fled as soon as Suho stepped out of the vehicle. This was a natural reaction. Crimes were rampant here, and taxis from outside the area were prime targets for thieves. So, Suho had deliberately not brought a car. Though he had borrowed a car with Seo Giwon from Jo Jin-hwi to reach the Academy, Paju Village didnt offer safe parking like the Academy did. Suho triggered the Monochrome Solitude from his **Mumu Mumu** item and leisurely began to walk through the village. The atmosphere was eerie. Unlike the usual bustling market energy, there were homeless people or drug addicts sprawled out across the streets, discarded like forgotten objects. If it werent for the gates, Paju wouldnt have ended up like this. The current South Koreaor rather, the current worldwas experiencing a surge in drugs, crime, hunger, and poverty, all of which had escalated dramatically. And it was all because of the gates. The sudden surge of gates had caused devastation in many parts of the world, increasing the wealth disparity and darkening the worlds shadows. Thats why Suho thought he needed to put an end to the gates as soon as possible. Among the homeless in Paju Village, there were even teenagers. Suho continued walking and eventually stopped in front of a shop. It was an odd store with a thick shutter down, and it had a door attached to the shutter itself, a fairly common sight in Paju Village. This setup offered a degree of security and safety. When Suho knocked on the door, a small window in the shutter opened, revealing only a pair of wrinkled eyes from an old man. Whos there? Without caring much, Suho responded to the question. Im here to buy a mine. Identification? At his question, Suho momentarily deactivated the **Monochrome Solitude**. Immediately... Ah, Hunter Ahn Suho? The shopkeepers eyes widened in surprise, clearly startled. Suho nodded. Yeah, thats me. W-Wait a moment. The window was closed, and Suho heard multiple clinks from inside as locks were undone. Finally, the door opened, and a small, wiry man greeted Suho. Ah, welcome. Its an honor to meet you, Hunter Ahn Suho. Suho nodded and entered the shop. The man quickly shut the door behind him and re-locked it. After the last lock clicked shut, the man hurried over to the counter and stood there like the owner. Suho asked with a smile, noticing the mans odd demeanor. Doesnt the mask make you uncomfortable? ...Huh? Oh, no, what do you mean? The imitation mask you''re wearing, Suho pointed out. If Im the only guest, you can relax. ...... At Suhos words, **Choi Yun** didnt speak immediately. She hadnt expected him to go alone. Swallowing her surprise, she said, I understand. Lets first settle the payment. The entry fee for the Twisted Forest is 100 million for one person. Suho showed her the 100 million won in cash he had prepared earlier. Then, he handed her a bundle of 100,000-won bills. Ill pay the rest in front of the gate. A standard transaction. She nodded, then led him to the garage at the back of the shop. There, a sturdy-looking off-road vehicle was parked, and Suho noticed the Union mark engraved on the side, nodding inwardly. So, shes part of the Union now. **Choi Yun** gestured toward the vehicle. Ill take you to the gate. They both got into the vehicle, and she opened the garage door with a remote. As soon as the car appeared, peoples eyes were drawn to it, but those who recognized the car quickly turned away. It wasnt just because of **Choi Yun**''s influence; it was also because of the Union mark on her vehicle. As expected. In a place like this, backing is everything. It keeps unnecessary fights at bay. The vehicle started moving. *** The vehicle passed Paju and crossed the Imjin River toward Gaeseong. However, neither Suho nor **Choi Yun** was surprised, even though they were heading toward Gaeseong. After the world-changing event, North Korea had been nearly destroyed. The current North Korea is almost like a lawless zone. At first, China had eyed the deteriorating North Korea. But now, the area bordering China was filled with ''them,'' and no ordinary huntersno, even Chinas elite forcescould easily approach. **Choi Yun** glanced at Suho and asked, Arent you surprised we crossed into the North? Not really. Wow, youre quite the stoic. You didnt seem that way when I read about you in the news. I guess my impression was good? Haha, you have an interesting personality. The vehicle eventually stopped. They arrived at a place where several tents could be seen. As soon as **Choi Yun**''s car appeared, people flooded out of the tents. They all wore a mix of casual clothes and equipmenttypical street hunters. **Choi Yun** and Suho stepped out of the car and approached them. The man standing at the front greeted them. Its **Choi Yun**. As I mentioned earlier, this is the person who will be entering the Twisted Forest. At the mention of Suho, the man briefly glanced at him and grinned. Is that really Ahn Suho? Yes, be respectful. Hes a guest. Of course. But what about the payment? Its all settled, including the deposit. What about you? The boss is here. At that moment, a voice came from inside the tent. Soon, a man walked out from the tent. When Suho saw him, his eyes widened. That guy... It wasnt a mistake. The man walking out from the tent was large and bald, making it even more unmistakable. He was the leader of one of the most notorious human trafficking rings in Korea during Suhos past life**Bang Dook**. TL NOTE: Please don''t skimp on the stars for the translation - it inspires me and gives me the strength to write more. Thank you~! If you want to buy me a /kimsu Chapter 51 The "Woodcutter" Bang Dueok. This was the nickname he earned during his infamous career in human trafficking. The reason for this nickname was simple. Since long ago, human traffickers had referred to the people they abducted as logs, and Bang Dueok cut down so many people, he became known as the Woodcutter. But was that guy part of the Union? In the future, Bang Dueok would be arrested by the Special Unit of the Grand Association and sentenced to life imprisonment. However, during the process, no records were found linking him to the Union. Thats why Suho found it a bit strange. Suho asked, Is he the gate owner? Yes. Apparently, Bang Dueok was the gate owner. This was information even the Library of Memories didnt hold. It was reasonable, considering all Suho had known was that Choi Yun had managed the Twisted Forest. Bang Dueok approached the two and looked at Suho, then let out a chuckle. Wow, you really are Hunter Ahn Suho, arent you? What brings such a famous person all the way here? Before Suho could answer, Choi Yun spoke up for him. Why else? Hes here for the gate, of course. As we discussed earlier, you can let him enter now, right? Sure, he can enter, but... Bang Dueok narrowed his eyes and gave Suho a once-over. I thought about it... Usually, selling entrance tickets makes sense. But if the challenger is Hunter Ahn, whos cleared two sealed gates on his own... the math doesnt add up. Excuse me? Well, think about it. Why would a gate owner sell entrance tickets? Because they dont expect the gate to be cleared, right? But if Hunter Ahn is the challenger... He wasnt called the Woodcutter for nothing; his mind was sharp in such matters. His words hit close to home, as Suho had indeed planned to clear the gate with only the entrance fee paid. But so what? Isnt that the risk he was taking by selling entrance tickets to the gate? Suho was about to speak when Choi Yun cut in. So, youre planning to raise the price on the spot? Her arms crossed, she stared Bang Dueok down with a steely gaze. Bang Dueok chuckled slyly and backed off. No, Im just saying that it doesnt quite add up... I wouldnt dare to raise the price on the spot. It wasnt fear of Choi Yun herself that kept him in checkit was his awareness of the Union to which Choi Yun belonged. Suho noted her handling of the situation with a nod. As expected of Choi Yun. She mediates like a seasoned broker. Thanks to her, he didnt have to step in himself. If things had gone south, Suho wouldve simply cut down everyone present. They were just criminals, after all. And even if things got complicated, Piseongyeol would take care of the aftermath. Choi Yun nodded and said to Suho, Its settled. Shall we pay and proceed? Suho handed her a bag of money, and she counted it in front of Bang Dueok, taking two bundles of bills as her share. This is my commission. Twenty percent is a bit steep, isnt it? The safer the platform, the higher the fee. Look on the bright sideyou didnt even have to advertise this gate, yet heres your customer. But that customer is Ahn Suho... She responded with a slight smile, then turned to Suho. Everything is ready. Ill be waiting outside until you return, so please proceed. The reason she waited outside was for the safety of her clients. Sometimes, lowlifes would ambush failed challengers as they exited the gate. Gate brokers needed not only skill and information but also the strength to ensure their clients safety and fairness in transactions.@@@@ Thats why reliable gate brokers are rare. *Slash!* The sword cut through the air in a crescent arc. However, the blade stopped near the Ents thick wrist. The wooden arm was simply too solid. Hmm. Suho promptly retrieved his sword and swung again. This time, it sliced cleanly through the Ents wrist, severing one of its massive hands. Graaaah!! The Ent howled, not in painsince they felt nonebut in rage over losing a limb. Another Ent, slower to arrive, thrust both hands at Suho like spears. *Boom!* The ground where Suho had been standing caved in. But Suho had already moved, evading the attack. Taking several steps back, Suho furrowed his brow in thought. At level 90, theyre not so easy to cut down. His level was currently 59, while the Ents levels were at least in the 90sa gap of over 30 levels. And if he remembered correctly, the creature ruling over the Earthkeepers'' mine was even higher in level and sturdier than these Ents. Time to prepare. Even though this world now functioned like a game, it wasnt an actual online game or virtual reality. If any variable arose, even beings with far lower stats could defeat him in this world. Just like in the nameless swordsman gate. With that in mind, Suho advanced again, purposefully not using holy power. What he needed now was to complete his training without any supplementary skills. --- How much time had passed? Suho continued forward slowly, using every creature in the Twisted Forest as practice dummies for his sword. He refrained from horizontal or diagonal slashes, focusing solely on vertical cuts, training his *Decapitation* skill. As a result, his pace through the gate was much slower than usual. But that was fine. Patience bore fruit, and what he sought was worth the effort. And he was confident he would obtain it, for he had once reached this level before. Suho checked his status window. [Suho Ahn] - Lv: 63 - Class: Healer - Trait: New Blood - Strength (R): 42 - Stamina (R): 25 - Mana (R): 25 - Perception (R): 25 - Bonus Stat: 0 Hed leveled up four times just from defeating monsters, and all bonus stats were allocated to Strength. The rewards didnt stop there. Upon reaching level 60, he gained a new Healer skill. [Heal] - Rank: F # Light of Healing A Heal F # With Light of Healing reaching its highest rank, it has evolved into the more potent skill, Heal. # Consumes mana to quickly restore a designated area with minor regenerative effects. The new skill was named Heal, an upgraded version of Light of Healing. While it returned to F rank, its power far surpassed its A-ranked predecessor. Up to level 40, I received individual class skills. At level 50, they all upgraded to A rank... and from level 60 onwards, the skills improve sequentially. At level 100, a major choice awaited hima pivotal career path shift. With a satisfied nod, Suho resumed his advance. Before long... [A boss monster has appeared.] Suho finally came face-to-face with the master of the Twisted Forest. Chapter 52 Suho arrived at a large lake. At the center of the lake was a small rock island, barely big enough for one person to stand on, and there sat the master of the forest. Seated in a meditative posture like a monk, his body was overgrown with moss and small sprouts, blending so seamlessly with his surroundings that he appeared to be part of the lake itself if one didnt focus on him. Then, the figure slowly opened his eyes. Golden light glowed in his eyes, devoid of pupils. His gaze was similar to that of the Ents, and as he opened his eyes, large, majestic horns began to sprout on either side of his forehead, reminiscent of those found on ancient stags, yet even grander and more imposing. Finally, when the horns stopped growing, information about him appeared above his head. - Maleyon, Master of the Twisted Forest, Lv.100 Maleyon. That was his name. Not only was he the first druid Suho had encountered in this life, but he was also the first monster with a three-digit level. Suho observed his level with calm composure. Finally, a one-star monster. Monster classifications varied, but generally, anything under level 99 was considered unrated. Monsters at level 100 and above were categorized by stars in 100-level increments. Maleyon was Suhos first encounter with a one-star monster in this life. Maleyon slowly rose to his feet, vines entwined around him breaking off, moss falling from his body. Without paying attention to any of it, Maleyon spoke. - An uninvited guest has arrived. We didnt invite you either. - ...What? Who set up a portal on someone elses land and then calls others uninvited? - ...? Maleyon frowned, unable to comprehend Suhos words. Naturally so. The beings summoned to Earth by the system were just game monsters or pawns created by the system. While not all gates were like this, Suho knew this one was. With that, Suho raised his spear, Guiyeongchang, and activated a skill. [Holy Power activated.] As holy energy enveloped Guiyeongchang in a white glow, Maleyon scowled. - Are you a servant of the gods? Servant? Hardly. Suho replied and threw the spear. [Spear Throw activated.] The spear hurtled toward Maleyons chest at high speed. However *Clack!* To Suhos surprise, Maleyon caught the spear with his hand, as if it were nothing. Oh? He caught it? One-star monsters were indeed on another level. Maleyon, with a stern expression, held onto the spear and glared at Suho. Seeing this, Suho immediately summoned a blood orb using Blood Weapon. He aimed it precisely at the end of the spears handle and hurled it. *Thunk!* The blood orb struck the spears handle, pushing Guiyeongchang forward and driving it into Maleyons chest. *Drip* Blood began to trickle down from the embedded spearhead. Maleyon looked down silently at the wound, then released a terrifying aura, distorting the air around him. [Maleyon is enraged.]@@@@ [The forest trembles in fear at Maleyons fury.] [A chilling aura engulfs you.] The intensity made Suhos skin tingle. However [Dragon Blood activated.] Catching his balance, Suho swung his sword again, only for the blade to stop midway once more. Undeterred, he continued to slice at the tendrils, each strike leaving scars on the Sogwaebalgu. As the battle progressed, Suho noticed Maleyon starting to lose patience. - Youre like a pesky rat, evading everything. Maleyon summoned more tendrils to ensnare Suho, but he evaded each attack and left marks on the roots. Some tendrils couldnt withstand the strikes and broke off. Despite having the option, Suho didnt use holy power, which would have allowed him to sever the tendrils instantly. Maleyon was puzzled by Suhos restraint. - Whats his game? As the fight dragged on, Maleyons temper cooled, and he started to observe Suhos movements more closely. - His swordsmanship is pitiful, but his movements arent easy to handle. Maleyon was determined not to leave the lake. The Twisted Forest provided him with a natural fortress, and beneath the lake lay countless roots, ready to shield him. Then, suddenly *Slice!* One of the tendrils was cleanly severed. What? Had he seen wrong? Maleyon widened his eyes, but quickly calmed himself. After all, his tendrils had been cut before due to accumulated damage. Or so he thought. *Slice!* Another tendril fell. This time, Maleyons eyes grew noticeably wider. - Did I just...? No, he hadnt imagined it. Another tendril fell, and for the first time, a small smile appeared on Suhos focused face. Looks like Im getting the hang of it. How many creatures had he sliced through in this forest already? This sensation was familiar. He had mastered this technique countless times before. Returning to the past, Suhos body and the system werent yet familiar with what he intended to do. It required time to adapt and prove himself, so that his technique could be seen as a realization by the system. The peak was in sight. Suho severed three tendrils in quick succession, and as he swung at a fourth *Slice!* Another successful cut. In that instant [Your understanding of swordsmanship is unmatched.] [The system acknowledges your exceptional skill in swordsmanship and grants full mastery of Decapitation.] [As a result, Decapitation has been elevated to the pinnacle and is now qualified to become a new skill.] [Congratulations! The Decapitation skill has been upgraded to S-rank.] [Your Decapitation can now cut through steel.] [The Art of the Sword activated.] [The spirit of the Nameless Sword resonates with your mastery.] [ nods in approval and blesses your progress.] [A trace of imbues your Guardian Sword.] [Congratulations! You have become the successor of Hogong-ryu Sword Art.] [Guardian Swords information has been updated.] [Decapitations information has been updated.] [You have mastered Hogong-ryu Style One: Slash - Steel Cutter (S+).] **Hogong-ryu.** Suhos eyes sparkled with a newfound intensity. Chapter 53 Finally...! Suhos eyes sparkled with excitement. *Hogong-ryu.* This was one of the skills he had come to acquire in this gate. Its also why I absolutely needed the Nameless Sword. When Suho first developed his swordsmanship, he thought he had glimpsed the pinnacle of sword techniques. However, as time passed, he came to realize that the Suho Sword was just one of countless human-made techniques, unable to contend with the worlds most powerful beings. Then he discovered the existence of the Nameless Sword, and from that point, his swordsmanship began evolving to an inhuman level. The first supernatural technique he mastered was *Hogong-ryu Style One: Slash - Steel Cutter.* [ You have achieved a remarkable feat, earning 10 bonus stat points from the system. ] With the mastery of Steel Cutter, the system granted him 10 bonus stats. Yes, *Hogong-ryu* was indeed a great achievement. In his lifetime, Suho had never encountered anyone else who wielded this technique. I got it sooner than I expected. In his previous life, it had taken Suho years after acquiring the Nameless Sword to master Steel Cutter. But this time was different. He had already fully understood the intricacies of Steel Cutter, and all he needed was time to prove it to the system. Suho invested all his newly earned bonus stats into strength, then looked over at Maleyon with a slight smirk.@@@@ Maleyon seemed visibly shaken. And it was no wonder, as he could feel the surge in Suhos power even as they fought. - What trickery are you using now? Trickery? Its the culmination of pure effort. - What? Watch and learn. - Nonsense! In a fury, Maleyon extended his hand, and a dozen Sogwaebalgu tendrils shot toward Suho like arrows. Suho clicked his tongue. Seems you dont learn very quickly. He didnt dodge. Instead, gripping his sword with both hands, he swung it with all his strength just as the tendrils closed in. [ Steel Cutter activated. ] *Slash!* A red line blazed through the air. When the glow faded, there was nothing left in its wake. *Thud!* The heads of the Sogwaebalgu tendrils fell to the ground, cleanly severed. Suho had purposefully swung wide to cut down each tendril in one strike. Maleyons eyes widened in shock. - How... how did you...!! What do you mean, how? I cut them with a sword. Are your eyes just for show? With that, Suho stepped forward toward the lake. You planning to just stay there? - Hmph! Instead of responding, Maleyon raised his hand. The ground began to shake. *Boom! Boom! Boom!* Heavy footsteps reverberated, and Suho turned around. Groooooo... Emerging from the forest were massive golems. Suho observed the status above their heads. - Twisted Golem of the Murky Forest Lv.96 - Twisted Golem of the Murky Forest Lv.98 - Twisted Golem of the Murky Forest Lv.97 They werent one-star monsters, but their high levels suggested they would be tough to handle, especially with their considerable defense. Suho sighed. Typical of a cursed druid to summon such abominations. - Lets see how long you can keep that smug attitude! At Maleyons command, the golems charged at Suho simultaneously. In a swift motion, Suho pushed off the ground and leaped high. [ Leap activated. ] [ As MVP, you receive one bonus stat. ] [ Level Up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You have received 1 bonus stat. ] As Maleyon died, system messages poured in. Suho grabbed the monsters head and body as they floated in the air, hauling them out of the lake and laying the corpse on dry land. A moment later, Maleyons body disappeared, leaving behind a murky red gem. Suho picked it up to examine it. [ Cursed Druids Dominion Gem ] - Rank: S # The power of Maleyon, the druid cursed and shunned by the gods. # Maleyons druidic power wasnt one of harmony, but of dominion. # His dominion corrupted pure spirits, driving him to be exiled from his home forest, forcing him to settle in the Twisted Forest where no ordinary druid could survive. The Dominion Gem. This was the primary reason Suho had entered the Twisted Forest. Though he had intended to master Hogong-ryu, the Dominion Gem had been his ultimate goal. It would allow him to gain what he needed in the next gate. Suho stowed the gem in his inventory and invested all earned stats into strength. Status Window. [ Suho Ahn ] - Lv: 64 - Class: Healer - Trait: New Blood - Strength (R): 55 - Stamina (R): 26 - Mana (R): 26 - Perception (R): 26 - Bonus Stat: 0 His progress felt swift. Satisfied, Suho closed the status window and headed toward the exit. --- **Outside the Gate** As the gate was cleared, it began to tremble, signaling its conquest. Bang Dueok, having heard the news, rushed outside, frowning deeply. Damn it... He hadnt expected Suho to actually conquer the gate. Choi Yun was equally stunned. He really cleared it... They had already conducted a thorough investigation on the Twisted Forest. Bang Dueok had sent a team to assess its risks, concluding it was S-rank in difficulty. Inside were numerous high-level monsters, including one-star creatures like Ents and golems, making it nearly impossible to clear for anyone without substantial power. And the entry limit was only eight people... Yet, Ahn Suho had managed to clear the entire gate alone. Watching Bang Dueoks twisted expression, Choi Yun commented, Its been cleared. I can see that, so shut up. Owning a gate was a rare opportunity. Not only did it require discovery and secrecy from the public and government, but also the power to manage the gates shocks independently. But despite all these risks, people sought gate ownership because it was an incredible source of wealth. The Twisted Forest was like a newly opened business that had just received its first customer. Only for that customer to have fully cleared it. Bang Dueoks face contorted with rage as he muttered, Damn it. Do you know how much I invested in this place, and he clears it for a measly hundred million? Not a chance. Boys! Yes! At Bang Dueoks command, his men drew their weapons. Choi Yun frowned and asked, Are you really doing this? Hell yeah, unless you want to pay the difference. Can you handle the consequences? Oh, please. Your precious Union, can you call them right now...? At that moment *Thud!* A spear shot through Bang Dueoks face, instantly killing him. The one who had thrown it? None other than Suho. Chapter 54 "Uh, Hunter Ahn Suho?" Choi Yun called out Suhos name in surprise, but he didnt respond. Instead, he summoned his blood sword, gesturing toward Bang Dueoks remaining men and asked, "Anyone else want to continue?" At his words, Bang Dueok''s subordinates glanced at each other before cautiously lowering their weapons. There was no talk of revenge. Instead, the second-in-command, eyeing his opportunity, was the first to place his weapon on the ground. "Let''s avoid any trouble. Go on ahead." A smart move; with Bang Dueok out of the way, he could easily take over the gang himself. Suho pointed his sword at the second-in-command and said, "Hand over the entrance fee again." "What?" "You broke the rules, so pay a penalty." "...Understood." The second-in-command headed back to the tent, returned with a bag containing the entrance fee, and handed it over. Suho stowed the bag in his inventory without bothering to check its contents, then turned to Choi Yun. "Shall we go?" "Ah, yes!" The two got into Choi Yun''s car, and she started the engine, quickly driving them away. Once Bang Dueoks crew was well out of sight, Choi Yun spoke up. "Thank you." "Of course, you should thank me." "What?" "I dont take gratitude thats only words. Pay it back later." At Suhos confident demand, Choi Yun looked at him, mildly taken aback. "Youre pretty sharp, arent you?" "Its reasonable. After all, I had to step in anyway." He was right. Realistically, Choi Yun wouldnt have been able to handle the situation alone. "...So yes, I am grateful." With that, Suho handed her his phone. "Put in your direct line. Ill contact you again." "...All right." After saving her number, Suho stayed silent for the remainder of the drive. When they crossed back over the border and returned to Paju, Suho had her drop him off near the academy instead of at Paju Village. Before they parted, Choi Yun asked, "Can I call you first next time?" "If you find a decent gate, sure." "Heh, understood." Without a hint of hesitation, Suho left her, and Choi Yun watched him disappear in her rearview mirror, a smirk playing on her lips. "Much better than I expected..." She restarted her car and drove away. --- ### A Few Days Later Suho spent the following days in Infinity, helping his team train without exploring any new gates. Thanks to his guidance, his team members could now last a full minute against Suhos avatar. "Thats enough." "Hah... hah..." "Ugh..." "Whooo..." At his signal to stop, the team members collapsed on the ground, panting heavily. Suho nodded in approval as he watched them. "Not bad. Youve all improved over the past few days." Seo Giwon responded, still catching his breath. "...Wouldve been strange if we hadnt improved." "Ill make sure no resources go to waste. Lets go over the briefing first." Although Nexus had provided him with information about the Kobold Mines, Suho knew more about the place than the documents covered. Still, he had skimmed the files for formalitys sake. In the command center, Suho gathered the officers around a table and pointed at a map Nexus had prepared. "Our strategy is straightforward. The mines are filled with magic stones and overrun by kobolds, also known as *Earthkeepers*. Once we clear them out, well secure as many magic stones as possible before taking down the mines boss and closing the gate." It was a simple explanation that left everyone with their mouths half-open. Finally, Officer Kim Yi-kang asked, "Is that it?" "Yes. The provided data didnt include much information about the boss monster. Once we encounter it, Ill handle it alone, so dont worry about the safety of the mining team. Any questions?" The officers exchanged glances. The briefing was so straightforward that there was little left to ask. While they found it surprising, they also knew they could trust Suho. "One last thing: all profits from this gate will belong to Nexus." This was a delicate point, so Suho addressed it directly. Both Bae Dong-hyuk and the other officers looked visibly relieved at his transparency. "Then, Hunter Ahn, were counting on you." "Of course. Ill do my best." With the preparations complete, the team was ready to enter the gate. Some guilds might perform elaborate rituals before entering a difficult gate, but Suho had discouraged any such gestures, so they were now left with only the entry itself. Before stepping through the gate portal, Suho exchanged a few words with the head of the mining team, An Sung-won. "Stay at the very back until we signal. You can start mining once we clear the way." "Understood, Hunter Ahn. Were counting on you." With Suho at the lead, the entire expedition team entered the square, heading for the portal. As Suho approached it, a system message appeared. [ Entering the gate. ] [ Retrieving gate information. ] [ Kobold Mines ] - Entry Requirement: Level 88 or lower - Max Participants: 56 The Kobold Mines could accommodate up to 56 people, so with the six members of the attack team, the remaining 50 slots were filled with miners. As the entire team entered the portal, they found themselves in a new environment. --- ### Inside the Gate The first sight beyond the portal was an ordinary forest. Just a bit further lay the entrance to the mines, guarded by kobolds. After ensuring that the entire attack team had entered, Suho addressed his members. "You know the drill, right? Dae-han, stay at the rear and let Giwon support you. Everyone else, stick to your positions behind me." "Yes, sir." "Understood." "Ill lead the charge and clear the path. Its going to be a long battle, so manage your stamina and prioritize the miners'' safety." "Yes, sir!" "Stay alert. This isnt a simulationtheres no respawning if you die here." Once everyone nodded in understanding, Suho summoned his spirit spear, *Guiyeongchang*, and hurled it at the kobold guarding the entrance. *Thud!* The spear pierced the kobolds head, and Suho quickly summoned a blood spear to finish off a second kobold. After retrieving his weapons and absorbing the kobolds blood with his blood sword, Suho strode confidently into the mines without hesitation. Watching him from behind, team leader An Sung-won muttered in amazement, "Wow... hes relentless." "Indeed." "Hm? You sound like youre seeing him for the first time." "We are. Its our first time seeing him fight in person." "Ah...?" "Lets hurry and follow." "Right." The rest of the attack team followed Suhos lead, gradually making their way deeper into the mines. Chapter 55 [ You have defeated an Earthkeeper Kobold. ] [ You have defeated an Earthkeeper Kobold. ] [ You have defeated an Earthkeeper Kobold. ] The notifications repeated endlessly. Suho moved through the mines like a force of nature. With each swing of his sword, at least two kobolds fell. His team members were left with only a few kobolds that fled sideways in panic, scarcely able to challenge Suhos overpowering presence. Despite this, none of them felt rushed or hopeless. Suho had already briefed them on what to expect, and they acted according to the training theyd received. Begin mining as soon as we pass through, said Gu Yeon-hwa, leading the mining team. Upon her cue, An Sung-won, the team leader, instructed his men. Lets get started! "Yes, sir!" *Clang! Clang! Clang!* The mining team began their work. They had only picks and shovelsno modern tools. Modern electronic devices never worked inside gates, so they relied on manual labor. Meanwhile, the collection team carefully gathered materials from the kobold corpses, salvaging whatever could be useful. Within thirty minutes, the operation was well underway, and the mining system was running smoothly.@@@@ Suho pressed forward, showing no signs of fatigue as he bulldozed his way through the mines, his sheer power leaving everyone around him speechless. *This is the Swordmaster, Ahn Suho... the man who cleared two sealed gates alone...* *Wow, Hyungnim is amazing...* After over two hours of slaying kobolds alone, Suho finally came to a halt at a fork in the path. Finishing off the last kobold in the area, he straightened and called his team. "Everyone, gather up." Yes, sir. The team gathered around. Even Seo Giwon, who had lower stamina than the others, was a little out of breath. Although Suho had handled most of the fighting, he had purposely let a few kobolds slip to the rear, so the team could practice under real conditions. Do you see that fork in the path? Suho pointed ahead. This is the point I told you about. Yes, weve reached the fork as you mentioned. This is where Nexus gave up, overwhelmed by the swarm of kobolds when they tried to push further. Are we splitting up to advance? one member asked. No, Ill be the only one going in. Pardon? Without further explanation, Suho walked up to the entrance of the right passage, raised his sword, and swung it at the wall with all his might. [ Steel Cutter is activated. ] *Boom!* The wall crumbled partially under his blow, covering nearly twenty percent of the entrance. Suho struck several more times until ninety percent of the entrance was blocked. He did the same with the left passage, leaving only narrow gaps in both entrances, just wide enough for a kobold or two to squeeze through. His team members watched in awe, swallowing hard. *Someone who can collapse an entrance with a sword swing...* *How strong is he really?* *Is this even physically possible?* With both entrances blocked, Suho turned to his team. Youll stay here and guard the right entrance. Ill go through the left. This is the plan? someone asked, skeptical. Yes, this is the plan. I wouldve blocked the left entirely, but you need some practice. After I go in, no matter what happens, dont come looking for me. Trust me and wait here for twelve hours. Ill come out before then. If I dont, leave without me. Suhos instructions were clear. He needed at least twelve hours inside to gather everything hed come for. Understood, his team replied. Oh, we had a bit of a rush earlier, but its been quieter since. An Sung-won looked in awe at the pile of kobold bodies stacked near the entrance. Even if they come one or two at a time, this number is no joke... As expected from Hunter Ahns team. "Haha, thank you. An Sung-won wasnt exaggerating. After six hours, the attack team was managing the kobold flow smoothly, thanks to their training and Suhos clever placement of the entrance barriers. Gu Yeon-hwa thought to herself, *If they came all at once, wed have been overrun within the first hour...* Despite her confidence in Suhos skills, she couldnt help but worry about him. Six hours had passed since he ventured alone into the depths. *Ill trust him. Its all I can do for now.* Resolving herself, Gu Yeon-hwa decided to focus on her own duties. --- Meanwhile, deep in the mine, Suho finished his brief rest and stood. *Time to meet him.* He had spent the last six hours inflicting terror on the kobolds. With so many dead, the remaining kobolds now avoided him like the plague. There was no point in hunting any more of them; it was time to confront the gates true boss. As he moved deeper into the mine, the surviving kobolds retreated, hiding in the shadows. Thanks to them clearing his path, Suho strolled forward almost leisurely until he reached the end of the mine. He stopped at a cliff. More accurately, hed reached the uncharted depths of the mine, where the kobolds hadnt yet excavated. Suho took a flare from his inventory, a tool designed to emit a bright light when deployed, perfect for illuminating dark spaces. He aimed it down into the abyss and fired. The flare rocketed downward, its light flickering as it revealed glimpses of the surroundings. Finally, it burst open at the bottom, flooding the area with a blinding glow. In the newfound light, Suho saw itthe real master of this mine, slumbering peacefully. The creature was nestled among heaps of magic stones and various ores, breathing heavily. - Snooore... Snooore... Its giant form, buried under the minerals, was unmistakable. Suho scaled the wall down to the mine floor and landed softly near the sleeping creature. He looked up at the beast, a massive form roughly four to five meters tall, with a body that combined elements of an elephant and a bear. Above its head floated the ominous title: - Bulgasal, Lv. 99 Bulgasal. Named "The Undying" because it was said to be impossible to kill. This monster was one of the primary reasons why the Kobold Mines had been designated a sealed gate. *One of the top three monsters below the first-star tier...* Summoning his spirit spear *Guiyeongchang*, Suho enchanted it with divine energy. He took aim at the monsters forehead and hurled the spear with all his strength. [ Javelin Throw is activated. ] *Swish!* The spear shot through the air, aimed precisely at Bulgasals forehead. But *Ping!* The spear bounced off harmlessly, failing even to scratch its thick hide. The creatures skin was as hard as steel. But it was enough to disturb its sleep. *Rumble...* The ground shook as Bulgasal began to wake, a rumbling growl resonating through the cavern. *Here we go...* Chapter 56 - Kiiiiiiieeee!! The Bulgasal, woken from its slumber, began to roar. It wasnt crying out in pain but rather in anger. It had been sleeping peacefully, filled and drowsy after a heavy meal, only to be rudely awakened. The deafening sound echoed through the mine, causing it to shake violently, as though an earthquake had struck. The first to be alarmed were the nearby Earthkeeper Kobolds. Kiiirrr! Kieeee! To the Earthkeeper Kobolds, Bulgasal was a disastrous existence. No matter their numbers, they couldnt hope to confront such a mysterious and terrifying creature. They had long since learned to avoid it at all costs. In the past, they had tried to reclaim ownership of the mine, risking everything for their kins survival. However, they had suffered massive casualties, with over half of their forces annihilated without even scratching the creature. After that, they had chosen to coexist quietly, abandoning any hope of confrontation. The Kobolds avoided outsiders, considering them a threat. If they lost their refuge, with Bulgasal already looming over them, they would have nowhere else to go. Aaahhh! Isnt this whole place going to collapse?! Next to react in panic was Nexuss raid team stationed at the rear. Not knowing of Bulgasals presence, they had been anxiously waiting for Suho, growing more fearful by the second. Gu Yeon-hwa, in particular, was especially worried. Where on earth is he? Is he even alive? But they decided to wait, trusting Suhos instructions. Gu Yeon-hwa and the raid team resolved to stay for at least twelve hours, holding onto the hope that he would return. *Thump! Thump!* The Bulgasal began to rise. It was larger than any golem or Ent Suho had previously encountered. Its skin was tougher than even those of the twisted forest golems. As it stood, it glared down at Suho with a look of utter irritation, enraged that such a lowly creature would dare interrupt its rest.@@@@ Once more, the Bulgasal let out a furious cry. - Kiiieeeeee!! [The Bulgasal is using Boss-level Fear.] An alert from the system appeared. But. [Dragons Blood is activated.] [Due to the Dragons Mentality effect, the Fear is negated.] Even a creature as formidable as Bulgasal could not match the potency of Dragon Fear. Suho merely stood still, his hair and clothes slightly ruffled by the wind pressure, showing no reaction. Bulgasal, intrigued by Suhos calm demeanor, began to chuckle. This was the first time it had ever encountered such a strange creature. Out of curiosity, it decided to put Suho to the test. *Whoomp* Bulgasal inflated its cheeks, preparing to unleash something massive. Seeing this, Suho promptly summoned his Blood Sword. [Blood Weapon is activated.] The crimson sword emerged from his hand. Bulgasal smirked, amused that this tiny creature dared to draw a weapon against it. Alright, lets see how long you can keep up this arrogance, thought the Bulgasal, as it finally spat out a massive projectile. [Bulgasal uses Steel Spit.] The projectile was exactly what it sounded likeBulgasal had gathered minerals stored within its body, molded them into steel, and spat them out at high speed. The destructive power was immense, the projectile speeding toward Suho like a cannonball. So he made the best choice available to him: to resolve the battle as a swordsman, by the sword. Just then. [Bulgasal initiates Regeneration by reducing its body size.] The systems notification appeared. Simultaneously, Bulgasals massive body began to shrink, its tail regenerating in the process. Thats its regeneration, then. Bulgasal couldnt truly be killed. It would shrink its body to heal any injuries, as was happening before Suhos eyes. Bulgasal consumed a vast amount of minerals to store energy for this very purpose. Suho steadily approached the creature, which had now shrunk by about thirty percent. Bulgasal flinched. - Brrrk? Whats with all the burbling? - Brrrrr!! Though its body had shrunk, Bulgasals fighting spirit hadnt diminished, and it was still confident in the minerals stored within. However, it no longer underestimated its foe, now realizing Suhos true strength. [Bulgasal uses Overpower.] This was one of Bulgasals signature techniques, consuming stored minerals to reinforce its exoskeleton. Bulgasal shrank even further, pouring all its energy into the exoskeleton, until its size was reduced to match Suhos. When the transformation was complete, a dark, matte finish covered its body. Both Bulgasal and Suho, now equally sized, wore expressions of confidence. Now thats more like it, Suho muttered, gripping his sword. Without hesitation, Bulgasal sprang into the air, curling into a ball. It spun rapidly like a wheel and charged toward Suho. [Bulgasal uses Hyper Spin.] This technique was a powerful attack, with Bulgasals entire body spinning like a rolling boulder to deliver catastrophic damage. But Suho wasnt the least bit intimidated. Instead, he smiled. He wasnt even planning to dodge. He was simply curious to see what the power of Bulgasal, known as one of the highest-grade boss monsters, truly was. And whether he could split it with his sword. As Bulgasals spinning body hurtled toward him, Suho raised his sword and swung. [Steel Cutter is activated.] *** After the mine had shaken several more times, the Earthkeeper Kobolds stopped emerging. The mining team, having completed their work, rested, leaving only Suho, who had ventured alone. Although no one voiced it, their faces showed deep concern. Then it happened. [The gate has been cleared.] [The MVP of the gate clearing is Ahn Suho.] A notification appeared before everyones eyes, signaling the gates conquest. Chapter 57 Suho also saw the notification appear before him. [The gate has been cleared.] [MVP of the gate clearing: ''Ahn Suho''.] [Additional experience points granted for MVP selection.] [1 bonus stat awarded for MVP selection.] [For achieving a remarkable feat, the system grants you an additional 5 bonus stats.] [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [1 bonus stat acquired.] Suho glanced at the notifications floating before him. His level had increased, which seemed like a typical outcome. However, this time, something was differentthere was no notification of Bulgasal being defeated. Yet, there was no trace of Bulgasal around him. Instead, Suho shifted his gaze to the marble-sized orb in his hand. It was the ''Dominion Orb'' he had previously acquired from Malayon. Remarkably, Bulgasal was now curled up and slumbering within this orb. So, it really can be tamed. It wasnt exactly capture; rather, it was a form of "taming" rooted in domination. Suho recalled his last clash with Bulgasal. The creature had charged at him with all its might, and Suho had met the charge head-on without dodging, using the Steel Cutter technique. The result was Suhos victory. His Blood Sword, imbued with Hogongryu, managed to slice Bulgasal at an angle. However, Suho hadnt aimed to kill it; his purpose had been to tame Bulgasal from the start. So, he deliberately cut at an angle, not a direct blow, and then poured magic into the Dominion Orb, casting it onto the ground. Before the orb even touched the ground, Bulgasal had been sucked into it with a burst and summoned again within the orb. [Bulgasal has been summoned.] The summoned Bulgasal appeared much smaller. It had used up all the minerals it had consumed in its final assault against Suho, and its state wasnt the best, likely due to the capture occurring right after its injury. But Suho wasnt worried. After all, Suhos current class was not a warrior but a healer. He reached out to Bulgasal and activated a skill. [Heal is activated.] The healing light, now upgraded and more potent, carried Suho''s magic and swiftly began to restore Bulgasal. As the warmth of the healing spell enveloped it, Bulgasals eyelids drooped, and soon it fell into a comfortable sleep. Suho continued to pour his magic into the creature until its wounds were fully healed. Finally, when Bulgasals recovery was complete, Suho spoke. Bulgasal. Bul-bul. Upon hearing its name, Bulgasal instantly woke, standing to attention. The disciplined stance made it clear that it was now under the spell of domination, a subservient creature to Suho. Suho issued a command. Begin. Bul-bul! Bulgasal responded eagerly, starting to gather and consume the minerals and magic stones it had once lain upon like a makeshift bed. Suho watched the spectacle, nodding in approval. Good worker. Bulgasal, a legendary beast who feeds on iron and is vulnerable to fire, could convert consumed minerals into power. When Bulgasal first appeared as a summoned creature rather than a monster, people called it something else. The worlds best miner, Bulgasal. It wasnt an exaggeration. Even Earthkeeper Kobolds or mining-mad dwarves couldnt compete with a creature like Bulgasal, whose primary diet consisted of minerals. Suho checked Bulgasals information window. Seo Gi-won shouted out, Leader! Yes, its me, Suho replied. Everyone recognized his silhouette immediately. Dusting off the dirt from his clothes, Suho appeared without a scratch. Seo Gi-won rushed over. What took you so long! Do you know how worried we were?! You could have come looking for me if you were so worried. But you told us not to! Do you know how awkward it was, having to keep the mining team from going in to search for you? Suho chuckled at Seo Gi-wons enthusiasm. Well done. Keep it up. Absolutely! Seo Gi-won beamed with pride, and even Gu Yeon-hwa couldnt hide her smile. Suho turned to her and remarked, You were quite patient, werent you? Who else would we believe if not our leader? Exactly. Thats the spirit of a good teammate. Well done. But why were you so late? The gate was cleared hours ago. Just some... business to take care of. Business? Nothing you need to worry about. Gu Yeon-hwa gave him a bewildered look, but Suho only responded with a knowing smile. Turning to Ahn Sung-won, Suho addressed the mining team. Thank you for waiting. Now, shall we all head back? Yes! Absolutely! With the raid team following, Suho led them toward the gates exit. *** Hes taking a bit too long... Whats going on? The gate was cleared, but... hes still not out. Did something happen in there? Outside the gate, the Nexus Guild members were also growing anxious due to Suhos delay. Initially, they had expected him to finish quickly, but hours had passed since the gates clearance notification. Could something have gone wrong...? Bae Dong-hyuk was especially nervous. Suho was not only a rising star in the nation but someone marked by the Great Hunter Association. If anything serious had happened to Suho, it could affect his own standing. The moment Bae Dong-hyuks worry peaked, someone shouted, Look! Hes coming out! Emerging from the gate, almost like a victorious general, was Suho. Hunter Ahn! Seeing Suho, Bae Dong-hyuk hurriedly rushed out of the control room, running towards him. Chapter 58 The Earthkeeper Kobolds'' mine had indeed been a goldmine. The mining team collected a remarkable amount of magic stones, valued in the billions. But that wasnt allthere hadnt been a single injury, not even a minor one, making it a perfect raid. President, this is incredible! Kim Yi-gang, the office manager, barely contained his excitement as he reported to Bae Dong-hyuk. Bae Dong-hyuk, who had anticipated great results, couldnt hide his joy. Yes, Hunter Ahn has given us quite a gift. Though Suhos special recruitment meant a shortened contract period, this kind of result was more than enough for Nexus. The reward wasnt just the financial gain from the mined magic stones; it was also about solving a strategic issue. The Earthkeeper Kobolds mine gate had been a problem for Nexus, as they had struggled to determine how to clear it. The gate, left untouched for too long, risked becoming a high-risk "sealed gate" and could be seized by the government. But thanks to Hunter Ahns success in clearing the gate, weve made profits and preserved the guilds reputation. The damage to their image from failing to clear a gate and having it seized by the government wouldve been incalculable. Suho had resolved that problem, and for that, Bae Dong-hyuk was deeply grateful. Upon receiving the full report the next day, he immediately summoned Suho. Yes, President, Suho replied, meeting Bae Dong-hyuk in his executive office on the top floor of Nexus headquarters. Bae Dong-hyuk had arranged a private meeting. As Suho entered, Bae Dong-hyuk greeted him with a smile. Hunter Ahn, I just wanted to thank you once again. No need. I didnt even complete my contract period. This much was the least I could do. Haha, nothing is a given. Many people would simply take what they could get for themselves. There arent many like you who value integrity and loyalty. I appreciate the kind words. On that note... Bae Dong-hyuk took a few papers and handed them to Suho. What is this? This is an initial valuation of the mining teams collected materials. Suho took the papers and reviewed them. The amount listed was a staggering 7.2 billion won. Bae Dong-hyuk continued, The quality of the magic stones was much higher than expected, and their size increased their value even more. After secondary processing through our guilds workshop, the net profit could easily exceed 10 billion. Indeed, even after deducting all expenses, the profit was estimated to be over 10 billion won. Suho could hardly keep a straight face, especially since the minerals he had personally gathered using Bulgasal far outstripped this amount. Even just the raw ore I collected is worth more than 10 billion. Satisfied, Suho reflected on why he had used his Dominion Orb on Bulgasal. Financial security was essential for his plans; until the association underwent reform, his income as a public servant would be modest. Even with reforms, his earnings would be limited compared to other hunters. My own needs are minimal, but Ill need far more funds to realize my future plans. For Suho, Bulgasals mining activities were like finding an oasis in the desert. Bae Dong-hyuk continued, Ive given this a lot of thought and decided to give 10% of this gates profit to your team, Hunter Ahn. What? A-rank benefits? Bae Dong-hyuk pondered. Suhos team had only recently completed the mine raid. There were no other concrete accomplishments yet. After a brief moment of thought, Bae Dong-hyuk proposed, How about this? While some level of documentation is legally required, once all team members reach Level 100, Ill grant them A-rank benefits. Until then, theyll be provisionally B-ranked, but they can continue to use the training rooms. Suho smiled in agreement. Bae Dong-hyuk had cleverly addressed his intentions. Suho nodded. Yes, thats perfect. Ill ensure everyone meets the minimum level requirement and obtains certification. Thank you for understanding. Then, the 10% bonus we mentioned will be allocated to your team. Thank you. And if you could also see that Hunter Kang Dae-han receives a little extra separately... Haha, leave that to me. Thank you. I look forward to working with you. Their handshake marked the beginning of a solid, ongoing relationship with Nexus. Reflecting on it, Suho thought, If I werent a regressor, I could never have made such a proposal. He believed in reaching out first to build trust, but betrayal in his past life had taught him caution. Bae Dong-hyuk, however, had proven his character, allowing Suho to pursue this connection. After their meeting, Suho headed to the Academy training room. There, his team, minus Kang Dae-han, was training through the Infinity simulation. He logged them out remotely, and the first to emerge was Seo Gi-won, who greeted him warmly. Boss, youre here? Yes, hows the training going? Good! Everyones made noticeable progress since the field experience. Gu Yeon-hwa and the rest of Banshees team nodded in agreement. Suho took a seat and addressed them. Im here to share an important announcement. An announcement? From today on, youre all registered with Nexus. ...! Everyones eyes widened in surprise. Since some of you left stable jobs to train here, I arranged for you all to join the guild and receive regular salaries. Youre now officially assigned to my personal team with a provisional B-rank status. Once you reach Level 100, youll be promoted to A-rank, and your pay will increase accordingly. The team members nodded eagerly, as some of them had even left school to join him. Suho turned on his laptop and said, From now on, your sole focus is leveling up. Target level is 100. Seo Gi-won, would you mind helping out? Yes, but... does that include me too? Of course, youre part of the team. Set up the hunting zones. Uh... Seo Gi-won took the laptop with a reluctant expression, while the rest of the team looked on with puzzled faces. Chapter 59 The members of Banshee, who had been summoned into the desktop environment, looked bewildered as they adjusted to their unfamiliar surroundings. Suho chuckled, Welcome to the desktop screenfirst time here? Desktop screen? Gu Yeon-hwa asked, confused. Remember the computer screen I showed you earlier? Does it ring a bell now? Oh! Gu Yeon-hwa suddenly recalled the image from the laptopa picture of an unknown reception room with a large table and sofa, which looked exactly like where they were now. Seo Gi-won joined the session, and Suho began explaining Seo Gi-wons ability to use computer viruses for leveling purposes. After finishing his explanation, the Banshee members were left skeptical. Dont believe me? I didnt at first either. But seeing is believingtry it yourselves. Suho had already instructed Seo Gi-won to set up a light virus for training purposes. Suho led the team to a virus file on the desktop, which he called a dungeon. Inside the dungeon, they found: - **Lv. ?? Virus Zombies** - **Lv. ?? Distorted Virus Creatures** Names and levels were unlisted for these virus zombies, but the group noticed the number of monsters was intentionally limited. This should be manageable even without my direct involvement, Suho thought, then said to the group, These are virus zombies. Their levels match yours, so you just need to defeat them. Think of them as field monsters in a game. Theres no loot here, only experience points. And no boss monstersjust head back to the entrance if you feel overwhelmed. What about you, Team Leader? one of them asked. Ill be hunting in a different dungeon. If I join you, the zombies levels will adjust to mine, making it harder for you all. So, focus on leveling upyoull make more money that way. Got it. Oh, and youll be seeing a lot of each other, so start getting along with Gi-won too. Think of him as part of Banshee. In fact, from now on, were all Banshees. Thats our team name. Leaving his team on auto-hunt, Suho exited the dungeon and headed for a different one. His choice to hunt separately was deliberate, as the virus zombies levels would adjust to whoever was present. My level is significantly higher, so joining them would just make things harder for them. Although hunting higher-level monsters would yield faster leveling, Suho chose a strategy that balanced long-term efficiency. They needed more than just levels; they needed real-world combat experience and instincts. He entered his designated dungeon and checked his stats. **[Ahn Suho]** - **Level**: 67 - **Class**: Healer - **Trait**: New Blood - **Strength**: 58 - **Stamina**: 29 - **Magic Power**: 29 - **Perception**: 29 - **Bonus Stat Points**: 9 With his bonus points unallocated and a current level of 67, Suho thought, After spending nearly 12 hours in the mines, I didnt gain as much experience as expected. He attributed this to the low level of the Earthkeeper Kobolds and the fact that experience gains were scaled based on a players level of danger. He allocated his bonus points to Strength and entered the dungeon. This one held virus zombies even larger than the ones his team was facing. Had no idea theyd be this tough, even though I asked for a challenge. Despite their intimidating appearance, these virus zombies shared the same scrambled names and status cards as those in the other dungeon. Summoning his Blood Sword, Suho set a target: reaching Level 70. Here we go. Suho charged into the virus zombies. *** [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat point.] [You have reached Level 70.] [The system wishes for you to grow stronger.] [The system grants you additional power.] Reaching Level 70, Suho was greeted by a string of notifications. He immediately allocated all his bonus points to Strength and opened his skill window to view the new changes. A skill, now transformed, stood out: **[Recovery]** - **Grade**: F - **Details**: - **Cure A Recovery F** - **The Cure skill has reached its highest grade, evolving into the more powerful Recovery.** - **Consumes magic power to rapidly heal the targets ailments and illnesses.** The newly acquired Recovery skill now extended beyond the systems limitations, able to cure genuine illnesses not related to the systems status effects. Looks like Ill have to adjust my plans. Picking up his phone, Suho made a call. *** **Seoul, Sillim District** Suho parked his car outside a cafe on the outskirts of Sillim and waited. A large off-road vehicle soon pulled up, and an old acquaintance stepped outChoi Yoon, a gate broker affiliated with the Union. Choi Yoon greeted him with a bright smile. Suho! Her cheerful demeanor hadnt changed as she joined him at the table. Ill have a strawberry frappe, she said. Cant you pay for it yourself? Arent you the one asking for favors? I thought youd be here to return a favor. Come on, just buy me one! Youre loaded, arent you? At that moment, a server arrived, placing a strawberry frappe in front of her. Enjoy. Choi Yoon looked at the frappe in surprise and then turned to Suho. H-How did you...? You said you wanted a strawberry frappe. Yes, but... how did you know? I figured youd like it. ...Huh? She was bewildered. Shed only mentioned it when they met, so how could he have timed the order so perfectly? Unknown to her, Suho had information on her preferences from his Library of Memories, which held details about people he had encountered, including trivial things like her favorite foods and drinks. The timing had just worked out in his favor. She took the frappe with an impressed look and took a sip. Arent you going to thank me? he asked. ...Thanks, I guess. Anyway, did you bring the files? Here you go. She handed over a file folder, and as Suho reviewed it, she asked, Why are you looking for a junkie? Hes not a junkie. Then who? Im looking for a skilled technician. A technician? Suhos gaze fixed on one name in the document, a list of users at a rehab center designed to help addicts quit drugs. Found him. The name hed been searching for: Nam Hae-won, one of the most renowned blacksmiths from his previous life. Chapter 60 Suho looked down at the name hed finally located and tucked the documents into his jacket, feeling a sense of relief. Found him sooner than expected. Now, I just need to bring him in. He turned to Choi Yoon. "You know that safe house Union has in Cheongdam, right? She frowned. "How do you even know about that? Of course, Suho knew. Coming from a later world where gate calamities were nearly wiped out, there was little information he didnt possess. Korea was meticulous about documentation, and hed once had almost unrestricted access to that information. Well, I do know. And Id like to use it, he said casually. She sighed, leaning back in her chair. Look, the safe houses have different levels, and the one in Cheongdam is high-security... "Didnt you say you owed me one? Choi Yoon clicked her tongue in frustration. "Getting those documents wasnt enough? Is my saving your life worth only a few sheets of paper? he countered. Come on, its not like that, and you know it! But still... of all places, it had to be Cheongdam? she groaned. I can pay if thats the issue. Ugh... does it really *have* to be Cheongdam? It does. Or do I need to spell out why? Fine! she huffed, pulling out her phone to call her superiors. After a few minutes, she returned, looking exasperated. They agreed. See? I told you they would. Of course, they had conditions, she added. If you accept them, you can use the Cheongdam safe house for half the usual cost. Surprised by the discount, Suho responded cautiously, Ill need to know what those conditions are first. She sighed, realizing there was no simple answer with him. "They want you to clear a gate for them. Apparently, its a newly-discovered gate they havent posted on the grid yet. A gate? I thought Union had people for that? The gates location is too visible. Normally, securing a gate involves a lot of red tape and attention, and this ones in Namhansan. Namhansan? Suho raised an eyebrow, realizing itd be nearly impossible to redirect public attention from there. Whats the difficulty and theme? Suho nodded, satisfied. Good thing its accessible. And yes, Ill be going alone. Are you sure? Its incredibly tough up there... Suhos calm reply left Kim Soo-won speechless. After some contemplation, Kim Soo-won finally replied, If thats your decision, then Ill respect it. If you need any support items, well provide them. No need. Kim Soo-won was stunned at his casual refusal. Any other hunter would have jumped at the offer, but he reminded himself this was a man who had soloed two sealed gates. With nothing more to say, he stepped back, letting Suho approach the entrance. As he entered, a series of notifications appeared: [Entering Gate...] [Loading Gate Information...] **[Sky Mountain]** - **Entry Level**: Level 110 and below - **Max Entry**: 31 players This was indeed the gate Suho had read about in the memory archives. He confirmed it was the one from his recollections before stepping forward. Watching him disappear into the gate, Kim Soo-won turned to Choi Yoon. "Do you think hell succeed? She shrugged, though her expression held a trace of belief. Knowing him, yes. Just because hes Ahn Suho? She smiled knowingly. Exactly. Meanwhile, Suhos surroundings shifted. He found himself in a dark cave, accompanied by the sound of howling winds. Exiting the cave, he was met with a vast view of Sky Mountain towering above him. So, this is Sky Mountain, he thought, recalling the records in the associations database. This gate was infamous in later years for devouring countless hunters. At the time, only the most carefully crafted party compositionstanks, archers, and healershad any chance of survival. However, Suho had no plans to follow traditional strategies. Instead, he summoned his Blood Sword, a weapon versatile enough to handle both close and ranged combat. The cold, gusting wind greeted him as he took his first step onto the mountain. **[Leap Activated]** Ignoring the winding path that spiraled up the mountain, Suho relied on the jagged rocks jutting out from the cliff face to leap in a straight line upward. Kiieeeeek! The familiar screech of wyverns echoed in the distance as he climbed. A group of blue-scaled wyverns hurtled toward him, their agile bodies slicing through the turbulent winds. Suho tightened his grip on the Blood Sword, ready to carve his way to the top. TL NOTE: Please don''t skimp on the stars for the translation - it inspires me and gives me the strength to write more. Thank you~! If you want to buy me a /kimsu Chapter 61 The wyverns approaching through the air had a hue close to sky blue. They were Sky Wyverns. As expected. The mountains name, Sky Mountain, and the wyverns color confirmed that Suho had come to the right place. Sensing their presence, Suho stepped away from the cliff he had been scaling and stood on a winding pathway. He calmly waited for the creatures, his sword at his waist. - Sky Wyvern Lv.98 - Sky Wyvern Lv.100 - Sky Wyvern Lv.99 - Sky Wyvern Lv.101 The Sky Wyverns were mostly around Level 100. It wasnt just their levels that posed a challengethey were hybrid offshoots of dragons and flying creatures, giving them immense innate power from birth. As the wyverns finally caught sight of Suho, their reactions were instantaneous. Chrrk? For a moment, the Sky Wyverns doubted their eyes. They knew there was an intruder in their territory, but to their surprise, the invader was a lone human. Worse, this person stood brazenly holding a measly sword, as if waiting for them to approach. It was almost laughable. Among all the intruders who had dared to set foot here, this one looked the most reckless and insignificant. Rather than being angry, the wyverns found it amusing. This fool was clearly a novice adventurer, someone who hadnt yet grasped how dangerous the world could be. And so, the cunning wyverns decided to play with their prey. Like orcas toying with their meal before devouring it, they plotted to torment this intruder before finishing him off. The first move? Knocking him off balance with powerful gusts from their wings. At their leaders signal, the Sky Wyverns shifted formation from a horizontal line to a vertical one. They approached Suho and suddenly shot upward, creating a massive vortex of wind around him. The intense currents shook the area, aiming to dislodge Suho. But when they looked back, they saw something they hadnt expected. ...?! The intruder hadnt budged. He stood firm, unfazed and unwavering. Suho snorted. Clever little creatures. Your patterns are so predictable. He anticipated that theyd attempt the same tactic again, angrier this time. But Suho had no intention of playing along. As the wyverns moved to generate another gust, Suho unsheathed his sword in a wide arc and unleashed a horizontal slash. [ Quick Draw activates. ] Schrrrk! [ The Sky Wyvern uses Fear. ] [ Dragon Blood activates. ] [ The immunity effect of Dragon Blood negates Fear. ] Being a draconic subspecies, the wyverns Fear skill had no effect on Suho, thanks to his Dragon Blood. Frustrated, the leader wyvern screeched, rallying its forces again. Time passed, and the Sky Wyverns began to lose their will to fight. Dozens of attacks, each employing different tactics, had all failed. Even a desperate attempt to hurl massive boulders at Suho had been met with failure, as he simply sliced them apart with ease. To make matters worse, the reach of Suhos crimson blade seemed to be increasing with every strike. Krrrk... The leader wyvern, heavily injured and disheartened, finally made a decision. It gave the order to retreat. But just as they began to withdraw, Suho sprang into action. [ Leap activates. ] [ Spear Throw activates. ] With a powerful leap, Suho hurled a spear-like weapon with pinpoint accuracy. Crunch! The weapon pierced the leader wyverns wing, sending it plummeting to the ground. Crrrk! Desperately flapping its remaining wing, the wyvern tried to stay aloft but failed. As it shrank into the distance below, Suho smirked. Youre not going anywhere. With the leader incapacitated, the remaining wyverns scattered in panic. Suho, now alone, took a deep breath and prepared himself. [ Entering the Boss Room. ] Crossing the threshold, the wind grew fiercer, and the surrounding clouds became visibly thicker. This was the true domain of the skies. - KRAAAAWRRR!! A thunderous roar shook the heavens. [ The Sky Wyvern King uses Fear. ] [ Dragon Blood activates. ] [ The immunity effect of Dragon Blood negates Fear. ] The colossal presence of the Sky Wyvern King cast a shadow over Suho. Unlike its lesser kin, this wyvern was enormous, nearly dragon-like in size and stature. - Sky Wyvern King Lv.113 First time seeing one in person, Suho murmured, eyeing the massive creatures nameplate. It was the highest-level monster he had encountered so far. Lets get started, Suho said, gripping his crimson blade tightly as he began scaling the cliff toward the kings nest. The Sky Wyvern Kings piercing gaze followed his every move. Chapter 62 The Sky Wyvern King was dumbfounded. The invaders who came before had always gathered in large groups, bringing anyone and everyone they could muster. But this time, there was only one. At first, the Wyvern King doubted its own eyes. What is this? Was this human underestimating me? Or had he entered the wrong place by mistake? But that thought didnt last long. Kyaoo! A high-pitched screech resounded from below. It was one of its subordinates. Ah, I see. This intruder hadnt come alone out of recklessness or by mistake. He was strongstrong enough that even the lower-ranking wyverns couldnt deal with him. The proof lay in the fact that this human was unaffected by my Fear. Interesting. Perhaps this might finally bring some excitement to the monotonous life of Sky Mountain. With that thought, the Sky Wyvern King began circling around Suho, watching him closely. Suho let out a quiet laugh at the display. How ridiculous. Even from its slow, deliberate flight, he could sense itthe wyvern was cautious, testing the waters. These were the most annoying kinds of opponents: Those who werent blinded by their power. Those who stayed calm and calculated, like a lion going all out to catch a mere rabbit. Thats why Suho couldnt help but scoff. So what if youre cautious? Youre just a flying lizard, after all. Of course, it was true that this one was more troublesome than the others. Suho didnt yet have those skills.@@@@ But so what? He hadnt needed those skills to rise to the top before. Determined, Suho began to move swiftly. His goal was the summit of Sky Mountain. He had to reach the nest and disturb it if he wanted to make the Wyvern King lose its composure. As Suho scaled the mountain at full speed, the Wyvern King stopped its slow circling and flapped its wings furiously. - Kyaoo! The Sky Wyvern King charged. It closed the distance to Suho in an instant and twisted its massive body, lashing its long tail like a whip. Boom! The tail strike smashed into the mountainside, sending debris flying everywhere. But Suho wasnt there. These were perfect training dummiesjust what he needed to refine his skills further. Instead of climbing the cliff, Suho stepped onto a wide ledge and prepared for the onslaught. Surely, they wouldnt let him reach the nest unopposed. As if on cue, the Wyvern King roared, and the wyverns swarmed toward Suho like moths to a flame. Boom! Boom! Boom! Unlike the cautious strategies of the Leader Wyvern, these wyverns, driven by fear of their king, threw themselves recklessly at Suho. They had no choiceretreating meant certain death either way. Suho knew this and treated it like a game, cutting down each attacker as he dodged their assaults. After some time, a system message appeared. [ Your understanding of Leap has greatly increased. ] [ The system is re-evaluating your abilities. ] [ Congratulations! The skill Leap has been upgraded to S-rank. ] Suho smiled. Finally, one of the skills hed been aiming for. [ Leap ] - Rank: S # Mastery of jumping. # Jump height increases by 500%. # Gain one additional mid-air jump. A double jump, huh? Suhos grin widened. The upgraded Leap wasnt just helpfulit was game-changing, especially for aerial battles like this. Satisfied, Suho continued his ascent. When the wyverns closed in, he used his new skill, jumping once and then again mid-air. [ Leap activates. ] [ Leap activates again. ] Effortlessly leaping higher, Suho closed the distance to the Wyvern King. Its yellow reptilian eyes widened in shock as Suhos crimson blade extended toward it. [ Quick Draw activates. ] Slash! The blade tore into the Wyvern Kings hide, drawing a pained roar from the beast. As Suho fell, wyverns swarmed toward him with jaws agape, but he wasnt worried. [ Blood Weapon activates. ] The crimson blade extended like a staff, piercing through several wyverns in a single motion. Using their impaled bodies as a platform, Suho leaped again, landing on the cliffside. With each strike, the wyverns hesitated more, and even the Wyvern King began to falter. Seizing the opportunity, Suho dashed toward the summit. Once you hesitate, its over. Ignoring the remaining wyverns, Suho sprinted straight to the peak. - Boom! Boom! Boom! The entire mountain trembled as a deafening roar echoed across the skies. A massive shadow loomed over Suho. Far larger than the Wyvern King, a colossal figure emerged. - Sky Wyvern Queen Lv.120 The Sky Wyvern Queenthe true ruler of Sky Mountain. Suho gripped his sword tightly, a grin spreading across his face. Finally, the real challenge awaited. Chapter 63 So, the Queen has finally made her entrance. The reason the Unions advance teams had never managed to conquer Sky Mountain. It wasnt just the mountains formidable height or the swarming wyverns utilizing aerial tacticsit was because at the peak awaited the true ruler of the mountain, the Sky Wyvern Queen. - Kwoooohhh! The egg-laying Sky Wyvern Queen, due to her female characteristics, was far larger than the Sky Wyvern King. However, unlike the Wyvern King or the other wyverns, the Queen could not flya small relief. Moreover, her primary instinct was to protect her eggs, which meant she would never leave the summit. As long as no one approached her nest, she wouldnt descend to lower altitudes. But get too close to the peak, and the Wyvern King will go berserk. The protective instincts of a familys guardian. This was exactly what Suho aimed to exploit. The Wyvern Queen could wait; his immediate target was the Sky Wyvern King. Suho carefully calculated the distance at which the Queen would not intervene and etched a line into the grounda clear dead zone.@@@@ With that, he turned his attention back to the Wyvern King and the remaining wyverns. Crash! The Sky Wyvern King charged aggressively, smashing into the ground where Suho had been standing moments before. As expected, the King had grown increasingly agitated and began attacking more recklessly. Suho welcomed this development. He continued slashing and leaping atop the wyverns, keeping them off balance. After some time, Suho thought, They should be switching tactics soon. He had intentionally avoided killing the wyverns outright, inflicting only minor injuries to ensure they could still fight. Eventually, as he predicted, their attack patterns changed. - Kyoooo! At the Wyvern Kings command, the wyverns briefly retreated, only to reappear carrying massive boulders. The wyverns flew high before releasing their payloads, intending to crush Suho beneath the falling rocks. Suho smirked and gripped his sword. [ Quick Draw activates. ] Slash! He didnt use Steel Cutterthis time, it was all about precision with Quick Draw. His blade flashed horizontally and diagonally, slicing through the boulders with ease. The peak of Sky Mountain glowed faintly red from the light of Suhos strikes. Each swing of his blade left a luminous trail in the air, a mark of his refined skill. Suddenly, another howl echoed. [ The Sky Wyvern Queen begins Rolling Rocks. ] The howl came from the Queen herself. Unable to remain passive, the Wyvern Queen had joined the fray. From the summit, she began rolling enormous boulders toward Suho, sending them crashing down in rapid succession. Watching the cascading rocks, Suho laughed once more. Every wyvern that remained at a distance met the same fate, cut down by Suhos relentless strikes. - Kyoouu! The Sky Wyvern King roared, sensing the dire situation. It ordered its forces to retreat. The wyverns began soaring upward, desperately fleeing the battlefield. But even this was futile. Slash! Suhos crimson blade extended upward, cutting through the retreating wyverns like a relentless predator. For the first time since entering Sky Mountain, Suhos face lit up with genuine joy. [ Your understanding of swordsmanship is unparalleled. ] [ The system acknowledges your mastery of Quick Draw and grants it a higher rank. ] [ Congratulations! The skill Quick Draw has been upgraded to S-rank. ] [ Your Quick Draw can now cut even the clouds in the sky. ] [ Swordsmanship Awakens. ] [ The unnamed spirit within your sword acknowledges your growth and blesses you. ] [ You have acquired Hogongryu Second Style: Cloud Cleaver (S+). ] [ As a reward for your extraordinary achievement, you receive 10 bonus stat points. ] Suho grinned as he read the notifications flooding his vision. Finally, he had achieved the breakthrough he had been striving for. With Cloud Cleaver, long-range combat is no longer an issue. For most melee fighters, the inability to attack at range was their greatest weakness. But Suho had overcome this limitation by pushing his Quick Draw to its ultimate form. The ability to extend his blades reach had become the cornerstone of his combat strategy. This was why he had chosen to conquer Sky Mountain alone. The remaining wyverns cowered, hesitant to approach. Even the Sky Wyvern King paused, its cautious gaze fixed on Suho. With his blade at his side, Suho took a deep breath. [ Cloud Cleaver activates. ] For a brief moment, his sword glowed crimson. The Sky Wyvern King narrowed its eyes, confused. What was this? Why was he swinging his sword at nothing? But then Shrrk! The Sky Wyvern Kings face split in two. The slash extended down its neck and across its chest, bisecting its massive body. ...! ...! ...! The wyverns were paralyzed with shock. Even at this impossible height, where no sword should have been able to reach, Suhos blade had struck. As the Sky Wyvern Kings body fell, Suhos blade sliced cleanly through the clouds behind it, revealing a patch of clear blue sky. [ You have slain the Leader Wyvern. ] Suho lowered his sword, his gaze turning toward the summit where the Sky Wyvern Queen awaited. It was time to face the true ruler of Sky Mountain. Chapter 64 Suhos mastery of Cloud Cleaver turned what had been repetitive training into a one-sided massacre. [ You have slain a Sky Wyvern. ] [ You have slain a Sky Wyvern. ] [ You have slain a Sky Wyvern. ] [ You have slain a Sky Wyvern. ] With each swing of his blade, wyverns fellno matter how far they were. The only way they could survive was to flee in a completely different direction. When the slaughter finally ended, Suho reached the summit. - Kyoooohhh! [ The enraged Sky Wyvern Queen roars. ] The Queens anguished cries echoed across the peak. She had lost her mate and all her subordinates before her very eyesher fury was inevitable. But Suho felt no sympathy for her rage or grief. His focus lay solely on the cave nest behind her. Inside, Suho could see freshly laid, unhatched wyvern eggs.@@@@ Gripping his sword, he muttered, Lets finish this quickly. Then, he charged toward the Sky Wyvern Queen. [ You have slain the Sky Wyvern Queen. ] [ The gate has been cleared. ] [ The MVP of the gate conquest is Ahn Suho. ] [ MVP bonus experience points awarded. ] [ MVP bonus stat awarded: +1. ] [ Level up! All stats increased by 1. ] [ Bonus stat awarded: +1. ] The moment the Sky Wyvern Queens head fell, a cascade of system notifications appeared. Suho glanced through them, unsurprised. No additional perks this time, huh. By now, he was used to receiving bonus stats, and without any monumental achievements, the rewards felt a bit underwhelming. Still, it was fine. After all, he had accomplished his primary goal: mastering Cloud Cleaver. Distributing his bonus stat points into strength as always, Suho updated his status window. [ Ahn Suho ] Level: 73Class: HealerTrait: New BloodStrength (R): 80Stamina (R): 35Magic (R): 35Perception (R): 35Bonus Stats: 0 Level 73. Gaining three levels in Sky Mountain was respectable progress. My strength stats already at 80. Not long until the next rank. Closing the status window, Suho stepped past the Sky Wyvern Queens corpse and entered the cave nest. The interior was vast and deepit had to be, to accommodate the Queens massive size. Yet, the eggs she had laid were relatively ordinary, only slightly larger than ostrich eggs. Yet Suho had cleared it solonot even Level 100, and a healer at that. Next to him, Choi Yoon smirked. He cleared it. Yeah, he did. Impressive, right? Sure is. ...But why do you look so pleased? Me? Oh, no reason. Must be your imagination. It wasnt her imagination. For some reason, Choi Yoon couldnt help but feel a sense of pride in Suhos accomplishment. Soon, a figure emerged from the gate portal. It was Suho. The surrounding hunters quietly murmured in admiration but didnt approach himtheir professionalism kept them from behaving like starstruck fans. Only Kim Soo-won and Choi Yoon stepped forward to greet him. Congratulations, Hunter Ahn Suho. Youve successfully conquered Sky Mountain Gate on your own. Yeah, congratulations! Suho responded with humility. It was just a job. Anyway, here. He retrieved the ten wyvern eggs from his inventory and handed them to Kim Soo-won. Kims eyes widened in shock. Ten eggs?! There were that many? I took everything I could find. Unfortunately, the King and Queens bodies fell off the mountain during the fight, so I couldnt recover them. No problem at all. We didnt expect to get the bodies anyway. But ten eggs... thats incredible. Kim Soo-won was genuinely impressednot just by Suhos ability to clear the gate but also by his honesty. Suho could have kept several eggs for himself, but he brought them all back as promised. After a moments hesitation, Kim Soo-won asked cautiously, Um... may I ask you one question? What is it? How did you deal with the wyverns? Did you... cut them all down with your sword? Kims curiosity was genuine, stemming from both admiration and professional interest. Suho chuckled softly and replied, Yes, I cut them all down. All of them? Yes. ...Wow. Kim Soo-won was left speechless with awe. After finishing his conversation, Suho walked toward the car with Choi Yoon. Is that enough for you now? Suho asked. Of course. You not only cleared the gate but brought back ten eggs! Thats more than enough. Suho continued, So, as agreed, Ill get unrestricted access to the largest property in Cheongdam. Of course. Our boss always keeps their word. When do you want to move in? Today. Oh, and one more thing. What is it? Suho handed her a document from his inventory. Theres a patient named Nam Hae-won at Yeongdeungpo Rehabilitation Center. Find out everything about them. This person... is that the engineer you mentioned earlier? Do I need to explain everything when I make a request? Fine, fine! But dont you think were close enough for a little chit-chat? No. Despite her grumbling, Choi Yoon agreed to his request. A short while later, Suho received confirmation that both the Cheongdam property and Nam Hae-wons information were ready. As he reviewed the data on Nam Hae-won, Suho smirked. Easier to recruit than I expected. With his new plans in mind, Suho turned his car toward Yeongdeungpo. Chapter 65 Upon arriving in Yeongdeungpo, Suho followed the directions from his phone to an old villa. Another semi-basement, huh. In both the past and present, semi-basement apartments symbolized poverty. Shaking his head, Suho stood before the single semi-basement unit in the building and pressed the doorbell. No sound. Broken? He knocked instead. Thud, thud, thud Still no response. Knocking again, he called out: Nam Hae-won, are you home? Silence. No ones home? No, that wasnt right. According to Nam Hae-wons schedule, he should have left the rehab center and returned home by now. Despite being a drug addict, Nam Hae-won was surprisingly punctual. He was genuinely trying to quit and attended the rehabilitation center regularly. Realizing something was off, Suho activated a skill. [ Magic Detection activated. ] As the skill took effect, Suho sensed the surrounding mana. Then, with a faint smirk, he noticed something. A dense concentration of mana lay beyond the door. I knew it. Nam Hae-won wasnt absent; he was deliberately keeping quiet, hiding inside. Focusing further, Suho discerned the presence of multiple signatures. One, two, three... Four people total. Three uninvited guests. Suho gripped the doorknoban old, lock-and-key mechanism rather than an electronic one. With a sharp tug: Crack! The knob broke off in his hand. With Suhos strength nearing the orange rank, a standard lock posed no challenge. The door creaked open, revealing a disheveled Nam Hae-won pinned beneath a burly man, while two others stood nearby. Sigh... Suho exhaled heavily at the sight. Before he could speak, one of the standing men barked at him: Who the hell are you? Whats it to you? What did you say, punk? Shut up. Calmly stepping forward, Suho closed the distance. One of the men moved to block his pathonly to be met with a slap. Smack! ...Thud! The man dropped instantly, sprawling across the floor. His companions faces froze in shock. Ignoring their reactions, Suho turned to the next man. [ The Ring of Emotions reacts to the targets strongest emotion: Black. ] [ Absorbing the targets emotion. ] A black mist rose from Nam Hae-won, dissipating into the ring. His trembling subsided, his breathing steadied. Suho spoke softly: Feeling better now? Nam Hae-won nodded weakly. Good. I believe you. Those guys were with the Changshik Gang, right? I know them wellthey force drugs on people to extort money and abilities. T-the Changshik Gang? Yeah, thats their name. Scum like them always get whats coming. Nam Hae-won managed a shaky nod. Suho continued, Youre attending a rehab center, right? Dont worry. What they did to you is a serious crime. Ill make sure theyre dealt with. Really? Thank you! Thank you so much! Nam Hae-won bowed repeatedly, tears streaming down his face. Suho stood and offered him a reassuring pat on the shoulder. Ill check back on you soon. For now, take care of yourself, alright? Activating Recovery once more, Suho ensured no lingering drug effects remained. Nam Hae-won gazed at him in awe. Youre... a healer? Thats right. After wrapping up the healing session, Suho rose to leave. Wait! Who are you? Can I know your name? Suho smiled. Im Ahn Suho. Just a hunter. As Suho left, realization dawned on Nam Hae-won. Ahn Suho...? Could it be... that Ahn Suho?! His jaw dropped in disbelief. At the Changshik Gangs Hideout Suho stood outside a dilapidated building in Mullae-dong. The gangs HQ doubled as a front for illegal activities. The buildings sign read Golden Maiden Hand. Suho clicked his tongue. Such a pretentious name for a bunch of thugs. Ascending the stairs to the second floor, Suho encountered a lone guard lounging near the entrance. The man squinted at him. Who the hell are you? Suho replied flatly, Wheres Changshik? What? Im asking where your boss is, idiot. The thugs eyes narrowed. Wait... Youre Ahn Suho, arent you? Smack! Crash! The guard slumped unconscious. Suho stepped over him, heading upstairs. Recognizing me wont save you. Ahn Suho advanced toward the heart of the Changshik Gangs territory. Chapter 66 Nothing changed after that. Slap! Crash! Slap! Crash! Slap! Crash! Every single thug fell after just one slap. At some point, they recognized Suho and avoided approaching him altogether. It was almost laughable. The Changshik Gang was a criminal organization where more than 80% of its members were awakened individuals. Despite the severe punishments for organized crime in Korea, the fact that gangs still existed in this era was evidence of the country''s deteriorating public security. Moving smoothly through the gang members, Suho arrived on the third floor. When he opened the door, Im Changshik, the gang''s boss, was already seated, frowning as though he''d been informed of the commotion earlier. Upon seeing him, Suho chuckled. "Hah." What a joke. Despite all the chaos, the man still sat there like that? Im Changshik raised his voice, sensing the absurdity in Suho''s chuckle. "Ahn Suho Hunter, what on earth are you doing all of a sudden?" "All of a sudden? You started this, remember?" "What are you talking about?" "Still playing dumb?" "What dumb act?" "You messed with Nam Hae-won first. I just met him earlier. Are you seriously going to feign ignorance until the end?" "Nam Hae-won?" As Im Changshik feigned ignorance, one of his subordinates quickly whispered into his ear, briefing him. His frown deepened as he responded. "What about him?" "What about him? You turned my closest friend into that, and you have the nerve to ask what about him?" "Friend." The word seemed to shock not only Im Changshik but also the surrounding gang members, their eyes widening in disbelief. Finally understanding the gravity of the situation, Im Changshik stood and motioned for his subordinates to leave. When they hesitated, he shouted. "Get out, you idiots!" "Y-yes, boss!" The thugs scrambled to leave. How pitiful. They couldnt even stand up to him, yet now they pretended to act tough. Once the room cleared, Im Changshik adjusted his tone. "It seems theres been a misunderstanding. Lets sit and talk this out." "Misunderstanding?" "Yes, a misunderstanding." "Do you truly believe that?" As Suho stepped closer, Im Changshik hastily issued a warning. "Im warning you, if you lay a hand on me, Ill call the police" "What nonsense." Slap! Crash! Im Changshik flew to the floor. Did he just mention the police? From a gang leaders mouth? More surprising, however, was that Im Changshik didnt pass out from the slap. "Ugh..." Blood dripped from his mouth as Suho grinned. "Not bad. Youre the boss, after all. Didnt faint in one hit." "You... Ill never let this..." "Never let what? Lets see how long you can keep saying that." Suho clenched his fist. As Im Changshik tried to push himself up against the wall, Suhos fist came crashing down on his head like a hammer. Thud! A heavy sound. And then. Thump. Im Changshik finally passed out. Suho grabbed the unconscious man by the collar, dragged him across the floor, and opened the dimensional pocket. He tossed him inside and shut the door. Suhos brow furrowed as he read. "Disgusting..." The Changshik Gangs operations were rooted in loan sharking. Initially, they targeted regular citizens, gradually amassing power by recruiting Hunters and exploiting awakened individuals. With Hunters yielding greater profits, they eventually escalated their operations to include drug addiction schemes, deliberately hooking victims to drain them drywhat they referred to as "addiction work." Resistance was futile for their victims. Whether willingly or not, once someone used drugs, they became a criminal under the law. Modern drugs, especially those tailored for players, were far stronger than ordinary narcotics, leaving victims with no choice but to succumb. "Thinking back, Nam Hae-won was a rare exception." Nam Hae-wons escape from their clutches had only been possible due to his unique traits. After tossing the ledger into his inventory, Suho headed down to the second floor and opened the other safe. Inside, he found drugs, the gang''s operational funds, and illegal weapons. He collected everything before handing the remaining safes to Bulgasari. "Have at it." "Bul-bul." Bulgasari eagerly devoured the safes while Suho activated his skill. [Entering Dimensional Pocket House.] Inside the Dimensional Pocket Smack! "Ughhh!" The sound of a powerful slap snapped Im Changshik back to consciousness. "Where am I?" His vision cleared, revealing Suho standing before him. Im Changshik scrambled to his feet in shock. "Y-you!" "Whats the plan? You just going to lounge around all day?" "W-what? You knocked me out, didnt you?!" "And?" "What do you mean, ''and''?" Before Im Changshik could continue, Suhos fist collided with his face. Crunch! The blow was brutal. Im Changshik clutched his face, groaning as he collapsed to the ground. "Aghhh!" Just one punch. But it was enough to break his nose and knock out several teeth. It wasnt surprisingSuhos strength stat was nearing the Red level threshold. Suho smiled coldly. "Youve been kidnapped." "W-what?!" "This place is my domain. No one else can enter. Consider it the perfect environment for you to reflect on your actions." "What are you" Without another word, Suho grabbed his arm and pulled out a syringe. The contents? The drugs Suho had confiscated earlier, the same ones used to addict victims like Nam Hae-won. Im Changshiks eyes widened in terror. "W-wait!" "Shut up." "Aaargh!" Suho twisted his arm, immobilizing him as he calmly injected the drug. Two doses. Given Im Changshiks nearing one-star rank as a Hunter, one injection wouldnt have been enough. The effects were immediate. Im Changshik flailed wildly, his limbs convulsing as the drug coursed through his veins. His body eventually stiffened, his mouth producing guttural sounds. "Ughhh..." The drug, called Illusion, had taken hold. "Thats right," Suho said coldly. "The same ''Illusion'' you distributed. Lets see how you handle it." As the drugs effects intensified, Suho laid several more syringes filled with Illusion in front of him. "You wont resist, will you? After all, this is your product." Leaving Im Changshik to his torment, Suho exited the Dimensional Pocket. Im Changshik would suffer for days, perhaps weeks. He would endure the worst withdrawal symptoms imaginable while simultaneously experiencing the most euphoric highs. As an "elite gangster," Im Changshik had prided himself on never using the drugs he peddlednot even cigarettes. But now, he would experience firsthand the hell he had inflicted on others. An eye for an eye. A tooth for a tooth. This was the first punishment Suho would deliver to Im Changshik. Chapter 67 When Suho exited the dimensional pocket house, the Changshik Gang''s building was completely empty. Naturally. After the chaos hed caused, no idiot would linger around the area. Instead, Bulgasari sat nearby, patting its bloated belly after finishing its meal. "You done eating?" "Bul-bul." "Go back and rest." "Bul-bul." Suho dismissed Bulgasari and contacted the Banshees, summoning them to Yeongdeungpo. He had work for them. After finishing the call, Suho headed back to Nam Hae-wons house. "Nam Hae-won?" When Suho knocked, Nam Hae-won opened the door. "Oh, youre here?" He greeted Suho with a forced smile, wrapped tightly in a blanket like someone suffering from chills. It was withdrawal symptoms from Illusion. "Well, its not like he only took it once or twice." Recovery may have been excellent for treating illnesses, but drug addiction required long-term care. Even the best healing skills werent miracle cures capable of fixing everything in one go. "Maybe higher-level skills could do it, but..." Only specialized healers like Isabella could achieve such results. "You seem to be experiencing severe withdrawal symptoms. Let me help. Come in."@@@@ "Ah, thank you!" Inside, the gangsters were nowhere to be seen. After learning that the infamous Hunter Ahn Suho had dealt with them and discovering their headquarters had fallen, they had already fled. Suho sat Nam Hae-won down and activated his skills and items. Combined Healing [The Ring of Emotions reacts to the target''s strongest emotion.] [The emotion detected is "Black."] [Absorbing the targets emotions.] [Recovery activated.] A radiant light enveloped Nam Hae-won. His trembling ceased, and his expression relaxed significantly. Using both the Ring of Emotions and Recovery simultaneously, Suho couldnt help but marvel at the synergy. "The combination of the Ring of Emotions and Recovery is absurdly powerful." Recovery healed physical wounds but couldnt provide mental stability. Mental stabilizing skills were rare and typically only unlocked at very high levels. Suho recalled only a handful of healers ever mastering such skills. "Most healers dont specialize in pure healing." For survival, many opted to become hybrids after leveling up. Late-game gates were akin to walking on thin ice, making pure healers like Isabella exceedingly rare. "Well, Isabella was a specialized healer trained openly in Russia, so thats a unique case." Once Nam Hae-won was completely calm, Suho ended the Recovery. "Are you feeling better?" "Yes, much better. Thank you so much, Hunter Ahn Suho." "You recognize me now?" "Haha... I was too out of it earlier. I apologize." "No need to apologize. Here." Even though Suho was his savior, the Changshik Gang had also targeted him because of his personal trait. Suho asked, "Your personal trait... its ''Synthesis,'' correct?" Synthesis. A rare ability, perhaps even rarer than digitization. While there were two known users of digitization, Nam Hae-won was the only one with Synthesis. People had dubbed him Mix Smith, a nickname reflecting his ability to combine materials to create something entirely new. That was why he was known as a blacksmith. Suho had no intention of letting him go. Unlike synthesis skills that required precise recipes, Nam Hae-wons trait ensured no failures. "Yes, thats correct. I can combine two materials to create a single item with harmonized properties." "In that case, Id like to formally hire you. As I mentioned earlier, I encountered many victims of the Changshik Gang. I cant care for them all alone." "What do you mean?" "You mentioned making antidotes and neutralizers, right? How about using this opportunity to create a proper drug neutralizer? It would help me assist people more effectively. Of course, Ill compensate you fairly. For instance, Ill personally treat your withdrawal symptoms in a safe house, far from places like Yeongdeungpo." Nam Hae-wons mouth dropped open. He understood the value of having a healer like Suho, let alone one personally providing treatment. "Is this man an angel?" Even now, Suho wasnt boasting or demanding gratitude. He was offering a fair deal to help others. Overwhelmed, Nam Hae-won eventually stammered: "I... Ill do it. Please, hire me." "Im glad to hear that. Lets work together." Thus, Suho successfully recruited Nam Hae-won, a future member of the Banshees. "Ill start him with neutralizers and gradually train him as Mix Smith." Nam Hae-won wasnt just talented; he was destined to succeed. A year from now, he would develop a powerful neutralizer, cure himself of withdrawal, and completely escape the Changshik Gang. Just then, Suhos phone buzzed. "Hyung-nim, Ive arrived at the address you mentioned," came Seo Gi-wons voice. "Ill be right down." The Banshees had arrived. Suho went downstairs with Nam Hae-won and began distributing the documents from the Changshik Gang to the Banshees. He also explained the situation. "You don''t need to worry anymore. You won''t have to live in fear. Also, make sure you keep track of their whereabouts. I''ll be providing regular deliveries of drug neutralizers for them." "Understood, hyung." Seo Gi-won, one of the Banshees, asked. "Hyung, if were doing this, wouldnt it be simpler to use my abilities and handle this remotely? Why do we need to meet in person?" While it made sense in terms of efficiency, Suho shook his head. "Its not just about being a victim. These people are drug addicts and victims of illegal loans. Some of them dont have phones, and some are hiding from the Changshik Gang. Thats why we need to meet them in person and reassure them. If necessary, Ill use Nexuss name to assure them, and Ill make sure the guild knows whats happening." "Ah... I see now. Sorry about that." "Its fine, just make sure to get moving." The Banshees quickly scattered to complete their tasks. Suho then turned to Nam Hae-won. "Lets go. Ill drive you to a safe place." "Ah, okay!" Suho led Nam Hae-won to the car, heading toward Cheongdamgaok, where they would begin his new life and work. Chapter 68 "Wow..." Cheongdamgaok, the safe house. This place was a luxurious single-family house in Cheongdam-dong, and true to its status as the highest-grade safe house owned by the Union, everything about it was incredible. The three-story house might even surpass the Kaiser Cheongdam in terms of size and quality. "And they even have management staff waiting nearby to respond within minutes of a call..." Suho had only heard about this place, but seeing it in person was beyond his imagination. Everything was beyond expectation. But, he couldnt let his astonishment show in front of Nam Hae-won, so he acted naturally. "You can choose a comfortable room to stay in, and for the laboratory, youll use the one on the third floor. For materials needed for your research, you can order them through a shopping service." "Thank you!" Suho had already received information about the house on his phone, so he knew its layout well. After sending Nam Hae-won a guide for the guest house, Suho got ready to head to the Nexus headquarters. Now that he had secured Nam Hae-won, it was time to handle some business with Nexus. But just then, his phone rang. It was Jo Jin-hwi. Suho couldnt help but chuckle when he saw Jo Jin-hwis name on the screen. "Perfect timing." He had been planning to contact Jo Jin-hwi soon anyway, and here he was calling first. The man really had a knack for timing. Suho happily answered the call. "Hello?" "Hunter Ahn, what are you up to?" "I was just about to head to Nexus." "Why Nexus?" "Actually, theres something I wanted to tell you, and this is a good opportunity." "To me?" "Yes, I had an encounter earlier today..." Suho briefly explained the situation with Nam Hae-won and the Changshik Gang. Jo Jin-hwi listened casually at first but soon adjusted his posture, placing the phone on his shoulder and typing on his laptop. "I see." "Wow..." A pure exclamation of admiration. It was understandable. Suho had gone into the heart of a gangster''s den, knocked out thugs, and dismantled the entire organization. Who wouldnt be impressed? Especially considering it had all taken place in one of Seouls most notorious slums, Yeongdeungpo. After finishing his typing, Jo Jin-hwi leaned back in his chair and spoke. "By the way, based on what you''re telling me, it seems like you want this incident to be covered in the media. What focus should we take?" "The incompetence of the police and the Great Hunter''s Association should be the focus. Nam Hae-won kept reaching out for help, but both organizations ignored him." "The police, sure, but the Great Hunter''s Association too?" Jo Jin-hwi asked with some surprise. It made sense for him to be confused. The police had no direct connection with Suho, but the Great Hunters Association was the very organization Suho was about to join. But Suho brushed it off, speaking nonchalantly. "I have no reason to cover for the organization Im joining. If something is wrong, it should be criticized. That way, theyll learn not to do it again." "Haha, well, government organizations wont change just because theyre criticized, but its definitely something we can stir up. If thats your aim..." "What do you mean?" "Publishing just one or two short articles about this incident wont have much impact. So, how about we make it a special feature? Well start by showcasing the reality of Yeongdeungpos slums, highlighting the Changshik Gang, which has been consuming the area. Then, when we find out that the gang was dismantled, well reveal Suhos involvement. Well grab attention that way." Suho laughed. Jo Jin-hwi really knew how to read the situation. "Oh, youre always so modest. A modest guy like you called me even before tackling the Tower of Challenges?""Alright, Ill try building up some momentum. A special feature in parts 3 to 4 should get some reactions. Ill contact you once the draft is ready.""Oh, thatll give us even more material. And itll improve Nexuss image as well. Was this your plan too?""Haha, I got it, I got it. But now that I have some free time, I was thinking of having a meal with you, but looks like things are getting busy again.""Huh? So sudden? Im going to miss the smell of people around here. It was nice having some human presence...""Haha, I guess youre right. Alright, where is your new place?""Got it, Ill visit." [Entering Dimensional Pocket House.] Inside the Dimensional Pocket, chaos awaited. "What a mess." Everywhere there were signs of destruction. Im Changshik had gone wild, unable to endure his withdrawal symptoms. Bloodstains were smeared on the walls and floors, where he had scratched or headbutted in a desperate frenzy. Suho saw Im Changshik crouched in the corner, a shattered syringe still clenched in his hand. "Nice effect." The timing had been perfect. If he had appeared earlier, Im Changshik might have attacked him. Suho retrieved several Illusion syringes from his inventory and placed them before the man. He then used Recovery on him. [Recovery activated.] White light enveloped him. Im Changshik flinched before slowly lifting his head. "Ugh...?" "Stop pretending. Get a grip." "!!" Im Changshiks eyes widened as he recognized Suho. He charged at him. With the effects of Recovery neutralizing some of the drugs influence, Im Changshiks sanity returned quickly. But Suho kicked him hard and pinned him down. Even though he was pinned, Im Changshik was still furious. "You bastard! Get me out of here! Please, let me out! Ill do anything, anything! Please! Please!" "Still not sober, huh? Its only been a day, right? You sure have a lot of energy. Youve already used up the drug I left for you." "You bastard! Please, let me out!" "No." Suho kicked him again, breaking his shoulder. The pain made Im Changshik scream, and when Suho kicked him in the head, he collapsed unconscious. "How many victims are there, and how much pain did they endure? After just a day, you think you can get off easy? Not a chance." With the life draining out of him like a fresh fish, Suho decided it was time to leave. He exited the Dimensional Pocket and headed back to Cheongdamgaok. But as soon as he arrived at Cheongdamgaok, he heard footsteps. "Hunter!" Nam Hae-won came rushing downstairs from the upper floor. Suho asked, "Whats wrong?" "I did it! I made it!" "Made what?" "The neutralizer!" "What?" Suho couldnt believe it. He had only been gone for two hours. How had Nam Hae-won already made a neutralizer? Suho stared at the neutralizer with an astonished expression. Chapter 69 It was a transparent liquid inside a glass bottle, and Suho checked its information. [ Hammer 2 ] Grade: CDescription: A drug neutralizer created by Nam Hae-won.Effect: Strong neutralizing effect against a drug called Fantasy. Huh? Is this for real? Suho asked with a surprised look on his face. How did you make this? This is an improved version of the neutralizer I used last. That''s why I named it Hammer 2. Since it''s an improved version, I was able to make it easily. Still, I can guarantee its effectiveness. Hammer 1 was a D-grade, you know. Wait, what? But why name it Hammer? The drug is called Fantasy. I named it Hammer because it crushes all the effects of Fantasy. Ah. Now that he said that, Suho remembered. Nam Hae-won had later mentioned in an interview that what saved him was the A-grade Hammer 4. Even if there was a prototype, to already have the second version ready...@@@@ Suho was truly astonished. Of course, he would be. There was no clearer proof of quality than the upgrade of an items grade. Items created by players are usually vaguely labeled for their effects... Thus, the most undeniable proof of value is the grade marked on the item. Suho sincerely expressed his admiration. That''s really impressive. Haha, no, it''s all thanks to you, Hunter. I was planning to create Hammer 2 soon, and I was saving up for the materials. But you supported me with the workshop and materials, so I just did the synthesis grind. Actually, with enough time and money, I can make these easily. Since my synthesis trait is unique to me, there''s no recipe in the world, and its purely a numbers game. Well, this time, I just got lucky and managed to make it quickly. Nam Hae-won said, almost shyly. He was being humble, but Suho didnt think so at all. On the contrary, he felt excited. If hes showing this much ability now, what would happen if he reached level 100 and his trait evolved further? He would probably experience an insanely rapid growth, far beyond what he was capable of now. Suho smiled and said. This is a great outcome. Should we mass-produce Hammer 2 and distribute it right away? I didnt expect a neutralizer to come out so quickly. I''ve figured out the formula, so as long as you provide the materials, we can make it anytime. Perfect, Ill prepare it right away. But, Hae-won, whats your current level? I saw you were level 50 on the document. Im level 51 now. I didnt know, but when you succeed in synthesis, you get a bit of experience. Oh, really? Suho hadnt known that. He learned a new piece of information and decided to level up Nam Hae-won with his synthesis trait for now. He could always go to the Digitation dungeon to save the victims later. Just as Jo Jin-hwi had predicted. Where is the justice in Yeongdeungpo? Part 1. Views: 512 The article, titled "Yeongdeungpo Series," had been posted as a special feature. It had been a day since the article was posted, but the views hadnt even surpassed a thousand. This wasnt surprising. After all, there were many areas in society that had become slums. Hey, Junior. How are you doing?Im always fine. By the way, I was thinking of holding a thank-you ceremony tomorrow. How about it?Good, then wear something neat and come to the association around noon. Ill be there waiting after setting everything up. Ive called in a lot of journalists, so make sure to put on a face mask before you sleep tonight.See you tomorrow, then.Ah, of course, I should attend. Im sure PBS has contacted you, so Ill go in your place.The world doesnt care if the view count is low. Its fine.Haha, it looks like your special recruitment is right around the corner. There hasnt been anyone who joined Daehyeonhyup as quickly and as high up as you. Really, congratulations.Ive been timing it. Ill upload Part 2 today and the thank-you article tomorrow... But, by the way, this is a personal question, but do you not use SNS?Yeah, if you had stayed with Nexus, they would have asked you to create an official SNS account. Why havent you done that?Im just curious. Someone of your caliber could have an SNS account with significant influence. It would be a waste not to use it, you know? Theres even some disappointment in your fan cafe about it.Didnt you know?Its called Anshinjeon. But now, the name was completely different. As expected, the history is changing. And the scale of the fan cafe had already surpassed 30,000 members. Suho was astounded by the scale. That''s impressive. Yes, weve already gathered 30,000 domestic fans, and the post generation speed is fast. The activity is vibrant. So, since you cant engage in entertainment activities after joining Daehyeonhyup, how about creating an SNS account? Fans would love it. Hmm... In other words, Suho was being asked to engage in fan service. However, Suho had never used SNS in his past life either. He considered it a waste of time and a source of mistakes. Of course, he was aware of the positive aspects of SNS. Since he was a returnee this time, he thought he might give it a different approach. I roughly know the parts I should avoid and the incidents I should stay away from. With the Library of Memories, the likelihood of making unexpected mistakes was almost nonexistent. At that moment, as Suho was scrolling through the fan cafe, he noticed something suspicious. It was the fan cafe presidents name. Golden Horse? Suho had a fleeting thought, and then he asked. Journalist. Yes? Just in case, is the fan cafe president named Golden Horse, by any chance you? ...... ...No? Hmm, how did you know? Your nickname is Golden... Hmm, yes, thats right. You really are sharp, Mr. Ahn. But the fan cafe name and the fandom name were chosen by vote. I didnt come up with it myself. Ah... I see. Yes, it was all strategically done for you. The guild didnt make the fan cafe, so I, as the designated journalist, had to run it. That way, no controversies will arise, and the cafe will be easier to manage. Plus, if needed, I can stir up public opinion... That wasnt an inaccurate statement. Jo Jin-hwi was a trusted person whom Suho had selected himself, and he wasnt someone whod run a fan cafe for his own selfish reasons. Suho nodded. That makes sense... If its you, I understand. Thank you for understanding. So, what do you think about SNS? If youd like, I can manage it for you. Do you know how to do that? I used to be into it. I also run a blog, after all. Managing your account would just be about posting big updates like on an official account. Its not hard. Hmm. Suho had to admit, that made sense. As a public servant, he needed to be more cautious about his words and actions. Ill make an account. But Ill handle the management. Just send me the photos and the posts, and Ill copy-paste them. Oh, thats more than enough. And for the fans, maybe occasional photoshoots or selfies... Thats a bit difficult since Ive never done that before. Haha, its hard at first, but after that, it gets easier. Of course, I wont pressure you. If you ever feel like it, I can help. Alright, then, Ill create the SNS account, and when its ready, Ill send you the ID. You can spread the word in the fan cafe, and after Part 2 of the article goes up, the aggro will definitely get pulled in. After the award ceremony tomorrow, youll gain followers easily. Once Suho gave his approval, Jo Jin-hwi immediately began outlining the plan. It was almost a little scary how ready he was. Suho awkwardly chuckled and responded. Alright, Ill do it. Is there anything else? No, not for now. By the way, I just wanted to say, an SNS account on Bestagram should be enough. Its the biggest and trendiest one. Got it. After the call ended, Suho immediately installed Bestagram and signed up. He then sent Jo Jin-hwi the account details. A while later. [ zary456 started following ahnsuho0107. ] [ new_year88 started following ahnsuho0107. ] [ prime_king00 started following ahnsuho0107. ] [ ive_love started following ahnsuho0107. ] [ super_divar started following ahnsuho0107. ] [ cuvely9456 started following ahnsuho0107. ] ... Suhos phone went crazy with notifications. Chapter 70 The next day, in the Daehyeonhyup auditorium, Suho''s thank-you award ceremony was held. However, there was a problem. Originally, the event was planned to be a small and simple gathering with only journalists invited, but a large number of unexpected civilians showed up. As the Daehyeonhyup staff moved to the venue, they were in a panic. Why are so many people suddenly here? I heard theyre all fans of Hunter Ahn Suho. Was it Suho Priest? I know, but how did they find out? This event hasnt even been posted on the official website yet. Well... thats true... The identity of the crowd? They were none other than Suhos fan club, "Suho Priests." Just as the staff had said, todays thank-you award ceremony was not posted on the Daehyeonhyup official site yet. Of course, this wasnt a private event, so there was no rule preventing the public from attending. Anyway, the event was to celebrate Suho, so it made sense for people to come. However, it was the first time in Daehyeonhyups event history that so many people had shown up for an event that wasnt even officially announced. The people gathered in the auditorium spoke excitedly. Whens the Sword God getting here? Doesnt the main character always show up a little late? Im finally going to meet him in person. I skipped class today just to see the Sword God in person. By the way, is the president not coming today? I heard he has some work, so he wont be able to make it. Golden Horse will be pretty disappointed. Lets take a lot of pictures and post them for him. Yeah, lets do that. At that moment, someone coughed awkwardly. It was Jo Jin-hwi, sitting in the press section. It made sense because the "president" they were talking about, and the owner of the fan club, Golden Horse, was Jo Jin-hwi himself. When Jo Jin-hwi had established the fan club, he had promised never to reveal himself. If he did, things would get complicated in various ways. But at least Im fulfilling my duty as the fan club president...! It was true. Jo Jin-hwi was the one who had informed the Suho Priests about the thank-you ceremony in the first place. Jo Jin-hwi texted Suho. Hunter Ahn, there are so many fans of yours here at the Daehyeonhyup auditorium. Suho quickly replied. I know. Im watching. Huh? Youre already here? Yes, I arrived early and have been watching. Where are you? Im inside the auditorium. Huh? It was true. Suho had arrived earlier than Jo Jin-hwi and had been watching everything quietly. But why hadnt anyone noticed him? The answer was simple. [ Monochrome Solitude has been activated. ] Thanks to the S+ rank item, the first of its kind, Monochrome Solitude. Even though he was right in front of them, no one recognized Suhos presence. Soon, he received a message from Pi Seong-yeol, asking where he was, and Suho quickly went to meet him to start the ceremony preparations. When Pi Seong-yeol saw him, he remarked, Junior, you''re quite popular. Haha, its nothing. No, really. Ive never seen so many people at a thank-you ceremony before. This is the first time. Its actually a good thing, considering the public opinion was a bit bad because of yesterdays article. Yesterday''s article. It was the second part of the Yeongdeungpo series written by Jo Jin-hwi. Pi Seong-yeol narrowed his eyes and said, That journalist, Jo Jin-hwi, why did he write such an article to annoy people? Tsk... right? Yes, thats right. Well, anyway, its about to start, so go ahead and get your award. I have some urgent business, so Ill go ahead. Thank you, Senior. Please go ahead. Pi Seong-yeol left the scene. As soon as Pi Seong-yeol was gone, Suho wiped the fake smile off his face and thought, Some things never change. People around me still arent interested in anyone else. Even though he knew that PBS reporters would be there, he didnt even try to make contact with them. Their name tags were visible, and it wouldnt have been hard to notice Jo Jin-hwi if he had paid a little attention. But perhaps it was thanks to his lack of interest that Jo Jin-hwis face wasnt exposed to the public. Then, finally, it was time for the last question. Coincidentally, the last person to ask was someone Suho knew. It was Jo Jin-hwi. Im Jo Jin-hwi from PBS. At the mention of Jo Jin-hwi, the crowd started murmuring. Of course, everyone there had read the Yeongdeungpo special article Jo Jin-hwi had written. When Jo Jin-hwi raised his hand, Vice President Park Gyu-min glared at the nearby staff. Jo Jin-hwi? Isnt that the guy who wrote the special article recently? Yes, thats right. Why the hell did they invite him? Are they out of their minds? W-We were told that... Just get rid of him! Haha. I can hear everything. Why are you yelling now? Shouldve checked things properly. As Suho chuckled internally, Jo Jin-hwis question continued. Did you see the Yeongdeungpo special article I wrote? Heh. Youre asking this question here? This place is a tigers den for Jo Jin-hwi. But still, his boldness was impressive. Suho smiled. As expected, this is the aggressive, no-holds-barred reporter style. The so-called blunt, no-nonsense manly style of Jo Jin-hwi. He was the type to ask whatever he wanted without a care, which was why Suho had recruited him. Suho smiled and responded. Yes, I saw it. Jo Jin-hwi also smiled faintly and continued. I understand that both the police and Daehyeonhyup have been criticized for their selective approach toward public safety. Are you aware of this? Yes, I am. As the questions continued, the expression on President Jang Gyeong-hwans face became more and more rigid. Seeing Jang Gyeong-hwans expression, Park Gyu-min urged the staff to end the questioning, but unfortunately, Jo Jin-hwis questions came too fast. Then, if Hunter Ahn joins Daehyeonhyup, do you think we can expect Daehyeonhyups stance to change? He didnt ask a difficult question about what Suho thought of the current Daehyeonhyup, but asked indirectly, in a way that would benefit Suho. At Jo Jin-hwis question, all eyes were on Suho. Just as Suho was about to answer, he saw President Jang Gyeong-hwan and Vice President Park Gyu-min moving toward the back of the auditorium, preparing to leave. Thanks to that, Suho was able to give his answer with the most natural smile. Yes, of course. If I join Daehyeonhyup, Ill do everything I can to change things so that those kinds of criticisms never arise again. I will make sure to root out every bit of corruption. Thank you for your answer, Hunter Ahn. The ceremony ended. Suho quickly left the auditorium, and his Suho Priests followed behind, while the journalists hurried to write articles based on his responses. Of course, the Suho Priests never found him again. As soon as he left the auditorium, he activated the first MuMuMu. After sitting in the car, someone naturally climbed into the passenger seat after a while. It was Jo Jin-hwi. Suho smiled and greeted him. You came? Ah, the Daehyeonhyup staff were staring at me so hard. I thought I was going to die from the tension the whole way here. Didnt you willingly enter the tigers den? Now youre overacting? Haha, you saw through me? Anyway, my questions were a bit intense, werent they? Sorry about that. My boss told me not to stir things up at the association, but I had to push the 3rd part of the article and get your followers up, so I took a gamble. It was an excuse. But it didnt matter. Because thanks to that, he could say what he wanted. Suho smiled and replied. Its fine. Thanks to you, I was able to say what I wanted. You wanted to say something? Yes, that I will change the Daehyeonhyup. ... Wasnt that just a comment? No, I wouldnt lie at an award ceremony. As you asked, Ill work hard. Ill make sure there wont be any more criticisms. Haha... then Ill really be looking forward to it. Of course. Anytime. A few days later, Suhos Grade 5 special recruitment was confirmed. Chapter 71 Suhos special recruitment as a Grade 5 civil servant had been in the works for a while, but it happened much faster than anyone expected. And for good reason. After the thank-you award ceremony, three installments of articles were uploaded, causing the already growing view counts to explode. "Where is Justice in Yeongdeungpo? Part 1." Views: 7,488,486 "Hunter Ahn Suho Appears in Yeongdeungpo! Part 2." Views: 7,345,845 "The Changshik Gang and Their Victims. Part 3." Views: 6,812,877 The numbers were insane. The view count for Part 1, which had barely hit 500,000 initially, was now averaging over 7 million. Jo Jin-hwi looked at the explosive stats with a satisfied smile.@@@@ This is why I do journalism. View counts are my power. Comments are my power! The rise in viewership was due to several factors. For example, articles from other reporters who attended the ceremony played a role. But the biggest driver was undoubtedly the addition of one keyword that had been missing in Part 1: Ahn Suho. Jo Jin-hwi scrolled through the comments, checking them one by one. "Wow... The only light to appear in the forsaken Yeongdeungpo..." "I always believed in you, Sword God." "Absolutely badass. How can anyone even do that?" "But isnt it kind of hilarious? Why is a private citizen doing what the police, prosecutors, or Hunter Association should be doing?" "Isnt Nexus behind this?" "Why would a guild waste their time ordering someone to beat up gangsters? Use your brain." "I caught a glimpse of him at the ceremony. The man is ridiculously handsome." "Id love to be cut by the Sword God just once." "Mom! When I grow up, I want to be the Sword God!" There was no shortage of praise. Of course, not all the comments were positive. "Isnt this just vigilante justice?" "Hes not a cop or a judge. Isnt this going to get him in trouble if someone files a complaint?" "Why is he acting all high and mighty? Ahn Suho seems like a bit of an attention seeker, dont you think?" Some raised valid concerns. Others, however, simply disguised their insults as criticisms. Whenever such comments appeared, Suhos supporters were quick to retaliate: "Isnt this just vigilante justice?" "And? Whats your point?" "At least hes doing something while youre sitting in your room scratching your belly and hammering away on your keyboard." "What can you do?" "So whats your solution?" "Hes not a cop or a judge. Isnt this going to get him in trouble?" "Are you dumb? Do you really think the gangsters are going to make Suhos life hard? Or will it be the other way around?" "Maybe the one with the problem isnt Suhos head but yours." "Nexus: Blessings on Hunter Ahn Suhos Path.""Nexus: A Heartfelt Farewell with Ahn Suho!""Nexus: Doing What Needed to Be Done.""Nexus: We Never Even Took an Advance Payment.""Accusations of Contract Breach? Baseless, Nexus Official Statement.""Wow... Nexus delivers once again.""As expected of the best!""5252, I always believed in you!""From now on, the industrys number one is Nexus.""Just call them Golden Nexus.""Pure brilliance.""It couldnt have been an easy decision. How did they so coolly terminate the contract? Even if they cared about public opinion, long-term gains usually matter more than short-term image." The sudden rise of Nexus inevitably cast a dark shadow over their competitors, Hexagon and Prime, who held the industrys top two positions. "Tsk tsk, compared to Nexus, Hexagon and Prime are...""No need to even mention them. Theyre just money-hungry exploitative guilds.""Arent they notorious for overworking their Hunters and pulling power trips?" "Dont you remember that incident? They delayed giving potions to a struggling Hunter, and he ended up dying in a gate." "Thats not all. How about the Mage who collapsed from mana depletion because they forced him to keep pushing?" "Amazing, Hexagon. Just pure garbage." "Apologize to literal garbage for comparing it to Hexagon!" "Trash, Im sorry! Humanity apologizes to you!" The officials at Hexagon and Prime quietly fumed as they read these comments. However, they couldnt refute them. Every accusation was based on real incidents, and suing for defamation of character over factual statements wasnt an option. Nexus followed up with an interview with their CEO, Bae Dong-hyuk, strategically releasing it as the next step in their PR campaign. Q: "Was the sudden termination of Ahn Suhos contract influenced by public opinion?" A: "No, not at all. This was something we had discussed with Hunter Ahn Suho from the start. His dream was to join Daehyeonhyup. Until the annual recruitment process at the end of the year, he wanted to gain practical experience wherever conditions were right, and our guild happened to fit the bill." Q: "Do you have any regrets?" A: "It would be a lie to say we dont. But we believe that Hunter Ahn Suho can contribute far more to humanity by working at a national institution like Daehyeonhyup than he could with us at Nexus." The interview was standard but exuded humility and selflessness, the type of message the general public loves. People cheered once again, and CEO Bae Dong-hyuk earned nicknames like "Father" and "Light" for his inspiring remarks. To seal the deal, Nexus released one final piecea report on their "Yeongdeungpo Relief Efforts." This move cemented their new title as the "Nations Favorite Guild." Watching the flood of comments and soaring follower counts, Jo Jin-hwi remarked, The response over the past few days has been incredible. Its all thanks to you, journalist Jo. Come on now, all I did was add some seasoning. The foundation was all provided by you, Pro Ahn. Youre amazing, Team Leader! At Suhos safe house in Cheongdam-dong, the atmosphere was cozy. The next day, Suho would officially start his first day at Daehyeonhyup. To celebrate, he invited Jo Jin-hwi over for a small afterparty. The Banshees had already met earlier to reconnect, but this gathering had a special purpose: to formally announce Nam Hae-wons induction into the team. Nam Hae-wons joining was a natural outcome of their relief efforts and aligned perfectly with Suhos goals. From now on, Suho wasnt just "Mr. Suho" or "Hunter Ahn Suho." He was Team Leader Suho. Jo Jin-hwi asked, So, does this mean the victims treatments will soon be completed? Yes, according to the latest data from Nexus, it looks that way. And its all thanks to Hae-wons Hammer 2, Suho replied. Haha, thank you, Hae-won said, scratching the back of his head in embarrassment at the praise. Nam Hae-won was still living in the Cheongdam safe house and planned to stay there indefinitely. He wasnt the only one; other Banshees were welcome to live there, but only Seo Gi-won accepted the offer. Seo Gi-won, meanwhile, was busy leveling up and undergoing rigorous training at Nexus Academy. Looks like we can wrap up the special report with Part 4, focusing on the victims recovery, Jo Jin-hwi said with a smile. Youve done an incredible job. Lets toast to that. Sounds good to me. Heres to your first day tomorrow. Dont forget about us when youre there! Haha, of course not. Were partners for life. Clink! The sound of their glasses meeting rang clearly in the room. The next day, as planned, Suho officially started his first day at Daehyeonhyup. Chapter 72 Suhos First Day at Work As expected, reporters were swarming the entrance on Suhos first day. Click! Click! The flashes of cameras went off relentlessly. And along with them: Sword God!Hunter Ahn Suho!Youre amazing!Youre so handsome! The entrance to Daehyeonhyup was packed, not only with reporters but also with Suhos fan club, the Suho Priests, who had gathered to catch a glimpse of his first day. Suho recalled Jo Jin-hwis advice from the previous day. I noticed you tend to use skills or items to mask your presence when youre out and about, but tomorrow, make sure to show your face on the way in. Why? Because people are coming specifically to see you. If you dont show up, theyll be pretty disappointed. Sure, something like this wont turn diehard fans against you, but it wouldnt hurt to be cautious, especially since some folks are already using you for their own PR stunts. It made sense. This was the kind of advice only someone like Jo Jin-hwi could give. Being too enigmatic isnt always a good thing. Even in his previous life, Suho hadnt deliberately cultivated a rough or mysterious image. He simply let things flow naturallyif someone requested an interview, he gave one; if there was a broadcast opportunity, he took it. As a result, unlike other star players, he had no major controversies. People just assumed, Hes only doing this because someone higher up told him to. Once inside Daehyeonhyup, Suho witnessed an amusing sight: Association President Jang Gyeong-hwan and Vice President Park Gyu-min were there to greet him personally. Ah, our dear Hunter Ahn! The two greeted him warmly. It was obvious whythey were playing to the cameras trailing behind Suho. Of course. Politicians cant resist putting on a show in front of cameras. Suho returned the courtesy with a polite bow. Good morning, President Jang. Hoho, good morning! Hunter Ahn, of course I had to be here to welcome you on your first day. Shall we? Didnt ask, but sure... Jang Gyeong-hwan eagerly emphasized his personal presence as if to ensure the reporters captured every angle of his involvement. The flashes went off again in rapid succession. Snap! Snap! Snap! Even as they entered the elevator, Jang Gyeong-hwan stuck close to Suho, his smile unwavering until the elevator doors closed completely. Once they were out of public view, Jangs demeanor shifted. He stepped back slightly, adjusted his voice, and asked: So, did you have a chance to unwind? Dropping formalities already, huh? Moments ago, hed been all polite for the cameras, but now he was speaking casually. Not that Suho mindedafter all, Jang Gyeong-hwan was now his top boss. Yes, thanks to you, I was able to spend time with good people and relax. Hoho, thats great to hear. By the way, has anyone briefed you on your upcoming schedule? Not yet. Ah, well, the Vice President will go over everything with you. Make sure to give it your best, and if you run into any issues, come to me anytime. Yes, sir. The elevator soon stopped, and Suho got off on the 5th floor with Vice President Park Gyu-min. President Jang continued up to the top floor, where his office was located. Meanwhile, Park Gyu-min led Suho into a conference room on the 5th floor. With that, Pi Seong-yeol stood up to leave. It made sensethere was no real reason for someone of Pi Seong-yeols rank to come all the way here. But Suho knew the real reason: Hes here to send a silent message that the Gate Division shouldnt even think about taking Jeong Cheol-min. He wants to emphasize the bond between himself and Jeong. Not that Pi needed to bother with such warningshis position as head of the Special Division was powerful enough to make such things unnecessary. Still, this kind of petty maneuvering was typical of Pi Seong-yeol. Such a prickly personality. After Pi left, Jeong finally relaxed and smiled awkwardly. Its been a while. Yes, it has. How have you been? Haha, same as usual. I never expected to be assigned as your overall manager. Neither did I, but I think its for the best. I look forward to working with you. Oh, please, I should be the one saying that. Let me explain the training process. Jeong pulled a set of printed materials from his bag and handed them to Suho. Do you know which departments are in Daehyeonhyup? Yes. There are five in total: the Special Division, Management Division, Awakening Division, Gate Division, and Resource Division. Do you know what they do? Yes. The Management Division handles HR, public relations, and general support. The Awakening Division manages human resources, both awakened and non-awakened. The Gate Division handles gate-related tasks, while the Resource Division manages items and skill books. And the Special Division oversees everything else, such as apprehending and judging player-criminals or handling unique tasks other divisions cant. Jeong smiled, clearly impressed. Youve done your homework. As Director Pi mentioned, youll rotate through all five departments during your training. By the way, even though youve joined as a special Grade 5 recruit, youre still officially on probation, so be careful how you speak to others. Suho nodded as if hearing it for the first time. Understood. Which department will I start with? Youll begin with the Awakening Division. Based on the schedule, it makes the most sense to start there. As Director Pi mentioned, each department has an evaluation officer who will assess you. Youll need to pass all their assignments and tests to complete your training. Lets head to the Awakening Division now. The two left their seats and headed to the Awakening Division on the second floor. The Awakening Division... It had been a while since Suho had dealt with them. Although Suho had never worked in the Awakening Division, he was familiar with its key figures and major incidents. If Im right, that person should be here now. Stepping into the Awakening Division and entering the department heads office, they were greeted by the head himself: Lee Wan-ik. Welcome. Im Lee Wan-ik, he said, standing to greet them. Lee Wan-ik, the head of the Awakening Division, was part of Association President Jang Gyeong-hwans inner circle. Like Jang, he was a non-awakened civilian. Suho recognized him immediately. I only met him briefly before his retirement, but he looks exactly the same. His slicked-back hair, streaked with black and white, and a mustache that could make him look like either a bureaucrat or a dictator, left a strong impression. Suho hadnt interacted with Lee Wan-ik much in his past lifeafter all, Lee retired a few years later to work elsewhere. But Suho knew him better than most. After his retirement, it came to light that he was secretly involved in human trafficking while working at the Association. Everyone knew about it once it was exposed. Of course, that scandal never reached the public. The case was buried because of its potential to threaten Jang Gyeong-hwans position. In short, Jang covered it up. But this time, things would be different. Much had changed from the past. Looking at Lee Wan-ik, Suhos lips curled into a faint smile. Chapter 73 Lee Wan-ik smiled warmly. A national superstar has graced our department first. Oh, by the way, Ill be your evaluation officer, Suho. So, Ill be counting on you. Lee extended his hand with a grin, and Suho shook it with a polite smile. Of course, Ill be counting on you as well. Team Leader Jeong, you can head out now. Ive received the Presidents instructions, and if we need anything, well contact you. Yes, sir. Ill take my leave. With that, Jeong Cheol-min exited. This didnt mean Suho was left without guidance. Jeongs role was as a general overseer, managing Suhos overall progression. For each department, however, there were specific trainers responsible for his onboarding. After Jeongs departure, Lee picked up the phone and called someone. A few moments later, the door to his office opened. Ah, Officer Eom. Yes, Director. I heard Suho was here, so I came right away. Officer Eom Jun-seonghe would be Suhos direct supervisor in the Awakening Division. Lee introduced him with a gesture. @@@@ Allow me to introduce you. This is Officer Eom Jun-seong, who will be overseeing your time here in the Awakening Division. Im Ahn Suho. Nice to meet you. Im Eom Jun-seong. Pleased to meet you. The two exchanged greetings before Lee continued, Ill leave the specifics to Officer Eom. Ill see you again later. With that, Lee offered a casual goodbye. *Well, thats expected.* As the evaluation officer, Lee wouldnt personally handle Suhos daily activities. In bureaucratic circles, such positions were typically reserved for higher-ups, while the actual work was delegated to subordinates. Eom led Suho to a small meeting room. Sitting down, Eom spoke, Ive heard a lot about you. Its a bit surreal to be working with someone so high-profile. Haha, Im not sure about that. Eom Jun-seong, like other officers below the rank of team leader, was addressed simply as "Officer" in Daehyeonhyup. This might explain why Suho had no clear memory of Eom. *Different departments, no direct overlap. No wonder.* Eom chuckled at Suhos modesty. Come now, someone like you is definitely a big deal. Anyway, dont worry too much about the details. Just get a sense of what the Awakening Division does. Everyone already knows where youll end up, right? Where Ill end up? Haha, no need to play coy. The rumors are all over the place. *Hmm.* If even a departmental supervisor like Eom knew about this, Pi Seong-yeol must have been rather blatant in spreading it around. Not that Suho minded. In fact, it worked in his favor. Having someone as influential as Pi build his reputation within the Association would only make things smoother. *Never thought Id get the royal treatment.* In bureaucratic slang, "royal" referred to those who had strong connections with influential figures. Currently, Suho was undeniably "royalty." Smiling at the thought, Suho nodded. Well, Ill leave myself in your capable hands. Yes, Suho?No, not really. Whats up? I just finished the theory test, and I thought Id ask if youd like to have lunch together if youre free. Oh, Id love to. Wait, theory test? Already? Yes. Thats surprising. Even though its graded on an absolute scale, its not an easy test. There are 50 questions, and the manual is pretty dense. Yes, but the condensed manual helped streamline the preparation. So, where should we meet? Ill go with your recommendation. Ah, in that case, how about we grab a baekban? Theres a place nearby called Mijeong that serves different side dishes every day. Its pretty good. Sounds great. Ill head over and reserve us a table. Lets meet there at noon. Thanks, Ill see you then. After ending the call, Suho calmly put his phone away. On the other hand, Jeong Cheol-min was left staring at his phone, dumbfounded. He finished the theory test today? Right after being assigned to the department? Even with a condensed manual, passing the test in such a short time seemed almost impossible unless someone had an extraordinary memory. Just then, Eom Jun-seong walked into Jeongs office. Team Leader Jeong? Oh, Officer Eom. What brings you here? Well, Ive brought Suhos theory test. I thought you might want to grade it and compile the results. Ah, yes, thats my responsibility. I know this might sound strange, but Suho just took our departments theory test. I wanted to make sure its graded properly. ...I see. Jeong had already heard from Suho about the test, but seeing the physical test paper in front of him made the situation feel surreal. As Jeong looked at Eom in mild disbelief, Eom scratched the back of his head awkwardly. I was pretty shocked, too. But I dont think hes bluffing. Look, hes answered everything. Eom raised his eyebrows as he handed over the test. It was Suho, after all. There was no way someone like him would lie about something so trivial. Jeong nodded and took the OMR sheet to the grading machine. Eom stayed behindnot out of formality but out of sheer curiosity to see the results. When the machine finished grading, both mens eyes widened in shock. ...? ...Huh? The reason for their surprise: Suho had scored a perfect 100%. Thinking there might have been an error, Jeong ran the sheet through the machine again. The result was the same. For good measure, he manually checked the answers against the answer key. The result? Still perfect. After triple-checking, Eom muttered in genuine awe, Wow... how is this even possible? Jeong let out a dry chuckle. Hah.... Even with a condensed manual, a perfect score was almost unheard of. Eom gave a thumbs-up. Now I see why Director Pi has his eye on him. Royals are really in a league of their own. Haha... I suppose so. Unlike Eoms pure admiration, Jeongs smile was tinged with bitterness. Once upon a time... no, originally, I wanted to recruit Suho first. I wanted to work with him. But reality was cruel. Compared to Pi Seong-yeol, Jeong lacked both the rank and influence to hold on to someone like Suho. There was no way he could compete. Jeong sighed inwardly and resolved to move on. When lunchtime rolled around, Jeong headed to the baekban restaurant where Suho was waiting for him. Suho greeted him warmly. Chapter 74 Youre here? Suho had arrived at the *baekban* restaurant early, choosing a quiet corner table and even pouring water in advance, setting everything up. Seeing this, Jeong Cheol-min chuckled lightly. Youre early. Well, I had free time after finishing my test. Ive already placed the order, so the food should be out soon. Sure enough, the timing was perfect. The food began arriving, and the two enjoyed a hot and fresh meal together. As they ate, Jeong asked, But why did you suddenly ask me to lunch? No particular reason. Excuse me? I dont know anyone here, and eating alone felt dull. Youre the only person I know well here. Hah, if Director Pi hears that, he might feel hurt. Haha, let him. Eating comfortably is more important to me. Comfortably, huh? Jeong couldnt help but smile at the remark. Youre right, a meals best enjoyed when youre at ease. In that case, let me cover this first meal of yours on your first day at work. Oh, then Ill get the coffee. Haha, sounds good. I know just the place. Lets head there after this. Perfect. The two finished their meal in a relaxed atmosphere, and Jeong led Suho to what he called his go-to cafe?, located behind the Daehyeonhyup building. When Suho saw the familiar spot, old memories surfaced, and he couldnt help but smile to himself. *Of course.* The place was nicknamed Backyard. Not its real name, but the term Suho and Jeong had used to refer to it. It had been their regular hangout. *Well, technically, Jeong introduced me to it first.* @@@@ Although they sometimes visited actual cafes, the two had always preferred the quiet seclusion of the Backyard. Its remote location meant few people ever ventured there. Feigning ignorance, Suho asked, Is this the cafe? you mentioned? Haha, yeah. A bit embarrassing, but this is the one. They dont have iced americanos or cakes, but its a quiet spot to escape prying eyes. So, what will you have? Black coffee for me. Alright, Ill get barley tea. You like barley tea? Yeah, whenever I come here, its always barley tea for me. *Thats right.* Jeong had always claimed he drank enough coffee at work, so he exclusively chose barley tea here. Taking the paper cup Jeong handed him, Suho casually sat on the edge of the flowerbed. Jeong joined him with his own cup, sitting nearby. Congratulations, Jeong said suddenly. Pardon? The theory test you took this morningyou got a perfect score. You already graded it? Yes. Officer Eom brought it over, so I checked it before lunch. How is that even possible? What do you mean? Youre young, youre skilled in combat, you got a special recruitment into a Grade-5 position, and now you have a brain like this? People call this a cheat character, you know? Haha, no, not really. The questions were straightforward, and the condensed manual made it easier. Its all thanks to the help Ive received from others. Come on, dont be too modest. When talented people are overly humble, it just makes them look even more annoying, you know? Haha, is that so? Then Ill admit itIm just great. Ugh, but the way you accept it so easily makes you even more annoying! Jeongs playful jab made Suho laugh. *Ah...* *How long has it been since Ive laughed this freely?* While Suho hadnt felt particularly rushed since his regression, it always seemed like his life was a series of tasks to complete, rather than truly living it. Yes, did you? Oh, I always enjoy my meals. So, as I mentioned earlier, you need to choose between the Awakening Resources and Non-Awakening Resources Divisions for your first assignment. Have you decided? Yes, Id like to start with the Awakening Division. Any particular reason? No, not really. Just a gut feeling. Got it. Alright, lets get started. Oh, by the way, congratulations on your perfect score on the theory exam this morning. Yes, I heard from Team Leader Jeong earlier. Wow, youre quick. I expected you to do well, but a perfect score? Even Director Lee will be thrilled. With Eom Jun-seong guiding him, Suho arrived at the Awakening Division. There, he was greeted by Lee Mun-ho, the section chief. Welcome! Im Lee Mun-ho, the Section Chief of the Awakening Division. As a section chief, Lee held a rank higher than team leaders, representing the division as a whole. Extending a firm handshake, he greeted Suho with his usual affable demeanor. Suho shook his hand and introduced himself. Pleased to meet you. Im Ahn Suho. Ive heard about you. They say you already took the theory examand scored a perfect mark! Truly impressive talent, haha. The rumor had already spread. Suho wasnt surprised; word traveled fast in any organization. Lee Mun-ho retrieved a file from his drawer and handed it to Eom Jun-seong. Youre Suhos supervisor for this rotation, right? This is the manual for the field training. You can start immediately. Understood, sir. Alright then, good luck! After receiving the manual, Eom Jun-seong led Suho to an adjacent room. Sitting down, he skimmed through the contents of the file, nodding to himself. Hm, hm. After thoroughly reviewing the material, he looked up and asked, Suho, youre already familiar with what the Awakening Division does, right? Yes, I understand that keeping the Awakeneds information up to date is a top priority. Great, that makes things easier. Field training isnt complicated. Youll mostly be dealing with delinquent players whove delayed updating their information. These individuals are referred to as non-compliant renewers, and your primary task will be to ensure they update their data. Just as Suho had anticipated, the most crucial responsibility of the division had been assigned as fieldwork. Do you have a list of the non-compliant renewers Ill be handling? Yes, here it is. Eom handed him a file, which Suho began reviewing slowly. Watching him, Eom chuckled awkwardly. There arent too many names on the list, so it shouldnt be too challenging. Ah, I see. Suho replied curtly, not because he believed Eoms words, but because he couldnt help but scoff inwardly. Not challenging, my ass. The names on the list. Suho recognized most of them. They were notorious troublemakers within the Awakening Division, known for being some of the most difficult cases. They assigned me to deal with these guys despite knowing Im part of the Royal circle? What was the reasoning? Were they trying to use this opportunity to deal with problem individuals through him? If so, was this Lee Mun-hos decision? It could be, but there was also the possibility that it was Pi Sung-yeols way of testing him. Pi had a habit of constantly testing his people. Fine. Whatever the reason, Ill handle it. Suho handed the file back and asked, Can I start immediately? Eom smiled widely, clearly impressed by Suhos confidence. Of course. First, let me show you how to use the stat measuring device. Eom hurried off to the equipment room. Chapter 75 The afternoon shift had begun, and Suho officially became a Record Renewal Agent in the Awakening Division. A Renewal Agent... Its been a while. A Renewal Agent was, in essence, a collector of overdue responsibilities. Much like how the tax office sends collection teams after delinquent taxpayers or the military dispatches deserter squads to capture runaways, the Awakening Division deployed Renewal Agents to update overdue records. Naturally, all Renewal Agents were field operatives, exclusively Players. Ordinary civilians need not apply. Eom Jun-seong handed Suho a temporary Renewal Agent ID and encouraged him with a smile. "Well then, Suho, good luck!" "Yes." Suho replied nonchalantly to Eoms enthusiasm. The reason Eom wasnt accompanying him? Simple: Eom wasnt a Player, nor a field operative, but a desk worker. Thus, someone else was assigned to act as Suhos guidesomeone who was both a field agent and an active Player. Han Ho-seong, a current Renewal Agent and Suhos assigned field mentor, greeted him. "Nice to meet you, Im Han Ho-seong." Han Ho-seong. As a Grade-7 field agent and a seasoned veteran with a reputation for excellence, he had been specifically chosen to oversee Suhos training. But Han wasnt thrilled about this assignment. Damn it, being good at my job feels like a punishment sometimes. Han knew exactly who Suho was. In fact, who in this country didnt? That was why Han couldnt be pleased about becoming Suhos trainer. Rumors about Suho were already widespread within the association. Hes part of the Royal circle, so everyone is expected to cater to him. Great, just great... Like I dont have enough to deal with already. As part of his role, Han had reviewed the list of non-compliant renewals assigned to Suho for training. That list alone was enough to annoy him. The individuals on it werent just troublesomethey were legendary for being untraceable or impossible to catch. They were, as Han thought of them, legends of legends. And yet, these cases had been dumped on Suho, a mere trainee. The intent was obvious: others would catch the targets and hand them to Suho on a silver platter. Why? Because Suho was a "Royal" destined for the Special Division. From Hans perspective, it was impossible not to harbor some resentment.@@@@ Despite this, Suho greeted him with a bright smile. "Nice to meet you, Im Ahn Suho. Ill be relying on you for a while." "Uh, sure... Shall we start with some basic instructions? Oh, waitEom briefed you on the stat-measuring device and other tools, right?" "Yes, he did." "Great. Then we can skip the basics. Lets see..." Han sighed heavily as he scowled at the file he held, reviewing the list of targets. He muttered under his breath, "This is insane... seriously..." It felt almost inhumane to include nothing but troublemakers on the list. How could they assign a trainee only the worst cases? Han continued grumbling, unaware that Suho was watching him with a faint smile. "Are you having trouble deciding where to start?" Suho asked politely. "Yeah, you could say that..." "Then how about this person?" Suho pointed to one of the names in the file. Han glanced between the photo and Suho, letting out another sigh. After staring at him for a moment, Han finally relented with a resigned nod. Fine. Do it your way. Ill be watching, so go ahead. Thank you for trusting me. Hans decision wasnt recklessit was deliberate. He had no real power to stop Suhos persistence, and part of him was genuinely curious to see how this would play out. After all, Suho wasnt just any traineehe was a "Royal." Even if he made a mistake, the higher-ups would undoubtedly cover for him. And most importantly... Let him figure it out the hard way. He needs to learn that even being a Sword God doesnt make tracking non-compliant individuals any easier. This is a completely different game. Suho collected the phone numbers of the athletes implicated in the tips, then left the room. Watching him go, Han reclined in his chair, deciding to treat this as an unexpected paid vacation. With the phone numbers in hand, Suho headed to the Nexus Academy in Paju. There, he summoned Seo Gi-won, who was in the middle of leveling up, and explained the situation. After hearing everything, Seo nodded confidently. This is easy. Easy? The goal is just to find Kim Goong-wons location, right? Exactly. Then we just follow the phone numbers provided in the tips. Once we identify Kim Goong-wons phone, well have his location. Then its just a matter of catching him. Hearing this, Suho grinned. As expected. If it were anyone else, this plan might seem far-fetched, but Seo Gi-wons abilities as a digitization specialist made this task seem trivial. I knew coming to you was the right choice. You always make it sound simple. Of course. For problems like this, Im your guy. Shall we get started? Not yet. Bring Hyun-min along. Hyun-min? Why do we need him? Hes crucial for this operation. Kim Hyun-min, a founding member of Banshee and the teams mobility specialist, was essential for their plan. While Seo didnt immediately understand Suhos reasoning, Kim Hyun-min grasped his role quickly after the situation was explained. Alright, Hyun-mins on board. Lets get started, Suho said. Their first step was to contact one of the implicated athletes, a famous baseball player named Ham Dae-ho. Seo handled the call. The phone rang and was soon answered. Hello? Yes, is this Ham Dae-ho? Yeah, whos this? This is Kwon Sung-min from the Telecom Base Station. We have an excellent internet package Id like to Not interested. Click. Ham hung up immediately at the mention of an internet package. Still, the brief interaction confirmed that the number belonged to him. Seo grinned and gave Suho a thumbs-up, to which Suho responded with his own amused thumbs-up. Nice acting. This is basic stuff. Shall we move on? Lets. With the number confirmed, Seo configured his phone and activated his digitization ability, pulling himself and the team into the phones digital space. The operation to locate Kim Goong-won had officially begun. Chapter 76 [Digitalization Activated.] The trio soon found themselves inside Seo Gi-wons phone. The interface was far simpler than a typical computer desktopdesigned intentionally for any unexpected scenarios. Seo Gi-won approached one of the numerous virtual doors on his home screen, selecting the one marked with a phone icon. Opening it revealed three more labeled doors: Keypad, Recent Calls, and Contacts. He chose the Recent Calls door, which displayed the number of Ham Dae-ho, the last person they had called. Lets move, Seo Gi-won said. Without hesitation, the three dove into the network. The transition was instantaneouslike traveling along an open phone network rather than trudging barefoot across a scorching desert. Within moments, they opened their eyes in a foreign space. The transition was a success. Behind them stood a prominent door labeled with Seo Gi-wons number, confirming their arrival. Seo Gi-won surveyed their surroundings and nodded. Looks like were in the right place. Yeah. Now we just need to find traces of his communications with the drug supplier or any transaction records. Focusing on texts or messaging apps should be the quickest way, Suho suggested. I heard they used Pelegram for transactions. Lets start with that app, Seo Gi-won replied. Understood. Pelegram, a foreign-made messaging app, was notorious for refusing to share user data, even with law enforcement. It had long been a tool for various criminal activities. According to their informant, Ham Dae-ho used Pelegram for his drug deals. After a brief search, they found the appbut it was locked behind a password. Seo Gi-won frowned, his brows furrowing in disappointment. As expected, its locked.@@@@ No problem. Hyun-min will crack it, Suho said confidently. Hyun-min? Whats his special ability? Seo Gi-won asked. Gate creation, Suho replied with a smirk. Hyun-min, youre up. Yes, sir, Hyun-min replied, stepping forward. Hyun-mins unique ability, Gate Creation, allowed him to craft portals that could bypass any barrier, no matter how secure. Suho had relied on this ability in his past life, particularly during the Banshee teams precise operations. It was why Hyun-min had been selected for this mission. Apps like Pelegram were designed to alert users if there was a sudden breach attempt. While it was possible to circumvent such protections slowly, Suho wasnt interested in wasting time. Responding to Suhos signal, Hyun-min placed his hand against the apps digital wall and activated his ability. [Gate Creation Activated.] A rectangular door formed where Hyun-mins hand touched the wall. Seo Gi-won watched in awe. Wow... Do you know how many hours Ive spent brute-forcing firewalls? Ive tried everything from spamming skills to manual data mining. His frustration was genuine. Seo Gi-won had resorted to every tedious method imaginable in the past. Watching Hyun-min create a portal with such ease left him feeling both impressed and hollow. Why so down? Without you, we wouldnt even be here, Suho said, trying to console him. Thats true, but still... thinking about all that effort is depressing. Hey, at least you dont have to do it anymore. Look on the bright side, Suho added. Youre right about that. Through the portal, the trio safely entered the Pelegram app. Inside, they found three simple doors labeled Friends List, Chat List, and Settings. Suho approached the door labeled Chat List and opened it. Inside, there was only one chatroom. There it is. Yeah, thats the one. No doubt about it. The chatroom title, Drugs, left little room for ambiguity. Seo Gi-won opened the chatroom door, revealing a sparse virtual room with a table, two chairs, and a stack of papers piled on the table. More striking, however, were the faint silhouettes seated in the chairshuman-like figures resembling holographic avatars. Seo Gi-won gestured toward the figures. Those avatars represent Ham Dae-ho and the supplier. Luckily, they havent left the chatroom yet. Pointing to the stack of papers, he added, And those are the chat logs. He was right. The table was covered with documents, each filled with written records of conversations between Ham Dae-ho and the supplier. Suho skimmed through the logs, confirming the suppliers identity. So, we follow this trail next? See that door behind the suppliers avatar? Going through it will take us to their Pelegram account. Lets go. Ill squeeze every last penny out of him, he thought gleefully. Seo Gi-won was genuinely excitedfinally, he had a productive and satisfying outlet for his pent-up stress. *** Acro Tower, located in Gangnam, Seoul. A premium residential area synonymous with Gangnam, it was not only equipped with Safe Zone protocols but also housed numerous skilled Hunters, making it a place that ordinary people wouldnt dare approach. Kim Goong-wons residence was located here. Haha, thanks to you, Mr. Goong, our profits have been through the roof again this time. Mr. Goong. The nickname referred to Kim Goong-won. At that moment, he was hosting a guest in his home. The guest was none other than Son Baek-geum, leader of the Platinum Gang, a major gang organization in Gangnam. Despite starting with no notable reputation, Son had quickly risen to prominence in Gangnams criminal underworld, all thanks to his partnership with Kim Goong-won, who supplied him with specialized doping drugs. At Son Baek-geums praise, Kim Goong-won reclined smugly on the sofa, his expression filled with arrogance. Haha, my skills didnt just appear overnight, you know... But more importantly, youve made sure the police are fully under control, right? Of course. Weve got the police, prosecutors, and even the GAA covered. Theres no way theyll ever catch us. It was at that moment. Crackle, crackle. A sharp electrical buzzing sound came from somewhere, and the room momentarily plunged into darkness before the lights flickered back on. Kim Goong-won furrowed his brow. A blackout? Looks like it. How does a place this expensive have a blackout? And its not like theres been a Gate rupture. Tsk tsk. They charge hundreds in management fees, and this is the kind of service we get? Someone needs to have a word with them. Not to mention how slow the food delivery has been lately. Chairman Son, you should really say something. Ill handle it. Hey. Yes, Chairman. You heard him. Go give them a piece of our mind. Yes, sir. At Son Baek-geums command, two subordinates bowed respectfully before hurrying out of the living room. But then it happened. Boom! Boom! Loud, heavy crashes echoed through the space. Startled, Son Baek-geum and Kim Goong-won jumped to their feet. From the corner of the living room, a figure emerged. It was Suho. Found you, Goong-won. Wha... what? Who... who are you? You dont recognize me? Thats disappointing, Suho said, grinning. He punctuated his words by tossing the two men who had just left the room onto the floor, unconscious. They were the very subordinates sent by Son Baek-geum. Dusting his hands, Suho smiled brightly. Allow me to introduce myself. Im Ahn Suho, Records Officer from the Awakening Division of the Great Awakening Association. Mr. Kim Goong-won, youve been deliberately avoiding records updates for the past few years. That alone warrants an on-the-spot arrest, so I suggest you cooperate. Ahn Suho? You mean the Sword God, Ahn Suho?! Yeah, that Ahn Suho. But who gave you permission to talk so casually to me? Do you want to die? Despite the cold threat, Suhos smile never wavered as he began walking toward them. Chapter 77 Rumble, rumble. Son Baek-geum and Kim Goong-won trembled uncontrollably, kneeling on the floor. Their clothes were torn to shreds, and traces of their blood were splattered everywhere. And yet, there wasnt a single visible wound on their bodies. Why? Because Suho had healed them completely. Dragging a chair in front of the two trembling men, Suho sat down casually. Man, I gotta say, the Stat Meter works like a charm. The Stat Meter. It was an essential tool for Records Officers, taken straight from the Awakening Divisions supply room. Designed by the government, it allowed officers to gauge the stats of individuals without violating the systems restriction against viewing others status windows. Though its accuracy was typically around 70%, Suho had managed to achieve a 100% success rate. His method was simple. He had beaten Kim Goong-won with the Stat Meter until the man told the truth. Pointing the now-dented Stat Meter at Kim Goong-won, Suho spoke with a grin. Just so you know, if the numbers change the next time I check, its going to hurt even more. Got it? Y-Yes! I understand! Good. Youre all set now. Next... With Kim Goong-wons status updated, Suho had no further business with him. Turning his gaze, he focused on Son Baek-geum, who was still kneeling. Son Baek-geum, in his late thirties, had risen to prominence in Gangnam with Kim Goong-wons help. Their encounter today had been purely coincidental. Talk about good timing, Suho mused. It was indeed fortunate timingSon Baek-geum was one of those people who needed to be apprehended sooner or later. However, arresting him now was a bit tricky. Suho was here as a Records Officer, conducting an on-site evaluation. Still, how could he ignore a criminal kneeling right in front of him? Mr. Son Baek-geum? Suho called out. Y-Yes...! You said something interesting earlier. W-What do you mean? Something about bribing both the police and the Awakening Association. ... So, who exactly did you bribe in the Association? To bribe someoneto grease palms in advance, ensuring silence or manipulating official duties to suit ones interests. While the exact interpretation varied, it was clear the bribes had been for Kim Goong-wons benefit. And Suho couldnt overlook that. Here he was, living his second life as a civil servant for the sake of world peace, only to find someone spreading chaos like this. Son Baek-geum quivered at the question, then tightly closed his eyes. Suho let out a dry laugh. Oh? Closing your eyes? Are you seriously closing your eyes when Im asking you a question? N-No, its not that! I wasnt doing that! I was just... just about to answer! Good. Because if you pull any more stunts like that, its not going to be fun for you. Youre not an Awakened, so you dont need the Stat MeterIll just use my bare hands. ... Answer. Y-Yes, sir! I understand! As Son Baek-geum stammered his response, shaking like a leaf, Gu Yeonhwa, watching the scene unfold from a distance, clicked her tongue. Wow... I knew he wasnt an ordinary guy, but seeing him like this is terrifying. Dont you think, Hyun-min? I wouldnt say terrifyinghes just capable. ...? Gu Yeonhwa tilted her head, not fully understanding Kim Hyun-mins response. But he meant it sincerelyhe had firsthand experience with Suhos competence. The reason Suho had brought Gu Yeonhwa and Kim Hyun-min with him to Acro Tower was to ensure a quiet infiltration. Even with his unparalleled skills, Suho couldnt navigate the tightly controlled environment of Acro Tower alone. To bypass the security, he needed Gu Yeonhwas EMP ability, which could disable electronic devices, and Kim Hyun-mins mobility skills. The earlier blackout? That had been Gu Yeonhwas handiwork. Returning his attention to Son Baek-geum, Suho repeated his question. So, who did you bribe? Well... it was Vice President Park Kyu-min. What? Now that was unexpected. Park Kyu-min was involved? This revelation caught Suho off guard. Nodding, he pressed further. And? Thats it. Thats it? It was almost inconceivable. The Stat Meter had an accuracy of only 70%. To get even close to reliable numbers, youd typically have to engage in an exhausting battle of wills with an unregistered Player. Yet somehow, Suho had done it. Effortlessly. As though it was the simplest thing in the world. And whats more, Kim Goong-won was being remarkably cooperative. While Han Ho-seong sat there, slack-jawed, Suho spoke casually, as if none of this was a big deal. "Now that weve confirmed his charges, you can hand him over to the Special Division." "Ah, yeah, of course... absolutely. But, Suho," Han Ho-seong stammered. "Yes?" Suho replied. "How... how on earth did you catch him?" "Oh, I just asked around here and there and got lucky. Speaking of which, can I handle the rest of the unregistered Players on my own? This is part of my on-site evaluation, after all." "Oh... uh, sure, of course... Actually, wait, no. How about I come along to help?" Han Ho-seong offered. "No." "What?" "I want to catch them all myself and get the highest evaluation possible. If I need help, Ill let you know. For now, Id just appreciate it if you could handle the handoff to the Special Division." "Ah... yeah... sure..." Han Ho-seong found himself unable to object to Suhos firm yet polite request. No, he didnt even feel like he had the right to object. What is this...? To him, Suho was simply on another levela completely different kind of person. *** From that point on, everything proceeded smoothly. These werent violent criminalsthey were just unregistered Players. How difficult could they be? Over two days, Suho managed to apprehend every single person on the list. Each time, Han Ho-seong could only gape in amazement, utterly speechless. As a result, Suho naturally became the hottest topic within the Association, with his name on everyones lips once again. Have you heard? Hunter Ahn... I mean, Probationary Officer Ahn. You mean the one who caught all those unregistered Players? Yeah, I heard he wrapped up everything in just two days! Even professional Records Officers couldnt do that. He really is a Sword God, isnt he? The way he works is just on another level. But doesnt this make the other Records Officers look bad? Hmm, I guess so? It was a reasonable concern. After all, a probationary officer accomplishing what seasoned professionals couldnt was bound to invite comparisons. But reality turned out to be very different. Probationary Ahn! Probationary Ahn! Probationary Ahn! Ahn Suho! Ahn Suho! Ahn Suho! Sword God! Sword God! Sword God! We love you! We love you! We love you! The reception wasnt jealousy or resentmentit was pure, unfiltered admiration. Suho had become nothing short of the Awakening Divisions biggest idol. Suho, cant you just stay with us forever and never transfer anywhere else? I dont usually say things like this, but Ive never seen someone as talented as you. I even joined Suhos fan club. From now on, call me a Suho Disciple. Ahn-men. Sword-men. Why were the people in the Awakening Division so thrilled? The answer was obvious. For years, they had borne the brunt of endless criticism due to the unregistered S-class Players. Now Suho had resolved the issue entirely, sparing them further scolding and scrutiny. If were going to be criticized regardless, Id rather suffer once and be done with it, was the collective sentiment. Thanks to this, Suho achieved a perfect score on his on-site evaluation as expected and smoothly transitioned to the next stageworking with the Non-Awakened Division as part of his training. Just as Suho was wrapping up his work with the Awakening Division, his phone buzzed. Vrrr, vrrr. A call. Seeing the caller ID, Suho grinned. That was fast. Answering the call, he greeted with a polite tone. Yes, senior. Ahn, are you busy? If not, come see me for a moment. The caller was none other than Pi Seong-yeol. Chapter 78 At Pi Seong-yeol''s summons, Suho made his way to the Special Division Chiefs office. Upon his arrival, Pi Seong-yeol greeted him with a sly smile, rising from his seat. Youre here, junior? Yes, senior. Have a seat. The room was much larger and more sophisticated than Lee Wan-iks officean unmistakable testament to the disparity in power. As Suho sat down, Pi Seong-yeol opened the mini-fridge beside him, pulled out a can of soda, and placed it in front of Suho. I hear you had some fun in the Awakening Division? Not at all. Not at all? Word is, your performance there was extraordinary. Thats the Suho I knowalways exceeding expectations. Thank you. Drink up. Yes, sir. At Pi Seong-yeols encouragement, Suho opened the can and took a sip. Only then did Pi Seong-yeol begin to speak. The first one you caught was Kim Goong-won, right? Yes, thats correct. I heard you went to Acro Tower. Yes, I did. Did you see anyone else there besides Kim Goong-won? A subtle expression crossed Pi Seong-yeols face. Clearly, he already knew the answer. This would make things easier. Without hesitation or change in expression, Suho answered, I also saw Son Baek-geum. Then why did you leave him there? I didnt think he was someone I could handle. At that, a spark lit in Pi Seong-yeols eyes, and a faint grin tugged at his lips. Interesting. What makes you think you know what I was going to say about that? Werent you going to talk about Son Baek-geums connections? Pahaha. Pi Seong-yeol burst out laughing at Suhos response. He took a sip from his own can, still grinning, and set it back down. Exactly. I was going to talk about his connections. So, you left him because you thought you couldnt handle it? To be honest, yes. Then why didnt you report it to me? I was waiting for the right justification. Justification? Yes. Even though Im expected to join the Special Division, Im not officially a member yet. Plus, your name didnt come up in this situation. I thought it would be presumptuous to bring up Son Baek-geum without proper justification, so I waited. I figured either you or the Vice President would call me eventually. Hmm... Pi Seong-yeol narrowed his eyes, clearly impressed. The response was exactly what he had hoped for. With both corners of his mouth now lifted in a pleased smile, he said, Suho. Yes, senior? Well done. Thank you, senior. From now on, if theres anything you cant handle, report it all to me. Ill tell you how to deal with it. Yes, sir. Youre not even asking why? You must have a reason for it, so why should I question it? Pfft... You crazy bastard. Now fully laughing, shoulders shaking, Pi Seong-yeol looked entirely pleased with Suho. Reaching into his wallet, he pulled out a card and handed it to Suho. Youve worked hard. When youre done for the day, take your close friends out and eat something good. None of that cheap pork belly nonsensego for Korean beef or seafood. If you want to drink, drink. I wont care how much it costs. No, really, I havent done anything to deserve this. Hey, when an elder gives you something, just take it and say thank you. Thank you. Yes, boss.Got it.If youre asking me to do it, it must be important.Hell yeah! Got it. Haha, then I guess youll do the same here in the Non-Awakening Division. By the way, Han Ho-seong from the Awakening Division is my colleague from training. He couldnt stop praising youso much that its raised my expectations. A critic turned fan is always the loudest, Suho thought. It made sense. Han Ho-seong had once been one of Suhos harshest critics. As Suho responded with an awkward smile, Cho leaned forward with a subtle expression. So, are you planning to work solo on this one as well? Ah, so thats what he was aiming for. Fine. Suho had been planning to request the same thing anyway, so there was no reason to refuse. Suho nodded. Yes, Ill handle this one on my own. Haha, understood. If you run into any issues, dont hesitate to reach out. Thank you, I will. Having completed his meeting with the Non-Awakening Divisions officer, Suho stood and prepared to leave. It was time to visit the candidates he had earmarked for registration. *** Swoosh! An arrow flew through the air. And then Thud! The arrow landed squarely in the bullseye. It was Park Goongs shot. The coach immediately shouted, First place goes to Park Goong! That means Park Goong will be representing us in tomorrows competition. Wooow...! The coachs declaration drew cheers from the group. At the same time, though, everyone reacted as if it were a foregone conclusion. As expected of Goong. Park Goong never disappoints. With this level of skill, Goongs definitely going to win the tournament tomorrow. Yeah, no doubt about it. Park Goong. The pride of Anseong Highs archery team and one of Koreas brightest archery prospects. Everyone believed it without question. And Park Goong himself had no doubts about it either. After practice, one of his teammates approached him and asked, Goong, what are you doing after this? Were planning to hit up karaokecome with us. Nah, you guys go ahead. I have to help out at my moms shop today. Seriously? We finished early today because of the tournament tomorrow, and youre still helping at your moms shop? Sorry, but Ill feel better if I do. Man, youre the only one around here whos such a good son. True that. Goongs the golden child, and youre the delinquent. Hey, come on! But okay, Ill admit it. Alright, see you tomorrow! Yeah, sorry about this. See you! Park Goong was well-known for his filial devotion. Living alone with his single mother, Park Goong always helped out at her shop on days when practice ended early, just like today. He had never thought of it as a burden. No, he believed it was only natural. He knew that it was thanks to his mother, who supported his dreams despite their tough circumstances, that he was able to be where he was now. With that thought, Park Goong headed to his mothers shop to lend a hand as usual. But then ...Huh? He froze the moment he arrived. Park Goong couldnt believe his eyes. Standing in his mothers shop was none other than the famous Ahn Suho, the Hunter. Blink. Park Goong blinked as he stared at Suho.@@@@ Chapter 79 Wha-wha-wha-wha! Park Goong was still just a teenager. Caught off guard, his voice instinctively rose in shock, but before he could let it out fully, his mother appeared and clamped a hand over his mouth. Shhh! Mmm, Mom? Wearing her rubber gloves, she pressed a finger to her lips in a gesture to keep quiet. Only when Park Goong nodded did she finally let go of him. She whispered softly, Dont go bothering our guest while hes eating. Ah... It was only then that Park Goong noticed Suho sitting at a table, eating. Two kimbap rolls and a bowl of ramen. Since it was a quiet time of day, Suho was the only customer. Realizing he had almost interrupted such a peaceful moment, Park Goong nodded apologetically. Got it. Sorry, Mom. Good. Now, why are you here? Shouldnt you still be at practice? They let us off early since the competition is tomorrow. Then you should be resting or hanging out with your friends. Why are you here at the shop? Mom, I know youre working here alone. How could I not come help? Well... Its fine. Ive never taken time off just because of a competition. Speaking of which, Mom Yes? You havent taken that guests payment yet, right? No, not yet. Then can I handle it? At his request, his mother chuckled. Sure, go ahead. Awesome. Grinning from ear to ear, Park Goong eagerly hovered near the counter, waiting. Not long after, Suho finished his meal and approached the register. Time to pay. Yes, thatll be 10,000 won! Here you go. Would you like a receipt? No, thats fine. By the way... Yes? Are you, by any chance, Park Goong? Huh? Whawhat? If not, forget I said anything. N-no! Thats me! Im Park Goong. Just as Suho finished paying, he suddenly recognized Park Goong and addressed him, leaving the boy utterly stunned. It was a natural reaction. After all, this wasnt just anyonethis was Ahn Suho, the Sword God, and he knew his name. Suho smiled and asked, Do you have a moment to talk? Im Ahn Suho, from the Great Awakening Association, and Id like to speak with you privately for a bit. Ah, sure, of course... Wait, what? From where? The Great Awakening Association. ...Ah? In that instant, Park Goongs eyes shook as if an earthquake had hit. He began to back away awkwardly, mumbling excuses. Ah... haha... Im sorry, but Im really busy right now... Itll only take a moment. Are you sure? I-Im sorry! With that, Park Goong turned and bolted. His mother noticed the scene but by the time she approached Suho, her son was already far from the shop. Panting heavily, Park Goong finally stopped after running as far as he could. Once he felt safely distanced from the shop, he hid and tried to catch his breath. Huff... huff... As his breathing slowed, he crouched down, burying his face in his knees. Why now, of all times... The reason for his escape was simple: guilt. The boy couldnt outrun his own conscience. Slowly, he lifted his head and stared at the empty air in front of him. [ Choose the power you wish to pursue. ] [ Warrior ] [ Mage ] [ Archer ] [ Healer ] What appeared before him was none other than the job selection screen. Park Goong was an Awakened. Specifically, an Unclassed Awakened who had deferred selecting a job. He had awakened only a few days prior, but he had kept it a secret. From everyone. Even from his beloved mother. Why? For one reason alone. If anyone finds out Im an Awakened, Ill have to quit archery. And it was true. The law prohibited Awakened individuals from participating in professional sports for non-Awakened people. Why? Hey, Goong. Where are you?Well, Hunter Ahn Suho said he wanted to talk to you, but you just ran off. Is something wrong?Hmm?Of course. Why? Is there something else I should know?What about dinner?Alright, if you say so... but are you sure everythings okay?Geez, no need to yell. Fine, I get it. Goong, the coach wants to see you. The coachs summons. Time to head out? Hearing the call, Park Goong quickly made his way to where the coach was waiting. But ...What? Behind the building, where the coach stood waiting, there was someone else. Someone he had absolutely no desire to see. Suho. Why... why is he here... Goongs chest tightened, his heart pounding violently. Why? Why now? Even as he saw it with his own eyes, he couldnt believe it. Why? Why? The coach noticed Goong and gestured for him to come over. Hey, Goong! Come here for a second. His limbs trembled, his jaw quivered. His stomach churned, his head spun. The world before him blurred and tilted. But his feet wouldnt move. He had nowhere left to run. Like a lamb being led to slaughter, Goong slowly shuffled toward the coach and Suho, trembling all the way. When he finally stood before them, the coach gave Suho a slight nod before stepping aside. Suho spoke calmly. Park Goong. Yes, yes? Were you very busy yesterday? Thats... um... Youve awakened, havent you? Awakened. That one word made Goongs vision go black. His lips trembled. He was so shaken, he couldnt speak. But he had to answer. Should he tell the truth? Or should he lie? In a few moments, the competition would begin. If he could just compete, he was confident hed win. With the prize money, he could pay for his grandmothers hospital bills. At least, thats what he believed. Suho, his voice calm and firm, spoke again. Be honest. This is a very important matter. An important matter. Having someone from the association would have been nerve-wracking enough. But having the Sword God himself standing before him was overwhelming. Goong shrank even further. The courage to lie convincingly vanished. After a long, agonizing silence, Goong finally admitted it. ...Yes, Ive awakened. Thank you for being honest. I recommend you file your awakening report now and withdraw from this competition. If youd like, I can ensure the coach and others wont hear about this. Excuse me! Yes? Cant... cant I compete just this once? I havent even chosen a class yet, and Im still level 1. You know as well as anyonelevel 1 players are no different from regular people! If I dont compete, Ill! No. What? I understand your situation and what youre trying to tell me, but the law is clear. And even if I overlooked this now, reporting your awakening after the competition would invalidate all your results from the past two months. What? Really? Yes. So reporting now is the better option. How is that even... Lets head to the association now. .... Defeated, Goong hung his head. Suho quietly escorted him to his car. This was, in Suhos view, the best course of action. Because in his previous life, after this competition, Goong had indeed won, just as hed hoped. But shortly after, his supposed friend and teammate Hong Wonsuk reported him, leading to his disqualification and the revocation of his awarda disgrace that haunted him. And thats when he spiraled, turning into a full-fledged villain. Not just any villain, but the notorious Bow Demon. Better one wound now than two later. Suho climbed into the car with Goong. Chapter 81 After the Great Cataclysm, many countries reinstated conscription. While most gates couldnt be subdued by the military, they could still be monitored and managed. South Korea was no exception. The country already had mandatory conscription, so not much changed in that regard, but new exemption clauses were added to the existing system. One such clause pertained to awakened individuals, effectively exempting them from military service. Awakened players might be deployed to gates at any time. Of course, it wasnt an unconditional exemption. The procedure was complexthey had to obtain a Hunters license, raise their level by at least two tiers, undergo a stats evaluation, and pass a final examination to qualify for complete exemption. This exemption wasnt an act of goodwill; it was about utilizing them as Hunter resources rather than regular soldiers. The problem is, this complex procedure was only introduced later.@@@@ Currently, players were exempted from conscription as soon as they awakened and received their player certification. It was a loophole that existed because society hadnt stabilized long after the Cataclysm, leaving the system full of holes. Hong Dong-seok, the elder brother of Hong Won-seok, exploited this loophole to commit draft-dodging fraud. Upon hearing the full story, Hong Won-seok was too overwhelmed to say anything during their ride to the association. Hes probably dealing with a whirlwind of emotions. It was only natural. Hong Won-seok had no idea his brother was a draft dodger. Why? There wasnt a complicated reason. It was simply the result of poor communication between two brothers who didnt get along. When they arrived at the association, chaos reigned. The department was in an uproar because of the draft-dodgers Su-ho had apprehended, along with their families. This is bullsh*t! I really did awaken! Who the hell reported me?! Youre the ones who issued my player ID! Why are you harassing me now?! The audacity was unreal. The uproar was like nothing anyone had ever seen. The departments staff and clerks were sweating bullets, trying to handle the unprecedented mess. Meanwhile, Su-ho leisurely observed the chaos. As a mere trainee, he wasnt obligated to take on active duties. Itd be overstepping to make a trainee handle frontline work. At that moment You bastard! Suddenly, Hong Won-seok, who had been standing beside Su-ho, lunged at someone. The target was none other than his brother, Hong Dong-seok. BAM! A punch landed squarely, sending Dong-seok sprawling to the floor. Won-seok climbed on top of him, grabbing him by the collar. You son of a b*tch! Because of you! Because of you! Overwhelmed by rage and sorrow, he shook his brother violently. Eventually, the clerks intervened and separated the two. Watching the scene unfold, Su-ho shook his head and turned away. But just as he was leaving, Jo Sung-gil, who had spotted him, called out urgently. Su-ho! Yes? Where are you going? Help us out here! Me? Help? Who else is going to help? Cant you see how busy we are? I can see that. But as a trainee, Im not permitted to perform active duties. Im also still under field evaluation. What? Field evaluation? But youre the one who caught all these peoplewhat does some field evaluation even matter at this point? Jo Sung-gil trailed off, realizing that Su-ho wasnt technically wrong. Your real name is Kim Gwon, isnt it? ...What? Im from the APA Non-Awakened Division. My name is An Su-ho. Im here to see you. May I check your ID? .... Kim Gwon froze, the ramen seasoning packet still in his hand. The two locked eyes for a moment before Kim Gwon finally spoke. How did you find out? I cant disclose that. Please show me your ID. .... Without a word, Kim Gwon nodded and moved toward the back storage room. However, instead of retrieving his ID, he bolted out the rear exit, running as fast as he could. Watching him flee, Su-ho sighed. Knew it. He gave chase. Kim Gwon sprinted through alleys, zigzagging through the maze-like streets, his heart pounding in his chest. Finally, he collapsed against a wall, gasping for breath. Dammit... How did they find me? Just as he was catching his breath, a calm voice rang out behind him. Done running? Ah! Su-ho appeared out of nowhere and flicked Kim Gwon on the forehead with enough force to knock him flat. Argh... As Kim Gwon groaned in pain, Su-ho crouched down, meeting his eye level. Why run? You know that makes this an immediate arrest, right? You bastard... Ignoring the insult, Su-ho smiled faintly. Lets go. We need to sort this out. *** Su-ho and Kim Geon arrived at a villa situated on a steep hill, not far from the PC cafe?. Kim Geons residence was located in the semi-basement of the building. Kim Geon unlocked the door and entered first, with Su-ho following close behind. Inside, Su-hos eyes immediately landed on the figure lying on a bed in the living roomthis was the real Kim Geon. Approaching the bed, Su-ho bent down and placed a finger under Kim Geons nose. There was breath. His pulse was steady. He wasnt dead. He was in a catatonic state. Su-ho nodded slightly and spoke. Let me see your ID. ...... At Su-hos request, Kim Geon glared at him momentarily before reluctantly retrieving two IDs and handing them over. One was Kim Geons ID, and the other belonged to his younger brother, Kim Gwon. After confirming both IDs, Su-ho addressed him. Mr. Kim Geon, when did your brother awaken? Uh... yesterday. Lets not lie. You were working at the PC cafe? earlier. A quick look at the work records will tell me exactly when you started. Your possession ability only works on other players, doesnt it? ......! Kim Geons eyes widened in shock at the mention of possession. It was just as Su-ho suspected. Kim Geons special trait was Possession. He was one of the rare Possession Players in the countryan individual Su-ho had specifically been tasked to track down as part of this field evaluation. Chapter 82 Kim Geon''s widened eyes trembled as if shaken by an earthquake. For a moment, he was speechless. Then, glaring at Su-ho with venomous intensity, he growled. So, what now? Pardon? Are you going to report my brother as an unregistered player now? Fine, go ahead! You think I wanted to do this? You think I had a choice? My legs are paralyzed from an accident, my brother is a vegetable, and we have no parents or money. This was the only way for us to survive! What else could I do? Hell, maybe its for the best nowjust report us both. At least in prison, wed get some care! His voice was filled with bitter despair as he poured out his frustrations. But everything he said was the truth. Kim Geon had once been a decent Hunter, reaching level 50 and obtaining a personal trait. However, a gate raid left him severely injured and paralyzed from the waist down. To make matters worse, his younger brotheran ordinary personwas hit by a car in a hit-and-run accident, leaving him in a vegetative state. The brothers lives had spiraled rapidly downward. Having lost their parents in a gate-related incident years earlier, their savings quickly evaporated under the weight of hospital bills and daily expenses. Eventually, they were forced to move to the outskirts of the city, barely scraping by with irregular meals. Then, when it seemed like all hope was lost, his brother awakened as a playera miracle, but also their last and only chance. For someone like Kim Geon, whose Possession trait only worked on players with lower overall stats, his brothers awakening was a lifeline. After that, he kept his brothers awakening a secret, using his brothers body to work part-time jobs and manage both his own incapacitated body and his brothers vegetative state during the periods of possession. Why keep it a secret? There was no choice. His brother, still technically a vegetative patient, was receiving disability benefits. If they reported the awakening, those benefits would be cut off. Furthermore, only he, with his Possession trait, could confirm the awakening. So, as long as he kept his mouth shut, no one would know. They hadnt done anything illegal apart from this. Kim Geon had done everything in his power just to ensure the survival of both brothers. As Kim Geon glared at Su-ho with eyes full of resentment, Su-ho responded calmly. Who said anything? What...? I told you, didnt I? Im here to help you two. So calm down, and hear me out. I dont lie. Kim Geon was momentarily stunned by Su-hos composed tone. Then his brows furrowed again in suspicion as he asked cautiously. And why should I trust you? Ill stake my name on it. Your name? Are you kidding me? Who the hell are you to think your name means anything? Its natural to think that. But if I lie, youre free to report me to the press. That would hurt me too, wouldnt it? By the way, my name is An Su-ho. An Su-ho? Yes. Havent heard of me? The Sword Saint, An Su-ho. The Sword Saint, An Su-ho? Although Su-ho felt slightly embarrassed, he used his title as proof of identityit was the clearest way to establish trust. Moments later, recognition dawned on Kim Geon. The Sword Saint, An Su-ho?! His eyes widened in shock once more. Theres no better tool for proving ones identity and gaining someones trust than fame. Su-ho didnt bother hiding his renown and openly revealed everything to Kim Geon. Eventually, Kim Geon accepted Su-hos sincerity and canceled his possession. Ugh... As the possession was released, Kim Gwons body slumped forward while the real Kim Geon, lying on the bed, let out a groan. Why...? he finally asked. Why what? Why now? After leaving us to fend for ourselves, why are you suddenly offering help? Whats in it for you? His skepticism was understandable. In the past, every time hed sought helpfrom welfare centers to local organizationshed been met with cold indifference. Society had turned its back on a former Hunter reduced to a cripple. Su-ho shook his head and replied softly. Its not neglect. ...What? I wasnt neglecting you. I just hadnt found a way to help you until now. But Im here now, arent I? With a warm smile, Su-ho bowed his head slightly. Im sorry for being late. I shouldve helped you sooner. Please, let me make it up to you. It wasnt just wordsSu-hos apology was heartfelt. While Su-ho wasnt personally responsible for the systemic failures that had led to their suffering, as a civil servant of the state, he felt a deep sense of accountability. Moved by Su-hos sincerity, Kim Geon eventually apologized for his earlier hostility, and Su-ho graciously accepted it. Its all right. If I were in your shoes, Id feel just as angry and overwhelmed. ...Thank you for understanding. Ill assist you with reporting your brothers awakening, Su-ho said reassuringly. And of course, Ill make sure that his disability benefits remain intact. Really? Are you serious? Kim Geon asked, his voice filled with cautious hope. Absolutely. Ill handle it as a field-confirmed case, so you wont even need to be involved. However, for your future Hunter activities, it might be a good idea to start wrapping up your current job at the PC cafe?. But... But? Have you ever had issues with unpaid wages at the cafe?? Su-ho asked, just to be sure. It wasnt uncommon for businesses like these to exploit their employees. Kim Geon immediately waved his hands, strongly denying the suggestion. Oh, no, no! Not at all! The owner has been so kind to me. Thanks to them, weve been able to survive up to this point. Actually... I was wondering, if its all right, could I continue working there in my brothers body until they find a replacement? Hmm. That was unexpected. Most places like that would have at least some history of wage theft, but it seemed this wasnt the case. Su-ho nodded in agreement. Thats fine. Suddenly quitting would be an inconvenience for the owner, so you can keep working there until they hire someone new. Oh, and for your Hunter activities, Ill be introducing you to a guild. You should hear from them soon. The guilds name is Nexus. Nexus?! Kim Geon repeated, shocked. Yes, its the only guild Im personally connected to. But Nexus? Im not qualified to join such a place... Dont worry about that. Once youve started using the Partner Item Ill be arranging for you, youll fit right in with Nexus. What kind of Partner Item could possibly... Ill show you when its ready. For now, take a few days to rest. Well meet again soon. With that, Su-ho gave a polite bow and left Kim Geons home. This wraps up both the field evaluation and the Non-Awakened Division case, Su-ho thought to himself as he stepped outside. Filing the paperwork would be a simple task for him. In practical terms, the case was already closed. Instead of heading back to the APA headquarters, Su-ho set his navigation system to the Nexus Guilds main office. No one but me knows how much potential Kim Geon truly has, he mused. While Nexus would undoubtedly take care of Kim Geon out of respect for Su-hos influence, Su-ho felt that wouldnt be enough. True redemption comes from rebuilding your life with your own strength. As Su-ho drove toward Nexuss headquarters, he picked up his phone and called Kim I-gang, the guilds secretary general. Chapter 83 The next day. As usual, Su-ho reported to work. The paperwork for Nexus and the Kim brothers had already been handled the day before. Today, he was set to receive the results of his comprehensive evaluation from the Awakening Department and proceed with his departmental transfer. Feeling relaxed, Su-ho strolled toward the APA headquarters, only to encounter an unexpected visitor at the entrance. Hunter! It was Park Goong. Caught off guard but pleasantly surprised, Su-ho greeted him warmly. Park Goong? Hello! Ah, yes. Um... Yes? Well, this... Park Goong hesitated before handing Su-ho a black plastic bag. A savory aroma wafted from itit was tuna kimbap. Blushing slightly, Park Goong explained. My mom packed this for you. Uh... thank you, Hunter. For everything. The social media post, the journalist... all of it. Thanks to you. The article by Jo Jin-hwi had made Park Goongs Snack Bar even more famous. Long lines now formed before the store opened, and theyd had to hastily hire more help. Despite the busyness, Park Goong had come to the APA early in the morning purely to thank Su-ho in person. To him, Su-ho was nothing less than a benefactor. He continued. I wanted to call you, but I didnt have your number, so I thought Id just wait here. I figured if I stayed long enough, Id see you. Su-ho chuckled. If Id known, I wouldve given you my number. Thanks for the kimbap. Please tell your mom I said thank you as well. Of course. Um... but, may I ask you something? Go ahead. Why... Why are you being so kind to me? At this, Su-ho smiled faintly. I havent done anything special. Pardon? I posted on social media because your moms food was genuinely delicious. Its my personal accountI can post what I like, cant I? Well, yes, but... the journalist... Did the journalist say I tipped them off? No, but... I just thought it mightve been you. Then you dont actually know who it was. Ah... Awkwardly, Park Goong scratched the back of his head. It was true. Su-ho chuckled again. Anyway, Ill enjoy the kimbap. Its unfortunate you cant continue archery, but I think this might open up better opportunities. Youre incredibly talented, after all. By the way, have you changed your class? Oh, yes! I switched to Archer. Good. Do you have any plans for Hunter work? Im still considering it. I only switched classes because the notification window wouldnt stop popping up. That happens. But heres my take: soon, scouts from various guilds will be lining up to recruit you. The journalist said something similar... Do you have any guilds youd recommend? At this, Su-ho smiled knowingly. The timing was perfect. Well, of course, Nexus. Im from Nexus, after all. Oh... Then Nexus it is. Isnt that a bit hasty? "Where are you?""Come see me in the Vice Presidents office." Your network? Yes, I have connections from my time as a Hunter. They provided some assistance when they heard I was undergoing evaluation. Connections? Who exactly? Just people in the information trade. They have ties everywhere and offered help as a service. Ties? Where? Well, you know... here and there... Here and there, where exactly?! As Su-ho continued to dodge the question, Park Gyu-mins patience snapped. He was clearly agitated, which only confirmed his guilt. Feigning reluctance, Su-ho finally admitted, Im sorry. Its a government agency. Im not at liberty to say. A government agency? Does our association have ties to them? I wouldnt know... Hunter An, were on the same side, arent we? Oh, we are? Since when? Su-ho thought, but he maintained his facade, acting conflicted. As Park Gyu-mins frustration grew, Su-ho decided to throw him a bone. Ive heard rumors that our association has some connections, but I dont know any details. Hmm... Satisfied for the moment, Park Gyu-min leaned back, stroking his chin in thought. After a pause, he leaned in and whispered conspiratorially. Hunter An. Yes? Could you arrange for me to meet these information people? That might be difficult. They value their anonymity. What if I approach them as a client? Well... Come on, dont be like this. ...Ill ask. Good. Let me know by today. Understood. Oh, and one more thingI called you here to praise you. Youve been doing excellent work. Im keeping an eye on you. Thank you. Alright, you can go now. Praise, my ass. Su-ho left the Vice Presidents office with a faint smile. The conversation had gone even better than hed hoped. Heading toward the Non-Awakened Division, Su-ho noticed that the investigation into the draft-dodging scandal was still underway. Familiar faces from the day before were still lingering, including Hong Won-seok, who looked utterly drained. It was no surprise. The archery finals had already started, but he was stuck at the association, powerless to do anything. His brother, Hong Dong-seok, still hadnt apologized. They brought this on themselves, Su-ho thought. His actions werent motivated by personal vendetta but by adherence to the law. Justice was being served, plain and simple. As Su-ho waited in a nearby meeting room, Um Jun-sung, who had just arrived, greeted him. Ah, Su-ho, youre early! Yes. By the way, is my evaluation finished? Ah... haha... about that... Um Jun-sung hesitated, nervously scratching his head. Well, the Awakening Department is a bit backlogged right now. It might take a few days. Could you wait just a bit longer? What the hell is this now? Su-hos brow furrowed. Chapter 84 It was just as it appeared. The Non-Awakened Divisionand in fact, the entire Awakening Departmentwas in chaos because of the draft-dodgers Su-ho had apprehended. After assessing the situation, Su-ho began to speak but stopped, nodding instead. Understood. Where should I wait in the meantime? Wait? Oh, right, waiting. Thats... uh... an issue, isnt it? You dont have an assigned desk yet... hmm... what should we do? No plan at all. Even with all the work piling up, they didnt even have a desk for him. As Um Jun-sung pondered, Su-ho cut in. If its an issue, Ill stay with the general manager. My training at the Awakening Department is already finished. Oh, would you? That works. Ill let you know as soon as the evaluation is completed. Understood. It could take a few daysor maybe even longer. The Awakening Department was in a full-blown emergency. This might actually work out well. The longer he waited, the more free time hed have. Pulling out his phone, Su-ho called Jeong Cheol-min. Ah, Su-ho, Jeong answered promptly. Hello, sir. Are you in the office today? Yes, Im in the Gate Division right now. Why? I completed my training with the Awakening Department as of yesterday. But according to Um, everyone handling evaluations is too busy, so theyve asked me to wait. I dont have a desk, though. Is there anywhere I could wait? Wait, you finished your training already? Thats fast! I heard there was some incident at the Awakening Department yesterday... Ill come down to see you. Meet me by the elevator. Alright. Huh. Seems like news travels slowly around here. Su-ho waited at the elevator, and soon Jeong arrived. Want to grab a coffee? Lets head to our usual spot. Sounds good. The two headed to the courtyard, where they got two cups of coffee from the vending machine. Handing a cup to Su-ho, Jeong spoke. But how did you finish training so quickly? Theory exams are one thingyoure smart, so I get thatbut field training isnt exactly a breeze. Well, somehow I managed to get through everything. Geez... you might be the only person who can talk about field training so casually. But I heard something on the way downapparently, the chaos in the Awakening Department is all because of you. Is that true? I wouldnt say its because of me, but the Non-Awakened Division is busy dealing with draft-dodgers. I caught over twenty of them yesterday. Draft-dodgers?! Yes. Su-ho briefly explained how these individuals had exploited the Awakening laws to dodge military service. As he spoke, Jeong nearly dropped his cup of barley tea. What the... no wonder everyones been so tight-lipped. Tight-lipped? Yeah, no one from the Awakening Department would say a word about whats going on. Everyones just watching the situation unfold in silence. Ah, that makes sense. It wasnt exactly good news, and departments dont usually advertise their failures. The less noise about it, the better for their reputation. Changing the subject, Su-ho asked, By the way, sir, do you know much about office politics? Office politics? Why do you ask? Started with what? The promise I made to you. Oh. The promise to the Banshees: revenge against the APA. Though a heavy subject, the mood was serious as Seo Gi-won leaned in, fully focused. He now knew the Banshees backstory. Ku Yeon-hwa, her face grim, asked, Arent you still in training? You said revenge would start once you joined the Special Division. That was the plan, but during training, I learned something interesting. If things go well, we might stir things up before then. Su-ho shared everything hed discovered during his training and the information hed gotten from Jeong. When he finished, Yeon-hwa asked cautiously, So youre planning to sow discord through the Vice Presidents request? No. The opposite. The opposite? Were going to take him down. Take him... down? Su-ho outlined his plan. The Banshees were stunned as they listened. Is this... really okay? Why not? Sowing discord isnt as easy as it sounds. Lets keep things simple. But... Dont worry. Ill take full responsibility. Seeing the determination in Su-hos eyes, the Banshees exchanged glances before nodding. Understood. Good. Lets move. Yes. Youll meet them? Yes. Come with me. Su-ho deliberately timed his visit to the Vice Presidents office for the end of the workday. Convincing him that hed arranged a meeting with the information brokers, Su-ho personally drove him to a remote location outside Seoul. After a long drive, they arrived at an isolated roadside area. As Su-ho parked the car, Park Gyu-min looked around, annoyed. What kind of people insist on meeting in a place like this? Theyre very security-conscious. The meeting locations always change. Please understand. Tsk... so, where are they? In the distance, figures began to approach. Clad in black suits and wearing eerie masks, they were the Banshees. Seeing them, Park Gyu-min visibly tensed. The darkness and the eerie silence of the area didnt help. Still, he trusted one thinghe was with the Sword Saint, An Su-ho. That was when Su-ho turned to face him directly. Vice President. Huh? What? Apologies for deceiving you. What? What are you talking about? Its simple. Youve been kidnapped. Wha Go to sleep. BAM! With one swift punch, Su-ho knocked Park Gyu-min unconscious. The Vice President collapsed sideways onto the ground. Chapter 85 Ugh... How much time had passed? As his senses returned, Park Gyu-min groaned. Then, like someone waking from a nightmare, he gasped and opened his eyes wide. For a moment, panic overtook him, but he quickly regained his composure, controlling his breathing. A kidnapping! That bastard An Su-ho said I was kidnapped...! He remembered it vividly. It wasnt a dreamit was all real. Slowly, he raised his head to take in his surroundings. Where... am I? He tried to survey the area, but his view was obstructed by wooden boards, making it hard to discern his location. Ill have to get up, wont I? Reluctantly, he decided to lift himself. At least the place wasnt completely darkthere was light, indicating he was indoors. He cautiously raised his body, peeking over the boards. ...! The moment he looked beyond, he froze. His breath caught in his throat. His head dropped back down, and he curled into a ball on the floor. Thud, thud, thud His heart raced uncontrollably. What was that? What did I just see? His mind reeled, trying to process what his eyes had glimpsed. The scene beyond the boards looked like something out of a horror movie, smeared with blood and gore. The most terrifying sight was a figure crouched at the center of it all. That... that was a person...! It had to be a person! Clenching his teeth, Park Gyu-min stifled the scream threatening to escape. But fear crept through his body, making him tremble uncontrollably. Where the hell am I? What did I do to deserve this? Why are they doing this to me? In moments of crisis, the human mind works at lightning speed. Yet no matter how he spun his thoughts, he couldnt think of a way out. He could do nothing but lie there, paralyzed with terror. After all, he wasnt an awakened player or a Hunterjust a powerless civilian. And then... Grrrrrr... A guttural growl reached him from beyond the boards, like the wail of some monstrous beast. Sh-sh-sh... The sound of something scraping across the floor. It was moving. And the noise was growing louder. Why is it getting louder? A chilling realization struck himit was coming closer. His heart pounded wildly in his chest. What do I do? What can I do? What choice do I have? The sound was now mere inches away. Finally, when he couldnt bear it any longer, Park Gyu-mins fear erupted. You shouldve said that earlier. Su-ho dragged a nearby chair over and sat down, speaking with a calm smile. Now that youve come to your senses, lets have a serious talk. Id rather not have to hit you again. Yes, yes! I understand! But just to make sure youre paying attention... You see that thing over there? Su-ho gestured toward the chained figure. Thats Im Chang-shik. He used to run a gang in Yeongdeungpo, dealing drugs and loans. Youve read about him, right? Im Chang-shik? Oh, yes, Ive heard of him! Ive been keeping him around as a personal project. Would you like to take a closer look? Su-ho grabbed Im Chang-shik by the scruff of the neck and displayed his facea grotesque mess of scabs and dried blood. The sight made Park Gyu-min shiver uncontrollably. After tossing the man back to the ground, Su-ho returned to his seat. Lets be clear. Whether you live as Park Gyu-min or end up like Im Chang-shik depends entirely on what you do from now on. I-I understand... Good. Now that were on the same page... Su-ho tossed a notebook and pen at him. Start writing. From the draft-dodging scandal to the bribes youve taken from Son Baek-geum. List every crime youve committed at the APA, whether you led it or just went along. Leave anything out, and youll be joining Chang-shik. A-all of it? Su-ho sighed and summoned his club again, smashing it into Park Gyu-mins shoulder. CRACK! AAAGHH!! This time, his shoulder and collarbone snapped under the force. Su-ho let him writhe in pain for a moment before using Heal again. Dont make me repeat myself. Next time, Ill break all your limbs. Y-yes! I understand! Ill write everything down! Trembling, Park Gyu-min picked up the pen and began scribbling furiously. Seated comfortably, Su-ho watched him. Nothing gets results like this. Su-ho had learned from experiencemany people dont respond to kind words. Force is faster and more effective. He had no intention of resorting to violence unnecessarily. His goal was to take control of the APA far faster than in his previous life, using its resources to crush his future enemies. Time is precious. When Park Gyu-min finally handed over the notebook, shaking, Su-ho skimmed through it. Well, well... I knew you were scum, but this is impressive. No wonder Pi Seong-yeol has you under his thumb. What... what do you mean? You seriously dont know? As realization dawned, Su-ho began to lay out his plan, breaking down the web of betrayal around Park Gyu-min. By the end, the Vice President was pale and groveling. Please, help me survive. Ill do whatever you say! Kneeling at Su-hos feet, Park Gyu-min pledged his loyalty. With that, Su-ho had gained another pawn.@@@@ Chapter 86 Su-ho handed a small orb to the trembling Park Gyu-min. Swallow it. W-What is this? A bomb. W-What?! Its an item bomb that only responds to my commands. Once you swallow it, it will be absorbed into your body and remain undetectable by any search skill. Its expensive, so hurry up and eat it. B-But why would I... Otherwise? How do you expect me to trust you? ... Park Gyu-min was at a loss for words. Truthfully, he had been plotting ways to stab Su-ho in the back the moment he escaped from here. But to think Su-ho would resort to such a barbaric method. With shaking hands, Park Gyu-min reluctantly took the orb. After glancing nervously at Su-ho, he swallowed it. The thought of an explosion later seemed less immediate than the threat of a beating now. Ugh! The bomb tasted bitter. The moment it touched his tongue, it melted and disappeared. As Su-ho had said, it was absorbed into his body, leaving him with a strange sensation, as if something about his physical state had changed. Su-ho watched the trembling man clutching his stomach and thought to himself. What a load of crap. An item bomb undetectable by search skills? There was no such thing. It was just a bitter-tasting pill. But such measures were necessary to ensure Park Gyu-min didnt try to betray him. Su-ho spoke again, his tone sharp. Listen carefully. From now on, youre going to clean up the messes youve made, one by one. Messes...? Yes, messes. You want to survive, dont you? Then you need to make sure Pi Seong-yeol cant come after you. And the first step is cleaning up the wrongs youve done so far. Clean up... Park Gyu-min muttered under his breath, his voice trembling. Su-hos expression remained cold as he continued. Youll need to take care of this quietly. Pinning it on someone else shady is fine, but if you harm an innocent person just to save your own skin... you know whatll happen, right? Of course! I would never do that. Good. Dont worry, I wont just sit back and watch, either. So dont waste time fretting. Just answer my questions honestly and do as youre told. Yes, I understand. Then, as soon as we return to the Association, lets start with resolving this military draft-dodging scandal. How should I handle it? At Park Gyu-mins question, Su-ho glanced at the corruption report he had submitted. Looks like the ones involved in this scheme are you, the Awakening Division Chief, and the Non-Awakening Affairs Deputy Chief. Yes, I secured the deals, and the Chief and Deputy Chief handled the on-site execution. How was the money divided? ...I took 70%, and the rest was split between them, 2:1. Su-ho shot Park Gyu-min a disgusted look. So this bastard pocketed most of it after subcontracting the dirty work to others? Shameless. With a furrowed brow, Su-ho asked, You still have the list of people you arranged deals with and the money you took, right? I have it, but Im not sure about the others below me. Then get it back from them or fill in the gaps yourself. First, return all the money and shut those people up. Only then can we quietly deal with the Chief and the Deputy Chief. R-Return all of it? Of course. If you dont, theyll raise hell, and whos going to deal with the fallout? Ugh... Fine. What should I do about the ones below me? Blame everything on them before the media gets wind of it and have them dismissed. Remember, dismissednot terminated. If theyre terminated, itll affect their pensions, and they wont sit still. You need to leave them a way out so they wont retaliate. ...Understood. Handle this first, and then well proceed. Oh, and once were back, push through my Awakening Division evaluation immediately. The field assessment and theory test are done, so why am I still waiting? Do I look like I have time to waste? ...Im sorry.@@@@ Close your eyes. Pardon? Dont make me repeat myself. Ah! S-Sorry! With that, everything was in place. The only thing left was to begin trimming Park Gyu-mins branches, starting the very next day. After the meeting, Su-ho and Seo Gi-won returned home, the next phase of their operation ready to unfold. *** A Few Hours Later Su-ho was reclining in the massage chair on the first floor, enjoying a rare moment of rest, when Seo Gi-won came stomping up to him like a storm. Hyung! At this rate, youll bring the house down. Whats the rush? I found it! Pi Seong-yeols alternate number! Hearing that, Su-ho sat up straight. Seriously? Yes! Just like you said, I focused on the unfamiliar numbers in Lee Wan-iks contact records that showed regular communication. There was only one. So, I traced it, and lo and behold, it also had records of contact with Lee Moon-ho, the Awakening Division Deputy Chief. What about texts or messages? There werent any. Just call logs. It looks like all the texts have been wiped. No photos or other contacts, either. Judging by how clean it is, Id bet its a burner phone he uses exclusively to communicate with the Awakening Division people. Thorough. Very. Well done. It wouldve been nice if there were recorded calls, though. Yeah, no luck there. He deliberately uses a phone that doesnt allow call recording. Thorough. Very. Still, finding the number is the important part. Well probably need to pay him a visit soon, so when I give the order, track his location right away. Understood. Good work. By the way, have you eaten yet? If not, take a shower and get some food. I was actually planning to eat with Hyun-min when he gets here. Hyung, you want to join us? Hyun-min? Oh, right. Hes coming back today? Yeah, he said hes on his way home now. Ah, good. Lets wait for him and eat together. Youre ordering delivery, right? Handle it. Got it! The residents of the Cheongdam house included Su-ho, Seo Gi-won, and Nam Hae-wonthree in total. The house was spacious enough to accommodate them, and both Gi-won and Hae-won were close allies Su-ho wanted to keep nearby. Nam Hae-won, however, had recently completed a long and grueling process of overcoming a drug addiction and had gone on a solo tripa dream of his for years. Today marked the day of his return. As Su-ho settled back into the massage chair, he thought to himself: Just in time. I was starting to need Hae-wons help. Nam Hae-won possessed a synthesis trait far superior to the makeshift combination recipes Su-ho had temporarily learned. The reason for its superiority? Simple. Unlike the fragile recipes that risked total failure if even one step was off, Hae-wons synthesis ensured the main material always survived. Given enough time and resources, success was guaranteed with his trait. Anticipating Hae-wons arrival, Su-ho began placing orders with the support staff stationed outside. The staff, however, raised an eyebrow as they reviewed the order list. Uh... Are you sure you want to order all of this? Yes, absolutely. If its not enough, well order more, so bring everything you can. Understood. Still puzzled, the staff decided it wasnt their place to question further and left to fulfill the request. Not long after, just as the delivery food Seo Gi-won had ordered arrived, Nam Hae-won showed up in casual attire. Hey, everyone! Hae-won greeted, his voice bright. Oh, youre back? Hae-won hyung! With a spring in his step, Nam Hae-won looked noticeably healthier than before, his solo trip clearly having done wonders for him. But something felt off. Su-ho gave him a once-over before asking, Hae-won, wheres your bag? Bag? What bag? You know, your luggage? Didnt you take one for the trip? Nope, didnt take one. Huh? Why not? Because I had this. Hae-won pulled out a check card with a grin. Chapter 87 Nam Hae-won waved his card with a satisfied grin. Whats the point of having money if you dont use it? With this, I dont need to lug around a heavy bag and hurt my arms. Well, arent you something... Su-ho muttered, shaking his head. Wow, Hae-won hyungs way of thinking is next level. I should learn from him, Seo Gi-won added enthusiastically. Learn what? Does that look like healthy spending habits to you? Still, he earned that money fair and square, and its not like he spent it on anything bad. Id say its reasonable. ...Fair point. Now that he thought about it, that made sense. Buoyed by Seo Gi-wons support, Nam Hae-won wore a smug expression as he plopped down at the dining table. Its my money, so its my choice how I spend it, right? Besides, Ive always wanted to travel like this at least once. You have no idea how hard it was living in that dingy little place in Yeongdeungpo all those years. Fair enough. Do whatever you want. But first, eat. Wow, lets dig in! Nam Hae-won started eating with obvious joy, his face lighting up at each bite. Watching him, Su-ho couldnt help but notice how much hed changed in the time they hadnt seen each other. You know, Su-ho said, your face looks a lot better now. Im not jokingits like your skin has cleared up. Probably because Im not stressed anymore. They say the biggest enemies of healthy skin are stress and UV rays. Hmm, that makes sense. So, does this mean your break is over? Yep, completely over. Ive been everywhere I wanted to go across the country, so I think Ive gotten it all out of my system. Where left the biggest impression? Busan. Donkin Donuts? Are you seriously making jokes that old? That store closed down after a Gate incident. Is that so? Then... gukbap? Gukbaps great, but surprisingly, Busan is all about street food. Street food? Theres no shortage of that in Seoul. Busans different. There are these amazing tteokbokki and gimbap places. Maybe its the local pride mixed in, but it tasted incredible. Listen to this guy talking about pride when he just finished rehab. What kind of pride are we talking about? Ugh, come on! Its not that kind of pride. I mean vibes, okay? Vibes! Alright, sorry. So, what now? Got any plans? Not really. I figured Id think about it after I got back. Besides, I dont need to make any more of the Hammer Series, right?@@@@ The Hammer Series, the anti-narcotics Su-ho and Hae-won had developed to combat the Changshik gangs drug victims, was no longer necessary now that all the victims had been treated. At that, Seo Gi-won, who had been quietly listening, smirked and asked slyly, Then can we send Hae-won hyung to that place now? That place clearly referred to the Digitization Dungeon. Now that Hae-wons rehab was complete and the Changshik gangs victims had been helped, it was indeed time for him to start leveling up, just as Seo Gi-won had hinted. But Su-ho shook his head. No, Hae-won still has one more thing to do with me. Something to do? Both men looked at Su-ho curiously. Su-ho bit into a slice of pizza before answering, Making clothes. Clothes? Yeah, but not the kind youre thinking of. These are clothes only you can make. Clothes like that exist? They do. But lets eat first. Yes, sir. Hae-won stacked two slices of pizza together, dipped them generously into garlic sauce, and took a big bite, his appetite matching his newfound enthusiasm for life. *** After the meal, Su-ho began hauling the delivery boxes that had started arriving upstairs to Nam Hae-wons lab on the second floor. This was one of the locations connected to incidents involving so-called "Cursed Items," which had caused harm to civilians. Activating a skill, Su-ho began his search. [ Mana Detection activated. ] With Mana Detection, Su-hos senses flared to life, identifying traces of mana in the surrounding area. He scanned the items carefully, his eyes eventually settling on a suspicious object emitting a faint red aura. It was a waist-high statue in a seated pose, resembling a traditional Korean Bangasayusang (Maitreya in contemplation). While its form mimicked that of a Gilt-Bronze Maitreya Bodhisattva statue, Su-ho recognized it for what it truly wasa vessel of ominous energy. Su-ho picked up the statue without hesitation and moved it to a more isolated location. ... The statue remained eerily silent, as if trying to hide its presence. Once he was sure no one would disturb him, Su-ho set the statue on the ground and summoned his Blood Sword. [ Blood Weapon activated. ] The blade materialized in his hand, its crimson edge glinting in the moonlight. Without hesitation, Su-ho swung his sword. Schwing! The statue split cleanly in half, its upper portion sliding apart. As soon as the cut was made, a red mist began to pour out of the statue. A screeching metallic sound erupteda noise straight out of a horror movie. The mist thickened, coalescing into the broken halves of the statue. A grotesque, blood-like substance began to bind the pieces together, merging them back into a single form. Crack! Clatter! The statue reassembled itself, now infused with a sinister, glowing red light in its eyes. It moved, as though suddenly imbued with a will of its own. Looks like I found it. The entity animating the statue was a Parasite Spirit. More specifically, it was a malevolent soul bound to an artifact known as the Soulstone. People started dying mysteriously not too long ago. The culprit turned out to be cursed items like this one. The Soulstone was an artifact designed to trap spiritsspecifically, evil ones. Over time, however, the spirit trapped within began to treat the artifact as its home. While it remained dormant most of the time, any attack on the Soulstone would trigger a violent response, earning it the label of a cursed item. Its like a hermit crab in a shell. Cases of harm caused by Parasite Spirits had gone unnoticed for years. This was because the spirits used the energy of their victims to repair their Soulstones, then concealed their presence once more. Now, the Parasite Spirit inhabiting the statue began to transform it into a soldier-like figure, adopting a combat stance as it prepared to attack Su-ho. [ Iron Slash activated. ] Before the statue could move, Su-ho struck again with his sword. Schwing! The blow split the statue vertically this time, reducing it to quivering halves on the ground. The statues remnants trembled violently, releasing another burst of red mist. This time, however, the mist surged toward Su-ho. The Soulstone had been destroyed, forcing the spirit to seek a new host. [ The Parasite Spirit invades your mind. ] [ The Parasite Spirit begins to possess your body and shatter your psyche. ] The mist seeped into Su-hos body, attempting to take control. It might have succeededif not for Su-hos unique trait. [ Dragons Blood activated. ] [ Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance nullifies all mental corruption. ] The Parasite Spirits invasion faltered as the Dragon Armors inherent ability blocked its effects. ...! The spirit, realizing it had encountered an unimaginable force, began to panic. But Su-hos Dragon Armor wasnt finished. [ Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance begins purifying the Parasite Spirit. ] [ Dragon Armors Draconic Endurance begins absorbing the Parasite Spirit. ] The armors purification effect cleansed the spirit, breaking its hold on the material world. [ The Parasite Spirit has been fully purified. ] [ No knowledge could be gained from the absorbed Parasite Spirit. ] [ The Soulstone has been liberated. Item information updated. ] Holding the liberated Soulstone in his hand, Su-ho smiled. Chapter 88 Su-ho immediately checked the details of the item. [ Liberated Soulstone ] Grade: A A prison for souls crafted by a necromancer. Originally created to seal malevolent spirits, it became a cursed object after part of the Soulstone was damaged, preventing it from fully containing the spirit. The malevolent spirit has been purified by an external force. After reviewing the item''s information, Su-ho nodded in satisfaction. Just one more to go. With that thought, he finished cleaning up the scene and promptly headed back home. *** A Few Days Later: Monday The weekend had passed, and it was now Monday. Yet, Nam Hae-won still hadnt finished his task. As Su-ho prepared to leave for work, Hae-won spoke in a voice that sounded half-dead. Team Leadeeerrr... What is it? Please... save me... Save you from what? This synthesis... its never going to end... Youll be fine. People dont die that easily. Su-hos calm response made Hae-won snap his eyes open in disbelief. And how would you know that?@@@@ Ive been to the Sealed Gate, havent I? Everyone else who went there died, but I didnt. ...How is that the same thing? Think about it positively. Isnt this better than the way you used to live in Yeongdeungpo? Wow, youre really pulling out the cheat codes, huh? Cheer up, Hae-won. Youve got this. Hah... With a defeated look, Hae-won trudged back to his lab. Watching him retreat, Su-ho couldnt help but feel reassured. All he needs is time and materials. Hell pull through. As Su-ho was heading out for work, his phone rang. Hello, Vice President. Ive returned the money to everyone on the list and made sure to keep their mouths shut. Remember to speak casually unless were alone. It looks less suspicious. ...Ahem. Understood. Anyway, its all taken care of. I told them the incident was the result of an anonymous tip-off, so none of the draft dodgers will raise a fuss. And what about Chief Lee Wan-ik and Deputy Manager Lee Se-hyun? Ill summon them separately today and deal with them immediately. Got it. Also, take care of my evaluation while youre at it. Oh, and one more thingabout the Resource Division, please transfer me there after Management. Resource Division? Why? Do I need to explain? ...No. My apologies. Ill hang up now. Why even ask? Just do as I say. Still, Su-ho couldnt deny that Park Gyu-min was proving unexpectedly competent, likely due to the metaphorical sword hanging over his neck. Thanks to him, things were running smoothly. Non-Awakened Affairs was unusually quiet, and none of the draft dodgers had shown their faces after the weekend investigations wrapped up. Now all thats left is my evaluation. Su-hos goals were progressing steadily. He had Park Gyu-min in his pocket and had resolved the draft-dodging scandal in one clean sweep. All that remained was completing his Awakening Division evaluation and moving on to the next department. During his lunch break in the underground library, his phone buzzed. The caller was none other than Park Gyu-min. Su-ho smiled as he answered, Yes, Vice President? The Awakening Division evaluation has been finalized. The two individuals involved have been dismissed for their roles in the incident. Did you mention Pi Seong-yeol? Tch, as soon as I brought him up, they both clammed up. Thanks to that, it seems like there wont be any further noise. Of course. They fear Pi Seong-yeol more than they fear you. ...Thats something I cant argue with. Anyway, your next assignment will be with the Management Division, followed by the Resource Division. So he doesnt like being reminded that Pi is scarier than him. Interesting. Today? Thats quick. The test isnt exactly easy, you know.Why do you need their numbers?Su-ho, where are you?I just wanted to inform you that your Awakening Division evaluation is complete.It surprised me too. Anyway, the results came back perfect, as expected. Team Leader Jung will contact you soon. Congratulations on finishing the process.Ah, Su-ho, I was just about to call you.Yes, of course. Did you hear from Eom Jun-seong?Already?If youre sure, Ill make the arrangements. But it might have to wait until after lunch. Could you come to the second conference room in the Management Division afterward?Thats correct. Why do you ask? With his remarkable record in the Awakening Division, it was no surprise that the department heads were drooling over the prospect of recruiting him. However, none dared to make a move. The rumor that Su-ho was a Royala direct prote?ge? of Pi Seong-yeolmade them hesitate. Looks like the Special Division will only grow stronger... What a shame... They get all the good talent. As Su-ho had instructed, the Management Division test results were processed immediately, allowing him to transfer to the Resource Division without delay. Moving to the Resource Division While heading to the Resource Division with Team Leader Jung Cheol-min, Su-ho received congratulations. Congratulations, Su-ho. Thank you, Team Leader. Im honestly curious about what kind of mischief youll get into at the Resource Division. Should I give you another cheat sheet this time? Haha, Id appreciate that. Dont worry, the tests there arent too hard. The Resource Division focuses more on field evaluations. By the way, do you know the two main departments in the Resource Division? Yes, the Resource Management Department and the Research & Analysis Department. And do you know their roles? Yes. The Resource Management Department oversees the storage and organization of all items, while the Research & Analysis Department handles research on existing items and analysis of newly discovered ones. Youve done your homework. The field evaluation for the Resource Management Department shouldnt be too difficultits mostly logistics work, similar to a warehouse team. Su-ho nodded, fully aware. The Resource Management Department handled countless items stored in the Associations warehouses, spending entire days moving and categorizing materials. But because of that, its a treasure trove. Su-ho vividly remembered items that were initially dismissed as ordinary but later recognized for their extraordinary value. The Research & Analysis Department was no different in that regard. And theres also the final material I need for Kim Geons partner item. With a small smile, Su-ho said, It doesnt matter where Im assigned. Ill approach it with a mindset to learn and work hard. Thats the spirit, Su-ho. Well, here we arethe floor for the Resource Division... Unexpected Call Bzzzz. Su-hos phone buzzed. The caller ID displayed the name Pi Seong-yeol. Seeing this, Su-ho chuckled to himself. I was wondering when hed call. Took him long enough. It seemed there were a lot of things Pi needed to confirm before reaching out. Turning to Jung Cheol-min, Su-ho said, Team Leader, its Director Pi Seong-yeol. I need to take this. Oh... sure. After receiving permission, Su-ho answered the call. Yes, Senior. Junior, where are you right now? I just finished the Management Divisions theoretical test and was on my way to the Resource Division. I see. Then put off the Resource Division training until tomorrow and come see me now. Its almost quitting time anywayyou wont get much done there today. Ah... understood. Come immediately. Ill be waiting. Pi hung up without waiting for a response, clearly in a hurry. Su-ho stifled a laugh and turned back to Jung Cheol-min. Im sorry, Team Leader. Ill need to visit the Resource Division tomorrow instead. Could you let the department head know? Of course. Dont worry about it. Jung Cheol-mins understanding was appreciated, though it was clear Pis actions were rather inconsiderate. Still, who in the Association would dare challenge Pi Seong-yeol over something like this? Especially considering the Resource Division was firmly within Pis sphere of influence. Heading to the Special Division After thanking Jung Cheol-min with a polite nod, Su-ho made his way to the Special Division, reflecting on the situation. He must have something urgent to discuss. With that thought, Su-ho smiled faintly as he walked through the halls. Chapter 89 Knock, knock. Come in. At the sound of Pi Seong-yeols voice, Su-ho opened the door and stepped inside. The room was empty except for Pi. Clearly, this was intentional. As Su-ho entered, Pi gestured for him to take a seat. Sit down. The atmosphere was heavy. It had to be. Two of Pis well-placed pawns had been taken out in a single movehow could he not be furious? Yet Su-ho maintained an expression of innocence as he took his seat. Pi studied him in silence before letting out a faint chuckle and speaking. I hear you aced both the Awakening Division and Management Division evaluations? Yes, thats correct. I thought you were just good with your sword, but it seems youre sharp with your mind too. Not at all. I was just lucky. Luck favors the prepared. Anyway, congratulations. Thank you, Senior. But lets talk about the draft dodging case. That was your doing too, wasnt it? Yes, it was. How did you manage it? So, its finally come to this. If he was going to ask anything, it would be this. Prepared for the moment, Su-ho calmly gave his pre-planned response. There was an anonymous tip-off. A tip-off? Yes. Someone threw a set of documents onto my desk, and inside was all the information on the draft dodgers involved in the case. ...Is that true? How could I lie to you, Senior? The mention of an anonymous tip seemed to catch Pi off guard. His expression turned contemplative, clearly not expecting this explanation. What about the person who delivered it? I couldnt catch them. They ran off too quickly. You couldnt catch them? You, a Sword Saint? I apologize. I had to make a choice between chasing the person or securing the documents, and I prioritized the latter. Hmm... Pis brow furrowed deeply as he considered this. Fair enough. In that situation, it makes sense. Seeing the gears turning in Pis mind, Su-ho added, Im sorry for not reporting this to you earlier, Senior. I didnt think it was significant at the time... As Su-ho bowed his head apologetically, Pi stared at him for a moment before sighing and speaking softly. ...No, its fine. How could you have known? Good work. Theres nothing else to report, is there? No, nothing else. Alright. From now on, report everything to me, no matter how small. Like this tip-off. Ill keep that in mind. Your next assignment is the Resource Division, correct? Yes, thats correct. Youll go to the Gate Division after that and then back to me. Ill talk to the department heads for both divisions to ensure your training goes smoothly. After you finish your Special Division training, well revisit your placement. Understood, Senior. The Equipment Team, which handles item storage.The Book Team, which manages skill books.The Consumables Team, responsible for consumable items.Special Team 1, which deals with miscellaneous and material items.Special Team 2, which handles so-called Cursed Items. Kim raised an impressed eyebrow. Youve done your homework. The field evaluation will be split into two parts. One will cover the four standard teams, and the other will focus on Special Team 2. Su-ho nodded knowingly. Makes sense. Unlike the standard teams, Special Team 2 deals with high-risk items. Though he was well aware of the departments workings from past experience, Su-ho listened attentively as Kim continued to explain. So, the evaluation will happen in two stages. Dont worry too much about the cursed itemswere only exposing you to entry-level cases for experience. Honestly, the first part of the test, involving logistics, might feel more tedious. Its pure manual labor. As they approached the department, they met Gu Min-hwan, the Resource Management Department head. Im Gu Min-hwan. Ive heard a lot about you. An Su-ho, sir. Looking forward to working with you. From what Ive heard, youve already aced the theoretical exam. Is that right? Yes, sir. Impressive. So, Seok-hoon, whats the order for the field evaluations? Well start with the joint evaluation covering the four standard teams, followed by the second evaluation for Special Team 2. That works. But isnt it the comprehensive inspection season? Wont the first evaluation be difficult to arrange? Comprehensive Inspections These inspections were notorious for their intensity, examining every aspect of a departments operations to ensure they were functioning properly. Inspections are hell for any department, but I guess its Resources turn. Kim quickly reassured Gu, Yes, but Ill handle the first evaluation myself to avoid adding to the teams burden. Ive already gotten approval, so it just needs your okay. Fine by me. Lets get started. Su-ho, well meet again later. Understood. The External Resource Warehouse Kim escorted Su-ho to the departments massive external warehouse. The division head and department head work in the desk offices, but most of the work happens here in the warehouse. You know why, right? Yes. The Resource Division manages an enormous volume of items. Exactly. For now, your task will be to familiarize yourself with the locations and organization of each teams materials, as well as the retrieval and categorization process. While its all outlined in the theory exam, practical application is a bit different. Is it significantly different? The theory is straightforward, but there are a lot of variables in practice. Thats what makes it tricky. I see. That should be manageable. ...Confident, arent you? Yes, I am. Su-hos confidence wasnt unfounded. He had previously worked a rotation in the Resource Division and was no stranger to its operations. It was tough back then... Many underestimated the Resource Division, assuming it was just a matter of sorting and managing inventory. But reality hit differently when faced with the scale and complexity of the job. Kim smirked, amused by Su-hos optimism. Lets see if that confidence holds up. Handing Su-ho two sheets of paper, Kim said, Heres a condensed version of the test. Start by retrieving the items listed here. Understood. Where should I bring them? Ill wait at the warehouse entrance. Just bring them there. With that, they reached the warehouse, and Su-ho was struck by its enormity. The Warehouse The sprawling, multi-tiered structure was filled with towering shelves stacked with countless items. Workers in helmets and uniforms bustled about, shouting instructions. Careful with that! Item 2a123ab coming up! The atmosphere was bustling and intense. Suddenly, a worker shouted, Heads up! A helmets falling! Clang! A helmet fell from a high shelf, striking another worker square on the head. The worker collapsed on the spot. Chapter 90 Stretcher! Get a stretcher! Over here! Quickly! Ji-hoon, stay with us! A falling object accidentan occurrence all too common in the resource warehouse. Fortunately, the injured worker had been wearing a helmet imbued with impact absorption magic, so the injuries likely werent severe. Watching the commotion, Kim Seok-hoon sighed and said, ...Thats one of the variables I mentioned earlier. Sometimes, items react to mana fluctuations and move on their own, causing them to fall. Even if theyre secured properly, they somehow loosen. Thats why you have to be extra cautious. Handing Su-ho a safety helmet, Kim added with a smile, Here, take this. Better safe than sorry. The accident was a perfect opportunity for Kim to teach Su-ho a lesson about the unpredictability of the job without much effort. But to his surprise Thank you, Su-ho replied with his trademark smile, cheerfully taking the helmet and putting it on. Should I get started now? Huh? Oh, yes, you can, but... are you sure youre okay? What do you mean? Well, you just saw that accident happen... That was dangerous, but I wouldnt really call it a variable. With proper caution, it can be avoided. Ill head in now. ... Despite witnessing the accident up close, Su-ho remained undeterred, his determination unshaken. Without a hint of hesitation, he strode confidently into the warehouse. Kim Seok-hoon could only gape in astonishment, shaking his head in disbelief. This guys something else. *** Falling object accidents in the resource warehouse? Thats just another day here. Su-ho stepped deeper into the warehouse and began methodically searching for the items listed on his evaluation sheet. Lets start with the ones for the test. The so-called logistics retrieval test, part of the first evaluation, was a breeze for Su-ho. During his past rotation in the Resource Management Department, hed done this task to the point of exhaustion. Filling his inventory with the required items, Su-ho also began searching for something elsesomething not listed. If my memorys correct, it should be in this warehouse around this time... Su-ho preferred the Resource and Gate Divisions over the Awakening and Management Divisions. Of course, this was a perspective shaped by his regression. While the first two divisions offered connections with people, the latter two also provided tangible rewardsvaluable items and skills.@@@@ Even if most items are logged in the database and cant just be taken freely... What Su-ho sought were hidden treasuresitems with concealed properties overlooked by others. As he scoured the warehouse, his eyes lit up. Found it. There, in the section colloquially called the junk storage, sat an unassuming object. It was a simple item, carelessly placed amidst other unremarkable trinkets. Su-ho checked its details. [ Stone Apple ] A stone-crafted apple.Its maker is unknown, and it appears rather crude. The description was as simple as the item itself. Likely categorized as a junk item due to its lack of apparent functionality, it had been dismissed by the warehouse staff. Su-ho picked it up and pretended to study his evaluation sheet while keeping his movements casual. He avoided glancing around too much and was especially careful not to look at the security cameras positioned diagonally above. Drawing unnecessary attention was the last thing he needed. Now, lets see what happens when I inject mana... Su-ho slowly infused the apple with mana. At first, nothing happened. Then, faint luminous patterns began to appear on its surface. The Venom Dragon.The Venom Demon.The Venom King. But before long, Kim realized his assumption had been dead wrong. Just dropping these off for now! Su-ho appeared with a bright smile, dumping a load of items onto the ground before Kim. Every single one was from the evaluation list. And that wasnt all. Su-ho went back into the warehouse multiple times, each time returning with more items until, finally, hed brought back everything on the list. After depositing the last batch, Su-ho meticulously checked the items against the list and handed the evaluation sheet to Kim with a cheerful grin. Thats everything. Would you like to double-check? Uh... yeah. Kim took the sheet, trying to mask his astonishment as he began comparing the items to the list. But the more he checked, the more his jaw dropped. Holy... what the hell? An involuntary curse slipped from his lips. The list had nearly 100 items, yet Su-ho had retrieved every single one without missing a beat. Even the ones deliberately designed to trip him upambiguous names, confusing codes, and colorswere all accounted for. I even added those killer items to make it harder... Despite instructions from above to go easy on Su-ho because he was a Special Division royal, Kim had ignored them. As a Grade 5 special hire, Su-ho was expected to quickly rise to team leader status, and Kim believed such individuals needed to prove their competence thoroughly. Yet Su-ho had flawlessly tackled even the so-called "killer" items, leaving Kim in awe. People like this actually exist... Kim had assumed that Su-hos reputation was exaggerated, chalking up his achievements to exceptional combat skills rather than administrative prowess. But now, witnessing this firsthand, Kim realized Su-ho wasnt just a geniushe was an all-around prodigy. Youre incredible, Kim admitted. Su-ho chuckled modestly. Not at all. No, really, you are. Next, well move on to the categorization portion of the evaluation... But here too, Su-ho excelled. Despite the hundreds of items that poured into the categorization warehouse daily, Su-ho flawlessly completed all three stages of the sorting process without a single mistake. By the time the first test was over, Kim could only accept the truth. ...Youre amazing. Haha, thank you, but it wasnt that hard. No, it really was. And Im not just saying this because Im from this department, but I think our Resource Divisions work is harder than any other. Most trainees receive their lowest scores here, yet you... Kim trailed off, clearly impressed. Su-ho agreed. Hed found Resource Division tasks grueling in his first life. But now, with his second chance and extensive experience, the work felt relatively straightforwardespecially compared to other challenges hed faced. If youve been a pyramid slave, construction work feels like a breeze. More importantly... It looks like no one noticed the stone apple. Su-ho had expected as much. With so many CCTV feeds in the warehouse, it was impossible for the staff to monitor every moment. While there was always the chance of a slip-up, no news was good news. Su-ho smiled. So, do I move on to the second test with Special Team 2 now? Yes, but... theres a bit of a problem, Kim replied hesitantly, scratching his cheek awkwardly. A problem? Yes... Kims discomfort was evident, leaving Su-ho curious about what issue lay ahead. Chapter 92 Shuaaa! The egg shattered. At the same time, a brilliant light erupted, and like water spiraling down a drain, the venomous energy coursing through Su-hos body converged at his solar plexus and disappeared. The excruciating pain that had been suffocating himthe pounding heart, the splitting headachesubsided like waves gently receding to the shore. Phew... A deep, ragged breath escaped him. His once-erratic breathing calmed, and Su-ho shifted out of his meditative position, leaning against the wall to rest. As the sense of peace gradually returned, system notifications began to flood his vision. [You have successfully hatched the venom-eating snakes egg.] [The quest has been completed.] [The venom-eating snake acknowledges you as its master and coils around you.] [Congratulations! You have acquired the Venom-Eating Snake (S+).] [You have achieved a remarkable feat! The system rewards you with 5 bonus stat points.] Seeing the notifications, Su-ho couldnt help but laugh softly. "I finally did it." He had endured unimaginable agony to reach this moment. That made the rewards before him feel even sweeter. Among the system messages, his eyes lingered on the name of the newly acquired skill. Venom-Eating Snake (S+). This was no ordinary skill. Dubbed one of the poison dragons, it stood among the rarest poison-related S-rank skills in the world. "No, its not just S-rankits a plus-tier skill." This was why he had to obtain it at all costs. The Venom-Eating Snake wasnt just rare; it was one of the few S-rank poison skills with growth potential, signified by the + designation. Su-ho opened the skill window to examine its details. [Venom-Eating Snake] Rank: S+ The legendary serpents born of a single head each possess immense power. The Venom-Eating Snake responds to its masters call. The Venom-Eating Snake consumes all poisons provided by its master. The Venom-Eating Snake can digest any poison without exception. The Venom-Eating Snake combines consumed poisons to create entirely new types of venom. The Venom-Eating Snake can only produce venom in amounts equivalent to what it has consumed. After carefully reviewing the information, Su-ho extended his hand. Come out. He wanted to confirm the second point in the skill description: "The Venom-Eating Snake responds to its masters call." A small, translucent snake with a dark, black body encircled by a faint purple hue slithered out of his palm. Sssss... It moved fluidly, stretching out across his hand, and let out a wide yawn as though it were bored. Su-ho chuckled at the sight. "So even a poison dragon starts this small, huh?" The snake was the reason behind the "poison dragon" moniker. Those who wielded the Venom-Eating Snake skill often manifested it like a summonable creature. While technically not a summon, the snake was a skill-made physical entity. Given its ability to grow and adapt based on the poisons it consumed, it wasnt far off from being a proper summon. Su-ho spoke to the snake. Your name is now Poison Dragon.@@@@ Ssss! Ssss! The snake nodded as if it understood, responding enthusiastically to the new name. This nickname would now serve as a trigger word for activating the skill, making it much easier to use. Then youve got a ways to go. Keep it up. Aaaaahh!! I appreciate the effort. Let me know when youre done. Your words are the worst... Arent you going to work? I am. Thats why I came up. Huh? Can civil servants just change their start times whenever they feel like it? Its all approved, dont worry. This place is so weird... Whatever. Im going to wash up. Let me know when youre done synthesizing. Finally, Su-ho headed off to get cleaned up, scrubbing off the venom and dried blood from his body. *** Su-ho, where are you right now? Im on my way to the warehouse. Ah, then Ill see you shortly. Just as Su-ho was nearing the warehouse after arriving at the Association, his phone buzzed. It was a call from Kim Seok-hoon. "Perfect timing." When Su-ho reached the warehouse, he found Kim Seok-hoon waiting for him. As soon as they met, Kim began leading him to a different location for the second test. The first test takes place in the Resource Warehouse, but the second test is conducted in the Special Warehouse. Because its filled with cursed items, its called the Special Warehouse, right? Yes, exactly. When I told the Special Team 2 leader yesterday that we needed to move the test up, he nearly had a fit... I barely managed to get everything scheduled. Youve had a rough time. Haha, no, it was my mistake for being too lax. That being said, the theme of the second test is purification and destruction. Purification and destruction? Though Su-ho already knew what this meant, he feigned ignorance. Kim Seok-hoon eagerly explained. Yes, as you might recall from the theory section, items classified as cursed are generally handled in three ways: purification, destruction, or sealing. Sealing is used for cursed items that cant be dealt with otherwisewe lock them away in storage. However, most cursed items are either purified or destroyed. It was exactly as he described. Cursed items identified by the Research and Analysis Department were handed over to Special Team 2 of the Resource Management Division. The team would then conduct various experiments to determine the best way to dispose of each item. "But most end up being destroyed." The reason was simple: the conditions for purification were often too difficult to meet, and sealing every cursed item would result in a severe waste of storage space. Thats why this departmentthe Special Team 2 of the Daehan Associations Resource Management Divisionhandled more item destruction than anywhere else in the country. "And this is where he is." Su-ho already knew what the second test would entail. They would give him a mass-produced cursed item with a predetermined solution, and he would need to purify or destroy it. For Su-ho, this test was trivial. He had already memorized all the basic formulas for purification and destruction. What truly interested him wasnt the test itself but something else entirely. When they arrived at the Special Warehouse, the leader of Special Team 2, Jo Geon-hyuk, greeted them at the entrance. Ah, welcome! Im Jo Geon-hyuk. Su-ho shook hands with him. Following Jo Geon-hyuks lead, they entered the Special Warehouse. Inside, members of Special Team 2 were engrossed in their tasks. The facility resembled a research lab, with each workspace separated by thick, bulletproof glass. Within the rooms, team members worked on various items, performing complex operations. As Su-ho slowly scanned the area, his gaze stopped at one particular spot. There he is. Su-hos eyes fixed on a man working alone on purification in one of the rooms. He was thin, with prominent dark circles under his eyes, his movements weak and lifeless. Kang Seul-gi. Though the name Kang Seul-gi might not have meant much now, he would later become infamous as the "Mad Disassembly Scholar." Su-hos eyes gleamed as he observed the man known for dismantling items at the molecular level. "Found him." Chapter 93 Su-ho bore no ill will toward Kang Seul-ginot in this lifetime, at least. In fact, his feelings were overwhelmingly positive. After all, in his previous life, Kang Seul-gi had shredded cursed items into usable materials, some of which Su-ho now relied on for his gear. Who wouldve thought past trolling would help in the present? For that reason, Su-ho had already decided that Kang Seul-gi was someone he needed on his side at the Daehan Association. Jo Geon-hyuk broke into a smile and said, Alright, lets get started with the second test without delay. Yes, I understand. The testing area is ready. The second test is divided into two parts: purification and destruction. But before that, you know what those terms mean, right? Yes. Purification refers to removing the curse from cursed items, making them safe for use or storage. Destruction, on the other hand, involves incinerating items that can neither be purified nor stored. Exactly right. Lets begin with the purification assessment. The Purification Assessment The assessment took place in an area known as the Purification Wing, where a temporary testing room had been set up. As soon as Su-ho entered, he was given protective gearprecautionary measures in case of accidents. Special Team 2 is far more dangerous than most other departments. Though Su-ho didnt actually need such protection, few here were aware of his capabilities. Once the test began, Su-ho entered the room alone, where a box containing a test cursed item awaited him. Its contents were concealed beneath a dark cloth. I hope its something I know. With that thought, Su-ho lifted the cloth. Oh? This is... Su-hos eyes widened slightly as he examined the item. It was something he recognized all too well. A voice came through the internal speakersJo Geon-hyuks. You may begin the purification process using the tools provided. Good luck. The time limit was two hours. Laid out before him were 21 purification tools, each representing one of the 21 currently known methods for purifying cursed items. That number will exceed 50 in the future. Cursed item research was a global endeavor, after all. This test item, in particular, could be purified using several methods, not just the 21 available here. Of course, one of these tools does work on this item. Thats why they chose it for the test. But Su-ho had other plans. He intended to use a purification formula that hadnt yet been revealed publicly. It would serve as the perfect opportunity to approach Kang Seul-gi naturally. The reaction might be intense if I reveal this now, but... No matter. What mattered was sticking to his schedule. Su-ho began by confirming the details of the cursed item. [Hoomu Fruit] A fruit harvested from the Hoomu Tree. A simple description. The Hoomu Tree, often called the Hoomu Wood, was a magical tree commonly found in gates. Its most notable trait was its frequent production of Hoomu Fruits. Recovery! The absurdity of that word caused everyone outside to rush into the room, eager to confirm the fruits details for themselves. One by one, they read the updated description, their faces filled with shock and confusion. How...? This cant be real. But it is! Wait, wasnt physical impact listed as a purification method? They werent wrong. Among the 21 purification tools was a shock hammer specifically designed to purify cursed items through impact. Su-ho explained, The shock hammer exists, yes. But the method I used involves applying a much greater force. Greater force? Yes. A shock hammer cant unlock the Hoomu Fruits hidden recovery option unless the users strength stat is above Red Grade. Anything less wont work. Red Grade strength... Write that down! Someone, record this! Get the team together! If this holds up, itll shake the academic world! Just as Su-ho had predicted, his revelation caused an uproar. Special Team 2 scrambled to document the new method and verify the purified fruits properties. Even Kim Seok-hoon was dumbfounded. While hed known Su-ho was extraordinary after the first test, he hadnt expected anything like this during the secondespecially in the purification assessment. Approaching Su-ho, he stammered, S-Su-ho? Yes? Do you realize how groundbreaking this is? Is it? Is it? You just added the 22nd purification method to global research! The entire world will adopt your method now. Youre the discoverer of a major breakthrough! Thats great news. But what about my score? Am I in danger of failing for not using the standard methods? Before Kim could respond, Jo Geon-hyuk cut in, his voice filled with excitement. Dont even worry about that! As long as Im in charge, youre getting full marks. Hell, do you have any other methods up your sleeve? Maybe. Ill think about it. Good! Let me know if anything comes to mind. Oh, and once we finalize the data, Ill send it over. If this pans out, you could make a fortune! Jos enthusiasm was so intense that his speech wavered between formal and casual, but Su-ho didnt mind. The promise of passing the test with flying colors was all he needed. Kim Seok-hoon sighed, smiling faintly. Well, if the team leader says so, I cant object. There was no room for concern. Su-ho was already being treated as a royal asset by the higher-ups. Grinning, Su-ho replied, Thank you. Ill leave it in your hands. By the way... Jo hesitated, glancing at Su-ho. Would you like to move straight to the Research and Analysis Division evaluation today? If it can be done quickly, Im all for it. And just like that, Su-hos exceptional performance forced yet another schedule adjustment. As Kim Seok-hoon rushed off to make arrangements, Su-ho found himself momentarily alone. His gaze swept across the bustling scene before landing on one person. He approached with a natural air, offering a greeting. Hello. The person Su-ho greeted was none other than Kang Seul-gi, the future Mad Disassembly Scholar. Chapter 94 Kang Seul-gi. Technically, he wasnt just a team memberhe held the position of deputy team leader. "His penchant for disassembling things aside, he was competent at his job." When Su-ho greeted him with a smile, Kang Seul-gi responded with an awkward smile of his own. Oh, uh, hello. Looks like youre working on purification? Yes. Short answers. Su-ho hadnt noticed it in his previous life, but now Kang Seul-gi struck him as a peculiar person. Normally, someone in his position might have made small talk or at least shown some interest in Su-hos groundbreaking purification method from earlier. But Kang Seul-gi didnt. Instead, he simply turned away and focused on his purification task, as if Su-ho werent there. At that moment, Jo Geon-hyuk passed by and called out to Su-ho. Su-ho, can I speak with you for a moment? Seeing Su-ho hovering near Kang Seul-gi, Jo gently led him a bit farther away and spoke cautiously. Youve worked hard today. If theres nothing else on your schedule, feel free to call it a day. Thank you. But if you dont mind, would it be alright if I stayed a little longer to look around the Special Warehouse? Hmm... theres no harm in that. Just be careful around that deputy team leader you were just talking to. The deputy team leader? Why? Well... hes a bit peculiar. Likes working alone. "Peculiar." A tactful way of saying he wasnt the most sociable person. Normally, such a comment would dissuade most people from approaching Kang Seul-gi. But Su-ho needed a connection with him. Understood. Thats a shame, though. Shame? What do you mean? The items hes working on... I think Ive seen one of them before in the Sealed Gate. The Sealed Gate? The mention of the Sealed Gatealong with Su-hos feigned familiaritysparked Jo Geon-hyuks interest. Yes, but I cant quite recall the details... If thats the case, you shouldve said so earlier! Come on, lets go. Ill talk to the deputy team leader myself. Are you sure? If hes uncomfortable, I can wait... Nonsense! This is importantits related to purification work. That makes it part of the job. Jo was adamant. To him, Su-ho wasnt just anyonehe was the discoverer of the 22nd purification method. Letting Su-ho inspect the items was more than justified. Alright, Ill leave it to you, then, Su-ho replied with a faint smile. Jo strode confidently to Kang Seul-gi. Im counting on you, deputy. ...Understood, Kang Seul-gi replied tersely. Silent Observation Once the arrangement was made, Kang Seul-gi returned to his work in silence. Su-ho stood nearby, watching him intently. The atmosphere between them was quiet. Kang Seul-gi didnt acknowledge Su-hos presence, and Su-ho wasnt bothered by the lack of attention. Methodically, Kang Seul-gi continued his task. One by one, he picked up cursed items from the towering pile beside him, performing purification processes on each. If an item couldnt be purified, he tossed it into the destruction bin; if it was successfully purified, it went into the storage bin. This routine continued until, at one point, he was about to discard an item into the destruction bin when Su-ho spoke. Deputy Team Leader. ...Yes? You missed a step in the purification process for that item. He had. Out of the 21 recognized purification methods, Kang Seul-gi had skipped one. Su-hos observation halted Kang Seul-gi, who stared at the item briefly before nodding. Youre right. Thank you. Su-ho responded with a light smile and resumed watching Kang Seul-gi work. ... From that moment on, Su-hos presence began to bother Kang Seul-gi. Yet, the deputy team leader didnt say anything, continuing his work with machine-like precision. But not long after You missed another step. How... how did you find out? Does that matter right now? What matters is the thing embedded in your stomach. .... Let me see it. Kang Seul-gi hesitated, then sighed deeply. Slowly, he untucked his shirt and began unbuttoning it, revealing an inner undershirt beneath. Pulling it up exposed a thin, lightweight internal armor. But this wasnt ordinary armor. He didnt wear it because he was a member of Special Team 2. The armor existed solely to conceal something attached to his abdomen. When he unzipped the armor, what lay beneath was finally revealed. Rrrr... rrrr... A faint mechanical noise became audible as the zipper was halfway undone. It sounded like machinery, and in truth, thats exactly what it was. As the armor came off completely, it exposed two interlocking shredders spinning in his lower abdomen where flesh should have been. It looks so tame compared to what itll become later. The shredder in his stomach was no mystery to Su-ho. He knew exactly what it was. Its name was Mega Crusher, one of the cursed items classified under the "High Technology Series" of advanced artifacts from another civilization. Among the most dangerous cursed items, the Mega Crusher was considered a parasitic device. In simple terms, Kang Seul-gi is its host. Su-ho nodded and said, That thing in your stomachits called the Mega Crusher, isnt it? How do you know that? Thats a trade secret. But whats more important is this: youve been stealing items to satisfy its demands, havent you? You couldnt keep up with what the Mega Crusher required. Kang Seul-gi bit his lip, his face pale. After a moment, he nodded slowly. ...Yes, thats true. That must have been hard for you. Alright, you can cover it back up. Kang Seul-gi zipped his armor back up and adjusted his clothes, sitting quietly beside Su-ho. He gripped the paper cup in his hands so tightly it crumpled slightlya clear sign of his anxiety. Su-ho watched him in silence for a while, understanding the weight of the burden he carried. Kang Seul-gi hadnt always been this withdrawn. His transformation was directly tied to the Mega Crusher. Years ago, while working a solo night shift at Special Team 2s warehouse, he had been ambushed by the cursed item, which had been sealed there for safekeeping. From that moment, he became its host. At first, he had debated telling someone. Surely reporting the incident would lead to treatment or a solution. But the grotesque nature of the device embedded in his body made him hesitate. He couldnt bear the thought of revealing it, especially when no similar cases had ever been reported, even internationally. The Mega Crusher was classified as a cursed item that couldnt be purified or destroyed. It was sealed away because no one knew how to deal with it. What if I end up the same waylocked away and discarded? Unable to trust anyone, Kang Seul-gi kept the secret to himself. To ensure no one discovered the truth, he distanced himself from others. He didnt quit because only here could he access the items needed to keep the Mega Crusher satisfied. It was a choice born of necessity. But despite his efforts, the Mega Crushers existence was eventually exposed to the world. Years later, after Kang Seul-gi became a team leader, the cursed item compelled him to shred every artifact stored in the Special Warehouse. All because of the Mega Crusher. The device wasnt just dangerous. Though it appeared calm now, it would grow more demanding over time, consuming larger quantities of items and steadily eroding its hosts mind, driving them to madness. This was why, in the future, Kang Seul-gi would become infamous as the Mad Disassembly Scholar. Su-ho broke the silence. Deputy Team Leader. ...Yes? You want to get rid of the Mega Crusher, dont you? What? I mean... what did you just say? You heard me. Would you like me to remove the Mega Crusher for you? Kang Seul-gis eyes widened, almost as if they would pop out of his skull. Not only did Su-ho know about the Mega Crusher, but he also claimed to know how to remove it. After a brief moment of shock, Kang Seul-gi nodded frantically. Yes! Please! Do you know how? Im begging youplease, help me! Ill do anything! His voice trembled with desperation, his entire demeanor pleading. It looked as though he might drop to his knees at any moment. Seeing his desperation, Su-ho nodded internally. It was fortunate that Kang Seul-gi had not yet experienced the hidden powers of the Mega Crusher. Thats probably why he can still ask for help like this. Su-ho smiled and said, Dont worry. Ill take care of it for you. You... really? Yes, really. That smileso calm and reassuringappeared to Kang Seul-gi like the smile of an angel. Chapter 95 But to do this, theres one item Ill need. An item?@@@@ Kang Seul-gis expression changed at the mention of an item. Yes, but its nothing complicatedjust something simple and easy to acquire. Do you know of an item called the Third-Person Controllers Viewer? The Third-Person... what? Its an item stored in the Resource Warehouse, classified as junk. With that, I can remove the Mega Crusher from your body. R-really? The Third-Person what? Controller? The Third-Person Controllers Viewer. I noticed it in the junk storage while taking the first test. The Third-Person Controllers Viewernicknamed the Tri-Viewhad absolutely no connection to the Mega Crusher. However, Su-ho needed the Tri-View for a different purpose. It was the final ingredient for a partner item he planned to craft for Kim Gun. But given the circumstances, theres no way I can take the Tri-View without leaving a trace. Even in a warehouse overflowing with items, any missing inventory would eventually be discovered during a stock check. Such a careless act could bring unnecessary trouble, and Su-ho wasnt about to take that risk. The same was true for Kang Seul-gi. Kang Seul-gi hesitated, his expression conflicted. But if its already in the Resource Warehouse, taking it out might be a problem... Youre right. Normally, it would be difficult. But now we have a way. A way? I just discovered the 22nd purification method, didnt I? That means the Resource Division will need to re-examine all their items. Who knows what hidden options the 22nd method might reveal? Ah! Su-hos logic was sound. With a new purification method revealed, the Resource Division would have no choice but to conduct a full reinspection of their inventory. And a clever person like Kang Seul-gi immediately realized the opportunity this presented. Su-ho asked, Do you think you can do it? Yes. Ill find a way to make it happen. No, Ill absolutely make it happen. Alright. Once youve secured the item, contact me here. With that, the issue of the Tri-View was resolved. Su-ho shared his personal contact information and began to rise from his seat. But just as he stood, Kang Seul-gi hesitated and called out to him. Uh... Su-ho? Yes? Im sorry to ask, but... how did you know about the Mega Crusher? I mean... that its inside me? Kang Seul-gis face was filled with anxiety. Of course hes worried. He had believed this secret was his alone. To hear it from someone who wasnt even part of Special Team 2, and a recent hire at that, must have been deeply unsettling. After a brief moment of thought, Su-ho answered casually, Its one of my personal skill effects. A... skill effect? Yes. Normally, I wouldnt share this, but Im telling you as a favor. So dont worrynobody else knows about this except me. R-really? Of course. You can trust me. In fact, you have to trust meIm very discreet. Su-ho gently patted Kang Seul-gis shoulder a couple of times before walking away. Now, all that was left was to wait. Ah, Su-ho. Whats the matter?Thats what happened? I see. Alright, you have a valid reason, so it shouldnt be a problem.Is there a particular reason?...I understand. Ill handle it immediately....I am.Su-ho! I heard about what happened. I heard you stirred things up in the Resource Department again?Well, same difference. Anyway, you were supposed to be on standby at home, but I just got an order from above. Youre cleared to start training at the Gate Division immediately. Honestly, its great news. Having someone like you sit idle would be such a waste.Haha, Im just stating the obvious. Anyway, youll start Gate Division training under me.Just come directly to the Gate Division floor tomorrow after you clock in. You know the location, right?Alright. One last thingwill you be starting with the theory test again?Hah, I knew it. In that case, Ill prepare for both the theory test and the field training evaluation so you can jump straight into hands-on practice after the test.Alright. See you tomorrow.The Detection Department monitored precursor phenomena to predict and prepare for gate formations.The Management Department handled overall gate supervision after gates were formed. As Su-ho reviewed his notes, he lingered on the term Detection Department, prompting memories of his past life. Su-ho had lost his entire family to a Gate Shock caused by a newly formed gate. He was one of many gate orphans left in the aftermath. I imprisoned the culprits in Cheongsong and Cheongok prisons in my past life. But that doesnt erase their crimes. As he had revealed to the banshee, the Gate Shock incident had been entirely preventable. Corruption and greed among higher-ups had led the government to ignore clear warnings, resulting in the loss of countless lives, including Su-hos family. When Su-ho later learned the truth, he had methodically hunted down those responsible and brought them to justicenot through vigilante actions, but through proper legal channels. Ill make sure they face justice again. Although he had already punished them in his past life, returning to the past meant those individuals had also returned to their pre-punishment state. But its not time yet. Right now, Im still just a trainee. Im not ready to wield the blade. Still, Su-ho was confident. This time, justice would come far sooner. Returning his focus to the present, Su-ho began searching his Library of Memories for gate-related materials to prepare for his training. While reviewing his findings, something caught his attention. This gate opens around this time? It was a gate that piqued his interestno, more than that, it was a gate he absolutely desired to investigate. If thats the case, I need to make contact right away. A smile spread across Su-hos face, the perfect timing of this discovery filling him with anticipation. *** The Next Day Su-ho arrived at the Gate Division as planned. As soon as he entered, Jung Cheol-min greeted him warmly and quickly escorted him to meet the head of the Gate Division. Nice to meet you. Im Go Seong-rok. Go Seong-rok, the head of the Gate Division. He was part of Pi Seong-yeols faction, one of the power players within the association. More importantly, he had been one of the key figures behind the Gate Shock Incident that claimed Su-hos familyan event known as the Redevelopment Gate Case. Since he had yet to face justice in this timeline, his face was infuriatingly bright and self-satisfied. Despite this, Su-ho maintained his professionalism, extending his hand for a firm handshake. An Su-ho. A pleasure to meet you. Ive heard so much about you. They say youve been making waves in every department youve joined? Not at all. Ive just been lucky. Haha! Luck only comes to those who are prepared. With that in mind, I have high expectations for you. I wonder what kind of incident youll cause in our Gate Division. Incident, huh? Fine. He could call it an incident. Su-ho intended to cause onea very big one. After the formalities, Su-ho received a few token words of encouragement from Go Seong-rok before moving on to his first task with Jung Cheol-min. The Theory Exam The theory exam was the first hurdle, and the results were predictable: a perfect score. When the scores were displayed, Jung Cheol-min merely chuckled, not even surprised anymore. If you get a perfect score on the Special Divisions exam, youll be the first person in the history of the Grand Awakened Player Association to achieve a clean sweep of perfect marks. I hope it works out that way. So, do I move straight to the field evaluation now? Exactly. Youll start with the Management Department and then move on to the Detection Department. First, lets meet the head of the Management Department, and then well proceed with the evaluation. Incidentally, Im the team leader for the Management Team, so Ill be overseeing your test. Understood. Together, the two made their way to the Management Department. Chapter 96 The meeting with the Head of the Management Department was brief.@@@@ The head showed little interest in Su-ho. After all, no matter how much of a royal Su-ho was, he was just a rookie destined to move up to the Special Division soon. As far as they were concerned, it was enough if they kept things civil. Finally, after the obligatory formalities ended, Jeong Cheol-min spoke as they moved toward the management team. So, what do you think the Management Department evaluation will cover? Well, since its the Gate Management Department, itll probably focus on field management assessments. Thats correct. But do you know which teams exist in the Management Department? As far as I know, theres the Management Team, which handles regular gates, the Trading Team, which leases and sells gates to private entities, and the Sealing Team, which is responsible for managing sealed gates. Right. As you said, the Trading Team doesnt really conduct field evaluations. So if there is an evaluation, itll likely involve the Management Team or the Sealing Team. But since the Sealing Team is too dangerous, the evaluation will be focused on the Management Teams tasks. As expected. Su-ho had already anticipated this and prepared a plan accordingly. Jeong Cheol-min continued, With that in mind, this times evaluation will be about the general gate management protocol... By the way, is there any specific gate youd like to visit? Hearing this, Su-ho chuckled internally. So theyre sticking to tradition, huh. The Gate Management Department had a longstanding tradition passed down through generations. Instead of pre-selecting evaluation locations, unlike other departments, they gave candidates the option to choose a gate themselves. Why this tradition? The Gate Management Department had a reputation as one of the most grueling divisions both inside and outside the APA. Offering candidates such kindness was a way to entice them into joining. Like the surgery department in a university hospital. Of course, how many people would actually choose to join because of this little gesture? Still, it was a tradition started in an attempt to leave a good impression. In response to Jeong Cheol-mins question, Su-ho replied, Can I choose any gate? Oh, hearing you say that makes me think you already have one in mind. But what kind of place would make you drop such a hint this early? Haha... Su-ho laughed awkwardly. At that, Jeong Cheol-min gave him a suspicious look. ...Youre not seriously thinking about a sealed gate, are you? Su-ho just smiled silently in response. That smile made Jeong Cheol-min close his eyes briefly and shake his head. ...I cant believe it. I had my doubts, but you really are something, Su-ho. Haha... Is it impossible? Su-hos awkward laugh prompted Jeong Cheol-min to stare at him for a moment before smirking. Well, youve already said it out loud, so why not? Besides, if its you, I think itll be fine. Thank you. So, which gate are you interested in? Id like to visit Iron Valley. Iron Valley... You mean the one that was recently designated as a sealed gate? Yes, thats the one. Hmm... Iron Valley. As Jeong Cheol-min had just mentioned, Iron Valley was only recently designated as a sealed gate. That was precisely why Su-ho needed to go there now. The sooner, the better when it comes to Iron Valley. No, this might be his only chance. If he missed this opportunity, he might never find the right timing again. After a moment of deliberation, Jeong Cheol-min nodded. Alright. Since Iron Valley was only recently designated as a sealed gate, it might actually fit well with the evaluation guidelines. After all, its still one of the gates with unrestricted access. Thank you for allowing it. No problem. I already gave my word, didnt I? Then shall we head out right away? You know Iron Valley is in Gangwon Province, right? Yes, I know. I can drive; we can take my car. Oh, come on, we cant tire out the candidate before the evaluation. Ill drive; lets use my car. Thank you for the consideration. Though it was a bit of a long trip, Gangwon Province wasnt too far from Seoul. With that, the two got into Jeong Cheol-mins car and set off for Gangwon Province. *** Entry Condition: Level 99 or below.Maximum Entry Limit: 40 people. The interiors of gates do have that kind of charm. You see landscapes here that youd never find in the bleakness of the city... Thats why I like the Management Department within the Gate Division. Even with the heavy workload? Well, isnt it the same in every department? Everyone thinks their job is the hardest. Still, I feel this place suits me. Jeongs expression grew contemplative, his eyes tinged with a hint of wistfulness. Seeing this, Su-ho almost burst out laughing. He knew exactly what Jeong was doing. Even the words and that sentimental gaze were all calculated movespart of an elaborate strategy to lure recruits into the Gate Management Department. The so-called Romantic Strategy. Like enjoying a cold beer after a hard days work, they stirred emotions, subtly enticing people into joining the department. But it wouldnt work on Su-ho. He was far too seasonedone of the most experienced veterans in the association. Still, he didnt dislike the Gate Division. On the contrary, he quite liked it. It was just that the Romantic Strategy didnt have any effect on him. As Su-ho sipped his coffee, he casually spoke up. Team Leader. Yes? Actually... I want to join the Gate Division. ...What? Jeongs eyes widened in shock. What was he saying? Out of nowhere? But Su-ho paid no mind to Jeongs surprise and continued speaking. Im well aware of the rumors about methat Im some kind of prodigy being groomed by the Special Division, a royal. Even Deputy Director Pi has been spreading that around. But honestly... I want to work in the Gate Division more than in the Special Division. .... Jeongs jaw dropped halfway open. Never in his wildest dreams did he think Su-ho would say something like this. And because of that, his heart began to race. If Su-ho joins the Gate Division... It would mean the chance to accomplish things they had never been able to do beforethings they had only dreamed of. After all, wasnt it Jeong himself who had first discovered Su-ho in the association? Ive imagined it before... Working alongside Su-ho. But Su-ho was too exceptional. Naturally, others set their sights on him, and in the end, someone far more powerful than Jeong had taken Su-ho away. Jeong had no choice but to let go of the name "An Su-ho" in his mind. Yet here was Su-ho, saying he wanted to join the Gate Division instead of the Special Division. Su-ho continued, You were the first person I met from the association. Maybe thats why I want to join the Gate Division even more. .... Su-ho offered an awkward smile. Seeing that smile, Jeong felt his heart sink. Here was Su-ho, genuinely expressing his desire to join the Gate Division, and yet Jeong couldnt do anything to help him. Was this how Romeo and Juliet felt? His mouth tasted bitter. After a long moment of thought, Jeong made a decision. Fine. If it wasnt going to happen anyway, he could at least offer some comforting words. That way, it wouldnt sting as much. Just as Jeong was about to open his mouth, Su-ho spoke first. Team Leader. Yes, Su-ho? You know that once this training ends, Ill start as a Deputy Team Leader, right? Ah... Yes, Im aware. But why do you ask? What if I told you theres a way for me to join the Gate Division instead of the Special Division? Would you be willing to help me? ...What? Jeongs eyes widened again, even more than before. What was Su-ho planning now? Chapter 98 Seeing the tremble in Jeong Cheol-mins eyes, Su-ho smiled with confidence. Yes. He must be curious. No, it was inevitable. As a person. As a man. As a player. As a Hunter. There was no way he couldnt be curious. After all, no one had ever seen Su-ho in a proper battle. Not once. Of course, Cheol-min saw me during the healer exam... But back then was different. At that time, Su-ho had no skills, no real powerjust a sword in hand, fighting to protect the injured. This was precisely why Su-ho had baited him. Cheol-min is someone with a deep yearning for combat. Jeong Cheol-min had been a Hunter and a player. However, due to his age and lack of innate combat talent, he gave up on the Hunter lifestyle and joined the APA. But that decision had been based on objective self-assessment, choosing a realistic path in life. It didnt mean hed given up his long-held dreams and passion. What someone is good at and what they love are often very different things. Su-ho broke the silence.@@@@ Think about it this way: In the APA, as long as the result is good, nobody cares if the process isnt perfect. Thats the kind of organization we work for. And I promiseif anything even slightly dangerous happens, Ill leave the gate immediately. ... Jeong Cheol-min remained silent for a while. For someone who had always followed the rules, Su-hos suggestion went against everything he believed in. But curiosity was a dangerous thing. It gnawed at him, making it impossible to decide easily. And yet. ...Are you serious? In the end, Jeong Cheol-min was only human. A man with fiery passions and dreams buried in his heart. Seeing Jeongs cautious yet positive reaction, Su-hos smile grew wider. Thats the Cheol-min I know. After spending so much time with him, how could Su-ho not know his nature? This was a calculated move, planned from the start. Moreover, Su-ho had a personal reason. If there was anyone he wanted to show his combat prowess to, it was Jeong Cheol-min. After all, seeing is believing. If Jeong witnessed his abilities firsthand, he would support Su-ho in the future during similar situations. Su-ho spoke again, his tone reassuring. Im serious. I promise. ...Fine. I get it. Youre pushing this so hardhow could I say no? But let me be clear: I dont approve of this sort of thing lightly. Im only agreeing because its you, Su-ho. Of course. Thats why I came to you. Yes, of course. Su-ho thought, Thats how you always are, hyung. Now, the hard part was over. The first hurdle is always the toughest; the second is much easier. With Jeongs approval, all that remained was to conquer the Iron Valley and cement his skills in Jeongs mind. Su-ho crushed the empty coffee cup in his hand and stood up. By the way, Team Leader, whats your class? Well, Ive transitioned into an archer class. Why? Just curious. Not that itll happen, but if things get dangerous, youll need to run for your life. ...Ahem. It wasnt wrong. Ka-hooooonnn!!Grrr...Monster Lion Lv. 113 How can he be so confident with that kind of level gap? Moreover, the Monster Lions hide was so resilient that even elite raid teams had failed to leave a scratch. Still, what was done was done. Jeong closed his eyes and muttered a silent prayer. Alright. Ill trust him this time. If things go south, well just run for it. Team Leader! Su-ho called out. Make sure to keep your distance so you dont get caught in the boss monsters fear aura! I wont be able to protect you once we start! Yes, understood! Dont worry about me! Jeong replied. Khuoooonng!! Before Su-hos warning had even finished, the Monster Lion let out a roar that activated its Fear Aura. [ The Monster Lion uses Boss Monster-level Fear. ] The overwhelming Lions Fear was enough to make most Hunters crumble under severe debuffs. But Su-ho remained unfazed. Lions Fear? Thats nothing compared to a dragon. [ Dragon Blood Activated ] [ The Dragon Spirit Effect negates Fear. ] The blood of the dragon coursing through Su-ho nullified the Fear Aura entirely. The effect was so cooling, it felt like a natural air conditioner. Seeing the notification, Su-ho smirked. This is what I call natural air conditioning. Still, he wondered if Jeong was holding up okay. The Fear Aura had been a nightmare for even the most elite raiders, and Jeongs lower level likely meant he was incapacitated. Thankfully, Jeong had already retreated to a safe distance and was observing from afar. As expected of Cheol-min-hyungs cockroach-like survival instincts. Thats why they call him Jeong the Survivor. You cant underestimate the experience it takes to be a Gate Division team leader at his level. Turning his attention back to the Monster Lion, Su-ho locked eyes with the beast again. He smirked, taunting it with a subtle, mocking lift of his lips. Come down. Stop meowing like a kitten from up there in the valley. The message seemed to get through. The Monster Lion began moving, descending slowly. Its demeanor was calm and regal, like that of a true king. Thats what it means to be royalty, huh? The Monster Lion was unlike the other lions in the valley. While the others had tawny fur, this one had a mix of ash and black in its coat, its eyes glinting golden with an intense green hue swirling within. More notably, the other lions, typically known for moving in packs, had vanished entirely upon its arrival. From the start, the Monster Lion had been in a league of its own, bearing the title of boss monster alone. Su-ho summoned his Phantom Spear, gripping it firmly as he muttered to himself. Lets see just how unbreakable that famed hide of yours really is. It was a greetinga formal acknowledgment of the beasts reputation. With all his might, Su-ho hurled the Phantom Spear at the Monster Lion. [ Throwing Spear Activated ] The spear surged forward, aimed directly at the lions forehead. Clang! Even with the spear enhanced by its throwing skill, it bounced harmlessly off the lions forehead. But what was more impressive was the lions reaction. It didnt flinch. It didnt even turn its head. The spear hit dead center, and the lion merely stood firm, as if it had expected the attack. That level of confidence could only come from absolute trust in its impenetrable hide. Watching this, Jeong squeezed his eyes shut. Of course... Hed hoped that Su-ho could overcome the legendary Indestructible Hide, but it seemed futile. Yet Su-ho, rather than looking frustrated, smiled, admiration gleaming in his eyes. Impressive. Yeah, this is what it means to be the Lion of Nemea. His respect was genuine. The Monster Lion before him was no ordinary beast. It was a mythical beingone Su-ho had always dreamed of facing: the legendary Lion of Nemea. Chapter 99 The Lion of Nemea. A mythical creature known to those well-versed in lore. It was the first of the legendary Twelve Labors completed by the demigod hero Heracles. And its also infamous as the qualification test for those aiming to become Heracles Candidates. The Lion of Nemea wasnt named so for nothing. Its alias, the Monster Lion, was derived directly from the myths surrounding the Lion of Nemea. Defeating this creature granted the victor one of the Powers of Heracles. The Power of Heracles... This time, itll be mine. Su-ho recalled the man who once bore the title of Heracles in his past life. He was a towering Black man, the first to complete the Twelve Labors spread across the world. Thats how the Black Heracles was born. It wasnt about racial stereotypeshe had chosen the name himself. He took immense pride in his skin color and referred to himself as Black Heracles, or simply Bless. Bless... He was a good man. Su-ho didnt just know of Bless; he was close friends with him. Bless, proud of the Heracles title, walked a path of heroism and ideals that aligned closely with Su-hos. Because of this, Su-ho knew all the strategies for overcoming the Twelve Labors. But now... Sorry, Bless. This time, Im taking the Power of Heracles. While trustworthy allies were important, that principle had changed after Su-hos betrayal in the wake of conquering his first cataclysmic gate. The knife stabbed into his back had reshaped his values. Where once he believed in delegationletting experts handle what he couldnthe now resolved to acquire every skill and power for himself. Su-ho discarded his sword. If the Phantom Spear couldnt pierce the lion, his Blood Sword wouldnt fare any better. Neither would his blade techniques like Steel Slice or Cloud Cleave.@@@@ He needed a different approach. Deactivating the Blood Sword, Su-ho transformed the Blood Weapon into double gauntlets that encased his arms and shoulders. Blood Gauntlets. Su-ho decided to call them Blood Gloves. Bang! He slammed his fists together, testing their durability. Seeing this, the Lion of Nemea leaped at him with the agility of a feline predator. Grrraaahh!! As the lion charged, Su-ho didnt retreat. He ran straight toward it. What the hell?! Graaaahhh!!Graaaahhh!! It wasnt exactly the most Sword Saint-like method, but against the Lion of Nemeas defense, human ingenuity was the best weapon. Even Heracles himself had resorted to this very technique. Graaaaahhh!! The lion thrashed violently, its efforts growing more desperate. But the harder it struggled, the more firmly Su-ho clung to its back like a stubborn insect. Letting go wasnt an option. If Su-ho released the chokehold, there wouldnt be a second chance. This is it. My first and only opportunity. Su-ho clenched his teeth, pouring all his strength into the hold. Though his level was only in the 70s, his stats were far beyond that, thanks to countless battles and meticulous planning. The Lion of Nemea will only grow stronger. Today is the weakest itll ever be. Su-ho remembered a quote from a luxury brand CEO: Our products are cheapest today. The same applied here. The Lion of Nemea grew stronger as it leveled up, making it increasingly impossible to conquer the gate it guarded. This scaling system filtered out all but the most worthy challengers for the title of Heracles Candidate. Su-hos body bore the brunt of the lions struggles. He was battered and bruised, his arms and legs scratched and bloodied. The Blood Gloves endured the onslaught, regenerating with each blow. Ordinary armor would have long been shredded to ribbons. Please...! From a distance, Jeong clasped his hands in prayer, sweat dripping from his brow as he watched the brutal battle unfold. The clash of dragon and lion stretched on for what felt like an eternity, leaving parts of the valley shattered and the air thick with dust. Finally, the chaos subsided. [ The ruler of Iron Valley, the Monster Lion, has been defeated. ] [ The gate has been conquered. ] [ MVP: An Su-ho. ] Jeong stared at the notification in stunned silence before erupting with a shout. Yes!! His prayer had been answered. Meanwhile, Su-ho, seeing the same notification, finally released his grip on the lion and collapsed onto the ground. [ Bonus EXP granted for MVP selection. ] [ One bonus stat awarded. ] [ Level up! All stats increased by 1. ] As the notifications rolled in, Su-ho chuckled at the sight of the lion sprawled lifelessly beside him. Damn stubborn thing... Even in a world turned into a game, who could have imagined defeating a lion with a chokehold? It had been a grueling yet oddly exhilarating experience. Now then... Time to clean up. Despite his aching muscles, Su-ho summoned the Phantom Spear to finish the job. Chapter 100 CRACK! Su-ho hurled the Phantom Spear he had summoned toward the shadow of the dead monstrous lion, embedding it into the shadow. Immediately, a reaction occurred. [The Phantom Spear reacts to the shadow of the monstrous lion.] [The Phantom Spear absorbs the shadow of the monstrous lion.] [The Phantom Spear is strengthened.] The Phantom Spear, having finally been fed, eagerly sucked up the shadow of the monstrous lion, consuming it with a satisfying gulp. Su-ho watched the scene with contentment. Eat well, Yeongchang. Watching the Phantom Spear, it felt almost like caring for a pet, and he couldnt help but feel proud. Hopefully, after this, the third stage of its awakening will finally be triggered. Su-ho then opened his status window. [An Su-ho] Level: 74Class: HealerTrait: New BloodStrength (R): 86Stamina (R): 36Magic (R): 36Sensory (R): 36Bonus Stats: 2 His level had risen by one, and he had gained two bonus stats. Su-ho allocated all the bonus stats into Strength and then turned his gaze toward Jeong Cheol-min, who was approaching. Su-ho-ssi! He looked completely unscathed, suggesting that he had carefully avoided any damage. Su-ho was relieved by that. If Jeong Cheol-min had been injured, it would have been a bit upsetting for him. As Jeong Cheol-min closed the distance, Su-ho smiled and spoke. Youre here? Are you hurt anywhere? Ah, no. Thanks to you, Su-ho-ssi, Im perfectly fine. But what about you? Are you okay? Im fine, of course. After all, I took down that monstrous lion, didnt I? Thats true, but... Su-ho-ssi, I really watched with my hands sweating. How did you even think about facing that monstrous lion head-on? I thought it was the only way. What? There was a scene in a martial arts novel I once read. The hero used a technique to choke out an opponent who had perfected the unbreakable body technique. So I thought I might try it, and I didnt expect it to work, but it did. Wait... What? Are you serious? Yes, Im serious. You saw it for yourself, didnt you? Su-ho smiled brightly in response, and Jeong Cheol-min looked at him with a somewhat dumbfounded expression. "He decided to face the monstrous lion head-on just because of that? I knew he was unusual, but could he possibly be a little crazy?" Now that he thought about it, there did seem to be a bit of eccentricity about him. Noticing Jeong Cheol-mins strange expression, Su-ho chuckled and said, Anyway, I really appreciate you, Team Leader. Thanks to you, I was able to tackle another sealed gate. Su-ho bowed his head in gratitude, but Jeong Cheol-min waved his hand in a flustered manner. Ah, no, its nothing. What have I done? I should be the one thanking you on behalf of everyone. Thanks to you, we saved the taxpayers'' money again. Managing a single sealed gate required substantial manpower and taxpayer funds. In that sense, Jeong Cheol-min genuinely felt grateful to Su-ho. If there was anyone who genuinely cared about the country and its people, it was Jeong Cheol-min. Su-ho smiled and spoke again. Then, would it be alright if I take the loot? Loot? Yes, loot, Su-ho said, pointing to the corpse of the monstrous lion. Ah, right. There was still the matter of the loot to settle. In theory, according to the rules, the loot obtained from a gate cleared by a civil servant Hunter was supposed to belong to the state. This was one of the most notorious laws, one that would only change after a massive reform within the Hunter Association in the future. This damn law is still in effect. However, Su-ho had no intention of returning the loot from the monstrous lion to the state. After all, what kind of treasure was this? Still, he had no intention of deceiving Jeong Cheol-min. Su-ho believed that even the smallest things, like taking loot, needed to be permitted by Jeong Cheol-min. He needed to gain his trust and favor. Hmm... At Su-hos question, Jeong Cheol-min paused for a moment, stroking his chin. In principle, the loot from the Iron Valley gate should have been returned to the state, but... Go ahead, Su-ho-ssi. You can take it. No matter how much Jeong Cheol-min valued honesty, he thought this law was absurd. Su-ho smiled at Jeong Cheol-mins cool answer. As expected of Cheol-min hyung. He knew he would say that. [Phantom Spear] Rank: S+The third-stage consciousness of the Phantom Spear has awakened.Absorbing powerful mana, the Phantom Spear has successfully unlocked a portion of its past power, greatly enhancing all its abilities.The first person to awaken its consciousness is recognized as the master, and can now summon Phantom Shadow (S) from the masters shadow at any time.A damaged Phantom Spear can be repaired and resummoned using only shadow and mana, thanks to the effect of Shadow Regeneration (S).The ability to use Shadow Bind (S) is now available, which fixes the target''s movements by biting into their shadow.While the Shadow Fang is embedded in the targets shadow, the Shadow Bleed (S) effect causes the target to take bleeding damage every second.The ability to use Shadow Pierce (S) is now available, allowing unconditional penetration of the targets defense as long as they are covered by shadow. Su-hos face flushed with exhilaration as he reviewed the information. He had finally acquired the Phantom Spear''s Shadow Pierce optionone of the key techniques used by the Shadow King in his past life. Shadow Pierce, Su-ho thought, his mind racing with excitement. If the target is covered by shadow, no matter how tough their defenses, the spear will pierce right through. Even if its a Nemean Lion. Now there are only two stages left, Su-ho thought, knowing the Phantom Spears consciousness was divided into five stages. He had already unlocked three. Only two remained. Its growing faster than I expected. The speed of the Phantom Spear''s growth was unimaginable when compared to the previous life of the Shadow King. Satisfied with the progress, Su-ho recalled the Phantom Spear and approached the massive corpse of the Nemean Lion. Its huge up close, he muttered. If it had been just a little bigger, I might not have been able to choke it with my arms. Su-ho summoned the Blood Sword and gripped it tightly. With a single motion, he swung it toward the lion. [Steel Cutter activated.] The sword swiped through the air with a red trail behind it, but Clang!! The Blood Sword hit the lions hide, creating sparks, but not even leaving a scratch. It really doesnt work. Su-ho wasnt surprised, but he still felt a little disappointed. He was glad he didnt start by using the sword in the first place. Jeong Cheol-min, watching the scene, spoke up. Hmm, as expected, the skin of the Indestructible Body is different. Even that sword couldnt cut through it. The skin, yes, Su-ho replied nonchalantly. What? Cheol-min asked, confused. Its just the skin that cant be cut. Without waiting for an answer, Su-ho swung the sword again. Once again, Steel Cutter activated. Swish! This time, the Blood Sword cut through the lions hide, creating a clean, crisp sound. Cheol-mins eyes widened in surprise as he heard the clean cut. But the skin... How is it still intact? he asked, astonished. Su-ho merely smiled. The claw is sharper than the skin. What? Really? Really, you see it yourself. Cheol-min still looked puzzled as he observed the cut. Su-ho continued to cut through the lions chest, and as he did, the skin that had been unyielding to the Blood Sword began to split with ease, like it was being sliced with a ruler. Cheol-mins eyes widened in shock. Whawhat? How is the skin cutting like that? The claws are sharper than the lions skin, Su-ho explained casually. Really? Is that true? Cheol-min asked. It is, as you can see. Su-ho replied. Well... I never expected that, Cheol-min muttered, shaking his head in disbelief. The irony was that while the lions claws were sharp enough to slice through its own hide, the hardness of the claws was still weaker than the skin. So, the claws could be cut by the Blood Sword. I heard that even Hercules used the claws of these lions to skin them. After splitting open the lions chest, Su-ho reached inside and began feeling for the heart. After a moment, he found itlarger than his own handand without hesitation, he crushed it. [You have completed the first of the Twelve Labors of Hercules.] [The system grants you the qualification to possess Hercules'' strength.] [A new trait has been added.] [You are now a Hercules Candidate.] [You have achieved a great feat, and the system rewards you with 10 bonus stats.] As Su-ho crushed the lions heart, a cascade of system notifications flooded his screen. Su-ho quickly checked the newly added trait, Hercules Candidate. [Hercules Candidate] You have obtained the minimum qualifications to possess the power of the hero Hercules.Only those who achieve the Twelve Labors first will be recognized as the true Hercules.While you carry the Hercules trait, your attack power with unarmed strikes, swords, blunt weapons, and bows increases by 100%. This was a hefty bonus. Su-ho had heard about the Hercules Candidate trait before, but seeing it firsthand was a different experience. As I complete each task, I gain additional options, he thought, looking through the traits details. He closed the system window, unable to suppress a smile. I knew Id seize power quickly after returning, but to have dual traits before even reaching one star? This is incredible. The potential to possess multiple traits wasnt unheard of, but it was extremely rare. Most powerful individuals had access to multiple traits, but it wasnt guaranteed that the person with many traits would always be the strongest. Of course, having many traits doesnt automatically make someone powerful, Su-ho thought. He allocated all the bonus stats to Strength, then walked over to the spot where the Nemean Lion had been. He collected its hide and claws as loot. These are valuable materials. These items would significantly strengthen Su-hos future abilities. After collecting the loot, Su-ho turned to Jeong Cheol-min. Well, shall we head out now? he asked. Oh, yes. Lets go, Cheol-min replied, still trying to process everything. The two of them finally finished the internal evaluation and left the gate. Chapter 101 [The Iron Valley Gate has been cleared.] Outside the gate, the notification from the system signaled the completion of the gate conquest as the gate line disappeared. As a result, chaos ensued outside. Huh? Whats going on? Why is the gate line gone? Wait, is it possible? No way, could it be? The soldiers were buzzing, confused, but no one mistook this for a dream from an early shift. It was still the afternoon.@@@@ Among them, Major Kang Hyuk, who had been waiting at headquarters, was the most shocked. Then, they saw Su-ho and Jeong Cheol-min on the internal CCTV of the square. The soldiers rushed to the entrance of the square, waiting for the two to emerge. As soon as they did, Jeong Cheol-min awkwardly smiled. Heh... Oh, hello? What happened? Did we really clear the gate? Heh, yes... Actually, heres what happened... As the person in charge of the examination, Jeong Cheol-min explained the situation on behalf of Su-ho. To be precise, he was lying on Su-hos behalf, but no one doubted him. Instead, they were more concerned about the situation. Oh my... Are you okay? Yes, thanks to Su-ho-ssi, I barely managed to survive. Hah... as expected, you really are incredible, just like the rumors said. When Jeong Cheol-min praised Su-ho, Major Kang Hyuk and everyone else marveled in awe. The situation was quickly wrapped up neatly. As they were heading back to Seoul, Jeong Cheol-min, who was driving, spoke up. But you know, right? Even if I act like I dont know, after this incident, some rules are likely going to change. Such as? Probably starting with the tradition of the Gate Management Department. The practice of letting trainees choose which gate they want to tackle during the gate training. It was a reasonable response. Until now, they hadnt considered it dangerous, so they hadnt interfered, but now that there had been an unexpected attack, the training gates would likely be assigned by the department from now on. But, well, thats not really my concern. After all, it wasnt such an extraordinary privilege. It had just been a tradition to lure people into the Gate Management Department. If its that important, Ill make sure trainees can still choose, but excluding the sealed gates. In fact, there was a way to prevent this problem from ever being raised. Su-ho had Park Gyu-min in his corner. However, Su-ho couldnt exactly say that, so he simply showed a sorry expression. Im sorry. I didnt mean to cause the departments valuable tradition to disappear. Jeong Cheol-min chuckled at that. Why apologize? What? I didnt mean for you to apologize, Su-ho-ssi. Im just saying that what we did this time is likely to bring about some consequences. More accurately, its showing us how the government work process is handled. This is your first time in public office, right? I guess it is. Do you know the difference between being a company employee and a government worker? Yes, its me, Mr. An. The person who picked up the phone was none other than Jo Jin-hwi. Su-ho smiled as he spoke. How have you been? Haha, thanks to you, Ive been doing great. I heard youre on probation, hows it going? Managing okay? Yes, the training process is almost finished, so itll be over soon. Really? Already? How long has it been since you started? Jo Jin-hwi, though not a public servant, had a good understanding of the system. As a player-focused journalist, he was very familiar with the Hunter Association. So he was surprised. Normally, even the shortest training periods lasted over a month, so this was highly unusual. Su-ho chuckled. Actually, Im calling because of my training process. You see, Ive... Su-ho omitted the details of what had happened during the training and only mentioned that he had scored full marks on the theory test and the field evaluation. ... So, I ended up clearing the sealed gate in the Iron Valley. This included the Iron Valley gate conquest they had just completed. After Su-ho finished explaining, there was a long pause. ... It wasnt a communication failure. He was simply too stunned to speak. After a moment of silence, Su-ho asked again. Mr. Jin-hwi? Ah! Yes! Wow... I was so shocked I didnt know if I was hearing it right. I see. Still, as expected of you. I knew you were extraordinary, but to be writing your own legend as soon as you joined the Association? Thats got to be the best record in the history of the Association, right? If you get full marks on the remaining evaluations, youll be the first and only person to ever do so! Thats probably true. Thats what Ive heard as well. I guess the Sword Saint is different after all. But suddenly, youre calling and talking about your own achievements... Im guessing you have something planned? Su-ho chuckled at Jo Jin-hwis sharp instincts. This guy was good at sniffing things out. Su-ho replied, Yes, Im working on something big, and I need a little prep work for it. Heh, if thats the case, you shouldve told me sooner. I dont know what youre working on, but from the sounds of it, Ill make sure to pump up your reputation in the media again. Thank you, as always, Mr. Jin-hwi. By the way, is it alright for the results to leak while youre still in training? Id love to write the article, but Im worried it might cause trouble for you. At that, Jeong Cheol-min, who had been silently listening, answered. Its fine. ...Who are you? Im currently Su-hos overall training supervisor. Ive been the one compiling his scores, and I just came from the sealed gate mission with him. Ah? So youve been listening this whole time? Yes, weve been listening together. ...Haha? Jo Jin-hwi, clearly caught off guard, laughed in disbelief. Still laughing in surprise, he asked Su-ho. Have you already started making allies there too? Yes, hes become my ally. He was the first Association member I met. Ah? Just write it as ''According to an insider,'' so people wont just think its gossip. That way, itll have some credibility, even if the source isnt fully named. Of course. Thatll be more than enough. Is there anything else you need? No, for now. But when you do write the article, please make sure to mention how solving the sealed gate saved taxes and was a great outcome for everyone involved. Got it. You dont need to worry, Ill report it properly. When would you like the article to go out? The military will report it soon, but Id like the world to know by tomorrow morning, before I even arrive at work. Okay, Ive got it. Ill get it all set up. And Im looking forward to the big picture youre working on too. Haha, youll be able to see it soon. Thanks again for your help. Always a pleasure! Jo Jin-hwi excitedly ended the call. Su-ho smiled as he put his phone back into his pocket and looked at Jeong Cheol-min. Jeong Cheol-min responded with a matching smile. It was the moment when a new, unshakeable bond formed between them. Chapter 102 "Then, see you tomorrow." "Yes, thank you for the ride. Have a good night." By the time they were returning to Seoul, it was already near the end of the workday. After dropping Su-ho off at his house, Jeong Cheol-min returned to the Association alone. Su-ho could have gone home right away, but since he was responsible for handling various follow-up tasks as his supervisor, he needed to stay a little longer. Su-ho understood this, so he didnt ask any further and just watched as Jeong Cheol-mins car drove away. Then, I guess I should start making some moves myself. He had already given orders to Jo Jin-hwi, but there were still many others he needed to contact. The most important of these were Park Gyu-min and Pi Seong-yeol. Even though his relationship with Jeong Cheol-min had become stronger, it still felt a little off to make a call right in front of him. Su-ho called Pi Seong-yeol first. "Oh, junior. What''s up?" "Senior, I needed to report something." "What is it?" "During the Gate Management Departments field evaluation today..." Su-ho gave a brief report to Pi Seong-yeol. He explained that he had conquered a sealed gate and why it had happened. After hearing the explanation, Pi Seong-yeol chuckled lightly. "That''s impressive. This makes it the third sealed gate, right?" "Yes, that''s right." "Youre really something. Good work. Are you injured?" "No, Im fine. I treated all the wounds myself." "Haha, its nice when the inspector can also heal. Alright, understood." Su-ho didnt receive much of a response about the sealed gate conquest, just a few words of acknowledgment. It made sense, though. To Pi Seong-yeol, the cleared sealed gates werent a big deal. Su-ho knew this very well, but since he was now required to report everything, no matter how small, he reported it anyway. Just in case something came up later and they tried to make a big deal out of it. Theres a high chance that someone will hold a grudge for being the last one to know something that everyone else already knows. That was the kind of person Pi Seong-yeol was. Next, Su-ho called Park Gyu-min. "Oh, Hunter An. Whats going on?""You cleared the sealed gate?!""What the... So, is there anything else I should know?""Well, it would be odd if I didnt know about that. Why?""...What do you mean?""Thats true, but how exactly are you planning to check Pi Seong-yeols power?""I see. Even if its normal for top performers to get good positions, using the ''royal'' label will definitely turn it negative. But do you think Pi Seong-yeol will even care about public opinion? He probably wont acknowledge it.""Ah!""So, you want me to fan the flames and get the Chairmans attention to make sure Pi Seong-yeols influence gets checked?""Hmmm, true... but Gate Department is Pi Seong-yeols line. If I put you there and the public opinion dies down, Ill call you back to the Special Forces. Wouldnt it just undo the whole point of this?""Something you need to do?""The Chairman?""Thats true.""So?""Heh... I get it." Su-ho didnt believe that Park Gyu-min could overcome Pi Seong-yeols influence, even with all his efforts. The difference in natural ability is too vast. No matter how much he tries, hell only be breaking the smaller pieces. Thats why Su-ho was considering using the Chairman. But Su-ho wasnt just planning to use the Chairman to promote Park Gyu-min. He continued. "Do you know the easiest way to gain popularity and power in the world?" "What?" "Its by attaching yourself to a star. Get close to a popular star and do things that their fans would appreciate. Then the fans will naturally start liking you too." "Are you talking about yourself as the star?" "Yes. Think of it like politicians campaigning before elections. In the end, its all about who has the popularity." Whether through appointments or elections, popularity heavily influenced the outcome. The Chairman wouldnt be unaware of this, so if Park Gyu-min aligned himself with the Chairman, Su-ho knew that he would get the Chairmans backing. Then, my power and Park Gyu-mins power will grow. After that, Ill start to slowly remodel the internal structure of the Association. Su-ho was relying on Park Gyu-min to be a key part of this plan. Even though Su-ho had advanced quickly, as a young man in his early twenties, he still had a long way to go to reach the top. The same applied to Jeong Cheol-min. So for now, the best way to achieve quick results was to utilize the existing infrastructure. Even if I discard them later, Ill use them efficiently for now. Park Gyu-min nodded fervently. "I understand. But what kind of issues are you preparing? If you tell me early, I can start making moves." "Ill tell you when the time comes. For now, focus on preparing for the royal controversy. Ill be in touch." With that, Su-ho ended the call. Even though Park Gyu-min had asked to know more details, Su-ho didnt share them. The reason was simple. He didnt trust Park Gyu-mins judgment fully. I cant even trust him with one task, so theres no reason to tell him everything in advance. Mistakes, especially verbal ones, could explode at any moment. After ending the call, Su-ho finally started heading home. Chapter 103 Slime Stone. It was a hardened piece of slime flesh that had turned into stone, and its value as a material item or an ordinary item was among the lowest of the low. However, the Slime Stone that Nam Hae-won brought was different from the ordinary kind in appearance from the start. Nam Hae-won spoke. It seems like this is the top-tier version, as it cant be synthesized any further. The item information says so too. Su-ho took it and checked the information. [Meta Slime Stone] Rank: S Description: A body fragment of the Meta Slime, known as the ultimate slime. Meta Slime is said to be a combination of regeneration, composition, and expansion. The Meta Slime Stone. This was the final form of the Slime Stone. And Su-ho, who knew the true nature of the Meta Slime Stone, smiled with satisfaction. I really knew this would work. He was certain. After all, it was a rare synthetic ability, almost unique on Earth. Thats why he believed that by attempting to craft the Meta Slime Stone based on that synthesis, it would just take time and materials, but sooner or later, success was inevitable. Su-ho smiled proudly as he spoke. Good job, Hae-won. Hehe, I really worked hard. When you subtract the time spent eating, sleeping, and... well, actually, I was synthesizing even while pooping, Nam Hae-won replied with a chuckle. I know, I know. You think I wouldnt know how hard you worked? So, did you level up a bit? Yes, I leveled up quite a bit. I also got bonus stats whenever the Slime Stones grade increased. Good job. A synthesis specialist grows like that. Anyway, thanks for your hard work. The rest of the materials should come in soon, so Ill need your help again when that happens. Yes, of course. Su-ho had secured the Meta Slime Stone. Now, only one material item remained. Just then... Bzzz! The phone vibrated. It was Su-hos phone. When he saw the caller ID, he couldn''t help but chuckle. This person really cant be called a gentleman. The caller was none other than Kang Seul-gi. Su-ho answered the phone. Yes, Deputy Team Leader. Su-ho, is this a good time to talk? Yes, its fine. Whats going on? Ive got the item you asked for. Can I meet with you now? Kang Seul-gis voice was urgent. It seemed like she was really in a hurry. Su-ho understood. She probably wanted to get rid of the cursed Mega Crusher as soon as possible. Su-ho smiled and responded. Of course. Where would you like to meet? Are you at the Association right now? Yes, Im at the Association, but Ill come to you. Just tell me the location. You sure you want to come all the way here? Alright, my address is... Su-ho gave her his address and started waiting for her arrival. *** Did she fly here? Kang Seul-gi arrived much faster than Su-ho had expected. Sweating profusely, Kang Seul-gi couldnt hide her embarrassment as she put the car into Su-ho''s garage. She lives in Cheongdam-dong Safe Zone and on top of that, she lives in such a huge mansion...? Su-ho was a nationally famous figure, that much was clear. Right now, for example, the entire country was buzzing about the third sealed gate that was being targeted. But no matter how much of a rising star he was, she knew the period wasnt very long, and yet, she never imagined hed already be living in a house like this... But instead of voicing unnecessary thoughts, she decided to focus on work. What mattered right now wasnt that. Su-ho greeted Kang Seul-gi warmly. Youve arrived? I couldve gone to you, but youve had a long journey. I appreciate you coming. Shouldve done this a few times already. A karate chop to knock someone out might seem like something straight out of a cartoon, something impossible in reality. But for Su-ho, it was incredibly familiar and easy. After all, when you work in a special division for a long time, you pick up quite a few ways to knock someone unconscious. No, even if you dont want to know them, you have to. It just made handling things easier in many ways. When Kang Seul-gis body went limp, Su-ho ripped his shirt off with brute strength, exposing his upper body. Beneath it, he saw the inner clothing meant to hide the Mega Crusher, and Su-ho removed it as well, finally revealing the Mega Crusher to the world. Grind... grind... The Mega Crusher turned slowly. Now that its host was unconscious, its movements were sluggish as well. Its just like a worm. A worm with steel teeth, that is. There were actually many ways to remove this creature. The most common and simplest method was to cut the item directly out of its hosts body. But that came with a high risk of killing the host. I cant go that far just for one item. Another method that only Su-ho could use was to throw the Mega Crusher to an immortal beast, a creature that could eat steel. But that couldnt be done either. Because the chaos the Mega Crusher would cause while being consumed by the beast was unpredictable. Either way, it would probably result in death or some kind of aftereffects. Thats why Su-ho was planning to use the most straightforward and safe method. After confirming that Kang Seul-gi was unconscious, Su-ho activated one of his skills. [Recovery has been activated.] Whoosh! Recovery, a skill that heals status ailments. It was an upgraded version of Cure, a skill that treated poison, and now it could heal not only poison but various other debuffs as well. And one of those status ailments is parasitism. Parasitism was definitely harmful to a player. Just having something parasitic implanted in the body could cause dot damage and a host of other diseases. Thats why Recovery, as an advanced version of Cure, was capable of healing it. Honestly, Recovery is like a deworming treatment. Of course, Recovery wasnt all-powerful. The Mega Crusher currently implanted in Kang Seul-gis body was still in its early stage, not yet fully evolved. That was why Su-ho''s Recovery skill was able to work. If it evolves further later, ordinary Recovery wont even make a dent. Thinking about it this way, Kang Seul-gi from his past life seemed like a truly unfortunate person. If only he hadnt been so scared and had told people about his condition from the start, he could have gained freedom long before the Disassembler Incident ever happened. But thanks to that, he learned the combinations for many items... It was an ironic situationsomething to feel sympathy for while also being grateful. And then, it happenedthe moment when Su-hos Recovery began to seep into the Mega Crusher. Whirr? Whirr? As Recovery seeped into the Mega Crusher, the object, which had been turning slowly, began to stir. The parasite instinctively sensed something. It could feel that the light that was spreading through it was very harmful to its existence. Perhaps thats why? Wiiiiing!! Sensing danger, the Mega Crusher suddenly went berserk, starting to rampage wildly. I knew it. This was exactly why Su-ho had knocked Kang Seul-gi out. If he had been conscious, the unbearable pain in his lower abdomen would have made him faint instantly. As the creature began thrashing around, Su-ho also poured his mana into the situation, not holding anything back. It was something that needed to be removed quicklynot carefully coaxed out like a delicate object, but forcefully removed like a malignant tumor. Shudder, shudder, shudder Kang Seul-gis body began to tremble. Even though he had lost consciousness, his body was shaking in response to the excruciating pain in his stomach. Was that why? Kang Seul-gis body quickly became soaked in cold sweat, and a faint groan escaped his lips. Then, at the moment when the sharp pain tried to bring his consciousness back to him... Kwahhh!! Unable to withstand the Recovery, the Mega Crusher exploded outwards, much like a mimics assault, spraying itself forward. Chapter 104 Crrr... Like a scene from an old foreign comedy movie, it sprayed out like an elderly comedian''s dentures. Oh dear. Its trajectory was aimed directly at Su-ho. It wasnt by chance. When the host being parasitized becomes in danger, the parasite instinctively tries to move to the nearest available host. That was why Su-ho naturally dodged its charge. Grind! Grind! Grind! The thing that fell to the floor began desperately moving its teeth, trying to maintain its consciousness. But no matter how much it tried to turn its gears, nothing entered its mouth, and without its host, the thing quickly lost all power, stopping its rotations. Its stopped. Its movements had completely ceased. It wasnt pretending to stop and preparing for a sneak attack. The Mega Crusher, even though it was a cursed item, was still not a monster. However, instead of recovering the Mega Crusher, Su-ho immediately went to Kang Seul-gi. He began casting Heal. [Heal has been activated.] Fortunately, Kang Seul-gi was still unconscious. It must have been quite painful, but thankfully, he seemed to have passed out quickly. Su-ho didnt hesitate to pour healing energy into him and began checking his condition. His abdomen is fine. The area that needed the most attention was his lower abdomen. The Mega Crusher had been embedded there for a long time, so Su-ho had no idea what kind of changes might have occurred. Luckily, the gap left by the Mega Crusher didnt seem too large. There was no missing flesh, either. Su-ho used Heal intensively to restore the area, making it completely recover, as if nothing had ever happened. As Su-ho healed him, Kang Seul-gis expression gradually became more peaceful, as though he was feeling more comfortable. Done. Once Su-ho had healed him enough that he wouldnt need more healing, he unlocked the handcuffs and moved Kang Seul-gi to the bed nearby. Only then did he finally turn his attention back to the Mega Crusher, still lying alone, and checked its information. [Mega Crusher] Grade: B Superior technology from another world. Capable of grinding anything. Su-ho couldnt help but laugh in disbelief after reading the information. A simple description. It was absurd. Even though it clearly had curse options attached to it, the item had tried to disguise itself as an ordinary one, pretending to be normal after it detached from its host. And its grade was B. Despite being capable of evolving, it was pretending to be B gradethis was a typical feature of the Technology Series. Ill make good use of you. Like poison when used as medicine, the Mega Crusher could have different applications depending on how it was used. Though it was a cursed item, it still had many hidden advantages. Thats why the Mega Crusher should only be owned by someone powerful enough to control it. After securing the Mega Crusher, Su-ho entrusted Kang Seul-gi to the external staff and returned home.@@@@ Heewon. Yes, Team Leader. The materials are all gathered. Really? But why now...? She had just escaped from the hellish world of synthesis. She had planned to rest properly today after rushing down the stairs. But Su-ho smiled gently, and in the end, Nam Heewon had no choice but to prepare for the final task. Lets just finish this and then rest. Ill buy you whatever you want. Okay... Nam Heewon answered weakly. Still, the preparations were completed quickly. In fact, there was hardly any preparation needed. Unlike the Slime Stone work that required time and effort, making partner items only involved combining the prepared materials. Grade: S It was also known as the ultimate item, graduation item, and so ontypically discussed in fields where equipment played a major role. For possessors, the Soul Suit was always a key topic. The Meta Slime Stone was recommended as a material in those discussions. Thats why the item created, the Mystical Meta Suit for Soul Mecha, was now called the strongest Soul Suit of all. In the later stages of the cataclysm. This was a final item based on the later stages of the cataclysm. Su-ho, after checking the item information, smiled with satisfaction, and Nam Heewon, who had been holding back her smile, expressed her excitement. Isnt that really good? Really good. I thought so. This time, it even came with 10 bonus stats. Really? Yes, this is the second time after the Meta Slime Stone. It wasnt just that they made an S-grade item. The item they created was an incredibly high-spec final item, and along with that, it carried absurd modifiers like Ancient Mystical Technology, Advanced Technology from Another World, and Fusion Technology. An item like this can only be made by Heewon. There were officially three types of the Technology Series: Lost Technology from Ancient CivilizationsHigh Technology from Otherworldly CivilizationsOver Technology from Mythological Civilizations And unofficially, there was Fusion Technology, which combined two or more types of these technologies. The three mentioned earlier were classified independently, but the fusion technology could only be created by someone like Nam Heewon, who was at a unique singularity. Thats why you got 10 bonus stats again this time. Su-ho genuinely congratulated her. Well done. You know, 10 bonus stats are worth the equivalent of 10 levels, right? Of course, I know. Thanks to this synthesis, Ive gained the equivalent of more than 20 levels. Then Ill be counting on you from now on. Of course! Understood! Loyalty! Alright, go ahead and rest now. Wow! Nam Heewon was genuinely happy at the order to rest. She really felt like she had earned her freedom now. There wasnt anything else Su-ho needed from her for the time being. At that moment. Teacher, the guest has woken up. Oh, Ill be down in a moment. Just in time, Kang Seul-gi had woken up. The timing was perfect. Su-ho finished preparing and headed back downstairs. There, Kang Seul-gi was waiting with a warm cup of tea in hand. Youre awake? At the sight of Su-ho, Kang Seul-gi jumped up from his seat. Then, he quickly approached Su-ho and bowed deeply, folding at a 90-degree angle. Thank you, Su-ho. Thank you so much. I will never forget this kindness. Kang Seul-gi kept bowing deeply, showing his gratitude with his whole body. It was sincere. Kang Seul-gi had gone through difficult times. And Su-ho had ended the hellish life he had been living. Even though it wasnt an unconditional favor but a conditional removal, it still meant a lot to Kang Seul-gi. Su-ho smiled and patted him gently. Its nothing. I helped you in exchange for a reward. No, no. Even if you were rewarded, dont doctors get thanked by their patients? Su-ho, you are the savior of my life. And not only did you help me first, but you also approached me and offered assistance. I will never forget this favor. Haha, then, while Im at the association, Ill be counting on you. Of course! If theres anything I can help with, just let me know. Even if its something like the three-pronged item, Ill be happy to help anytime. Kang Seul-gis eyes sparkled. It wasnt just words fueled by emotion; it was sincere from the bottom of his heart. Thats why Su-ho couldnt help but smile. He could feel the sincerity in his voice. And, having found someone in the Resource Division who could be cultivated and removed Pi Seong-yeols influence, Su-ho felt optimistic. Im looking forward to tomorrow. It was a satisfying end to the day. Chapter 105 The next day. The entrance to the Grand Union was packed with reporters. It was because of the article about Su-ho that had erupted the day before. They had been waiting since morning, hoping to snap a photo of Su-ho on his way to work. However, due to the initial chaos, they couldn''t even see him pass by, despite being so close. Sorry, but I''ll make sure to give you better bait soon. As Su-ho walked toward the elevator, he saw Jeong Cheol-min, who had arrived early at the Gate Division entrance, waiting for him. Here already? Yes. Did you manage to rest yesterday? I went home right after reporting and took a rest. I left early today just in case, but its quieter than I expected. Well, theres no reason for it to be noisy. If there were any issues, theyd come from the higher-ups. You reported yesterday, right? Thats right. But its still quiet, so... As he said, there was no reason for things related to Su-ho, like the sealed gate raid, to cause any internal noise. External chatter was one thing, but internally, it wasnt a big deal. Its not like this is my first time. While there were certainly fans of Su-ho within the association, they were colleagues, so they couldnt approach him due to the potential trouble it might cause. Others might acknowledge Su-hos greatness, but it wasnt something that had a significant impact on them, so they treated it as small gossip. Therefore, it was usually reporters or outsiders who buzzed about his actions. Su-ho smiled and spoke. By the way, you''re starting your training with the Detection Division today, right? Ah, yes. Ill meet with the division head and start the evaluation shortly. But since its still early, would you like to grab a coffee? Ill go for a morning barley tea. Shall we head to the backyard? Sounds good. In just one day, Jeong Cheol-mins attitude toward Su-ho had become friendlier and more relaxed. All of this was because they had a secret between them. Su-ho was pleased to have grown closer to Jeong Cheol-min and spent some time in the quiet backyard. The backyard was peaceful. Since it didnt require passing through the front gate, it was a perfect place to avoid being seen, making it their long-time hideout from previous lives. When work hours began, Su-ho and Jeong Cheol-min met with the head of the Detection Division, Ma Du-won. Im Ma Du-won. Its an honor to meet the star of the moment. Haha, thank you. Ive heard the story. You went from the Management Division and then raided the Iron Valley, right? Yes, thats correct. It must have been dangerous, but Im glad you made it out safely. That being said, our evaluation here wont be as risky. Have you heard about it? Yes, Ive heard a brief overview. Great. Well, then, for this evaluation, lets have Team Leader Jeong take charge, since weve had some magic surges recently, and were a bit short-handed. Understood. This was a fairly common occurrence when working in the same department. The work between the Detection and Management Divisions wasnt vastly different. Ma Du-won checked the time and asked, Shall we begin now? Yes, I think that would be best. Alright, then. Weve got about five or six gate spots set aside for evaluation. Choose one from them. All of them are around 90% charged for summoning. Understood. After finishing their greetings, the two men left the division heads office. Su-ho smiled and said, This is nice. Im glad Im with you again for this. Same here. By the way, just like with the Management Divisions evaluation, we can choose the gate spot this time too, right? Oh, are you giving me the choice? I was going to. We usually prepare a lot of gate candidates for evaluations. Su-ho already knew that. But he pretended not to. But with 95%, its easy to adjust without anyone noticing. At that moment, Jeong Cheol-min finished his explanation. ...So, do you understand everything? Yes, I understand. Shall we begin right away? Yes, please use this device to check the area around the gate spot. Then you can check the gate charge yourself. Su-ho had been nodding along, so Jeong Cheol-min didnt suspect he was thinking about anything else. Su-ho had always shown a proper demeanor. So, when Jeong Cheol-min handed him the device to check the first evaluation itemessentially, a machine to measure the concentration of magic around the gateSu-ho accepted it and walked toward the gate spot. I can start right away. The timing was perfect. To stimulate the gate, he needed to get close to the spot, and since he needed to check the charge anyway, he could approach naturally. Su-ho brought the device to the spot and, at the same time, injected his mana into it, sending it toward the gate. Beepbeepbeepbeepbeep-beep-beep-beep-beep!! The device began to beep rhythmically as it started measuring the mana, but once it received Su-hos mana, the beeping accelerated rapidly. It was a natural reaction. The device was meant to detect mana, and Su-ho had just intentionally injected his mana into it. Maybe because of that? As the beeping sped up, everyone nearby stopped what they were doing and turned their attention to Su-ho. And just as they were about to tell him to move away from the gate spot... [Gate has been generated.] Bang! The gate was created. And at the same time, a flash of light erupted, and Su-ho, standing closest to the gate spot, suddenly disappeared without a trace. Click! The gate had been created. And just as quickly, the gates door closed. ...Huh? Cold sweat ran down Jeong Cheol-mins back as he witnessed the spectacle up close. *** Su-hos field of vision changed. And as his view, which had briefly disappeared, returned, he saw a brief system notification pop up in front of him. [You have entered the gate.] This was a notification that normally wouldnt appear. Usually, just before entering a gate, notifications would pop up to inform the user about entering the gate, fetching gate information, and details about the gate being entered. However, there were times when this notification would appear, and there was only one reason for that. It only happens when youre forcibly dragged into a freshly opened gate. In simple terms, it was a phenomenon seen in "kidnapping-type" gates. But that was exactly why Su-ho had chosen this one. He knew better than anyone that the gate he had chosen was a kidnapping-type gate. Su-ho lifted his head and looked up at the towering stone pagoda in front of him. So this is the famous Library of Mu-hak. The Library of Mu-hak. Once designated as a sealed gate, it had been cleared by someone other than Su-ho. The hunter who cleared this gate had the title The King of Martial Arts. King of Martial Arts, Gu Taek-su. Sorry, but this time, Im going to take the treasure of your sacred place. Gu Taek-su, known as the King of Martial Arts, had earned the title for a reason. He was a typical all-arounder dealer, excelling in all physical combat without any genre limitations, and his sacred place that had shaped him was the Library of Mu-hak. But this time, Su-ho wanted to claim that sacred place for himself. There were skills to be learned here that could only be acquired with it. Having made his decision, Su-ho began to ascend the towering stone pagoda. Chapter 106 With the system''s appearance, countless gates began to appear, and people started analyzing them, offering numerous opinions, and contemplating their definitions. By the later stages of the cataclysm, humanity had finally managed to define what gates were. A gate is a kind of themed dungeon created by the system. The gates that had appeared in the world so far numbered in the hundreds. If you counted the recurring gates like the Iron Valley, the number rose into the thousands. But one thing was certain: everything inside these gates was an instance dungeon provided by the system to aid in the players growth. Thus, they were defined as themed dungeons. Because each gate had a different concept. For example, one gate was set in a typical otherworldly dungeon, another took place in the martial arts world, and some even depicted completely unknown alien civilizations. Of course, there were also gates based on unique Earth cultures. A prime example of this was the Iron Valley, which was based on the myth of Heracles. In this sense, the Library of Mu-hak was a gate with a typical martial arts theme. In China, some had claimed that the martial arts-themed gates were a representation of their culture, but... So what? It wasnt an important issue, and no one really paid attention to it. Su-ho continued to climb the stone pagoda. In fact, calling it a pagoda was a bit of a misnomer; it was more like a towering stone mountain. Yet, it was still called a pagoda because it resembled a celestial tower that seemed to reach the heavens. They said climbing this was the first trial. In his previous life, he wasnt on bad terms with Gu Taek-su, the so-called King of Martial Arts. In fact, they were quite close. Gu Taek-su was someone who purely pursued martial arts, and true to his title, he had a deep interest in swordsmanship. This was why he had always shown a keen interest in Su-hos sword techniques, as he was known as the Sword Saint. Of all the people Ive met, his swordsmanship was among the top five. However, despite his incredible skill, Gu Taek-su was never able to defeat Su-ho. At least when it came to swordsmanship, Su-ho was a few steps aheadno, many steps aheadsince he was known as the Sword Saint globally. Ironically, this was the very reason why they could get along so well. Whenever they met, they would have at least one sword duel, and then spend the rest of the day talking about swordsmanship. I learned about the Library of Mu-hak back then. How long had he been climbing the pagoda? After a long ascent, Su-ho finally saw the pagodas peak, which spread out like an island. Upon reaching the top, he used the edge to support himself like a ladder and climbed onto the roof. Only then could he finally set foot at the top of the pagoda. It took forever. As he said, it really had taken a long time. If it hadnt been for his Red-tier physical stats and S-tier Jumping Skill, he would have collapsed long ago. But knowing that he had everything prepared, he had boldly challenged himself to climb it. The Library of Mu-hak wasnt long after its creation before it was put up for auction. Why was it auctioned off? There was nothing special about it. The Library of Mu-hak wasnt considered a particularly dangerous gate compared to its fame. The first reason was that access was freely allowed, and the second was that most people gave up climbing the pagoda. Then Gu Taek-su conquered it. For a long time, no one had cleared the Library of Mu-hak. The reason was simple: the level restriction on the gate was too high, and the height of the pagoda was so daunting that most people gave up midway. But Gu Taek-su was different. Even though his level was relatively low, he had been pursuing martial arts since before the cataclysm, and he was the first to conquer the pagoda. Thats why Su-ho had to clear it before it was put up for auction. Otherwise, Gu Taek-su would conquer it again. In that sense, being part of the Grand Union is pretty sweet for monopolistic growth. There was no reason for Su-ho to return to being a public servant hunter in an environment as harsh as this. There were opportunities here to seize power sources that would never be available for money, and Su-ho was the first to get a chance at it. Su-ho looked up and surveyed his surroundings. This place, which resembled a large training hall, seemed a bit like Kunlun, the training ground for the banshees, but what set it apart was the massive library at the top of the stone pagoda. That must be the famous Library of Mu-hak. The Library of Mu-hak, shaped like a U, resembled a bookshelf, and various books were stored inside. According to Gu Taek-su, now that he thought about it, the books stored there were highly likely to be martial arts manuals. That was why Su-ho confidently approached the library. At that moment. Of course, depending on the person or gate, mana might be called internal energy, force, or even ether. But in the end, they all shared one thing in common: they were all forms of mana. Thats why by using Mana Detection, Su-ho could predict the movement of the mechanical devices, and thanks to his repeated use, he had even leveled his Mana Detection skill from B-tier to A-tier. Theres no skill that doesnt level up more easily than Mana Detection. This is definitely a good harvest! At that moment. Drrrr-! Hooong! Hooong! Weapons began flying at him. But Su-hos movements were quicker. Using Mana Detection, he was able to dodge two beats faster, and once again successfully avoided the traps in the Library of Mu-hak. Then, it happened. Drrrr-! Crack! A strange sound. It was the sound of something breaking, but it was slightly different from what he had heard before. Yet, hearing that strange noise, Su-ho finally smiled. Finally! He knew what that sound meant. It was the sound signaling the end of the first trial in the Library of Mu-hak. As evidence, a new system notification appeared before Su-ho. [A boss monster has appeared.] The boss monster, the end of the trial, had appeared. Su-ho wiped the sweat from his chin with the back of his hand and took a deep breath. Then, the floor at the center of the library cracked open, and a steel pillar rose from within. No. It wasnt just a regular steel pillar. What Su-ho had thought was a pillar suddenly sprouted arms and legs, resembling a wooden puppet, and soon took the form of a human. So its you, the Mokuzan, the guardian of the library. Mokuzan. That was the nickname for the guardian of the Library of Mu-hak, a name given by Gu Taek-su himself. He said it resembled the wooden martial artist puppets from old games, and thats why he named it Mokuzan. The characters name was also Mokuzan. Though it had a real name, it didnt feel like a name, so Gu Taek-su had given it the nickname. Thats why Su-ho decided to call it Mokuzan too. Su-ho had become more familiar with that name. The figure stepped forward, creaking joints that werent even there. Gu Taek-su said this guy was like the Sword Emperor. The Sword Emperor was the nickname of a nameless swordsman boss from the Mugyeong Gate. Just like that. According to Gu Taek-su, Mokuzan, like the Sword Emperor, would have the same status window as the person it was facing. Maybe that was why? As soon as Mokuzan appeared, it immediately used its unique skill. [The Guardian of the Library activates the Battlefield of Belief.] [While the Battlefield of Belief is active, the status window of the Guardian of the Library will match the challengers.] [While the Battlefield of Belief is active, all combatants within the area may only use the weapons designated by the Guardian of the Library.] The status window would be copied. And the weapon usage would be restricted. This meant the fight would be under the same conditions, which meant Su-ho would have to fight using only his pure swordsmanship, without any of his usual tricks. That was why only Gu Taek-su had managed to clear this gate. Among all the people who had pursued martial arts before the cataclysm, Gu Taek-su was the only one who had the skills to conquer this trial. But Su-ho was confident in this domain as well. Even Gu Taek-su couldnt defeat the Sword Emperor, right? As Su-ho took a step forward. [The Guardian of the Library designates a weapon.] [The designated weapon is the sword.] [The battle begins.] A sword appeared in Mokuzans grasp. Chapter 107 A sword, huh? Seeing the notification, Su-ho couldnt help but smile. Out of all the weapons, of course, it had to be a sword. Ill finish this quickly. He thought it was actually a good thing. In the Library of Mu-hak, where he had to fight against Mokuzan, who had mastered all kinds of martial arts, if the first round was a sword fight, then Su-ho could finish it faster than anyone. With that thought, Su-ho reached for his weapon. [Blood Weapon activated.] As the skill activated, the Blood Sword appeared in Su-hos hand. Mokuzan, too, was armed. At some point, a steel sword appeared in its grasp, and Mokuzan stared at Su-ho for a moment before charging at him like an enraged bull. Crash! Crash! Crash! Crash! With each step, the Library of Mu-hak seemed to tremble. But Su-ho didnt dodge. He simply watched as Mokuzan charged at him like a bull. Then, just as Mokuzan thrust its sword forward like a horn, Su-ho swung his sword in a single motion. Clang! The Blood Sword sliced through the air. It collided with Mokuzans sword. Screech! To Su-hos surprise, Mokuzans sword snapped in half, with its blade sliced clean through the middle. ....... Mokuzan, having lost its weapon, paused for a moment. It seemed this was a first for Mokuzan. Perhaps that was why? [The Guardian of the Library acknowledges its defeat.] [The gate has been cleared.] [The MVP of the gate clear is An Su-ho.]@@@@ [Bonus experience awarded for MVP.] [Bonus stat of 1 point awarded.] [Level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have gained a bonus stat.] To Su-hos surprise, the Guardian of the Library acknowledged its defeat, and at that moment, the gate was cleared. Looking at the flood of system notifications, Su-ho recalled the Blood Weapon and said, Truly, martial artists are different. The whole purpose of the Library of Mu-hak was to test the challengers abilities, so Mokuzan had no choice but to acknowledge defeat cleanly. And Su-ho appreciated that. Most gates involved boss monsters obsessed with killing, unlike Mokuzan. After the gate was cleared, Mokuzan stood still, trembling for a moment, before freezing into position like a stone statue. Su-ho walked toward the library and took a close look at Mokuzan. Its solid. Touching it, Su-ho could feel the heavy, steel-like weight. Even the broken sword blade was just as solid. But despite that, the fact that such a sturdy steel blade had been broken meant that Su-hos Blood Sword was tougher. I didnt even use a skill. This is pure physicality. Of course. Even Gu Taek-su, the King of Martial Arts, couldnt defeat Su-ho when it came to pure swordsmanship. Su-ho nodded in satisfaction as he walked closer to the library. The Library of Mu-hak contained numerous martial arts manuals. As Su-ho looked around, he reached out, and a system notification appeared before him. [Welcome to the Library of Mu-hak.] [Having defeated the Guardian of the Library, you may now receive 1 book of knowledge from the Library.] Just as Gu Taek-su had said. The Library of Mu-hak granted knowledge to those who defeated the guardian, and this knowledge, of course, came in the form of skills. Soon, a few options appeared before Su-ho. [Swordsmanship] [Footwork] [Grappling] The three options appeared before him. Su-ho looked at the last option and couldnt help but smirk. Grappling, huh? He knew what Swordsmanship and Footwork were. But Grappling? Grappling wasnt a martial art in itself, but a collection of other miscellaneous techniques. But just because they were classified as miscellaneous didnt mean they were insignificant. Su-ho never underestimated them. He knew exactly what skills could be learned from the Library of Mu-hak, and he already knew all the options available. Grade: BGrade: S And sure enough, he saw the gate line slowly vanishing, and a chill ran down his spine. N-No way! At that moment, someone appeared from the gate. It was Su-ho. Su-ho, looking as casual as someone who had just been out for a walk, stepped out of the gate with a relaxed expression. Ah, so you guys were all waiting here. Su-ho! People crowded around him. Among them, Jeong Cheol-min was the first to rush to Su-ho. Do you know how worried I was? What happened? With a slightly awkward smile, Su-ho replied to Jeong Cheol-mins heartfelt worry. Well... It seems like my mana suddenly surged, and thats what caused all this. Luckily, the gate itself wasnt too difficult, so I was able to make it out safely. Ahh... Thank god... Im so relieved... You were really worried, huh? Haha... Sorry about that. Worried? Of course! I was really, really worried. My legs are still shaking. Seeing Jeong Cheol-min so genuinely relieved made Su-ho feel a little guilty. Even though he knew what kind of gate this was before approaching, seeing Jeong Cheol-min breathe a sigh of relief made Su-ho feel a tiny bit guilty. Su-ho smiled awkwardly and said. Well, I made it out safely. But... What about the field evaluation? Is that really important right now? What matters is that you made it out alive. Thats true, but... After all, it was still a test, right? Afterward, Su-ho strongly suggested doing the evaluation at another gate, and of course, he earned a perfect score again. Finally, the Special Department. After taking the evaluation at another gate, Su-ho left early and headed home. Now, the only remaining training department was the Special Department. And naturally, Su-ho wasnt too worried about the evaluation there. The Special Department was the most favorable place for him. Once home, Su-ho quietly opened his status window. [An Su-ho] Lv: 75 Class: Healer Traits: Strength (R): 99 Health (R): 37 Mana (R): 37 Sense (R): 37 Bonus Stats: 2 Level 75. And 99 Red-tier Strength stats with 2 bonus stats. All of these had come from the Library of Mu-hak. Su-ho deliberately avoided distributing his stats. He wanted to enjoy the moment when his stats would finally rise to Orange-tier. So, for now, he allocated one bonus stat into Strength. [Your Strength stat has reached 100.] [Your Strength stat has grown further.] [Congratulations! Your Strength stat level has risen and is now Orange-tier!] His Red-tier Strength stat had become Orange-tier. At the same time, the stat value of 100 was reset to 1, and the red border turned to orange. Next to it, instead of the "R" symbolizing Red-tier, an "O" symbolizing Orange-tier appeared. Seeing the notification, Su-ho chuckled in disbelief. He had felt the same way when he first obtained the Red-tier stats, but this growth rate was truly ridiculous. *I wasnt even at 1-star, and Im already at Orange-tier... With this growth rate, Su-ho felt confident that he wouldnt lose to anyone in this life. No, maybe I could even clear the first Cataclysmic-tier gate by myself. He was confident. It was a gate he had already cleared once. Could two attempts be too difficult? Though, going solo would require additional preparation. Su-ho invested his remaining bonus stat into Mana and closed his status window. Just then, his phone rang. He checked the caller ID and got up. It was a call from Pi Seong-yeol. Chapter 108 Suho stared at the ringing phone for a moment. Why is he calling? Does he have something to say? After a brief hesitation, he picked up. "Yes, senior." "Hey, rookie. Busy?" "Not at all. Just relaxing at home. What''s the matter?" "Not much. You''re starting your Special Division training tomorrow, right? Just wanted to give you a heads-up." "Ah, thank you. I should have called you first to check in, though..." "Haha, what would you have even said? Now that Im starting my training, please take care of me, senior? Thats just awkward." "Haha, I suppose you''re right." The exchange was casual and lightheartedbanter without much depth. But why did he call? Surely, it wasnt just for small talk. As the pleasantries faded, Pi Seong-yeol got to the point. "So, I hear you got perfect scores in all your Gate Division evaluations?" "Yes, that''s correct." "If you manage the same in the Special Division, you''ll be the first and youngest in Association history to achieve that. Quite the feat, huh?" "That''s what Ive heard." "You punk, shouldnt you be more excited about this? This is a big deal." "Haha... Sorry about that." "Nothing to apologize for. Anyway, I called because... I''ll be overseeing your Special Division evaluation myself." "Really? You''re doing it personally?" Pi Seong-yeol, taking the lead? Why? Sure, Suho was a promising junior, but was there really a need for someone of Pis status to take such an active role? The answer came quickly enough. "Thats right. And get this: Im combining the evaluations for the Special Operations Department and the Special Investigations Department into one." The Special Division was split into two departments: Special Investigations Department: Focused on handling crimes involving players.Special Operations Department: Dealt with everything elsedangerous, specialized tasks no one else could manage. Naturally, the Special Operations Department had more authority. Though their work was broadly defined as "everything else," it encompassed high-stakes missions no other department could handle. This meant the Special Operations Department could step in and perform tasks from any other department, including investigations. Combining evaluations for both departments? As far as Suho knew, this was unprecedented. Then again, with someone as influential as Pi Seong-yeol pulling the strings, the impossible became plausible. Its not like the Association President would object. What exactly was Pi planning? How would he structure the combined evaluation? Suho decided to listen. "Combining them into one test?" "Yep, one test. No need to check in with Jeong Cheol-min anymore, either. Ill handle everything from here." Since the Special Division was Suhos last rotation, it seemed Pi wanted to take full charge of him now. This feels like hes setting something big up. Maybe its time I leak a story to the press? "Anyway, just keep that in mind for now." "Understood. Will you let me know the details tomorrow?" "What, youre curious?" "Of course. Who wouldnt be?" "Haha, fair enough. But its late, so Ill explain everything tomorrow at the office." "Understood." "Alright, get some rest. See you tomorrow." "Goodnight, sir." As the call ended, Suho placed his phone on the side table, deep in thought. What is he planning, being so secretive? The intrigue was growing. After a moments reflection, Suho picked up his phone again and dialed Jo Jin-hwi. *** The next day, Suho headed to the Special Division, timing his arrival with Pi Seong-yeols. He had already spoken with Jeong Cheol-min on the phone, who, surprisingly, hadnt been informed that he was no longer Suhos supervisor. He just went ahead without telling Cheol-min hyung? Typical bulldozer behavior. Still, Cheol-min understood the situation, and Suho waited nearby until it was time to enter the Special Divisions directors office. "Oh, youre here?" Pi Seong-yeol greeted Suho warmly as he stepped into the room. "Take a seat." "Yes, sir." As Suho sat down, Pi removed his jacket and settled into the main seat. His expression was relaxed, almost amused. "I heard you pulled off something impressive in the Detection Department as well?" "It wasnt anything significant." "Theres nothing to be careful about; its simple. Son Baek-geum came to me before he ever went to Park Gyu-min." "...?" Huh. This was completely unexpected. But it did clear up the mystery in an instant. Pi Seong-yeol continued speaking. "That bastard Son Baek-geum may have grown big thanks to Kim Goong-wons drugs, but hes not just a thug dealing substances. The guy has business acumen and solid instincts. So naturally, he came to me first. Had a good eye, that one. Figured I was a better bet than the Vice President." "Then why did you turn him down, sir? Ethics?" "Ethics? Do we look like the kind of people who care about that?" "Then why, sir?" "Because its filthy." "Excuse me?" "Taking money from filthy bastards makes you filthy too. You know where I worked before this, dont you?" Ah. At that moment, Suho remembered exactly who Pi Seong-yeol had been and where he had come from. Pi clarified it himself. "I used to work for the prosecution. Seoul Central District Prosecutors Office, to be exact. Then I awakened, and here I am now." And that was exactly how it happened. He had been one of the top prosecutors in Seoul Central. But regardless of his status, the system didnt discriminate. Awakening as a player stripped him of his position. Korea, like other countries, had strict rules barring awakened individuals from holding certain positions, including judges and prosecutors. That applies to all judges and prosecutors, too. Why were awakened individuals banned from those roles? Who knew? It was something decided by people at the top. For Pi Seong-yeol, awakening meant the abrupt end of his career and the power that came with it. From that moment, his obsession with power only grew. Power was like a drugonce tasted, it was impossible to quit. And his way back to power was through the Association. For Pi Seong-yeol, it was the best move. The Association was one of the few government institutions where awakened individuals could work while still holding power. His skills as a former prosecutor earned him a spot, and he rose rapidly through the ranks. Even as an awakened individual, Pi Seong-yeol deliberately avoided leveling up. He relied solely on the abilities he had honed as a prosecutor, eventually becoming the head of the Special Division. Pi Seong-yeols superiority complex stemmed from this. He already viewed himself as nobility, and losing everything overnight only made him cling harder to his belief in his inherent superiority. Blowing out a puff of smoke, Pi Seong-yeol said, "So heres the deal. Now that youre one of my people, dont even think about lining your pockets behind my back. Thats something I will never tolerate." "Of course, sir." "Good. Always remember thisjust because someone looks human doesnt mean theyre all the same. You and I, were cut from a different cloth. So dont ever take dirty money from those thug bastards dealing drugs. If you have power, money will come to you naturally." "Yes, sir. I understand." Right. This was who Pi Seong-yeol was. A man who didnt care for petty riches, only obsessed with pure, unadulterated power. If Park Gyu-min was the kind of guy who chased both power and wealth, Pi Seong-yeol was a lunatic wholly consumed by the pursuit of power alone. This type of person is scarier. He knows exactly what he wants and goes after it without hesitation. Thats why he could orchestrate catastrophic events like the redevelopment gate incident without batting an eye. Pi Seong-yeol asked, "Anything else you need? Any questions?" Suho hesitated briefly, pretending to deliberate, before bringing up a carefully prepared request. "If its not too much, sir, could I ask for one personal favor?" "A personal favor?" Pi Seong-yeol tilted his head slightly, intrigued by Suhos unexpected response. Chapter 109 Pi Seong-yeol asked, "What is it?" "Ill handle the task youve assigned without any mistakes. However, alongside that, could you allow me to take the evaluation for the Special Division as originally planned?" "What?" The expression on Pi Seong-yeols face was one of utter bewilderment. But Su-ho was dead serious. I dont want this coming back to bite me later. Pi Seong-yeol was someone Su-ho intended to bring down eventually. Dealing with someone who had nothing to lose was always both frightening and bothersome. Not scary, but definitely bothersome, Su-ho thought. That was why he wanted to take the evaluation properly. Of course, there was another reason as well. I dont need anyone pulling strings to get me a perfect score. I can achieve that on my own. Su-ho wanted to claim the title of the first and youngest perfect scorer without Pi Seong-yeols taint on his record. Then, it happened. "Hahaha!" Pi Seong-yeol burst into laughter, his voice echoing through the room. Looking at Su-ho with an amused smirk, he said, "Wow, kid. Youre crazier than I thought." "Ha ha... My apologies. I just cant pass up the opportunity for a perfect score," Su-ho replied with a sheepish grin. "Fine, Ill allow it. But only the written test. I left out the practical evaluation deliberately because of the Son Baek-geum case. I dont want to waste time on redundant work." "Thank you. In that case, Id like to take the written test today before heading out to deal with the Son Baek-geum matter." Su-ho was completely serious. After all, how hard could a written test be? But to Pi Seong-yeol, it sounded a bit different. "This kid... You think the Special Divisions written test is like any other? Sure, I know youve aced every test up until now, but do you realize how much harder ours is? And you want to take it today?" "Ill give it a try." "Confidence or just foolishness..." Pi Seong-yeol glanced at Su-ho, intrigued. Suddenly, an idea popped into his mind. Smirking, he pulled out a stack of papers from his desk drawer. "Alright, Ill play along. Lets see this so-called perfect score in real time. Ill bring the test paper shortly. In the meantime, go through these. Consider it study material." No senior could resist a juniors bold challenge, and Pi Seong-yeol was no exception. On the contrary, he found this quite entertaining. Su-ho started reading the provided material. A short while later, Pi Seong-yeol returned, test papers in hand. "Need more time?" "No, Ive read enough." "You lunatic. Listen, Im telling you, our test isnt easy. Dont ruin your perfect record just to show off. You can back out now." "I can do this." "Fine, fine. A mans gotta have guts, I suppose." Under Pi Seong-yeols watchful eye, Su-ho began tackling the test with swift precision. Before long, he put down his pen and said, "Im finished. But you didnt give me an OMR card." "Forget it. Ill grade it myself." Pi Seong-yeol started grading the test, flipping through the pages one by one. Scratch, scratch. The sound of his pen filled the room as he checked answers. Eventually, he flipped back to the first page, then slapped the papers down on the desk with a loud thud. Looking up at Su-ho, he stared in silence. Su-ho merely curled the corner of his lips slightly, waiting for Pi Seong-yeol to speak. Finally, the senior couldnt hold back a chuckle. "You crazy bastard. You actually did it?" "Thank you. It was only possible because you gave me easy questions." "Sure, sure... Ill make sure this score is officially recorded. Dont worry about that. Anything else you need?" "No, sir." "Good. And dont ask later either. Just go do your work." "Understood. Thank you." "Alright, good job." Hearing the word "perfect score," Su-ho allowed himself a faint smile. He bowed politely before leaving the office. After Su-ho left, Pi Seong-yeol stared at the closed door for a moment, then pulled out a cigarette and lit it. What about everything else besides Son Baek-geums matter? Almost everything has been resolved. It should all be sorted out within a week. Good. Once Son Baek-geum is dealt with, there wont be anything left for Director Pi Seong-yeol to use against you, correct? Yes... thats right. Ill take care of Son Baek-geum. In the meantime, keep your head down. If any new skeletons pop out of the closet, youll be the one locked away next timenot that guy you showed me in that room back then. Got it? Yes, I understand... Without so much as a goodbye, Su-ho turned and left the office. Huuuh... Once Su-ho was gone, Park let out a shaky breath and clutched his chest, trying to calm his racing heart. It was only then that he managed to collect himself. *** Peymond Plaza, Gangnam. A four-star "safe hotel" and one of the primary bases of the Baek-geum faction. Su-ho arrived at the underground parking lot but didnt get out of the car. Instead, he pulled out his phone and called Son Baek-geum directly. Hello? came the gruff voice on the other end. Ah, good to speak with you, Mr. Son Baek-geum, Su-ho said smoothly. Who is this? This is Ahn Su-ho, a civil servant and hunter from the Grand Hunter Association. You know who I am. Weve met before. ...What? Im currently in the parking lot on the first basement level, standing in front of your hotels elevator. Come down quickly. Before the gangster could respond, Su-ho hung up. A short while later, Son Baek-geum emerged from the emergency staircase with a crowd of his lackeys in tow. Ah, these thug types... why do they always show up in packs? Su-ho thought with a sigh. Do I look like I came here to arrest all of you? He remained seated in his car until Son Baek-geum finally arrived, descending from the elevator behind the rest of his goons. Stepping out, Su-ho tossed his car keys to one of the henchmen. Park it for me. Send me the valet fee later if needed. And Mr. Son, I understand I asked you to come quickly, but must you make it so obvious youre a gangster? Whats with bringing an entourage? What do you want? Son Baek-geum snapped, ignoring the jab. Lets head upstairs. I called you here so you could escort me. Id rather not cause a scene by arguing at the front desk. What the hell are you trying to pull? Pull? I came to see you, didnt I? Dont make me repeat myself. You little! Before Son Baek-geum could respond, one of his lackeys scowled and stepped forward. Su-ho closed the distance in an instant, grabbing the mans jaw with a firm grip. Who do you think youre calling little? And do you not understand the situation? Who gave you permission to interrupt while adults are talking? Want to wear a bib for the rest of your life? With just a slight squeeze, the mans face turned beet red, veins bulging under the pressure. Despite their tough appearances, they were just ordinary humans. For someone like Su-ho, whose stats were equivalent to the "Orange" tier in strength, dealing with them was childs play. Seeing their comrade subdued so easily, the other lackeys began pulling out knives and other weapons from their coats. Oh, look at this, Su-ho scoffed. Do they not realize who theyre dealing with? Su-ho was on the verge of summoning his bloodied baton when Son Baek-geum barked out a sharp command. Put your weapons away! Now! His voice carried a chilling authority that made the lackeys freeze. Begrudgingly, they sheathed their weapons and stood down, though their expressions remained tense. Watching the absurd display, Su-ho couldnt help but chuckle. This is ridiculous. With that, he shoved the man he was holding backward. The lackey stumbled and crashed into his comrades like a bowling ball, toppling them in a heap. Amused, Su-ho turned to Son Baek-geum with a smirk. You must be quite the beloved leader, Mr. Son. They know who I am, yet they still tried to attack me. Are all of them Awakened, by any chance? Because if not, I cant imagine what made them think they could take me on. ...Lets head upstairs, Son Baek-geum said stiffly. Not just any room. Take me to the suite you use as your office. Anything less would be boring. ... Though silent, Son Baek-geum didnt refuse. After all, silence often meant consent. Su-ho followed him, and the two headed up to the gangsters private suite alone. Chapter 110 The condition of the room was better than expected. Although it was just a four-star hotel, significant money had been poured into its construction, and the Royal Suite had been meticulously designed by Son Baek-geum to serve as both his office and residence. However... "Its not as good as my place," Su-ho muttered. ...... He was being honest. This so-called four-star Royal Suite couldnt compare to his safe house in the Cheongdam Safe Zone. Sitting comfortably in the chair meant for business discussions, Su-ho gestured. Have a seat. Son Baek-geum hesitated but eventually pulled up a chair and sat down nearby. As the gangster settled into his seat, Su-ho spoke again. I hear youve been keeping a low profile lately. ...When have I ever been noisy? You dont have to shout to make noise. Back when you were peddling drugs with Kim Goong-won, you stirred up plenty of commotion. Now that Kim Goong-wons been caught, youve been laying low for a while, havent you? ...So, why are you here? Why did you refuse the money Vice President Park Gyu-min offered you? At the mention of Park Gyu-min, Son Baek-geums face stiffened as he finally understood the situation. Should I be honest with you? Were you planning to lie to me? No, thats not it... Fine, Ill tell you. The reason I refused the money is simpleit doesnt mean anything anymore. Why not? Park Gyu-min is my only remaining connection. After all the things Ive done for him, its obvious hes trying to cut ties and throw me under the bus. If Im going to go down, I might as well drag someone else with me. Thats why I didnt take the money. The scariest people are those with nothing to lose. Thats why people at rock bottom can be so terrifying. Su-ho nodded slightly. Fair enough. A cornered rat will bite the cat. But then... what does that make me? ...What? If Park Gyu-min is the cat and youre the rat, what am I? Son Baek-geum blinked in confusion. Arent you here on Park Gyu-mins orders? Nope. ...Then why are you here? Im here for personal reasons. ...What? The situation was becoming increasingly absurd. Su-ho leaned forward slightly and asked, Do you want to live? ...Excuse me? Im asking if you want to live.@@@@ It wasnt a mere question. It was a veiled threat, and Son Baek-geums eyes darted nervously as he tried to figure out Su-hos intentions. Does he mean to kill me right here and now? With Su-hothe Blade Godsitting before him, asking such a question, that was the only plausible conclusion. Realizing the gravity of the situation, Son Baek-geum abruptly stood up. Excuse me for a moment. He hurriedly disappeared into the adjacent room, only to return moments later carrying a luxurious duffle bagthe kind reserved for high-end brands. Placing the bag on the table, he took a step back and bowed slightly with his hands clasped in front of him. Su-ho opened the bag to find it filled with cash. He glanced between the bag and the groveling Son Baek-geum before bursting into incredulous laughter. Hah. Are you serious right now? ...Excuse me? Even a dog knows not to return to its filth. If you want to survive, youd better cut those bad habits. Otherwise, youll see me again. ...I understand. Oh, and one more thing. Su-ho glanced at his phone and checked the date. Take a vacation abroad for about a week. A-abroad? Think of it as a short break. Take the earliest flight available and send me your itinerary. And dont tell anyone about today. As far as anyone knows, I wasnt here. Youre leaving because you felt like it. Understand? Yes, I understand. Good. Just in case... Su-ho pressed another point near Son Baek-geums navel. [ Point Strike activated. ] This ones insurance, Su-ho said with a smirk. I-insurance? For about a week, you wont be able to perform as a man. I pressed a spot thatll ensure that. Keep your promises, and Ill fix it for you. W-what?! Does that mean Im... impotent now?! If youre curious, feel free to test it later. See you around. With a pat on Son Baek-geums shoulder, Su-ho left the room, leaving the gangster slumped in fear and despair. *** Having secured the bribery ledgers, Su-ho returned home. Once there, he contacted an external supplier to place an item order and began sorting the documents in earnest. First, he separated the ledgers into two main categories: police and prosecutors. Within each category, he further grouped the names by their affiliations and roles. With the sorting complete, Su-ho opened his laptop and began assigning specific individuals to the respective groups. After hours of meticulous work, he finally leaned back and called Seo Gi-won. Gi-won. Yes, hyung-nim? I need you to dig into the personal details of the people listed here. Yes, hyung-nim. Ill get on it right away. Su-ho sighed as he looked at the remaining work. There was no shortage of people he needed to meet over the next week. As he reached for the next set of documents, his phone buzzed with an incoming call. Checking the caller ID, Su-ho answered with a cheerful tone. Yes, Mr. Kim Geon. Hello, Hunter! This is Kim Geon. How have you been? Same as always. What about you? Whats the occasion? Oh, I just wanted to let you know that Ive wrapped up things with the PC cafe? and everything else around it. Oh, really? Have you heard from Nexus yet? Yes, they did reach out. I decided to speak with you first before visiting them. You did well. Shall we meet briefly? I happen to have a partner item ready for you. Im free anytime. Where should I go? Ill come to your place. Its more convenient that way. Thats quite a distance for you... Thank you. No problem. See you soon. The timing couldnt have been better. Su-ho estimated it would take some time to gather the personal information he needed anyway, so he got into his car and headed straight for Incheon. Hello? Oh, youre here! When Su-ho knocked on the front gate, he was greeted by Kim Geon, sitting in his wheelchair. Seeing him, Su-ho grinned. Did you go out of your way to be in your original body just because I was coming? Haha... Im trying to get used to it. Except when maintaining my younger brothers body, Ive been spending more time like this. Su-ho glanced at the bed in the living room, where Kim Geons brother, Kim Gwon, was lying. He didnt ask, "Hows he doing?" Words like that could come across as pity, which Su-ho knew could sting more than comfort. Instead, he spoke brightly, as usual. Thats a great mindset. On that note, Ive brought what I promised. Would you like to try it out now? From his inventory, Su-ho took out an orb and handed it to Kim Geon. The orb he held wasnt just any itemit was a Mystical Meta Suit crafted for a Soul Cavalryman. TL Note: Hyung-nim = ''brother'' (in a figurative sense, used as an address for an older companion)" Chapter 111 Kim Geon held the suit in his hands and asked, Is this... my partner item? Yes. Normally, it takes this form as a sphere, and Ive decided to call it a Suit Ball, Su-ho replied. Suit Ball? Yes. For now, try checking the item information, Su-ho suggested. Following his advice, Kim Geon examined the information about the suit. The moment he read the second line, his eyes widened in shock. W-wait a minute. This... this is an S-rank item! Yes, which is why it was hard to obtain. Its a very rare item. W-why would you give me something so precious? I promised, didnt I? I told you Id find you a job. I want you to work as a Hunter, and theres nothing better suited to you than this. So, why dont you try it on? This? Yes. The item information says its compatible with your possession ability. Using it is simplepossess the suit just like you would possess your brothers body. Once you do, everything else will come naturally. ...Naturally? Kim Geon hesitated for a moment, fidgeting with the Suit Ball in his hands before finally nodding as if he had made up his mind. Understood. After a brief pause, Kim Geon placed the Suit Ball on the empty bed and used his possession ability. His body visibly relaxed as the Suit Ball began to glow, signaling a successful possession. Su-ho quietly observed as the ball started to change. And soon, it began to move. The Suit Ball expanded, forming a human-like shape reminiscent of clay spreading out. Gradually, the shape took on the appearance of an assassin with a classic, almost retro design. However, it remained a monochromatic clay figure with a blackish-purple hue, lacking any real details. Finally Flash! A bright yellow light radiated from its eyes, and Kim Geons consciousness successfully settled into the suit. At that moment, the mannequin-like stiffness of the suit disappeared, and it began to move fluidly, like a real human body. ... Seated within the suit, Kim Geon began to move his hands cautiously, examining them as if to confirm they were real. Slowly, he clenched his fists, marveling at the smooth and natural motion. Hunter..., he said, his voice trembling with emotion, so overwhelmed that tears seemed to gather at the edges of his words. Su-ho smiled. How does it feel? Its... amazing. It feels like its my own body. Im glad youre satisfied. Not at all. In fact, I was going to suggest you try mimicking me at some point. However, you havent quite figured out how to replicate colors yet, have you? Give me another moment. Kim Geon adjusted the suit further, and soon, the blackish-purple hue disappeared, replaced by a perfect replication of Su-ho, down to the last detail. How does it look? Kim Geon asked. Perfect. If I didnt know better, Id think I had a twin, Su-ho replied, handing him a mirror. Wow... Kim Geon muttered in awe. Now that youre familiar with the controls, lets move on to business. Id like to hire you, Kim Geon. Hire me? You mean, personally? Yes, thats why I got you this partner item. With the Meta Suit, Kim Geon was arguably one of the most versatile operators Su-ho knew. He could adapt to any roledamage, defense, or assassinationthanks to the suits ability to change forms and its lack of traceable biological signatures like fingerprints or hair. Su-ho continued, Of course, the employment would be unofficial. As you know, Im currently a civil servant. First, Ill help you register with Nexus, and then Ill contract your services through them. What do you think? Youre serious? How could someone like me possibly help you...? Youd be a great help. As someone committed to ending the Gate crisis, Im always in need of capable people. And rest assured, the pay will be more than satisfactory. Additionally... Su-ho glanced at Kim Geons bedridden brother, Kim Gwon. When my healing abilities advance enough, Ill ensure your brother is the first person I heal. Kim Geons eyes widened. My brother... He can be healed? Modern medicine cant help him, but a healer with transcendent abilities could. I searched everywhere for someone like that, but even the best healers couldnt cure coma patients... They were using the wrong methods. Just like diseases require specific treatments, healers have different skills suited for various conditions. It wasnt a lie. A saint in Russia, Isabella, had once successfully healed a vegetative patient. I just need to replicate her method. Shaken by Su-hos words, Kim Geon took a moment to gather himself before answering firmly. If you hire me, Ill give it my all. Great. Then lets start by heading to Nexus Academy for your registration test. Test? How long will it take? I cant leave my brother unattended for too long... At that moment, the doorbell rang. Su-ho smiled. Its the helpers I called to take care of your brother while youre away. Lets get going. Together, they left for the Nexus Academy. Chapter 113 Su-ho received the materials from Seo Gi-won on his phone, then asked Kim I-gang to handle Kim Geons move before heading to his parked car. As he made his way to the parking lot, he called Park Gyu-min. - Yes, Hunter An. I just released the article about the unfair personnel decision we discussed. Keep an eye on the timing and schedule a meeting with the association president. - Youve already released it? Yes. - Understood. With orders given to Park Gyu-min, Su-ho set aside any concerns about that issue. If there were any further follow-ups, the most he would have to deal with would be a call from Pi Seong-yeol. Su-ho skimmed through the documents Seo Gi-won had sent and made another call. - Yes, this is Prosecutor Kim Seung-hwan. The person on the other end was a sitting prosecutor. Hearing the response, Su-ho smiled as he replied. Hello? This is Hunter An Su-ho from the Grand Hunter Association. - Hunter An Su-ho? Yes, thats correct. - Hunter An Su-ho from the Grand Hunter Association... You mean the Sword Saint An Su-ho? Yes, thats me. If youre available, could I treat you to a cup of coffee today? I have something to discuss regarding former Prosecutor Pi Seong-yeol. - ... Former Prosecutor Pi Seong-yeol. Since he was no longer in office, he was referred to as a former prosecutor. After a brief silence, Kim Seung-hwan replied. - Understood. Thank you for agreeing. Ill text you the time and location. Ending the call, Su-ho got into his car and started the engine. There was no time to relax before meeting him. There were many preparations to complete beforehand. That evening. Su-ho chose a quiet, secluded location for their meeting and waited. Before long, an unfamiliar vehicle arrived, and Prosecutor Kim Seung-hwan stepped out. Su-ho greeted him warmly with a friendly smile. Hello, Prosecutor Kim Seung-hwan? ...So youre really Hunter An Su-ho. Haha, did you think I was lying? It was true. The authority to investigate or prosecute Awakened individuals rested solely with the Grand Hunter Associations Special Division. That was why Pi Seong-yeol had aligned himself with the Special Division. He understood the power that came with deciding who could be prosecuted or not. Kim Seung-hwan spoke up. You must not have looked into my personality, then. If you had, youd know Im someone who lives for justice and integrity. I know. Youre more upright and righteous than anyone. But youre also someone who broke under pressure because of it, right? ...Yes, I am. Whats your point? My point is that you need to learn to bend a little. After all, youve been transferred to Gyeonggi Province and havent been as driven in your work as before. Kim Seung-hwan fell silent. It was true. Once a paragon of justice, he had fallen into burnout and disillusionment after being outmaneuvered by Pi Seong-yeol. Su-ho continued. Have you seen my interviews? ...Which ones? The ones where I talk about why I joined the Grand Hunter Association. Yes, I saw them. You said it was to put an end to Gates. Thats genuine. I joined the Grand Hunter Association because I truly want to end Gates. Kim Seung-hwan raised an eyebrow. What does that have to do with anything? Wouldnt joining a large guild make more sense if thats your goal? No. Guilds prioritize their own profits over humanitys security. The Grand Hunter Association, as a state-run organization, exists for the public good. Thats why I joinedto have access to Gates before anyone else. And? To end Gates, I need to cleanse the rot within our systems first. People like Pi Seong-yeol are obstacles to progress. They use their power as a means to an end, exploiting the association for personal gain. Youve experienced that yourself, havent you? Kim Seung-hwan remained silent for a long time before finally speaking. So, is this personal revenge for you? Not at all. If it were personal, I wouldnt bother with all this. Id just hunt down everyone involved in that incident and end them. My nickname should tell you enough about my abilities. The Sword Saint An Su-ho. A man with unparalleled combat prowess who had cleared multiple sealed Gates alone. Su-hos tone turned serious. I want to end Gates. To do that, I need trustworthy allies. Thats why Im proposing this cleanupto ensure the upper ranks are filled with people who lead by example. Youre idealistic to a fault. Dreams are meant to be pursued, not abandoned. Why me, though? What if I change once I taste power? Then I made a mistake. But for now, youre the most suitable person Ive found. Su-ho grinned as he took another sip of his coffee. And if you ever think of straying, Ill be watching. So stay honest, wont you? Chapter 114 Su-ho smiled. However, despite the smile, his words were sharp and chilling. Kim Seung-hwan frowned. So, are you telling me I need to live under your watchful eye, Hunter An? Everyone lives under someones watch. Who in this world lives without it? But for people like us, even just meeting like this and forming an alliance can be a significant weakness for both of us. So, isnt it better if we both just live honestly? After all, isnt that why our country has a separation of powers? Good grief... His reasoning was as smooth as silk. And yet, there was no way to refute it. That was how Kim Seung-hwan felt about Su-ho. Su-ho continued. In the end, someone must wield power. Not that I intend to become president or anything. What I aim to be is a sword capable of checking both corrupt leaders and rogue hunters. And thats the same for you, Prosecutor Kim. Im not asking you to become presidentI just want you to ensure that the prosecution functions as it should. Kim Seung-hwan fell silent, deep in thought, before finally asking, Then is your goal to become the president of the Grand Hunter Association? My goal is to end Gates. I have no interest in positions like the presidency. But you say you want to be someone who can keep hunters in check? Does that position necessarily have to be the president? If the association itself is efficient and systematic, it will naturally ensure that control. My goal is to reform the association into such an entity. ...I see. I understand what youre trying to say and what you want from me. Do you really understand? Yes, youre telling me that since Ive broken once, I need to learn how to bend. To stop acting so righteous and become a monster to catch monsters. Close enough. All Im saying is that we should stick to our professional responsibilities. Prosecutors should do what prosecutors are supposed to do, and hunters should do what hunters are supposed to do. Understood. Then, since were on the same page, how about a toast? Well use this as our celebratory drink.@@@@ Su-ho raised his takeout cup, prompting Kim Seung-hwan to smirk and lift his coffee cup as well. They each took a sip, and at that moment Bzzzzzzzt. Su-hos phone buzzed. Checking the caller ID, he chuckled. Sharp ears as always. This ones no gentleman either. Is it Pi Seong-yeol? Yes. Su-ho held up the phone, showing the caller ID to Kim Seung-hwan before answering. Yes, senior. - Where are you right now? It was Pi Seong-yeols voice, filled with tension. Likely, he had seen the article that Jo Jin-hwi had released. Su-ho replied calmly, Im at home, resting. - Wheres Son Baek-geum? Well... When I went to apprehend him, I found out hed already left Korea. - He left Korea? Yes. I heard he went on a short vacation. Hes scheduled to return in a few days, so I planned to meet him at the airport. I lack the authority or qualifications to forcibly bring him back. I apologize. - ... There was a long pause on the other end of the line. Pi Seong-yeol seemed to be debating whether to scold Su-ho as he would his other subordinates or let it slide. Reading his expression, Su-ho explained, Im a special case. Pi Seong-yeol is using this as both a competence test and a way to dirty my hands. He wants to use the ledger to tighten his grip on those listed. As Kim Seung-hwan scanned the ledger, his brow furrowed. ...Theyre all police officers and prosecutors. Yes. Thats why Im giving it to you. I need you to handle the judiciary side of things. What about the others? The Grand Hunter Association. Ill take care of that. Not everyone in the association is Awakened. You might need my help there. Su-ho smiled. True. Ill reach out when the time comes. But for now, this ledger is a one-time bomb. Itll be more effective if we detonate it all at once, at the right moment. Kim Seung-hwan nodded. You know I cant do much on my own with this. Most of the names here are tied to Gangnam Police and Seouls prosecutors. Im in Gyeonggi Province. Then youll have to rebuild your strength and return to Seoul. Return to Seoul? Are you planning to stay in Gyeonggi forever? To catch a tiger, you must enter the tigers den. Ill help you get there. How? Ill provide cases that will help boost your performance and build your reputation. Guild leaders, corporate headseven dirty prosecutors within your own office. Ill get you all the evidence you need. Kim Seung-hwan swallowed hard. ...Is that even possible? For me, it is. Im not just anyone. So lets both work diligently in our respective fields. Thats the best outcome for everyone, isnt it? ...Itll be a lonely fight. Because of the backstabbing? Any organization ostracizes those who hunt their own. Youre not the type to care about that. And why would you be lonely? Once the system is cleansed, only people like you will remain in the prosecution. Youre full of idealistic dreams. But I like that. Dreams arent meant to be brokentheyre meant to be pursued. In that case, can I ask you something? Go ahead. What will you do once the Gates are eradicated? Ill retire. Ending Gates is my ultimate goal. Wont you feel unfulfilled? Whats there to feel? My dream is to retire by forty. Im not fond of working. Kim Seung-hwan chuckled. You and I think alike. Understood. Send me the names of the people who need help. Ill review and proceed. Lets talk again once the plan is ready. For now, Ill take my leave. Waving goodbye, Su-ho got into his car and drove off. Watching the car disappear, Kim Seung-hwan pulled out a cigarette and lit it. Good grief... What an extraordinary life he was living. But as strange as it was, he couldnt think of it as bad. It felt like he could finally continue the life he had once dreamed of as a prosecutor. And so, Kim Seung-hwan resolved, If I dont want to be caught, Ill have to live impeccably. More than anyone else, he decided to keep a close eye on Su-ho, remaining neutral and vigilant. That was the role he believed he was meant to play. Chapter 115 Director Pi. Yes, Association President. How much longer until Hunter Ans evaluation is complete? It should be finished within a week. Whats his score looking like? Hes expected to be the first and youngest candidate to achieve a perfect score. Hm. Jang Kyung-hwan, the Association President, fell into thought. The sudden controversy over royal favoritism had blindsided him. He didnt know why the issue had erupted so suddenly, but both he and Pi Seong-yeol were equally vexed by it. It was natural for any organization to grant privileges and priorities to top performers. It was a reward for effort. By that logic, Su-ho, the first and youngest perfect scorer in the Associations history, deserved to join the best departmentthe Special Division. But now, with the uproar over royal favoritism and unfair personnel decisions, the situation was a headache. This is maddening. Normally, Jang Kyung-hwan didnt concern himself with the minor personnel decisions handled by department directors. But with the media clamoring incessantly, he had no choice but to pay attention. Such controversies could hinder his future ambitions. It was then that Park Gyu-min stepped forward. Wouldnt it be better to weather the storm for now? Transfer him to another department temporarily until the public outrage subsides, then move him back to the Special Division once things calm down. Then where should we send him? I wouldnt suggest the Management or Awakening Departments at a time like this. Instead, how about the Gate Division? Ive heard that Team Leader Jung Cheol-min there is close to Hunter An Su-ho. You... Just as Su-ho had predicted. Even though Jang Kyung-hwan typically avoided office politics, he couldnt be ignorant of the factions led by Pi Seong-yeol and Park Gyu-min. For Park Gyu-min to propose sending Su-ho to a department aligned with Pi Seong-yeol rather than his own faction, it forced Jang Kyung-hwan to reevaluate him. Director Pi. Yes, Association President. Youre aware of the public uproar, arent you? Yes, sir. I understand your frustration. Putting aside the talk of favoritism, isnt it natural to assign top-performing individuals to the best departments? Its not as if they didnt earn it. Thats true. I wont deny it. Right... But as you know, people dont care about right or wrong. They latch onto the immediate sparks in front of them. So, as frustrating as it might be, how about delaying the Special Division appointment for now? Once the public calms down, you can use rotational duty as an excuse to bring him back. Damn. The very scenario Pi Seong-yeol had feared had come to pass. But did he have the authority to refuse? The one speaking was the Association President himself. All he could do was bow his head. ...Then where do you plan to send him? Since you were going to assign him to the Special Division, lets go with the Gate Division or the Resource Division. How about the Gate Division? Team Leader Jung Cheol-min seems to value Hunter An a lot. A small relief. At least Park Gyu-min hadnt tried to push his own faction into the mix. Pi Seong-yeol nodded. Understood. Starting as an assistant team leader there should be fine. Right. Its unfortunate we cant care for him directly in the Special Division from the start, but this will have to do for now. Just hold out a little longer, Director Pi. Yes, sir. I understand. Good. Lets proceed with this plan, and well issue a suitable statement to the media.@@@@ With that, Pi Seong-yeol quietly bowed and exited the presidents office. His mouth tasted bitter. Normally, he wouldnt have cared one bit about the opinions of what he often referred to as the sheep-like masses. But with the president personally invested in the matter, he couldnt voice his dissent. The only consolation was that Su-ho had been assigned to the Gate Division rather than falling into Park Gyu-mins hands. Tch, I suppose I should think of it as a win. Pi Seong-yeol picked up his phone and dialed a number. The recipient of his call was none other than Jung Cheol-min. *** "That''s great news." "It really is. Just like Hunter An predicted." After finishing his call with Pi Seong-yeol, Jung Cheol-min immediately called Su-ho. Everything had unfolded exactly as Su-ho had said. Su-ho was assigned to the Gate Divisions Management Department, and he would even serve as Jung''s subordinate. This wasnt a coincidencePi Seong-yeol had personally called and requested Jung to keep Su-ho under his watch. "Thank you." After ending the call, Su-ho leaned back and smirked. "Everythings falling into place." Even though he had expected things to go this way, he couldnt help but feel a little tense. Unforeseen variables could always arise. He immediately called Seo Gi-won. - "Yes, hyung?" "Where are you, Gi-won?" - "I was just about to head out to Paju." "For training?" - "Yeah." "You mentioned looking into Kim Goong-wons hidden assets. How did that go?" - "...Huh?" This brat. Su-ho chuckled. "Spill it. I need it now." - "Haha... I was just about to tell you." "How much did you find?" - "So far, Ive tracked down about 3.2 billion won." "Only that much?" - "Only? Hyung, this is hidden cash. 3.2 billion in liquid assets is massive." Is it? In his past life, hundreds of billions had seemed trivial, so 3.2 billion felt small by comparison. Su-ho nodded. "Where is it now?" - "Its in my crypto wallet." "You emptied Kim Goong-wons wallet?" - "Yes." "What do I need to do to access it right now?" - "Ive got a physical card for withdrawals. Should I bring it to you?" Withdrawal cardsmodern technology allowed cryptocurrency to be instantly converted for use like a debit card. "How long will it take to prepare?" - "Are you heading home? Ill have it ready before you arrive." "Alright, Ill see you at home." - "Got it, hyung. Oh, by the way!" "What now?" - "I swear, I was going to tell you about this. I didnt mean anything shady by keeping quiet." "Who said you did?" - "I just didnt want you to misunderstand, given the circumstances. Haha..." "As long as youre honest, thats all that matters. But dont even think about trying to fool me. You know what my abilities are, right?" - "Of course, hyung. I always keep that in mind." "Good. Lets do this right." - "Yes, Ill see you soon." Ending the call, Su-ho chuckled to himself. "Such a cheeky kid." *** That Evening Su-ho spent the entire day driving towards North Gyeongsang Province. After hours on the road, he finally saw a familiar sign. - "Welcome to Cheongsong." Su-hos destination was Cheongsong. Once he entered the area, he headed straight for Cheongsong Prisonor more specifically, Cheongok Prison, which was located next to it. Cheongok Prison was perched atop a mountain. Built alongside a cliff, the prison was surrounded on the rear by steep precipices and flanked by rugged mountain ridges. Aside from the front gate, escaping seemed utterly impossible. Pulling up to the prison entrance, Su-ho parked his car. A man emerged from the facility to greet him. Welcome. I am Kim Gil-yeon, warden of Cheongok Prison. The warden, Kim Gil-yeon, bowed respectfully to greet the visitor. In response, a figure stepped out of the passenger seat and returned the gesture. Thank you for your hard work. The man stepping out and responding was none other than Pi Seong-yeol. Chapter 116 It wasnt a mistake. The man standing there was undeniably Pi Seong-yeol. Behind him, Su-ho emerged from the drivers seat, standing like an aide.@@@@ Pi Seong-yeol spoke. Lets head inside. Yes, sir. At Pi Seong-yeols words, Warden Kim Gil-yeon immediately stepped forward to guide them. Kim Gil-yeon couldnt hide his nerves. It was understandable. Cheongok Prison managed Awakened inmates and was technically a subordinate institution of the Grand Hunter Association (GHA), under the direct oversight of the Special Division. As such, even the warden had to tread carefully around someone like Pi Seong-yeol. Under Kims guidance, they arrived at a special visitation room. This room had one wall made entirely of special glass, like an interrogation chamber. While the interior was hidden from outside view, it allowed for easy monitoring from the outside. Pi Seong-yeol entered the monitoring room adjacent to the visitation area, while Su-ho went into the room alone. Testing the microphone connected to the visitation room, Pi Seong-yeol turned to Kim Gil-yeon. Bring in inmate number one. And as Ive mentioned, everyone else should leave the area. No one is to hear whats about to take place. Yes, of course. At his firm order, Kim Gil-yeon quickly bowed and dismissed everyone else. Once the staff had cleared out, Pi Seong-yeol pressed the microphone button and spoke to Su-ho inside the room. Theyre gone. Great, nice work. As soon as the others left, Pi Seong-yeol addressed Su-ho respectfully, and Su-ho responded just as casually. Why was this dynamic possible? The answer was simple: the Pi Seong-yeol outside the visitation room wasnt the real one. The person currently assisting Su-ho was none other than Kim Geon, using his Suit Ball to impersonate Pi Seong-yeol. Having Geon around makes this so much easier. Truly convenient. Before coming to Cheongok Prison, Su-ho had proposed this arrangement to Kim Geon as part of their work. Cheongok Prison was an impenetrable fortress, even for someone like Su-ho. However, having someone disguised as Pi Seong-yeola high-ranking GHA officialmade access effortless. Even in the military, high-ranking officers bypass checkpoints without needing to give passwords. The same applied here, even in a place as secure as Cheongok Prison, which housed the most dangerous Awakened criminals. After waiting for some time in the visitation room, Su-ho finally heard footsteps. The guards brought in the inmate Pi Seong-yeol had requested: Kim Goong-won. Kim Goong-won wore special cuffs that nullified his magical powers. The moment he saw Su-ho, he let out a dry laugh. Well, if it isnt the nations favorite star who locked me up. With his usual cocky demeanor, Kim Goong-won sat across from Su-ho. Su-ho grinned. Kim Goong-won, howve you been? Do I look like Ive been doing well? Honestly? Yeah, you look pretty good. Even in Koreas toughest prison for Awakened, your face looks clean and polished. Yeah, well, when youre stuck in a place like this, eating is about the only thing you can do. Ive been living large, eating well. Money solves everything, doesnt it? He wasnt wrong. Even in these chaotic times, human rights laws prevented prison staff from mistreating inmates. But those rules didnt necessarily apply within the inmate hierarchy. In prison, wealth equaled power. Those with money could buy privileges and even secure alliances with others for when they were released. Su-ho chuckled at Kims words before speaking in a more relaxed tone. Goong-won. What now? Goong-won? What? You call me whatever you want. Cant I do the same? Man, youre something else... Arent you supposed to be a civil servant? And youre the one lacking awareness. What was that? How much money do you have left in your commissary account? What does that have to do with anything? Son Baek-geum might know some of this, but youre the supplier. Your list will be the most accurate. Why havent you arrested Son Baek-geum yet? Thats none of your business. What? Its my decision. Your only concern should be your survival. Unless you want to meet an untimely end in Cheongok. Su-ho glanced at the clock. Ill be back in an hour or two. When I return, Id better see these papers filled to the brim. See you later. With that, Su-ho stood and left the visitation room. Kim stared blankly at the paper in front of him. But he had no choice. As Su-ho had said, without money, he was as good as dead. After sitting quietly for a while, Kim grabbed the pack of cigarettes Su-ho had left and lit one. *** As Su-ho stepped out of the visitation room, Pi Seong-yeol followed closely behind. Waiting outside, Kim Gil-yeon, the warden of Cheongok Prison, approached the two men with a polite bow. Is the investigation complete? Yes, Pi Seong-yeol replied curtly. Well revisit Kim Goong-won later. For now, bring in the next one. At his command, Kim Gil-yeon guided them to a second special visitation room. Once again, there were no other observers. Su-ho entered the visitation room alone, while Kim Geonstill disguised as Pi Seong-yeolremained outside, monitoring. Shortly after, the second inmate requested by Pi Seong-yeol was brought in. He was a solidly built man with an imposing physique. What stood out most was his gaunt, dark-circled eyes, and the bright red badge on his chest, marking him as a death row inmate. Su-ho smiled warmly. Are you Yun Hyun-chul? Its a pleasure to meet you. Im Su-ho An, a civil servant with the Grand Hunter Association. Su-ho greeted him with respectful politeness, but Yun Hyun-chul merely stared at him with cold, unfeeling eyes. Undeterred, Su-ho maintained his composure, continuing to smile. Youre a man of few words, I see. But staying silent wont help Hyeon-chan, now will it? At the mention of his younger brothers name, Yun Hyun-chuls expression twisted, and he slammed the desk in front of him as he lunged at Su-ho. The force of his movement was so powerful that deep marks were left on the sturdy visitation table. Yet, despite the ferocious blow, Su-ho effortlessly caught the mans clenched fists with his own hands. Yun Hyun-chul glared at Su-ho with murderous intent. Who the hell are you? What gives you the right to bring up my brother? As I mentioned, Im Su-ho An, a public official with the GHA. Havent you heard of me on the news? Never heard of you, you bastard! Bang! Yun Hyun-chul twisted his body to deliver another blow, the sheer power of his movement creating a gale-like wind in the room. This wont do, Su-ho thought. We cant have a proper conversation like this. With ease, Su-ho sidestepped the attack and brought his index and middle fingers together, pressing into the pressure points on Yun Hyun-chuls body. [ Pressure Point Activation. ] As the skill triggered, Yun Hyun-chuls massive frame collapsed to the ground with a loud thud. He wasnt unconscious. Instead, Su-ho had targeted specific pressure points to block the flow of energy in his body, rendering him unable to summon strength. Yun Hyun-chuls mind remained sharp, though his body was paralyzed. Su-ho calmly followed up by sealing the mans vocal cords with a secondary pressure point technique, ensuring complete silence. He crouched down to address Yun Hyun-chul, speaking in a measured tone. From what Ive heard, Cheongok Prison is home to two untouchable monsters. One of them is youYun Hyun-chul, also known as the Hidden Dragon. Su-ho smiled, his tone still calm. I have a proposition for you. Listen carefully before you decide. Yun Hyun-chul struggled against his restraints, veins bulging in his neck as he attempted to shout. Ughhh! But his voice was sealed, and his body refused to move. Su-ho observed him with a relaxed expression. Lets see how long it takes for the Hidden Dragon to calm down, he thought. Chapter 117 The Hidden Dragon, Yun Hyun-chul It was undeniable. Yun Hyun-chuls massive physique was not just bulkyit was a well-maintained, solid build. His body resembled polished armor. However, despite his impressive frame, his sunken eyes and indifferent expression conveyed apathy, as though nothing in the world mattered. But Su-ho knew better. Though Yun Hyun-chul was known as the "Hidden Dragon" now, in the distant future, he would be called the "Mad Dragon," Yun Hyun-chul. I must tame him and bring him to my side before he loses control and succumbs to madness. Now, and in the future, there was no other inmate in Cheongok Prison as strong as him. Su-ho casually sat on the fallen Yun Hyun-chul like he was a cushion, smirking. You seem quite agitated. Should I start by calming you down? Ughhh! Wow, youre really worked up... Anyway, lets get straight to the point. I know why youre on death row. You were sentenced to death for killing every single Hunter who gang-raped your girlfriend. Even here, you didnt let anyone mess with you. You beat up every inmate who provoked yousome ended up disabled, while others... well, didnt make it. If one were to tally all the people Yun Hyun-chul had crippled or killed, the number would already exceed ten. Thats why he was now a death row inmate. Su-ho continued. Still, I dont think youre a bad person. If the same thing had happened to my girlfriend, Id have done exactly what you did. And if I ended up in prison afterward, Id probably act like Id lost everything, just like you. Ughhh!@@@@ This was no mere platitudeit was the truth. No matter how many lives Ive lived or how experienced I am as a civil servant, Im no Buddha or saint. But Yun Hyun-chul seemed to want to scream, "What would someone like you know?" Despite having his pressure points sealed, he shook violently, struggling to express his defiance. Su-ho ignored this and kept talking. Even though I dont think youre in the wrong, the world doesnt share my sentiment. Neither does the law. But wouldnt it be too sad to keep living like this, with dead eyes and no purpose in life? Rising from his seat on Yun Hyun-chul, Su-ho helped him into a chair. He adjusted the pressure points in his lower body so he could sit comfortably. Although Yun Hyun-chuls gaze was still filled with murderous intent, Su-ho paid it no mind and pressed on. You grew up in Aram Orphanage, didnt you? You were admitted there with your younger sister. At that moment, Yun Hyun-chul stopped struggling entirely. Seeing his reaction, Su-ho smiled. I understand your sister was adopted shortly after entering the orphanage, while you aged out. I also know you spent years trying to find her after leaving the orphanage. Su-ho released the remaining pressure points. Yun Hyun-chul clenched his fists, but instead of lashing out, he sat properly in his chair, glaring at Su-ho. Think of it as improving efficiency. ...Go on. Do you know Kim Goong-won? Kim Goong-won? The drug maker in Cheongok. I want him as your subordinate. I dont need him. You do. Someone needs to handle the grunt work while you focus on bigger issues. Cheongok is vast, and you cant manage it all alone. Thats why I want you to be not just a king but an efficient one. Su-ho pulled out two banana milk cartons from his inventory, handed one to Yun Hyun-chul, and said, Kings create laws, and laws establish order. I want you to be a terrifying tyranta king so fearsome that inmates dread returning here, and the outside world fears your reputation. ...Thats complicated. Its simple. Think of it as Hammurabis Codean eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth. Just follow that principle and handle any additional requests I might have. Oh, and Kim Goong-won isnt just a drug makerhe can also produce healing and buff potions. Hell be useful. Yun Hyun-chul stared at Su-ho for a long time before nodding. ...Fine. I accept the deal. Su-ho smiled, extending his hand. Thank you. Ill make regular visits to check in, so dont worry. As they exited the room, Kim Geon, still disguised as Pi Seong-yeol, turned to Su-ho. Shall we move on to the next one? Yes. Lets go. Finally, it was time to meet the last target. When they arrived at the third visitation room, a hulking man entered, laughing boisterously. Well, well! I wondered whod call for me at this hour. Youre that guy from TV, arent you? Cho Gwang-ho? Thats me. But waitarent you the Sword Saint, An Su-ho? Thats right. And youre one of Cheongoks two monstersThe Iron Mace. Ha! Even someone as famous as you has heard of me? Su-ho didnt reply. Instead, he stood and began pressing pressure points on Cho Gwang-hos massive body. [Pressure Point Activated.] [Pressure Point Activated.] [Pressure Point Activated.] With each strike Arrrgh! Cho Gwang-ho collapsed to the ground, writhing in agony as Su-ho watched calmly. Chapter 118 "It Hurts! I Said It Hurts!!" Annoying. Su-hos ears were ringing from Jo Gwang-hos agonized screams. To silence him, Su-ho pressed additional pressure points, including Ahyeol and Gushimhyeol. Jo Gwang-ho froze in place, unable to move, his body trembling uncontrollably. The pain must have been unbearable. Su-ho had deliberately targeted every point that could induce pain, including Akyeol (bad blood points). Good thing Ive been boosting my strength stat. Even the most vicious criminals in Cheongok were typically no stronger than 1-star Awakened. Anyone stronger couldnt be subdued and brought to prison; most of them were executed on the spot during apprehension. This worked to Su-hos advantage. Although his pressure point skill (Jeomhyeol) appeared versatile, it required physical contact to be effective. If the targets stamina or defense rating was too high, the skill would fail entirely. Fortunately, with orange-tier strength stats, Su-ho could easily handle 1-star Awakened individuals. Su-ho gazed down at the trembling Jo Gwang-ho. Jo Gwang-hos nickname was Cheolgwe (Iron Club). He earned this name because his body was as tough as reinforced steel. Like Yun Hyun-chul, Jo Gwang-ho was a martial artist, but his unique trait hardened his body, making him one of the strongest monsters in Cheongok. The key difference? Jo Gwang-ho was cunning and calculating, a stark contrast to Yun Hyun-chul, who committed murder in a fit of rage. Jo Gwang-ho was a "pure evil" who had committed countless murders and rapes without remorse. Su-ho waited patiently until Jo Gwang-ho was thoroughly immersed in pain. When he decided enough time had passed, Su-ho checked his watch and finally released all the pressure points. Huff... huff... Even with his pressure points freed, Jo Gwang-ho couldnt stand. His body was soaked in sweat, tears, and saliva, and he shivered with residual fear, unable to move despite the cessation of pain. Dragging a chair forward, Su-ho sat down in front of Jo Gwang-ho. Gwang-ho. Y-yeah? Youve been living way too comfortably, havent you? W-what are you talking about...? Dont play dumb. Youre worse than trash. By some fluke, you awakened as an Awakened, made a decent living, and indulged in luxury. But then, you got caught raping and killing your teammates inside a Gate. Thats why youre here in Cheongok, yet youre still living like a king. ... And despite your brutish appearance, youre surprisingly clever. You built a gang and enjoyed the comforts of power here. Dont you think its time you faced real punishment? W-what are you trying to say? Su-ho grabbed Jo Gwang-ho by the scruff and set him upright in the chair. Sit properly. Yes, sir! Jo Gwang-hos body still lacked strength, but his sharp mind kept him alert, forcing him to comply. Hmm. Su-ho stared at him for a moment, as if calculating something. How could he ensure that Jo Gwang-ho would live the rest of his life in repentance and agony? The answer wasnt complicated. Youve enjoyed too much until now. Su-ho pressed several new pressure points on Jo Gwang-hos body. [Pressure Point Activated.] [Pressure Point Activated.] [Pressure Point Activated.] He carefully chose points that would maximize Jo Gwang-hos suffering. One point sealed his vocal cords, rendering him mute. Another targeted his left ankle, leaving it limp and forcing him to drag his foot.@@@@ Finally, both wrists were weakened, making even holding a spoon a struggle. Su-ho had considered crippling him entirely, as he had done with Son Baek-geum, but he deliberately refrained. Let him suffer in other ways. With no strength in his hands and burning desire in his body, hell be tormented endlessly. This was Su-hos punishment for Jo Gwang-hos history of sexual violence. Having finished his task, Su-ho rose from his chair. Jo Gwang-ho desperately tried to speak, only to emit muffled cries. Ha-ah! He froze, shocked that no words came out. The Ahyeol point had effectively muted him. Su-ho didnt respond to his pitiful attempts. Instead, he flashed a kind smile and left the visitation room. Kim Geon followed closely behind. Su-ho checked the time. Less than an hour had passed. Next, they headed toward the room where Kim Goong-won was waiting. The visitation room was filled with smoke when Su-ho entered. Su-ho laughed. Its fine. Warden Kim is a cautious man who avoids unnecessary risks. Hell handle it discreetly. I see. Honestly, I thought youd ask about something else. Like what? The inmates we met today. Should I be curious about them? Su-ho laughed again. Fair point. I read somewhere that curiosity can lead to misery. Im finally close to happiness and dont want to lose it again. Good mindset. I trust you, Team Leader. You saved me and my brother. Great attitude. Now lets head back to Seoul. Want me to drive? You can drive? I got my license as soon as I turned eighteen. Back in the day, I even owned two cars. Im not tired in suit mode, so I can handle it. Go ahead. They pulled over to switch seats before continuing their journey to Seoul. *** After dropping off Kim Geon in Paju, Su-ho began his drive back to the safehouse. I still have a few days left. The leave granted by Pi Seong-yeol was for about a week. In just one day, Su-ho had wrapped up the matters with Son Baek-geum, Kim Seung-hwan, and the business in Cheongok Prison. The added bonus was his reassignment to the Gate Division, achieved through his media play. Now, only a few minor tasks remained. Su-ho was determined to make the most of the remaining six days. Ill spend all six days diving into Gates. Without delay, Su-ho picked up his phone and made a call. Ah~ Su-ho! Long time no see! The call was answered almost instantly. The person on the other end was Choi Yoon, a Gate broker affiliated with Union. If Su-ho planned to focus on Gates for the next six days, Choi Yoons assistance would be essential. Su-ho got straight to the point. I need access to some Gates. Do you have any listings available? Ugh, is that all you have to say after calling me for the first time in ages? What else would I say? You could at least ask how Ive been! I know everything about you from the news, but it wouldnt hurt to exchange pleasantries, you know. You know about me from the news, so theres no need. Now, about the listings? Still as stiff as ever, arent you? What kind of Gates are you looking for? I have a few requirements. First, I need Gates that leave no trace and are ideal for leveling up. Difficulty doesnt matter, but the monsters should be 1-star or higher. 1-star or higher... You really dont care about the difficulty? Not at all. Well, I can think of a few options. But there might be entry restrictions. Whats your current level? 75. In that case, I have three that come to mind. Are you in Seoul right now? Should I find something close by? Location doesnt matter. Even if its far, Ill take all three. Wow, someones got deep pockets. Alright, when do you want to start? Immediately. Geez, whats the rush? Are you running from something? I just want to clear as many as I can while I have time. So, can I start now? You can, but its late, so therell be a nighttime surcharge. Thats fine. Youre no fun, you know that? Any other preferences? Im looking for Gates related to dragons, vampires, poison, or full moons. What kind of theme is that? Pretty specific, huh? Do you have any that match? Well... Actually, theres one that fits both your initial requirements and the themed ones, but its a bit far. Is that okay? Thats fine. Ill text you the address. Come quickly. Understood. As expected of Choi Yoon. The moment their call ended, Su-ho received a text with the address. He input the location into his GPS, turned the car around, and headed straight there. Chapter 119 It was far. The Gate Su-ho had been introduced to this time was located in Sejong. After arriving at Bihaksan Mountain, Su-ho pinpointed the exact location of the Gate through a phone call with Choi Yoon. Not long after, he met with Choi Yoon, who had arrived ahead of him. Over here, here! Choi Yoon wasnt alone. He was with the owner of the Bihaksan Gate, a group that felt distinctly different from the Bang Dueok gang Su-ho had dealt with before. The Gate owner, Kim Won-hu, let out a dry chuckle as he saw Su-ho approaching. Well, damn... Youre actually An Su-ho? Choi Yoon had informed him in advance that the buyer was An Su-ho. Previously, when Choi failed to mention Su-hos name, a certain someone (Bang Dueok) had developed unwanted thoughts, leading to problems. Kim Won-hu extended his hand for a handshake.@@@@ Im Kim Won-hu. You might have already heard, but when I heard you were the buyer, I wanted to propose selling the entire Gate outright instead of just entrance tickets. What do you think? An outright sale. This meant handing over ownership of the entire Gate. Usually, private Gate owners would sell tickets to extract as much profit as possible, but because Su-ho was the buyer, Kim Won-hu wanted to sell it all at once. In his mind, Su-ho would clear the Gate anyway. Su-ho nodded and replied, If the price is reasonable, Ill buy it. How much are you offering? That depends. Shouldnt the seller set the price first? Fine. Ten tickets'' worth. I need to make something out of this too. Ten tickets, huh... Ten tickets meant 1 billion won. Hearing the amount, Su-ho laughed. 1 billion? Is that someones pet name or what? How about 100 million instead? ...100 million? Did I hear that right? You heard correctly. You might think 1 billion is fair to recoup your costs, but this Gate isnt worth that much. Ill propose another condition. Another condition? Ill leave all the monster byproducts inside to you. Hmm? It was simple. Why would Su-ho pay 1 billion won just to clear a Gate when he could challenge a Virus Dungeon instead? The difference was in the experience points. The monsters in Virus Dungeons matched the players level, which made leveling up inefficient despite the time investment. Since both sides are at the same level, it takes too much time for the same amount of experience. Su-ho was currently a No-star Awakened, but his skills and power were already above 1-star. Even if it cost a bit of money, clearing Gates was a far more efficient method. That said, Su-ho wasnt about to throw money away recklessly. In his past life, Su-ho had more wealth than he could ever spend. But in this life, he wasnt there yet. But that doesnt mean Ill act like a bandit. Sure, he could just kill everyone here and take over the Gate once or twice. But if he kept solving things that way, no one would trust Choi Yoon to handle their Gates anymore. Theyd hide their Gates and trade them secretly instead. Even if Choi Yoon was affiliated with Union, a broker with the highest trust rating in the country, trust could easily be lost. In the long run, such actions had to be avoided. Money could always be earned, but unofficial Gates that left no traces were too difficult to locate aloneeven for a regressor like Su-ho. So, he proposed an alternative. Kim Won-hu rubbed his chin for a moment, then nodded. You know what kind of Gate this is, right? No idea. Youll regret it once you find out. Im not concerned. Just grant me exclusive rights to the boss monster. For 100 million? Yes. If thats the case... Alright. But we wont help you at all inside, you know that, right? Yes. Dont help me under any circumstances. The deal was struck. Choi Yoon, stunned that Su-ho had completed the negotiations without consulting him, pulled Su-ho aside. What are you doing right now? Negotiating. Yeah, I got that part, but dont you think this is a terrible deal for you? Paying 1 billion would have been worse. Thats a Werewolf Gate. The place will be swarming with wolves. Do you have any idea how expensive Werewolf hides are? Entry Requirement: Level 99 or below.Maximum Entry Capacity: 16 people. As long as the system classified him as a vampire, that was enough. Summoning his Blood Weapon, Su-ho turned to Kim Won-hu. Everyone, stay put for now. Start working only when I give the signal. While I did hand over the rights to the monster parts, I never promised to guarantee all of your safety. We understand. Its not like we brought a bunch of clueless fools either. You should take care of yourself, though. Sure. Lets get started then. Youll need to pick up the pace. After finishing his words, Su-ho pulled several arrows out of his inventory and planted them in the ground. Then, he summoned a Blood Bow in his left hand. It wasnt the usual Blood Swordthis time, Su-ho had summoned a Blood Bow. Su-ho fitted one of the arrows into the bowstring, which instantly ignited as if by magic. The arrowhead burst into flames, burning brightly. Kim Won-hus eyes widened in shock. H-Hey? What are you? Here we go. Whoosh! Su-ho fired the flaming arrow. The blazing arrow arced gracefully through the air, embedding itself into the forest beyond. As soon as it landed, the flames spread rapidly, consuming the surrounding leaves and foliage, growing larger by the second. Nice, its working well. The arrows Su-ho used were specially crafted fire arrows purchased externally. The arrows ignited in response to magic, requiring no oil, and their enhanced combustion properties allowed them to spread fire easily with just the right catalyst. Without hesitation, Su-ho fired another arrow, then another. Within moments, the surrounding area was engulfed in flames. Kim Won-hu stared in disbelief, his eyes bulging. W-What are you doing?! Wolf hunting. What? Isnt this a werewolf Gate? Were here to hunt wolves. I didnt come here to play around. You took two hours to prepare when you said itd take one. Times short now. N-No! Even so, setting the whole place on fire! Thats why I told you to stick close. Now, the werewolves will flee from the fire. Well cut them down as they appear. Oh, and dont worryIll extinguish any flames that come our way, so just follow me closely. At least you wont burn to death. W-What kind of nonsense is this?! Smiling, Su-hos eyes gleamed sharply. At that moment, a skill activated. [ Mana Detection has been activated. ] The upgraded Mana Detection skill allowed him to sense a broader range of mana. Monsters, no matter how well they suppressed their power, couldnt hide their uniquely murky mana. And with the forest now ablaze, they would be even easier to spot. C Kyaaaaaang! There you are. Hearing the faint howls, Su-ho summoned a Blood Spear and threw it in the direction of the sound. Crash! [ You have slain a Werewolf. ] One shot, one kill! The hunt was off to a great start. Summoning his Blood Sword, Su-ho dashed forward, heading straight into the firelit forest. The Hunt Continues [ You have slain a Werewolf. ] [ You have slain a Werewolf. ] [ You have slain a Werewolf. ] [ You have slain a Werewolf. ] The slaughter continued without pause. The flames Su-ho had set spread relentlessly, consuming the forest like an unstoppable wildfire. The werewolves, panicking at the sudden calamity, scattered in all directionsstraight to their deaths. Kim Won-hu, frantically keeping up behind Su-ho, looped ropes around the werewolf corpses to claim them, tying them to his waist as he ran. This lunatic...! What else could describe Su-ho? He fought like a madman, ran like a madman, and controlled the fire like a madman. For a long while, Su-ho rampaged through Full Moon Forest, slashing through werewolves left and right. The Full Moon Appears [ The moonlight watches over the forest. ] Suddenly, a system message appeared. At the same time, the dense clouds parted, revealing the bright, radiant full moon hanging in the night sky. The moonlight bathed the entire Full Moon Forest, and wherever it touched, the flames extinguished as if smothered. C Awooooooooo!! [ The Boss Monster has appeared. ] The master of the forest had finally shown itself. Chapter 120 Here it comes. At the top of a high hill. Basking in the moonlight, the creature appeared. It was far larger than the werewolves Su-ho had encountered so far, and its fur shimmered silver rather than the typical brown. The werewolf-like creature stood upright, a classic bipedal form, glaring down at Su-ho with glowing red eyes. Su-ho spoke up. I mentioned this before. What? Im not obligated to protect you. If you dont want to get caught up in the boss fight, youd better get as far away as possible. The flames had died down, and most of the werewolves had been eliminated. Now, only the boss remained. If they wanted to survive, they needed to run far away, as the bosss mobility meant the entire scorched forest could become a battlefield. E-Everyone, scatter! Form teams of three and move out! To make it easier for them to flee, Su-ho deliberately walked toward the boss monster. The Silver Lycanthropes piercing gaze followed Su-ho, recognizing him as the primary threat rather than the fleeing stragglers. The distance between them closed gradually. Suddenly, the Silver Lycanthrope leaped from the cliff, landing with a resounding crash. C Awooooo!!@@@@ [ The Silver Lycanthrope lets out a fearsome howl. ] [ A Boss Monster-grade Fear effect has been triggered. ] So, its name was Silver Lycanthrope. What a lazy name. Whether they were called werewolves or lycanthropes, the two were essentially the same. However, some Gates assigned greater significance to lycanthropes over werewolves. The Silver Lycanthrope, having leaped from the cliff, dashed toward Su-ho at an incredible speed. Its movements, reflecting the moonlight, gave it an oddly elegant, almost mesmerizing appearance, with its silver mane leaving a shimmering trail. As the creature entered his range, Su-ho saw its name displayed above its head. C Silver Lycanthrope, Lv. 132 A high level. Good. High levels meant more experience points. Su-ho dismissed his Blood Bow and summoned his Blood Sword, gripping it tightly. With a sharp motion, he drew the blade back and slashed forward with explosive force. [ Cloud Slice has been activated. ] The blade extended into a wave, surging toward the Silver Lycanthrope. But the attack never landed. The moment the strike was released, the Lycanthrope leaped effortlessly into the air, dodging the attack. Its movements were so fluid and natural that Su-ho couldnt help but smirk. Just as I thought. It was, after all, a Lycanthrope. If it couldnt dodge a simple slash, it wasnt worthy of the name. As the Lycanthrope landed, Su-ho released his grip on the swords hilt. A dark rod rose from the ground, finding its way into his hand. The Ghost Spear, one of Su-hos summoned weapons. Without hesitation, Su-ho hurled the spear at the descending Lycanthrope. [ Spear Throw has been activated. ] The upgraded Ghost Spear streaked toward the creature with deadly precision. The Silver Lycanthropes glowing eyes widened slightly in shockit hadnt anticipated this move. Trapped mid-air, there was no way to evade. Crash! The Ghost Spear pierced the Lycanthrope, driving through its silver hide and twisting its body in mid-air. Without wasting a moment, Su-ho dashed forward. This wasnt some turn-based RPG. There was no reason to wait for the enemys counterattack. Reaching out, Su-ho recalled the Blood Sword, which reappeared in his hand. The gap between them closed in an instant. The Lycanthrope snarled, twisting its body and raising its claws to strike back, but it was futile. Gripping the Blood Sword with both hands, Su-ho swung it upward like an axe. [ Steel Slash has been activated. ] Swish! The body. Ive already taken the important parts, but the hide is mostly intact. If you want it, Ill sell it to you. You would? For 1 billion won. A 1-star boss monsters hide is worth far more if processed correctly, isnt it? ....... Of course. Theres no such thing as a free deal in this world. Still, Su-hos proposal wasnt bad. The cleanup was efficient, and the job was handled cleanly. Kim Won-hu deliberated for a moment before nodding. Lets do it. Great. Then take it with you and head out first. Transfer the payment to Broker Choi Yoon. What about you? Ive got some unfinished business here. Hmm... Got it. But there are still some carcasses we havent collected yet, so well head out shortly after wrapping that up. Go ahead. A satisfactory transaction. Everything was tied up neatly. Even after accounting for the commission to Choi Yoon, it was still a profitable arrangement. Kim Won-hu and his group scattered to gather the remaining werewolf carcasses. Su-ho tilted his head upward and looked at the sky. The moonlight was exceptionally clear. The full moon, which had appeared alongside the Silver Lycanthrope, had now pushed away the clouds, illuminating the forest like a second sun. This is why I came here first. Su-ho had chosen this location because one of the requests he had made to Choi Yoon included something related to the moon. Still gazing at the moonlight, Su-ho pulled a scroll, the Seogohwa, from his inventory. The seemingly ordinary scroll shimmered under the moonlight. [ The moonlight is abundant. ] [ The gates of the Seogohwa are opening. ] [ Would you like to enter the Martial Library? ] A prompt appeared, asking Su-ho for confirmation. The answer, of course, was yes. The moment Su-ho affirmed, his body was pulled into the scroll. *** [ You have entered the Martial Library. ] No gate notification appeared. Perhaps it was because this wasnt his first time here? Nothing seemed to have changed. Before him stood a towering stone pagoda, and just like before, Su-ho began to climb it. The ascent of the pagoda was quick. The first journey might have felt long, but once a path has been walked, it always feels shorter the next time. The moment Su-ho stepped onto the Seogopyeong, the flat summit of the pagoda Whoosh! An arrow shot toward him. Of course. It seemed that being a returning visitor didnt come with any special privileges. Su-ho immediately activated a skill. [ Mana Detection has been activated. ] Su-ho chose to view the situation positively. Where else could he train his mana detection skills? He deftly avoided the incoming automated attacks and welcomed the Martial Librarys intense greeting. After dodging for some time Crack! Boom! The sound of something breaking echoed, and the mechanical system ceased its operation. Then Thud! A massive iron pillar emerged before him. Simultaneously Screeeeech Limbs extended from the iron pillar, revealing the form of the librarys guardian. It was a Mokuzan. [ A boss monster has appeared. ] Chapter 121 Su-ho shifted his gaze to the guardians head. C Guardian of the Library, Lv. ??? Its level remained unlisted. That was because the guardian shared its status with the challenger. As before, the guardian began fulfilling its role. [ The Guardian of the Library activates the Battlefield of Conviction. ] [ While the Battlefield of Conviction is active, the guardians status matches the challengers status. ] [ While the Battlefield of Conviction is active, all combatants within the area can only use weapons designated by the guardian. ] The skill activated, and simultaneously, an icon appeared above the guardians head. It spun like a slot machine. Eventually, the slot machine stopped. [ The Guardian of the Library has designated the weapon. ] [ The designated weapon is a "bow." ] [ The battle begins. ] The icon landed on the shape of a bow. A bow, huh? The designated weapon was a bow. It made sense. Last time, the chosen weapon had been a sword, so it was unlikely for the same one to appear twice. The moment the bow was designated, the guardian tore a steel rod from its own body to fashion a bow. It also pulled out an arrow and aimed it directly at Su-ho. Quick on your feet, arent you? Su-ho summoned his Blood Bow. By then, the guardian had already released its arrow. Boom! What kind of arrow makes a sound like a cannonball when it lands? Su-ho glanced at it briefly and noticed the arrows thickness. Better finish this quickly. At least it wasnt a gun. If it had been, the guardian might have unleashed a barrage, making it hard to close the distance. Su-ho advanced rapidly while the guardian was reloading. Noticing the danger, the guardian instinctively retreated. Boom! Every time the guardian leapt back, the ground rumbled with a cannonball-like sound, leaving indentations where it had landed. The sheer force was absurd. Even while retreating, the guardian skillfully aimed its bow at Su-ho. Whoosh! A sharp arrow grazed past Su-hos face as it flew point-blank. Su-ho twisted his body and used a mid-air skill. [ Leap has been activated. ] The skill allowed him to twist his body mid-air, and Su-ho used the momentum to swing his Blood Bow. His target was the guardians face. At such close range, the guardian had no choice but to block with its bow. But it shouldnt have. [ Steel Cutter has been activated. ] Slash! The moment Su-hos Blood Bow clashed with the guardians steel bow, Steel Cutter activated. The guardians bow snapped cleanly in two, and the string was severed as well. C ... The guardian stared in disbelief at its shattered weapon. Of course, it was stunned. A bow wasnt supposed to break so cleanly, especially not like it had been sliced by a blade. Seeing its dumbfounded expression, Su-ho chuckled. Surprised, arent you? For Su-ho, a weapon was whatever he decided it to be. If he called it a sword, it was a sword, even if it wasnt shaped like one. The Blood Bow he summoned wasnt an ordinary bow, either. Since Blood Weapons reflected the wielders will, its appearance was partially customized. The bow retained the features of a traditional bow but included enhancements like a blade along the edges and a grip on the lower limb. As a result, the Blood Bow was as much a sword as it was a bow. Looks a bit goofy, but it works. Still, it technically adhered to the rule of being a bow. It had a string, and it could shoot arrows when loaded. That was why Steel Cutter workedbecause the Blood Bow functioned as both a weapon and a tool. This was the beauty of Blood Weapons and skills rooted in Su-hos understanding of weaponry. [ The Guardian of the Library acknowledges its defeat. ] [ The gate has been cleared. ] [ MVP of the gate: Su-ho. ] [ Bonus experience granted. ] [ Bonus stat point acquired. ] [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ Additional stat point acquired. ] [ The system rewards you with greater strength. ] Wow... Even Choi Yoon, seasoned as she was, couldnt hide her disbelief at Su-hos methods. But Su-ho didnt care. He needed to maximize his gains during this rare period of freedom. Got to hit level 100 before my return. Reaching that milestone would unlock new opportunities and challenges. To prepare, his schedule had to be airtight. So, are we going? Yes, fine. Just drive. Ill figure out my car. Great. Give me the address, then take a nap. Ill wake you when were there. Unreal... Despite her grumbling, Choi Yoon had no choice. After all, business was business. With the roar of the engine, Su-hos car sped off into the night. *** A few days later. Status window, open. [ Su-ho Ahn ] C Level: 98 C Class: Healer C Traits: , C Strength (O): 24 C Stamina (R): 94 C Mana (R): 61 C Perception (R): 60 C Bonus Stats: 0 After completing the Forest of the Full Moon, Su-ho had cleared nine additional gates with Choi Yoons assistance. Each one was a 1-star or higher-ranked gate. Following the first two gates purchased on the first day, he acquired four more challenging gates as his level rose. In all nine gates, Su-ho achieved MVP status, earning nine bonus stat points in the process. Thats how my stamina stat reached 94. But that wasnt all. Upon surpassing level 90, Su-ho unlocked another second-tier class skill: Guardian Spirit. While Healing Spirit had been a targeted area healing skill, Guardian Spirit provided healing along with a moderate protective effect. This was significant progress. The only regret? With just a little more time, Su-ho could have reached level 100. Still, achieving this much in only six days was largely thanks to Choi Yoon. And I didnt spend as much money as I expected. Except for the Forest of the Full Moon, there werent many gates with the themes Su-ho wanted. He was able to negotiate low prices for the gates by agreeing to forgo collecting any byproducts. Before parting ways, Su-ho spoke to Choi Yoon. You did well. Ugh, dont contact me for a while. I wont. Ill be busy anyway. But if any gates come up, contact me immediately, day or night. Ill handle them as fast as possible. Argh!! Choi Yoon had worked especially hard. Since Su-ho had contacted her on the first night of his one-week leave, they had essentially tackled ten gate schedules together in just five days. Of course, gate raiding wasnt all Su-ho did during that time. While near Kim Seung-hwans workplace, Su-ho also delivered the materials he had obtained from Kim Goong-won. After parting ways with Choi Yoon, Su-ho headed to Incheon Airport at the scheduled time. Why Incheon Airport? Today was the day Sohn Baek-geum was returning to Korea. [ Arrived at Incheon Airport. ] Youve done well. Now, keep quiet until further instructions. C Understood. But... Sohn Baek-geum hesitated, fidgeting. Su-ho asked, What is it? C Im sorry, but could you do something about... this? Even overseas, it was a problem, and I couldnt get anything done because of it. This referred to Sohns sensitive issue. Ah, right. Su-ho remembered he was still holding that part of Sohns anatomy hostage. Su-ho responded, Just wait a little longer. The matter isnt resolved yet. C What?! But thats not what we agreed on! Then drop it. C N-no, thats not what I meant...! Sohn Baek-geum whimpered. After all, he had no other choice. Thats what you get for living your life the way you did. Ending the call, Su-ho set his course for the Korean Hunter Associations main office. Chapter 122 Arriving at the Korean Hunter Association parking lot, Su-ho sprayed a liquid onto the original bribe ledger before stepping out of the car.@@@@ Ssss... The liquid hissed as it soaked into the ledger, leaving no visible changes on the outside. However, the moment a specific keyword set by the creator was triggered, the text would alter exactly as Su-ho intended. With this, I can erase Park Gyu-mins name at a critical moment. This was a specially prepared item, designed specifically for today. With preparations complete, Su-ho headed to the office of Pi Seong-ryeol, the Special Divisions chief. Upon knocking, Pi Seong-ryeol greeted him warmly. After exchanging polite greetings, Su-ho handed over the bribe ledger he had secured from Sohn Baek-geum. Good work. It was nothing. Pi Seong-ryeol took the ledger, skimmed through the contents, and, upon confirming the expected names, smiled faintly. Closing the ledger, he looked up at Su-ho. Did you take a look? Pardon? The contents of this. Did you check it? No, I didnt. Dont lie. Whether you saw it or not, it doesnt really matter. But dont tell me you actually didnt look. I really didnt. Fine, lets say you didnt. Why ask if youre not going to believe me? Pi Seong-ryeol smirked and casually tossed the ledger onto the table. Crossing his legs and placing his hands on his knees, he spoke again. You saw the news, right? Yes, I did. So, heres the deal. Youre going to spend some time in the Gate Division. The inevitable had arrived. Su-ho, already expecting this, feigned surprise. The Gate Division... sir? Dont like it? No, its not that. Im just curiouswhy the Gate Division? Its under my purview. Thats why. Understood. Feeling upset? No, sir. Dont take it too hard. Public sentiment is what it is. The association president is keeping a close eye on this. Just spend a little time there and come back. Later, Ill use the excuse of rotational duty to bring you back. Oh, by the way, your supervisor there will be Team Leader Jeong Cheol-min. Pi Seong-ryeol smiled brightly. Oh, really? Look how happy you are. This placement is entirely my doing. So stay there for a bit and then come back. Where else would a talent like you work if not in the Special Division? Thank you, sir. Speaking of which, here. Pi Seong-ryeol walked over to his desk and brought back a small box. Whats this? Open it. A gift to commemorate the end of your probation. Ah, thank you. Inside the box was a handkerchief, from a luxury brand no less. Su-ho smiled. A handkerchief. I was thinking about getting a new one anyway. Thank you, Ill use it well. Do you always carry a handkerchief? Yes, sir. I always take one with me when I go out. Ha! Even more gentlemanly than I thought. A true gentleman should always carry a handkerchief. That talk about being a gentleman again. In truth, Su-ho didnt carry handkerchiefs. Everything he said was tailored to Pi Seong-ryeols tastes. I got one of these in my past life too. Same spiel about it being a gentlemans essential. It wasnt just Su-ho who received a handkerchief. For Pi Seong-ryeol, they were a sort of mark, a way of saying, Im watching out for you. In his ignorance back then, Su-ho had once been delighted to receive it. I must have been insane. As Su-ho tucked the handkerchief into his coat, Pi Seong-ryeol pulled out an envelope. Take this too. Whats this? Just a little spending money. The other employees moved to intervene but collapsed frothing at the mouth before they could act. It was Su-hos Overwhelm skill. After neutralizing them, Su-ho used Recovery to wake Hwang. Ugh... Sit up. You... you! I said sit. The murderous intent in Su-hos voice made Hwang realize he was dealing with someone far beyond an ordinary person. Y-youre an Awakened? Correct. So dont bother Lee Dal-won and his wife anymore. If I hear otherwise, I wont let it slide. Su-ho grabbed the debt documents and the paper bag of cash before standing to leave. Hwang, panicking, stammered, What about the money?! You should have taken it when I offered. You refused, remember? Th-that doesnt make sense! Does it look like Im joking? ... Of course not. Hwang was left speechless as Su-ho walked out. *** After leaving On-gang Cash, Su-ho hailed another taxi and traveled to a different locationa neighborhood left in ruins. ... Reviewing one of the documents hed brought, Su-ho surveyed the scene. This was a site hit by a Gate Shock six months ago, still unrecovered. It was also where Lee Dal-wons second business had been located. The situation is worse than I thought. Outside of metropolitan areas and major cities, most places looked like this. Even with Koreas limited landmass, there simply werent enough resources to rebuild everywhere, perpetuating a vicious cycle of misfortune. After inspecting the site, Su-ho hailed another taxi and headed to a new destination: a restaurant. The sign read Yuseong Cold Noodles, and it was currently closed for a break. Seeing the sign, Su-ho entered the restaurant. A woman at the counter said, Im sorry, but were closed right now. I know. Excuse me? Is Yoon Hyun-hee working here? ...Yoon Hyun-hee? At the mention of the name, the womans expression turned wary. This was understandable, as Hwang On-gang had previously visited the restaurant over the debt. Feigning ignorance, the woman shook her head. Im not sure who that is. Her pretense made Su-ho chuckle internally. She seems stern, but shes surprisingly kind. Im not a loan shark. I have other business with Yoon Hyun-hee. Could you tell her someone from Aram Orphanage is here to see her? ...Please wait. Still cautious, the woman eventually relayed Su-hos message to Yoon Hyun-hee, who was resting in the staff lounge. Shortly after, Yoon Hyun-hee appeared. Su-ho greeted her with a warm smile. May I have a moment of your time? *** Since it was the start of their break, there was plenty of time to talk. The restaurant owner even offered them some privacy. Seated in a nearby cafe?, Su-ho got straight to the point. Ill be blunt. I was sent by your older brother, Yoon Hyun-chul. ...What? Her eyes widened in shock. Of course. Yoon Hyun-chul was her only remaining blood relative, someone she could never forget. She had long planned to see him one day, but the chaos of lifethe Gate Shock, losing her adoptive parentshad left her overwhelmed. Hearing Yoon Hyun-chuls name from Su-hos lips, she asked in a trembling voice, Where is he now? Hes currently imprisoned in Cheong-ok Penitentiary. ...What? Yoon Hyun-chul is serving a death sentence for killing multiple people. Hes currently incarcerated at Cheong-ok. Chapter 123 That, what do you mean...? Its true. Su-ho handed a document he had prepared to Yoon Hyun-hee. The document confirmed that Yoon Hyun-chul was serving time at Cheong-ok Penitentiary. As she took the paper, Yoon Hyun-hees hands trembled as if an earthquake had struck her world. It seems like you didnt know anything about your brothers current situation. ...Yes. Theres a story behind this. Im not sure how youll take it. A story? Yes, a story. Su-ho retrieved another document from his inventory, one he had prepared in advance. It was the case file detailing the murder committed by Yoon Hyun-chul. As Su-ho presented it, he began explaining why Yoon Hyun-chul had been driven to kill.@@@@ ... Yoon Hyun-hee listened intently to Su-hos words. At the same time, she examined the documents he brought. She was clearly shaken. And understandably so. After more than a decade of not hearing a word about her brother, the first news she received was thisit would shake anyone to their core. But that was precisely why Su-ho didnt evade the subject. Instead, he chose to confront it head-on. Hyun-chul asked me to keep it a secret, but thats too naive. Yoon Hyun-hee wasnt a fool. Nor was she the kind of person who would live as though her brother didnt exist. Even if Su-ho tried to help covertly, as her situation improved, she would inevitably begin searching for information about him. When she eventually learned the whole truth, the shock could be unbearable. It was better to be upfront. Of course, this was Su-hos perspective. He believed this approach was the best course of action. In the unlikely event that Hyun-hee displayed a negative reaction or even hatred toward her brother over this, Su-ho was prepared to deal with that as well. He had contingencies in place. After all, Su-ho genuinely wanted everyone connected to him to find happiness. At last, Su-ho finished his explanation. ... Yoon Hyun-hee remained silent. Su-ho quietly waited for her to speak first. She sat there, staring blankly at some point between the air and the file in her hands. After a long silence, she finally spoke. ...Hic. It began with a sob. Hic, sob... Tears. After sitting in stunned silence, she suddenly began to cry. Su-ho reached into his coat and pulled out a handkerchief, offering it to her. It was a handkerchief he had received from Pi Seong-yeol. Hyun-hee took it and wiped her tears for a while. Her red, swollen nose quivered as she spoke. How hard it must have been for my brother. The moment she uttered those words, Su-ho felt a wave of relief. It was fortunate. That she was a good person. That she didnt resent or blame her brother. She continued to speak. My poor brother... My truly poor brother... She cried for quite a while. Until the handkerchief Su-ho had handed her was soaked through. Su-ho waited quietly for her to process her sadness on her own. Finally, when her tears began to subside, she spoke again. ...Im sorry. I cried so much by myself. No need to apologize. I completely understand. And I should be thanking youfor understanding the pain of Yoon Hyun-chul. Yes? What if he promises to change? Promises to change. Su-ho smirked and said. Maybe he can. People do talk about being reborn. But as I said earlier, most people dont change easily. Let me go find out for sureabout the truth behind the feelings youre struggling with. With those words, Su-ho left the cafe?. After he departed, Hyun-hee stared blankly at her now-cold drink. In the reflection of the cold drink, another version of her stared back. *** Su-ho got into a taxi and headed to another location. The destination was a run-down commercial building with no signboards. When he reached the second floor, he was met with an old iron door. Su-ho raised his head to look at a CCTV camera mounted near the ceiling. He pulled out some cash from his inventory and waved it in front of the camera. With a click, the door unlocked. As the door opened, a cacophony of noise spilled out. Thick cigarette smoke. And cutting through it, curses and the sound of tables being slammed. It was a gambling den. As Su-ho stepped inside, a heavily tattooed man, who appeared to be a staff member, approached him. Here to play? he asked. Sure, but first, I need to find someone, Su-ho replied. Why are you looking for someone? Ive got some business to take care of. Dont worry, I wont disrupt the atmosphere. Ill just talk and leave quietly. So, where can I find a man named Lee Dal-won? Su-ho handed the man a few bills as he spoke. The tattooed man smirked, pocketed the money, and glanced around. Finally, he pointed to a man sitting in a corner playing cards. That guy in the black cap. Thats Lee Dal-won. Su-ho walked toward the direction the man had indicated. There sat a man playing cards, his hollowed eyes staring blankly ahead. It was Lee Dal-won. Yep, thats him, Su-ho murmured to himself. The mans appearance matched the photo perfectly. When the stranger called his name, Lee Dal-won looked up with sunken eyes and saw Su-ho. Without waiting for an invitation, Su-ho took the seat next to him. Youre Lee Dal-won, right? Im here on behalf of On-gang Cash. Can we have a quick chat? ...I already told your boss Id pay last months interest along with this months, Dal-won replied. I know. But the boss wanted me to ask you something. Whats that? Theres someone among the bosss acquaintances who seems to have a favorable impression of your wife. He asked if youd consider introducing her in exchange for waiving three months of interest. At that moment, Dal-won stopped dealing the cards and looked at Su-ho with slightly widened eyes. ...What did you say? If you find it offensive, you can refuse. ...Ha. Dal-won let out a hollow laugh. He spat into an ashtray before sighing deeply. Then, he looked back at Su-ho and said, Six months. Sorry? If you waive six months of interest, Ill make the introduction. Six months, huh. Hearing this, Su-ho chuckled. Haha, thank you. For what? I was just worried for a moment. What if you turned out to be a decent person? Excuse me? At that instant Bang! Su-ho smashed Dal-wons head into the ashtray on the table. Chapter 124 Lee Dal-won collapsed unconscious on the spot. He wasnt dead. How could he be? Su-ho had deliberately controlled his strength. The reaction from those around him, however, was even more absurd. ... ... ... The silence in the room was absolute. But it wasnt because they were afraid of Su-ho. Each person glanced at Lee Dal-won briefly, then immediately returned their attention to their cards. That was just the kind of place this wasa gambling den. Still, there was one person who showed some interest. Just one. The tattooed man who had earlier pocketed Su-hos tip. Hey! he barked. The tattooed man strode toward Su-ho, his brow furrowed. He glanced at the unconscious Lee Dal-won and then turned to Su-ho. If youre going to cause a scene, do it outside. Dont disrupt the mood in here. That was all he said. Thanks to that, Su-ho was able to hoist Lee Dal-won up and quietly leave the gambling den, heading for the rooftop of the building. The rooftop was empty. Su-ho unceremoniously tossed Dal-won onto the ground. ... No reaction. Had he hit him too hard earlier? Su-ho used Recovery to revive the man. Ugh... Lee Dal-won groaned as he regained consciousness. The moment he fully awoke and saw Su-ho, his face twisted in fear. Wh-why are you doing this to me?! Instead of answering, Su-ho pressed a pressure point on Dal-wons neck. He then jabbed several points on the mans lower body, locking his energy flow and immobilizing him. Only then did Su-ho speak. Guys like you usually seem to have all the luck with people. Youre not even good-looking, so how did you manage to fool someone like Yoon Hyun-hee? Ugh...! See this? Su-ho pulled out the debt certificate he had taken from On-gang Cash and waved it in front of Dal-won. Ill keep this short. Divorce Yoon Hyun-hee and never show your face to her again. If you do that, Ill nullify this debt. ...! Dal-wons eyes widened more than Su-ho had ever seen before. Shock was one thing, but the mans gaze was filled with pure, unadulterated joy, as though he had witnessed a miracle. Tsk, even if I handed him a treasure like the Rhotiple, he wouldnt look this happy. Su-ho asked calmly, If you agree, nod your head. Nod! Nod! Nod! Dal-won nodded frantically, his head moving so vigorously it was almost comical. At least it was fortunate Yoon Hyun-hee wasnt here to witness this. If she had seen this pitiful display, it would have broken her heart all over again. Clicking his tongue, Su-ho pulled out another document. It was a divorce agreement. This is a mutual divorce form. Put your thumbprint on it. Su-ho grabbed Dal-wons hand and smeared his bloodied thumb from his forehead onto the paper, creating a makeshift ink stamp. He then had him stamp the other prepared documents as well. Only after completing the paperwork did Su-ho hand over the debt certificate. Dal-wons trembling hands clutched the certificate, his eyes quivering with a mix of relief and disbelief. As Su-ho unlocked the pressure points on Dal-wons legs, he asked casually, Are you left-handed or right-handed? Dal-won raised his right hand in response. The moment he did, Su-ho immediately jabbed the pressure points on the mans wrist and hand. He followed this by pressing another series of points on his lower body. The result was permanent damage. Ugh?! Id love to cripple you entirely, but Ill settle for this. Since youve used your mouth to hurl insults, youll lose your voice forever. Since you used that hand to hit your wife, you wont be able to use it properly ever again. And as for... Su-hos gaze shifted downward to the mans groin. As a man who failed in his duties as a husband, consider this punishment. Be grateful this is where it ends. The only reason Im not killing you is because part of this is societys fault for creating people like you. ...Seoul? You grew up in Seoul, didnt you? Its a good place to start fresh. Not only is Seoul safer than Daejeon, but the money your brother left behind is more than enough to support you in a secure area. Su-ho fiddled with his phone and sent a message to hers. Thats my contact information. I know today has been overwhelming, so take some time to think about it and let me know. Also, you dont need to worry about Lee Dal-won. Ive ensured he wont show up in your life again. I even made it a condition that he stays out of sight. You can keep the security deposit for the house youre living in as well. Ah... Thank you. And dont forget to contact me about transferring your brothers assets. Oh, one more thingmay I ask a small favor? A favor? Yes. I need to provide proof to your brother that I met you. Could we take a photo together? ...A photo? Please? Oh, alright... With her permission, Su-ho politely took a selfie with her. Thank you. And one last thing... After taking the photo, Su-ho extended his hand toward her. [ Healing is activated. ] [ Recovery is activated. ] A warm glow enveloped her as Su-ho used two skills on her. This was to erase any bruises she still had from Lee Dal-wons abuse and to heal any lingering minor ailments she might have. Finally, having completed his tasks, Su-ho bowed politely and headed toward Daejeon Station. When he arrived at Seoul Station, his phone began to buzz. It was a call from Jo Jin-hwi. Su-ho answered. Yes, Mr. Reporter? C Mr. An, where are you right now? Im at Seoul Station. C Seoul Station? Not Daejeon? The reason Jo Jin-hwi was asking this... Actually, the reason he had called at all was due to a post Su-ho had made on Stargram while riding the train. C Yuseong Cold Noodles in Daejeon are delicious. It was the second post Su-ho had ever uploaded to his account. Just like the first post about Parks Snack Shop, it was a simple photo of food accompanied by a single line of text. Even this time, the only hashtag he had used was #GreatEats. But the response was explosive. C The Sword Saint says Yuseong Cold Noodles is a great spot! C Lets all head to Yuseong Cold Noodles! C Damn it, this was my hidden gem. Now I cant enjoy it quietly anymore. C Wow, train tickets to Daejeon are already sold out. C His first recommendation was amazing, so this place must be legit too. The likes and comments on the post were already flooding in, despite it having been posted not long ago. That was why Jo Jin-hwi had called. After all, Su-ho was supposed to be in Seoul, not Daejeon. I just took a quick business trip, Su-ho explained. C Ah, I see. By the way, did you really get assigned to the Gate Division? Oh, I meant to tell you. Yes, Ive been reassigned to the Gate Division. Division Chief Pi Seong-yeol himself confirmed it. C It seems things turned out exactly as you wanted. Congratulations. Thank you. The official announcement should come out tomorrow, stating there was no favoritism or royal treatment involved. It was amusing. Strictly speaking, Su-ho should have been assigned to the Special Division based on merit. Yet, in response to a bit of public uproar, the Association had sent its youngest-ever perfect scorer to the Gate Division instead. But thanks to their lack of backbone, I can now do as I please. Jo Jin-hwi chuckled. C So, how about a quick photo session on your way to work tomorrow? Do I look like an idol promoting a new album? Why would I need a photo session? C Consider it fan service. Its also a good way to show theres no controversy. Lots of people in your fan cafe? are requesting pictures of you. Alright. Youve always helped me out, so Ill meet you at the entrance during my morning shift. C Haha, thank you! Oh, by the way, since your probation period has ended, shouldnt we have a small celebration? I bet they didnt even give you a commendation, despite you being the youngest perfect scorer. As expected of Jo Jin-hwi. He had a knack for picking up on such things. Su-ho laughed. How about a casual drink at my place later? C Sounds great! See you later then! With that, the call ended, and Su-ho, chuckling to himself, headed toward the parking lot at Seoul Station where his car was waiting. Chapter 125 The next day. As promised, Su-ho arrived at the main gate of the Great Korea Hunter Association (GKA) right on time. Theres An Su-ho! Its the Sword Saint! Get the cameras! Cameras! Cameras were everywhere. Of course, it made sense. Everyone knew this was Su-hos first day reporting to work as a full-fledged civil servant, no longer a probationary employee. An Su-ho! Over here, please! Sword Saint! Look this way for the camera! Hunter An! An Su-ho! Reporters, YouTubers, and fans all called out to him in their own ways. Su-ho walked toward the gate, neither too fast nor too slow. At one point, he glanced toward a particular direction and made a V-sign with his fingers. That direction was where Jo Jin-hwis camera was positioned. A good service gesture. The previous night, Jo Jin-hwi had shared drinks with Su-ho and his housemates at Su-hos safe house. By the end of the night, Jo had successfully secured a promise for this very momenta photo-worthy gesture. Better upload this to the Sword Saint Shrine quickly. Snapping away with his camera, Jo Jin-hwi captured more than enough shots to satisfy himself and quietly left. There was no need for an interview. They had already agreed that once Su-ho received his official employee ID, he would send Jo a photo for use. Su-ho, true to his word, continued walking past the reporters and entered the main gate. As soon as he stepped inside Ah, so busy, even early in the morning. The person welcoming him at the entrance was none other than Jeong Cheol-min. As always, Jeong had arrived early, and upon seeing the crowd of reporters, he had decided to wait inside for Su-ho. Seeing Jeong, Su-ho smiled and said, Hello, youre early today. Im always early. But whats this? Youre on time today? Youre usually early. I drank a bit too much last night, so I took it easy this morning. Drank too much? Forget the drinkingdo you even get hangovers? Of course, I do. Im human too. Hmm...? As if. Jeong Cheol-min knew better. Su-ho wasnt your average Awakened; he had already reached a level far beyond normal humanity. Moreover, with Recovery, Su-ho could easily rid himself of any hangover symptoms. For Su-ho, hangovers didnt exist, and they never would. Even so, Jeong tilted his head in mild disbelief and said, Anyway, congratulations on your first official day. Heres a little something for you. Whats this...? Jeong handed him an official employee ID, complete with the GKAs insignia. Su-ho took the ID and smiled. Finally got it. Happy about it? Of course. Lets get going. Alright, lets go. There are a lot of people I need to introduce you to. Before that... Click! Su-ho took a picture of his new ID, making sure the text Gate Division was clearly visible. Seeing this, Jeong asked, Who are you going to show that to? Just a keepsake photo. Boring. The two of them headed toward the Gate Division. Their first stop was the office of the Gate Division Chief. Sitting inside was Chief Go Seong-rok, who greeted Su-ho with his signature bright smile. Welcome, Hunter Anno, I should say Deputy Team Leader An now, right? Go Seong-rok, as usual, exuded an irritatingly immaculate appearance. Su-ho, dont tell me... Haha. Su-ho merely laughed, offering no detailed explanation. Jeong, quick on the uptake, clicked his tongue in disbelief. Man, the more I see, the more I think you really live life... not just comfortably, but easily. Isnt it better to make things easier when you can? But youre not against it, are you? Nope, not at all. Honestly, Ive never been a fan of the rice cake tradition either. Who even benefits from it? As expected. Su-ho had a feeling Jeong would say that, and he couldnt help but feel pleased. Compared to his previous life, their current relationship was still shallow, but Jeong Cheol-min remained the same person at his core. Jeong laughed and said, Alright then, lets head to our office. Got it. Jeong led Su-ho to a corner of the Gate Management Department where his team was stationed. Special Management Team 2. That was the official name of the team Jeong Cheol-min headed. Starting with the Special Management Team, huh. The Gate Management Department was divided into three teams: Transaction Team: Handled the trading of gates with private entities.General Management Team: Oversaw public gates and those classified as safe.Special Management Team: Dealt exclusively with gates deemed potentially dangerous. Jeong was the leader of the second unit within the Special Management Team. As Jeong glanced around the empty office, he remarked, Oh, right. Everyones out on assignments today. This was common. With only two units in the Special Management Team, the team members were rarely around. At that moment, a new voice called out. Hey, Team Leader Jeong. Is that the new guy? Turning toward the voice, Su-ho saw a man addressing Jeong as if they were old acquaintances. It was Oh Bong-ju, the team leader of Special Management Team 1. Jeong greeted him. Ah, yes. This is An Su-ho, whos just been assigned as the deputy team leader for our team. Su-ho, this is Team Leader Oh Bong-ju of Special Management Team 1. Im An Su-ho. Pleased to meet you. Haha, nice to meet you. Ho-rook. Oh Bong-ju chuckled as he sipped his coffee. Su-ho knew exactly who he was. So its Oh Bong-ju, huh. At this point in time, hes still the leader of Team 1. Oh Bong-ju was not only Jeongs colleague but also his senior from high school, which explained his casual tone. And he was far from a good senior. Favoring strict hierarchies, Oh Bong-ju placed significant emphasis on seniority. Since he was not only Jeongs high school senior but also from an earlier recruitment batch, he often dumped the tasks he didnt want to handle onto Jeong. Jeong went through a lot because of him. While Su-ho had heard about this from Jeong in his past life, he hadnt experienced it firsthand. By the time Su-ho joined the Gate Division, Oh Bong-ju had already been promoted to department head, so their interactions had been minimal. For that reason, Su-ho had no personal grudge against him. Then, Oh Bong-ju sipped his coffee and asked, By the way, Su-ho. Yes? This is your first department, so you havent handed out your probationary rice cakes yet, have you? Ah. The infamous probationary rice cakes. Su-ho answered, No, not yet. You know you have to distribute them to the entire department, right? Ideally, cookies. Were not really into rice cakes. Oh, and the cookies from Queens Bakery nearby are pretty good. Just a tip, you know. Other departments wouldnt even bother telling you this. Consider it a little favor from us. He even added a playful wink. Ha. Sure, better this than them silently judging me for not knowing. But as someone in their second round of civil service, this isnt exactly helpful advice. Sensing the awkwardness, Jeong quickly stepped in. Haha, I already mentioned that to him. Anyway, we should get started on work, so well excuse ourselves now. Alright, go ahead. Oh, by the way, Team Leader Jeong, dont forget what I mentioned before. The deadlines coming up. Ah, yes. Ill take care of that soon and let you know. Su-ho, lets head to the meeting room. Ill walk you through everything. ...Understood. Su-ho sighed inwardly and followed Jeong out of the room. Chapter 126 Su-ho followed Jeong Cheol-min into an empty meeting room. Jeong turned on the lights and said, Lets talk here. Youre avoiding someone, arent you? Of course. If I stay out there, the other team leader will keep talking my ear off. Want some coffee? Ill make it. How are you going to make it when you dont even know where anything is? I noticed where everything was earlier. Just a moment. Su-ho headed to the pantry with practiced ease and returned shortly with two cups of hot Americano. Jeong took a sip and chuckled. Not bad. How are you good at even making coffee? Haha, its not exactly rocket science. By the way, are you going to show me my desk later? What? Haha, of course. Were you about to get upset because I didnt show it to you first? Come on, Im not that petty. So, what should I start working on? Jeong smiled at Su-hos enthusiasm. Youre eager, huh? Its my first day as a full-fledged employee. Of course, Im excited. Thats the right attitude. But about what we discussed earlierwere you serious? Jeong was referring to their previous conversation about the tasks the Special Management Team hadnt been able to handle, like tackling sealed gates. Su-ho nodded. I dont say things I dont mean. I know that... I figured youd say that. Honestly, itd be ridiculous not to use someone as skilled as you for gate missions. But you know how it is. Youre such a high-value asset that if something went wrong, people would start pointing fingers. At who? Who else? Jang Kyung-hwan and Pi Seong-yeol, obviously. That was inevitable. The Gate Division had only gotten Su-ho because public opinion had prevented his transfer to the Special Division. If they recklessly assigned him to a dangerous mission and he got seriously injured or killed, the blame would fall squarely on Jeong. Hed take the heat like no one else. It wouldnt just be criticismhed be completely blacklisted. For most people in Jeongs position, Su-hos request would be hard to grant. But this was Jeong Cheol-min. A typical office worker might be focused on self-preservation, but Jeong had recognized Su-hos potential from the moment they met. He had even imagined what it would be like to work with someone like him, solving problems that the Special Team could never tackle on their own. And now, Su-ho had proven himself to be more capable than Jeong had dared to hope. Su-ho grinned and asked, So, are you going to put me to use or not? How could I not? As much as it pains me to send my subordinates into trials and tribulations, were Awakened civil servant hunters. Its our duty to rise to the challenge. Especially youAn Su-ho, the Sword Saint. Speaking of which... Jeong stepped over to his desk and returned with a set of documents. These were records of gates that Jeong had personally organized. He handed them to Su-ho and said, You know it wont be easy to get approval for this work through normal channels, right? Yes, I imagine it would get rejected the moment it hit the department heads desk. Thats why, if you really want to tackle these tasks, we should go with your approach. My approach? Act first, report later. And maybe sprinkle in a bit of media exposure. If you openly handle a sealed gate as part of the Gate Division and get some favorable articles published, the Association President, whos so sensitive to public opinion, will have no choice but to back you. Hearing this, Su-ho nearly burst out laughing. The plan aligned perfectly with what he had envisioned. This is why I cant help but like Jeong. This was exactly how Su-ho had wanted to handle things. However, since he had a direct superior, he had wanted to follow proper procedures and get official approval to avoid disrespecting Jeong. Su-ho smiled and asked, Do you really think this will work? Why wouldnt it? Honestly, I thought the same thing. But I held back because I didnt want to act on my own. Youre something else... Alright, lets go for it. Ive even narrowed down the options to relatively safe targets. Of course, calling a sealed gate safe is a stretch, but you get the idea. Got it! Su-ho said enthusiastically. Jeong began explaining the gates he had shortlisted, and Su-ho listened intently. Not bad. There werent many sealed gates that could be considered bad choices. Due to their high difficulty, most of them came with decent rewards. Su-ho had planned to clear all the gates owned by the Association anyway, so he decided to start with one of Jeongs suggestions. Do I get to choose? Su-ho asked. Haha, you might be right. When they arrived at the sealed zone, military personnel stopped Su-hos vehicle for inspection. However, upon seeing Su-hos government-issued ID, they immediately granted him entry. Watching this, Jo furrowed his brows in amazement. Wow... This is power, isnt it? True. Official. Power. Haha, its not power; its just part of the job. Oh, forgive me, sir. Your humble servant is overwhelmed by the majesty of your government authority. After indulging in some banter, they finally arrived at the square. When Su-hos car pulled up, the site manager came out to greet him. Youre from the Great Korea Hunter Association, correct? I received the notification. Im Im Yeon-hyeon, the manager here. Im An Su-ho. I also brought a reporter with me. A reporter? At the mention of a reporter, Im Yeon-hyeons eyes sparkled with interest. It wasnt hard to figure out why. Bringing a reporter to a sealed gate was a bold move, signaling a high level of confidence in the mission. And this wasnt just anyoneit was the renowned Sword Saint, An Su-ho. Clearing his throat, Im asked cautiously, Ahem, as youre surely aware, you know what kind of gate this is, correct? Yes, Im well aware. Thats why Im here. How long do you think it will take to clear it? Well, Ill have to see once I get started, but based on my calculations, it shouldnt take too long. Understood. Hearing that it wouldnt take long, Ims smile grew even wider. Perhaps he was entertaining the thought of finally being relieved of this post. Noticing this, Jo leaned in close to Su-ho as they walked and whispered, That guys strange. Being a square manager is considered one of the cushiest jobs. Why does he look so happy about this? Who knows? While its true that the position is comfortable, it doesnt really help with career advancement. Ah? It doesnt? Only tough assignments improve your evaluation scores. Since squares are relatively safe, they dont contribute much to promotions, unless something very special happens. Ah, I see. Well, Ill be going now. Su-ho gave a polite bow and entered the square. Following the open path, he soon came across an ancient-looking portal. [You are entering the gate.] [Loading gate information.] [Swamp of the Mountain] C Entry conditions: None. C Maximum participants: 2. The Swamp of the Mountain was the sealed gate Su-ho had chosen to clear. Although it had no specific entry conditions, the maximum number of participants was limited to two. Thats what makes it tricky. As soon as Su-ho entered the gate, his surroundings began to shift. *** Upon entering the gate, Su-ho found himself enveloped in pitch-black darkness. The surroundings were shrouded in shadows. But Su-ho quickly adjusted. [Due to the effects of Original Vampire, you are unaffected by darkness.] Thanks to the Vampire Effect, his vision adapted seamlessly to the dark environment, revealing the arched ceiling above him, shaped like that of a cave. However, this was no ordinary cave. Lets test the rumors, shall we? Glancing around, Su-ho summoned his Blood Sword and stabbed it into the wall of the gates interior. Thats when it happened. C KUUOOOOOOOOHHH!!! The entire cavern began to tremble. A deafening scream reverberated through the space, tearing at the air. The sound echoed endlessly, as if the very walls of the gate were alive and reacting to his intrusion. Chapter 127 But that wasnt all. RUMBLE RUMBLE RUMBLE! As the ground trembled violently, a sound began to rise in the distancea sound like crashing waves. The sound wasnt that of ocean waves breaking on the shore. This was acidthe corrosive kind found in hydrochloric acid. Thats why this place was called the Swamp of the Mountain.@@@@ Su-ho scanned his surroundings. There was no place to run. No place to hide. No matter how fast someone might be, no one could outrun a deluge of liquid flooding in. The tide of acid surged toward Su-ho. CRASHHHHH! The wave filled the cavern completely. There was nowhere to escape. The deluge lasted several seconds before gradually receding, leaving the floor exposed once more. The surroundings fell silent. And in the wake of the acid wave, something new appeareda massive red basalt rock, towering as high as a person. It stood there like a boulder, though it hadnt been visible before. Then, the red basalt began to squirm. Much like gelatin shifting and wobbling, it started to take on the shape of a person. Its transformation continued, resembling a combat suit worn by soldiers. The transformation began at the feet, gradually covering the legs, torso, and finally moving up toward the head. But what emerged where one might expect a helmet wasnt a featureless mask. It was a human face. Su-hos face. Encased in the red suit, Su-ho revealed only his face and muttered, Phew, the smell... He wrinkled his nose in disgustnot because of the overwhelming tide of acid, but because of the stench that accompanied it. No wonder. The acid flooding the Swamp of the Mountain wasnt hydrochloric acid. It was gastric acid, the digestive fluid secreted by stomachsstomach acid. Su-ho glanced again at the spot where he had stabbed the wall earlier with his Blood Sword. The surface wasnt a typical rocky cave wall but resembled the flesh of a living creature. The "wall" had split, revealing muscular tissue oozing with blood. Nodding to himself, Su-ho remarked, Its been a while since Ive seen a gut-themed gate. A gut theme. Thats exactly what this was. The Swamp of the Mountain wasnt an ordinary cave but rather the interior of a colossal living organism. That explained the wave of stomach acid and the anguished scream that had echoed through the cavern when Su-ho stabbed the wall. For any living creature, pain in the intestines was particularly excruciating. As Su-ho surveyed the ceiling, he thought to himself, This must be inside a Mega Worm, right? The Mega Worm was a type of worm-like monster known for its characteristic ability to grow endlessly through feeding. Thats why a gate with this kind of theme had formed. When a creature becomes too massive, its interior can be perceived as a battlefield from a certain perspective, thus qualifying it as a gate. For this reason, the skill Su-ho had shown Jeong Cheol-min as justification for choosing this gate was his Blood Weapon. The stomach acid of a Mega Worm was potent enough to dissolve even the most robust equipment. Many players had met their ends here, their gear and bodies alike reduced to nothing. However, Su-hos Blood Weapon wasnt made of ordinary metal. It was a manifestation of his mana, shaped from his very blood. Thus, the stomach acid of a mere overgrown worm couldnt harm it. Well, if theres a massive stat gap, even I could be completely dissolved. Fortunately, Su-hos red-grade mana provided ample protection. Based on Su-hos knowledge, the Mega Worms level was at most around the 1-star mark, far from threatening to him. Having completed his initial survey of the area, Su-ho manipulated his Blood Weapon to extend and cover his entire face. This wasnt because he particularly enjoyed wearing a helmet but because he had no desire to endure the stench of stomach acid directly. Alright, time to move forward. With his equipment secured, Su-ho began walking deeper into the Swamp of the Mountain. *** C KUUOOOOOOHH!! CRASHHHHH!! The tide of acid surged once more. But Su-ho didnt dodge or retreat. Tanker and healer.Tanker and tanker.Tanker and mage.Mage and healer.Mage and mage.Even healer and healer. I wonder what form it will take when it evolves? Su-ho looked around as he pressed forward. Still, this Mega Worm is holding out longer than I expected. The Swamp of the Mountain was a sealed gate but not entirely unexplored. While it had no entry-level restrictions, it was eventually cleared in the distant future by two heavily armored tankers who managed to overcome its challenges. Thus, Su-ho already knew the general method for clearing this gate. The key is to push the Mega Worm to its limits until it forcibly ejects me from its body. No creature could tolerate having its internal organs repeatedly stabbed. The strategy was simple yet effective: continually provoke the Mega Worm by attacking its insides until it had no choice but to expel the player. To achieve this, Su-ho had sharpened his shoes and kept stabbing relentlessly. In the past, those tankers who cleared this gate reported that moving around and spreading out the attacks caused more irritation than targeting a single spot repeatedly. Once again, the Mega Worm roared. C KUUOOOOOOHH!! CRASHHHHH!! Another wave of stomach acid surged forward. Su-ho, accustomed to this by now, reversed his grip on his sword and drove it into the wall, anchoring himself securely. The next wave of acid engulfed him entirely. THUD!! A heavy impact. Something collided with Su-ho. He couldnt see it. The waves of acid were murky and opaque, making it impossible to see anything during the surge. Even with the Original Vampire Effect, which negated the disadvantages of darkness, Su-ho couldnt overcome this visibility issue. What was that? Was it a Parasite? It wasnt uncommon for Parasites to be swept up by the acid waves and collide with him. Judging by its size, it seemed plausible. Gripping the embedded blood sword with his left hand, Su-ho summoned another blood sword into his right hand. [ Steel Slash Activated. ] SLASH! The blade connected with a heavy, solid resistance. Su-ho was certain he had cut something. Yet no system notification appeared, meaning he hadnt defeated an enemy. The systems alerts worked regardless of visibility, so the absence of a notification was unusual. When the acid wave finally subsided, Su-ho saw it. Hmm? As the acid drained away, something remained on the ground ahead of him. A shriveled, desiccated form. It was large. Half of it had been cleanly severed, with the other half presumably carried away by the acid tide. What is this? Curiosity piqued, Su-ho halted his movement to examine it closely. Ordinarily, he would have ignored it and continued forward, but he had been exploring this place for quite some time and had never seen anything like it before. His eyes widened in recognition. This...! The object before him was shriveled and hardened, making it difficult to identify at first glance. But Su-ho knew exactly what it was. It was a Body Worm (Chechung)a creature that lived inside the Mega Worms body. A Body Worm? There are Body Worms here? But why does it look like this? Body Worms were not pests but symbiotic organisms that lived harmoniously with massive creatures like the Mega Worm. They served as internal caretakers, much like the relationship between crocodiles and plover birds. Su-ho had encountered Body Worms before. In the mid-to-late stages of the Great Cataclysm, gates featuring massive creatures with interior-themed environments often appeared. In such cases, the guardians were usually Body Worms rather than external Parasites. Surveying the shriveled Body Worm and the countless Parasites around him, Su-ho finally realized the true nature of this gate. The main objective isnt the Mega Worm itself. The true focus of this gate and its ultimate challenge lay in eradicating the Parasites that had overrun the Mega Worms body. The Swamp of the Mountains real conquest lay not in defeating the host but in purging its invaders. Chapter 128 Su-ho smirked to himself. So this was a Hidden Gate. Hidden Gates werent exclusively those concealed in obscure locations like the Blood Tower hidden within the Seoul Blood Bank. Gates with multiple, unorthodox conquest methods could also qualify as Hidden Gates. Initially, Su-ho hadnt realized this place was one. He had chosen it merely because it was close to the Daehyun Association, had been conquered in his previous life, and was manageable given his current abilities. Who would have thought this gate would turn out to be a Hidden Gate?@@@@ Even the presence of Parasites hadnt tipped him off. Parasites were relatively common in gates with internal body themes like this one. But discovering the desiccated corpse of the Body Worm had changed everything. As Su-ho ran his hand over the trembling, fleshy walls of the Mega Worms intestines, he murmured, Sorry, I didnt realize. In his previous life, the players who had cleared this gate endured countless waves of stomach acid and swarms of Parasites for hours. They were eventually swept away by a massive acid surge and expelled through the Mega Worms anus. Su-ho had assumed he would have to take the same approach. Thats why he had been heading toward the intestines rather than the esophagusfilthy as it was, he wasnt going to give up on conquering the gate just because it was disgusting. But who would have thought there was a hidden method of clearing it? I guess its time to change tactics. Su-ho reshaped the sharp spikes on his shoe soles into flat surfaces. Walking on sharp soles had been a convenient way to irritate the Mega Wormit allowed him to harm it just by walking. But that approach was no longer necessary. If his understanding of similar Parasite-based gates was correct, continuous assaults on the smaller creatures would eventually draw out the boss. He wanted to keep tormenting the intestinesevery stab caused the Mega Worm to tremble and release more Parasites. However, if he continued, he would likely get expelled through the anus before reaching the real target. And Su-ho had no intention of enduring that indignity when the hidden rewards were within reach. Gripping his blood sword tightly, Su-ho broke into a sprint. [ Mana Detection Activated. ] Regretting the time he had wasted stabbing random internal walls, Su-ho focused his mana senses and began systematically exterminating the Parasites hiding throughout the Mega Worms body. [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] Each one fell effortlessly under Su-hos blade. The Parasites were not difficult to deal withthey were nothing more than Mini Worm-level creatures with soft, fleshy bodies that made them satisfying to cut. Even in groups, their levelshovering around the low 100swere no match for Su-hos strength. An idea suddenly struck him. This might turn into a prolonged battle... Acting on his thought, Su-ho summoned Bulgasari, his loyal summon. Bulgasari. Bulbul! The small creature, about the size of a Maltese dog, responded to Su-hos call. Grow bigger, Su-ho commanded. Bulbul. Bulgasari began to grow, swelling to the size of a pony. Mounting it, Su-ho asked, Am I too heavy? Bulbul, the creature shook its head. Good, Su-ho replied. Lets run. Bulbul! With Su-ho riding atop it, Bulgasari charged forward. Su-ho shifted his weapon from the usual longsword to a whip-like flexible blade. As Parasites swarmed toward him, he swung the weapon like a flail. [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] [ You have defeated a Parasite. ] The momentum from the galloping mount made his strikes even sharper. The whip-blade, a weapon Su-ho occasionally used for variety, synergized perfectly with his mounted combat style. Level: 99Class: HealerTraits: , Strength (O): 25Stamina (O): 1Mana (R): 63Perception (R): 61Bonus Stat: 0 Gripping the blood sword in a reverse hold, he drove it toward the creatures forehead. CLANG! The strike was precise, but the blade skidded off the creatures impenetrable hide, sparks flying. What the...? Even as he thrust repeatedly at the monsters face, his attacks failed to penetrate its skin. How is this not cutting through? The awkward angle was part of the problem. This wasnt a proper battlefieldSu-ho was clinging to the nose of a rampaging monster, unable to use his full strength or body mechanics. If only I had solid footing, Id use my Steel Cutter skill... An idea suddenly struck him. Switching the blood sword to his left hand, Su-ho extended his right hand. From the shadow beneath his palm, a dark weapon materialized, coalescing into his handGuiyeong Spear. Lets see if you can handle this. The conditions were perfect. The creatures massive body filled the passage, casting thick shadows. Using the darkness enveloping the Parasites head as a foundation, Su-ho drove the Guiyeong Spear straight into its face. BOOM! [ Shadow Penetration activates. ] A notification appeared, and Su-hos grin widened. No matter how tough your hide is, its no match for shadow-based attacks. The spear pierced cleanly through the Parasites forehead, emerging on the other side. ROOOOAR!! The Mega Parasite howled in pain, thrashing violently. [ Shadow Bleed activates. ] Although the conditions werent met for Shadow Shackles, the Shadow Bleed effect began inflicting steady damage, leaving the creature in agony. Su-ho didnt let up. Gripping the Guiyeong Spear in a reverse hold, he relentlessly stabbed the Parasites face. ROOOOAR!! ROOOOAR!! The Mega Parasites howls grew louder, its speed slowing as it staggered under Su-hos onslaught. The creature writhed in pain, its body twisting violently. Even the Mega Worm itself began to roar in anguish, affected by the Parasites thrashing. Su-ho smirked as he raised the spear for another strike. Both of you are making quite a racket. CRUNCH! He drove the Guiyeong Spear deep into the Parasites forehead one last time. The monster finally stopped its charge, convulsing in place. Su-ho leapt off the creatures face, landing some distance away. Drawing his blood sword, he lowered it to his hip, adopting a ready stance. Hoo... Taking a deep breath, Su-ho steadied himself. He had taken a solid hit earlier and wasnt about to let the battle drag on any longer. In a single, explosive movement, Su-ho unleashed his strike. [ Cloud Slash activates. ] SWOOSH! A crimson arc split the air, bisecting everything in its path. The Mega Parasites head and body were cleaved cleanly in two, along with the intestinal walls of the Mega Worm. SPLATTER! Blood and viscera sprayed as the creature collapsed, utterly defeated. Thats one way to end it. Su-ho surveyed the aftermath, his blood sword still humming with residual energy. Chapter 129 A red line, cutting across the horizon, sliced Su-hos view in half. In the process, the Mega Parasite was also perfectly split in two, marking its end. [ Mega Parasite has been defeated. ] [ The Gate has been cleared. ] [ The MVP of the Gate clear is ''An Su-ho''. ] [ MVP designation grants additional experience points. ] [ MVP designation grants 1 bonus stat. ] [ Level Up! ] [ All stats have increased by 1. ] [ You have acquired 1 bonus stat. ] The system notifications flooded in. Su-hos lips curled upward as he read them. These were notifications that the previous conquerors would never have seen. Unlike those who had been forcibly removed, Su-ho had completed the hidden condition by defeating the boss monster and proudly claimed the MVP title. And that wasn''t all. [ Your level has reached 100. ] [ Congratulations on achieving a great feat! The system rewards you with 5 bonus stats. ] [ You have reached a significant milestone. ] [ Class quest is now active. ] [ Trait quest is now active. ] [ The first unlocking condition for the third power of Dragon''s Blood has been met. ] [ The first unlocking condition for Vampire''s Blood has been met. ] The system continued to chime with additional notifications. Thanks to reaching level 100, Su-ho couldnt hide his smile as he reviewed the sudden influx of alerts. "Finally, a rank 1 level," he thought. It was remarkably fast compared to his previous life. Su-ho opened his status window and began distributing his stats. [ An Su-ho ] C Lv: 100 C Class: Healer C Traits: , C Strength (O): 26 C Vitality (O): 2 C Mana (R): 70 C Sensitivity (R): 62 C Bonus Stats: 0 He invested all of his bonus stats into Mana. He closed the status window, satisfied, noticing the quest activation marks next to the class and trait categories. Su-hos gaze shifted to the now-dead Mega Parasite''s corpse. He summoned Guiyeong Spear and embedded it into the carcass. [ Guiyeong Spear reacts to the Mega Parasite''s shadow. ] [ Guiyeong Spear absorbs the Mega Parasites shadow. ] The shadow feeding was now complete. Su-ho then turned his attention to the now-split Mega Worm''s interior, which had once been a wall. "Hmm." Had the Mega Parasite been too reckless, hiding the pain of the cut? When it had been pierced by the Blood Sword earlier, it had screamed in agony. But now, no cries could be heard, not even the sounds of gastric acid waves. Su-ho moved closer to examine the cut surface. "Cleanly sliced." The cut was smooth, as if it had been done in one swift motion. Su-ho looked beyond the cross-section and saw the strange landscape that lay beyond. Beyond the cut. It wasnt the external part of the Mega Worm. What lay beyond was another set of internal organs, sprawling in every direction. And it wasnt just that.@@@@ The severed intestines began to wriggle, regenerating not long after the cut. This was why, in a gate themed around internal organs, no one could simply destroy the insides and escape. "Of course, if someone foolishly tries a power game approach, they might force their way out..." But no intelligent player would make such a reckless move. First, no one knew what lay outside this gate, and if they failed to gain recognition for clearing it, all they''d accomplish was wasting their energy and potentially destroying the entire gate. Just then, Guiyeong Spear completed its feeding. [ Guiyeong Spear is enhanced. ] [ Guiyeong Spear has completely absorbed the Mega Parasites shadow. ] After the third-level ritual was unlocked recently, the enhancement was only minor, with no major changes. However, something more valuable was left behind at the site of absorption. That was the Mega Parasite''s carcass. Su-ho recalled Guiyeong Spear and retrieved a material item from his inventory. Hmm, honestly, it looks to me like you''re more happy about finally being able to escape here, Jo Jin-hwi teased. Well, thats not entirely wrong... Director Lim hesitated. Wait, can you not write that exactly as you just said? Dont worry, itll just be an article about a soldier celebrating the successful clearing of the Sealed Gate or something like that. Well, thank goodness for that. The two of them then headed toward the gate entrance to wait for Su-ho, and after finishing the follow-up shots with Jo Jin-hwi, they were able to leave the Sealed Zone. Jo Jin-hwi casually headed for the drivers seat and spoke. Ill drive on the way back. No, Ill drive. You can interview me while were at it and save some time. Is that so? But if youre tired, we can do the interview later. Im fine, its not that tiring. Ah, I see, the pros stamina... Alright then, lets begin the interview. First off, how was the inside of the Gate? I heard that there are parasite creatures crawling around and waves of gastric acid that feel like sulfuric acid. How did you clear it this time? Su-ho smiled naturally and started to explain how he had blended the methods used by previous conquerors with his own hidden tactics, without directly mentioning that it was a hidden strategy. Since the Mountain Swamp Gate had never been cleared in the current timeline, he couldn''t just say that he used a hidden method. Of course, Su-ho, so what came out of the Mega Parasite? Jo Jin-hwi asked. From the Mega Parasite... Su-ho began to answer but suddenly stopped. He thought for a moment before speaking to Jo Jin-hwi. Journalist. Yes? How about preparing a special feature article this time? A special article? Jo Jin-hwis eyes gleamed at the word. He quickly flipped to a new page in his notebook and grabbed his pen. What kind of special article do you have in mind? A special article about the compensation for Gate-clearing civil servant hunters. Compensation for Gate-clearing... Wait, are you implying what I think youre implying? As expected, Jo Jin-hwi, the expert on player-related journalism, picked up on it immediately. Su-ho nodded and continued, As you know, in our country, civil servant hunters have almost no rights over the Gates they clear. Unless the items are forcibly acquired by the system, everything they find inside the Gate must be returned to the state. Right, and this compensation system only exists in our country, isnt that so? Why do you think that is? It seems like its a problem created by people who dont understand the industry, making laws about awakened individuals here. Exactly. And because of these outdated, unreasonable laws, the popularity of national hunters has hit rock bottom. While the role of a hunter is noble and created for the benefit of humanity, where else can you find people as dedicated as national hunters? True. All hunters deserve better treatment, but national hunters should at least receive the same respect as the military... But this country has always treated patriots like dirt. Its the same with soldiers and firefighters. Thats why I want to sketch out the blueprint for correcting this injustice. Jo Jin-hwi chuckled lightly at Su-hos words. Youre actually telling me this early this time? I cant handle everything on my own for this one. I need your help. Haha, something like this requires concrete examples and comparison data, so itll be a lot of work. But dont worry, you can count on me. Though... youre planning to make a big reveal of it later, right? Yeah, Ill combine it with other issues and drop it all at once. That way, people will actually pay attention. Understood. Ill make sure to have a solid blueprint ready by then. And what about the Mountain Swamp Gate you just cleared? Ill share the details as soon as I get the approval. Alright. Thanks to this, Ill be quite busy for a while. If you want, I can even expand the special article. I can already see a lot of details I can work with, like including interviews with national hunters who couldnt even get proper compensation and were forced to retire due to injuries. As expected, Jo Jin-hwi was thorough. Su-ho laughed and replied, Then Ill leave it in your capable hands. Of course, always happy to help. Vroom! With that, Su-ho and Jo Jin-hwi headed straight for the Great Hunter Association. Chapter 130 When they returned to the association, the entire Gate division was quiet. It was past working hours. Since there are a lot of field dispatches here, its rare for people to stay late. It was actually a good thing. If no one was around, he could get his work done quietly. Just as he was about to head to his desk, a problem arose. ...But wheres my desk? He realized that he hadnt even been told where his desk was yet. Damn. He didnt want to call Cheol-min to ask where his desk was. Just then, as he was trying to figure out what to do, the conference room door opened and a familiar face appeared. It was Jeong Cheol-min. Team Leader? Hey, youre back? You havent gone home yet? Nope, not yet. So, you finished the Gate clear and came here directly? Yeah, sort of... But, did you wait for me? Well, kind of? Surprisingly, Jeong Cheol-min really had been waiting for Su-ho. Since he thought Su-ho would probably clear the Gate today and come back to this place. Checking the time, Cheol-min said, Youre not too late. I guess its because the Gate was in Seoul. Still, didnt you just wait for me without knowing when my clearance would finish? Come on, its you. I thought youd finish quickly. Even so... Still, I wasnt just waiting for you. Ive been writing your report and catching up on some of the backlog paperwork. Ive been fairly busy. Jeong Cheol-min smiled his usual warm, friendly smile. Though he said that, Su-ho knew the real reason was because of him. Because Cheol-min was that kind of person. So, Su-ho smiled back. Thank you. I was actually struggling to figure out where my desk is. Oh, right. I sent you straight to work without telling you where your desk was because of Team Leader Im. In that sense, your desk is over there. It was by the window. One of Su-hos favorite spots. Nice. I wasnt sure, so I even set up your desk while you were gone. You can set your computer password, and... as for the handover of tasks... Cheol-min, who had been continuing his sentence, awkwardly smiled and said, If you have any questions, just ask me. Itll be easier that way. Su-ho understood why Cheol-min was acting so awkward. The problem of task handovers was one of the biggest issues in government institutions. People just delete the work theyve done or leave files all over the place... So when youre handed over the job, you end up starting from scratch. Why did this happen? It was simple.@@@@ They just didnt want to take responsibility. If any problem occurred with the assigned tasks, the previous person would just blame it on the way they had done it, saying something like, Well, thats how the previous person did it... and the place would end up even more chaotic, especially when it came to task handovers. In his previous life, Su-ho had struggled a lot with paperwork. Though he had joined as a 9th-grade field employee, he couldnt avoid handling paperwork entirely. Still, he eventually mastered it. He was a public servant after all. Su-ho smiled and said, Ill try going through the manual first and if I cant figure something out, Ill ask you. Good. Do that. But why are you here? Theres nothing for you to do here. Obviously, I came to write the Gate clearance report, right? Eh? What do you mean? I said Id write that. Jeong Cheol-min said, Why dont you take a special leave for your singularity and get moving? Didnt you know? The Grand Hunter Association offers special leave for singularities. I know. But its only for three days. Right... thats true. Jeong Cheol-mins voice became quieter. He knew that three days wasnt enough to get everything done. Although the three-day period was based on statistics from the Bureau of Statistics... Every players singularity is different. How can everything be wrapped up in three days? For large guilds, when a player reached their singularity, they typically gave them about fifteen days of leave. If more time was needed, it was extended. Of course, the Grand Hunter Association would also grant more time upon request, but... Submitting detailed documentation is a hassle. Theres always the risk of statistical traps when working with data. However, Su-ho had already set his singularity to "Sword Path" through Pi Seong-yeol, even outside of official business. The "Sword Path" was a common trait for any swordsman, something Su-ho was very familiar with from his past life. If his actual trait was "Sword Path," three days would have been enoughmaybe even just one day. The issue was that Su-ho''s trait wasnt "Sword Path." So three days might not be enough. Su-ho replied, Well, Im not sure how itll turn out, so Id prefer to allow myself a little more time for preparation. My personal trait is Sword Path, but as you know, Im a healer, right? Oh, right. That could create a variable. So, youre planning to insert the Sealed Gate in there? Yes, that way, Ill have more leeway with the preparation and clearance periods. Jeong Cheol-min paused, then smiled lightly and said, Youre really straightforward. Suddenly? Well, its just that your level is your business. You knew the singularity would happen once you cleared the Mountain Swamp Gate, right? But still, you went ahead and cleared the Gate and now youre asking for permission. Youre... Ha-ha. I may not be that straightforward, but I can see why Cheol-min would think that. However, Su-ho didnt vocalize the reason. Su-ho smiled and said, Even so, were partners. I wouldnt deceive you, my superior. I appreciate that, but if I had known, I wouldve just said it from the start. I wouldve set the plan up properly before the Mountain Swamp. Hey, its wrong to receive consideration for something that hasnt even happened yet. This isnt a club, its a workplace, right? So, I thought it would be better to first focus on actual work and then handle my singularity issue afterward. By the way, the Gate candidates you showed in the meeting earliercould I take another look at those? Oh, sure. Jeong Cheol-min brought over the materials, and Su-ho pointed to one of the Gate options. Here. The environmental characteristics make it a tough one to clear, and it will take time, right? It also had the longest player stay times in the Gate. So, lets aim for this one and use that period to take care of my personal issues while we clear it. Hm... Jeong Cheol-min stroked his chin thoughtfully. Truthfully, it didnt matter which Sealed Gate they enteredevery one of them was dangerous. Moreover, Jeong Cheol-min wasnt high enough level to even enter a Sealed Gate. So in the end, he would have to follow Su-hos lead. Alright, lets do that. Share the process and any required steps with me. Ill cooperate as much as I can. This is just between you and me, right? Yes, Id really appreciate it. Good. Then, you handle the details yourself... By the way, do you have some time tomorrow? For what? You know the Shibo-tteok, right? Ive ordered it. Just come out tomorrow and take care of it. Eh? Just come and turn the wheel. Ive already paid, so dont feel pressured. Just come, stamp your presence, and turn the wheel. I know no one likes the Shibo-tteok tradition, but if you dont do it, youll get looks from people. Well, even so... Lets consider it my welcoming gift for you. Its the only thing I can do for you as your team leader. So, once again, congratulations on your promotion. Team Leader... Jeong Cheol-min awkwardly smiled and patted Su-hos shoulder. Chapter 131 The next day, Su-ho decided to go along with Jeong Cheol-mins suggestion. Im An Su-ho, the new vice-team leader of the Special Management Team 2, Su-ho said, holding the cookies that Jeong Cheol-min had ordered for him and greeting the people in the department. Normally, he wouldnt have done this. It was a task he had tried to avoid, as he didnt have particularly fond memories of handing out Shibo-tteok before. But since Jeong Cheol-min had kindly ordered cookies for him, how could he pretend not to notice? Refusing to act humble to the end would be inappropriate as a junior. So, he accepted Jeong Cheol-mins kindness and passed out the cookies. He greeted everyone properly and made sure to leave a good impression. Peoples reactions were positive. After all, Su-ho wasnt just a regular newcomer; he was a 5th-grade special recruit and, moreover, someone with influencer-level popularity. Isnt this from Queens Bakery? Wow, you can tell? Your taste is different from others! Im going to brag that I got cookies from a Sword Saint. Especially, Team Leader Oh Bong-ju from the Special Management Team 1 was particularly pleased. Looks like Team 2 has great taste, huh? Youve learned well. Ha-ha. It wasnt that Team 2 had great tasteit was Jeong Cheol-min who had great taste. But not wanting to ruin the positive atmosphere, Su-ho responded with a smile. After handing out all the cookies and returning to his seat, Jeong Cheol-min greeted him with his usual warm smile. Did you pass out all the cookies? Yes, thanks to you, I was able to hand out the Shibo-tteok successfully. Thank you, Team Leader. Thank you? But still, I appreciate you not refusing. Well, it was a meal already prepared for me, so I had to do my part. By the way... Su-ho looked at the empty seats in the Special Management Team 2. No ones here again today? Yeah, everyone had to rush out to other sites. Always so busy... Thats our job. And its your future, too. By the way, since youve handed out all the Shibo-tteok, are you heading out now? Yes, thats the plan. After checking the time, Jeong Cheol-min said, Great, then Im heading out to another region, so lets split up here. If anything comes up, contact me. Yes, understood. Alright, take care. Jeong Cheol-min was usually out in the field. But he had come in briefly because of Su-ho. He and Su-ho had already discussed the plan the day before. Su-ho would clear the class and trait quests first, then tackle other Sealed Gates, submitting his reports all at once. This way, he could finish his singularity schedule without needing to take special leave. With that in mind, just as Su-ho was about to leave the department with Jeong Cheol-min... Su-ho, wait a moment. Someone called for him. Turning around, it was Team Leader Oh Bong-ju from Team 1. Yes, whats up? Its not much, but I just wanted to take a photo with you. A photo? Yeah, Im also a bit of a star, you know? I thought Id post a picture with the Shibo-tteok you gave me. Is that alright? Oh Bong-ju smiled broadly. He was serious. He didnt want to miss a chance like this. Su-ho was about to refuse but then decided to just take one photo. Alright. Youre so cool, Su-ho. After the photo was taken, Su-ho said, Thanks for recommending the Shibo-tteok, Team Leader. I followed your suggestion and bought Queens Bakery products, and everyones reaction has been great. Ha-ha, right? Who else would have told you that? Ill keep helping you, so just trust me. Yes, Ill be relying on your guidance moving forward. Help me! Please, someone help me!! Medic... Medic...! At the same time, cries of pain started echoing around the battlefield. The wounds were deep and severe, and some were so infected they could make anyone gag. And then, Su-ho saw recovery potions and bandages scattered around. So this is how it works. It was as if he was being asked to choose between one or the other. No other choices were offered. Of course, there might be other options, like fleeing, but Su-ho knew that, in the first singularity for healers, these two choices were all there was. I heard the system determines the direction of my power based on my choices here. It was just like when he was granted traits. The system would observe, and the player would prove their abilities and tendencies through action. Su-ho turned his head and looked around. This was the Monster Battlefield. This was the name of the place. Every healer going through their first singularity had to go through this battlefield. In other words, that damned Saintess Isabella had also been here. And Isabella... she died while treating patients with bandages until the very end. Did she prioritize the patients lives more than her own? Absolutely not. She was a planned player created in Russia. In the great upheaval where powerful players became a countrys strength, there werent many choices left for a declining nation. So, Russia and several other countries poured all their efforts into creating planned players, and Isabella was born as humanitys greatest healer through that process. Thats why there was no sincerity in her choices. Only a ruthless performance to make it look like she truly cared. Well, that was possible because she was from the KGB. To deceive the system, the outward appearance was the most important. The system judged solely based on what was visible. Thats why the majority of the players trained in Russias player cultivation project were former military personnel. Few countries forced self-hypnosis on their military the way Russia did. In that sense, Isabella was a KGB agent, and even though she was awakened as a player and thrust into the project, she demonstrated the greatest ability among the project members. Individually, the Spetsnaz might have better combat power, but the KGB, with its espionage work, excelled at acting and self-hypnosis. Thats why she could hold bandages in the Monster Battlefield until the end. Su-ho raised his head and looked around. On one side, there were monsters trying to break through the barricade, and in front of them, people were fighting with weapons to push them back. On another side, there were wounded people crying in pain, and others were wrapping bandages and using medicine to try to save them. As time passed, the bodies would pile up, and the blood would turn into rivers. But Su-ho didnt hesitate. From the moment he decided to become a healer, he had already planned for the singularity. Su-ho picked up a sword lying nearby. [ The system is observing your actions. ] As Su-ho gripped the sword, the system message appeared. The system was watching, meaning he needed to be careful with his actions. But Su-hos decision had already been made. Please... please, save me...!! It was at that moment, as Su-ho picked up the sword, that a patient, who was closest to him, grabbed his pants leg and begged for help. The patient had been severely injured, with most of his lower body torn apart by a monster. The war zone was filled with blood and screams, and the kind of wounds this man had could never be healed with just ointment or bandages. But the mans will to live was more desperate than anyone elses. Su-ho knew that. And that was why he raised the sword. With the sword in hand, Su-ho swiftly cut down the man who had begged for help right in front of him. Swoosh! The sharp cutting sound of the sword. At the same time, the mans body, which had been screaming for his life, collapsed limply to the ground.@@@@ Chapter 132 It continued like this. Su-ho continued to slice down one by one the people with irrecoverable wounds. What the hell are you doing!! What are you doing right now!! You madman!! At Su-hos sudden actions, people began to lose it. These were the people who had been holding bandages and healing ointments. They screamed at Su-ho after the people they were trying to heal died, their eyes wide with madness as they protested. However, Su-ho remained calm, his eyes flashing with killing intent as he spoke. Open your eyes and look carefully. What? If you have eyes, open them and look properly. What you should be doing right now. W-what are you talking about... Look carefully!! Su-ho pointed with his sword at the battlefield. At the tip of his sword, there were comrades, each wielding their weapons, fighting against the monsters. What you should be doing right now isnt sitting around, bandaging wounds. Whether its healing or providing aid, you can only do that after youve survived. So stop pretending to be righteous, bandaging wounds, and pick up a weapon! Fight! Fight, survive, and after that, heal your comrades and families. Su-ho spoke firmly, then shifted his gaze. He moved to another area and began taking patients away from those who were holding bandages instead of weapons. If anyone was too dazed to respond, Su-ho struck them to bring them back to their senses. As a result, people went into a frenzy. But as time passed, one by one, they began to gather themselves and picked up weapons. Y-yeah, youre right. Only if we survive can we heal, or do anything. ...Im sorry. I was reckless. It was a dramatic change.@@@@ At the same time, the atmosphere began to shift drastically. The battle, which had been slowly tipping in favor of the monsters, started to push back the creatures as the people who had been distracted by healing joined the fight. However, not everyone joined. No!! No way!! Hes my brother! My brother!! Would you do the same if it were your family? Would you do this to your family!! There were people refusing to join. These were the people who had already suffered immense psychological trauma, unable to make rational decisions. Su-ho left them alone. If he took the patients from these people, they would turn into enemies. Su-ho made a calculated decision. Sacrifice? Sure, sacrifice is good. A healers virtue is sacrifice, just like Isabella always emphasized. But whats the point of sacrifice if nothing is left in the end? Sacrifice is something that should be made when you can protect what needs protecting. Thats why Su-ho picked up the sword. It may seem ruthless, but he had to cut down the patients. The ultimate goal of a healer was to save as many people as possible. And so, he chose this path. For the best possible outcome. After finishing with the patients, Su-ho turned his sword toward the monsters and fought for a long time. He cut down monsters, cut down those who were hindering his allies, and cut down anyone he judged as an enemy. Throughout the process, there was no healing from Su-ho. Bandages and healing ointments appeared in his vision, but instead of that, he picked up a spear and swung his sword again. He saved his comrades and protected those beside him. Finally, when all the monsters on the battlefield were slain, the survivors began to cheer. We won...? We won...? We... we won!! Yeah! We won! Isabella regretted it a lot. She said that if she had known about the Crusader route earlier, she would have chosen it instead of the Cleric path. Su-ho recalled the first man to ever become a Crusader. He was a healer from the PMC mercenary group, and despite being a healer, he enjoyed fighting on the battlefield like Su-ho, eventually acquiring the Crusader route by chance. Thus, he was also known as the First Crusader. Su-ho knew a lot about him. Despite his fame abroad, Su-ho had been interested in the Crusader class itself. And that interest at the time became the foundation for where I am now. Thanks to that, Su-ho was now able to become the First Crusader himself. Su-ho invested all 15 bonus stats he had obtained into his magic stat and updated his status window. [An Su-ho] C Lv: 100 C Class: Crusader C Traits: , C Strength (O): 26 C Health (O): 2 C Magic (R): 85 C Sensitivity (R): 62 C Bonus Stats: 0 With the class name changed, the triangle indicator next to it disappeared. Thanks to being the first to take the Crusader path, the bonus stats he received were substantial, and his magic stat had reached 85. Now, he had just become a 1st-tier player, but his growth was so much more remarkable than in his past life. Su-ho then proceeded to check the newly obtained skill information. [Blessing] C Grade: F Crusader-only skill While magic is being consumed, all stats increase by 10%. A simple explanation. However, the fact that it was a Crusader-exclusive skill was enough to explain its value. I guess if I had become a Cleric, I would have received stronger healing skills. But it was okay. He felt no regret for the skills he didnt obtain. After all, Su-ho had already made solid preparations for the skills that could only be obtained by taking the Cleric route. The class quest is done now... next is the trait quest, I guess? Su-ho opened his status window again and clicked the triangle next to the trait section. [Trait Quest is now activated.] [This is a one-of-a-kind trait.] [Exclusive quest activated.] [Evolving Blood] C Difficulty: S Unlock the third power of Dragons Blood. Unlock the second power of Vampire Blood. The quest window appeared in front of Su-ho. Reading through it, Su-ho narrowed his eyes. Hmmm... The quest content wasnt particularly unusual. There were occasionally trait quests like this, which set conditions to enhance skill options. But such quests were mostly utility types, often linked to crafting skills. Is it because its a unique trait? Given the current situation, Su-ho guessed that it probably was. Since everything about New Blood and Dragons Blood was new, there wasnt much additional information available. So, the difficulty was rated S. But if I remember correctly, the conditions for unlocking both Dragons Blood and Vampire Blood were listed as unknown... With that thought, he checked the information on Dragons Blood. [Dragons Blood] C Grade: S+ The bloodline of a great dragon. Those with Dragons Blood, though not born as dragons, can wield the power of dragons depending on their efforts. Lv.1 C Dragon Blood: Intimidation (S), Dragons Spirit (S). Lv.2 C Dragon Armor: Dragon Kin (S), Dragon Skin (S). Lv.3 C [ ??? ] : Locked Unlock conditions 1 Reach Level 100. 2 Defeat the true dragon. Lv.4... As Su-ho read through the Dragons Blood information, his eyes widened. Clearly, the previously hidden conditions for unlocking the third level of power had now been revealed. Could it be the same for Vampire Blood? Curious, he checked the information on Vampire Blood as well. Much to his surprise, Vampire Blood also had the same unknown condition listed. After seeing both sets of information, Su-ho smiled. Now this changes things. Su-ho raised the corner of his mouth and immediately pulled out his phone to call Choi Yoon. Chapter 133 Su-ho spoke to Choi Yun after she answered the phone. C Why? Her tone was blunt. It was understandable. At one time, Su-ho wished that she would contact him more often, but after he pushed himself too hard while going on gate raids, she had completely gotten tired of him. So, when he contacted her again within just a few days after jokingly telling him not to contact her anymore, her reaction was not surprising. However, Su-ho didnt mind at all and replied: I need you to find a gate for me. C Another gate? Is that a problem? C No, it''s not that... You know why Im reacting this way, right? This time, just one gate. C ...Really? Yes. C Hm, in that case, I can find one for you quickly. But is that really all the conditions? Yes, thats all. C Alright. Ill contact you by tonight if I can find it, or by tomorrow noon at the latest. Thank you. By the way, have any of the gates I previously asked about been found? C You mean the vampire, poison, and full moon gates? Yes. C Not yet. Ill contact you as soon as I find any of those. Please, I appreciate it. C Ill look for them along with the new request. The call ended. Su-ho nodded and put his phone away. He then activated the Library of Memories after a long time, thinking to himself: Choi Yun will take care of the gate, but the remaining issue is with the person... When he saw the newly activated characteristic quest, Su-ho immediately figured out the perfect strategy to complete it. That''s why he had asked Choi Yun for help. However, to complete the quest, not only the gate but also a suitable person was required. As Su-ho browsed through the Library of Memories for a while, his gaze stopped at one entry. This person? A smile appeared on Su-hos face. He had found someone perfectly suited for the conditions of this quest. Su-ho organized the persons details and then immediately started preparing for tracking. A car drove into a quiet, sparsely populated hillside. It was Su-ho''s car. Having completed his preparations, Su-ho drove to Gwangju, Gyeonggi-do, specifically to Gonjiam. He parked his car at the designated address after following the navigation. The address led him to Shin Daeri in Gonjiam. This area was classified as a rural town, so there wasnt much foot traffic, but there was an old landmark that had been famous for a long time. That landmark was the Gonjiam Psychiatric Hospital. Frequently used as a setting in ghost stories and horror films, the Gonjiam Psychiatric Hospital had been demolished for years, but it still attracted visitors as a kind of eerie tourist destination. However, such visits had become rare now. The reason was the appearance of a massive gate that had torn the Gonjiam area to shreds long ago. It caused a lot of casualties before it was finally cleared. Anyway, the gate had been cleared. But perhaps because of the huge number of casualties at the time, or because of the aftermath of the Gate Shock that followed, people had started leaving the area. Now, Gonjiam was almost deserted, with no one to be found. However, the person Su-ho was looking for was here. Su-ho reached a point where it seemed impossible for cars to enter anymore, so he got out of the car and began to slowly climb the hill. The Gonjiam hillside was quiet. Although birds should have been heard, the area had an eerie atmosphere, with a chill in the air even though it was still before sunset. Su-ho didnt mind this at all. After climbing the hill for a while, he finally found what he had been looking for. Su-ho smiled as he saw a massive wall in front of him. The tall wall, reminiscent of a wealthy neighborhood in Seongbuk District, was clearly man-made. Su-ho walked along the wall, searching for an entrance. But no matter how much he searched, the entrance was nowhere to be found. At this point, it was clear there was no entrance. So, Su-ho simply decided to climb over the wall. Climbing over wasnt difficult. The wall was high, but that didnt matter. With that, Su-ho increased his pace and started locating all the mana-detectable targets in the house. If it was a skeleton, he slashed it. If it was a trap, he destroyed it. By the time he searched through the first floor and down to the basement, he was almost done with the second floor of the mansion. Only one place left. There was only one room remaining. Located at the farthest corner of the second floor, this room was the most distant from the mansions entrance. Su-ho approached without hesitation and opened the door. It was a library. The room, reminiscent of a small library, was filled with books. At the farthest end, there was an intense mana aura emanating from the area. This must be the mansions master. Su-ho squinted, trying to gauge the height of the energy source. Then, without any hesitation, he swung his sword. Swoosh! The blade struck the bookshelves in the room. At that moment Kugugugu! Bang! The bookshelves, slashed at an angle, collapsed, sending a cloud of dust into the air. Su-ho used his swordwind to blow the dust away. The room was still dark. The master of the mansion remained crouched in the shadows, but for Su-ho, unaffected by the darkness, everything was visible. Su-ho spoke while keeping his distance. Gong Da-won, I can see you crouching there. I wont get any closer. Lets talk for a moment. Gong Da-won. He was the very reason Su-ho had come to Gonjiam for this characteristic quest. A level 100 necromancer player, Gong Da-won was someone Su-ho needed for unlocking the Dragon Blood feature as part of his quest. ... However, there was no reply to Su-hos question. Su-ho asked again. Gong Da-won? I I dont want to... What? II dont want to!! Suddenly, Gong Da-won screamed. At the same time: [Player Gong Da-won activates Necro Field.] Kugugugu!! Gong Da-won activated Necro Field. Necro Field was a wide-area skill that, as long as the casters mana supported it, continuously summoned undead in a set area. It was a terrifying skill. As a result: Shudder, shudder... The sounds of rattling bones. In the library, hidden skeleton soldiers began to rise, grabbing their weapons and standing at attention for their master. Su-ho sighed, placing a hand on his forehead. Hah, this is crazy... This was why necromancers were so troublesome. Thats why Su-ho decided it was time to stop playing nice. He had acted gentlemanly enough. The refusal came from their side. I gave you plenty of chances. Having made his decision, Su-ho swung his Blood Sword with force. [Cloud Slash activated.] Swoosh! With one slash, the summoned undead were instantly decimated. And... Gahh! Gong Da-won himself was struck by the Cloud Slash, falling forward, bleeding. [Necro Field is deactivated.] The Necro Field was dispelled. The situation was over. Of course, Su-ho didnt kill him. He had deliberately controlled his strength. Su-ho approached Gong Da-won, who was lying on the floor and squirming. Chapter 134 "Ugh... ughhh..." Gong Da-won, who had been cut by the sword, was curled up on the floor, groaning in pain. Su-ho watched this scene for a while. He was observing his wounds. "Stop exaggerating... you weren''t even cut that deeply." It was true. How carefully had he controlled his strength?@@@@ But Gong Da-won was gasping for air as though he was about to die, and so Su-ho used a skill on him. [Heal activated.] Woosh! As the healing light enveloped Gong Da-won, his health and wounds started to heal. Su-ho spoke as he healed him. "You weren''t even cut that deeply, so stop overreacting." "Ugh... why... why are you... doing this to me...?" "You know the reason better than anyone, Gong Da-won." "I-I dont know...! I really dont know anything...!" Despite the healing, Gong Da-won remained curled up, trembling with fear. Su-ho looked down at him with a troubled expression. His name was Gong Da-won. He was a level 100, 1-star necromancer player and would later become known as the ''Gonjiam Lord'' or the ''Gonjiam Necromancer.'' However, more fitting than those titles was the nickname ''Paranoid Necromancer.'' Su-ho recalled the information about Gong Da-won that he had seen in the Library of Memory. "He was originally a normal person, but he suffered a severe head injury in a gate and ended up like this." It was true. He had been struck in the back of the head during combat, and hearing about it didn''t do justice to how severe the injury was when Su-ho saw it in person. "Such a shame. Mental illness is something I cant cure, even with my current abilities." According to the records, Gong Da-won was suffering from a severe delusional disorder. For example, he believed that everyone in the world was trying to harm him. Because of this, his paranoia grew, and he entered Gonjiam, using his abilities to create a fortress and hide away. From a certain point of view, there wasn''t much of an issue. He was just one of many hunters who retired due to injury and, in modern society, he was no different from any mentally ill person suffering from delusions. However, the problem arose from the abilities he was using. The "Rising Series," which involves using actual corpses, is one of the banned techniques in our country. The Rising Series was a skill that allowed a necromancer to raise undead from actual corpses and turn them into skeletons and zombies. It was strictly forbidden under current laws in South Korea. Of course, using it inside a gate, where combat was allowed, was fine, as the gate was considered a wartime scenario. But outside of a gate, it was strictly prohibited. The reason was that using actual corpses violated human dignity. Gonjiam... I heard there were many uncollected bodies from the large gate that tore through this area in the past. Was it a coincidence that Gong Da-won ended up in Gonjiam? It didn''t matter. What was important was that he was using his abilities to raise bodies of unknown origin and turn them into his minions, which was the real issue. Of course, Su-ho didnt come to see Gong Da-won to accuse him of any crimes. Su-ho was here purely because of his characteristic quest. Su-ho asked: Gong Da-won, do you have a Bone Dragon among the undead youve summoned? B-Bone Dragon? Yes, a Bone Dragon. No... not something so... amazing... Then do you have any Beast-type skeletons? B-Beast-type... yes, I do. Please show me. W-Why...? If you dont, I will kill you, Gong Da-won. Ah... ah...! How about it? Are you feeling better now? Y-yes... But... how... how is this...? Its because I did something for you. But more importantly, I need to ask you for a favor. Would you listen to it? A favor...? Yes, I need to kill a Bone Dragon due to my circumstances. So, Gong Da-won, I was hoping you could create a Bone Dragon for me. ...What? Su-ho wasnt joking. He was serious. The reason for this was because one of the conditions for unlocking the third power of Dragons Blood, part of his characteristic quest, was to slay a Bone Dragon. But realistically, how could I possibly meet a Bone Dragon right now? Bone Dragon. Su-ho had seen one once in his life. But its level was in the hundreds, and the only time he saw it was in the late stages of the Great Cataclysm. Now, to hunt one of those? That was out of the question. The system doesn''t give quests that players can''t complete. Despite its appearance, the system was quite clever and fair. It only gave trials that players could realistically overcome. So, depending on how the conditions of this quest were interpreted, the difficulty could vary greatly. I also know what the systems intention is. Gong Da-won looked at Su-ho in disbelief. W-Wait, how would I create a Bone Dragon? Why can''t you? You''re a Necromancer player, Gong Da-won. But... how can I...! Even Daniel, the number one ranked Necromancer in the world, said he hasnt even seen a Bone Dragon, let alone create one! Youre a 1-star player. And if you can control a Troll Skeleton, you should be able to manage a Bone Dragon. But... how would I do that? You can use a sub-species of a dragon, not a real dragon. Wha...? Look around. At Su-hos words, Gong Da-won finally looked around the room. His eyes widened in shock. W-wait... what...? Do you recognize those? A-Are those... Drakes?! No, how... how are there so many of them?! Gong Da-wons surprise was warranted. Just as he had said, surrounding them were the corpses of Drakes Su-ho had killed. Su-ho hadnt bought them from the black market. They were in a gate, and it was one provided by Choi Yoon. Su-ho had brought Gong Da-won into his personal space and entered the Drake gate provided by Choi Yoon. Before Gong Da-won had woken up, Su-ho had prepared the best possible environment for crafting within the gate. Su-ho said: Theres nothing to be surprised about. Since youve managed Troll Skeletons, creating a Bone Dragon shouldnt be a problem. But... but those are Drakes, not Bone Dragons... Yes, thats true. But if you use your Bone Reconstruction and Species Evolution skills, you cant create an actual Bone Dragon, but you can at least make a decent imitation. Thats all I need. Can... can that really be done? Youll find out once you try it. I guarantee the results. Wh-what... Are you telling me the truth? Are you going to torment me and try to kill me like this?! Gong Da-won suddenly broke into a panic over what seemed like an impossible request. However, Su-ho wasnt fazed. He used the ring again. [Ring of Emotions activated: Responds to the subjects most intense emotion.] [Can absorb the emotion ''Black''.] [Absorbing emotions from the subject.] Suddenly, Gong Da-won calmed down as if it was all a lie. Su-ho, with the ring in his hand, asked: You can do it, right? Ill... Ill try. Good, then lets give it a try together. Su-ho gently patted Gong Da-wons shoulder, smiling kindly. Chapter 135 "I-I can''t do it..." "You can." "Why... why are you deciding that?! You''re trying to work me to death, aren''t you? Thats it, isnt it?!" [The Ring of Joy and Sorrow reacts to the targets most intense emotion.] [The absorbable emotion is Black.] [Absorbing emotion from the target.] "You can do it." "...Okay." While Gong Da-won was crafting the Bone Dragon, Su-hos role was straightforward: using the Ring of Joy and Sorrow to keep him under control. Given the current circumstances, that was the extent of what Su-ho could do. "It''s... it''s too hard." "No, you can push a bit harder." "N-no, I can''t. I feel like I''m going to die." [Heal is activated.] [Recovery is activated.] [Blessing is activated.] "Better now?" "Ughhh! What kind of person does this?! You''re really trying to kill me with overwork!" "Not at all." [The Ring of Joy and Sorrow reacts to the targets most intense emotion.] [The absorbable emotion is Black.] [Absorbing emotion from the target.] "Ughhh..." Gong Da-won was undoubtedly a skilled necromancer player. However, despite his abilities, his fragile mental state due to mental illness made him highly sensitive and in constant need of care. But if securing a Bone Dragon was the reward, Su-ho could endure any amount of caregivinghundreds of times, if necessary. Su-ho ensured Gong Da-won didnt run out of mana by continuously supplying mana potions. After exhausting a dozen drake corpses: [Player Gong Da-won has successfully crafted a Bone Drake.] Gong Da-won finally managed to complete the crafting of a Bone Drake. The Bone Drake creaked and groaned as it moved. Getting to this point had been a long journey. Su-ho, genuinely pleased, congratulated him. "See? I told you that you could do it." "Y-yeah, I guess so..." "Now that you''ve succeeded in crafting a Bone Drake, the rest should be easier, right?" "Y-yeah, easier..." "Then lets rest for a bit and start again. What would you like to eat?" "Ah, anything is fine..." "Alright, Ill get it." Su-ho handed him a bento box and some water hed brought from outside, smiling. Everything was proceeding smoothly. At this rate, it seemed feasible to craft the Bone Dragon soon enough. Since this is Daniel''s method, it should be foolproof. The method to craft a Bone Dragon from a Bone Drake was shared by Daniel Hunter, the worlds top necromancer player. Skeleton series undead can be upgraded through bone reconstruction and species evolution. For example, you can even craft a dragon from a wyvern. "Then why dont you make a Bone Dragon yourself?" "Because its fake, not the real thing. Ive never worn knockoffs, even as a kid." "Thats your reason?" "Its important. A fake is a fake. No matter how good it looks, it can never surpass the original." Using Daniels theory, Su-ho had adapted it to Gong Da-won. Failure wasnt an option, not when the method came directly from Daniel. After finishing the bento, Gong Da-won handed back the empty box and cautiously asked, "Um... How did you know I was here?" "Thats a secret." "Huh? A secret?" "Is that all you wanted to ask?" "Then... one more thing!" "What is it?" "Y-yes, sir!" The precious bones of a Mega Drake were now in their hands. At Su-ho''s urging, Gong Da-won steadily and meticulously reassembled the bones. Finally, as the last piece clicked into place: [Bone Reconstruction has been completed successfully.] [A Bone Mega Drake has been crafted.] Fwoosh! As the skill succeeded, a dazzling light radiated from the bones, and a massive Bone Mega Drake appeared before them. Its presence was commanding, its majesty undeniable. With a smile, Su-ho said, "See? I told you it was possible." "Y-yeah, I guess you were right..." "Now that weve succeeded in crafting the Bone Mega Drake, you can use Rise Bone Mega Drake, correct? Go ahead and try." "Y-yes! Right away!" Gong Da-won immediately used Rise Skeleton on the boss monsters Mega Drake bones. [Rise Bone Mega Drake is activated.] At Gong Da-wons command, the massive Bone Mega Drake began to rise. At last, the minimal requirements for crafting the Bone Dragon were in place: two Bone Mega Drakes. As he gazed at the two massive Bone Mega Drakes, Gong Da-won hesitated. "U-um... but..." "What is it?" "To create a Bone Mega Drake, we used two sets of Bone Drake remains each time, right?" "Thats correct." "But... we barely succeeded after several attempts. What if we fail this time? What will we do then?" It was a valid concern. Gong Da-won had used up nearly all the Drake bones available in the gate just to create one Mega Drake. Su-ho had anticipated this issue long before. Thats why he came prepared. "Youll use this." "W-whats this?" "A skill potion." "A s-skill potion?" "Yes, it increases success rates by up to 75%." Skill potions came in various typessome boosted skill effects, while others mitigated skill drawbacks. The one Su-ho brought increased the probability of success. The current limit of human technology is 80%. Even so, 80% potions were out of reach, as the alchemists capable of making them operated overseas. Su-ho had settled for the next best thing: a 75% success potion. It cost a fortune, but its worth it. To Su-ho, it wasnt a waste; it was an investment in the future. Handing the potion to Gong Da-won, Su-ho said, "I cant guarantee 100%, but 75% is a gamble worth taking. I brought two potionsuse one for Species Evolution and the other for Bone Reconstruction." "Y-youre really serious about this..." "Of course I am." "What if we fail?" "If we fail..." Su-ho glanced at the piles of bone dust scattered around them and said, "We start over from scratch." "W-what?!" "I mean it. So make sure it works this time." The weight of Su-hos words felt more like a threat than encouragement. Swallowing hard, Gong Da-won gulped down the potion. A notification signaled the potions activation, and Gong Da-won proceeded to use Bone Reconstruction. [Player Gong Da-won uses Bone Reconstruction.] [The Bone Mega Drake enters a restructured state.] [Player Gong Da-won uses Species Evolution.] [The Mega Drake''s bones begin to evolve.] As the Mega Drakes bones started glowing, both of them silently prayed for success. Then [The evolution of the Mega Drakes bones was successful.] [The bones have evolved into Quarter Dragon bones.] "...!!" "It worked!" At last, they had succeeded in obtaining the bones necessary to craft the Bone Dragon. The journey toward their goal had reached a critical milestone. Chapter 136 "It worked!! It really worked!!" The bones from the two Mega Drakes merged, creating a new, powerful bone. The name was Quarter Dragon. Su-ho smiled as he saw the notification. Just like Daniel said. A Quarter Dragon was a dragon with only one-fourth of dragon blood. And since the system recognized at least a Quarter Blood as part of the original dragon species, the newly evolved bones were now named Dragon instead of Drake. Su-ho spoke with determination. "Lets craft it immediately." "Yes, okay!" At Su-hos request, Gong Da-won consumed a skill potion and immediately used the next skill. And then [Bone Reconstruction successful.] [A Bone Quarter Dragon has been crafted.] The result was a success. As the skill succeeded, light erupted from the bones, and before them stood a colossal Bone Dragon, far larger than the Mega Drake. "I-I made a Bone Dragon...!" Though it was only a Quarter Dragon, Gong Da-won had succeeded in creating a Bone Dragon. As a result, Gong Da-won received bonus stats for his achievement, and Su-ho finally came face to face with the Bone Dragon he had been hoping for. But then, something unexpected happened. "Ugh!" Gong Da-wons expression turned urgent, like a staff member who had just discovered a massive accident. And then, soon after "R-run! Get out of here!" "Is it out of control?" "Y-yes?" "I thought it might be." "W-what do you mean?!" "Take a rest for now." Su-ho immediately struck him at the back of his neck with a swift blow, knocking him unconscious. Then, he placed him inside the space house. As the system notification appeared before Su-hos eyes, he knew what had happened. [The Bone Quarter Dragon has escaped Gong Da-wons control.] It was exactly as it appeared. The Bone Quarter Dragon had broken free from Gong Da-wons control and had started rampaging on its own. The proof was the nameplate that appeared above the Bone Quarter Dragons headone that had never been seen before. C Bone Quarter Dragon Lv.151 A staggering level of 151! But that level was limited to the artificially created Bone Quarter Dragonit could only reach this level due to the circumstances. If it were the real thing, it would be at least 200. The Bone Quarter Dragon had completely lost control and began to rampage. C Krrrraaaah!! Crash!! The Bone Quarter Dragon, now rampaging, swung its enormous tail and attacked Su-ho. That creature... For a skeleton with no vocal cords, it certainly knew how to scream. However, there was a bit of good luck. [The Bone Quarter Dragon uses Dragon Piercer.] [Dragon Blood activates.] [The Piercer does not affect Su-ho due to Dragon Blood immunity.] Even though the Bone Quarter Dragon was at level 150, its species was still a dragon, and Su-ho, with his Dragon Blood, was immune to the Piercer attack. Su-ho immediately summoned his Blood Sword and began charging forward. Then, he activated a skill. [Blessing activates.] A buff skill that Su-ho had finally obtained at level 100, Blessing increased all stats by 10% as long as mana permitted when activated. And then [Holy Enchant activates.] Su-ho used the upgraded Holy Enchant from his Sacred Power, causing the red Blood Sword to glow a pure white. After casting Heal on his ear, Su-ho closed the distance and stayed right on the Bone Quarter Dragons tail. C Krrrhaa!! [Cloud Cutter activates.] Ka-kang! It was time for hit-and-run tactics. Having already severed the tail and destabilized its balance, Su-ho knew that now was the time to target the spinethe core of the creatures center of gravity. This was the optimal strategy against large skeleton monsters, something Su-ho had learned well. [Steel Slash activates.] Crunch!! The Blood Sword, glowing white, deeply embedded itself into the Bone Quarter Dragons spine. Su-hos eyes lit up with excitement. Its over! Su-ho raised his sword once more, gripping it in reverse, and with all his might, plunged it into the Bone Quarter Dragons spine. Crunch! The moment the destructive noise echoed, the Bone Quarter Dragons spine shattered like a domino effect. The cracks spread throughout its body. Crack! Crack! Crack! Crack! The shattered bone fragments scattered in all directions. With the accumulated damage, the Bone Quarter Dragons spine could no longer support its massive weight, and a chain reaction of destruction started, causing its entire body to collapse. Phew. Su-ho stepped back and watched as the creature crumbled. C Krrrraah!! The Bone Quarter Dragon collapsed. Even as it fell, the dragons roar, filled with frustration, continued, but it finally stopped when its head hit the ground. Did we take it down? A spell capable of reviving even the dead was useless here. But the Bone Quarter Dragon was truly defeated. The once-terrifying blue glow in its eyes had now faded, like a candle that had been extinguished. At that moment, a brief notification appeared before Su-hos eyes: [You have defeated the Bone Quarter Dragon.] [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] Su-ho smiled with a sense of accomplishment. Guess I wasnt selected as MVP after all. It didnt matter. He had already received the MVP bonus from defeating the Mega Drake. Su-ho immediately invested his bonus stat points into mana. Fwoosh! Suddenly, the bones of the Bone Quarter Dragon began to glow. The light scattered in all directions, then began to absorb into Su-hos body. Simultaneously, a system notification appeared. [You have defeated the Bone Dragon.] [The third power of Dragon Blood has been unlocked.] [Conditions for unlocking the third power of Dragon Blood have been fulfilled.] [1 Reached level 100.] [2 Defeated the Bone Dragon.] [Absorbing Dragon Bones.] [The third power of Dragon Blood has been unlocked.] [Dragon Grow has been unlocked.] [You have acquired Dragon Bone (S) from Dragon Grow.] [You have acquired Dragon Body (S) from Dragon Grow.] [You have acquired Dragon Sense (S) from Dragon Grow.] A flood of notifications appeared. They informed Su-ho that by fulfilling the conditions for defeating the Bone Dragon, the third power of Dragon Blood had been unlocked. Dragon Grow... Su-ho immediately checked the details of the newly unlocked powers. [Dragon Bone] Grade: SDescription: A choice and inherent power only available to those born with dragon blood.Effect: Replaces the bones of the body with dragon bones.While Dragon Bone is active, the strength and regeneration of the bones are proportional to the users mana, with the lowest baseline being the weakest dragon bones. [Dragon Body] Grade: SDescription: A choice and inherent power only available to those born with dragon blood.Effect: Replaces the flesh, muscles, and all bodily functions with that of a dragon.While Dragon Body is active, the strength and regeneration of the body are proportional to the users mana, with the lowest baseline being the weakest dragons physical attributes. [Dragon Sense] Grade: SDescription: A choice and inherent power only available to those born with dragon blood.Effect: Awakens a special sixth sense that only dragons possess. Su-ho smiled after reviewing the information. Nice. This wasnt just good; it was amazing. These were options that no player in either his past or present life had ever gotten, not even the greatest players. These were powers he had never seen before. Then how much stronger would the Newbloods be if they had these as their conditions? Su-ho grinned, finally leaving the gate. Chapter 137 Ugh... As his hazy consciousness returned, Gong Da-won slowly came to his senses. Where is this? A strange ceiling. Bright surroundings. It didnt take long for Gong Da-won to figure out where he was. This is... Oh, youre awake? A voice greeted him as soon as Gong Da-won regained his consciousness. The person wore a blue shirt and blue pants with the words "Somang Medical Center" embroidered on the chest. Upon seeing this, Gong Da-wons pupils dilated in an instant. A h-hospital? Yes, this is the Mind Healing Center at Somang Medical Center. How are you feeling? M-Mind Healing Center? Does that mean... a mental hospital? Well, yes, people call it that. W-why am I here? Well, youve been showing symptoms of severe delusional disorder and anxiety. T-Thats ridiculous! Why would I be labeled as mentally ill? Youre doing this on purpose, arent you?! Sir, please calm down! Die! Enraged, Gong Da-won extended his hand. In his mind, he imagined activating an attack skill that would instantly subdue any perceived threat. But... ...Huh? Nothing emerged from his outstretched hand. Even as he tried multiple times, the result was the same. Thats impossible... At that moment, Gong Da-won noticed something on his wrist. The nurse spoke up. Since youre a Level 100+ player, youve been equipped with a special suppression device to prevent unforeseen incidents. While the device is active, you wont be able to use mana or skills. So please cooperate calmly and focus on your treatment. W-What?! W-Who gave you the right? I didnt consent to this! Who authorized this?! Its been approved by the government. Please cooperate with the treatment process. Noooo!! Gong Da-won began to thrash wildly. However, no matter how much Gong Da-won struggled, nothing changed. This was the high-risk ward within the Mind Healing Center at Somang Medical Center, specifically designed to handle dangerous patients. Gong Da-won wouldnt be able to leave this place until his delusional disorder and anxiety were fully treated. Through a video call, Su-ho observed Gong Da-won and spoke to the head nurse. Please take good care of him. Dont worry, well make sure hes well cared for. The head nurse responded with a cheerful smile. Why was Su-ho asking for special care for Gong Da-won? The answer was simple: Su-ho was the one who had arranged for Gong Da-won to be placed in Somang Medical Center. There was no other choice. Gong Da-won was a 1-star player who couldnt be properly cared for in a regular hospital. Despite his troubled circumstances, he was a mentally unstable individual who had used a deceased persons body without the familys consent and could potentially harm civilians. Thus, instead of Cheongok Prison, he was admitted to Somang Medical Center, which was affiliated with the Grand Hunter Association. As Su-ho ended the video call, he reflected: I feel bad for Gong Da-won, but I couldnt just leave him there alone. Gong Da-won was a mentally unstable patient. He absolutely required stable treatment, and while it might take time, Su-ho resolved to eventually acquire a mental healing skill that could cure even the mind. For now, this was the best option for both Su-ho and Gong Da-won. Just as Su-ho was about to call someone else, his phone vibrated. [Oh Bong-jus post has received a comment.] [Oh Bong-jus post has received a comment.] The backlash intensified. Oh, this idiot went crying to the Sword Saint, huh? This is borderline power harassment. Even Su-ho, who rarely posts, felt compelled to clarify. Thats saying something. Sword Saint or not, hes just another office worker. Poor guy. LOL, instead of keeping quiet, you just made things worse. Justice is coming for you. C I used to work under that bastard Oh Bong-ju. What an insufferable guy. Do you know what he did back then... C Oh Bong-ju? I was his classmate. That guy was a piece of work even back in the day... And not in a good way. But there was no need for Su-ho to pay further attention to this. He proceeded to make the call he had intended earlier. The call was answered by Vice President Park Gyu-min. C Ah, Hunter An. Su-ho asked, Vice President, is the task I mentioned underway? C Yes, Ive already dispatched the relic excavation team and specialists to the site. Good. It might take some time, but please handle it thoroughly. This will work in your favor in the long run. C I understand. Ive already given clear instructions to ensure everything is done meticulously. But... youll make sure the article is published, right? Yes, Ive already spoken to the reporter. But even if I hadnt, wouldnt you have arranged it yourself anyway? C Well... ahem, theres a difference between me doing it and you handling it. A difference in appearance, perhaps. Anyway, please keep me updated periodically. Ill contact you again soon. C Alright, leave it to me. While placing Gong Da-won in the mental hospital, Su-ho had set another task into motion. It was none other than locating and returning the remains of unidentified individuals buried in the Gonjiam area to their bereaved families. If Su-ho hadnt known about it, it might have been excusable. But now that Gong Da-won had brought it to his attention, he couldnt ignore it. In fact, this was a task the Grand Hunter Association should have taken up from the start. This is the best I can do for now. He believed it was enough. After all, no one person could handle all the worlds problems alone. To make things more efficient, Su-ho had enlisted Park Gyu-mins help. Since this issue involved human remains, the Awakened Division had to be mobilizedand that division was under Park Gyu-mins jurisdiction. Having finished his business, Su-ho was about to hang up when he called out again. Oh, Vice President. C Yes, what is it? You know Team Leader Oh Bong-ju from the Special Management Unit 1 of the Gate Bureau? Hes been getting quite a bit of flak on social media because of his connection to me, and its becoming a nuisance. C Team Leader Oh? Yes. Just a moment ago, he asked me to write something on Stargram to help clear his name, and honestly, its starting to get annoying. Could you handle it on your end? Also, Ive noticed that he keeps offloading his work onto our team, and Im not pleased about that either. The mention of shirking duties wasnt baseless. Su-ho had overheard Oh Bong-ju passing tasks onto Jeong Cheol-min in passing. He decided to bring it up because he didnt like it. What he disliked, he made clear. Hearing Su-hos words, Park Gyu-min started to get riled up. C Hes been doing that?! Ill summon him right away and deal with this properly. How dare that bastard...! Thank you. Ill leave it in your hands. Satisfied, Su-ho ended the call with a relieved expression. At least that should keep him from bothering me anymore. Now, there was only one more issue to tackle: Vampire Blood. As Su-ho thought about it and began reviewing the information on Vampire Blood, his phone buzzed again. It was a call from Jeong Cheol-min. Hello, Team Leader. C Su-ho, where are you right now? Im currently working on a specialized quest. Whats the matter? C The Detection Division just picked up on an unusual Gate. I thought it might pique your interest. An unusual Gate? C The detected mana level is... S-rank. ...! Su-hos eyes widened. Ill head there right away. C Alright, Ill send you the address. As soon as the call ended, Su-ho got into his car without hesitation. Chapter 138 Gate rankings are determined by various factors, but the most critical determinant is the mana level measured at the moment the gate appears. When a gate is measured at S-rank mana, its a state of emergency for the Gate Bureau. The higher the gate''s rank, the greater the potential shockwave it could release, leading to widespread destruction. It was understandable why Jeong Cheol-min had urgently summoned Su-ho. Without delay, Su-ho drove to the address provided. Fortunately, it wasnt far. The gate had appeared at Yeongwolru, located in Yeoju. When Su-ho arrived at the scene, the area was already cordoned off with restricted access guidelines. As he parked his car, Jeong Cheol-min, who had been notified of his arrival, came out to meet him. Youre here? I left as soon as I got your call. Where were you to get here so quickly? I was in the Gonjiam area, working on a quest there. Really? The timing worked out perfectly. So, did you finish the quest? Theres still a bit left to do for my Trait Quest. Ah... I mustve called you at a crucial time. But I hope you understandits an S-rank gate. Of course. Even though youve been considerate of my schedule, work must take priority. Su-ho glanced around. But it seems the others arent here yet? Well, since I was already in charge of this area, I called in the Exploration Team first, rather than the whole crew. Gate Bureau Teams Explained The Gate Management Team is divided into several groups: Exploration Team: The first responders, sent to survey the gate and determine its characteristics.Raid Team: If the Exploration Team deems it feasible, the Raid Team is dispatched to attempt a full clearance.Management Team: Handles overall gate monitoring and lower-priority gates. A common feature of these groups is that every member is Awakened. However, the Exploration and Management teams are fixed in composition: The Management Team is composed of low-level personnel focused on logistics and monitoring.The Exploration Team performs the riskiest tasks, staffed by the most experienced hunters. But even "experienced" is relativewithin the Special Management Team, they were mediocre at best. In other guilds, these so-called "veterans" would barely qualify as support staff. The Exploration Team had no hunters above Level 100. This fact alone spoke volumes. The reason? It was obvious: government hunters had minimal incentives. Performance bonuses were low, and all loot obtained inside gates belonged to the state. In essence, the Raid Team didnt even exist in practice. If the Exploration Team could handle it, they were sent in to deal with the gate themselves. Su-ho had no expectations for the Exploration Team. His memories from his past life confirmed there wasnt anyone notable among them. Still, Jeong Cheol-min called them inthey were the Exploration Team for the Gate Management 2nd Unit, after all. Jeong Cheol-min led Su-ho into the Detection Unit tent. The atmosphere inside was tense. The rare occurrence of S-rank mana had everyone on edge. If the gate went berserk and triggered a Gate Shock, the consequences would be catastrophic. The Detection Unit 3rd Team Leader, Son Do-won, spotted them and approached with a welcoming smile. Youre here? Jeong Cheol-min gestured. Let me introduce you. This is Son Do-won, Team Leader of Detection Unit 3. We joined the bureau at the same time. Su-ho bowed politely. Im An Su-ho. I was recently assigned as Deputy Team Leader of the Special Management 2nd Unit. Son Do-won smiled and extended his hand. Nice to meet you. Ive heard a lot about you from your evaluation at the Detection Department. But... did you come here alone? At his question, Jeong Cheol-min answered, I called the Exploration Team as well. But honestly, even if they come, it wont make much of a difference. Su-ho here is the highest-level person in our unit. Son Do-won raised an eyebrow. This guy? Whats his level? Before Jeong Cheol-min could reply, Su-ho answered, Level 100. In truth, Su-ho was Level 104, but he deliberately understated his level. Revealing his true level would invite a barrage of questions about which gates he had cleared. Hearing this, Son Do-wons lips pursed in surprise. Have you finished your Special Trait Quests? I havent even taken my Trait Leave yet. Ah... so youre at a crucial stage. Wait, dont tell me youre thinking of adding him to the Exploration Team? Oh, in that case, go ahead. We still have 12 hours. Thank you. Su-ho moved to his car and accessed his Library of Memories. He began searching for records of S-rank gates that had opened in Korea around the current year. After sifting through the library for a while, he found a likely match. The timing and location were too perfect to be a coincidence. If the gate opening at Yeongwolru right now is the same Yeongwolru Gate Im thinking of... this is amazing. There could be no duplicates. A gate never appeared in the same location twice. Realizing this, Su-ho couldnt help but smirk as he rubbed his chin. If this is the Yeongwolru Gate, I couldnt ask for better. With his decision made, he stepped out of the car and returned to the Detection Unit tent. Did your call go well? Yes, thank you. By the way, Team Leader. Hmm? I have a proposal for Team Leader Son. Could you join us for this? A proposal? Now Im curiousand a bit scared. Son! Are you busy right now? Hearing his colleague call, Son Do-won approached. Whats up? Su-ho has a proposal for you. For me? Son tilted his head in curiosity, and Su-ho began to speak. Team Leader Son, have you ever heard of Fast Opening? Fast Opening? Yes, its a method for accelerating gate openings. Its currently being used overseas. Overseas? Never heard of it. That was expected. Fast Opening would eventually become a widely used technique, but at this point, it was still a secret method employed only in select foreign operations. Su-ho explained further: This method isnt well-known yet, so it makes sense you havent heard of it. By using Fast Opening, we can significantly reduce gate charging time. You can speed up gate openings? Without waiting for them to open naturally? Yes. By injecting highly refined mana into the gate itself, the opening process can be accelerated. Theres no need to wait. That kind of method exists...? But is it safe? Safe... The truth was, it wasnt entirely safe. High-level mana-infused gates carried a small risk of triggering Gate Shock, and at this point, there was no surefire way to suppress such an event. Suppressing Gate Shock requires specialized skills or items... but neither are available yet. The necessary items hadnt been developed, and the relevant skills wouldnt be discovered for some time. While it was possible to acquire these with significant effort, it was inefficient to do so just to handle a single gate. For now, Su-ho decided to bend the truth slightly. The Yeongwolru Gate, while containing high-level mana, hadnt caused any Gate Shocks in his past timeline. If youre worried about Gate Shock, there is a way to determine if it might happen. Theres a way to predict Gate Shock? Yes. Would you like to hear it? Son Do-wons eyes sparkled with curiosity. Alright, lets hear it. Seeing his interest, Su-ho smiled and began his explanation. The way Sons expression shifted suggested he was almost convinced already. Chapter 139 Naturally, Son Do-won couldnt help but be intrigued. How could the Team Leader of the Detection Department not be interested in a method to distinguish Gate Shock and accelerate gate openings? ...So, if you inject the mana of a player with a Red stat into the S-rank gate, it speeds up the opening process? Yes, thats correct. And during this process, if the player is calm, theres no Gate Shock. If theres discomfort or pain, the chance of a Gate Shock increases? Yes, thats what Ive heard. Hmm. Of course, this was a lie. But there was no need to reveal the truth. There was no way for them to verify it right now. Just like during the previous test with the Detection Department. Son Do-won narrowed his eyes and said: Well, if you put it that way, its not completely accurate. Given that situation, it seems a bit risky to gamble with uncertainty, dont you think? From a safety standpoint, yes. But there are instances where this method has been tested overseas. Therefore, we also need to gather our own data through experimentation. After all, such data isnt easily shared, and we still lack sufficient data and technology here in Korea. Thats true... Son Do-won hesitated for a moment. But ultimately, he knew he would have to approve Su-hos proposal. As a member of the Detection Department, he understood better than anyone that Korea still lagged in data and systems compared to other countries. He finally asked: So, Su-ho, youre planning to inject the mana yourself? Yes, Ill do it if you give me permission. My mana stat is Red, and Ive been curious about this for some time. At Su-hos response, Son Do-won glanced at Jeong Cheol-min. Jeong Cheol-min furrowed his brow. Why are you looking at me? Hes your subordinate. Thats true, but... I dont actually have the final say here. If Su-ho wants to do it and its not too extreme, my job is to approve it. Well, thats a good boss. If I were incompetent, Id at least let you do whatever you wanted. Son Do-won shifted his attention back to Su-ho. You heard him, right? Go ahead. Thank you. Shall we start now? Well, do you need any preparation? No, theres nothing specific to prepare. After all, Im the one going in for the exploration, so even if I get suddenly pulled into the gate like last time, it wont matter. Wow, youre really full of confidence... Son Do-won almost wanted to say, "Hunters like him often die young," but he kept it to himself. Some things are better left unsaid. Having received permission, Su-ho finally approached the gate. Unlike the previous test, this time he confidently injected his mana into the gate in front of everyone. Everyone watched him intently. As soon as Su-ho began injecting his mana, the mana-detection machines, which had been signaling at a steady rhythm, started ringing rapidly. The people around them buzzed with excitement. Is this... really happening? The charging speed is increasing fast? Is this the Fast Opening technique? How does he know about this? I always check the overseas forums... Su-ho continued to inject his mana, undeterred by the growing chatter. Then, from a distance, Son Do-won urgently called out: Su-ho! Its almost at 100%! How does it feel? It feels great. Not a bit of pain! Really? The fact that there was no pain meant that the probability of Gate Shock was low. But despite that, everyone remained tense. Everyone except Su-ho. Su-ho wasnt nervous. He knew. The Yeongwolru Gate had never caused a Gate Shock. And finally, when the gates charge reached 100%, a burst of light erupted. A bright flash. At the same moment, a system notification appeared in front of Su-ho. [Gate has been created.] The gate was successfully opened. Su-ho clicked his tongue as he looked at the Remnant Plague that filled the riverbed beneath him. There sure are a lot of them. According to records, before the Crusaders appeared, Wonryeongnaru was one of the most difficult gates to clear. One reason for this was the sheer number of Remnant Plague. But another reason was that only five people could enter the gate at once. Perhaps that was why? As the Remnant Plague gathered together like something created from darkness, it looked like a black wave. But the difficulty of clearing Wonryeongnaru wasnt solely due to the large numbers of Remnant Plague and the restricted number of entrants. The real challenge began when they started to prepare for an attack. The first sign of this was their transformation. [The Black Remnant Spirits mimic your appearance.] [The Black Remnant Spirits mimic your appearance.] [The Black Remnant Spirits mimic your appearance.] ...... The alerts poured in. And it was as it seemed. The Remnant Plague began to perfectly replicate Su-hos appearance. Soon, black-and-white versions of Su-ho filled the area, and astonishingly, despite their appearance, they werent Undead. They were ghost-type monsters with only the Evil attribute. Su-ho, seeing the creatures mimicking him, clicked his tongue. Theyre like Doppelgangers. Su-ho had cleared a Doppelganger Gate several times before. But Remnant Plague was a different feeling altogether. It wasnt exactly pleasant. In fact, it was eerie and disturbing. Anyone would feel uncomfortable seeing countless creatures that looked just like themselves. Because of that, Su-ho decided to take care of them quickly. This wasnt about granting them salvation. They were far beyond the point of salvation, consumed entirely by resentment. No matter what Su-ho did, they couldnt reach salvation. Su-ho had already prepared for this when he learned about Wonryeongnaru. He activated one of his skills. [Blessing is activated.] The first part of his preparation was Blessing. Su-hos stats immediately increased, and he quickly used his second skill. [Holy Enchant is activated.] The second skill was Holy Enchant. Su-ho used Holy Enchant a second time. The first one was cast on his blood sword, and the second on his body. A pure white light enveloped Su-ho completely, and amidst the black-and-white Remnant Plague, only the original Su-ho shone brightly in white. Finally, his preparations were complete. Su-ho smiled as he moved forward. Come at me slowly; I wont dodge. That was the signal. C I will kill! C Kill! C Grahh! The Remnant Plague surged toward him all at once. They looked like moths diving into a fire. Su-ho didnt dodge their attacks. Instead, he raised his sword and gently blocked their strikes. And the moment his sword touched them: [Holy Enchant effect activates Exorcism.] A burst of light exploded. At the same time, the Exorcism effect embedded in Holy Enchant triggered, and the Remnant Plague, ghost-type monsters with the Evil attribute, turned to ashes and crumbled away like dust. But that wasnt all. The moment Su-hos sword touched them, and even when their swords touched him, light exploded. [Holy Enchant effect activates Protection.] Su-hos protective Exorcism version activated. So, their attacks couldnt hurt Su-ho. From that moment on, Su-ho laughed brightly and slowly moved forward. With a playful swing of his sword, he erased the Remnant Plague with every strike. Among the black Remnant Plague, there was no one who could stop him. It was the moment when the disaster of Wonryeongnaru descended upon them. Chapter 140 [The Black Remnant Spirits have been slain.] [The Black Remnant Spirits have been slain.] [The Black Remnant Spirits have been slain.] [The Black Remnant Spirits have been slain.] ...... The notifications poured in. No one could stop Su-ho in Wonryeongnaru. Of course, not all of the Remnant Plague were cleared in one go. Even if they werent all exorcised in a single blow... [Holy Enchant effect activates Exorcism.] [Holy Enchant effect activates Protection.] [The Black Remnant Spirits have been slain.] At least by the second strike, it was finished. Looks like I didnt have to do anything special here. The level difference was not insignificant. However, despite that, the overwhelming difference in ability came from Su-hos Stat Level, which far surpassed the conditions required by the gate. The gate only required a single Red stat... which means, at minimum, you need one Red stat to even compete here. But Su-ho had two Orange stats and two Red stats. In fact, both Red stats would soon turn into Orange stats. So, the Remnant Plague of Wonryeongnaru, which only required one Red stat, could never be a match for Su-ho. As Su-ho advanced through the scattered Remnant Plague, the experience gained was substantial. One reason why this place was categorized as a Hard Gate was the sheer number of Remnant Plague. [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat.] Su-ho leveled up. Then, after a while, when his level increased again, Su-ho finally saw a new system notification. [The Black Remnant Spirits merge into a single, larger Remnant.] The Remnant Plague had changed. This was no ordinary change. The Remnant Plague had fused together to form one larger Remnant. It wasnt just a couple of them combining. After seeing Su-hos overwhelming power, the Remnant Plague must have realized that they couldnt win individually, so they stopped charging at Su-ho and decided to combine their strength. [A gigantic Remnant appears.] Boom! A giant Remnant, resembling a titan, emerged. Its name was simple. C Gigantic Remnant Lv. 154 Its level exceeded 150. In terms of pure level, this was even higher than the Quarter Dragon Su-ho had defeated earlier. Su-ho looked up and saw that the giants head almost touched the ceiling of the river cavern. It seemed that was its limit. It cant go beyond that height. It made sense. No matter how chaotic things got, there were boundaries. Su-ho was careful not to hit the ceiling as he prepared to face the giant. With its massive size, the Gigantic Remnants sword came crashing toward Su-ho. But Su-ho didnt dodge. Instead, he raised his Blood Sword and took a defensive stance. He was curious. How strong would the Gigantic Remnant, formed by the fusion of the Remnant Plague, really be? Just as the giant''s sword descended toward him: Flash! The moment the giants sword met Su-hos, a brilliant white light exploded. At the same time, Su-hos sword cleaved through the giants sword like a cutter through paper. C ...! The Gigantic Remnant, realizing the power difference, quickly withdrew its sword. But it was too late. Its sword was already split down the middle, leaving it in a pitiful state. The giants eyes widened in disbelief. At the sight of this clumsy scene, Su-ho also raised the corner of his mouth and flicked his sword, as though shaking off some water from a kitchen knife. Your size has increased, but not much else has changed. If anything had changed, it was that the Gigantic Remnant was slightly sturdier than the individual Remnant Plague.@@@@ But the difference wasnt that significant. Fighting the Remnant Plague felt like popping a balloon, while fighting the Gigantic Remnant was like slicing tofu. But in the face of steel, whether its a balloon or tofu, does it really make much difference? What was certain was that, despite the higher level, this Gigantic Remnant was no match for the Quarter Dragon Su-ho had previously defeated. Its claws were nothing compared to the dragons. Su-ho drew his sword to his waist and took a stance. Then... [Cloud Cutter is activated.] Flash! The reason for Su-hos laughter? It was because the Vengeance Bottles created by the Envoy of Vengeance were the very same four betrayers who had stabbed a knife into Su-hos back in his past life. Alex Morgan of the U.S. Sacred Fortress. Endo Suzuki, the witch from Japan. Hex Hood, the British archer. Isabella Mikhail, the saint from Russia. What was more striking was that these forms were the exact appearances of these individuals right after they had betrayed Su-ho. It made perfect sense. One of the Envoy of Vengeance''s abilities, Vengeful Creation, allowed it to bring forth the darkest memories of a target and manifest them as they were. Thats why the Envoy of Vengeance had left Su-ho untouched when scanning him. Hed only needed to wait a moment to witness something that no amount of money could buya fascinating sight. Su-ho reminisced as he gazed at the faces of old comrades... no, of those bastards. Well, well... how nice it is to see them... maybe a sight I wont see again. It was true. The figures created by the Envoy of Vengeance were based on Su-hos memories, ones that would never be seen in the current timeline. They dont even know I exist in the present. After finishing his sightseeing, Su-ho slowly raised his sword. He had seen enough. Now, it was time to truly enjoy the creations of the Envoy of Vengeance, to tear them apart and savor the experience. After Su-hos remark, the Envoy of Vengeance gave a slight nod. Then, above each of the betrayers'' heads, nameplates appeared, and their eyes flared with the same eerie light as undead beings. C Alex Morgan Lv.159 C Endo Suzuki Lv.159 C Hex Hood Lv.159 C Isabella Mikhail Lv.159 Their levels matched that of the Envoy of Vengeance itself. As soon as the flames ignited in their eyes, the four betrayers scattered in all directions without anyone saying a word. Su-ho couldnt help but chuckle at the sight. Seems like it properly referenced my memories. Back when Su-ho and the four betrayers had been on the same team, they had formed several formations to maximize their efficiency in each role. They had always moved according to those formations, adjusting them as necessary during gate expeditions. Now, even though these were mere copies, the betrayers were once again moving according to those same formations in order to hunt Su-ho. It felt strange. But Su-ho couldnt afford to remain lost in nostalgia. As Alex Morgan rushed towards him, Su-ho tightened his grip on the sword. Right, this was one of the most basic formations. The worlds best tank, you, charging first to draw aggro. Like a bull... no, more like a dump truck that exuded the force of a bulldozer, Alex bore down on Su-ho. Without hesitation, Su-ho dashed forward to meet him. Then, just before colliding with Alex, Su-ho suddenly leaped into the air. It was as if performing a circus bullfight. Su-ho leaped beautifully into the air, spinning in a spiral, and during the motion, he summoned his Guiyeong Spear. With a final twist in mid-air, he threw the spear after taking another quick step, launching it with the force of his enhanced movement. [ Spear Throw has been activated. ] The Guiyeong Spear, now imbued with skill effects, was thrown. The spear cut through the air with a terrifying screech! It struck with a sickening sound. The target pierced by Su-hos Guiyeong Spear was none other than Hex Hood, the British archer, who had once inserted an arrow into Su-hos back during his past betrayal. Chapter 141 A clean hit. It landed perfectly. As proof, system notifications appeared in front of Su-hos eyes. [ Shadow Bind has been activated. ] [ Shadow Bleed has been activated. ] [ Shadow Piercing has been activated. ] Normally, the conditions for activating Shadow Piercing were strict, but the pitch-black floor of Gangnaru was an exception. This place was filled with more darkness than light. Moreover, Hex''s position involved assassination and long-range arrows for harassment. So when the formation activated, it automatically took cover in the darkest, most sinister spots. Su-ho, well aware of this, initially focused on Hex. But that wasnt all. Fwooosh! Boom!! A burst of pure white brilliance exploded. [ Holy Enchant activates Exorcism. ] The Vengeance Bottles, made through the Vengeful Creation, were ghost-type monsters imbued with evil attributes, much like the Vengeance Spirits. Despite their human-like appearance, they were still monsters. Hence, the Exorcism effect from Holy Enchant worked perfectly. Whoosh... Twitch... twitch... The head of Hex''s Vengeance Bottle exploded from the Holy Enchants exorcism, and it squirmed on the ground, scattering ashen smoke. Then, finally: [ Hex Hood has been defeated. ] The creature''s life had been extinguished. "One down." At that moment, Alex''s Vengeance Bottle, who had only just realized it had been played, thrust a huge shield toward Su-ho, closing the distance again. Su-ho, seeing this, immediately jumped back into the air the moment he landed. He soared higher than before, reaching the very ceiling of Gangnaru. Suspended in midair, Su-ho looked down. At the end of his gaze, he saw a foolish bull, lost and aimlessly wandering, unable to find its target. Right. Its just a replica. Although Vengeance Bottles were made from the targets deepest rage, they only replicated their outward appearance and actions, not the full essence of their original selves. A replica could never surpass the original, and this cheap Vengeance Bottle failed to recreate Alex''s true skills as a shield bearer. If it were the real Alex, he would have tried to catch my ankle the moment I left the ground. Therefore, Su-ho decided to punish this pathetic copy. Drawing his sword to his waist, he quickly unleashed a strike. [ Cloud Slash has been activated. ] Whoosh! A long beam of light dropped onto the head of the foolish bull. The bull looked up too late, and that was its last gesture. The instant it raised its head, its body was cleanly severed, as if measured by a ruler. [ Alex Morgan has been defeated. ] Su-ho casually dismissed the notification before landing on the ground again. He then turned his attention to a foolish woman, struggling to understand what to do next. It was Isabella''s Vengeance Bottle, a mimic of the saint. This replica of Isabella hesitated, confused by the sudden loss of her two companions. Tsk, tsk. Shed probably want to use healing or buffs, but shes already dead with a single strike. What can she possibly do? Swish! Su-ho swung his sword, decapitating the replica. [ Isabella Mikhail has been defeated. ] Now only one replica remained. Su-ho turned his head. At that moment... Whooosh!! A massive fireball raced toward Su-ho.@@@@ Boom!! Though he felt bad for the Crusaders, their Legion Tactics would make it easier for him to unlock the second power of his Vampire Blood. As the Vengeance Bottles began to charge toward him, Su-ho started to prepare his skills. [ Blessing has been activated. ] [ Holy Enchant has been activated. ] Brilliant white light enveloped him. The first Vengeance Bottle rushed at Su-ho and swung its weapon. Crash! A heavy impact. The first Vengeance Bottle wielded a hammer. Su-ho blocked the hammer strike with his Blood Sword. And with a grin, he complimented the enemy. "Well, youre definitely different from those fake betrayers." Growl! The Vengeance Bottle raised its hammer again. In that brief moment, Su-ho traced a white sword line beneath its raised arms. Whoosh! The light exploded. [ Holy Enchants exorcism effect activates. ] Cough!! The first Vengeance Bottle disintegrated into ash and exploded. No surprises here. "Next." Su-ho swung his sword at the next Vengeance Bottle. *** How much time had passed? Su-ho, who had been at the entrance of the boss room, had now moved to the very edge of it. Before him stood the Envoy of Vengeance, who had lost everything and was cornered. There were no surprises. There was nothing left in Su-hos wake. The Vengeance Bottle Legion, created by the Envoy of Vengeance with all of its power, had perfectly become Su-hos experience, granting him two levels. Su-ho pointed his sword at the powerless Envoy of Vengeance and spoke. Theres nothing left, is there? C ....... The Envoy of Vengeance remained silent. Good. This was enough. Well done. It had drained every last ounce of its strength, and in doing so, became nourishment for Su-hos levels. Thus, without further mockery, Su-ho swiftly struck. [ Steel Slash has been activated. ] [ Holy Enchants Exorcism has been activated. ] Two skills were activated. A long, white sword line was etched across the Envoy of Vengeance''s body. Boom!! Along with the engraved sword line, a massive white explosion erupted. [ The Envoy of Vengeance has been defeated. ] [ The Gate has been cleared. ] [ MVP of the Gate clearing is An Su-ho. ] [ Additional experience points awarded for MVP selection. ] [ Bonus stat +1 awarded for MVP selection. ] [ Level Up. ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ Bonus stat +1 obtained. ] The Envoy of Vengeance was defeated. At the same time, system notifications poured in, and a massive cross appeared in the place where the Envoy of Vengeance had been. A gigantic cross. It was a tombstone and a memorial cross, meant to honor the unknown deceased who had been buried beneath the river. Su-ho stared at the cross for a while before gently touching it with his hand. Then, he prayed sincerely for them. Although this place was a false battlefield created by the system, Su-ho knew that some gates were directly copied from real locations in another dimension. So, just in case, he prayed for them. It was then. [ You prayed for the unknown deceased. ] [ The Envoy of Vengeance sends you a small gift. ] [ You have learned Legion Tactics (A). ] Su-ho heard the notification and slowly lifted his head as he began to exit the gate. Chapter 142 "The gate line is collapsing." Outside the gate. Upon hearing the monitoring agent''s words, everyone waiting for Su-ho outside instantly had their eyes widen. "He cleared it?" "Seriously?" "With S-rank magic, thats practically an S-rank gate!" "Wow... Su-ho really is in a class of his own..." "Actually, Im a Su-ho fan." "You too? Me too." Until just moments before, the atmosphere outside had been mixed. While Su-ho had quickly opened the gate using his Fast Opening technique, opening the gate and clearing it were entirely different matters. Still, about half of the people were confident in Su-hos ability. He had already cleared several sealed gates, so it was only natural that people had high expectations. And now. Su-ho had once again made history, boldly proving his strength to everyone. As Su-ho walked out of the gate, Jeong Cheol-min, Son Do-won, and the exploration team members, who had arrived late and were waiting nearby, rushed to greet him. "Good job, Su-ho!" "Wow, Su-ho, you really did an amazing job!" Jeong Cheol-min and Son Do-won had bright expressions. It was no wonder. As important as detecting and stabilizing new gates was, clearing the new gate was just as crucial. And now, Su-ho had taken on the most difficult gate and successfully cleared it, so it was only natural that the gate team leaders were both grateful and proud.@@@@ Su-ho smiled and spoke. "No injuries, and no major loot from inside either." "Ah, you brat, listen to yourself. Whats that? Is that important right now? Your condition is the most important thing!" "Yeah, thats right. Who cares about that? The fact that youre not injured is a real relief. Is it because youre a healer?" "Yes, I healed the small wounds myself. The report will be submitted on time." "Haha, already talking like a civil servant now that youve got the probation badge? You attending some academy or something?" Jeong Cheol-mins words made Su-ho laugh. Then Jeong Cheol-min spoke to Son Do-won. "Now that the gates cleared, is the situation done? Well submit the report later, but should we head out first?" "Yeah, yeah, go ahead. Youve all worked hard. Ill handle the cleanup." Son Do-won waved them off and cleared the way. There was a lot to do, and most importantly, people had been waiting for Su-ho and Jeong Cheol-min for a while. The people waiting were none other than the exploration team members. Once Son Do-won left, Jeong Cheol-min finally introduced the exploration team to Su-ho. "Both sides have been busy, so Im introducing you now. Everyone, this is our new deputy team leader, An Su-ho. And this is Lee Won-an, the team leader of the exploration team." Su-ho nodded respectfully and introduced himself. "Im An Su-ho." "Im Lee Won-an." Then, Jeong Cheol-min introduced the remaining four members of the exploration team. After the introductions, Lee Won-an grinned and said. "Its an honor to finally meet the deputy team leader. Ive heard so much about you, and Ive been so eager to meet you. But who wouldve thought our first meeting would be so intense..." Lee Won-an was sincere. It was only natural. Who wouldnt be excited and curious when the Sword Saint, An Su-ho, was coming to be the team leader? Especially when he was known for not fearing any gate, and being an incredible player? Su-ho humbly smiled. "Haha, its nothing. Ive also heard a lot about you, team leader. They say you even manage both the exploration team and the raid team when needed." "Ah, well, its because Im the only one here. But..." Lee Won-an paused and looked at Jeong Cheol-min with a subtle expression. "Does that mean the deputy team leader will now manage the exploration team or the raid team?" "Thats..." But even so, he still thought it wasnt enough. He was a regressor. And this time, he planned to tackle the Five Great Calamity Gates on his own, so in that light, he still had a long way to go. Su-ho, staring at his status window, thought. Ive been so focused on growing that I didnt pay much attention to stat management... But if I want to get the Unified Bonus now, Ill have to start managing it right away. But... Could he even properly earn the Unified Bonus now, considering where he stood? Su-ho briefly pondered and then came to the conclusion that, at this rate, he would likely not be able to receive the Unified Bonus this time. Its almost impossible unless I secure a massive amount of bonus stats. It was true. Earning one additional bonus stat through the MVP bonus from clearing a gate was far from enough. To make up for the gaps in other stats for the Unified Bonus, Su-ho would need to secure a large amount of bonus stats through significant achievements or great feats. The problem was, it was becoming harder and harder to achieve such feats. Of course, it wasnt impossible. In the end, if I want efficiency, theres only one option: stat redistribution. Stat redistribution wasnt exactly a groundbreaking technique. In fact, various stat-related methods, including stat removal, were discovered in the later stages of the Great Cataclysm. Itd be foolish to throw away the stats I worked hard to acquire just for the Unified Effect... so, the only choice is redistribution. And right now, the only way to redistribute stats was by obtaining that item. He knew how. While stat redistribution itself was discovered in the later stages, the crafting recipe for that item was made public, thanks to the Minor Creator Kang Seul-gi. Su-ho entered that information into his mental schedule, then brought up the Vampire Blood details. [ Vampire Blood ] C Rank: S+ The pure bloodline of the Royal Vampires, also called the Noble Vampires of the Night. Level 1 C Royal Blood: Original Vampire (S) Level 2 C [ ??? ] : Locked. Unlock Requirements: 1 Reach Level 100. 2 Achieve S-rank in the Blood Prison skill. Level 3... Su-ho checked the details of Vampire Blood before him. The requirements to awaken the second power of Vampire Blood were: reaching level 100 and achieving S-rank in the Blood Prison skill. Achieving S-rank... Currently, his Blood Prison rank was A, so it was just one step away from reaching the required rank. But it wasnt a C or B rankit was S rank. Achieving an S rank was the highest level, and it was anything but easy. Thats why Su-ho had tackled Dragon Blood first, rather than focusing on Vampire Blood. It was much easier to defeat something than to rank up a skill. Grinding for proficiency is one way, but... How many repetitions would it take to rank up to S rank? The amount of experience required for an S rank was beyond estimation. So originally, Su-ho had planned to upgrade his skills through other means. He knew that items like the stat redistribution item could help him achieve that. But after acquiring the Legion Tactics skill from the Yeongwolru Gate, his options increased. Hmm. What should he do? After a brief moment of thought, Su-ho made up his mind. Right. Ill stick to the original plan. Im not going to make just one of those items this time; I need to establish a system for the future as well. Though hed been putting it off for later, the urgency made him decide to take care of it now. Just as he thought this, his phone suddenly rang. Weeeing! Checking the caller, Su-ho answered. "Yes, Hyun-hee." The caller was Yoon Hyun-chuls sister, Yoon Hyun-hee. Chapter 143 Su-ho, after receiving the call, headed straight to Daejeon Station. Upon arriving at the station and parking, he made his way to the designated cafe. There, Yoon Hyun-hee was already waiting. Of course, Su-ho didnt forget to use Reverse Morphology to change his appearance to the one he had shown earlier. Yoon Hyun-hee greeted him as soon as she saw him. You got here quickly? Ah, yes. I was nearby. By the way... As Su-ho sat down, he spoke. Have you truly made up your mind? Yes, and Ive decided how I want to live from now on. How did you decide? As you suggested, Ill go to Seoul. But before that, I want to meet my brother. Su-ho smiled at her decision. It was the exact decision Su-ho had hoped for. I understand. I know it must have been a tough choice, but Im grateful you made a bold one. As for the property transfer, I can handle that through a personal lawyer. The only thing left is meeting your brother... Su-ho hesitated for a moment, then asked. By the way, have you finished taking care of things here? Yes, well. There wasnt really much to take care of. The house is already on the market, and once I find a new place, Ill call a moving company to transfer my things. And your job? I told them already. Luckily, they were very understanding. Is that so? It seemed like her affairs were more thoroughly settled than Su-ho had anticipated. Su-ho thought for a moment, then nodded. Understood. In that case, Ill need to prepare to meet your brother as well, so please wait for a bit. I came here as soon as I got the call. In the meantime, would you like to finish your preparations and maybe say your goodbyes to people around here? How long will it take? Ill prepare as quickly as possible. But it wont take long. No matter what, Ill finish it by tomorrow. Understood. After Su-ho sent Yoon Hyun-hee off, he made a call to Choi Yoon. C Whats up? Im in Daejeon right now, and I need some help. C Daejeon? Why Daejeon... Never mind, I shouldnt ask. What kind of help do you need? Its about... Su-ho explained what he needed, and Choi Yoon nodded before responding. C Ill call you back in 30 minutes. Got it. The call ended. Now, all that was left was to wait. As Su-ho casually sat back, sipping his coffee, a call from Choi Yoon came through shortly after. C Ive sent a number to your phone. Call it. Ive already spoken to them, so you can handle the payment directly. Thanks. Su-ho dialed the number that had been sent to him. *** How much time had passed? In truth, Yoon Hyun-hee didnt have much to sort out. She could simply talk to the real estate agency about her house, and she had already had sufficient conversations with the owner of the cold noodle restaurant she worked at. In Daejeon, where she had come following her ex-husband, she didnt have any friends or acquaintances. Moreover, it was her first time in a long while having some free time. She couldnt even remember what she used to do on her days off. So after much deliberation, Yoon Hyun-hee decided to head back to the cold noodle restaurant. "Whats this? Why are you here?" The owner of the cold noodle restaurant, Lee Gye-bok, greeted Yoon Hyun-hee with a puzzled expression. Yoon Hyun-hee smiled and, without responding, removed her coat and put on an apron. "I had some free time." "Wait, youre coming back here just because you have free time? Why are you wearing the apron again?" "I thought Id help out. Youve been busy lately, especially after that photo on ByeolStar." The photo on ByeolStar. It referred to the photo of the restaurant''s food that Su-ho had posted from the train on his way to Seoul. For Lee Gye-bok, this was quite a strange occurrence. He had never done any advertising, and due to the location of his restaurant, no famous personalities or influencers had ever visited or shown interest. But now, someone who wasnt just anybodythe most popular Sword Saint in the countrywas coming to his place? Vroom! Su-hos car was heading toward Cheongok Prison. *** "Youve arrived." When Su-ho arrived at Cheongok Prison, Chief Guard Hwang Se-don came out to greet him. It wasnt that Su-ho came alone and the prison warden didnt come out. He had contacted them in advance and told them not to come. There was no need for the warden to come out for something that isnt formal. Although people are different, usually when a person in power acts kindly, it makes a bigger impression than usual. And in Cheongok, Su-ho held the status of a high-ranking figure from a superior organization. Thats why Su-ho had purposely told Kim Gil-yeon not to come. Kim Gil-yeon would view Su-ho favorably, and any necessary proceedings would go smoothly. As proof of that, Hwang Se-don, who came out in Kim Gil-yeons place, acted with utmost respect toward Su-ho. The inmates you mentioned are prepared in the same visitation room as last time. Understood. Then, lets meet Kim Goong-won first. With Hwang Se-dons guidance, Su-ho entered the visitation room and was able to meet Kim Goong-won. When Su-ho entered the room, Kim Goong-won immediately stood up, bowing respectfully. Big Brother, youve arrived! Huh? Su-ho was surprised by Kim Goong-wons formal demeanor. Whats this? Why has he changed so much? Su-ho chuckled and asked. Whats changed so much? Why are you acting like this all of a sudden? Its nothing. I was just short-sighted back then. Looks like you understand something. But why am I the big brother? Of course, you are the biggest big brother. Were all moving based on your words. Then what do you call Yoon Hyun-chul? I just call him big brother. But when I speak to him, Ill refer to him as the younger big brother. The older big brother and younger big brother. Su-ho chuckled again and asked. So, hows everything going these days? Ive been carrying out the tasks youve asked for, following your instructions carefully. Report. Well, as you wanted, the younger big brother has become the king of Cheongok. Already? Actually, aside from Jo Gwang-ho or Yoon Hyun-chul, Jo Gwang-ho was the most powerful in Cheongok, so it was only a matter of time once Jo Gwang-ho became what he is now. Thats true. Thats exactly why Su-ho had made sure Jo Gwang-ho was placed in that position. Su-ho asked. Hows Jo Gwang-ho doing? Hes completely a useless punching bag, the towns punching bag. Useless punching bag? Hes limping on one leg and cant even grip anything properly. But the karma from all the people hes tormented in the past... once people found out, they all started to turn on him, and thats how he became the punching bag. Make sure he doesnt kill himself. That guy needs to suffer through his life. Yes, I will make sure of it. And as for everything else... As Kim Goong-wons report continued, Su-ho couldnt help but nod in satisfaction. It was no wonder. There had been significant changes in Cheongok ever since the power dynamic among the inmates shifted. Changes that aligned perfectly with Su-hos wishes. ...So now, everyone is living cautiously. If they mess up, the younger big brother will strike immediately. The guards are really happy about it. Things have gotten a lot easier for them. Right, the public servants work hard. They shouldnt be bothered. Now, thats enough of the report... Su-ho waited for the camera in the visitation room to be turned off before continuing. I came here because I have something else I want to assign. Something else? Yeah. What is it? I was thinking of staying here in Cheongok instead of Yoon Hyun-chul for a while. ...Pardon? At Su-hos words, Kim Goong-wons eyes trembled, as if there had been an earthquake. Chapter 144 W-What do you mean, stay in his place? Its exactly what it sounds like. I have something to do here. So while I stay here pretending to be Yoon Hyun-chul, youll need to adjust accordingly and assist me. Hearing Su-hos words, Kim Goong-won furrowed his brow, still not understanding. He understood the words, but how? Seeing his confusion, Su-ho said: "Still not understanding?" A picture is worth a thousand words. Su-ho immediately began using Reverse Morphology on the spot. The face he was about to create was Yoon Hyun-chuls. As Su-hos face began to change in real time, Kim Goong-wons mouth slowly opened in astonishment. His eyes widened as Su-hos face fully shifted into Yoon Hyun-chuls. T-this is... nonsense... This is how its going to proceed. Now, do you understand? Ah, I understand! Just to be sure, lets add a little insurance. Insurance? After finishing his words, Su-ho stood up and pressed a few pressure points on Kim Goong-wons body. [Pressure Point Technique Activated.] As the skill activated, Su-ho took out a piece of gum from his pocket and handed it to Kim Goong-won. Try this. ...? Kim Goong-won hesitated but chewed the gum as instructed. However... Uh, uh? Kim Goong-wons eyes widened further. It was no surprise. The gum tasted like nothing. Ive sealed your sense of taste. Ill restore it when were about to leave. If you dont want to live your life with taste blindness, cooperate. Ah, no, do you not trust me? Would you trust yourself if you were me? Wow, youre really saying such hurtful things. You want me to show you what hurtful means? Ah, no, I didnt mean it like that, big brother! Better be good when Im smiling. By the way, not just your tongue, but Ive also sealed your lower body. Itd be best not to do anything foolish. Y-You sealed my lower body? If youre curious, check in the morning or at night. W-What, big brother!@@@@ Shut up. For the rest of the time, assist me well. If you do your job right, Ill make sure to give you enough pocket money when we leave. ...Yes. This was enough insurance. By restricting two of the three basic needs, how could Kim Goong-won betray him? Of course, if his hatred for Su-ho grew enough to take such a risk, he could still cause trouble, but Su-ho knew his capabilities. Its not like hes serving a life sentence. Hes someone who could endure for a few years, so theres no way he cant handle this short period. After warning Kim Goong-won one more time, Su-ho headed to the next visitation room. In the next room, Yoon Hyun-chul was waiting. Su-ho smiled as he greeted him. Long time no see. Yes, its been a while. You look much better than before. It wasnt wrong to say that. His face, once filled with dissatisfaction and indifference, still looked intimidating, but it now had a hint of relaxation compared to before. He casually replied. Its nothing special. Haha, if Yoon Hyun-chul says so, then it must be true. Now, let me get to the point... Su-ho took out a blindfold from his pocket and said. Could you wear this for a moment? Why the blindfold? Just wear it. I want to show you a surprise. ...? Hearing Su-hos words, Yoon Hyun-chul tilted his head, but because it was Su-hos request, he obediently wore the blindfold. Once he put it on, Su-ho stood up, helped him up, and slowly began pulling him backwards. ...What are you doing? Itll only be for a moment. After walking a few steps backward, Su-ho spoke. You can take the blindfold off now. After all, he had not planned to reveal everything about Yoon Hyun-chuls situation just yet. But he knew he couldnt let him be in the dark anymore. Su-ho had his own reasons for that. He didnt want Yoon Hyun-chul to be involved in the darkness any longer. Su-ho had made a decision long agoYoon Hyun-chul was meant to stay by his side, helping him until the world was saved from the Gates. He would be the one to take action when it mattered, and Su-ho wanted him to find true happiness. The future of the world was uncertain, and it might take a long time to fix everything, but Su-ho wanted him to be happyforever. He wasnt about to let the man live in anger and bitterness. Thats why Su-ho chose this method to help him. To solve a fundamental problem, one had to face it head-on and deal with it directly. Of course, the chances were fifty-fifty. Su-ho had prepared a backup plan just in case. A backup involving the Ring of Emotions. If Yoon Hyun-chul got angry or upset, Su-ho could use the ring to calm him down and try talking things through. Im glad I didnt use it just yet, Su-ho thought. Generally, Su-ho didnt like to use the ring at the first sign of trouble. After all, it was an item that forcibly controlled emotions. Before bringing Yoon Hyun-chul here, Su-ho had confessed everything to Yoon Hyun-hee. He showed her his true face and told her who he was and what he had asked Yoon Hyun-chul to do. There was no eternal lie in the world, so he couldnt keep pretending. She was shocked, but she nodded in understanding. "Then it was you who posted the picture of the cold noodles, wasnt it?" "Yes, it was a great place." "Goodness..." And then, she smiled. It seemed like she felt a sense of relief in knowing the truth. Thats why Su-ho was able to count on her help. After giving them both coffee, Su-ho explained everything in detail. When all the explanations were finished, Yoon Hyun-chul was silent for a moment, then nodded. "...I understand. I respect your choice and judgment, Su-ho. And thank you. Even though this was a transaction, you helped my sister." "Its nothing. Once youve chosen this path, I think its only natural to do whats needed. By the way... while were on the topic, I have one more suggestion." "A suggestion?" "Yes, a suggestion. It''s not an ordinary one, but I would like it if you could accept it." "...?" What kind of request could it be that he was being so cautious? However, without hesitation, Yoon Hyun-chul responded. "I dont know what it is, but Ill do it." "Thank you. Then, for a while, how about taking a trip with your sister?" "...What?" Yoon Hyun-chul was immediately suspicious. A trip? Im a death-row inmate! But Su-ho was sincere. "I dont think just one or two short visits will resolve everything between the two of you. So, how about a few days off, a trip? Of course, since your status is what it is, traveling abroad would be difficult, but we can go somewhere in the country." "Are you serious?" "Yes, of course. This schedule will be unofficial and the prison wont know about it. While youre away, Ill stay here in your place." "You, Su-ho?" "Yes, would you like to see?" Su-ho immediately used Reverse Morphology to take on Yoon Hyun-chuls face. Then, he began to wear an item he had prepared earlier. It was a type of bodysuit, similar to the disguise mask Choi Yoon had worn previously. The item was called Muscle Skin. As Su-ho put it on and adjusted the settings, his body swelled to match Yoon Hyun-chuls size. Outwardly, he now looked completely identical to Yoon Hyun-chul. With the added Voice Modulator device... "Ah." Once the voice modulator was in place, Su-ho was now a perfect Yoon Hyun-chul. Both of them looked at Su-ho in astonishment. "Wh-what is this..." "Whoa, thats crazy..." Su-ho smiled and said. "I have some business with the inmates at Cheongok. So, I was thinking of staying here in Yoon Hyun-chuls place for a while. This is my request. While Im staying here as him, you two can have some time together. Of course, since our identities are what they are, Ill have to make some adjustments to you." "Adjustments?" "Yes, something like this." Su-ho raised his fingers and pressed on a few of Yoon Hyun-chuls pressure points. After a while, Yoon Hyun-chul''s eyes widened in surprise. Some parts of his body became numb. Su-ho explained. "Because of the restraints on your wrists, you wont be able to use your magic or skills. So Ive made a physical restriction. Youll be fine for daily life, but you wont be able to harm anyone. Were in this together, but just in case, I had to take these precautions. Of course, Ill also change your face. At least youll be able to travel freely." Yoon Hyun-chul laughed in disbelief. But then... "Alright. Ill do it." He accepted Su-hos proposal without hesitation. Chapter 145 In truth, it wasnt a bad offer for Yoon Hyun-chul. As a death row inmate, there was no further fall for him even if Su-ho caused an incident at Cheongok Prison. "There''s no punishment worse than life imprisonment for someone already sentenced to death in a country without the death penalty," he thought. Su-ho expressed his gratitude for the swift decision. "Thank you for the clear decision." "Its nothing. When do you plan on staying?" "As soon as the meeting is over, I''ll start. But that said, I think we need to get to work right away." "You mean the face-changing procedure you mentioned earlier?" "Yes, that''s the one." When Yoon Hyun-chul nodded, Su-ho immediately began his work. The first step was a transformation of his appearance using Reverse Morphology. As the skill activated, Su-ho''s usual terrifying face shifted into a kind, approachable one. Seeing this, Yoon Hyun-hee chuckled. "This face suits you much better, oppa." "...What do you mean ''better''?" Despite his words, Yoon Hyun-chul smiled. It seemed that, after a long time, meeting his sister had loosened the heavy emotions that had been weighing on him. In addition to the face change, Su-ho also used items to make Yoon Hyun-chul appear like a completely different person, such as wrist restraints disguised as a watch. These items were all sourced through Choi Yoon. "With this, the basic preparations are complete. Now Ill take a moment to prepare, so please feel free to chat while Im gone. By the way, weve rented out the entire place, so you dont need to worry about speaking freely." After giving his instructions, Su-ho left the cafe?. I need to hurry up and get ready. Su-ho glanced around the cafe?''s surroundings. The empty surroundings of the cafe?. This place, which looked like a regular street, was surprisingly not outside the prison walls. It was, in fact, inside Su-ho''s Pocket Space House. Looking at the environment that was meticulously arranged to resemble a real street, Su-ho nodded in satisfaction. "Truly, the technicians are amazing." When Su-ho had visited Daejeon Station, he had requested help from Choi Yoonspecifically, to find people who could build structures using skills and characteristics. This way, the two of them could operate undetected in Su-ho''s Pocket Space House. Su-ho had kept the existence of his Pocket Space House a secret, even from his close acquaintances, as it was one of his trump cards. So, though it was a bit cumbersome, this plan had been set in motion. Pretending to exit the cafe?, Su-ho then re-entered through the Pocket Space House and returned to the meeting room. The meeting room was empty. Su-ho waved his hand and activated another skill.@@@@ [ Military Strategy is activated. ] The activated skill was Military Strategy. Su-ho recalled the information about the Military Strategy skill. [ Military Strategy ] Grade: AConsumes mana to summon clones that resemble the caster in both appearance and behavior.Clones have a slight sense of autonomy and possess the strength of the abilities assigned by the caster.Can exchange positions with the clones by consuming mana proportional to the distance. This was the Military Strategy skill, once wielded by the Crusaders, and now it was Su-ho''s. As Su-ho activated the skill, one of his clones, identical to him, appeared. "Not bad looking." After admiring his first clone for a moment, Su-ho began changing the clones appearance, just as he had done for Yoon Hyun-chul. The disguise was flawless. For this, he had brought plenty of disguise items. Once finished, Su-ho removed the transformation from Yoon Hyun-chul and instructed his clone on what needed to be done. Next, he called Hwang Se-don. "The meetings over. Please send the prisoners back. Ill be leaving now." "Understood. Ill escort you to the entrance." As Su-ho stood up, the guards escorted Yoon Hyun-chul back to his cell, and Su-ho left with Hwang Se-don, making his way out of Cheongok prison with ease. Once outside, Su-ho drove the car away from the prison. After reaching a spot with a scenic view of the river, Su-ho re-entered the Pocket Space House and went back to the cafe?. "Ha-ha, really?" As the skill activated, a list of possible clones to move appeared in his view. There was only one clone available. It was the person currently imprisoned at Cheongok instead of Yoon Hyun-chul. Su-ho selected the clone and used the Clone Movement skill. [ Clone Movement is activated. ] Swish! As the skill activated, Su-hos real body vanished without a trace. *** The movement occurred in the blink of an eye. When Su-ho opened his eyes after the move, he found himself in the prison''s yard, where the inmates exercised. "This must be around the time for outdoor activities," he thought. Cheongok Prison was operated differently from regular prisons. Most of the time, the prison focused on reducing inmates'' stress and reforming them, because the prisoners here were much more dangerous compared to regular inmates. "No matter how much they''ve been bound with special restraints that limit their magical power, you can''t control everything," he mused. There was no one around Su-ho. Normally, youd expect to see a group of people around the leader of a section, but here, Su-ho was alone, sitting by himself. It seemed the other inmates were extremely wary of Yoon Hyun-chul. Then, Su-ho noticed a familiar face in his line of sight. It was Kim Goong-won. Kim Goong-won was sitting at a distance, staring at Su-ho. When he saw him, Su-ho gestured for him to come over. Kim Goong-won''s eyes widened, and he quickly hurried over, whispering as he approached. "...Are you the big brother?" "Yeah, it''s me." "Whoa!" When Kim Goong-won heard "big brother," his eyes grew wide in surprise. Su-ho asked, "Why are you so shocked? I didn''t hide this from you." "Ah, no, its just... surprising, you know? But what happened? Just a little while ago, the ''little brother'' didn''t seem quite... right." "What do you mean ''didn''t seem right''?" "He was answering, but he seemed a bit out of it?" Hmm. He had heard that clones have a small degree of autonomy, but it didn''t seem too awkward. "Still, I can''t expect perfect acting," Su-ho thought. It was fortunate that Yoon Hyun-chul was the target, as he was a man of few words. Su-ho then asked, "Why are you sitting so far away instead of coming to sit next to me?" Kim Goong-won hesitated for a moment before answering honestly. "Well, I noticed something was off with your condition earlier, so I kept some distance." "...You''re good at spotting things, huh?" "Haha, well... But, big brother, may I ask why you''re here at Cheongok instead of Yoon Hyun-chul?" "I''m just here to make life difficult for the bad guys." "Eh? You''re going to make them suffer?" "Yep, that''s my goal." There was no need for Su-ho to go into the specifics of his plans with Kim Goong-won. After all, the work would proceed quietly. Perhaps thats why Kim Goong-won looked at Su-ho with a strange expression. "Alright, I understand. But... is there anything I can do to help with that?" "There is. You''re smart, right? You probably know most of the guys here in Cheongok, right?" "Yes, I know most of them." As expected, Kim Goong-won was sharp. Those who were weak had to be well-informed about these things to survive. Su-ho continued, "Then let''s have everyone come in for a one-on-one interview. They should come by their respective prison blocks, and not a single person should be left out. Also, when you bring them, make sure you find out what crimes they were charged with and how much time they have left." "Understood." Though Kim Goong-won tilted his head, unsure of the exact reason, he nodded and agreed. Since it seemed like Su-ho wasnt going to offer any more details, Kim Goong-won quickly started moving. Chapter 146 From that point on, Su-ho''s group interviews began. After Kim Goong-won informed the block leaders, he brought them to Su-ho, following the order of the room numbers. The leader of the first room, Room 1-1, Oh Yun-ho, immediately bowed his head and greeted Su-ho as soon as he stood before him. "I am Oh Yun-ho, the leader of Room 1-1. Allow me to introduce the others in order..."@@@@ The cells at Cheongok Prison usually housed a minimum of six and up to eight inmates. Following Kim Goong-wons instructions, Oh Yun-ho began introducing the names, crimes, and remaining sentences of the inmates in the room, starting with himself. When the last introduction was made, Su-ho narrowed his eyes and said, "...There are no decent people here." "Youre in for theft, right?" "Yes, that''s correct." "What did you steal?" "A car..." "A car? Whose car?" "I dont know the person..." "Why did you steal it?" "Because I wanted to drive it..." You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 147 Su-ho smiled and said, "It''s nothing. Just stand there." "Here?" "Yeah, right there." Im Chang-sik hesitated before slowly getting up. Su-ho ordered Im Chang-sik to stand at attention and then began to press on the pressure points of his body. [ Pressure Point Technique is activated. ]@@@@ As Su-ho pressed on the paralyzing pressure points, Im Chang-sik''s body stiffened as if he had become a statue. Then, focusing his mind more than ever, he swung the sword from below to above in a swift motion. Swish! A sharp cutting sound. At the same time, Pssh-shh!! A long sword mark carved into Im Chang-siks chest, and blood sprayed out. Blood splattered everywhere. On Su-ho''s face, on his clothes. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 148 Swish! Blood splattered. The blood pouring from Im Chang-siks chest sprayed in all directions, and as expected, Su-ho was drenched in it. It was Im Chang-siks blood. Im Chang-sik trembled. But he couldnt groan or shudder. Thats because his pressure points had been activated. [ Heal is activated. ]@@@@ Just then, the alarm on Su-ho''s phone went off. It was time to return. Unfortunately, he had to stop here. Su-ho dismissed the Blood Sword and released the pressure points from Im Chang-sik. "Ughh!!" Im Chang-sik collapsed to the floor, gasping for air. It couldnt be helped. While he couldnt move with the pressure points on, the pain from his chest wound had been steadily building up. Now, with all the accumulated damage, he couldnt help but convulse, his eyes rolling back in his head. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 149 Yoon Hyun-chul, its your visitation. The next day. When Yoon Hyun-chuls name was called, Su-ho quietly stood up. It was just past noon. As Su-ho got ready to leave, Kim Goong-won bowed deeply. Please be careful, big brother. It made sense. One of the visitors was none other than Su-ho himself, in the form of An Su-ho. However, his true identity was Kim Geon, who had transformed into Su-ho using a Meta Suit. The person who came with Kim Geon as his companion was the real Yoon Hyun-chul, dressed sharply in a suit. Su-ho spoke to Yoon Hyun-chul, who was standing like an attendant. Hyun-chul, you should sit down too. Weve turned off the cameras, so no one will be entering. A parasite that grows by absorbing the host''s energy.It has absorbed the host''s experience and vitality, reaching its best form.The Apothecarys Vessel Fragment, necessary for creating elixirs.The Artisans Shard, always required when making elixirs related to skills. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 150 [Congratulations! A rare treasure has been born from the lowest-grade combination!] [You have obtained Gi Seonghwan (S).] [You have achieved a great feat, and the system grants you a bonus stat of 10.] As expected. Su-ho smiled as he saw the notification. It was no surprise. After all, he had received 10 bonus stats from a simple combination.@@@@ But this had been the expected outcome. Grade: SA mysterious elixir that raises the level of experience simply by consuming it. However, the method of production is best left unknown.When consumed, it significantly boosts the experience of the desired skill. Soon after, Su-ho continued to input the remaining materials and turned all of them into Gi Seonghwan. [You have obtained Gi Seonghwan (S).] [You have obtained Gi Seonghwan (S).] [You have obtained Gi Seonghwan (S).] ... The notifications kept flooding in. And then... Grade: F-The bloodline of the giant race, also known as the Giants.It is sealed.To unlock the seal, a pure baptism of giant blood is required.Lv: 110Class: CrusaderTraits: Strength (O): 36Health (O): 12Mana (O): 1Sense (R): 75Bonus Stats: 25Hey, Su-ho. Yes, Team Leader. I just completed the singularity quest, so Im contacting you.Really? You must be tired, great job! Its nothing. By the way, remember the gate I was going to raid as a decoy instead of using singularity leave? The one I chose.Oh, that one? Why? Are you going to raid it now? Yes, Ill raid it and then return. It seems time to make preparations for the next step.Ill contact them for you right now. But are you sure its okay? You just finished the singularity quest, maybe you should rest? No, Im fine. Im in good shape. If I rest any longer, its just a waste of time. Ill handle it quickly and then return. We need to have the team dinner too.Hahaha, Ive never heard someone talk like theyre going for drinks after a sealed gate raid. Got it, Ill contact them now. But be careful, do you know what kind of place that is? Yes, I know. But dont forget, I chose it.Yeah, yeah, okay. Ill contact them now. Good luck! Thank you, Team Leader. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 151 "Youve arrived at the gate you chose?" Soon after, they reached the gate they had decided to raid. It wasnt long before a familiar car appeared, roaring towards them. It was Jo Jin-hwis yellow Ferrari.@@@@ Jo Jin-hwi got out of the car and waved his hand to greet them. Yo! An Pro-nim! he shouted. His expression was bright. But as Su-ho got closer, he noticed that despite the cheerful face, his dark circles were quite heavy. Ah, no way. In truth, he had momentarily forgotten. With the five days in prison and everything else on his mind, Su-ho had briefly lost track of what he had asked Jo Jin-hwi to do. Su-ho chuckled and asked, So, is everything ready? Yeah, just like I said last time. Ive been searching for retired government hunters who didnt receive proper compensation and Ive managed to get interviews with some who are struggling in hospitals. I got approval from the desk too. The request Su-ho had made to Jo Jin-hwi was about the gate rewards for government hunters. Currently, the government was taking all the loot obtained by government hunters in gates for themselves. Entrance Conditions: Level 100-140, at least 1 Red Stat required.Max Entry Members: 2 people. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 152 Kang! Kang! The sound of metal scraping. Su-ho''s blood sword struck the super-large Giant Mimic. Though the stat difference was vast, the steel mass of the super-large Giant Mimic didnt even receive a scratch. Yet, Su-ho showed no concern and continued to swing his sword. C ....... The super-large Giant Mimic remained silent. Normally, mimics strike when their opponents show weakness or when they are tired. The Mimic''s eyes widened. It was a sting. It was certainly a sting. The Mimic inspected its body within the steel mass. And it found it. A faint but small scratch. That was when it happened. Sting! You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 153 "Am I seeing this right?" Su-ho was truly covered in blood and wounds, no mistake about it. "An Pro-nim!!" A shocked Jo Jin-hwi ran toward him. The other soldiers, stunned by Su-hos rare wounds, stood frozen, their mouths agape. Jo Jin-hwi, genuinely astonished, asked, "What, whats all this blood? Are you okay?" The constant click of the shutter and the flashes from the camera filled the air. The soldiers didnt know what was going on, but for now, they stood quietly, observing the two. Meanwhile, Jo Jin-hwi relentlessly snapped photos, while Su-ho acted more fatigued than ever. When Jo Jin-hwi gave the signal that he was done, Su-ho took out the Giant Mimics magic stone from his inventory and held it up. "This is the magic stone I extracted from the super-large Giant Mimic, the boss of the Dark Gorge." "Wow? So, this must be at least 1-star, right?" "Correct. And it''s a trophy that needs to be returned to the government." You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 154 Su-ho returned home first and quickly took a shower. Though he had healed his wounds, the scabs were still there. He had already pre-ordered the dinner for the Union employees, and told his housemates to stay at the academy tonight because there would be a company dinner at home. It didnt take long for him to wash up, and with plenty of time before his team arrived, Su-ho really began working on the report. In fact, there wasnt much to write about in the report. Sealed Gates like Dark Gorge were already so well-known that no extra explanation was needed. As for the rest, all he had to do was record what damages were suffered and what benefits were gained inside.@@@@ So, writing the report was quick, and Su-ho finally collapsed on the couch, exhausted. C Things to do? Everyone''s worried about you! What are you preparing now?! "Youll find out naturally if you keep monitoring the news. Im busy, so Ill hang up now." C Ah... okay! Got it! Seo Gi-won hung up without another word. Su-ho didnt mind; he knew Gi-won would understand. Finishing the call, Su-ho grabbed his tablet and started monitoring the publics reaction. The response was even hotter than before he got home. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 155 As the morning dawned, Jo Jin-hwi began releasing the special feature articles he had prepared, as per his orders. Among these were video interviews. The video started with footage of the entrance to the Korea Veterans Hospital, followed by a young hunter sitting in a daze on a bed, with one arm and one leg severed.@@@@ He spoke, as though recalling the nightmare of that time, biting his lips in distress. "I shouldnt have entered that Gate. We couldnt even repair the equipment damaged during the previous Gate raid, yet I had to follow the order to deploy..." Following this, a calm female voice narrated about how disorganized and unreasonable the system was that the association had been operating at the time. Their voices were filled with frustration. This wasnt acting for the interview. These were all former public servant hunters who had worked at the associations early stages. As all the interview videos concluded, the final shot showed Su-ho covered in blood and wounds, wrapped in tattered clothes, exhausted, as he stood in front of the Dark Gorge portal. The image slowly faded out. This was both the beginning and the end of Jo Jin-hwis special feature. Once the article was released and his interview videos hit the media, it caused a nationwide uproar. C Wait, its not just anyone, these are state hunters fighting for the countryhow can they be treated like this? You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 156 An Su-ho stood quietly in the spotlight as the scripted press conference unfolded before him. We deeply regret the recent incident and extend our sincere apologies on behalf of the Grand Hunter Association... The speech was painfully predictable. The scene resembled an award ceremony, almost comical in its theatrics. Something Su-ho was entitled to by merit was being presented as a grand gesture. But he showed no outward reaction, merely accepting the mana stone and retreating to his previous position. Jang Kyung-hwan resumed the speech, his delivery polished but devoid of sincerity. We also pledge active support for retired national hunters injured in the line of duty...@@@@ The Sword Saint Bows His Head at the Press Conference, Calling for Continued Public Attention...Hunter An Su-ho Donates Mana Stone to Support Retired Hunters!Unprecedented Moment: Journalists Applaud During Press Conference!The Sword Saints Plea to the Nation! You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 157 "Yes, Hunter An Su-ho." Prosecutor Kim Seung-hwan answered the phone promptly. Are you busy?@@@@ "Haha, with someone like you backing me, I should always be busy. But I''m never too busy to take your call, Hunter An." Haha, your tone has gotten much softer since the last time we spoke. By the way, did you see the news? I didnt expect you to handle everything in just a few days. But youve certainly made a name for yourself at Suwon, havent you? Su-ho had already done his homework. Kim Seung-hwan, once politically sidelined to Suwon, was now wielding his authority like a sword, tirelessly prosecuting cases with impressive precision. Despite his sudden resurgence, no one viewed him negativelyit wasnt infighting but simply a man doing his job diligently. Well, thats true, but... wasnt the plan to proceed once I returned to Seoul? No. What? You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 158 Seeing is believing. Without hesitation, Special Management Team 2 set off for Nexus Academy in Paju. Though they were technically on duty, obtaining approval wasnt difficultafter all, Team Leader Jeong Cheol-min himself was part of the group. Su-ho had arranged in advance with Director Kim Soo-ae to secure access to an S-rank training facility under the pretense of a tour. The moment the team stepped inside, they couldnt contain their awe. Wow... This is the Nexus... This is insane. Now, lets discuss the training I mentioned earlier. Are you personally going to train us, Team Leader? Something like that. With a snap of his fingers, a sword materialized in the hands of every team member, himself included. I could explain this a hundred times, but its better if I just show you. That makes sense... So, come at me. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 159 Su-ho arrived at the designated cafe? on the outskirts of town, and as soon as Jo Jin-hwi stepped out of his car, he raised his hand in greeting. "Ah, Pro-nim!" Su-ho welcomed him with a nod. "Thanks for coming all this way." "Haha, not at all. It was actually a nice driveIve been cooped up in my office writing articles non-stop, so this was a good excuse to get out." Then, Jo Jin-hwis expression turned expectant. His curiosity was obvious. All of them were big names. "...What is this?" "This is a list of individuals connected to a large-scale Gate incident that Ive been sitting on for a long time." "A large-scale Gate?" His eyes darted back to the list. How the hell are this many people connected to a single Gate? And it wasnt just hunters or government officials. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 160 Things were progressing smoothly. It was all thanks to the emergency press conference. After the press conference, people within the Association both respected and feared Su-ho. He had always been popular, but now, his image was close to that of a "hero," making it impossible for anyone to treat him carelessly. One of the biggest changes stemming from this was his work environment. For instance, not only was it impossible to issue unfair orders to him, but if Su-ho proposed something in the interest of the public, rejecting it outright became difficult. It was precisely the situation Su-ho had wanted. As a result, many of Jeong Cheol-min''s proposed projects were swiftly approved. "Right, I figured he would. But hes not going alone, is he?" "No, Deputy Team Leader An Su-ho will be tackling it solo." "What? Thats way too dangerous." "Bringing team members along would actually be more dangerous. And besides, he and I have conducted a thorough analysis of the gate, so theres no need to worry too much." "Wait, Sealed Gates are places that even top-tier guilds have analyzed and given up on. How are just the two of you going to No, never mind. Im not about to argue against someone doing good work. I heard you''ve already cleared two, right?" "Yes, thats correct. The Dark Canyon we cleared last time is detailed in the attached report" "No, no, thats fine. Ill authorize clearance rights for Deputy Team Leader An Su-ho, so he can handle things freely from now on." A Strange Sociologists BookmarkA Scolded Bureaucrats EraserThe Foolish Judges Hammer You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 161 Song Kang-chuls hammer swung. It was massive. Threatening. And "Fast!"@@@@ It was a mistake to assume that a two-handed hammer would be slow. He wielded it with both hands like it was a mere toy. But. "Too slow." No matter how fast it seemed, that was only in comparison to the usual speed of two-handed weapons. Song Kang-chul was a warrior player on the verge of reaching 2-star rank. Not only did he pride himself on his heavy attacks, but he had also never neglected his stamina and defense. He even called himself a DPS-Tank hybrid. And yet, for the first time in ages, he had taken a hit that left him in agonizing pain. His face contorted like a child holding back tears, and Su-ho grinned. "Looks like that hurt." "You son of a!" Kang-chul moved to counterattack. But Su-ho smashed him in the head with Blood Club before he could. WHACK!! You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 162 Su-ho laughed as he read the system notification. Not only had he successfully obtained The Talent of Atonement, but he had also received 10 bonus stat points as a reward for creating it. "Looks like I was the first to craft it again." Whenever someone obtained an item for the first time, the system recognized it as a Great Achievement. And the reward was always 10 bonus stats. Satisfied, Su-ho checked the items details. "Check The Talent of Atonement." He had 10 bonus stats. But since they would be essential for the Unified Stat Bonus, he left them untouched. Holding The Talent of Atonement, which resembled a handheld bell, Su-ho gave it a shake. The items effect activated. [ The Talent of Atonement is now active. ] As the bell rang, golden threads burst from it, wrapping around the floating status window. A system prompt appeared.@@@@ You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 163 Su-ho appeared between the two men. It wasnt magic. He had simply deactivated Monochrome Solitude. Both men jumped back in shock. At the same time, the Joseonjok leader, Jang Seong-chun, drew the machete from his waist and spoke. "Who the hell are you?" "Would you even know if I told you?" "What?" "Im An Su-ho, Deputy Team Leader of Special Management Team 2, Gate Bureau, Grand Hunter Association." "What?" "Why ask if you wont even understand?" Noah collapsed, rolling on the ground in pain. His men panicked and shouted. "B-boss!!" Noah screamed at them. "What the hell are you standing around for?! Kill him!!" "Yes, sir!!" Hmm. The formal speech disappeared real fast the moment he was desperate. Su-ho smirked at the thought. Just as he nodded, a machete came flying toward him from behind. Jang Seong-chun. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 164 Su-ho considered whether or not to release an article about the recent incident but quickly dismissed the idea. With the redevelopment gate soon to be revealed, he didnt want to bother Jo Jin-hwi with such trivial matters. He decided to focus on that bigger issue instead. After a while, he handed Kim Noah, Jang Seong-chun, and the animals they planned to trade over to the Special Division personnel who had just arrived. He made sure to release the pressure point on Jang Seong-chun as well. After all, he needed to talk to be useful in the investigation. As Jang Seong-chun was dragged away by the Special Division officers, he cursed loudly. C Heh, some people cant even manage that much. Ill keep these and release them as articles one by one, so be ready. "Got it." C Then, take care of the other files too. "Of course, hyung. Have a good one." The call ended. The Special Division personnel withdrew, and Su-ho was left alone on site. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 165 For a moment, Su-ho thought he had misheard.@@@@ But the so-called Sea God repeated himself in the same booming tone. Kahahaha! You pathetic creatures! Not a single one of you will leave this place alive today! His voice was so exuberant that it almost felt... jovial. What was this? Had this thing always been like that? Su-ho glanced up at its head, trying to check its nameplate. But the creature was too tall. He couldnt see it. Still, there was no doubtit was a boss monster. Yes, sir!! A sharp command rang out from an unfamiliar man. A mage. One whom the ships captain had wisely stationed aboard in case of emergencies. The commanding mage was the lead magician, and upon his order, his subordinates spread out and began chanting. Before long, runes and spell formations appeared around the ship, coalescing into a massive protective barrier. [A barrier has been created to protect the ship.] [The barrier is not invincible. If the boss monster is not defeated in time, the ship will sink.] A system alert flashed before Su-hos eyes. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 166 [The Gate has been cleared.] [MVP of the Gate Conquest: An Su-ho.] [Bonus experience granted for MVP selection.] [One bonus stat awarded for MVP selection.] [Level Up!] [All stats increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat.] A flood of system notifications filled Su-hos vision. But this time, there were more than usual. [All stat grades have reached Orange tier.] [As a special perk, the Unification Effect has been applied.] [Remaining bonus stats will be distributed to unify all colored stats.] [Stat information has been updated.] Finally. Su-ho clenched his fist as he read the notifications. At last, he had acquired the Unification Perk. Without hesitation, he pulled up his updated status window. Lv: 113Class: CrusaderTraits: Strength (O): 24Endurance (O): 24Mana (O): 24Perception (O): 24Bonus Stats: 0 Hurrah! Hurrah! Cheers erupted. The ships crew. They had held their breath, watching in suspense as Su-ho fought the so-called Sea God. And the moment he delivered the final blow, their anxiety turned into unrestrained celebration. Meanwhile, the system began calculating the quest results. [Calculating the remaining durability of the barrier.] [Calculating the number of surviving mages aboard the ship.] [Calculating the number of surviving crew members.] [Calculation complete.] [Highest score achieved!] [For achieving the highest score, you are awarded 5 bonus stats.] [Level Up!] [All stats increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat.]@@@@ You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 167 A large, black sac, the size of a human head. Martin Park eyed it suspiciously and asked, ...What is this? A Krakens ink sac. A Kraken? You mean the Kraken? Yes. Harvested from a boss monster that was at least several dozen meters long. Kraken was a general termsometimes used to describe giant squids, sometimes massive octopi. But Su-ho had chosen to call it a Kraken rather than the Sea Godbecause that name resonated better. And it worked. Because this Kraken was caught in Korea. ...Korea? Yes. And heres the proof. Su-ho handed him a magic stone, freshly harvested from the Sea God. A Tier 1 Boss Monster Magic Stone. At 1-star and above, magic stones were more valuable than goldand their export was strictly regulated. This alone was enough to certify the ink sacs authenticity. Martin Park inspected the magic stone and swallowed hard. ...Hmmm. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 168 Su-ho wasnt seeing things. It was real. [Skill information has been updated.] [New Bloods Harmony effect has activated.] [New Bloods Refinement effect has activated.] [New Bloods Qualification effect has activated.] [You have acquired the Giants Bloodline.] [Due to acquiring the Giants Bloodline, some of your stats have changed.] [Strength and Stamina have merged into a new stat: Colossal Strength.] [Colossal Strength will inherit the higher value between Strength and Stamina.] [You are the first to obtain the Colossal Strength stat.] [For achieving a great feat, the system rewards you with 10 bonus stats.]@@@@ Su-hos eyes widened. Colossal Strength? A completely new stat. Su-ho had encountered giants frequently in his past life, especially midway through the Cataclysm. And he had seen many powers related to them. Grade: S# Only those with the pure blood of a Giant can wield this innate power.# One point of Colossal Strength equals one point of Strength and one point of Stamina combined. [An Su-ho] Level: 117Class: CrusaderTraits: Colossal Strength (O): 39Magic (O): 28Perception (O): 28Bonus Stats: 10 It was true. As the system message had stated, his Strength and Stamina had disappeared. In their place, Colossal Strength had taken overand it had inherited the higher value between the two. Su-ho swallowed dryly. Then, he used one of his bonus stats on Colossal Strength. [Colossal Strength has increased by 1.] ...!! Grade: S+# The pure bloodline of the Primordial Giants.Locked Unlock Requirements: 1 Reach Level 200.2 Unknown. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 169 Arriving at Cheongdam House, Martin Park glanced around and commented. "You live in a modest place." "Is that so?" Cheongdam House... modest? But considering the mansions owned by American millionaires, it made sense that he might think that way. Martin Park wasnt just anyonehe was a top-tier hunter ranked beyond two stars, an elite among elites. And since hes also an artist, the wealth hes accumulated must be beyond imagination. Thats why people called him eccentric. Su-ho had assumed hed paint in his bedroom, but the man was particular. Still, without complaining, Su-ho gave him a vacant room on the second floor. The second floor was just as spacious as the first, with plenty of unused space despite Nam Hae-won using part of it as a studio. After explaining how the houses facilities worked, Su-ho ordered all the supplies Martin might need. Just as he was about to leave, Martin Park spoke up. "Wait a moment." He suddenly pulled out a notebook and a pen from his pocket. Then, he walked out onto the terrace and sketched the scenery before him. Finally, he added a massive full moon to the centersomething that wasnt actually there. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 170 An Su-ho asked, "Are you sure?" Yes, I''m certain. Jo Jin-hwi was serious. He wasn''t the type to joke about something like this, and he had already completed cross-verification before calling Su-ho. Su-ho knew that as well, so he didnt press further. Instead, he rubbed his temples and continued, "The person who first proposed the Loot Ownership Policy was Yuk Kyung-bae, right? The first president of the Grand Hunter Association." Yes, thats correct. Not that it was completely unexpected. After all, Yuk Kyung-bae had also been involved in the redevelopment Gates, sticking his fingers into that pie as well. Su-ho asked, "So, why is this guy suddenly causing a fuss now?" Its because of Jang Kyung-hwan. "What about him?" During the recent issue, Jang Kyung-hwan claimed it wasnt his fault but the fault of the person who originally made the law. That pissed off Yuk Kyung-bae. "Oh?" Right.@@@@ You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 171 How long had it been? During that time, Yuk Kyung-bae had gone through countless emotional shifts. He had tried getting angry. He had tried begging. He had even tried cursing.@@@@ But none of it mattered in the face of overwhelming pain. Especially when Su-ho ensured that he never got used to itconstantly switching up the variations to keep him suffering. He hadnt even bothered to move to another location. Even though there was a warehouse nearby where Im Chang-sik was locked up, Su-ho had chosen to beat him down right hereon the fabricated streets inside his Subspace House. Why? Because for someone like Yuk Kyung-bae, who prized his public image above all else, being treated like trash on the street was a psychological wound in itself. Wiping the sweat off his brow, Su-ho finally spoke. "Mr. Kyung-bae." "Y-Yes!!" "Sit up properly. Lets talk." You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 172 "Of course, this didn''t mean we would be starting entirely with Park Gyu-min. To be precise, Park Gyu-min was merely the wedge that would be driven in. Which was exactly why Jo Jin-hwi couldnt believe what he was hearing. ''How?''@@@@ Su-ho smirked. ''Wouldnt it be boring if I told you in advance? Do you still want to hear it?'' Jo Jin-hwi hesitated for a moment, then grinned. ''Then Ill just wait and see.'' ''Welcome, Hunter-nim.'' ''You didnt have to come down.'' ''Oh, not at all! How could I dare? Please, hand me your keys. Ill have it valet parked right away.'' Son Baek-geum was acting overly polite. It was because of the pressure points Su-ho had applied on him before. Afraid of provoking Su-ho in any way, Son Baek-geum had even made sure to come alonewithout any of his usual lackeys. When they reached the penthouse office, Su-ho naturally seated himself in the prime spot on the reception sofa. ''One iced coffee. No acidity.'' You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 173 "Of course, this didn''t mean we would be starting entirely with Park Gyu-min.@@@@ You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 174 Ha... Suwon District Prosecutors Office, Investigation Room. Park Gyu-min sat there, looking like the world had collapsed on him. Ha... All he could do was sigh. His luck was absolute shit. White Golds junket room had never been busted before. Why the hell did they get raided today, of all days? He was frustrated.@@@@ For now, he wanted to observe the situation before making a move. No need to panic and humiliate myself prematurely. In the past, he would have immediately shouted, Do you even know who I am?! But that was the old Park Gyu-min. The current him was different. Because after dealing with An Su-ho, he had learned the hard way. That there were monsters in this worldpeople who didnt give a damn about political titles or four-term assemblyman backgrounds. He had already been torn apart once, and that experience had humbled him. Kim Seung-hwan sat across from him and spoke. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 175 "I''m sorry! No, I apologize! It''s all my fault!" All Su-ho did was take off his wristwatch.@@@@ And yet, Park Gyu-min trembled like a terrified pup facing a predator, looking as if he would piss himself any second. His PTSD from the past was kicking in. But more than anything, what he feared the most was the bomb planted inside his body. After all, during his "education", Su-ho had forced him to swallow a fake remote bomb as insurance. Su-ho spoke. "You committed two sins against me. First, when I told you to confess everything, you hid the Shock Project, a crime of massive scale. Then, he began prodding Park Gyu-min with it. "Is. It. That. Hard? All. You. Had. To. Do. Was. Stay. Still. Are. You. Just. That. Fucking. Stupid?" Each word was punctuated with a stab from the weapon''s razor-sharp tip. The pain was unimaginable. Park Gyu-min thrashed like a salted eel. His shattered wrists, his body riddled with piercing agonyhe felt like he would pass out at any second. But Su-ho remained emotionless, continuing to stab him without pause. "Just. Fucking. Stay. Put. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 176 Hwang Ga-on was a well-known warrior-class player. Despite his massive frame, he was surprisingly agile, making him an effective hybrid user capable of both dealing and tanking damage simultaneously. On top of that, his combat sense was exceptional, often handling the workload of two players on his own. "Especially in one-on-one battles, Ive rarely lost." His Infinity Duel win rate was over 90%. That statistic alone was proof enough of his extraordinary prowess. Because of this, Hwang Ga-on always kept an eye on other powerful players. Naturally, he was well aware of the Sword Saint, An Su-ho. Especially the fact that Su-ho had single-handedly cleared multiple sealed Gatesa feat bordering on the absurd. However, the Gates he had cleared were relatively low-level, and rumors suggested that he relied on tricks rather than raw strength. "This is the end!" As he thought that, his axes descended upon Su-ho with devastating force. Yet, Su-ho did not move. He stood there, unmoving, watching the twin axes fall toward him. Hwang Ga-on, seeing Su-ho remain still, was certain of his victory. At this distance, at this reaction speed, there was absolutely no way he could dodge. However, at that moment Ssschkk! Shocking! A gambling den involving famous celebrities and athletes!A-list actress "A" exposed in Gangnams largest illegal gambling ring...Athlete "B" linked to illegal domestic junket operations...What is a junket room? The Suwon gambling bust that stunned the nation..."Holy sh*t, this is insane!""I thought junket rooms were only a thing overseas, but theyre running them domestically too? LOL.""No way... Athlete B... Dont tell me its Bang Ja-wook?""LOL A is rumored to be Lee Eun-ah. Whats gonna happen to her upcoming movie?""Famous Hunter Hwang Ga-on revealed to be part of the Gangnam junket ring!""Prime Guild denies any involvement: ''We had no idea.''"Hwang Ga-on caused a scene at the prosecution office!""Damn, Ga-on is a real man. He even wrecked the prosecution office.""As expected of a Vikings descendant.""Might as well give him a proper Viking funeral, LOL.""Ga-on, sail away!""???? f*ck, my oppa, what the hell is he gonna do now ??? I told him to keep his temper in check, but he just had to go full Viking... And now hes finished." You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 177 By evening, the media monitoring continued, and the publics obsession with the junket room scandal showed no signs of dying down. "Hey, theyre saying actress A is really Lee Eun-ah? F*ck." "Damn, I was really looking forward to her upcoming movie. This is f*cking ridiculous." "One of the idols involved is from SuperBoysit''s TenTen." "What the hell, TenTen? Your comeback is literally around the corner!" "It''s confirmedBang Ja-wook is involved. F*ck, that idiot just ruined his whole season." "Sh*t, without Bang Ja-wook, who''s gonna carry the Blue Dragons? There goes our autumn baseball hopes. ?" "Wait, if Hwang Ga-on is out, what happens to Prime Guilds Hallasan Gate operation?" "What do you mean? Its f*cked." (Insert meme of something crashing and burning.) "Apparently this junket room was run by Baekgeum-pa?" "The place is literally called White Gold. Of course its them. No doubt about it." "Baekgeum-pa is the biggest gang in Gangnam. How did they let this slip?" "Maybe they ran out of money." "This could be the government distracting us from something bigger. Look at how many people got caughtits a whole f*cking parade of celebrities." "Wait, is there some political scandal going on right now?" "Baekgeum-pa is smart with their VIP list. All their clients are filthy rich." "Yeah, no randoms in that mix. LOL." Jo Jin-hwi, keeping an eye on the discussions, commented: "Holy sh*t! Another one bites the dust!""F*ck! Someone close the barI cant even lift my head in shame!""Is this idiot brain-dead? He literally just held a press conference, and now hes caught in another scandal?!""Breaking news: The Sword Saint sheds tears of grief.""Gyu-min, my guy, youre not going far. Say your goodbyes now.""Honestly, Park Gyu-min has always been trash, but gambling? This is new.""What next? Did he do drugs too?"[EXCLUSIVE] Junket Room Scandal C Park Gyu-min: "I Was Just Invited for a Night."Park Gyu-min Claims: "It Was Just an Invitation from an Acquaintance."Park Gyu-min: "This is Unfair. I Was Just There to Hang Out.""F*cking liar. At least make your excuses believable." "Jokes on you." "Jokes on all of us." "God, this is so not funny.""Isnt White Gold supposed to be ultra-exclusive? You cant just randomly waltz in there.""Even as Vice President, he wouldnt have had that much pull.""Was he blackmailed?" "Dumbass, you think Baekgeum-pa wastes time on blackmail? If they had leverage on him, theyd just bury him in cementits cheaper." ???: "Bring the saw. Bring the saw. Vice President-nim, why the hell are you doing things we didnt ask for?" You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 178 Vroom! A car entered the parking lot of Suwon District Prosecutors Office. It was the car of Son Baek-geum, who had arrived after receiving Kim Seung-hwan''s call. As Son Baek-geum stepped out of the car, he looked up at the building, muttering to himself. "Well, I never thought Id walk into the prosecution office on my own two feet." Hed met with prosecutors beforeusually to deliver bribesbut hed never come to the prosecutors office willingly. No, it wasnt. It was a number he had saved but never really used. It was Pi Seong-yeol. Curious, he answered the call. "Yes, Director Pi." C "Where are you right now?" You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 179 Su-ho smiled as he looked at the people lying near the door. Timing was a bit tight, wasnt it? he said. Kim Seung-hwan blinked in surprise and asked, "What do you mean, timing?"@@@@ "Shall I show you?" Su-ho took a step back, and as he moved, Kim Seung-hwan saw the group of men dressed in black suits, all lying unconscious near the entrance. "Yeah, everything seemed normal, but just before they could do something, you stepped in," one of the men, who had been hiding in the room, said with relief. Su-ho checked their pockets and found a wallet with identification. "Huh, these guys arent even good at the basics," he muttered, finding it strange that they would carry their ID cards while involved in this kind of activity. He checked the ID, and after a quick mental search through his library of memories, he realized the identity of the man. "Ah, so this guys from Pi Seong-yeol''s direct squad," Su-ho mused, his surprise evident. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 180 In the outskirts of Seoul, where there were few people, black cars suddenly swarmed in. Like ninjas, they appeared quietly, stopping at a specific point, and one by one, people began to get out. The place they arrived at was brightly lit, despite the fact that there was not a single streetlight. What was unusual was that only up to a certain point was it as bright as the daytime, and beyond the boundary of light, the darkness was as thick as pitch. Kim, the deputy chief, looked at the bright spot in the air and muttered, "Phosphorescent powder..." Even though it was dark night, the reason why it was so bright here was because of the phosphorescent powder. More than twenty people had gathered here. They were all from the Special Division Team 2, the direct subordinates of Pi Seong-yeol. By the way, where is that guy? The surroundings were quiet, and there was nothing visible to conceal anyone. Could he be playing a prank? Beep! Beep! It was the phone of the employee from Suwon. After that, the phones of the other employees were thrown next to it. Kim frowned. "Seems like he likes to show off." At those words, someone was thrown from within the darkness. It was the employee from Suwon. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 181 "Hey, what the hell are you doing!!" The voice booming from the receiver.@@@@ It was Prosecutor Park Seong-wons voice. He was the one who had told Kim Seung-hwan to take care of the junket room case, or more accurately, he was the one who acted as an intermediary rather than directly applying pressure. At Park Seong-wons scolding, Kim Seung-hwan took a deep breath, inhaling and exhaling slowly. "What is it you''re talking about?" C What? Youre asking me what Im talking about? "Yes, I asked whats going on." Kim Seung-hwan took another sip of the beer he had bought. "Ah." The taste of the beer was bitter. No, it was both bitter and sweet. In fact, the alcohol he had been drinking lately had all been sweet. All because of Su-ho. But tonights drink tasted unusually sweet. Just then, his phone notification went off. It was a news keyword alert. You didn''t buy this chapter Buy Now (3 coupons) Chapter 80 Suho drove Park Goong to the Daehyeon Association headquarters. Throughout the journey, Park Goong sat slumped in his seat, his head hanging low as if he were a criminal. Seeing this, Suho kept his gaze fixed on the road ahead and spoke. Why are you acting like a criminal? ...Arent I one? Why would you be? I hid the fact that I awakened. So what? ...What? Think about it simply. All you have to do is go to the association and file your awakening report yourself. Thats it. Nothing else happens. Wait... what? Why? Why not? ...What? Did hiding your awakening cause any harm to anyone? No... I dont think so, but... Then thats all that matters. Look, I may be in charge of this because of my current position, but I have no interest in treating you like a criminal over something that hasnt hurt anyone. Just go in, say youve awakened suddenly, and file the report. .... Hearing this, Park Goong lowered his head even further. Suho continued. When we get to the association, go to the reporting center on the first floor and make the report yourself. After that... well, its possibleno, its likelythat you wont be able to do archery again. But thats just how the law is right now. Even so, youll find a way forward. Youre an excellent archer, after all. He wasnt saying this as a platitude. Suho meant every word. Before long, Suhos car pulled up at the association. He personally escorted Park Goong to the reporting center before stepping outside. At that moment, Suho ran into Jo Sung-gil, who was standing near the buildings entrance, smoking a cigarette. Jo spotted Suho and approached him. Ah, Intern An! Ah, Investigator Jo. Hows the job going? Doing everything alone must be tough, huh? Jo spoke with a smile, though half-jokingly. After all, finding unregistered players wasnt exactly an easy task. But Suho answered honestly. Not really. Its not tough at all. ...What? Ive only just started. Just started? So... you dont need any help? No, Im good. Ignoring Jos surprised expression, Suho gave a brief nod and walked away, already dialing a number on his phone. *** Here you go, Mr. Park Goong. Your Player Registration Certificate is ready. ...Thank you. The player registration process was complete. Holding the certificate in his hand, Park Goong stepped out of the registration center with a heavy heart. His name, carved in neat letters on the certificate, seemed to mock him. There was no turning back nowno return to the ordinary life of a civilian. Even so, he felt a strange sense of relief. The constant anxiety of hiding his awakening, lying to everyone, had taken its toll. I should probably tell Mom first. With that thought, Park Goong took out his phone and dialed his mothers number. But The person you are trying to reach cannot take your call right now. Please leave a message after the beep... No matter how many times he called, she didnt answer. Whats going on? Worried, he rushed to her shop. But as he approached, he couldnt believe his eyes. What... is this? The scene before him was surreal. A line of customers stretched absurdly far outside his mothers small snack shop. Some of the customers noticed him and began murmuring among themselves. Hey, isnt that...? Isnt that Park Goong? Thats him, right? The archer from Anseong High? Its definitely him! He hadnt misheard. Several people recognized him, and a few even approached. Excuse me... Park Goongs Snack Shop. Delicious.87,153 likes.47,546 comments. Yes, thats me. Im a reporter with PBS. I was hoping to interview you, Mr. Park Goong. Me? Yes, I received a tip. Apparently, you voluntarily withdrew from a major competition to file a conscientious awakening report. Is that true? ...What? Hearing this, Park Goong blinked in shock. And then A...awakening report? Goong, whats going on? His mother, finally realizing the truth, looked equally bewildered. *** The Future Auto Cup High School Archery Tournament. This tournament, the largest high school competition in the country, spanned four days. Following Park Goongs sudden withdrawal, Hong Won-seok was chosen to represent Anseong High in his stead. The coach patted Won-seok on the shoulder and said, Won-seok, youll do great, right? Yes, Coach. Ill give it my allfor both myself and Goong, Won-seok replied with a confident smile. But inwardly, he was ecstatic. He had never expected Park Goong to withdraw from the competition before he could even make his planned report. Well, now I get to make my debut. Originally, Won-seok had planned to report Goong after the competition. His goal was to let Goong rise to the peakwin the Future Auto Cupbefore dragging him down to rock bottom. Why? The reasons were simple: betrayal and rage. How dare that nobody, with a family like his, shoot so well. Won-seok seethed with anger. He had respected Goong wholeheartedly, but learning that his talent might have been aided by the Player System left him furious. He didnt know when Goong had awakened or how far along his stats or abilities were. He only knew about Goongs awakening because he had overheard him muttering to himself in the locker room one day. Regardless, Won-seok felt a burning sense of betrayal. He had to have cheated. Thats the only way I can make sense of why I was always second to him. And now, this tournament was his chance. If I win this, my family will finally acknowledge me. The tournament began, progressing through four days of intense matches starting with the Round of 64. Won-seok dominated each round, soaring like a bird with newfound wings. Wow, Won-seoks on fire! Looks like hes finally breaking free from Goongs shadow. Won-seok was always talented, though. This was bound to happen. The attention thrilled him. It felt like the world was finally his. By the end of the semifinals, he had secured his spot in the finals. But on the night before the finals, an unexpected visitor appeared at Won-seoks lodging. An Su-ho? The Sword Saint? Why is he here? Whispers of curiosity spread among the students and staff. Won-seok stepped forward, staring at the unexpected guestnone other than Su-ho. Su-ho addressed him calmly, Mr. Hong Won-seok? Yes? Ill need you to come with me to the Association. What? Me? Why? Its not something I can explain here, but an investigation is underway, and well need you to cooperate. It may take about a day. A day?! What are you talking about? My finals are tomorrow! What kind of investigation is this? Won-seoks protests were fierce. And rightfully sobeing asked to leave the night before his big match was akin to being forced to forfeit. But Su-ho remained firm. Ill explain everything on the way. For now, I suggest you comply. Im not going anywhere! Hell no! Would you go if you were in my shoes? Tomorrows the finals! How can you expect me to leave? Do you know Hong Dong-seok? ...What? Your brother, Mr. Hong Dong-seok. Hes currently under investigation for draft-dodging through fraudulent awakening claims. As per standard procedure, all immediate family members are subject to a mandatory awakening verification process. That includes you. That... That cant be... This case involves not only Mr. Dong-seok but also others implicated in similar fraudulent activities. Its a high-priority investigation. Your cooperation is mandatory. Won-seoks face turned pale. Now, lets go, Su-ho said curtly, grabbing Won-seok by the arm. With no room for argument, Su-ho led the stunned archer out of the building. Chapter 91 Kim Seok-hoon continued speaking. Well... to be honest, I didnt expect the first test to be finished today or tomorrow, so I scheduled things for the day after tomorrow. What? Haha... Im really sorry... Usually, the first test takes at least two days, so I set the schedule like its always been done... Kim Seok-hoon scratched the back of his head awkwardly. But he wasnt lying. Up until now, tasks like retrieving logistics or sorting them always took at least a day each. But Su-ho had shattered that tradition by completing both tests in a single day. Su-ho asked, So, what am I supposed to do now? Well... it seems like we wont be ready until at least tomorrow afternoon because of the schedule. I understand. Then Ill wait. In the meantime, Ill study the theory for the next training department. Oh, youd do that? Yes, Ive had a similar experience before, so I studied in the underground library. Phew, thats a relief. Thank you for your understanding. Ill contact you as soon as were ready. But no matter how fast we prepare, it wont be before tomorrow afternoon, so feel free to come after lunch. Then, what about today? Theres nothing else to do, so you can head out early. Thank you. Grateful for Kim Seok-hoons consideration, Su-ho smiled lightly and began preparing to leave. This works out perfectly. He had things to take care of after work anyway, and now he not only got to leave early but didnt have to come back until tomorrow afternoon. Starting his car, Su-ho dialed a number, the sound of the engine rumbling to life as he made the call.@@@@ *** Not Stuck in Traffic, Su-ho Quickly Arrived Home The house was silent. Seo Ki-won was away training in Paju, and Nam Hae-won had fallen asleep, exhausted from synthesizing material items. Thanks to this quiet, Su-ho could focus on his personal tasks without interruptions. He made his way to the underground training room located beneath the building. "Looks like everything''s prepared nicely." Inside, the items Su-ho had requested through an external helper had arrived, neatly arranged. What he had ordered was none other than poisons. Su-ho picked up the bottle on the far left of the table, which was filled with an assortment of poisons, and checked its details. [Inferior Miscellaneous Poison] A nameless, origin-unknown poison. Its toxic effects are minimal. But it wasnt just the inferior poisons. As the bottles were arranged from left to right, the poison grades increased step by step. All of this was for the upcoming quest Su-ho had to face. He opened his quest window and reviewed the "Trial of the Snake" quest he had previously unlocked. [Trial of the Snake] A test granted only to those chosen by the venom-eating snake. Within your body lies a dormant egg of the venom-eating snake. To hatch the egg, you must directly ingest poisons and provide the venom as sustenance for the egg. If venom supply is delayed by more than 10 minutes, you must restart the process from the beginning. Failing to provide venom three times will result in the quest''s failure, and the venom-eating snakes egg will immediately disappear. If detoxification occurs, the venom-eating snakes egg will also vanish instantly. The quests content was surprisingly straightforward. Simply put, as long as he didnt detoxify and ensured no break longer than 10 minutes between ingesting poisons, the quest could be completed. "Alright, lets get started." Su-ho took a deep breath. While the quest seemed simple on paper, the actual task of drinking poison and enduring it was far from easy. But Su-ho was confident. The key to succeeding in this quest lay in how long he could endure the poison he consumed. "If theres one thing Im good at, its enduring." He immediately opened the bottle of inferior miscellaneous poison. Hoo... Even though it was only an inferior poison, any poison after experiencing Suzuki Endos venom was enough to send a shiver down his spine. "Ill overcome this." He had to, if he wanted to deal a heavy blow to that wretched woman. Like drinking a shot of herbal ginseng, Su-ho downed the poison in one go. The bitterness of the venom coated his tongue and throat, searing its way down his esophagus before beginning to irritate his stomach. This reaction was only naturalit was poison, after all. After placing the poison box on the floor, Su-ho sat cross-legged in front of it. Normally, he didnt meditate like this, but for this battle of mental endurance, he purposely adopted the position. Thats pure venom... Supreme poison was no joke. Consuming it could result in immediate death. For someone without sufficient resistance and stamina, even advanced poison was already near-lethal. The only reason Su-ho had survived dozens of bottles of advanced poison was because of his Red-Grade stamina stat. But now, retreat wasnt an option. Su-ho took a deep breath, his eyes fixed on the supreme poison bottle. His skin was already a sickly shade of gray, his eyes bloodshot, and his lips cracked and dryall classic symptoms of severe poisoning. Yet, he had no choice. At last, Su-ho uncorked the supreme poison bottle. Hiss Even the fumes from the poison stung his skin. Still, without hesitation, he tipped the contents into his mouth. Gahhh!! It felt as though his mouth and esophagus were melting. And realistically, they probably werethis was supreme poison, after all. [You are now in a state of supreme poisoning.] The notification popped up. And then, it happened. Drip... Drip-drip... Drip Bright red drops began falling to the ground. Not drops. Blood. Blood was seeping from Su-hos eyes, nose, and ears, a result of the brutal effects of the poisoning. His breathing grew labored. His heart pounded wildly. His senses dulled, and the burning pain in his organs felt like they were disintegrating entirely. Even his tongue felt as though it was being severed. But Su-ho endured. Because the more he suffered, the more violently the egg inside him began to stir. However, his stamina was depleting far too quickly. The agonizing pain made him feel as though death was just moments away. With his vision fading, Su-ho tightly shut his eyes and activated a skill he hadnt used until now. [Heal has been activated.] A warm light enveloped his body. Healing was fine. It wasnt an antidote, after all. The current use of Heal was akin to pouring water into a bottomless vesselineffective against the poisoning symptoms, but enough to keep him alive. And at this moment, that was all Su-ho needed. Heal was his only option to bring the egg to fruition. I have to endure. I will endure. The warmth of Heal spread through his body, turning him into a living paradoxa warm hell of agony and regeneration. In that hellish state, Su-ho drank another bottle of supreme poison. Arghhhh!! The pain was indescribable. But Su-ho persevered. Thump! Thump! Thump! The more he endured, the more violently the egg shook within him. [Heal has been activated.] [Heal has been activated.] [Heal has been activated.] Again and again, Su-ho unleashed Heal upon himself, barely holding onto consciousness. Even as he teetered on the brink of death, he stubbornly clung to life, pouring every last drop of his energy into sustaining himself. Then, just as his mana reserves were about to run dry Crack A sound. Crack-crack! It wasnt his imagination. Craaaaack! The sound of something splitting open. At last, the long-awaited moment had arrived. The venom-eating snakes egg had begun to fracture. And finally BANG! The egg burst apart, releasing a radiant light that filled the room. Chapter 112 So... you''re saying this individual has a possession ability, and their current appearance is altered through an item? Not just alteredthis appearance itself is the item. ...The appearance itself? Yes, thats correct. Mr. Kim Geon? Yes. At Su-ho''s nod, Kim Geon transformed his appearance from his usual form to resemble Kenji from Ops. The shifting and squirming process startled Kim I-gang, the Nexus administrator, but he quickly regained his composure, now brimming with admiration. Wow, this is... You know Ops, right? The game Overstrike that was all the rage back in the day? This is Kenji, the assassin character from that game. Of course, I know it! I used to love Ops. I heard the player base dwindled after the Great Cataclysm, but to think Id see Kenji here in real life... Well, that makes things easier. Mr. Kim Geon, while were on the topic, why dont you show him a Kenji combo? Sure, Ill demonstrate the most iconic combo, Wind Cutter Slash. Wind Cutter Slash!? Kim I-gang was visibly shocked at the mention of the move. It was no wonderWind Cutter Slash was synonymous with Kenji, his signature combo that defined his character. But more than that, what stunned I-gang was that Kim Geon was the creator of the legendary Wind Cutter Slash combo. Moments later, in the expansive training ground, Kim Geon executed the Wind Cutter Slash. Soaring forward as if slicing through the wind, he delivered four attacks seamlessly in one motiona perfect reproduction of the move seen only in the game. Perhaps that was why. Witnessing the move, Kim I-gang involuntarily dropped his jaw, trembling in awe. This... this is insane. A live-action Wind Cutter Slash... Kim I-gang, a devoted Kenji fan who mained the character in Ops, was over the moon. Seeing the Ops world champion bring Kenji to life in full scale and perform the signature move was almost overwhelming. Su-ho didnt stop there. He instructed Kim Geon to transform into other Ops characters like Leonhardt and Banjo, demonstrating their iconic combos. Each performance pushed I-gang further into a state of admiration. Finally, without hesitation, Kim I-gang handed over a contract. This is more than enough. Lets sign right away. Whats the rank? Youre assigning him to your personal team, right?@@@@ Yes. Then hell start at B-rank. Once he hits Level 100, well promote him to A-rank. Thank you. By the way, have you decided on a name for your personal team? A name for the team. Su-ho hadnt given it much thought, but now it seemed necessary. He decided to use a name he already had in mind. Yes, well call it Banshee. Banshee... Got it. Ill make a note of it. Oh, and could I make a personal request? What kind of request? Im a huge fan of Kenji. Could I get a photo of him transformed into Kenji? Thats easy enough. Mr. Kim Geon? Yes! At Su-hos request, Kim Geon transformed into Kenji and posed for the photo. Afterward, Su-ho turned to I-gang. Also, could you prepare an access card for Mr. Kim Geon as well? And one more thing... Su-ho shared additional requests, which I-gang nodded to as he listened. That wont be an issue. Since youre covering the cost with the funds from the Tangji Mine payment, we can arrange it immediately. Should we proceed? Yes, please. Oh, by the way, do you know how Hunter Kang Dae-han is doing these days? Hunter Kang Dae-han is steadily working with his assigned team. Why do you ask? We worked together before, and I was curious about his progress. What level is he now? If I remember correctly, he should be in the Level 80 or 90 range. If youre interested, why not give him a call? Hes been waiting for your contact. Why is that? Nothing in particular. Youre Su-ho, after all. A call from a superstar like you is worth waiting for. Hmm. Su-ho understood the sentiment. However, he knew it wasnt the right time yet. Yeah, thats my avatar. They practice swordsmanship against me daily. And they always fight in outnumbered scenarios? They have to. Fighting my avatar one-on-one would mean instant death. The avatars combat data is based on my actual abilities. Wow... Dont be too surprised. Youll be joining them soon. ...Me too? Of course. This isnt Ops. Its the cold, harsh reality. Besides, if you want to resume your work as a Hunter, youll need the skills to match, right? Well, thats true, but... Its been a while since you hit a wall while working as Railgun, hasnt it? Get ready to feel that wall again. Su-ho manipulated Infinity, programming an avatar that accurately reflected Kim Geons unique traits. Then, he attempted to log Kim Geon into Infinity. But Huh? Kim Geon failed to connect to Infinity. It turned out that the issue lay in the fact that the Kim Geon entering the device wasnt his real body but the "suit mode" version of himself. Ah, of course. Infinity connects based on biological data, but youre in item form right now. That wont work. Then what should we do? What else? Well move your actual body here and try again. Looks like moving is our first priority. After thinking for a moment, Su-ho continued. Geon, is there anything at your place you want to throw away? We dont need to bring over every single pot and pan, do we? Thats true. Honestly, I dont even have much clothing or belongings... Then, if its okay with you, Ill hire movers to handle everything. A full-service move means theyll pack and transport everything to the new place. Well also arrange care for your brother, so theres really no need for you to go yourself. You can just inform the landlord over the phone. If youre willing to do that, Id be grateful. Should I just wait here in the meantime? Do you want to? Or, maybe grab a bite to eat... Ah, right, in your current form, you dont get hungry, do you? It was true. The body Kim Geon currently occupied wasnt his real body but an item. This is why possession abilities with suits are considered overpowered. Not only hungerhe likely wouldnt feel fatigue or the need to sleep either. Kim Geon nodded in agreement. Thats definitely true. If you dont mind, Team Leader, could I stay here and watch the others spar while I wait? You wont get bored? Bored? This is all part of my study. Analysis is crucial, you know. Ah. Come to think of it, he had a point. Why else would the phrase post-match review exist? Su-ho nodded just as his phone vibrated. A message notification. It was from Son Baek-geum. - Im leaving the country now. Ill contact you before I return. Well, that was fast. After reading the message, Su-ho smirked and immediately called Jo Jin-hwi. - Yes, Mr. An? The article we preparedrelease it immediately. - Understood. As soon as Son Baek-geum left the country, Su-ho published the article regarding the unfair personnel decision. He had deliberately held onto the information. Timing it this way allowed Su-ho to adjust the schedule to his liking. At that moment, Su-ho received another callthis time from Seo Gi-won. Hey, Gi-won. - Hyung-nim, Ive completed the search for the individuals you mentioned. Really? Perfect timing. A sly grin spread across Su-hos face. Chapter 182 An Su-ho? Suddenly? Pi Seong-yeol glared at his phone. Why now? Was he trying to call just to check up on him? As his thoughts lingered, the phone switched to the idle screen. Right. What kind of call could it be in a situation like this? He had no time or energy to worry about him. Pi Seong-yeol quickly erased An Su-ho''s name from his mind. Instead, he began focusing on how to handle the reality in front of him. At that moment. Knock knock Someone knocked on the door. At ? Nvl?g?t ? (Official version) that moment, time froze for Pi Seong-yeol. It was inevitable. At this late hour, and given that he lived alone, no one would be visiting. He had left the office a while ago, and staying any longer would have only brought him stress. So, he came home, and now someone was at the door? It couldnt be a drunk person. This was a premium apartment building where no one could just walk in. Pi Seong-yeol stood up. Who could it be? He wasnt married, and his parents passed away long ago. He didnt have any friends who would visit him, either. He turned on the intercom camera. But... Nothing? No one was visible. Did he hear it wrong? Just to be sure, he switched to the mode where he could view multiple angles, but there was absolutely no one in front of the door. Alright. He must have imagined it. His nerves had been overly sensitive from stress. With that thought, he turned around. At that very moment. Gasp! Pi Seong-yeol was so startled that he collapsed back into his seat. "You, you... how... how are you... here?" In shock, Pi Seong-yeol pointed at the person. It was none other than Su-ho. Pi Seong-yeol hadnt opened the door for him, yet Su-ho had casually infiltrated the house. It was thanks to his Mist Cloak skill. Su-ho didnt pay any attention to Pi Seong-yeols shocked expression and instead started looking around the house, speaking casually. "Why didnt you answer your phone when you were home?" "Th-Thats..." "By the way, nice place you have here. An apartment like this in Gangnam? Mustve cost quite a bit... but its a bit emptier than I expected. You live alone, dont you?" He asked, already knowing the answer. He was simply taunting him. Su-ho knew everything about Pi Seong-yeol. Including why he had remained unmarried. He was originally going to get married. When he was on the elite track at the Seoul District Prosecutors Office. He had been in a situation where he could easily choose a wife, with many women lined up for him. But as he compared their qualifications and delayed his wedding, he suddenly awakened. From that point on, his marriage prospects vanished. The title of "prosecutor" had been everything to Pi Seong-yeol, and once he lost that, people started to see him as nothing more than a discarded tool. Pi Seong-yeol resisted marriage, out of both defiance and disdain. Of course, he felt lonely. He briefly considered an arranged marriage, but having lived a life where others had always served him, he couldnt fathom the idea of a relationship that required mutual care and understanding. Thus, he became more obsessed with power. Power was all that remained for him. Thats probably why he was able to carry out such inhumane actions like the Shock Project. After coming to his senses, Pi Seong-yeol struggled to get up and asked, "What the hell are you? How did you get into my house?" "Whats the big deal? I can clear sealed gates, so breaking into a house is nothing." "What?" "More importantly..." Su-ho pulled a nearby chair from the dining table and sat down. "Senior, lets have a chat. If you have coffee, Ill take one. Ice, please." "You insane bastard...!" Pi Seong-yeols fury boiled over, and he looked like he was about to slap Su-ho. He was angry not just because Su-ho was a kid, but also because, after being left in isolation, a person finally appeared who could communicate and provide him with information. All his stress and frustration were now aimed at Su-ho. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Then, Su-ho looked directly at Pi Seong-yeol and said, "Would you like to hit me?" "What?" "Maybe youre having trouble adjusting to reality, after living so long as the top dog?" At that moment. Gasp! An immense pressure suddenly overwhelmed Pi Seong-yeols body. His throat tightened, and he felt as if he couldnt breathe. It was the sensation of being tied up with ropes, a sharp pain as if his organs were going to burst. It was the result of Su-hos Overwhelm skill. Su-ho sat there, still with cold eyes, and spoke. "Youve lived without leveling up, all because of your disgust toward your awakening. You solved everything with power. But now, youve lost everything that once gave you power, havent you?" Gahhh! Unable to bear the pressure, Pi Seong-yeol collapsed back onto the seat. It felt as if he was about to pass out. But he wouldnt pass out. If Su-ho had wanted to, he could have knocked him out with just the Overwhelm skill from the start. But Su-ho was controlling it. After observing Pi Seong-yeol for a while, Su-ho finally canceled the Overwhelm skill. Hahh! Gasp! Gasp! As the pressure lifted, Pi Seong-yeols airways cleared, and he could breathe again. It felt like a drowning person being pulled out of the water just in time. Kneeling, coughing uncontrollably, and even spitting up, Pi Seong-yeol barely regained his breath and glared at Su-ho. Yet his eyes still burned with rage and venom. "You...!" "Guess one round isnt enough after all." Of course. He had harbored so much venom for so long; there was no way a single use of Overwhelm would make him cower. In his past life, Pi Seong-yeol had been the same. Even when the redevelopment gate exploded and everything fell apart, he kept his arrogance, never once bowing his head. But this time, it would be different. Su-ho wanted to see it. No, he had to see it. He wanted to see that stiff-necked man throw away his last bit of pride and beg for his life. That was when the real deal would begin. Su-ho grabbed Pi Seong-yeol by the collar and opened the doorway to his space house. "Youre going to need the longest training of your life." "Let go! Let go, you crazy bastard!!" Pi Seong-yeol, who had his collar grabbed, flailed his fists and legs, struggling. But no matter how much he punched or kicked, his hands and nails couldnt even leave a scratch on Su-ho. In fact, his own hand felt like it was going to break, his nails snapping off. It was the overwhelming difference in power from their levels. Su-ho dragged Pi Seong-yeol into the space house. *** Pi Seong-yeol''s struggle continued. Like a rat backed into a corner biting at a cat, even though he was dragged into the space house, he still tried to prove that if he could just regain his composure, he could survive even in the tigers den, relentlessly striking at Su-ho without pause. But it was all for nothing. Yet, his will to fight didnt break. His fingernails were broken, blood flowing, his hand bones cracked and swollen. Su-ho threw Pi Seong-yeol into the street. When he touched his cheek, Pi Seong-yeols blood smeared on his hand. "Ugh." It was disgusting. Su-ho wiped his hand casually with a handkerchief and spoke to Pi Seong-yeol, who was glaring at him. "I really thought hard about this. I kept wondering what I could do to make you regret it to the bone, to make you truly repent. But after thinking about it, theres only one answer." Su-ho summoned his Blood Weapon and gripped it. The form it took was a sword. He placed the sword on his shoulder and spoke. "Ive heard that true regret and repentance come from realizing your wrongs, but thats rare, isnt it? And it usually happens when someone has achieved all their goals or lost something precious." This was a cliche? among successful villains. They regret after exacting their revenge, or after a bloodthirsty murderer sees their family or loved ones die, only then realizing the wrongs of their actions. But that was only in fiction. In reality, most villainsespecially those who had been living comfortably, with full belliesrarely regretted their wrongdoings. Acknowledging their mistakes would be equivalent to rejecting their entire life up to that point. So after much thought, Su-ho had come to one conclusion. "The answer is physical pain. Not long ago, someone else came here, and after getting beaten, their stubborn neck bent like a wildflower. It doesnt matter what they think of me. What matters is that they repent, not with words, but with deep-rooted fear, ensuring they never make the same mistake again and atone for all their past wrongs." Su-ho slowly pulled the sword from his shoulder. Then, he pointed the blade directly at Pi Seong-yeol. "Im really glad that I became a healer. Thats why Im able to perform this kind of punishment. Now, you will repent, Seong-yeol. You will spend the rest of your life in pain, but I will make sure to spare your life." The moment Su-ho finished speaking. Whoosh! The sound of wind cutting through the air. It was the sound of Su-ho swinging the sword. The movement was so fast that Pi Seong-yeol couldnt even track the path of the blade. Naturally. A level 1 player couldnt possibly see the movement of someone with an orange stat. Let alone someone as skilled as the worlds greatest swordsman. By the time Pi Seong-yeol noticed Su-hos movement Thud. Something fell. Pi Seong-yeols eyes shifted toward the sound. A confused expression spread across his face. What had fallen? It was his own wrist. "......!" When Pi Seong-yeol realized it was his wrist that had fallen, he screamed in pain. "My, my wrist! My wrist!" "Yes, your wrist was severed." Su-ho kindly confirmed the fact for him. Then, he swung the sword again. Whoosh! Thud Whoosh! Thud Each time Su-ho swung the sword, there was the sound of wind cutting, followed by something hitting the ground. All of it was parts of Pi Seong-yeols body. Su-ho severed Pi Seong-yeols wrist, his arm, his ankles, and his legs. "Aaaah!" Pi Seong-yeol screamed. Su-ho let him scream as much as he wanted. Normally, he might have applied some healing, but he intentionally didnt. Hearing him scream, blood pouring from his neck, would be torment in itself. After several rounds of this, Pi Seong-yeol could no longer stand properly. Ughhh... His neck was gone. It was inevitable. He had felt every part of his body being sliced, every moment of pain as it happened in real time. As a horrible metal sound rose from his neck, Su-ho approached him, kicking the severed body parts aside. Pi Seong-yeol was still struggling in agony. Tears, snot, and saliva all mixed together. But Su-ho didnt care. He pulled a canister from his inventory, opened it, and poured the contents over Pi Seong-yeol. Pfft! Pi Seong-yeol spat out the contents in a panic. For a moment, he suffered in misery, but soon, his face turned pale. "H-Higan!" "Yes, thats exactly what you think it is." Su-ho pulled out a match from his pocket and lit it. Then, stepping back, he threw the match at Pi Seong-yeol. "Ha, die!" Whoosh! "AAAAAAAAAHHHHH!!" Flames began to burn Pi Seong-yeols body. What Su-ho had poured on him was oil. Chapter 183 Su-ho had thought long and hard. How could he make Pi Seong-yeol truly regret the sins he had committed? But no matter how much he thought about it, the final answer always led to physical pain, and the method he had chosen was searing pain. The worst pain a human can feel is supposed to be searing pain, he remembered. Of course, this wasnt factual information. It was just something he had overheard once. Thats why he had cut off Pi Seong-yeols hands and feet. He had heard that neural pain was just as painful as searing pain. "AAAHHH!!" Pi Seong-yeol burned fiercely. Su-ho watched for a while before using his skills. "Heal, Recovery." He activated the Heal and Recovery skills. These two skills were meant to heal health and treat wounds or ailments, and with these, Su-ho could heal most injuries. Su-ho wasnt an ordinary healer; he was a Crusader, a second-class job. Of course, even as a Crusader, it was difficult to regenerate severed limbs. Thats why he had thrown the severed limbs far away. Regeneration was tough, but reattaching limbs was entirely possible. Not just reattachmentskin was also included. Even melted or burned skin could be healed as long as some shape remained. In other words, if used at the right moment, he could use skills to make the flames burn forever, using Pi Seong-yeol as fuel. That was why he prepared the searing pain. By using a few skills, Su-ho could continuously inflict horrific pain without having to move around. "Ughhh!" Su-ho gazed at Pi Seong-yeol with emotionless eyes. The man, with his whole body on fire, could barely move due to his severed hands and feet, struggling in the confined space. It seemed he was in a lot of pain. Seeing him like this reminded Su-ho of the saying: "Pain becomes numb the more you experience it." Su-ho didnt quite agree with that saying. Usually, when someone becomes numb to pain, its either because their mind has been shattered or the pain itself wasnt enough to truly break them. Su-ho had experienced plenty of pain in his life. Sure, it might not compare to Alex Morgan, the greatest tank and defender in the U.S. Hunter Corps, but... Well, no matter how strong he is, even he hasnt experienced Suzukis poison. Su-ho considered himself the one who had gone through the most pain. After all, he and Alex Morgan were the only ones who fought right in front of the enemy during the final stand of humanitys last battalion. In that sense, Su-ho considered Suzukis poison to be the worst pain he had ever endured. The second worst was searing pain. Especially when covered in lava and feeling his entire skin burningit almost felt like he was going to lose his mind. If it werent for Isabellas support, I probably would have gone insane. But even then, it wasnt worse than Suzukis poison. Such a shame. Had there been Suzukis poison, he would have certainly chosen that over searing pain. But it was okay. Searing pain wasnt quite as bad as Suzukis poison, but it was still a comparable level of agony. Thats why he had also prepared neural pain. You cant prepare just one, right? Su-ho activated the skill again. [Heal activated.] [Recovery activated.] A warm light enveloped Pi Seong-yeol. His mana drained steadily. But it was fine. The mana required for Heal and Recovery was determined by the severity of the wounds and the stats of the person being healed. Even though Pi Seong-yeol had suffered significant injuries, the mana required for a level 1 player wasnt much for Su-ho at his level. "AAAHHH!!" Pi Seong-yeol burned like firewood. When his screams began to die down, Su-ho used Heal and Recovery again. He wasnt dead, though. His vocal cords had burned, so he couldnt scream anymore. Of course, burning vocal cords didnt mean death. So Su-ho waited until his screams stopped, then used the skills again during the recovery period. How did Su-ho know this? He had experienced all sorts of things during the later stages of the Great Cataclysm. Being covered in oil and set on fire was nothing compared to the horrors he had faced. So, inside this space where no one could enter, Su-ho continued the worlds most agonizing campfire. *** After some time, Su-ho checked the time and took a water jug out of his inventory, pouring it over Pi Seong-yeol. He had burned him for hours, and the oil he had initially poured had already evaporated. But just in case, he had prepared mayonnaise. He had heard that when oil catches fire, its best to pour mayonnaise, not water. But Pi Seong-yeol had already been extinguished by the water jug and squirmed in pain amid the heavy scorch marks. "Ugh... ugh..." The burns were quite severe. If someone had looked closely, Pi Seong-yeol was so thoroughly blackened that he looked indistinguishable from the other burn marks. So Su-ho used Heal and Recovery again. As a result, his burnt skin began to reveal fresh, pale skin, and Pi Seong-yeols naked body emerged like a blooming flower from the ashes. It was both grotesque and mesmerizing. A person blooming from the ashes of burn marks. It was truly grotesque. Su-ho approached Pi Seong-yeol, who was squirming on the ground, and kicked him over, forcing him to lie flat. He then looked at his severed hands and feet. "Hmm." Did I give him too much force? Even the severed edges had healed. What should I do now? What to do, really? Ill just cut it again. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Su-ho summoned his Blood Weapon and carefully shaved off the edges of the healed wrists and ankles. Scrape! But Pi Seong-yeol remained still. Whats this? Was the saying about becoming numb to pain true? No. Upon closer inspection, he realized Pi Seong-yeol had just passed out. Thank goodness. He had almost killed him without realizing it from not controlling his power. But why ? Nvl?g? ? (Continue reading) had he fainted? He had been awake just a moment ago. Su-ho didnt know. During the horrific searing pain, the Pi Seong-yeol he had seen through the flames no longer resembled the junior he once knew... no, he no longer looked like a human. He was a demon. For the hours he burned in the flames, Su-ho had been a demon in Pi Seong-yeols eyes. Just coming near him would make him have convulsions. And thats why he fainted. The sight of Su-ho coming closer, extending his foot toward him, had been so terrifying that he couldnt keep his mind together. As long as hes not dead, I dont care. Su-ho retrieved his severed limbs and used Heal and Recovery. As expected, Pi Seong-yeols severed limbs reattached as if by magic. Su-ho, having finished the surgery, used the tip of the summoned Blood Sword to pierce the nerve bundle beneath the shoulder. AAAH! As expected, neural pain. The effect was good. Pi Seong-yeol, stabbed through his skin, jerked his body like a live fish. Simultaneously, his hands and feet shriveled, showing that the surgery had gone well. Good, theyve reattached well. With the surgery successfully done, it was time to start discussing matters. But before that, Su-ho wanted to see Pi Seong-yeols reaction. Senior? At the word senior, Pi Seong-yeols body flinched. Then, trembling, he sat up. Well, not exactly sat uphe dropped to his knees. His shaking hands clasped together, rubbing them desperately like a praying man. P-Please... s-save me... please, please... save me, please...! His whole body was shaking, not just his chin. Tears were flowing. It was strange. Even after being burned for so long, his tear ducts didnt dry up. Su-ho watched him silently. The man who was endlessly begging for forgiveness. But watching him beg for forgiveness, disappointment started to build inside Su-ho. ...In the end, youre just like any other human. E-eh? Youre just another human who will ultimately submit to power... At that moment, Su-ho felt a deep surge of disgust, born from an overwhelming sense of hatred. It made him feel sick. And rightfully so. Su-ho had never seen Pi Seong-yeol truly regret anything in his life. Even when everything was exposed and he lost everything, Pi Seong-yeol had remained confident to the very end. He never knew how to lower his head and was as confident as any historical war criminal. Su-ho had always wondered. Did he truly not feel any shame for his actions? A man educated at the highest levels? Or did he think of himself as something different from others, believing he could act without consequence? At the time, Su-ho hadnt been able to do much. He had succeeded in reforming the association, breaking the redevelopment cartel, and became one of the best in the country, yet there was so little he could do. He wasnt a returnee then, nor did he know the truth hidden from the world, or have a deep understanding of the peoples circumstances. So in the end, he had to punish Pi Seong-yeol within the bounds of the law. Despite the lingering regret and discomfort, Su-ho had pushed those personal emotions aside to handle the real-world problems. But now, it was different. With the help of the system, Su-ho had returned to the past. Now, he had enough time, power, and knowledge of hidden truths to dismantle Pi Seong-yeol completely and impose personal retribution in ways he could never have dreamed of in his previous life. And now, the result of all that effort was this. Pi Seong-yeol was still nothing more than a human. That realization left Su-ho deeply disappointed, filled with a hatred so strong it almost felt like murder. Su-ho stared at him with dry eyes. Yeah... in the end, all humans are like that. Even foreign powers and strong awakeneds eventually submit to primal force and reveal their weakness. Yet despite seeing that countless times, I thought you might be different. Why did I think that? Was it because I hadnt seen that side of you before? W-what do you mean by that...? Well, it doesnt matter now. Thanks to you, the thing Ive been most curious about has been completely solved. Now that Ive confirmed the one thing I really wanted to know, I wont hesitate no matter what I do next. Pi Seong-yeol couldnt understand what Su-ho was talking about. He only hoped that the man in front of him would spare his life. It was almost laughable. When he was burning in the flames, he would have begged to be put out of his misery, but now, after all the healing, his desire to live had returned. Of course, Su-ho had no intention of killing Pi Seong-yeol. How many people had died because of him? How could a cheap, worthless life like his atone for it? You wont be alive even if you survive, and even if you want to die, you wont be able to. Ill make sure of that. E-eh? Live your whole life in atonement. Youll only see half the world from now on, and youll only hear from one side. You wont be able to speak properly, run, sit, lie down comfortably, or even breathe without feeling pain. W-what does that mean...?! Youll understand once you experience it for yourself. What Im saying. Su-ho raised his finger and began to poke at various pressure points all over Pi Seong-yeols body. The pressure points he targeted were the most complex and painful designs Su-ho had ever created in his entire history with pressure point techniques. Eventually, as the pressure points were completed, Pi Seong-yeol couldnt withstand the pain and fainted. Su-ho left the space house with the unconscious Pi Seong-yeol and threw him into the living room of his house. He then summoned a clone and cast Mist Cloak before giving it an order. If Pi Seong-yeol tried to take his own life, the clone was to stop him at all costs. Before leaving the house, Su-ho looked at the unconscious Pi Seong-yeol and spoke his final words. Live long, senior. Chapter 184 Su-ho had spent about six hours with Pi Seong-yeol. And in that time, the world had turned upside down. C Vice-President of Daehun Corporations confession! Shock Project truly existed. C List of members involved in the redevelopment cartel revealed... C The mastermind behind it all was former Seoul District Prosecutor Pi Seong-yeol?! Everything was following the expected course. Su-ho had given all the materials related to the redevelopment gate to Jo Jin-hwi, who, with his team of reporters, was on standby to release the articles immediately. Moreover, the key figure in this scandal, Pi Seong-yeol, was now completely helpless and had even betrayed his closest allies. The redevelopment cartel, which had always been in control, was now defenseless and exposed. C Among the members of the redevelopment cartel, the current ruling party leader Son Kwon-ho is involved, causing shock... C The Blue House has recognized the severity of the situation and immediately launched an investigation... C A special prosecutors bill for the redevelopment gate has been proposed! Everything was moving rapidly. The evidence was clear, and there were no loopholes left for anyone to escape. Even those who thought they wouldnt be implicated because they received so little were now named and mentioned. Especially Pi Seong-yeols direct subordinates had been working fiercely. They had gathered all the evidence they could according to Su-hos instructions and sent it directly to Jo Jin-hwi. Jo Jin-hwi, living on coffee and energy drinks, was working tirelessly without showing any signs of fatigue. He felt more alive than ever before. And Pi Seong-yeol... .... After being mutilated and burned in the space house, Pi Seong-yeol woke up to find himself alone in an empty house. There was no sign of anyone. It felt as though nothing had changed from the very beginning; he woke up in the middle of the living room, completely alone. And the first thing he faced, the moment his mind cleared, was... ...Ugh! An inexplicable pain. His chest hurt. Breathing was difficult, and his vision was limited to just one side. But that wasnt all. Whether standing, sitting, or even lying down, a strange pain gripped him, and everything felt uncomfortable. His heart pounded. It all felt like a dream. So, he tried to drink some cold water to snap out of it. But as soon as he took a sip, Pi Seong-yeol realized something. Ah... He couldnt taste the water. He always drank Hogea tea at home, his favorite herbal drink, but now, it had no taste. It was then that the words from his fevered memories came flooding back. Live your whole life in atonement. Youll only see half the world from now on and hear from only one side. You wont be able to speak properly, run, sit, lie down comfortably, and even breathing will bring you pain. Ah. Right. His junior had said those words. At that moment, Pi Seong-yeols hand went limp, and he dropped the water bottle. Water leaked onto the floor. Without a word, he poured the spilled water back. Su-ho hadnt said anything else to him. No, Su-ho hadnt talked to him about the redevelopment or anything else. He had just suddenly appeared and scolded him, as if he knew everything. Does he know everything? That was when Pi Seong-yeols eyes widened. Now that he thought about it, wasnt that the case? How did Su-ho know all of this and do this to him? Had they ever discussed the Shock Project? No. Not once. But Su-ho had appeared, like someone who knew everything, to pass judgment on him, talking about his wrongdoings and sins. Like the King of Hell. .... Pi Seong-yeol closed his lips. No one had told him the answer to why Su-ho visited, but Pi Seong-yeol instinctively knew. Perhaps... No, he was certain. Everything that was happening to him now was because of Su-ho. But so what? Knowing that, Pi Seong-yeol realized he could do nothing. He also realized that the only thing left to do was remain silent. Ignoring the water bottle he had dropped, Pi Seong-yeol walked over and sat down on the dining chair. Even sitting down, his whole body hurt. But at least, it wasnt the same pain he felt in the flames. Now, his brow furrowed, and he bit his lip like someone holding someone elses handhe could bear it to some extent. At that moment, his phone rang. Coincidentally, it was on the dining table. Had he put his phone on the table? That didnt matter. Pi Seong-yeol grabbed the ringing phone and checked the messages. .... There were so many messages piled up. The Chairman of the Association, members of the redevelopment cartel he had been involved with, people he trusted, and even the police, prosecutors, and reporters were all contacting him. Among them, there were texts from unknown citizens criticizing him, wondering how they got his contact details. .... Pi Seong-yeol silently scrolled through the messages and placed the phone back on the table. It was over. Just as Kim Seung-hwan had said, everything was truly over. So, what could he do now? At that moment, Pi Seong-yeols eyes widened again. Yes. In that instant, Pi Seong-yeol realized something. Su-ho had done all those horrible things to him, yet he had never made a demand. Heh... Heh... It was absurd. No, not just absurdit was terrifying. Su-ho had delivered such a severe punishment, and yet, unbelievably, he had made no demands. He just inflicted hellish pain on him, then vanished like a dream. When Pi Seong-yeol realized this, many thoughts flooded his mind. What did Su-ho want from him? What was Su-hos true intention? He pondered for a long time, but in the end, the answer became clear. Right... In the end, thats all he wants from me. Pi Seong-yeol stood up. As Su-ho rose, sharp waves of pain hit him once more due to the pressure points he had set, but Pi Seong-yeol only slightly narrowed his eyes, walking slowly and deliberately as usual. He passed through the kitchen and headed toward the living room, where he opened the largest window. It took a lot of effort to open the window. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Normally, he could open it with just the press of a button, but because Su-ho had pressed his pressure points, he could only use less than half the strength he usually would. Furthermore, the window was a double-glazed one. After opening both windows and pulling up the mesh screen, a chilling breeze poured into the house. Whooosh! The wind was cold. Normally, even winter winds would make him laugh, saying how refreshing they were, but today, the wind felt unusually cold. The sun had yet to rise. So, the world was dark. This was probably the darkest moment. The darkness of the world is always deepest just before dawn. Pi Seong-yeol stared blankly at the Han River. Along Han River Road, cars, as if they had something urgent to do, were speeding by with their headlights on. It was laughable. There was a time when he lived desperately just to see the Han River and the cars speeding by. He had thought that there was no greater power in Seoul than the right to view the Han River. Thats why he started in real estate. The Han River view that everyone coveted, and the absolute sense of security that no Gate would ever appear again, became the symbol of wealth anyone living in this era would desire. Of course, Pi Seong-yeol valued power more than wealth. He wasnt interested unless it was the greatest power of all. Thats why, among all the Han River-view properties, he chose the "Future Apartment" in Apgujeong. Since the establishment of South Korea, whether it was redevelopment or reconstruction, any place that began with the intention of becoming the best would, without a doubt, become the most valuable apartment. Future Apartment was one such place. So, with the wealth he had accumulated, he moved into this place, which was falling apart, only the interior renovated. But now, it was all over. If the Special Prosecution Law were passed after this incident, the Shock Project or whatever would be of no use, and even the Future Apartment, which he had painstakingly obtained, would be taken away. At the same time, he would be buried, faster than anyone else, at rock bottom... no, deeper, in the underground. Rather than live to see that, it would be better to die. Desire is truly laughable. When half a day burned in the fire, he wished he could just be killed, but when his body was fine, he wanted to live. But now, once again, he wanted to die, so if this isn''t ridiculous, what is? Pi Seong-yeol turned his head and looked around the empty house. The house was empty. There was nothing left. Various awards and certificates hung on one side of the living room, but, well... they wouldn''t save him. After completing his thoughts, Pi Seong-yeol placed his foot on the safety rail. He was about to close his eyes and jump to the other side. Boom! In an instant, his body was hurled into the air. Someone had grabbed him and thrown him. But the direction his body flew was ? NvIight ? (Original source) not outside the window, but into the house. His vision blurred as he fell, and Pi Seong-yeol soon found himself rolling in the living room. W-Whats going on? So shocked, he unconsciously shouted. There shouldnt have been anyone in the house! Was it a ghost? But the sensation of someone gripping his body was too real to be ignored. Then, it happened. "Ah...!" Pi Seong-yeols eyes widened, as though he had seen a ghost. It couldnt be helped. His gaze fell upon Su-ho, who was staring at him with a blank expression. "You... Youre...!" It was then. Ssss... Su-hos body began to dissipate from his feet, as if turning into mist. It wasnt a mistake. Like vapor turning into steam, Su-hos body slowly disappeared. But even as he vanished, Su-ho never stopped staring at him. In that strange scene, Pi Seong-yeol could only stand frozen in place, awkwardly, without a word, until Su-ho was completely gone. And when the two eyes that had been watching him also vaporized and disappeared, only then could Pi Seong-yeol finally take a breath. T-This... what is this... At that moment, a realization struck his mind like a lightning bolt. Youre alive, but youre not truly alive, and you want to die, but you wont be able to. I will make sure of that. A blurry memory of a phrase he couldnt quite recall came to him. Remembering those words, Pi Seong-yeol broke into a cold sweat. He slowly turned his head and looked at the empty house again. There was no one in the house. But instinctively, he felt it. This place wasnt empty. And at the same time, he realized with certainty. Now, the only thing that could kill him was time. The moment he realized this, Pi Seong-yeol couldnt help but let out a scream, almost close to a sob. It was a desperate cry. *** So, he thought about jumping after all. Su-ho felt the movement of his clone and shook his head. He had anticipated it and placed the clone, but he didnt think it would happen so soon. But it didnt matter. Even if it meant spending his magical power for the rest of his life, Su-ho would make sure a clone stayed beside Pi Seong-yeol so that he could never die. Well, itll only last until we reach Cheongok though. At that moment. Screech! A car quickly entered the parking lot. The car owner got out, and as soon as he saw Su-ho, he shouted. Hey, An Su-ho! The person urgently calling Su-hos name was none other than Jeong Cheol-min. Chapter 185 Jeong Cheol-min was visibly excited. It wasn''t excitement driven by anger. It was simply excitement from enthusiasm. Especially since he had never called Su-ho with an honorific before, anyone else would have been very surprised to hear it. But since it was Su-ho, it didn''t seem to matter, and Su-ho greeted him with a smile. "You''ve arrived?" "What do you mean, ''you''ve arrived''...? Hey, what was all that talk over the phone? You said you destroyed Director Pi?" Jeong Cheol-mins excitement was caused by something far more outrageous than he had expected. He had heard that Su-ho was out of town for some business, but then suddenly he received a call where Su-ho said he had destroyed Pi Seong-yeol. At first, he thought he must have heard it wrong. He had already seen on the news that Pi Seong-yeol was taken down. But Su-ho said with a clear and crisp tone: "Yes, I destroyed him." "What the hell...!" Jeong Cheol-min''s eyes were about to pop out, and Su-ho, as calm as ever, with a pleasant and almost too friendly smile, said: "You''re too worked up, Team Leader. Let''s have a coffee. I would have taken you to the backyard, but since I have something to show you, I''ve already prepared coffee in the conference room." "Hah... you really are something else..." Su-ho was truly unpredictable. But thats why, in the end, Jeong Cheol-min followed his suggestion and went along. Of course, he wasnt silent on the way to the conference room. He kept asking. What was that phone call all about? Was he really not going to tell him? How did he destroy Pi Seong-yeol? Each time, Su-ho replied with a calm "Yes, really." "Ill explain it when we get there." In the end, Jeong Cheol-min didnt get any answers until they reached the conference room. There, a warm cup of coffee waited, and as soon as he sat down, Jeong Cheol-min pulled his cup toward him and asked: "Now tell me. What the hell is all this about?" "Are you in that much of a hurry?" "You crazy bastard! You dropped a keyword that had me this worked up, and now you ask me if Im in a hurry?" "True, I guess. Anyway, here''s what happened..." Su-ho began to explain, mixing truth and lies as he outlined the events. He had accidentally gathered information about Pi Seong-yeols redevelopment cartel and had been personally investigating it, which had led to the current situation. When Jeong Cheol-min heard this, his eyes widened in disbelief. He stared at Su-ho for a long time. He couldnt believe it. After a while, Jeong Cheol-min asked: "Hey." "Yes?" "You''re asking me to believe this?" "Isnt reality always more dramatic than drama?" "Even so, this redevelopment gate, just a glance and it''s clear this is no small thing. How could you possibly...?" "I didnt do everything from A to Z, but I found some gaps and worked between the cracks. So, Ive been busy." "But in the meantime, youve been tackling sealed gates too, havent you?" "Of course. But thats something I have to do. The redevelopment gate wasnt officially part of my job, was it?" "Thats true... but damn, you''re crazy." "Isnt it a bit much to say such things to your beloved subordinate?" "I dont even like you, and youre not my subordinate." "Forget the love, Im your deputy team leader, so how could I not be your subordinate?" "Look at the state of the Association. The president, the vice president, and the heads of departments are all about to be fired. You think you and I are going to stick together through all of this? You keep forgetting you came in as a special recruit. If things go down this path, were done." "Well, yeah... thats expected." Many departments would be cut, and there would be plenty of vacancies. It would probably be an unprecedented overhaul. As Su-ho smiled silently, Jeong Cheol-min rubbed his face. Then, a sudden ominous feeling made him cautiously ask: "Su-ho." "Yes, Team Leader?" "I''m asking this just in case, but Ive been looking through the news feed, and your name hasnt appeared anywhere." "And?" "You said you triggered this gate. You''re telling me that directly now." "Thats right." "Did you do this on purpose?" At that question, Su-ho smiled slightly. "Yes, I did it on purpose. And not many people know about it." "..." Jeong Cheol-min was dumbfounded by Su-ho''s calm confession. Why? He couldnt understand this kid. Jeong Cheol-min asked: "Why? Why would you do that?" "I didnt want to reveal myself. If people find out Im involved in something like this, itll be exhausting in many ways." "What do you mean by that?" "Its simple. I just want to finish the gates. But if people find out I started this, itll be a hassle for the things I want to do." "What kind of hassle? People will treat you like a hero, the more they know, the more theyll worship you." "Thats the problem. A hunter should just tackle gates, not be put on a pedestal for it. Also, if one person has too many roles, peoples expectations get too high, and that becomes troublesome." "I cant understand you." But Jeong Cheol-min gave up trying to understand. How could an ordinary person comprehend the thoughts of a genius? Finally, Jeong Cheol-min took a sip of his coffee. Then, suddenly, another question came to mind, and he asked: "Hey, then why tell me? Shouldnt this be a secret for me too?" "True. But youre my senior, arent you?" "What?" "Of course, I have to report everything to my senior. Isnt that basic?" "...?" For a moment, Jeong Cheol-mins expression twisted in confusion. "Hey." "Yes?" "Do you want to die?" "No, I want to live." "Are you making a joke right now?" "How did you know it was a joke?" "You little brat!" As Jeong Cheol-min tried to grab Su-ho by the collar, Su-ho just laughed and let himself be caught. "Haha, its just a joke. I actually have a favor to ask you." "What favor? No way, I wont do it!" "Come on, you have to accept. Otherwise, when the personnel changes happen, another unawakened person will get a high position, you know?" This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Jeong Cheol-min paused. Su-hos words made him freeze. "...What are you talking about?" "Just as I said. The reason I revealed this to you is because I want to make it clear that Im thinking the same way you are." "...?" Jeong Cheol-min, who had been grabbing Su-ho by the collar, slowly sat back down. Go on. Team Leader, youve always complained about how the upper ranks are filled with unawakened people, causing difficulties for the hunters in the association. But now, all the upper ranks causing problems have been removed, right? Right? Then, new people will fill those positions, but what do you think will happen if unawakened people take over again? At Su-hos words, Jeong Cheol-min briefly imagined the future of the association. And without realizing it, cold sweat started to drip down his back. "...It would be a disaster." "Exactly. So, we need an awakened person to secure the upper ranks, right?" But who?" Su-ho stared intently at Jeong Cheol-min. At that direct gaze, Jeong Cheol-mins eyes widened. He pointed at himself, confused. "Me?" "Yes." "No, you crazy bastard! Why me? Youre fine and sitting here!" "Well, I dont have the experience to sit in such a seat." "No, what do you mean, experience? Whether we like it or not, if someone has to sit at the top, it should definitely be you!" "Well, but Im {N?o?v?e?l?i?g?h?t} sure the higher-ups wont see it that way. Im good at tackling gates, but I dont know anything about running the association." "Like I do?!" "At least you know more than I do. Youve got experience. If you dont know something, youll study, right?" Su-hos words were sincere. Even in his past life, Jeong Cheol-min had suddenly become the associations president, and despite the unexpectedness, he managed to run things well. Humans are creatures of adaptation, and especially someone like Team Leader Cheol-min, with his sense of duty, will do fine even if it takes time to adjust. Su-ho had great trust in Jeong Cheol-min. Thats why he was trying to get him into a higher position this time as well. After hearing Su-hos words, Jeong Cheol-min wiped his face and continued. "...But Su-ho, you might not understand the power dynamics in a corporate structure. Even if you want to push me, do you know how many people are left who can sit in the higher ranks? Especially within our association, theres a whole truckload." "Are you talking about the department heads and section chiefs? Theyll all be fired. The shock project tied to the redevelopment gate is much bigger than we thought, and many people are involved." "Even so, how will you prove all that? If you just say Pi Seong-yeol ordered it, hell just get a slap on the wrist." "Thats why Ive prepared something." Su-ho pulled out a bundle of papers from underneath the table and placed them on it. "Whats this?" "Just take a look." Jeong Cheol-min began to read through the papers Su-ho handed over. "...Is this for real?" "Yes, this was secretly pushed forward by Pi Seong-yeol." "Wow, these crazy bastards..." The documents were about the Shock Project at the Apgujeong Future Apartments. Jeong Cheol-min had a reaction similar to Jo Jin-hwis. It made sense. The Apgujeong Future Apartments were one of the most prestigious properties in the country, and no one could have imagined it would be used in such a way. Su-ho continued. "You could ignore the previous projects, but with this Future Apartments case still in progress, theres no way to pretend you didnt know. If you do, it will be seen as incompetence, and you''ll be forced to step down." "You really thought of everything..." Jeong Cheol-min, still processing the situation, nodded slowly. Then, Su-ho added, speaking about the future. Its going to be a real reform. It has to be. If we dont remove the cancerous cells, theyll just metastasize to somewhere else. "Right, I understand what you mean. So, what should I do now?" "Level up." "Level?" "Yes, level up. The paperwork is already set up, so the tumors will be removed on their own. Then, well need to place the most outstanding person from the remaining candidates in the higher positions. And to do that, youll need to have the best specs." "Thats what leveling up is for?" "No. What really counts is the results. But the results, Ill help you achieve. Were working on the Sealed Gate Project right now, and Ill make sure to solve it by running around. Plus, Ill create a few more projects, and all of them will be pushed under your name. So, all you need to do is raise your level." Jeong Cheol-min tilted his head in confusion. "I get the removal and the results, but why the level?" "Do you want to be treated like Pi Seong-yeol?" "What?" "Everyone in the upper ranks was unawakened, but Pi Seong-yeol was the only awakened one. However, Pi Seong-yeol didnt raise his level, so if you raise yours, itll show that you''re different from him." "Ah, but how am I supposed to raise my level now?" "I knew youd ask that, so Ive prepared a good hunting ground. Why do you think I called you here this early in the morning?" "What?" "Until the association reform is complete, youll focus solely on leveling up, except for meal times." Su-ho then began setting up his laptop. There was no better place to quietly level up than the virus dungeon. However, Jeong Cheol-min, still in disbelief, asked again: "No... youre joking, right?" Su-ho ignored him and continued setting up. Chapter 186 Haha... Kim Seung-hwan laughed. As Su-ho had predicted, he had indeed been designated as a special prosecutor for the Special Prosecution Law. But that wasnt all. Everything had unfolded just as Su-ho had anticipated. The nations focus was entirely on the redevelopment gate, which was being called the largest gate ever, and almost daily, members of the redevelopment cartel were being arrested. Although some might have thought, Someones going to get killed at this rate, no one had stopped those accusations or mockery this time. And it made sense. The members of the redevelopment cartel were mass murderers, pushing innocent people into death for the sake of their real estate profits. The Special Prosecution Law was fast-tracked and quickly gained momentum. A special investigation team was organized, and investigations into the redevelopment gate were launched. The investigations proceeded smoothly. Since Su-ho had already provided all the materials through Kim Seung-hwan and Jo Jin-hwi, the investigation team only needed to arrest those involved. And finally, the story of the Apgujeong Future Apartments emerged. Peoples anger was even more intense than before, and members of the association connected to Pi Seong-yeol, the projects mastermind, including Go Seong-rok, the head of the Gate Department, and his subordinates, were all implicated. But the most shocking thing amidst all of this was still Su-ho. Kim Seung-hwan, scrolling through his news feed, thought to himself: He really concealed himself thoroughly. Looking back, Su-ho never claimed he was going to step forward. He simply provided the data, set the stage, and told people how things would unfold. Of course, he also saved people from crises. It was likely that Su-ho had cared for others in this way as well. He and I live in completely different worlds. He had pretended to give Kim Seung-hwan a weakness, but in the end, those weaknesses werent weaknesses at all. Thats why Kim Seung-hwan made a silent vow again. He would focus only on what he wanted to do. Just like in the past, he would ignore everything else and dedicate himself solely to his professional duties. That was the only way to make himself truly equal to someone like Su-ho. By the way, what is he doing now? Kim Seung-hwan looked at his phone. It wasnt that Su-ho hadnt contacted him at all. But the content of the communication was simple: C I will contact you once everything is settled. He was told to wait. Kim Seung-hwan put down his phone and shook his head. If hes told to wait, then hed wait. While doing his own work. He started gathering his documents. *** Meanwhile, at that moment. Thud! A massive monster with a large body collapsed. [You have defeated the One-Eyed Troll.] [The gate has been cleared.] [The MVP for the gate clearance is An Su-ho.] [Additional experience is awarded for MVP selection.] [1 bonus stat is awarded for MVP selection.] [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat.] The flood of system notifications rang in his ears. Su-ho opened his status window. Status window. [An Su-ho] C Lv: 126 C Class: Crusader C Traits: C Strength (O): 74 C Mana (O): 37 C Sensory (O): 37 C Bonus Stats: 2 Su-ho invested the two bonus stats into Strength and closed the status window. "Phew." A few days had passed since he revealed everything to Jeong Cheol-min. During that time, Su-ho had devoted himself solely to clearing Sealed Gates. In those three days, he had cleared eight Sealed Gates. For each gate, he gained a level, and just from the bonus stats, he had earned 16. Why had Su-ho been so focused on clearing the Sealed Gates? It was simple. To ensure that Jeong Cheol-min would be firmly pushed forward in the upcoming personnel reforms. At this rate, I think Ive cleared most of the 1-star Sealed Gates... How many Sealed Gates had he cleared so far? Especially the 1-star gates, which required a level of 100 or more to enter. He had cleared 11 of them. Now, the number of remaining 1-star Sealed Gates in Korea was almost none. Of course, the public didnt know about it. All of these events had certainly been big surprises for everyone. But they had been overshadowed by the redevelopment gate. Su-ho had intentionally controlled the information. He didnt want the publics attention diverted to him because of these incidents. Controlling information was easy. Now that Su-ho had obtained authority, he could impose an embargo on the military, and if he kept quiet, that was the end of it. As Su-ho walked toward the exit portal, he thought: The Sealed Gate Project should be wrapping up soon, and its time to start on other tasks. The Grand Hunter Associations role, of course, was to manage the awakened people and control all threatening gates. In that sense, the Sealed Gates, starting with the Iron Valley, were the biggest threats. Over ten had been cleared, and Jeong Cheol-mins contribution would be more than enough to earn him praise. Although Jeong Cheol-min hadnt entered the gates himself, it was Su-ho who had cleared them all. Even so, Jeong Cheol-min would benefit greatly from this. Now, it was time to prepare for other projects. And those projects would be for none other than himself. Su-ho bowed to the manager of the Sealed Gate he had cleared and then got into the car to head toward Paju. Boom! His destination was Nexus Academy in Paju. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. After a long drive, Su-ho parked his car at the academy and naturally headed toward the S-Class Training Center. In the room, the banshees who had received the message were already waiting. "He''s here." "Did you come?" As Su-ho entered, the banshees who were seated stood up and greeted him. Seeing that, Su-ho chuckled. "Why the awkwardness? Just act like usual." "Haha, we never acted like that." The response came from Seo Gi-won. Although he was one of the younger members, he always took the initiative and answered on behalf of everyone. However, no one in the group ever saw that as a problem. In fact, they appreciated how he used his affectionate personality to keep the atmosphere light and eased the tension. Su-ho glanced around at the banshees. Starting with Seo Gi-won, who was sitting closest to him, and then Nam Hae-won next to him. Then, the original members of the banshee group: Gu Yeon-hwa, Kim Hyun-min, Seo Gyo-won, and Kwak Doo-ho. Finally, the most recent addition, Kim Geon. The reason for gathering all seven of them was linked to the second project Su-ho was planning. Su-ho nodded and spoke. You all know the countrys been in turmoil recently, right? Yes, we know. Because of that, it seems like there will be a major reform in the association. Im also planning to prepare for it, but I think you all need to prepare as well. Prepare? What kind of preparation are you talking about? Im going to join the Special Forces. I was always meant to join, but given the situation, Im thinking of aiming for the position of the head of the Special Forces. The mention of the Special Forces head position made everyones eyes widen in surprise. In particular, Nam Hae-won squinted and asked. Is it a position you can just take because you want it? Ill make it happen. Thats why Im preparing. What kind of preparation are you talking about? Do you know what the Special Forces does? They go after villains, right? Thats right. To be specific, they hunt awakened criminals. But they also handle tasks that other departments cant. Well, some of you may know, but I dont trust people easily. So, if I join the Special Forces, I want to make sure the members are people I trust. Seo Gi-wons eyes widened at Su-hos words. Hyung, are you serious? Yes. I believe you all should be part of it. So, after the personnel reforms, once I become the head of the Special Forces, Im planning to push for special recruitment in the department. Special recruitment in the Special Forces. There was no precedent for recruiting specifically for certain departments in the Grand Hunter Association. But after the past reforms in the Grand Hunter Association, special recruitment became more active. The redevelopment gate incident had caused too many people to be removed. Of course, theres no such thing as special recruitment for the Special Forces right now, but after the reforms, there will be a shortage of personnel. So, I want to prepare ahead of time. And I think all of you are qualified for it. Kim Geon spoke up. Then, may I ask what the qualifications are? First of all, the most important thing is level. You all need to be at least 1-star players to join easily, dont you think? But thats something you can quickly handle with the virus dungeon, so its not a big deal. After that, it would be good to have relevant specs. Relevant specs... Do you mean something like a certification? No? What do you mean certifications? Since youre going to be working in the Special Forces, dealing with awakened criminals, I think it would help if everyone has experience catching awakened criminals. At Su-hos explanation, Gu Yeon-hwa furrowed her brows. So, does this mean you want us to start {N?o?v?e?l?i?g?h?t} hunting villains from now on? Ding-dong, correct. As expected, Gu Yeon-hwa. She immediately nailed the answer, and Su-ho exclaimed ding-dong, prompting everyone to slightly open their mouths in surprise. Nam Hae-won spoke up. Are you serious? Of course I am. What better qualification than having a history of hunting villains when applying for special recruitment? But dont worry too much. Ill set up all the villains youll need to hunt. And of course, Ill be joining in the hunt as well. Even you, Team Leader? Of course. Im aiming for the head of the Special Forces, so Ill probably be catching more villains than you guys. So, dont worry. No matter what, if everything goes according to plan, all of you will make it into the Special Forces. If youre preparing it, then we dont have to worry... But is this all we need to prepare for? No, theres one more thing, and its the most important. What is it? Basically, you all need to be skilled. Skilled? What kind of skill? Obviously, combat abilities. In that sense, how about we have a little test? I heard the news. You all finally succeeded in capturing my avatar, right? As Su-ho continued, he looked at Kim Geon. The reason he looked at Kim Geon was that he had heard the news from him. Kim Geons eyes gleamed as he replied. Based on the current settings, if we all work together, we can clear it multiple times. Are you sure? Yes, Ive confirmed it more than 10 times before contacting you. Su-ho laughed. As expected of Kim Geon. The former OPS #1 player was truly different. Standing up, Su-ho said: Alright, then lets confirm it right away. Everyone, come into Infinity. Not an avatar, but the original, for observation. At those words, everyone started to feel the tension rise. Chapter 187 Gonryun. There, seven challengers and one enemy stood. And one observer. The observer took a step back and spoke. Get ready. At those words, Kim Geon nodded and said, Formation A. At the mention of Formation A, the Banshees lined up according to their positions. Ho-oh. Theyve even come up with formations now? Su-ho watched their positioning with interest. However, the Banshees'' placement was a bit unusual. Tank Guak Doo-ho led, with Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwa standing beside him. Then, a little further back, Kim Hyun-min and Seo Gyo-won, followed by Nam Hae-won and Seo Gi-won, took their positions. ''Interesting positioning.'' Su-ho was curious. After nodding, Su-hos avatar charged toward them. Lets go!! As the avatar rushed forward, Guak Doo-ho also shouted fiercely, charging head-on with Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwa to face Su-hos avatar. At that moment, Su-hos avatar adopted its characteristic sword stance, swinging its blade widely. Guak Doo-ho reached out, blocking the avatar''s sword with his shield. At the same time, Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwa, positioned a little behind, advanced and drew their swords, aiming to strike. Whoa. Unlike the past, where heads would fly off instantly, now there was no hesitation in their movements. Just as Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwas swords were about to strike Su-hos avatar, Kim Geon shouted. Now! That was when it happened. Whoosh! Crackle! Flames erupted, and a thunderous attack followed. It was the magic skills of Seo Gi-won and Nam Hae-won. Everything was timed perfectly, pouring in within a second. But Su-hos avatar wasnt one to be taken down by such an attack. As Guak Doo-ho blocked the attack, Su-ho began to retrieve his sword, preparing to counter the attack. At the same time, he twisted his body, getting ready to block Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwas strikes. Around that time, Su-ho saw the magical attacks from Seo Gi-won and Nam Hae-won. While his body blocked Kim Geon and Gu Yeon-hwas attacks, his eyes were fixed on the two mages. Instantly, he assessed the situation and decided to give up on physical defense, preparing to step back and strike at the ground. But that was where he made his mistake. Boom!! A massive explosion. Just as Su-hos avatar attempted to retreat, a huge blast detonated from behind. It was Seo Gyo-wons bomb attack. To Su-hos surprise, Seo Gyo-won was behind the avatar, together with Kim Hyun-min. It was astonishing. Just moments ago, Seo Gyo-won was positioned behind the front line, with Seo Gi-won and Nam Hae-won, along with Kim Hyun-min, behind Guak Doo-ho. The secret lay in Kim Hyun-mins movement skill. He deliberately created a situation where I had no choice but to retreat. Narrowing down the escape routes and attacking the only blind spot. That was the strategy Kim Geon had found for dealing with Su-hos avatar. Rumble... Su-hos avatar, caught in the explosion, took a heavy hit and fell to the ground. The damage was severe, and its body trembled. Just as it was trying to get up, the swordsmen planted their blades into the avatars back, finishing it off cleanly. One of the swordsmen, Gu Yeon-hwa, pulled out her sword and spoke. How was that? Much better. But a bit eerie. Compared to how many times weve been cut here, this is nothing. Well, thats true. But still, this is impressive. Did the increase in numbers make a difference? I guess numbers really do matter. But... Su-ho looked at Kim Geon and asked, This strategy wouldnt work with just seven people, would it? Kim Geon smiled and answered. This formation was made to counter An Su-ho, after all. Hm, really? It was the best option. Your physicality is just too overwhelming to go one-on-one with. Even the Ops #1 is complaining? Thats Ops, not reality. And I must admit, your avatar feels more like a gate boss fight, to be honest. That was true. Still, gathering seven people to overpower meimpressive, right? Of course, they wouldnt even be able to approach me now. But still, this was a satisfactory result. Even though it was the early version of the avatar, An Su-ho is An Su-ho. Compared to other amateurs, Su-ho was undeniably more powerful. Su-ho nodded and spoke sincerely. You did well. A team needs a commanding officer. That was genuine. Even if these guys joined the special division, most of them would be assigned to missions in groups. Therefore, what Su-ho expected most from the Banshees wasnt individual skill, but team coordination. In that sense, the Banshee team led by Kim Geon was exactly what Su-ho wanted. Good. This is a pass. I didnt recruit you for this specifically, but still, the veteran Ops #1 experience isnt going anywhere, huh? If its a similar genre, then it works. Alright, then. Before we go on villain hunting, everyone get some serious level grinding in the virus dungeon. Once everyone hits level 100 and awakens their second characteristics, well start villain hunting. Understood? Just a moment. As Su-ho was about to dismiss the team, Gu Yeon-hwa raised her hand. Team Leader, please log out for a moment, I need to talk. Why? I have something to discuss with you. Alright, sure. What about the others? Theyre fine. Then take the rest of the day off and focus on leveling up starting tomorrow. Understood. Then, dismissed. At Su-hos command, everyone logged out. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. As soon as they exited the machine, except for those who requested interviews, the rest of the team left the center. But to Su-hos surprise, it wasnt just Gu Yeon-hwa who had requested the interview. The original Banshee squad members had all requested a meeting. Seeing the group, Su-ho instinctively understood. Here it comes. But he didnt let on that he knew. As Su-ho sat down, he spoke. I thought it was just Gu Yeon-hwa who requested the meeting, but I didnt expect the original Banshee squad to all show up. Whats going on? After a moment of silence, Gu Yeon-hwa spoke on behalf of the others. We requested the meeting to thank you. Thank for what? For revenge. There was no preamble. It seemed they had planned this from the beginning. Su-ho was momentarily taken aback by the unexpected words. He couldnt help but feign ignorance. Wh-what? You dont need to pretend. The redevelopment gates that are happening right nowthose are all your doing, arent they? ...Why do you think that? Because youre so calm about it. Calm? Do you remember when we first met? When they first met... At her words, Su-ho smiled and asked, What, youre talking about when you guys tried to blow up the building in Naegok-dong, and I stopped you? ...After that. When you scouted us. Of course, I remember. You were speaking informally to me, acting pretty cocky. ...Are you trying to tease me? We''re being very serious here, you know? Whos teasing? Im just stating the facts. So, what about it? Back then, you told us you were joining the Special Division because you wanted to take revenge for losing your family due to the government''s intentional neglect of the premonition gates. And that you needed people to help you with that, so you asked us to join you. As expected, Gu Yeon-hwa. She had a good memory. Su-ho nodded. So? What do you mean, so? The whole world is in an uproar over this, but not a single line with your name has appeared in the news. Not only that, but you act like its not even related to you, treating us like fools. Dont you think thats a bit much? Haha... I didnt mean to do that. Maybe Ive been ignoring it too much. Su-ho awkwardly laughed, and Gu Yeon-hwa wiped the smile from her face before responding. Anyway, I wanted to take this opportunity to thank you. After all, youve taken revenge on our behalf. Hm... Honestly, I thought youd be angry. Angry? Yeah, being teammates and all, why did you go ahead with the revenge without saying a word? That... Before Gu Yeon-hwa could speak, Seo Gyo-won answered instead. I dont think thats the case. We did come together for the same goal, but theres no such thing as a revenge method that satisfies everyone. Besides, we never even told you why we wanted revenge through the Special Division. Youre not our superior, protector, or the one seeking revenge for us. So theres no need to ask for permission for something like that. Su-ho smiled at Seo Gyo-wons words. Because they were true. However, even if something is true, not everyone will accept it purely based on facts. People might seem logical and rational, but in the end, its emotionsfeelingsthat drive the critical moments. Su-ho, still smiling, spoke in the same tone. Thanks for understanding. To be honest, the reason for revenge is a private matter, so I didnt feel comfortable asking directly. I was waiting for you to speak up first, but I couldnt just let time slip by without addressing it once I heard it. I understand. This is not a game. So, even if its late, I wanted to thank you properly. Youve done a revenge that was beyond what we imagined, perfect and impressive. Seo Gyo-won stood up, continuing the conversation. The others followed suit, all standing and bowing deeply in unison. Thank you, Team Leader. Thanks to you, our long-standing grudge has been resolved. The Banshees, offering their heartfelt thanks, bowed deeply. Su-ho smiled as he waved his hand. Oh, no need for such formalities... Its fine, everyone sit down. I was just carrying out my own revenge. Even so, were still grateful. Well, if thats the case, I suppose. With Su-hos gesture, the Banshees sat down again. Once seated, Su-ho cleared his throat and asked. Hm, so whats the plan now? Gu Yeon-hwa asked in return. What do you mean? Well, Ive taken care of your revenge, so theres no reason for you all to stick together anymore. Theres no reason to keep going through this tough training. True. But... are you saying you want to cut ties with us now? No...! What [N O V E L I G H T] do you mean, cut ties? Im just curious about your intentions. At that, Guak Doo-ho laughed and replied. Theres no need to worry. Weve already discussed it amongst ourselves. Youve already decided? Yep, were just going to keep living as Banshees. But now, instead of revenge, were thinking of it as a job. A job? Yeah, a job. I was just living a tough life, doing odd jobs, but thanks to you, I got a position in a huge guild, and now Im about to become a civil servant with a special appointment in the Daehyun Association. So, who would be foolish enough to leave now? Same here. I used to be a delivery guy, working day and night. Why would I go back to that life? Yeon-hwas the same. If she goes back now, shell have to go to college, and after graduation, shell have to prepare for a job anyway. So its better to get a job early and live properly. Oh, and our teacher, Seo Gyo-won, thinks the same way. Kim Hyun-min continued, and Seo Gyo-won smiled and added. You told me to quit my teaching job and come, so now, my life is in your hands, Team Leader. They all laughed, speaking casually and cheerfully. Looking at their faces, it was clear that the desire for revenge had been washed away. Su-ho, too, laughed joyfully and said. Yeah, youre all my employees now, so Ill take care of you. By the way, since were on the topic, should we have a dinner celebration today? Now that the truth is out, we should celebrate the end of this revenge together. Sounds good! Sure! Youre paying, right, Team Leader? Of course, Ill pay. Well, since todays a special day, how about we have a quiet dinner with just us? Hey, its fine. Gyo-won already knows most of our story. Lets do it together. Since its all cleared up, lets share it with everyone. Is that so? Alright, Ill contact them right away. Got it! Kim Hyun-min took out his phone. And everyone smiled brightly. Su-ho, too, smiled brightly. He felt relieved. And he was grateful to them. For not holding any resentment toward him and thanking him instead. Because of that, Su-ho thought, No matter what happens, he would take full responsibility for these friends. Chapter 188 The Next Day. Time passed as usual, and the world remained divided into two factions. On one side, there were punishments for criminals, filled with screams and wails. On the other side, there were daily routines starting with a hearty hangover cure after a boisterous celebration the previous night. As Su-ho had instructed, the Banshees focused on leveling up to meet the average level requirements. Jeong Cheol-min did the same. Su-ho handed Jeong Cheol-min over to Seo Gi-won and finally began his personal activities. The first of these was a meeting with Martin Park. Is this enough? Yes, its enough. During the days Su-ho had been away, Martin Park had faithfully completed the lunar drawings as promised. Thanks to his help, Su-ho was able to continue challenging the Seogo Guard. [ The Guardian of the Seogo Guard acknowledges his defeat. ] [ Gate has been cleared. ] [ The MVP of the gate clearance is ''An Su-ho.'' ] [ Additional experience points awarded for MVP selection. ] [ Bonus stat awarded for MVP selection. ] [ Level increased. ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ 1 bonus stat acquired. ] Su-ho leveled up by 8 levels. [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Bone-Crushing Art (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Hundred Pounds Throw (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Sound Modification Grand Method (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Movement Energy Technique (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Lions Roar (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Iron Cannon Three (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Voice Modulation (B)'' mastered. ] [ You have selected a grapple. ] [ ''Wall Tiger Technique (B)'' mastered. ] Su-ho was able to acquire 8 new grapples. Hmm. Su-ho scratched his chin as he checked the new information on Wall Tiger Technique. Wall Tiger Technique... Its a useful movement skill that lets me stick to walls like Spider-Man, but... What Su-ho truly wanted had not yet appeared. Su-ho quickly checked his status window. Check status window. [ An Su-ho ] C Level: 134 C Class: Crusader C Traits: C Physical Power (O): 84 C Magic Power (O): 51 C Sensory Power (O): 51 C Bonus Stat: 2 Level 134. He had leveled up by 8 levels in no time. This is why Seogo Guard is great. Every time he cleared Seogo Guard, his level increased by one. Su-ho invested his bonus stats into Magic Power and Sensory Power. While Physical Power ?N.o.v.e.l.i.g.h.t? was efficient, Su-ho thought it was time to balance things out. After all, when I use the talent of atonement, the stats get consumed. Su-ho checked the number of remaining Lunar drawings. Only 2 left. He had asked Martin Park for 10 drawings, using 8 of them so far, and had mastered 11 grapples. Still, the final ultimate skill he wanted had not appeared. Do I have to master them all? What Su-ho desired was something that the previous Martial King, Gu Taek-soo, had acquired, but Gu Taek-soo never disclosed how many times it took to obtain it. In fact, he said he didnt remember exactly. He just said that he had been going in and out of Seogo Guard whenever he had a chance, and over time, he naturally mastered it. When Su-ho stepped out of Seogo Guard, Martin Park was sitting on the sofa. Are you going back in? Can I ask you for something? No. Im starting to get tired of this. Then, he got up and said. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Drawing pictures, letting me in, dont you think youre making me work more than what I paid for? Well, dont you think its all good if it works out? Good for you, my foot... So, do you need more drawings? Looking at the flow, it seems Ill need a bit more. Well then, youll have to pay extra. Huh? What do you mean huh? Im getting bored. No matter how much Im using it for good purposes, Im just not into that stuff. So, if you want more, youll have to pay extra for something Im interested in. Alright. Then will the paint ingredients be fine? Do you have anything else stocked up? No. So, what kind of ingredient? If you tell me the color you want, Ill prepare it. It was annoying, but there was no choice. If it werent for Martin Park, Su-ho would have had to wait every time the full moon rose or search for gates related to it. Martin Park chuckled at Su-hos words. Then wait for a bit. Huh? I dont even know what kind of painting I want to make. Its not my style to stock up on materials. Then why did you take the black paint? Because I had a picture I wanted to paint. I use new paint every time I make a painting. Such a peculiar taste. But how could an ordinary person understand a weirdos taste? Su-ho nodded. Got it. Well, let me know when you think of something. But I still have two more full moon paintings left. Can I ask you to finish those? Wait a few days. Youve been using me too much lately. ...Understood. It was a pity. He wanted to use all the materials he had, but since the decision was in Martin Parks hands, Su-ho bowed and left. The Seogo Guard work is good for now... Now, its time to start focusing on building specs. By specs, Su-ho meant the achievements necessary to become the Special Division Chief. He had already secured something appropriate for that purpose. Su-ho picked up his phone and made a call. It was to Choi Yoon. C Hello? Are you busy? C Why? Id like to meet with the Union leader. C What? Choi Yoon, who had been holding the phone with his shoulder and cheek while playing games, hastily set down his controller and answered properly. C What did you say? I want to meet with the Union leader. Could you set it up for me? C Why? I have a proposal for the leader, and I think its better to discuss it in person. Oh, and by the way, Ive already got the right size. Just a simple request, but it feels rude to meet with the leader without notice, dont you think? C Wow... Where did you learn sales? Youre talking like a different person. Ill be waiting for your call. C I get it... Normally, youd get cut off right away, but Ill accept it because its you, Su-ho. It was true. As the leader of the Union, he must have dealt with countless annoying approaches. But in this case, it was Su-ho, so he accepted it. The call ended, and a little while later, Choi Yoon contacted him again. C Im not sure what the proposal is, but the leader is willing to meet. Thanks. When can I meet? C Right now, actually. Hes in Seoul. Great. Please send me the address, and Ill head over. C Got it. As expected, the Union leader. Being the top leader of the underground guild, he had an excellent nose for money. The address arrived, and Su-ho got in his car and headed straight there. *** The place they arrived at was a private modern bar. Two guards were standing at the entrance, and as they took the elevator, there were more guards at the bar entrance. The guards, unlike the ones from the past, were very polite. As the door opened and they entered, they saw the Union leader, Ion, who had arrived earlier and was waiting. Noticing their presence, Ion raised his hand and greeted Su-ho. You''ve arrived? Ion. Surprisingly, he was a young man who had just entered his twenties. However, if you looked at his appearance, he could easily pass for a middle school student, with a small frame and a bishounen-like appearance. Yet, anyone who knew his true identity would never dare to underestimate him based on his looks. Su-ho smiled and introduced himself. Im An Su-ho. Im Ion, the leader of the Union. Ive always heard about you through Choi Yoon, but this is the first time Im meeting you in person. Thats right. Ive only ever heard about you through Mr. Choi Yoon, so its an honor to meet you in person. The honor is mine. Would you like a drink? This place is run by our company, and the bartender here is exceptional. I personally recruited them. You even recruit bartenders? You must have a wide range of interests. Alcohol is traditionally one of the money-making fields. And I also love drinking. In that case, Ill have whatever you recommend. Do you prefer something sweet or bitter? I can drink anything. But I dont know much about alcohol, so Ill leave it to your recommendation. With that, Ion smiled at the bartender and asked for a drink, which was immediately prepared. While the drink is being made, shall we talk business? What kind of proposal did you want to discuss with Mr. Choi Yoon? Ion didnt waste time with unnecessary chatter. This was a reflection of his personality, as one of the things he valued most was time. So Su-ho went straight to the point. Ill promise you the number one spot in the industry. Number one in the industry? Yes, currently, the Union is competing for the top spot in the underground guild scene, alongside Raid, right? Thats true. But if you look at the overall picture, our Union has maintained the top spot for a long time. But I think the gap is quite small. The difference with the third place is large enough that its not something to worry about, but its not the same with Raid, right? At Su-hos words, Ion smirked and nodded. Theres no need to be proud. Its the truth. Anyway, my Union and Raid were established around the same time. But weve still managed to hold onto the top spot. So, when you say youll make us number one in the industry, you mean that youll create a gap between us and Raid as big as the one between us and third place? Ion said that, then brought the cocktail he had ordered to his lips. Seeing this, Su-ho spoke. No, thats not it. What do you mean? Ill create an even bigger gap. And Ill make the Union so strong that the guilds ranked below wont even be able to look at the Union, making it the only one in the industry. ...The only one? Yes. Once Raid disappears, itll naturally become that way. At that moment, Ions eyes widened as he was sipping the cocktail. He moved his gaze to look at Su-ho, slowly pulling the cocktail glass away from his lips. ...Are you serious? I am serious. Why would I waste my time if I wasnt? Haha... Since its you, Su-ho, I do believe you. So, what do you want in exchange for eliminating Raid? Usually, people wonder how to eliminate Raid, but youre more concerned with the price of the goods? Im here purely as a customer, so I think knowing the price of the goods is enough. Isnt that the virtue of a good customer? Haha, thats true. The best customer is the one who quietly comes and buys the goods. In that case, if I make the Union the only one, Id like the Union to be my backup in the future. At that moment, the bartender placed the cocktail made for Su-ho on the table. Chapter 189 The bartender presented an original cocktail, the recipe of which he had created himself. However, instead of introducing the cocktail, the bartender discreetly excused himself from the table. As a result, neither Su-ho nor Ion paid attention to the cocktail, focusing solely on each others eyes. After a brief silence, Ion was the first to break it. Alright. Hmm? He agreed so quickly? Su-ho found himself curious as Ion accepted the proposal without asking any further questions. Only then did Su-ho take the cocktail glass in his hand and speak. Arent you going to ask why? As I said earlier, a good customer only asks about the price and buys the goods. Haha, thats true for a good customer. But for a close customer, wouldnt the conversation be different? A close customer? Who calls a close customer a servant? Ah, a servant? I never called you a servant, I just asked you to back me up. Its fine. Even if a single word could hurt feelings, Im not that petty. Anyway, it seems like you want to be supported from behind, and since youre the countrys top hero, its only natural to do so. And I believe in you. I trust that youre a reasonable person. Ion was surprisingly cool-headed. No, more precisely, he was someone who saw through the essence of things. Although he didnt know Su-ho completely, he had worked with him on a few matters and, based on his public image, he was confident that what Su-ho wanted wasnt the selfish desires of an ordinary person. But what if it was? The Union currently split the underground guild market with Raid, and if Raid disappeared, the profit for the Union would more than double. This was because, once Raid was gone, the Union would almost monopolize the market. Moreover... Could the Union be the one to eliminate Raid, considering that were offering to do so? Ion had a keen nose for money. He was someone who valued profit over honor, a born businessman, and he wasnt someone who would hesitate to bend for massive profits. His pride? If it made money, he could sell it without a second thought. Especially if the other party was the countrys most popular hero. Was that why? Su-ho smiled at Ions attitude. His approach hasnt changed, as always. This wasnt the first time meeting with Ion. As the leader of the countrys leading underground guild, Ion had been a help in Su-hos previous life as well. And back then, Ion had always been humble and generously offered his assistance to Su-ho. Of course, Su-ho had reciprocated the benefits he had received, as expected. So, Su-ho believed that he could maintain a good relationship with him in this life too, as long as he didnt get overly greedy. Su-ho spoke. Understood. Ill go prepare the goods for the transaction now. Right now? Time is money, after all. ...Haha. Ion was left speechless, stunned. And at the same time, he felt a chill run down his spine. How confident must Su-ho be to say he would dismantle the second-place guild right away? Su-ho finished the cocktail in one shot, then handed the empty glass back to the bartender. Delicious. I enjoyed it. Thank you. The bartender replied. And then, Su-ho left the building. *** Su-ho headed to Euljiro, where the Raid headquarters was located. Upon arriving at Euljiro, Su-ho quickly parked his car at the entrance and entered the building. A front desk employee stood up to greet him mechanically, but upon recognizing Su-ho, her eyes widened in surprise. Ah, An Su-ho? Yes, An Su-ho. Is the Vice President upstairs? Well, yes, but... I heard one of my employees was greatly helped here last time. Please give me the elevator card. Certain floors of the Raid headquarters, like the ones where the president and vice president worked, required an access card. As Su-ho extended his hand, the employee hesitated, unsure of what to do. Seeing this, Su-ho spoke calmly. Im here on official business. Please dont obstruct my work. Ah, yes, yes! Im sorry! The employee, startled by Su-hos calm voice, quickly handed him the access card. Su-ho took the card and said, Dont make any noise. Ill quietly meet with the Vice President. ...Yes. The employee, now stiff as a board, nodded. Su-ho gave a slight nod of his head and immediately entered the elevator to head to the office of Vice President Song Kang-chul. When the elevator doors opened to the office, Song Kang-chul narrowed his eyes and spoke. Whats this? I clearly said when Id send someone up... huh, huh? But his words never finished. As soon as Song Kang-chul saw who had stepped out of the elevator, his mouth hung open in shock. He had been smoking a cigar in his office, and hastily dropped it into his cup of water before quickly standing up. Ah, An Su-ho, isnt it? You recognize me now? Y-yes? Ive heard about how you treated my employee the other day. I heard you hit them with a hammer as soon as you arrived? Th-thats...! Song Kang-chuls expression darkened in real time. No, it didnt just darkenit turned to complete darkness. Su-ho quickly scanned Song Kang-chuls body. He looked fine considering how hard he had been hit. As expected, Song Kang-chul seemed to have quick recovery, probably because he was on the verge of reaching the second-level realm. When Song Kang-chul struggled to respond, Su-ho slowly approached him. Song Kang-chul recoiled in terror. His subordinate, too, was filled with dread, seeing Su-ho himself approach them. He instinctively tried to step back but realized his desk was at the farthest point of the office. As Su-ho closed the distance, he asked, Wheres the President? W-well... Isnt he here? Todays the day the Japanese Yakuza are supposed to make a deal, right? ...! At Su-hos words, Song Kang-chuls eyes widened. The look in his eyes said, How do you know? Your eyes are quite honest. With that, Su-ho raised his hand and slapped Song Kang-chul across the face. Slap! C Bang!! The sound was the slap. But after that, Song Kang-chuls head whipped around, and his entire body flew into the wall. Various hammers fell to the floor. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. They were hammers that Song Kang-chul collected as a hobby. Su-ho moved closer, and Song Kang-chul, still disoriented from the slap, barely managed to stay upright. Heal, Recovery. Su-ho activated the skills, and Song Kang-chul quickly regained his composure. Su-ho grabbed him by the collar and yanked him up. Then, Su-ho casually threw him into a nearby sofa and sat down across from him. I came across something interesting while investigating the Japanese Yakuza. I found out that one of Japans major guilds, the Inagawa Guild, has been trading cultural relics with Korean guilds for a long time. The Inagawa Guild. Originally, they were a large Yakuza organization called Inagawa-kai, but over time they transformed into a guild. Shortly after the great upheaval, they succeeded in changing their structure and quickly became one of the largest guilds in Japan. Su-ho continued. So, I was curious about what kind of guild it was, and I started investigating the domestic guilds. What did I find? I didnt realize it was the underground guild Raid. Th-thats... Even in the underground guilds, where money is everything, are you insane? Exporting cultural relics is one thing, but selling them to Japan? I-Im sorry! I can explain everything! Heres what happened...! What happened? Its... Song Kang-chul avoided Su-hos gaze. Haha. Thats how it should be. It wouldnt have been as fun if he had answered right away. Maybe Song Kang-chul wasnt the type to think on his feet... Maybe he just didnt have the intelligence for it. How did someone like him end up as the Vice President of Raid? Su-ho raised his hand again. I heard this directly from my subordinate. How is someone like you in charge of a guild like this? Ah, no, thats not it, please, wait! No. Su-ho raised his hand again. And with a swift motion, he slapped the top of Song Kang-chul''s head with his palm. Smack! C Crash!! As soon as his hand struck, Song Kang-chul''s neck seemed to cave in, and the sofa he was sitting on sank down. He didnt kill him. But it wasnt like he had controlled his strength either. After all, Song Kang-chul wasnt a worthy opponent to begin with. He was a warrior player aiming for the second-tier rank. Su-ho, removing his wristwatch, spoke. I guess I can hit him without holding back since he''s a high-level warrior. Ugh... But Su-ho was still Su-ho. With his orange-colored strength stat, along with his physical abilities, Song Kang-chul couldn''t even think straight. From that moment on, Su-ho began to relentlessly strike Song Kang-chul. There were no personal emotions involved. Any resentment he had from the previous encounter regarding the materials had already been resolved at that time. Right now, the strikes were purely part of his duties as a member of the Grand Hunter Association. Smack! Gurk! Bang! Gahh... Blood spurted, and teeth flew out. Every time, Su-ho made sure to apply Heal and Recovery to keep him alive. After a while of relentless beating, Su-ho finally took a breath. He applied another round of healing and recovery. Then, Song Kang-chuls consciousness slowly began to return, and Su-ho grabbed him by the collar and dragged him to a nearby desk, forcing him to sit. Su-ho stood in front of him and spoke. Lift your head up if you dont want to be hit again. Y-yes... Yes...! With his barely functional mind, he somehow gathered the strength to answer. Once he regained his senses, Su-ho asked. Wheres the president now? Well... His lips trembled /N_o_v_e_l_i_g_h_t/ in fear. Su-ho could tell that Song Kang-chul wasnt being entirely cooperative, though he hadnt gone so far as to betray him. Still, not keeping his word was just as bad. But what loyalty was there? Were they independence fighters? Su-ho couldnt believe Song Kang-chul was still hesitating after all that. He was incredulous. You still think of him as a brother, dont you? Su-ho grabbed Song Kang-chuls front teeth and spoke. Loyalty has its limits. Because of your useless loyalty, youll live your whole life without your front teeth. Dont even dream about getting implants. Ill make sure you cant get them. No, no, wait! Ill tell you! Its too late. Snap! Su-ho pulled out both of Song Kang-chuls front teeth at once. *** Phew. Eventually, Song Kang-chul passed out. Su-ho didnt wake him up. After tossing him into his spatial house, Su-ho used an item to erase the bloodstains and then left the building. He returned the elevator card to the employee. Thanks for your help. But dont let anyone into the Vice Presidents office before I return. If the scene is disturbed, youll be implicated too. Ah, yes, yes! After giving the employee a firm warning, Su-ho returned to the car he had carelessly parked at the entrance. Vroom! He started the car and set off. He was heading to meet the Yakuza involved in the cultural relic trade and the representative of Raid. Chapter 190 Su-hos destination was Dongmyeong Port, located in Sokcho. Like Samcheok, Sokcho was one of the regions devastated by the Gate Shock, making it an ideal location for an illicit transaction. "Slums always make for easy business." As Su-ho drove into Dongmyeong Port, it didnt take long for him to spot the people he was looking for. "There they are." But their appearance was... amusing. He had been expecting an underground deal involving cultural artifacts. Instead, what he found was a group grilling meat and drinking alcohol like they were at a casual get-together. For a moment, Su-ho thought he had the wrong place. After parking the car, he opened his subspace house and pulled out Song Kang-chul. Song Kang-chul hadnt even realized he had been inside the subspace house. After all, Su-ho had struck his pressure points, rendering him unable to move, covered his face with a hood, and stashed him away. Seating Song Kang-chul in the passenger seat, Su-ho pulled off the hood and released his pressure points. "Kang-chul." "Y-yes?" Song Kang-chul trembled in fear. And rightfully so. He was close to reaching level 200, yet both the previous man who had visited him and Su-ho himself had treated him like a childno, worse than that. They had beaten him like a ragdoll. Even though Su-ho had healed him to some extent, the sheer physical terror Su-ho had instilled in him remained. Now, just seeing him triggered an instinctive reaction of trembling. Su-ho asked, "Are those the guys?" Song Kang-chul squinted, quickly scanning the group, then nodded. "Yes, thats them." "But I thought this was a smuggling operation? Normally, youd expect people to quietly exchange money and goods and be done with it, wouldnt you?" "Well... We have a blood pact with Inagawa. Its more than just business; we also use these meetings to strengthen our relationship." "Even so, youre a big operation. Strengthening bonds by grilling meat out in the open? What is this, a neighborhood soccer club?" "Haha... This is just for today. Usually, we rent out private rooms." "Tch. What a load of" Su-ho stopped himself. "Hold on, though. No matter how underground Raid Guild is, you guys seriously formed a blood pact with the Yakuza?" "Inagawas roots are in the Yakuza, yes, but nowadays, theyre one of Japans major guilds." "What a bunch of idiots." Shaking his head, Su-ho said, "Lets go." "H-huh? Go where?" "You need to come with me so theyll understand the situation right away, dont you think?" "W-wait a second!" "No can do." Su-ho struck Song Kang-chuls pressure points again, then got out of the drivers seat. Throwing the limp man over his shoulder, he made his way toward the gathering. It didnt take long for the members of Raid Guild to notice him. "Huh?" "Who the hell is that?" "Who''s he carryingwait, isn''t that the Vice Leader?" Song Kang-chuls distinct features and build made him easy to recognize, and the guild members caught on immediately. Perhaps because of that, the man drinking insideRaid Guilds leader, Song Kang-cheonfurrowed his brows. "Who? Kang-chul?" Thinking he had misheard, he stood up and looked in the direction his subordinates were pointing. Then, when he saw his younger brother slung over Su-hos shoulder, he let out an incredulous chuckle. "What the hell is this? Why the hell is he being carried in like that?" The scene was so ridiculous that the members of Raid Guild simply stared as Su-ho walked over and set Song Kang-chul down in front of them. Then, someone recognized him. "Wait... isn''t that" "What?" "The Sword Saint?" "Sword Saint? ...Oh, shit, it is!" "The Sword Saint? You mean that Sword Saint, An Su-ho?" Their bewilderment turned into pure shock. Their expressions screamed, What the hell is he doing here?! Su-ho set Song Kang-chul down and greeted them. "Hello there." "A-ah... hello?" Strangely enough, since Su-ho had started with polite speech, one of the guild members automatically responded in kind. To be fair, there was no reason for them to act tough. Even though they were part of an underground guild, they were still employees of a formal organizationnot street thugs. But upon seeing the state Song Kang-chul was in, their wariness toward Su-ho only grew. Before the situation could drag on, Song Kang-cheon stepped forward. "Good evening. Im Song Kang-cheon, the leader of Raid Guild. If Im not mistaken, youre the Sword Saint, An Su-ho?" "Ah, yes, thats me. Im glad you came out right away. I was looking for you." "For me? Wait, before we get into thatwhat the hell happened to my brother? And why did you bring him here?" "Youve got a lot of questions. Lets go one at a time. First, your brother ended up like this because I beat him up. And second, I brought him here for efficiencys sake." "...What?" This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. For a moment, Song Kang-cheon doubted his own hearing. Did he hear that right? Youre the one who did this to my brother? But looking at Su-hos expression, he wasnt joking. And honestly, who would even have the guts to joke about something like this? Did this guy have any idea where he was or who he was dealing with? While Song Kang-cheon stood there in disbelief, Su-ho continued. "Song Kang-cheon, leader of Raid Guild. Youve been smuggling our countrys cultural artifacts, magic stones, and various items to the Japanese guild Inagawa, havent you? Your brother has already confessed everything. And those people back therethose are Inagawas people, right?" "......" As Su-ho listed off their crimes, Song Kang-cheons expression darkened. But Su-ho remained completely unfazed and pressed on. "You know who I work for, dont you? Then I suppose this is a good time to announce that Im placing you under arrest." "Hah... Are you fucking serious?" "I could ask you the same thing. Youve been making quite a fortune off of this, but how could a fellow countryman commit such a despicable act?" "Unbelievable... Hey, guys." "Yes!" "Kill him." "Understood, boss!" "Oh? Is that how its going to be?" Even though these guys were officially registered with the guild association, the moment things turned tense, they immediately reverted to acting like common gangsters. Well, underground guilds were all like that from the start. Of course, Union was an exception. Ion from Union wasnt a gangster or a thugjust a single genius who ran every profitable venture imaginable, which was why they were treated as an underground guild in the first place. Still, Su-ho was grateful. At least Song Kang-cheon didnt hesitate before giving the order to kill him. As the guild leader moved to check on his fallen brother, Su-ho spoke. "What are you doing?" "Shut up and mind your own business." "Wow... The two of you really think you can just ignore me, huh? Oh, I get it. Since youve got the Yakuza here, you think you need to put on a tough act, dont you?" "What?" "You know what, never mind. Guys like you only learn when you experience it firsthand. Take him. Youll be lying right next to your brother soon enough." "Kukuku... Sure. Ill be looking forward to that." Without another word, Su-ho unsheathed his Blood Sword. Song Kang-cheon took a step back, dragging his brother with him. Then, as if completely unbothered, he placed a fresh cigarette between his lips and picked up a pair of barbecue tongs. One of the men from Inagawas guildtheir negotiation team leaderspoke up. "Whats going on, Mr. Song?" "Oh, its nothing. Just some crazy bastard wandered in, so I told my guys to take care of him. Apologies for the disturbance." "Hm, if you say so, Mr. Song." The team leader simply nodded and sat back down. It was ridiculous. Su-ho turned his gaze back toward the approaching Raid Guild members. They were just as ridiculous. Still, he tried to be reasonable. "Listen up, {N?o?v?e?l?i?g?h?t} guys. If you put down your weapons and surrender now, I wont touch you. But if you charge at me out of some misguided sense of loyalty, I promise youll regret it for the rest of your lives. You do know who I am, right?" Su-ho spoke in the calmest, most polite tone possible. But would it work? Typically, gangsters wouldnt care about things like that. Out of loyalty alone, they would throw themselves at him without hesitation. Still, he figured he might as well give them a warning. Then "......" "......" "......" The members of Raid Guild hesitated, glancing at each other. It was an interesting sight. Noactually, they were just smart. It made sense. Each of them was at least level 100a 1-star player at minimum. Every single one of them had been hand-picked by Song Kang-cheon himself. In other words, they were elite fighters. And unlike typical gangsters, they werent just disposable pawns. They actually had working brains. Seeing them hesitate, Su-ho smiled. "Hah. So there is some intelligence among Song Kang-cheons men. Good. Think carefully. No matter how high your levels are, how many of you can actually clear a Sealed Gate on your own? Knowing your limits and acting accordingly is a skill, too." With that, Su-ho calmly walked into the middle of the seven men standing before him. Watching the scene unfold, both Song Kang-cheon and the Inagawa members were left dumbfounded. Song Kang-cheon, in particular, was fuming. "You sons of bitches... Hey! Have you lost your minds?!" "I-I''m sorry, boss. But... I mean... Hes the Sword Saint! Theres no way we" Boss. Hearing the term made Su-ho chuckle. Just a moment ago, they were calling him hyung-nim (big brother). Now, they had drawn a psychological line between them. Smirking, Su-ho spoke. "You hear that? Earlier, they were calling you big brother, but now its boss again. No matter how much you pay them, its all meaningless in the face of life and death." "You little!" Furious, Song Kang-cheon reached into his inventory and pulled out his weapon. It was a massive greatsword, just as thick and heavy as he was. A normal person would have to wield it with two hands. Seeing it, Su-ho nodded. "So, he still acts like an older brother, huh?" Like his younger brother, Song Kang-cheon was also a warrior-type player. And he, too, was close to reaching level 200. It was a shame, really. A talent like his, wasted on nothing more than thuggish smuggling operations. Raising his greatsword like a command baton, he pointed at his men. "Once this is over, every single one of you is dead. Understand?" Silence. No one responded. But none of them moved, either. They were still afraid. Su-ho snickered. "Dont worry. Ill make sure you all survive. So just sit tight and enjoy the show." "You bastard!!" That was the final straw. Song Kang-cheon roared, activating a skill as he swung his greatsword with explosive force. A warrior near the level of 200. His attack carried immense power. Su-ho watched the massive blade streak toward him, considering his options. Should I dodge? Should I block? Or should I avoid the strike and use the opening to drive my blade into his body? He had the luxury of contemplating. Because despite Song Kang-cheons high level, he was slow. No, perhaps it was just that Su-hos sensory stats were far higher than Song Kang-cheons raw physical abilities. Then, out of the corner of his eye, Su-ho caught the gazes of the Inagawa members watching the fight. Oh, right. Theyre here, too. That made the choice easier. With his decision made, Su-ho raised his sword and swung. Seeing this, Song Kang-cheons eyes gleamed with anticipation. What a fool. His sword wasnt an ordinary weapon. Forged from black ironone of the heaviest and hardest metalsit was further enhanced with a skill that tripled its attack power. There was no way that flimsy red blade of Su-hos could withstand it. It would be split in two. And then Su-ho himself would be cleaved in half right after. With that confidence, Song Kang-cheon put all his strength into his swing. And then Schlk! A clean slicing sound. Song Kang-cheons eyes widened in shock. His treasured greatswordthe one he had always taken pride inhad been sliced cleanly in half. Like it was nothing. Chapter 191 "What... How...?!" Song Kang-cheon couldnt believe his eyes. His swordhis treasured Black Dragon Bladewasnt just any weapon. It had been custom-made by a renowned blacksmith player! And yet, it had been sliced in half like a worthless piece of scrap. "......." "......." "......." Everyone present was utterly stunnedincluding Song Kang-cheons elite subordinates and even his fallen younger brother, Song Kang-chul. They all knew exactly what kind of weapon that sword was. But Su-ho didnt stop there. Slaaash! His blade cut cleanly through Song Kang-cheons shoulder, slicing diagonally across his torso. Blood sprayed into the air. Without hesitation, Su-ho pulled out the Guiyeong Spear and drove it into Song Kang-cheons shadow. [ Shadow Binding activated. ] [ Shadow Bleeding activated. ] Notifications popped up in his vision. Song Kang-cheon froze in place, completely immobilized. Su-ho tilted his head. "Whats wrong? You came here to have fun? Why do you all look so surprised?" These idiots. This wasnt some friendly spar. Why were they standing around in shock like this? Su-ho reached out and struck Song Kang-cheons pressure points, rendering him completely immobile. Then, he turned toward the stunned subordinates and gestured. "One of you, come here." They exchanged nervous glances. Sigh. Why did people always make him repeat himself? Su-ho spoke again. "Whoever helps me first gets off easy. First come, first served." The fastest thinker among them instantly ran over. "I-Ill help!" "Smart guy. Whats your name?" "Kim Hyun-seok." "Alright, Hyun-seok. I just subdued both Song brothers, and all of you have lost your will to fight, correct?" "Yes...?" "Good. That means all thats left is confiscating the smuggled goods and rounding up those Japanese bastards over there. Since Raid and Inagawa are blood brothers, you should know exactly who those people are, right?" "Yes...?" "Great. So, where are the goods for todays deal?" Hyun-seok hesitated before pointing at Song Kang-cheon. "Theyre in the bosss inventory." "...Seriously?" What a hassle. Of course, keeping everything in an inventory was the most secure method for a smuggler. Unless someone had a special item or skill, there was no way to access another persons inventory. Su-ho sighed. "Got any paper and a pen?" "Uh... no, but I can find some." "Good. In the meantime, start writing down the names of every Inagawa member here. It''ll make things easier later." "Understood!" "Efficient. Youll do well in society." "Thank you, sir!" "What are you thanking me for? By the way, who''s their leader?" "That would be Suiru." Suiru. Su-ho had no idea what that name meant, but it sounded stupid. He patted Hyun-seok on the shoulder and approached the Inagawa guild members. There were eight of themclearly chosen to match Raids numbers. Su-ho walked straight to the man sitting alone at the table. If he was drinking alone, he was probably the leader. Taking a seat across from him, Su-ho picked up a bottle of soju and gestured toward the mans empty glass. "In Japan, isnt it considered rude to leave a glass empty?" "......You speak Japanese?" "Yeah. My work required me to learn a few foreign languages." Unsurprisingly, Su-ho was fluent. During his time in the Special Division, he had frequently traveled overseas. He couldnt always rely on interpreters, so he had been forced to study foreign languages himself. There were interpreter-type items available, but they had only been discovered later in the Great Cataclysm. As a result, Su-ho had learned to read and write Japanese, English, Chinese, and Russian. He continued. "Are you not going to take the drink?" "Haha, sure. Why not?" Suiru accepted the drink and downed it. Then, he reached for the bottle to pour one for Su-ho in return. Su-ho waved a hand. "Ah, Ill pass. Im on duty right now." "On duty? Hahaha! Thats a good joke. A man on duty is offering me a drink?" "Of course. You should enjoy it while you canbecause you wont be having any for at least a few years." "...What?" "Did you really think youd commit crimes in Korea and just waltz back home? All of you are under arrest." "You think you can just take us in?" "Why is this so hard to understand? Is it because youre an uneducated Yakuza? Maybe you should read a book sometime. Being caught red-handed means getting arrested on the spot." "Haha... Hahaha... What a lunatic." Suiru exchanged glances with his men and chuckled. Then, he casually emptied the rest of his glass. "Alright. Go ahead and try it." With that, he pulled a knife from his coat. And it wasnt just himevery one of his men drew similar weapons. They looked like simple sashimi knives, but Su-ho knew better. They were probably classified as dagger-type weapons. Still, the fact that they carried those of all things... "Figures. Even their weapons scream Yakuza." Su-ho sighed and materialized his Blood Weapon in the shape of a sashimi knife. Wouldnt it be humiliating for them to be defeated by their own weapon? The Yakuza thugs sneered. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Whats so funny? You guys do know what happens to jokers, right?" "The hell are you talking about? Kill him!" At Suirus command, his men lunged. Wow. At least these guys had loyalty. Unlike some people. But that would be the biggest mistake of their lives. Su-ho caught the wrist of the first man who attacked him. With a single twist, he dislocated it and drove his blade into the gap between the mans ribsmissing his vital organs on purpose. No instant kills. These guys had to stay alive. They needed to rot in Cheongok Prison. Thats why he had released two dragons inside the prisonto make their stay as miserable as possible. As the first enemy collapsed, Su-ho immediately turned and delivered a spinning kick to another. The man went flying. But in that brief opening, three more Yakuza charged him at once. Trying to use teamwork? Fine. He would play along. Su-ho inhaled sharply and let out a deafening roar. "Gal!" [ Lions Roar activated. ] When a roar infused with mana is unleashed, the Lions Roar skill is triggered. At first, controlling the output can be difficult, but after practicing a few times, one learns how to distinguish between an ordinary shout and a Lions Roar. This was one of the skills I always wanted. The power of Lions Roar depends on how much mana is infused into the voice. A light infusion merely amplifies the volume. A heavier infusion can shake the opponents mind, functioning as an excellent crowd control ability. An even denser infusion can rupture eardrums and inflict direct physical damage. Depending on its form, it can also generate a shockwave that pushes enemies away. Because of these properties, Lions Roar should have been classified under sound-based martial arts. However, oddly enough, in the Martial Arts Archives, it was listed under grappling techniques. Additionally, it didnt necessarily have to be triggered with the word Galbut Su-ho had specifically chosen to use that phrase. He believed Lions Roar was fundamentally about scolding and reprimanding. Perhaps because of that belief, or maybe due to his sheer control over mana, the three Yakuza who had approached him suddenly became dazed and unfocused. Su-ho didnt let the opportunity slip. Slash! "Ghk!" "Urgh!" "Agh!" He aimed for their necks. But only lightly. Just enough to make them bleed. They wouldnt die that way. Speaking in Japanese, Su-ho told the fallen men: "Dont take your hands off your necks. If you do, youll bleed out and die." He had cut just deep enough to sever some blood vessels without completely slicing through. A feat that an ordinary person would never dare attempt. But Su-ho had spent decades surviving by the sword. He moved seamlessly, subduing the remaining Yakuza without delay. After sending the last of them flying into a corner, he turned toward their leader. "That just leaves you." Su-ho flicked the blood off his sword and approached Suiru. The Yakuza boss narrowed his eyes and instinctively took a step back. "Oh? You scared?" "Tch! Not a chance!" Suiru, who had been cautiously backing away, suddenly charged. His movement was different from the others. He had activated an acceleration skill. In an instant, he was right in front of Su-ho, swinging his blade like a lightning bolt. Fast. So hes actually competent. But that was all. While his speed was impressive, Su-hos eyes could still track his every move. With a slight tilt of his head, Su-ho dodged the strike, then grabbed Suirus wrist with one hand and his collar with the other. Then BAM! "Urgh!" Su-ho deliberately slammed him down head-first. The impact rattled Suiru, causing his grip to loosen slightly. But he still held onto his weapon. "Wow, youre still holding onto your sword?" Then how about this? Su-ho tightened his grip around Suirus wrist with all his strength. "AAAAAHHHH!!" With a scream, Suiru reflexively let go of his blade. Clang! Su-ho kicked the fallen weapon far out of reach. Then, he struck Suirus pressure points, immobilizing him. Fortunately, it worked. That meant Suirus level and stats were lower than Su-hos. And if the boss was weaker than him, then the rest of them definitely were too. Using the same method, Su-ho incapacitated the other Yakuza members. Of course, he also treated their wounds. This wasnt an official investigationthis was a shady operation for his promotion. If I want to bring them in without any trouble, I need to make sure theyre alive. Su-ho pulled out some blindfolds to cover the captives eyes. But "Hmm." There werent enough. That was a problem. He didnt want them to see the subspace house. And it wasnt just the Yakuzathere were other people he needed to store inside as well. After thinking for a moment, Su-ho walked over to Suiru and laid him down properly. "Alright... Ive never tried this before, but trust me and bear with it." "Mmmph?!" "Here /N_o_v_e_l_i_g_h_t/ goes." Su-ho traced his fingers around Suirus eyes as if feeling for a hidden switch. Then Poke. He pressed down on Suirus temple with his index finger. [ Pressure Point Technique activated. ] Success. Seeing the system notification, Su-ho asked, "Suiru, can you see anything?" "......Gh?" "Oh, right. You cant talk. Hang on." He released the speech restriction. "Okay, nowcan you see anything?" "......Huh? HUUUHHH?!" Suiru suddenly screamed. Judging by his reaction, it had worked. "My... My eyes! What did you do to my eyes?!" "Alright, confirmed." Yep. He was a genius. With a smirk, Su-ho struck Suirus pressure points again, rendering him silent. Then, one by one, he blinded the rest of the Yakuza in the same way. He decided to name this new pressure point technique "Eye Point." And thus, a new blindness-inducing martial art was born. Chapter 192 Su-ho had successfully blinded all the Inagawa guild members. Then, he immobilized them with Pressure Points and Paralysis Points, stacking them up neatly. Standing up, Su-ho gestured to Song Kang-cheons elite subordinates with a flick of his finger. "Come here. All of you." But not a single one dared to step forward. Sigh. These idiots. Why did people always make him repeat himself? Thankfully, the quick-witted Kim Hyun-seok immediately stepped up. Su-ho glanced at him. "Hyun-seok, looks like youre the only one here with a working brain." "Haha... Thank you, sir." "No need to thank me." Su-ho patted him on the shoulder before swiftly closing the distance between himself and the hesitant subordinates. Then, one by one, he struck their Pressure, Paralysis, and Eye Points, putting them in the same state as the Inagawa members. Pointing at the now-unconscious subordinates, Su-ho turned to Kim Hyun-seok. "I need to have a little chat with your boss. Clean this mess up while Im gone. This place is already a wreck, but we shouldnt leave trash lying around." "Ah, yes, sir! Understood!" "Oh, and Hyun-seok. Did you finish writing down what I asked for earlier?" "Yes, here it is!" So hed already found some paper and a pen. Su-ho skimmed the document and nodded. "What were todays trade goods?" "I wrote them down separately as well." Kim Hyun-seok pulled out another sheet of paper. Impressed, Su-ho pursed his lips. "Oho... Not bad. No wonder you were part of the elite squad." "Haha, thank you, sir." He looked genuinely pleased. Well, at least that made things easier. Su-ho patted his shoulder before turning his attention back to Song Kang-cheon. Dragging {N?o?v?e?l?i?g?h?t} the guild leader to a corner, he released his pressure points. "Ghahhh...!" Song Kang-cheon gasped for air, his entire body drenched in cold sweat. Understandable. He had never experienced blindness before. And it had completely shattered his confidence. No, more than thathe was now terrified of Su-ho. Su-ho loomed over him and spoke. "Sit properly." "Y-yes, sir!" Without hesitation, Song Kang-cheon dropped to his knees. Su-ho continued. "You see that? Your men, the Inagawa memberseveryones been dealt with. Its over. Cooperate, or youll stay blind for the rest of your life." "Y-yes, sir! I understand...!" "Good. Now, take out all the trade goods. Dont bother trying to be cleveryour men already confessed everything." "...Understood." The effectiveness of real-life experience was undeniable. Song Kang-cheon obediently began pulling out items from his inventory. Su-ho sifted through them until something caught his eye. "Well, well... Look what we have here." He lifted a long sword, nearly 2 meters in length. It was the legendary "Yi Sun-sins Longsword," a national treasure of Korea. It wasnt the actual sword Yi Sun-sin used, but it held immense symbolic value. In todays world, system-related items and skill books were considered the most valuable assets. But cultural artifacts still held immense worth. For centuries, collectors had hoarded artwork and relics. And when it came to historical figures, few were as revered as Admiral Yi Sun-sin. The sheer historical and patriotic value of this artifact was immeasurable. Which made this situation all the more infuriating. This wasnt some foreign thief smuggling out Korean artifacts. This was a Korean selling out his own countrys treasures for personal profit. And to Japan, of all places? Alongside the sword, Su-ho also secured mana stones and various other items. Clicking his tongue, he turned to Song Kang-cheon. "Tsk, tsk. You shouldve known better." "I-Im sorry...." "Of course you are. Thats why, as of this moment, Raid Guild is officially dissolved. You will be held accountable for smuggling every single national treasure and cultural artifact youve stolen. Any objections?" "......." No answer. Silence might be golden, but not in this situation. Su-ho lowered his voice. "I asked you a question." "N-no, sir! No objections...!" This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "The world has changed. Smuggling mana stones is just as illegal as smuggling gold now. Youve been living easy for far too long. Its time you reaped what you sowed." "......." Su-ho finished cross-checking Kim Hyun-seoks inventory list and gathered all the illicit items. Then, he turned back to Song Kang-cheon. "Kang-cheon." "Y-yes?" "Im about to press a pressure point Ive never tried before. It might feel unsettling, but trust me and bear with it." "W-wait, what?!" "Here we go." Su-ho traced his fingers around Kang-cheons ears, searching for the right spot. Then Press. [ Pressure Point Technique activated. ] Success. This time, he had targeted the "Ear Point," a pressure point that induces deafness. Su-ho spoke. "Kang-cheon, can you hear me?" "......." No response. Of course not. The technique had worked perfectly. Seeing Su-hos lips moving without sound, Song Kang-cheon turned pale as realization dawned upon him. "My... My ears...!" "Nice. Worked like a charm." Definitely a genius. Satisfied, Su-ho struck another pressure point, knocking Kang-cheon unconscious. Then, just to be thorough, he sealed his sight and voice as well before storing him in the subspace house. With the job done, Su-ho turned to Kim Hyun-seok. "Hyun-seok, is everything cleaned up?" "Yes, sir! All done!" It was true. He had completely cleaned up the mess left by the two guilds. Impressed, Su-ho nodded approvingly. "Good. Now, come here." "...Huh?" "You heard me. Hurry up." At Su-hos gesture, Kim Hyun-seok stepped forward. Then Su-ho struck his pressure points, immobilizing him just like the others. Kim Hyun-seok collapsed. As he tossed him into the subspace house, Su-ho muttered, "Did you really think you''d get special treatment?" They were all the samecriminals. With everything taken care of, Su-ho finally got back into his car. This should be more than enough to secure my spot in the Special Division. *** "Pffft!!! W-what did you just say?!" Jeong Cheol-min spit out his drink. Su-ho casually dodged the spray and repeated himself. "Raid Guild. The number two underground guild. I caught both their leader and vice leader." Jeong Cheol-min blinked in confusion. He knew that Raid was the second most powerful underground guild. But why had Su-ho gone after their leadership? "Wait, hold on. Why? I mean, theyre classified as an underground guild, sure, but theyre not technically illegal." "Ever heard of Japans Inagawa Guild?" "Inagawa? You mean the Inagawa, one of the top five largest guilds in Japan?" "Yeah, them. Raid Guild was smuggling cultural artifacts and mana stones to Inagawa." As he spoke, Su-ho placed the confiscated mana stones and other illicit items on the table. Jeong Cheol-min stared at them, his mouth slightly agape. Then his gaze landed on the final item Su-ho pulled out. A massive longsword. Jeong Cheol-mins eyes widened. "What... is that?" "Yi Sun-sins Longsword. A designated national treasure. Ring any bells?" "W-wait... WHAT?! You mean the Yi Sun-sins Longsword?!" "Yep. That one. What do you think? Pretty scummy, right?" "M-mother of...." Jeong Cheol-min reached out with a trembling hand but hesitated. Then, rubbing his palms vigorously against his pants, he carefully picked up the blade. Su-ho continued, "Weve already secured all of Raid Guilds transaction records from their headquarters. Thats why I arrested them on the spot." "Where are they now?" "I have them detained. Personally." "...What?" Personally detained? Advertisements Thats illegal, you idiot! But before Jeong Cheol-min could say it out loud, he looked at Su-hos face. He knew exactly what he was doing. "Aigoo, Su-ho... seriously...." What kind of storm was this?! He had just gotten back from grinding in Virus Dungeons to level uponly to find that Su-ho had caused another catastrophe. Massaging his temples, Jeong Cheol-min sighed. "Why do you always make things so complicated?" "Relax. I didnt do this for myself." "Huh? Then why?" "My goal is to get you promoted to the upper ranks. And ultimately, Ill become the Special Division Chief. But theres no way a newly promoted vice-captain like me could take that position right away. You should be the one to do it first." "Wait a sec. You said you were going to get me into the upper ranks. Were you talking about... the Special Division Chief position?" "Of course not. But its a necessary stepping stone to becoming the Vice President or President of the Association. And unlike those two positions, the Special Division Chief isnt something just anyone can take. You know that better than anyone." The President and Vice President of the Great Hunter Association had always been hand-picked for political reasons. But the Special Division Chief was different. Unlike the others, this role required someone with actual competence and specialized expertise. Even if the candidate was a Level 1 Player, they had to be an Awakened individual. That was why Pi Seong-yeol had been given the role in the first placedespite being an insufferable power-hungry bastard, he was still good at his job. And that was precisely why Su-ho wanted to place Jeong Cheol-min in that position. Because once he became the Special Division Chief, he would gain undeniable legitimacy to eventually become President. "In the end, people value roots more than talent." That was why so many kings made their firstborn sons crown princesregardless of ability. Su-ho explained, "Thats why we both need to join the Special Division. The Chief of the Special Division acts as the deputy for both the President and Vice President of the Association." Jeong Cheol-min frowned. "If something happens to the President or Vice President, then yeah, the Special Division Chief steps in as their replacement. But do you really think those two positions will stay vacant for long?" "They will. Or rather, whoever takes them wont last long." "......You scary bastard." Jeong Cheol-min understood exactly what Su-ho meant. This was the man who eliminated Pi Seong-yeol without hesitation. What made anyone think he couldnt do the same to the next President or Vice President? Most likely, Su-ho would dig up every flaw and weakness of any unqualified candidate and remove them. Of course, it wasnt like he intended to oust anyone on purpose. But if they werent the right person for the job, then they wouldnt last. Because that was the kind of man Su-ho was. Jeong Cheol-min exhaled deeply and nodded. "Alright. So my job is to handle Raid Guild and Inagawa." "Exactly." "But do we even have the authority to prosecute them? The Special Investigation Bureau is gone, but the Criminal Investigation Bureau is still around." "The Criminal Investigation Bureau?" The Special Division consisted of two branches: The Special Investigation Bureau (which answered directly to Pi Seong-yeol).The Criminal Investigation Bureau (which remained intact since it wasnt directly involved in corruption).Because of this, the Criminal Investigation Bureau had been left to oversee most of the Special Divisions duties. And that was a problem. Because their Director was far from an upstanding man. Jeong Cheol-min sighed. "Thats why Im worried." "I know." "You do?" "Yeah. Thats why I havent handed the criminals over yet." "...What do you mean?" Su-ho grinned. "Doesnt matter. Ive already emailed you Raid Guilds full transaction records. Start drafting the official reports. While you handle that... Ill take care of the Criminal Investigation Bureau." With that, Su-ho turned and walked out. Chapter 193 Great Korea Hunters'' Association The current atmosphere was tense. With the Association President, the Special Division Chief, and even their entire chain of command under investigation, the whole building was eerily quiet. But not everyone was walking on eggshells. "Hmm~ Hm-hm-hmm~" A man hummed cheerfully. It was Baek Joon-seok, the Chief of the Criminal Investigation Bureau. Despite the purge of the Special Investigation Bureau, Baek Joon-seok was in a great mood. After all, this was his chance to rise through the ranks. "With the Special Division Chief and the entire Special Investigation Bureau wiped out, who else but me can take their place?" He especially had his eyes on the Chief position. That seat wasnt something just anyone could take. It had to be someone from within the departmentand since he held the highest remaining rank, he was the obvious choice. No wonder he was feeling good. The Chief position or even just the Special Investigation Bureau were some of the most influential seats in the Association. Then "Chief?" "Hm? Oh, Team Leader Na." His train of thought was interrupted as someone entered his office, holding a stack of documents. It was Na Do-won, the Team Leader of the Criminal Investigation Bureau''s 2nd Unit. "We finally caught one of the Seodaemun Three you mentioned earlier." "The Seodaemun Three...? Oh, you mean that pickpocket gang?" "Yes, sir. The small-time thieves. Weve detained one in the basement holding cells. Should we begin interrogation?" "The basement holding cells?" "Yes, sir." "Hmm... No, just leave him there." "...Excuse me?" "Find some excuse to keep him in holding for a month." "......Is there a reason?" "You know how things are right now. Lets avoid causing any trouble for a while. Its not like this is urgent." "......." Na Do-won frowned slightly. Baek Joon-seok, noticing his expression, scowled. "Tsk. Here we go again with that look... What?" "...Nothing, sir." "Im not saying not to arrest them. Im just saying we can afford to wait. Have I ever not done my job?" "...No, sir." "Then focus on paperwork for now. Stay out of sight. You know people are already criticizing the Special Divisionwe dont need to add fuel to the fire. Got it?" "...Understood." With a heavy nod, Na Do-won left the office. The Smoking Room Returning to his desk, Na Do-won sighed. One of his subordinates, Lee Hyun-seok, leaned in. "Team Leader. Smoke break?" "...Yeah." Lee Hyun-seokNa Do-wons right-hand man and the Deputy Team Leaderheaded to the vending machine for coffee before the two of them made their way to the Special Divisions private smoking lounge. As he sat down, Lee Hyun-seok took a deep breath. "This place is way too empty. The Association really is falling apart, huh?" "Its not collapsing. Its still a government institution." "Yeah, yeah. Just saying. Anyway, what did the Chief say?" Lee Hyun-seok was watching Na Do-won carefully. He already knew from his expressionit wasnt good news. Na Do-won took a long drag from his cigarette before speaking. "He told us to shelve the case and keep the suspect detained for a month." "...What? Why? We worked our asses off catching that guy. If we wait a whole month, the rest of them will disappear!" "......." Na Do-won knew that. But what could he do? The Chiefs orders were final. A month was the legal maximum for holding an uncharged suspect. Without a choice, he took another drag and stubbed out his cigarette. "He doesnt want us drawing attention to ourselves right now." "...What? Thats ridiculous! We didnt do anything wrong! It was the Special Investigation Bureau that was corrupt! Why the hell do we have to keep our heads down?!" Lee Hyun-seok clenched his fists. "Thats it. Im going to confront him." "Sit down. You dont understand hierarchy?" "Hierarchy, my ass! If we let this slide, were just going to look even worse! And dont act like you dont know, Team Leader. Baek Joon-seok is only doing this for his own promotion." "......." Na Do-won had no argument. Because it was true. Everyone knew why the Chief was acting this way. But knowing didnt change the fact that they were powerless. With the Special Division under scrutiny, anyone who stepped out of line would take the fall. That was just how politics worked. Then "Well, well. Someone sure sounds frustrated." The smoking room door opened. Lee Hyun-seok immediately stood up and saluted. "Sir!" A man stepped inside. It was Kim Won-hu, the Team Leader of the 1st Unit of the Criminal Investigation Bureauand Na Do-wons colleague. The two were of similar background, having awakened around the same time and possessing similar ranks and levels. The difference between the 1st and 2nd Units was practically meaningless. They werent enemies, but they werent close friends either. Just colleagues. Still, they had attended each others weddings. Kim Won-hu casually Nvl?g?t (Only on Nvl?g?t) sat next to Na Do-won. "Got a cigarette?" "...Get your own." This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Come on, I forgot mine. And Id have to take the elevator to the convenience storetoo much work." "......Tch." Grumbling, Na Do-won handed him one. Then "Light it for me." "Youre such a pain in the ass." Rolling his eyes, Na Do-won handed over his lighter as well. After taking a few puffs, Kim Won-hu exhaled and turned to Lee Hyun-seok. "So, Deputy Team Leader. I heard you guys finally caught one of the Seodaemun Three?" "...Yes, sir." "Congrats. That mustve been a lot of work. Now you can interrogate him and round up the rest, right?" "Well..." Lee Hyun-seok glanced at Na Do-won. Na Do-won just stared at the ceiling and placed a new cigarette between his lips. Seeing that, Lee Hyun-seok sighed. "...We cant. Chief rejected the request." Kim Won-hu raised an eyebrow. "Rejected?" "He said... Now isnt the right time." "......What?" Lee Hyun-seoks words made Kim Won-hu furrow his brows in surprise. Then, turning to Na Do-won, he asked, "Hey, Team Leader Na. Is this true?" "Yeah, its true." Kim Won-hu clicked his tongue. "Damn... You guys have been after the Seodaemun Three for so long, and now this...?" His face twisted in frustration. Then, after letting out a long sigh, he continued, "Hey, Do-won." "What?" "Just go ahead with the case." "...What?" Both Na Do-won and Lee Hyun-seok turned to stare at Kim Won-hu. "I said just proceed. You know what kind of organization the Seodaemun Three is. If we dont take them down now, well have to chase them again later. You really want to go through all that again? If we let them slip away, theyll just cut off loose ends and scatter." "I know, but..." "Youre saying we should lay low because of the current situation? Listen, Do-won. Were going to get criticized no matter what. It doesnt matter if we act or stay quietpeople will still hate us. So screw it, lets just do our job. If someone has a problem with us for actually doing our damn job, theyre the ones in the wrong. Right?" Kim Won-hus firm stance made Na Do-wons expression shift. At the same time, Lee Hyun-seok nodded and spoke up, "1st Team Leader is right. Lets go through with it, Team Leader. Ill handle the details quietly. We worked our asses off to track these guys. If we leave them in holding for a month, everything will be for nothing." "......." "Team Leader!" Na Do-won lowered his head, deep in thought. He wanted to take action. But if anything went wrong, they wouldnt just be in trouble for acting on their owntheyd probably face additional disciplinary actions. If it were just him getting punished, he wouldnt care. But his entire team could be affected. Baek Joon-seok was right about one thingperformance evaluations mean everything for government employees. Sensing his hesitation, Kim Won-hu spoke again. "Ill back you up." "...How?" "What do you think? If were going to get criticized anyway, Ill take the hit with you. That way, they cant just punish you alone. Besides, do you really think this pressure is only coming for your team? My teams going to be under the same bullshit restrictions." Na Do-won stared at him for a moment. Then, he let out a chuckle. "...Seriously?" "What? Am I wrong? If we dont do our jobs now, well be chasing the same damn criminals again in a month. So lets just do it. Why go through all that extra trouble?" "1st Team Leader, I respect you." "Then hand over another cigarette." "Here you go!" Overcome with emotion, Lee Hyun-seok immediately offered up his pack. Kim Won-hu took a cigarette, and Lee Hyun-seok eagerly lit it for him. "Anyway, lets move forward with this. I was going to head in and report to Baek Joon-seok myself, but I already know hed just try to shut me down too. If were going to get in trouble, we might as well go all in." "...I need to think about it." "Think about what? Ive known you for years. Youve already made up your mind. Just let me know your plan so I can get my story straight." Na Do-won stared at the ceiling for a moment. Then, he stood up. "You can read the depths of an ocean, but not a persons heart. Lets move. Hyun-seok, youre coming too." "Yes, sir!" "Hey, I just lit my cigarette. Youre leaving me behind?" "Im busy. See you later." As Na Do-won stood, Lee Hyun-seok quickly followed. Before leaving, he threw a mock salute at Kim Won-hu, who waved him off with a smirk. Then "Ah, wait." Na Do-won returned to the smoking room and pulled out his cigarette pack. He tossed it to Kim Won-hu. "Whats this?" "Just keep it. Didnt like the taste." "Yeah, right. You smoke this all the time. If youre giving it to me, at least hand over a lighter too." "Youre asking for too much. Figure it out yourself." And with that, he left. Kim Won-hu stared at the pack, shaking his head. When he opened it, he found a lighter neatly tucked inside. "Hah... Youre how old, and youre still embarrassed about this kind of stuff?" Chuckling, he pocketed the pack. *** That Night "Is this the place?" "Yes, sir." That night, Criminal Investigation Bureaus 2nd Unit quietly interrogated their captured suspect and finally uncovered the location of the Seodaemun Threes hideout. Their targets were villains. Even if they specialized in pickpocketing, every one of them was a Player with real combat ability. So Team 2 arrived fully armed. After checking their equipment, Lee Hyun-seok activated a mana detection device. Immediately, multiple mana signatures appeared inside the building. "Five of them. All strong. This is definitely the place." The Seodaemun Three had six memberswith one already in custody, the remaining five should be inside. That means were in the right spot. Lee Hyun-seok gave a nod, and Na Do-won issued the command. "Move in." The 2nd Unit silently infiltrated the building. It was an abandoned structureno security guards, and the entire building was empty. That meant only their team and the Seodaemun Three were inside. It was the perfect opportunity to strike. The team moved up to the fourth floor, where the criminals were hiding. Then BZZZZZZZT! "AGHHHHH!!" Suddenly, blue electricity crackled through the air, shocking the entire team. Chapter 194 Ghhhhh...!! The electricity surged through them with immense power. The entire 2nd Investigation Team was rendered motionless. Thud! Thud! As the electric effect subsided, most of the team members collapsed. The only ones barely able to stand were Na Do-won and Lee Hyun-seok. However, they werent in good shape either. They looked like they would collapse at the slightest push. At that moment Well, well. You really came to catch us? A voice rang out in the darkness. At the same time, the dim surroundings brightened, revealing the speaker. It wasnt just one person. There were five. All unfamiliar faces. However, Na Do-won and Lee Hyun-seok instinctively knew. These were the Seodaemun Three. You bastards...! Na Do-won squeezed out his voice through clenched teeth, his bloodshot eyes glaring. At that, Kim Kwan-hyeon, the leader of the Seodaemun Three, chuckled. Why am I the bastard? Arent you the one holding one of my men hostage? "Last time, you really messed up our plans. Thanks for that. Last time. He was referring to when Na Do-wons team launched an operation to capture the Seodaemun Three. Back then, they had successfully captured one of the gang members. Kim Kwan-hyeon approached Na Do-won, who was frozen in place, unable to move. I bet youre wondering whats going on. "Its not that complicated. We just followed the tip we got from our inside man and made preparations. "This is why you should always have connections. Inside... man? Yeah. What, you think an organization like ours doesnt have an informant in the Association? "Our scale is nationwide. "And when youve got money, you can make a lot of things happen. Who... is it? Oh? You really wanna know? Kim Kwan-hyeon smirked. Then, in an instant, he pulled out a dagger and slashed Na Do-wons throat. Khugh!! TEAM LEADER!! Lee Hyun-seok screamed. Even though his body was still paralyzed from the electric attack, witnessing Na Do-won being cut down in front of him made him cry out instinctively. Na Do-won collapsed, clutching his throat with both hands, trying to stop the blood pouring out. Kim Kwan-hyeon crouched in front of him and spoke. "Now that youre on deaths door, Ill tell you the truth. "You know your dear friend, Kim Won-hu? "Hes the one who tipped us off. "He told us youd be coming tonight. Even told us to be ready. Khgghhh... Seriously, man. You shouldve just listened to your superiors and stayed out of it. "Now look at you." Alright, we got the leader. Lets finish the rest of them off. Yes, boss. At Kim Kwan-hyeons command, the rest of the gang drew their weapons. Na Do-wons vision blurred. There was no hope. He was barely keeping his carotid artery clamped, but without a proper healer, he was as good as dead. Damn... it... His senses dulled. His surroundings faded into silence. And yet, the one thing that remained vivid in his mind Was his burning hatred for Kim Won-hu. I will... never forgive him...! It was over. He was about to lose consciousness. Or so he thought. FLASH! [ Healing Applied. ] [ Recovery Activated. ] A brilliant light enveloped the area. Warmth spread through his body. Sounds he could no longer hear suddenly became clear. And in his vision, two system notifications appeared. Healing...? Kim Kwan-hyeon frowned. Healing? What the hell? Suddenly, healing magic had activated. Kim Kwan-hyeon turned toward the only healer in his crew, but the man raised his hands defensively. It wasnt me! Then who? A voice echoed from the darkness. It was me. All eyes turned in that direction. And in that moment, a brilliant light illuminated the area. [ Guardian Spirit Activated. ] [ Recovery Activated. ] A wide-area healing skill. As it spread across the room, the paralyzed members of the 2nd Investigation Team began stirring. "You bastards...!" "I''ll kill you...!" Maybe it was because they had been on the verge of death. Or maybe it was because they had watched their leader fall. Either way, their rage was uncontrollable. What... what the hell...? Kim Kwan-hyeon began panicking. He hadn''t even had time to figure out who had spoken. "We have to move" He hurled throwing knives at the recovering investigators. But CLANG! His knives were intercepted in midair. No They had been cut down at lightning speed. Kim Kwan-hyeons eyes widened. Not just because his attack failed. But because His body suddenly stopped moving. As if something was holding him in place. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. At the same time, system notifications popped up in his vision. [ Shadow Binding Activated. ] [ Shadow Bleeding Activated. ] Shadow... what? But there was no time to process it. One by one, his teammates screamed as they too were restrained. In an instant, the entire Seodaemun Three crew was captured. The 2nd Investigation Team members swarmed them. Meanwhile, Lee Hyun-seok rushed to Na Do-wons side. Team Leader! Team Leader! Can you hear me?! ...Shut... up... What? What did you say? "...You''re too loud..." Lee Hyun-seok let out a shaky breath, his eyes welling with relief. Shit... I thought you were dead...! A voice, barely holding on to life. But even if it was exhausted, there was still a spark of vitality in it. He had barely survived. Throughout his years in the Investigation Bureau, he had seen too many comrades die. Thats why, more than anything, he did not want to lose Na Do-won. To Lee Hyun-seok, Na Do-won was his closest partner, his direct superior, and even a mentor. At that moment, a shadow loomed behind them. Startled, Lee Hyun-seok turned his head. And thenhis expression froze in absolute shock. Na Do-won reacted the same way. As his dimming consciousness sharpened again, he Novelight stared up at someone he never expected to see. Someone completely unthinkable. It was none other than Su-ho. Are you alright? Su-ho asked with surprising kindness. At that, both Na Do-won and Lee Hyun-seok blinked in disbelief. At first, they thought they were hallucinating. What the hell are you doing here? But when Lee Hyun-seok finally reacted, Na Do-won realized this was real. A... An Su-ho? Sword Saint An Su-ho? That An Su-ho? Yes, thats me, Su-ho replied casually. Judging by your reactions, you both seem to be fine. This... this is insane... Lee Hyun-seok was too stunned to even close his mouth. Seeing his disbelief, Su-ho drove in the final nail and introduced himself. I assure you, Im quite sane. Let me formally introduce myselfDeputy Team Leader of Special Management Team 2, Gate Bureau, An Su-ho. A... Ah, yes. H-hello? Lee Hyun-seok finally snapped out of it and awkwardly responded. Su-ho took a quick look around before speaking again. Pardon me for a moment. Without another word, he moved toward the restrained members of the Seodaemun Three and pressed several acupuncture points on their bodies. Immediately, their struggles ceased, and the room fell silent. Only then did Su-ho turn back to Na Do-won and Lee Hyun-seok. By now, Na Do-won had regained some clarity and forced himself to speak. How... how are you here? No, more importantlywhat exactly happened here? Its exactly as you saw, Su-ho said matter-of-factly. You were nearly killed because of Team Leader Kim Won-hus betrayal. I saved you all, and I caught the Seodaemun Three in the process. I-I understand that, but this is just... Na Do-wons mind was spinning. He knew what had happened. He had seen it with his own eyes. But none of this made sense. How was Su-ho here? How did he know? And how the hell did he take down an entire criminal syndicate single-handedly? Seeing their dazed expressions, Su-ho chuckled. Lets save the long conversation for later. For now, lets get to work. "Ill take care of Team Leader Na. Deputy Team Leader Lee, please go upstairs and secure all stolen goods and transaction records from the Seodaemun Threes hideout. Hearing this, Lee Hyun-seok hesitated and glanced at Na Do-won. When Na Do-won gave a nod, Lee Hyun-seok immediately left. Now, only Su-ho and Na Do-won remained. Su-ho knelt beside him and examined the wound on his neck. Good. The wound has completely healed. You were lucky I got here in timeany later, and you really would have died. ...Thank you. But how did you get here? Its a long story, Su-ho admitted. But to summarizeI found out about Kim Won-hus betrayal, so I moved independently. You found out? From where? Thats a trade secret. ...I see. Na Do-won sighed. He knew better than to press for details. Right now, the source of the information didnt matter. What mattered was Kim Won-hu had betrayed them. Na Do-won tried to stand up. But His legs buckled. Su-ho caught him before he could fall. Take it easy, Su-ho advised. We may be like game characters, but you still almost died. Your body wont recover instantly. ...Thank you. Na Do-won lowered his head. Finally, he could breathe. And now that the danger had passed A storm of emotions surged within him. ...Why the hell did he do it? First, there was rage. But as his mind settled, curiosity crept in. Kim Won-hu. His old colleague. They had attended each others weddings. They werent best friends, but they werent enemies either. Kim Won-hu had never been an ambitious or greedy man. So why? Why would he sell out his own people? As Na Do-wons mind raced, Su-ho spoke. Are you wondering why? ...Yes? Why he did this. Ah... Yes. To be honest, I am. "I dont recall ever doing anything to wrong him. "But why else would he betray us? "How could hehow could he try to kill us? Su-ho smirked. Theres probably no deep reason. ...What? People dont need grand motives to do bad things. "Dont think too hard about it. Thats ridiculous... Its true, Su-ho said. Do you want to see for yourself? See...? How? I can show you. "But on one condition. Su-ho leaned in and whispered something to Na Do-won. Na Do-won thought for a moment. Then, he nodded. Alright. "Ill do it. Good, Su-ho smiled. Then lets go confirm it for ourselves. Su-ho helped him up. Chapter 195 Late at night. Kim Won-hu was drinking alone at a bar he frequented. The bartender, seeing him downing drinks one after another, asked if something was wrong, but each time, Kim Won-hu only gave an awkward smile and tilted his glass again. Once he was thoroughly drunk, he paid the bill and stepped out of the establishment. Tonight, he needed to be drunk. And why wouldnt he? For the sake of his own well-being and future, he had just shoved his closest colleague straight into hell. Staggering, he tried to hail a taxi to head home. But for some reason, taxis were unusually scarce tonight. "Hoo..." His head swayed. Did he drink too much? He decided to sit down for a moment and catch his breath. As an Awakened, he could sober up anytime he wanted. But he didnt. Tonight, he needed the intoxication. That was why he had downed several ? Nvlght ? (Read the full story) bottles of strong liquor. Kim Won-hu plopped down onto a nearby flower bed and took a deep breath. And before he knew it, his body slumped over. *** "Ugh..." Kim Won-hu groaned. Did I fall asleep? It seemed like he had. Yawning loudly, he stretched his arms. Then, he opened his eyes. But where was this? Why was it so dark? Was it still before dawn? Just as he was wondering that, he finally realized something was very wrong. Dawn? No. What lay before him was utter darkness, so dense that he couldnt even see an inch ahead. "W-what the hell?" His words stammered in shock, and his intoxication vanished instantly. After all, for an Awakened like him, shaking off drunkenness was a simple matter. And just then, his body was violently shoved to the ground. "W-what the hell!" "You bastard, you dare lie to me?" "W-who are you...? Wait, Kim Gwan-hyeon?" "You son of a bitch!!" That voiceit was definitely Kim Gwan-hyeon. So, was he kidnapped by the Seodaemun Three? But they were supposed to have been caught by Special Investigation Team 2 by now. Bewildered, Kim Won-hu spoke up. "W-wait! There seems to be some misunderstanding! Lets talk first! Just let me go and we can talk properly!" "Let you go? Who the hell do you think you are?! You bastard! Didnt you tell us that Special Investigation Team 2 would come for us today? Then how the hell did they know we were lying in wait? You were a double agent, werent you?! Thats it, isnt it?!" A double agent? What the hell was this nonsense? Flustered, Kim Won-hu shouted. "A double agent?! What the fuck are you talking about?! After all the money I took from you, why the hell would I do that?!" "You piece of shit! You couldve just taken the money and gotten rid of us! Hell, that wouldve been cleaner for you! You bastard, do you even know how many of my brothers died because of you?!" "No! I swear, no! Fuck, I admit I took your money because I was desperate, but I didnt do this alone!!" Kim Won-hu screamed in desperation. Hearing that, Kim Gwan-hyeons grip loosened slightly. "What do you mean? You didnt do this alone? You better explain properly. Thinking about my dead brothers, I should just drive a knife into your throat right now..." "Fucking hell...! You know Director Baek, right? Our department head, Baek Jun-seok! Hes the one who authorized this! Its the truth!" "That bastard?! You didnt say anything about that before!!" This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Because there was no need for you to know!! He didnt even take a cut! I took on all the risk of getting my name exposed, and all he had to do was clean up after everything!!" "Then why the fuck would he do that?!" "Because of the Special Division Chief position!! You saw the news, right?! The Special Division Chief and the entire Special Division got their heads chopped off! Baek is after that position, but my team leader kept getting in his way, so this was all part of the setup!!" "...What?" Kim Won-hus words were shockingly sincere. He was completely seized by the fear of death. And Kim Gwan-hyeon believed him. He knew Kim Won-hu wasnt the type to stake his life on a lie, not in a situation like this. Kim Gwan-hyeon finally let go of him. As soon as the oppressive weight disappeared from his body, Kim Won-hu quickly sat up. But the darkness was still absolute. Biting his lip, he wiped the cold sweat from his brow and said, "Lets talk this out. Theres been some misunderstanding, but we can resolve this. Just let me see again, for gods sake!" "Shut the hell up. If you want to see again, youd better prove your innocence right here, right now. And youll explain how Special Investigation Team 2 managed to set up a counter-ambush. Otherwise, youre fucking dead." Kim Gwan-hyeons raw magical energy surged. Kim Won-hu swallowed hard. Kim Gwan-hyeon? Honestly, he could take him. But he was unarmed. And blind. And he had no idea how many others were with Kim Gwan-hyeon or what they had prepared. In this situation, his only option was to convince them. "Ill tell you everything! I swear Ill tell you everything! But I really dont know how Team 2 managed to counter-ambush!" "If not you, then where did the leak come from?" "Fuck, Im telling you, it wasnt me!! Check my phone! If you search through it, youll see I had nothing to do with it!" Kim Won-hu, hands trembling, pulled out his phone and handed it over. "Passwords 1102. Go through my messages, my calls, everything. Oh, and check the auto-recorded calls. Youll hear every conversation I had with Director Baek Jun-seok." Kim Gwan-hyeon started searching through the phone. It was true. The messages and call recordings proved that Kim Won-hu had been telling the truth. After confirming the evidence, Kim Gwan-hyeon finally spoke. "Well? Do you believe me now?" ...Ha. A sudden, unfamiliar voice. Hearing two additional voices besides Kim Gwan-hyeons, Kim Won-hu tensed up immediately. And then Whoosh! A flood of light. His vision, once swallowed by complete darkness, suddenly began to clear as light poured in. At the same time, a system notification appeared before his eyes. [ Pressure Point Technique has been lifted. ] Pressure Point Technique? What the hell is that? But before he could even process the message, his gaze landed on a familiar face beyond the notification window, and he recoiled in horror. Y-you, you, you! The reason for his shock? The familiar face staring back at him was none other than Na Do-won. And it didnt end there. The person standing beside Na Do-won was none other than the Sword Saint, An Su-ho himself. Meeting Kim Won-hus eyes, Su-ho greeted him with a smile. "Hello, Team Leader Kim." A-An Su-ho? No, I mean, Investigator An? Its been a while since I was last called that. Well, technically, I am a Fifth-Class Investigator. But still, I had no idea Team Leader Kim had such a story behind him. W-what do you mean...?! Wheres Kim Gwan-hyeon?! Where is he?! Kim Gwan-hyeon? You mean this? Su-ho let him hear Kim Gwan-hyeons voice. It was the effect of the Voice Modulation skill he had acquired from the Library of Martial Arts. As Kim Gwan-hyeons voice came out of Su-hos mouth, Kim Won-hus face went pale as he finally grasped the situation. T-then the one who grabbed me earlier was...? Yes, that was me. By the way, I heard you and Na Do-won were old academy classmates. You even attended each others weddings, didnt you? What a shame. Instead of supporting each other as fellow civil servants, you went as far as plotting murder... T-thats...! Enough. Im not interested in the details. In any case, I heard your confession, and weve secured the evidence. So, Team Leader Kim Won-hu, youre under emergency arrest for conspiracy to commit murder, among other charges. Of course, I dont have the authority to do that, so our investigation team leader here will handle it. With that, Su-ho stepped back. Only then did Kim Won-hu finally meet Na Do-wons gazewho had been silently biting his lip this whole time. D-Do-won, t-this is... Why did you do it? Even if Director Baek ordered it, why you? Were you after a position in the Special Division too? N-no, thats not it...! Then tell me!! Na Do-won, unable to hold back any longer, pulled out his weapon. Kim Won-hu hurriedly tried to pull out his own, but the moment he retrieved it from his inventory, it slipped right out of his grasp. His fingers had no strength. W-what the hell?! Seeing his reaction, Su-ho spoke casually. "I did a little something to your body. Just take your beating quietly." W-what?! Na Do-won pulled out his iron clubhis main weapon. Like Kim Won-hu, he was a warrior-type player, and if there was one person who understood just how destructive Na Do-won could be, it was Kim Won-hu himself. There was no way out. Realizing his only option was to beg, Kim Won-hu immediately dropped to his knees. D-Do-won, dont do this. I must have lost my mind for a moment. My kids are growing up, my landlord raised the deposit, and their tuition fees are... And thats why you tried to kill me? Not just me, but my entire family?! Whoosh! Crack! Gaaahhh!! Enraged beyond reason, Na Do-won swung his iron club with all his strength. A deafening crash echoed as the weapon struck Kim Won-hus collarbone, followed by the sickening sound of bones shattering. Su-ho, watching from the side, quickly called out. Heal. [ Heal has been activated. ] Whoosh! As soon as the healing skill took effect, Kim Won-hus injuries vanished without a trace. It was only natural. Su-ho was a far more capable healer than most assumed. Death isnt an option. A man guilty of conspiracy to commit mass murder needs to rot in Cheongok Prison for the rest of his life. To Kim Won-hu, Na Do-won wasnt just anyone. He was a longtime colleague. And yet, he had thrown his old friend to his death. To Su-ho, who had once suffered betrayal at the hands of his comrades, Kim Won-hu was nothing but an irredeemable bastard. That was why he didnt stop Na Do-won. If Na Do-won accidentally went too far and left Kim Won-hu in critical condition, Su-ho would simply heal him back up again. And so, Kim Won-hu was beaten mercilessly. By the time he blacked out from accumulated pain for the fourth time, Na Do-won finally tossed his iron club aside. Hoo... Even after unleashing all that fury, the resentment in his chest hadnt dissipated. But he no longer had the urge to keep hitting him. After all, no matter how much he struck him, nothing would change. Seeing him throw the club aside, Su-ho spoke. Feeling better now? ...Yeah, thanks. Sorry you had to see me like this. No need to apologize. I understand how you feel, believe me. ...You do, Investigator? Yeah, well. A long time ago. Anyway... Su-ho glanced at the crumpled, unconscious Kim Won-hu. There was no need to ask how Na Do-won was feeling. It was already written all over his face. Instead, Su-ho asked something else. "Kim Won-hu is dealt with, so why dont we go take down Director Baek Jun-seok while were at it? Before your anger dies down." Ha... Alright. Ill leave it to you again. Of course. But dont forget our previous deal. How could I? Lets go. What about Kim Won-hu...? Ill handle him. Lets move. Alright. And with that, the two men set off toward their next destination. Chapter 196 ...Kuhh...! Director Baek Joon-seok collapsed. He wasnt dead. He had only fainted from accumulated damage and the psychological shock. And the cause? Na Do-wons relentless beating with his club. When Baek Joon-seok saw the two men visiting him in the middle of the night, he was so startled he looked as if he had seen a ghost. T-Team Leader Na? And Investigator An? How...? Why do you look so surprised? You look like youve seen a ghost. W-what are you saying...? Come outside. Unless you want your family to see you in a miserable state. At the very least, they gave him some courtesy. Since he was a married man with two children, they took him somewhere out of sight before beating him senseless. Of course, in the end, no injuries remained. Because Su-ho had taken care of it. Looking at the unconscious Baek Joon-seok, Su-ho searched through his phone and spoke. No one else seems to be involved. Looks like it was just the two of them orchestrating the murder. ... Na Do-won remained silent at Su-hos words. Even though he had vented his anger with the club, it didnt really feel like he had. After all, how many years had he spent with these people? The betrayal ? Nvlight ? (Exclusive on Nvlight) and loss he felt were beyond words. Su-ho glanced at him before adding, What are you thinking? My emotions are just all over the place. I understand. But dont waste too much emotion on them. Especially not guilt or pity. Whats done is done, and mistakes cant be undone. Focus on the present and the future. If I hadnt saved you, what do you think would have happened to your family? ...Youre right. Thank you for setting things straight. No need to thank me. Lets go ahead and process the arrests. Understood. Su-ho gathered Kim Won-hu and Baek Joon-seok and headed to the association with Na Do-won. When they arrived, Special Investigation Team 2 was already there, having arrived first with the captured members of the Seodaemun Three. Lee Hyun-seoks eyes widened in shock when he saw Kim Won-hu and Baek Joon-seok slung over their shoulders. Team Leader, what the hell happened? I get Team Leader Kim, but why the Director...? Ill explain later. Is everyone alright? Yes, were fine. Then lock up the Seodaemun members separately and start the interrogation. Hyun-seok, you follow me. Yes, sir. Everything moved swiftly. Even though it was already late at night, no one had any complaints. If anything, their eyes were burning with anticipation at the thought of tearing into their captives. After locking Baek Joon-seok and Kim Won-hu separately in the underground detention center, Na Do-won took Su-ho and Lee Hyun-seok to the break room on the same floor. There, Na Do-won explained everything to Lee Hyun-seok. When he finished, Lee Hyun-seok looked completely dumbfounded. What the hell...? Its all true. Their phones still have the call recordings and message logs. Use them to compile the reports. ...What do we tell the others? Advertisements Hah... Yeah. If they wanted to proceed properly, the team had to know the truth. After thinking for a moment, Na Do-won made a decision. Gather everyone before they start writing reports and tell them everything. If they want to beat up the Seodaemun members midway, let them. Just dont kill them. Understood. Technically, beating up detainees was illegal... But in the Special Division, it was an unspoken practice. After all, Awakened criminals were far more resilient than regular people, and any injuries could be healed with potions or healing skills. More importantly, villains often relied on their own durability to resist interrogations. So, while the Special Division originally had no harsh interrogation practices, they had gradually adopted them out of necessity. Lee Hyun-seok stood up after receiving the order, but before leaving the break room, he bowed deeply to Su-ho. Thank you. You saved us. Haha, its nothing. Lets talk again later. Yes, thank you. Lee Hyun-seok left. Now, only Na Do-won and Su-ho remained in the break room. With only the two of them left, Su-ho smiled brightly and spoke again. Well then, should we talk about the real matter now? Understood. But... Na Do-won glanced at Su-ho, still finding it hard to believe. The things you said earlier... Are they all true? You actually captured the Raid Guild leader and the Inagawa people? Yes, its true. And right now, I have them detained separately. Su-ho took out several photos he had taken beforehand and showed them to Na Do-won. The images depicted the Songgang brothers from the Raid Guild, Songgang-cheons elite unit, and the Inagawa faction, all unconscious. For a long time, the Raid Guild has been smuggling cultural artifacts, high-value items, and magical stonespractically treated like goldto the Inagawa Syndicate. So, I caught them red-handed and arrested them on the spot. I also secured their transaction records and stolen goods. Then why didnt you bring them in immediately? I was planning to. But I happened to get information about the Seodaemun Three, so I changed my plan. Look at Baek Joon-seok and Kim Won-hu. Even if I had handed over the Raid Guild right away, do you think it would have been processed properly? Sure, they might have rushed a few promotions to handle it. But in the end, I figured theyd regret it later. Then... Do you trust me? Im choosing to, for now. Out of all the people in the Special Division, you seem like the most decent one. Of course, if you ever change, I might regret this too. Thats why Im telling you this upfrontdont change. The truth was, Su-ho did trust him. He had seen Na Do-wons character in his past life. But even so, saying this now served as a kind of safeguard. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Taking a sip from a drink he had grabbed from the break room, Su-ho continued speaking. "I will be joining the Special Division. I was originally supposed to enter anyway, but because of everything that happened, things got delayed. And if I do end up working in the Special Division, I dont want another case like Pi Seong-yeols to happen again. You know I was recruited as a Fifth-Class Special Appointment, right? If I transfer this time, Ill at least become a Team Leader or even a Director. In that case, Id like the people I work with to be as reliable as you, Team Leader Na. I need people who dont care about outside noise and simply get their work done properly." As Su-ho spoke, he pulled out the Raid Guilds smuggling ledger from his inventory. "So lets make it so that this case is officially recorded as something you solved in cooperation with our Special Management Team 2 in the Gate Bureau. Itd be best if you took over as Director of the Investigation Department." "Me?" "That way, you can protect the junior officers below you and work more freely. As for me, Ill be heading to the Special Division. Ah, and dont worry about who will take over as the next Special Division Director. Itll be someone trustworthy. Now, do you have any questions?" It was a lot of information all at once. But nothing was complicated. Everything made perfect sense. And more importantly, Na Do-won didnt even need to question Su-hos integrity. He already knewboth from internal sources and the mediaexactly what kind of person Su-ho was. So, just like Su-ho had chosen to trust him, Na Do-won decided to trust Su-ho as well. After all, Su-ho had saved not just him but his entire team. "Understood. Ill contact you as soon as I finish handling the paperwork." "Thank you. Moving forward, if I have anything else to discuss or coordinate, Ill reach out to you directly. Oh, and one more thingI''d appreciate it if todays events didnt leave this department." "Dont worry. Ill make sure to keep everyone quiet about it." Advertisements "Good. Then, if you designate the holding cells, Ill place the Raid Guild members and the Inagawa people there. Ah, and during the investigation, theres no need to notify Japan. We arent obligated to, and bringing it up now will only make things unnecessarily messy." "But once the sentencing is decided, well have to inform them." "Thats when they should find out. That way, they wont have a chance to interfere." Na Do-won was slightly taken aback by Su-hos thorough handling of the situation. He had always known Su-ho was impressive, but he had thought that was limited to clearing Gates. He had never imagined Su-ho was this well-versed in matters like this. It made him see Su-ho in a new light. Age really doesnt mean everything. Shortly after, Su-ho received the assigned holding cells from Na Do-won and proceeded to detain the members of the Raid Guild and the Inagawa Syndicate as if he had just captured them from outside. With this, the Raid Guild case is settled. Su-ho took pictures of the Songgang brothers and Inagawas Suiru, all locked up in their holding cells, and sent them to Ion, the representative of Union. A call came in immediately. "Hello?" Is this real? "Of course it is." ...Where are you? Lets talk in person. "Understood. Im at the Association right now. Where should I go?" If youre at the Association, just come to the same place as last time. "Got it." Su-ho immediately got into the drivers seat and started his car. *** Upon arriving at the same bar building as before, he saw that the guards he had seen last time were still there. Su-ho took the elevator up to the bar, and upon seeing him, Ion stood up from his seat. "Youre here?" "Yes, I came straight over since it wasnt far." "First of all, good work. But can I ask what exactly happened?" "In short, the Raid Guild was smuggling cultural artifacts, magical stones, and various items to Japans Inagawa Guild. I caught them in the act and made an emergency arrest. The holding cells I showed you earlier? Theyre in the underground detention center of the Great Korea Hunter Association. Oh, and of course, I secured all the related documents, including the smuggling ledgers." "..." Ion was at a loss for words. He had been trying to figure out how Su-ho planned to take down the industrys second-largest guild. And this was how he did it. Even more shocking was the fact that he hadnt known about the Raid Guilds cultural artifact smuggling. Yet, not only had Su-ho known, but he had gone straight to the scene and caught them in the act. And this deal even involved Japans Inagawa Guildone of the top five largest guilds in the country. Inagawa... Those guys are a massive organization. And theyre absolutely insane...! And Su-ho went after them without hesitation? Ion unconsciously swallowed hard. Seeing that, Su-ho chuckled. "Inagawa doesnt yet know that their representative for this deal, Suiru, has been captured. Theyll only find out once the trial ends and he gets sent to Cheongok Prison. Until then, if they suspect anything, their first suspect will be Union." "...Us?" "Think about it. Who else is in a position to attack the Raid Guild right now? The only possible suspect is Union. And now that the Raid Guild is falling apart, youll be absorbing them soon, wont you? That makes you the perfect target for suspicion." "Thats..." Now that he thought about it, Su-ho was right. Which made Ion frown. This wasnt the outcome he had been aiming for. Sensing his concern, Su-ho added, "So if Inagawa does start suspecting you, just use my name. Of course, they might not believe you based on words alone, so Ill send you this." Advertisements Su-ho sent Ion a selfie he had taken at the smuggling site, with Suirus gang beaten and captured in the background. Ions eyes widened. "If Union is going to be my shadow, then its only right that I protect Union. So use my name however you like. Itll make things easier for both of us. Now then, since youll be busy absorbing the Raid Guild, Ill take my leave. Ah, but dont even think about ignoring my calls in the future. Were good partners now, after all." "Ah... Understood." "Lets stick with Hunter and Representative as our terms of address. That should work better. Ill be in touch again soon." After finishing his business, Su-ho gave a slight nod and got up from his seat. As Su-ho left in the elevator, Ion stared blankly at the spot he had just been sitting in and muttered under his breath. "Wow... That guy is a complete lunatic." Chapter 197 "Haa... Haa..." "Its finally..." "Over...!" Thud! Virus Dungeon. At last, the final unranked player, Nam Hae-won, had reached level 100. It had been a grueling process. Aside from eating and sleeping, they had done nothing but hunt. The moment Nam Hae-won ? NvIight ? (Read more on our source) reached level 100, everyone left the dungeon and returned to reality. Immediately, Gu Yeon-hwa called Su-ho. Im on my way. Hearing the news, Su-ho headed straight to the Banshees location. Arriving with a grin, Su-ho asked, "So, everyones finally hit level 100?" "Yeah, we barely managed it." "Alright, who here still hasnt completed their Class Quest or Trait Quest?" Several people raised their hands. Su-ho nodded and said, "Unfortunately, well have to put that on hold for now. Its not urgent. Instead..." He pulled out thick stacks of documents from his inventory. "Since youve all reached level 100, its time to start this." "This is... That thing you mentioned last time?" "Yeah, that thing. Its time to start building your special recruitment credentials. So I gathered everythinglists of wanted criminals nationwide and various gang organizations." "...Wow." "Oh, damn..." The reactions were mixed. But Su-ho was serious. Keeping them hidden away in an outside guild was only a temporary solution. If he wanted to operate them efficiently, the best way was to keep them under the Associations nameunder his command. "From now on, you must operate as a group. Results are important, but above all, your safety is the top priority. In that regard, we need to appoint a team leader to lead you all. Does anyone have a nominee?" At that, Seo Gi-won asked, "Arent you the team leader?" "Ill likely be heading into the Special Division and taking the rank of Director. So, we need a new leader for the team." "Oh, I see." As the confusion cleared, the Banshees exchanged glances. Then, Gu Yeon-hwa raised her hand. "I nominate Geon." "And why is that?" "Because if it werent for Geon, we never wouldve beaten your avatar during training." "Thats true." "Shes right." "Honestly, I agree." Everyone nodded in agreement. Truthfully, Su-ho had already considered Kim Geon for the leader position. But he had still asked for nominations because Gu Yeon-hwa had been the original leader of the Banshees. Fortunately, Gu Yeon-hwa was quick-witted and nominated Kim Geon herself, allowing for a smooth transition with no disputes. Su-ho formally asked, "Geon, what do you think?" "If you assign me the role, Ill do my best." "Good. Then from now on, Kim Geon is the leader of the Banshees. Gu Yeon-hwa will be the vice leader. If Geon isnt available, Yeon-hwa will step in. Any objections?" "Nope." "Alright, then lets keep it simple. A round of applause." Clap, clap, clap! They really were obedient. Smiling, Su-ho pulled out two business cards and handed them to Kim Geon. "When you capture villains, first call the number on this first card. This belongs to the current Team Leader of Investigation Department 2 in the Great Korea Hunter Association. Ive already informed them in advance, so just mention my name, and theyll process it accordingly." "Understood." "The second card is for situations where you need support while hunting villains. Call this number if you need backup. This organization will provide assistance, no matter how unreasonable your request is. Ive already arranged everything." The second card belonged to Choi Yoon. Truthfully, Su-ho had wanted to give them Unions representatives contact information, but since he was busy absorbing the Raid Guild, Su-ho had requested Choi Yoon to act as a substitute. The request had been immediately approved, making Choi Yoon the dedicated support for both Su-ho and the Banshees. "Wh-why me?" "Do you not want to? If so, just let your representative know." "N-no, thats not what I meant..." "Then Ill be counting on you." "Hngh..." Su-ho continued his explanation. "Ive written down all major villain traits and strategies in these documents. Use them as much as possible. During this period, my goal is to cut out all the cancerous tumors in this country. I despise when major operations get disrupted by lowlife scum. So, take this opportunity to build up your reputation. I want the name Banshee to strike fear into criminals before they even think of acting." "Like Batman?" "Yeah, like Batman. If you ever feel like you cant handle a mission, call me. Ill come and destroy them myself." "Understood!" "Oh, and take these." Su-ho handed them three credit cards. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "If you ever need money for operations, use these. Ive disabled notifications on them, so spend freely." But before Kim Geon could take them, Gu Yeon-hwa snatched them up. "Can we really use these however we want?" "Yes, spend as much as you need." "Really, really?" "...Wait, youre earning money now, so why are you so excited?" "Because spending other peoples money feels different! Especially when it belongs to the countrys top hunter!" "Have you not seen the Hunter Rankings? Im not the top hunter. My pure level alone doesnt even place me in the top 100." "But if we count achievement points, like your Sealed Gate record, youre in the top 10." "...Whatever. Anyway, start immediately. The Reconstruction Gate Project is moving quickly, but legal procedures will still take some time." "Understood! Oh, but what should we call you now? Since Geon is Team Leader, does that mean...?" "Call me Director. Once I officially become a Division Director, you can call me that instead." "Got it!" "Alright, then, lets move out." Su-ho never intended to take over the Great Korea Hunter Association for peace and security. His final goal was the complete eradication of Gates. And in that process, dealing with Awakened villains would be nothing but a nuisance. Do I really have time to waste dealing with thugs? But at the same time, he couldnt completely ignore them either. More importantly, he didnt want to ignore them. Thats why he chose to utilize the Banshees. By establishing the Banshees as a powerful and symbolic enforcement group, and making Cheongok Prison a true hellhole, crime rates would naturally plummet. After sending the Banshees on their first mission, Su-ho took out his phone and called Kim Seung-hwan. Yes, Hunter. "Hows the operation going?" The documents you provided were so detailed that we barely had to do any cross-referencing. I was just about to contact you. "What happened to the Association officials?" All of them were dismissed. The Chairman, Vice-Chairman, Pi Seong-yeol, and all the executives under him... Officially, this is a Reconstruction Gate case, but with so many casualties, its basically just a matter of whether itll be considered mass murder or manslaughter. It was only natural. This wasnt just corruptionit had led to mass deaths. This wasnt just murder. It was slaughter. However, South Korea didnt enforce the death penalty. Even if they were sentenced, they would rot in prison for life. Which, in Su-hos mind, was far worse than a swift death. After everything theyve done, death would be too easy a punishment. Nodding, Su-ho said, "Understood. Keep up the good work. Also, do you know where Son Baek-geum is right now?" Son Baek-geum? Hold on. Su-ho hadnt asked Kim Seung-hwan to track Son Baek-geum. Nor had he planned to. After all, Son Baek-geum had accumulated wealth illegally and was undoubtedly a villain in his own right. But... since Son had helped in this operation, Su-ho figured he might as well compensate him personally. Hes currently under non-detention investigation. His only crime is running illegal gambling dens, so for his exact location, youll need to ask him directly. Do you need his number? "No, Ill handle it. Thanks." Ending the call, Su-ho immediately dialed Son Baek-geum. Before the fourth ring, Son picked up. Yes, Hunter. "Where are you, Baek-geum?" Im at a hotel. "Im coming. Wait for me." Su-ho immediately drove toward Peymond Plaza Hotel upon hearing the word hotel. When he arrived on the first floor, Son Baek-geum was already there, waiting for him alongside his subordinates. Su-ho pulled up near the entrance without bothering to park properly and spoke. "If someone saw this, theyd get the wrong idea. Why are you all standing around like this?" "My apologies. There have been too many people after me lately, so I had to station some men around. And, of course, I couldnt just sit back and not come out to greet you, Hunter." At that, Su-ho let out a small chuckle. Because Son Baek-geums words were true. Some peopleno, most peoplebelieved that the Reconstruction Gate scandal had come to light because of Son Baek-geum. To some, he was laughably being called a "benevolent gangster." But to the cartels profiting from Reconstruction Gates, he was a dead man walking. That was why he was being so cautious. Power struggles were far more complicated than people thought. But people themselves were far simpler than they thought. Especially foolish peoplewho cared little for others misfortune but saw their own suffering as the most important thing in the world. And when such people suffered, they tended to blame others rather than themselves. Right now, Son Baek-geum was the perfect scapegoat for many. Su-ho followed Son Baek-geum up to his office. The entrance was heavily guarded, and once inside, the two of them were left alone. Only then did Su-ho speak. "I came to settle accounts." "Settle accounts?" "The Reconstruction Gate scandal has been exposed, and the investigation is progressing smoothly. Youve done your part. Its time for me to let you go." "Wait... are you saying...?!" Son Baek-geums eyes widened. Su-ho smiled. "Come closer." "A-Ah...!" Son Baek-geum approached, his body trembling slightly. Like a lamb before a god. "First, lets undo everything I promised to." Su-ho pressed his fingers against several points on Son Baek-geums body. [ Pressure Point Seals Have Been Released. ] A system alert appeared, notifying him that Son Baek-geum was free once more. "You can now be a man again." "Finally... at last...!" "Ive lifted everything else as well. You can start living as a person again." "Thank you...! Thank you...! Truly, thank you...!" Son Baek-geum recalled the miserable days he had endured. The forced suppression of his desires had left him in mental agony. He had been barely alive. Rumors had spread that the boss of Baekgeumpa, the largest gang in Gangnam, was a eunuch or that he had switched preferences. But nowhis suffering was over, and happiness awaited. As soon as I get out of here, Ill...! Just as his fantasies began to take flight, Su-ho spoke. "But this comes with a condition." "...What?" A condition? What was this now? Son Baek-geums heart dropped. Is he about to order me around again?! But Su-ho didnt care for his reaction and continued, "Lets keep working together." "W-what kind of work?" "Ive been thinking about it... Power never leaves a vacuum. Right now, Im waging a nationwide war on crime. But no matter how many villains I eradicate, new ones will always appear to take their place." "A-and?" "Its better to have the lesser evil than the worst possible one. So, Ive decided to put someone I can control in that space. Baekgeumpa will be that lesser evil. Of course, thats under one conditionthat you operate within legal boundaries." "What are you saying...?" "Ill deal with Awakened villains, and you will handle the ordinary gangsters. Ill even expand Baekgeumpa to a nationwide organizationso you will oversee the entire country. If you do that, you can continue to live like a person. Do we have a deal?" "..." "Do we?" "...O-okay." "Good. Then our negotiation is complete." Su-ho smiled brightly and shook hands with him. Chapter 198 Busy Days. The prosecutors were fully engaged in handling the Reconstruction Gate scandal. The Banshees were dedicating their full efforts to eliminating Awakened criminals. And Baekgeumpa was relentlessly sweeping out ordinary gangsters. Meanwhile, Jo Jin-hwi continued to spotlight incidents surrounding the Reconstruction Gate scandal to keep the public interest alive. If Su-ho had it his way, he would have immediately begun reforming the Hunter Association, cutting through its corruption like a blade. But everything had its proper process. For now, I should just focus on what I can do. Thus, Su-hos choice was none other than Gate Raiding. [ Gate Has Been Cleared. ] [ MVP of the Raid: An Su-ho ] [ Additional EXP Granted for MVP Selection. ] [ Bonus Stat +1 Acquired. ] [ Level Up Achieved. ] [ All Stats +1 ] [ Additional Bonus Stat +1 Acquired. ] "Hah..." After slaying the boss monster, Su-ho collected its mana stone and opened his status window. [ An Su-ho ] Lv: 141Class: CrusaderTraits: Strength (O): 91Magic (O): 71 73Perception (O): 59Bonus Stats: 2 0There wasnt much else for him to do after setting everything in motion. Thus, he had focused purely on leveling up. The result? A seven-level jump. And with the two bonus stats he had just received, Su-ho invested them into Magic. Then, he pondered. Whats the current national Grand Ranking? A countrys player rankings were an important indicator. The types of players a nation had significantly influenced its national power. Because of this, ranking organizations existed in nearly every country. Among them, the most reputable was Player Board, an internationally recognized ranking institution. Player Board provided various ranking charts, but the most famous were: The Level Chart ? N o v e l i g h t ? A pure level-based ranking.The Grand Chart A comprehensive ranking that considered achievements, influence, and level.For Su-ho, the Level Chart wasnt particularly important. South Korea already had a fair number of 1-Star Players. What mattered was the Grand Chart. That was the real ranking recognized by the world. As soon as he exited the Gate, Su-ho pulled up the Player Board app and checked the Grand Chart. [ This Weeks Grand Chart ] . . 9th Place C An Su-ho / Healer / Sword Saint . . "Healer, but Sword Saint?" Su-ho chuckled at the irony. Every players name on the chart was listed alongside their class and title. It was amusing. His initial class was Healer, yet his title was "Sword Saint." Who else could have such a ridiculous combination? Probably no one but him. Advertisements Su-ho then checked the Top 10 players. As expected, no ones reached Level 200 yet. He wasnt just checking out of curiosity. With the Reconstruction Gate scandal unfolding, the Hunter Associations reforms nearly done, and the crime purge well underway, he needed to prepare for the next step. In the history of the Great Cataclysm, the transition to the "Mid-Cataclysm Era" was marked by the rise of 2-Star Players. Which means I need to reach Level 200 as soon as possible. Su-ho checked the top three ranks. 1st Place: Lv.198 2nd Place: Lv.198 3rd Place: Lv.197 "198, huh." Even Song Kang-cheon, whom he had recently captured, had been mid-190s in level. In other words, no one in South Korea had reached 2-Star yet. It wasnt because they didnt want to. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. There was a hidden truth that most people didnt know yet: Once a 1-Star Player reached Level 9 of any digit, they entered a "Hell-Level Zone"a brutal difficulty spike. But once you survive that and hit 200, the power jump is beyond ridiculous. That was the 2nd Awakening Phenomenon. Because of that, the current Grand Chart rankings werent entirely accurate. The true Rankers hadnt even surfaced yet. Except for one. Among the Top 10, one name caught Su-hos attention. Ki Joon-seo. Ranked 6th, he was different from the others. Unlike the rest, his level wasnt in the 190s. Su-ho knew exactly who he was. Right now, Ki Joon-seo was just a normal mage. But after his 2nd Awakening, he would become "The Bone Emperor"Golje. Not a Necromancer, yet he controls an army of skeleton warriors and bone weapons. Moreover, despite his fearsome power, his personality wasnt twisted. He was useful in many ways. Ill have to meet him at some point. One person alone couldnt save the world. Though Su-ho had learned not to trust people too easily, some individuals were worth investing in. Ki Joon-seo was one of them. After finishing his chart research, Su-ho checked his next destination. It wasnt anything special. His next stop was another Gate. Su-ho had compiled a full list of all 1-Star Gates in South Korea. Making the list had been simple. Currently, 1-Star Gates fell into three categories: Privately Owned Gates Controlled by guilds.Sealed Gates Classified as dangerous and needing special clearances.Evaluation Gates Newly emerged Gates awaiting assessment.There were no 2-Star Gates yet. Wellthere were, but it wasnt time to clear them yet. So for now, he focused on 1-Star Gates. The ones he targeted first were Evaluation Gates. Most Sealed Gates had already been cleared, leaving only a few. As for Privately Owned Gates, he couldnt touch them without permission. Originally, Evaluation Gates were meant to be sold to private buyers... That was only because the Hunter Association had been too corrupt to handle them properly. But things had changed now. If the Exploration and Raid Teams were functioning properly, there was no reason to sell Gates to private entities. Advertisements With excitement, Su-ho headed toward his next target. *** "...Raid?" "Yes, that''s correct." At the Inagawa Guild Headquarters, Kenji, the sub-guild master and one of the middle bosses, furrowed his brows upon hearing his subordinate''s report. He had sent someone to track down Suiru, who had failed to return from his assignment. But instead of locating Suiru, his subordinate had uncovered something even more shocking: The Korean guild they had long dealt withRaidhad been completely destroyed. The information was confirmed. His subordinate was currently on-site at Raid''s headquarters in Euljiro. "The Raid headquarters is completely deserted. If there were any remaining personnel, I wouldve interrogated them, but its like a ghost town. We haven''t been able to conduct a proper investigation yet." "...." Kenji''s brow furrowed deeper. Was this even possible? It had only been a few days. Just recently, he had been in direct contact with Song Kang-cheon, the head of Raid. But in just a matter of days, their entire headquarters had been wiped out? This wasn''t some petty embezzlement case where a lower-tier syndicate vanished overnight. No. Raid was South Korea''s second-largest underground guild. Moreover, they had a blood pact with Inagawa. There was no reason for them to suddenly disappear. Which meant... This wasnt a coincidence. Someone had deliberately destroyed them. Suiru must have been taken down by the same people. Kenji quickly sorted through his thoughts and spoke. "It seems like there was outside interference. Begin an immediate investigation. Money is no objectI dont care how much it costs. Whoever did this... they need to learn what happens when they mess with the Inagawa Guild and its allies." "Understood." His subordinate acknowledged the order with a deep bow. *** Hexagon Guild Headquarters C Emergency Meeting An urgent meeting was taking place in the Alpha Room of the Hexagon Guild. The people seated at the table were no ordinary figures. The Guild Master of HexagonThe Vice Guild MasterThe Chief AdministratorRank 1, Rank 3, and Rank 5 of South Koreas Grand RankingsAfter a brief silence, Baek Do-hoon, ranked 5th, was the first to speak. "...You''re telling me 1-Star Gates are no longer appearing in auctions?" "Yes, thats the current situation." "...." The Chief Administrator quickly confirmed. The reason for this urgent gathering? For some unknown reason, 1-Star Gates were no longer being supplied to the market. Well, to be precise... 1-Star Gates were still being circulated, but high-level Gatesthose suitable for players nearing Level 100 and beyondhad suddenly stopped appearing. Baek Do-hoon scoffed in disbelief. "Wait a minute, Administrator. That makes no sense. Gates dont just disappear. We used to get at least three or four of them a month. How do they suddenly dry up?" "...Are you sure this isnt just Prime snatching up the bids?" Rank 3, Na Hyun-il, chimed in, equally skeptical. This was a serious issue. Typically, they cleared at least one or two Gates per month, yet now, they hadn''t even seen a single one. If this continued, it would impact their entire guild operation. Sure, cash flow was maintained through other means, but the core of a Hunter Guild''s revenue came from the high-level Gates cleared by its top players. Advertisements Especially Hexagon, which had three of the top five ranked players in the country. Yet all three of them were now sitting idle. If this wasnt a major issue, what was? Both the Guild Master and Vice Guild Master turned their eyes to the Chief Administrator, waiting for an explanation. After a deep sigh, the Administrator finally spoke. "Hah... I thought something was off too, so I dug deeper. And the reason... was something I never expected." "And what is it?" "The Hunter Association is handling all the Gates themselves." "...What?" "Excuse me?" "...?" The entire room fell silent. Each face was painted with confusion. But it was true. "At first, I kept getting generic responsessomething about ''internal matters.'' But after leveraging my sources, I found out the truth." "And?" "It turns out that Hunter An Su-ho, from the Associations Gate Department, is clearing almost all of South Koreas 1-Star Gatespractically by himself. Thats why theres nothing left for auction." "Are you kidding me?" It was so absurd that they were left speechless. One man was monopolizing every single 1-Star Gate in the country? It wasn''t just Hexagoneven Prime Guild was dealing with the same issue. Prime housed Rank 2 and Rank 4 of South Koreas Grand Rankings, and their Administrator had reported the same thing. A stifling silence filled the room. This was unprecedented. But doing nothing wasnt an option. This wasnt just about money. It directly affected their ability to level up. After much deliberation, the guild leaders all reached the same conclusion. "We need to file an official protest." "Agreed. Well demand an explanation." At that moment, the largest guilds in Korea found themselves on the same side. Chapter 199 Lee Won-an, the administrative officer, was enjoying his commute to work these days. Yesterday, Officer An Su-ho cleared three 1-star gates in a single day. Wow, again? The reason he was so happy was simple. It was because of Su-ho. It was only natural for him to feel joy. After all, Su-ho didnt just clear one or two gateshe cleared three 1-star gates in a single day! Could this be considered possible from a logical standpoint? No, as far as Lee knew, there had never been a hunter with such a record. At this rate, we can call him a one-man army...! But Su-ho made it happen. And to top it off, Su-ho was his superior. Whats more, Lee and his colleagues were safely just being trained while Su-ho handled all the high-level tasks, including performance evaluations. Ah, An Su-ho! He is my light and my salt! For such a figure, it wasnt just Lee Won-an, but everyone in the exploration team who worshipped him like a god. No, not just worshippedbecame fanatics. Anyone who dared to criticize him would be met with a resolution to break their finger in return! But then, Lee Won-an received unexpected news. What? What did you say? It started with a call from Team Leader Oh Bong-ju of Special Team 1. Currently, Team Leader Oh Bong-ju was acting in the roles of both the Gate Management Department head and the Gate Bureau head. Where were the heads of the Detection Department and the Management ? Nvlight ? (Exclusive on Nvlight) Department? They were all swept away by the redevelopment gate and lost their heads. Even the team leaders of the General Management Team in the Management Department were executed. Thus, the only two people left to manage the Gate Bureau were Team Leader Oh Bong-ju of Special Team 1 and Team Leader Jeong Cheol-min of Special Team 2, with Oh Bong-ju handling all the duties. Oh Bong-ju said: C Get in here. The representatives from Hexagon and Prime are here! And why is Team Leader 2 not responding?! Ah, Ill get in touch and head over right now! It was an emergency. Why were representatives from Hexagon and Prime suddenly at the Gate Bureau?! Lee Won-an quickly tried to contact Su-ho. But... C The phone could not be connected, and after the beeping, it went to voicemail... The phone wouldnt connect. He guessed that Su-ho was in the middle of a gate raid. Ugh... What should I do? This was bad. He had heard that Team Leader 2 was also going with Team Leader Jo for gate raids lately. At least I have to go. Lee Won-ans anxiety grew. *** [ Gate cleared. ] [ The MVP of the gate raid is An Su-ho. ] [ Additional experience points granted for MVP selection. ] [ Bonus stat awarded due to MVP selection. ] [ Level up achieved. ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ One bonus stat gained. ] After defeating the boss monster, a flood of notifications appeared before Su-ho. He quickly allocated his bonus stats before stepping out of the gate. However, his phone was full of missed calls. What is this? They were all from Lee Won-an. Su-ho was about to call him back when he noticed a message from Lee. His brow furrowed. Hexagon and Prime sent representatives? Since Su-ho had not answered, Lee had left a message instead. Su-ho quickly started the car and headed toward where Jeong Cheol-min was. Jeong Cheol-min was someone who needed to be rescued; if Su-ho didnt help him, he would be stuck hunting viruses for the rest of his days. Upon arriving at Jeong Cheol-mins location, Su-ho hurriedly pulled him out and heard the full story, which made Jeong Cheol-min narrow his eyes. Why are Hexagon and Prime here? I dont know either. Well have to go and find out. Why are those people here suddenly? Even their representatives? Jeong Cheol-min looked at his own phone, filled with countless missed calls, and quickly dialed Oh Bong-ju. The phone was answered, and Oh Bong-ju snapped impatiently. C Where are you right now? This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Oh Bong-ju wanted to yell, but he held back, knowing guests were present. Jeong Cheol-min immediately apologized. Sorry, it was hard to get in touch due to the gate raid. C Sigh... Hurry up and come in. The truth of Jeong Cheol-mins leveling was known only to Su-ho in the entire association, even among their teammates. There wasnt a big reason behind it. The fewer people who know a secret, the better. Thats why it could be glossed over so easily. The Grand Hunter Association''s Gate Division''s failure to make contact due to gate operations was simply an excuse for work-related matters. When they finally arrived at the Association, they found Lee Won-an, the civil servant, waiting for them like a criminal at the entrance to the Gate Division meeting room. Jeong Cheol-min asked him, Whats going on? I... Im not sure yet... Lee responded, hesitantly. What? He was waiting around without even knowing the reason? Su-ho frowned at that. The two entered the meeting room. There, to their surprise, were some influential figures waiting for them. Kim Su-baek, the representative of the Hexagon Guild. Han Tae-hyun, the vice representative of the Hexagon Guild. Ma Sang-il, the representative of the Prime Guild. Bang Do-hyun, the vice representative of the Prime Guild. And that was not all. Next to them were the top-ranked players from the Grand Player Board, seated as well. Su-ho glanced at them. Ban Yu-il, ranked first in Hexagon. Kim Kwan, ranked second in Prime. Na Hyeon-il, ranked third in Hexagon. Woo Seong-woo, ranked fourth in Prime. The attendance of these prominent figures from each guild was not particularly surprising. At least not by Su-hos standards. Theyre still just Level 2, so how impressive can they really be? However, Jeong Cheol-min was overwhelmed. It was understandable. It was extremely rare to see such high-level players all gathered in one place, especially without any special occasion. It was practically unprecedented since the associations formation. Jeong Cheol-min awkwardly apologized. Im sorry for being late. We couldnt contact you sooner due to the gate operations. Come sit down quickly. Do you know how long these people have been waiting for you? Oh Bong-ju fussed. Su-ho quietly furrowed his brow at his words. Then he calmly spoke up. Was today a scheduled meeting? I wasnt informed about anything in advance. Jeong Cheol-mins eyes widened in disbelief. He quickly jabbed Su-hos thigh. The implication was clear: Why was he suddenly acting like this? Su-ho subtly signaled to him. It''s fine, dont worry.The hint was more of a telepathic message. When Su-hos voice suddenly reached him, Jeong Cheol-min looked at him in shock. Su-ho gave him a faint, knowing smile that only Jeong Cheol-min could see and continued. Apologies for the delay. If you had contacted us in advance, there wouldnt have been any need for you to wait. Now, could you tell me why you''ve gathered here today? The atmosphere grew cold. Especially Oh Bong-ju and Jeong Cheol-min froze. It was understandable. These werent just any people they were the heads of Hexagon and Prime Guilds. They were VIPs, not just to the Gate Division, but to the entire Grand Hunter Association. It was only natural. The Grand Hunter Association had strong connections with major guilds. And today, not only the representatives but also vice representatives and top-rankers were present. Yet, speaking to them this way... it was unprecedented. Even the Gate Division''s head was bowing to them. To speak this way to them, no matter who Su-ho was, was something that these two had never imagined. In response to Su-hos question, Prime Guilds Vice-Representative Bang Do-hyun laughed, his amusement evident. Are you Mr. An Su-ho, the civil servant? Im not a civil servant. Im an administrative officer. Oh, my apologies. Im still not familiar with the titles in the civil service... Well, yes. Anyway, I am An Su-ho, the administrative officer. Ah, well, its just that I think this might be your first time in a situation like this. What kind of situation is this? Mr. An, why are you acting like this? What do you mean? Unable to bear it any longer, Jeong Cheol-min tried to stop Su-ho again. But Su-ho remained indifferent. Naturally. Su-ho had no intention of yielding to them. Trying to assert dominance as if I havent dealt with this kind of disrespect before? A vice-representative of a massive guild. Would such a person really fail to distinguish between the titles of civil servant and administrative officer? Su-ho was also a well-known public figure, frequently seen in the media. This could only mean one of two things. Either he was feigning confusion to assert dominance or this was an intentional slight. But either way, it was far from pleasant. So Su-ho was not going to let this slide. The vice-representative of a major guild trying to pull this off? Su-ho glared at him again and asked, So, could you explain why everyone here has come to the Association today? Was there something so important that you needed to wait for me and Team Leader Jeong? Bang Do-hyun chuckled. It was a laugh that suggested he found it all ridiculous. Before he could say anything, Han Tae-hyun, the vice-representative from Hexagon, spoke. Well, to be honest, we came here about the new gate issue. A new gate? Yes, weve been told that Level 1 gates are being resolved by the Special Team 2, and there are no new ones available for transactions. Thats right. If we can handle it, we take care of everything, including new gates and sealed gates. Oh... Han Tae-hyun was momentarily stunned to hear the words from the very person involved. He was speechless. And then Na Hyeon-il, ranked third in Hexagon, spoke up. Isnt this a bit too much? Excuse me? No matter how capable you are, Mr. An, its a bit too much to monopolize all the gates. What are hunters like us supposed to do? What are you saying? Im saying exactly that. The Association has almost monopolized the gates recently, and now were just left twiddling our thumbs. Is this right? Na Hyeon-ils voice grew louder, and anger began to seep through his tone. Clearly, he was quite upset. His raised voice caused both Oh Bong-ju and Jeong Cheol-min to flinch, unconsciously biting their lips and closing their eyes. They didnt know what to do at this point. But only one person remained unaffected. Su-ho, with an expression of complete indifference... no, almost a blank expression, slowly surveyed the guests. And then he quietly asked, Is this the consensus of everyone here? You really came here just for this reason? Well... Ahem. Han Tae-hyun answered, and Bang Do-hyun coughed awkwardly. The rest remained silent, their faces stern, but nothing more. The silence was golden and a sign of agreement. Everyone silently agreed. And Su-ho smiled slightly at their unspoken agreement. Youre all interesting. What do you mean by that? Im just curious. Why do you think the profession of hunter and the formation of guilds came about in the first place? Whats that supposed to mean... Im asking because its such an interesting question. Youre saying the Association is monopolizing gates? Thats why youre just sitting there doing nothing? When did hunters and guilds start treating gates as commodities? What? Finally, Bang Do-hyun raised his voice in surprise. The others frowned or narrowed their eyes. Oh Bong-ju just bowed his head in shame. But Su-ho wasnt done. With a chilling gaze, he asked, You better be careful with your words. Im personally offended, and so are the national hunters who have sacrificed for this country and the Association. Chapter 200 Su-ho didn''t hide his emotions. The air in the meeting room grew cold, as if an intimidation skill had been used. Surprised by the tension, Oh Bong-ju quickly spoke up. "Su... Su-ho, what''s wrong? They didnt mean it like that..." "Exactly. I''m just making sure I understand correctly, so Id like to ask the representatives. Since youve brought your own hunters, wouldnt it be better if the representatives themselves spoke up now? Or..." Su-ho turned to Na Hyeon-il. "Should I assume that what Na Hyeon-il just said reflects the intentions of the representatives?" At Su-ho''s firm question, Oh Bong-ju quickly fell silent. In the chilling atmosphere, the only sound was the sound of eyes darting. After a brief silence, the first to speak was none other than Kim Su-baek, the representative of Hexagon. "... First of all, it seems that Hunter Na got a bit too excited, and his words may have been a little too intense." "Too intense?" "Yes, would we really think so little of the hard work and sacrifices of the national hunters and the Grand Hunter Association? People in our industry always feel immense gratitude toward the government and the association." Kim Su-baek spoke gently, continuing. "Also, as you mentioned, we are fully aware of why hunters and guilds came into existence. But, Administrative Officer, theres something you need to understand clearly as well. The sacrifices and efforts are not only carried by national hunters. Awakened individuals from all over, despite their affiliations, have been bearing the same burdens and making sacrifices in the face of the catastrophe of the Great Change." Su-ho listened in silence, his expression unchanged. Kim Su-baek continued. "I''ve heard a lot about your recent work, Administrative Officer. Honestly, I was quite surprised. I heard you were tackling all those gates by yourself. At first, I thought I must have misheard. But after checking the gate transactions through the trading team, I confirmed it was true. However, I am concerned. Right now, you are handling Level 1 gates by yourself, but what if something happens to you and you get seriously injured?" Kim Su-baek then shifted his gaze to Ma Sang-il, the representative of Prime Guild. Ma Sang-il naturally added to the conversation. "Yes, thats our biggest concern. We may belong to different guilds, but we all work for the safety and peace of humanity, and wed like for someone as talented as Administrative Officer An to stay in the field for a long time. So, from a long-term perspective, wed rather you didnt overburden yourself by handling everything alone." Su-ho smiled inwardly. It was no surprise these representatives were skilled in business talk, handling the situation much more refined than Na Hyeon-il, who just blurted things out. But despite their polished words, Su-ho had seen through them. He had dealt with people like them many times before. Su-ho quietly replied. "Well, it''s touching to know that you care about me even more than my own team leader. So, does this mean you''re asking me to share the gates and take them down a notch?" "Haha, were saying lets share the burden. Its like the saying, Dont put all your eggs in one basket. Its great that someone like you is growing so fast, but in the end, we all need to grow together to be ready for any sudden danger." "I see. That makes sense. I do agree with some of your points. But theres a bit of a problem with what you''re saying, especially since it involves my job." "A problem?" "Yes, Im currently leading the exploration and clearing teams of the Special Management Team 2 in the Gate Division. As you both know, these teams are responsible for investigating new gates and attempting first clears." "Right?" "But until now, the exploration and clearing teams didnt have enough personnel, so both teams have been made up of the same members. That hasnt changed, but because of this, I couldnt change out personnel. As a result, weve only been able to do minimal exploration and clearing, leaving the rest to the trading team. However, now that Im the new team leader, I feel that I need to give my best to the task." "Right?" "So, according to my professional ethics, Ive been doing my best. But..." Su-ho gave a slightly embarrassed smile. "I''ve always # Nvlight # thought that if things get dangerous, I should pull out immediately, but every time I enter a new gate, I end up clearing it." "... What?" "Yes, really. I dont mean to brag, but as you know, the roles of the exploration and clearing teams are almost identical right now. I just go into the new gates to see what theyre like, and once I feel its worth trying, I give it a shot. And before I know it, its been cleared." "Wait, thats...?" "Is that even possible?" The two representatives stared at him in disbelief. Su-ho chuckled inwardly. Of course, its possible. Why wouldnt it be? I was once a top ranker and now Ive regressed. A Level 1 gate is nothing for me. But Su-ho still kept his embarrassed expression as he spoke. "Yes, well. As you know, Im a healer, but not just an ordinary healer, right? Its a bit awkward to say this myself, but Im known as the Sword Saint, focusing on dealing damage. So, with self-healing, dealing, and mobility, solo raids arent too difficult for me." "So..." "And thats the dilemma. Im a civil servant, receiving my salary from the peoples taxes, so I should work hard for the amount Im being paid, right? As a public servant hunter, I mustnt hold back when it comes to ensuring the safety and peace of the people. You know, just like the police, who dont avoid danger when capturing criminals." "..." "..." The two representatives were left speechless. Su-ho had wrapped his explanation with care, even though it was disguised as concern for his safety. But now that he said he was fine, what could they do? If they suggested he stop handling so many gates, it would disrespect Su-hos professional ethics. The atmosphere was too tense to speak casually. Thats why I started off so sharp. Su-ho had expected this kind of situation. In his previous life, everyones growth was more or less the same until they became top rankers, but this time, Su-ho was advancing far faster than anyone else. Especially since, in Korea... no, globally, there are less than 20 Level 2 players so far. So, Su-ho had no intention of handing over any gates. The true turning point of the Great Change would begin when 20 players reached Level 200, regardless of country or race, and that moment hadnt even arrived yet. Su-ho said. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Still... if youre really worried, and if I feel like I cant handle it or that its too much, Ill abandon the mission and put the gate on the auction. Like you said, this isnt something I should bear alone." "... I see." "So, have you all said everything you wanted to?" Su-ho asked with a wide smile. The expressions of the people in the room visibly soured. But with Su-hos unyielding logic and calm demeanor, it was impossible for them to argue. "... Yes, I suppose." "Then, if theres another good opportunity, Ill see you then. I need to return to the field as Im on duty. I still have new gate exploration tasks to finish." As Su-ho stood up, Jeong Cheol-min quickly followed suit. The two exchanged a light bow and left the meeting room. "..." "..." "..." Only the cold silence remained in the room. *** As Su-ho and Jeong Cheol-min exited the meeting room, Lee Won-an and other civil servants who had been waiting outside followed them. Su-ho reassured them with a brief explanation. "Thats what happened..." "Still, really..." "Of course, you''re the team leader." Su-ho sent the reassured team members back to the training center before heading to the parking lot with Jeong Cheol-min. Once the two were alone in the elevator heading to the parking lot, Jeong Cheol-min let out a deep sigh. "Ah... I thought I was going to die from the tension." "Why are you so nervous? We havent done anything wrong." "Its a reflex of sorts. All this time, the Grand Hunter Associations Gate Division... No, the entire association has been struggling with gate operations. Weve only been doing fake exploration with chronic manpower shortages and then sending gates to private auctions. Or just piling up the gates no one could clear." "But now, its changed because of me." "Yeah, its all because of you. Everything. I guess... I never imagined days like this would come." Jeong Cheol-mins expression was oddly mixed as he sighed. Su-ho glanced at him and smiled, then asked, "Arent you feeling a bit nostalgic?" "Nostalgic... I never dreamed this day would come. I mean, when you spoke seriously, the stiff representatives immediately started watching their words, and the rankers couldnt stay silent either. How many times have we had to worry about them when we came here?" "I know." Su-ho smiled, recalling the times when he had been just like them, worried about those same representatives. But that didnt mean Su-ho hated them. The biggest cause of their stiff postures was the governments foolish handling of things. "If the national hunters had been treated properly from the start, and if the Grand Hunter Association had been managed correctly, the guild system wouldnt have gotten so out of hand." In modern society, after the Great Change, the guilds formed were essentially PMC (Private Military Companies)private mercenary companies. They risked their lives in gate challenges, but the government didnt provide them with proper treatment, so they banded together. Most countries that followed a path toward ruin had the same problem. Thats why in places like the United States, soldiers are respected and honored as much as any other profession. But unlike in his previous life, many things had changed this time. Su-ho had reformed the association and corrected the treatment of national hunters, which in turn was establishing the most basic and ideal form of government protection for the citizens. "If the loot distribution is done properly, there will be no reason for hunters to stick with guilds." At least not for hunters with ambition and a desire for growth. Su-ho intended to gather talent in this way. Anyway, as long as cataclysmic gates continued to spawn, hunters would need to fill the void left when Su-ho wasnt there. "So, for now, I need to hit level 200 first." The title of being the first. And the power that no one could challenge. Those would combine to make him a powerful leader and boss. Su-ho smiled as he spoke. "Alright, lets get back to work. Ill handle the clearing, and you handle the leveling." "...Sigh, fine." Just then, his phone rang. The caller ID showed Ion, the representative of the Union. Su-ho checked the screen, then answered the call. "Hello?" C Hunter, the Inagawa Guild has started an attack. Chapter 201 "From Inagawa?" C Yes, its confirmed. The Japanese have chosen to attack our establishment, though they havent revealed their affiliation, but based on the circumstances, it can only be Inagawa. "Understood. Ill handle it. Where are they now?" C Theyre at our establishment in Myeongdong. Ill send you the address. "Yes, please send it by text. But, didnt I tell you last time that if something like this happens, to mention my name? Did you not do that?" If they had mentioned Su-hos name, the attacks on the Union would stop. Ion gave an unexpected response. C No, I didnt mention your name. Youre someone working for the country, so theres no reason to use your name unnecessarily. Instead, just say youre from the Union. Well handle the Inagawa matter under the Union''s name. Ion, despite his youth, was quite thoughtful. Su-ho smiled at his consideration. "Thank you for your thoughtfulness. Ill take care of this as quickly as possible." C Yes, please. Thank you. The address text came through, and Su-ho turned to Jeong Cheol-min. "Team Leader, I have something to handle, so lets call it a day here." "Really?" "Yes, if you dont feel like heading back to the office, you can just clock out." "Sounds good. Hmm, I think Ill hit the sauna and relax for a bit." Su-ho, leaving behind Jeong Cheol-mins cheerful reaction, got into the car and started the engine. He drove straight to the address. The traffic wasnt bad, and it didnt take long to reach Myeongdong. However, the car couldnt enter the area where the Unions store was located, so he parked nearby and walked to the establishment. Indeed. The Unions shop, deep in Myeongdong, looked like it had been attacked, with broken windows on the facade. Su-ho used Reverse Morphology ? Nvl?ht ? (Dont copy, read here) to alter his appearance and opened the door. Inside was a small bar. More precisely, it was an information brokers establishment disguised as a bar. The tables were overturned, and several men with neatly dressed bodies, but a rough appearance, were sitting randomly around. In the back, the store owner appeared to be sitting next to a man with a big head, trembling in fear. As Su-ho entered, the man with the big head slowly stood up and approached Su-ho. "Affiliation?" Korean. Whats this, a Korean descendant? His tone and accent were quite convincing. Su-ho spoke. "Union." "Did you come from the headquarters?" "So what if I did?" "Are you of a certain rank?" "Just say what you want to say." "Heh." The man, who had been questioning him, laughed. Su-hos attitude caused him to laugh without meaning to. That made sense. He was Hoshino Kinya, the 4th-ranked second-in-command of the Inagawa Guild. In Roppongi, just mentioning Kinyas name would freeze anyone in their tracks. Yet, a mere Korean dared to speak to him this way? It seemed he needed some "education." Kinya returned to his seat, put an arm around the store owner as a hostage, and spoke in Japanese. "It seems this Chosun person doesnt understand what manners are." At that, the men lounging around stood up and spoke. "Well take care of the education right now." With that, they drew their weapons. Unlike the previous encounter with Su-ho, they werent using samurai swords. Su-ho narrowed his eyes and muttered in Japanese. "Tsk tsk, youre really out of luck." "Shut up!" There were five attackers. They rushed toward Su-ho in synchronized moves, as they had always practiced. However, Su-ho didnt move. It seemed he needed to teach these arrogant Yakuza a real lesson about the difference in their abilities. Clang!! Their weapons hit Su-hos body. No, to be precise, they only touched him. None of their weapons succeeded in cutting through his skin. "...!" "...!" "...!" The five Yakuza membersten eyes in totalgrew wide with shock. It was only natural. They had attacked with all their strength, but none of their weapons even left a scratch on Su-ho. Anyone would be surprised by this. The reason was simple. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Su-hos body had already reached the level of a superhuman. For example. [ Iron Cannon Three is now activated. ] The Iron Cannon Three, which he had recently learned, automatically activated, and his basic physique was enhanced by Dragon Skin, Dragon Bone, and Dragon Essence. Not to mention, theyre all underleveled, with their stats probably weak as well. How could their weapons possibly pierce his skin? As their weapons broke like toys, Su-ho finally drew his own weaponBlood Weapon. It took the form of a blood mace. Su-ho calmly warned them. "Its going to hurt." Crack! Su-ho swung the blood mace as if drawing a sword. Unable to resist his power, the Yakuza were flung far away. Su-ho then grabbed the wrist of the nearest one and lifted it as if he were holding a limp fish. The man tried to resist, but before he could wiggle, Su-ho struck his ribs with a blow. Crack! "Ughhh!" A chilling sound echoed as the man screamed in pain. The noise was unbearable. Su-ho lightly tossed the man up before changing his grip from the wrist to the mouth. He muffled the mans screams by pressing his mouth shut, then began striking him as if washing clothes. It started with his ankle. Crack! The sound of his ankle breaking echoed, and the ankle twisted unnaturally. Crack! Crack! Crack! Every time the mace swung, two or three of the Yakuzas bones broke. The nameless Yakuza screamed like a madman. Eventually, he begged for Su-ho to stop. But his cries, muffled by Su-hos grip, only expressed his desperationthey couldnt convey any meaning. So Su-ho didnt stop. He had no intention of killing. Death was the cheapest punishment. But Su-ho knew the best way to maximize his efficiency. That was to use one punishment to set an exampleby crushing one person, the others would be instilled with fear. If the example was strong enough, there was no better way to intimidate. After leaving the nearly unconscious Yakuza on the ground, Su-ho gave him a slight healing touch so he wouldnt die. Then he looked at the others. They still held their weapons. But their eyes were shaking like an earthquake. Seeing their fear, Su-ho grinned. "Guess youre really Japanese. Your eyes are trembling like an earthquake. Is this a tsunami?" "Stop... Dont be ridiculous!" A brave yet utterly foolish Yakuza charged at Su-ho once again, unable to resist the provocation. Ah, this is getting out of hand. If theyre going to keep rushing in like this, there was no need to make the first guy a lesson. So this time, Su-ho simply struck him on the head. Of course, he controlled his strength to avoid killing him. After all, as an awakened individual, a single blow to the head shouldnt be enough to kill. The Yakuza collapsed instantly. But, since the first guy suffered so much pain, it wouldnt be right for this one to fall so easily. That would throw off the balance. Su-ho punctured the unconscious Yakuzas pressure points, activating the excruciating Akhyeol. "Ahhhhhh!" The worst pain shot through him, jolting his mind awake and making him writhe in agony, twisting his body. At the sight, the other Yakuza''s eyes trembled even more than before. Su-ho smiled and asked. "Next?" "..." "..." The Yakuza remained silent. Of course. They were scared. Two out of the five had already been reduced to this state, so even if they hadnt gone to school, they should know what that meant. Finally, the situation was under control. Su-ho turned his gaze to Kinya. Kinya, still holding the store owner in a chokehold, had a hardened expression. It was only natural. No matter how skilled Kinya was in Roppongi, it would be impossible to gauge his chances when five men rushed him together. But the "Chosun-jin" in front of him didnt care about the numbers. He easily subdued his subordinates as if they were children. Su-ho slowly walked towards Kinya, then pulled a nearby chair to sit in front of him. "You speak Korean well, so lets stick to Korean. When in Rome, do as the Romans do." "...Fine." "Now, we can finally have a real conversation. Whats your deal? Why are you causing trouble in someone else''s business?" Both Su-ho and Ion instinctively knew that these were members of Inagawa, but they deliberately pretended not to know and asked. Kinya glared at Su-ho and said. "Dont play dumb. Are you doing this on purpose?" "Not really. I really dont know what youre talking about." "How ridiculous! You think we dont know that your Union trapped and dismantled our raid? And during that process, one of ours from Inagawa was killed!" "A raid? Inagawa?" Su-ho tilted his head as though he genuinely didnt understand. Then, narrowing his eyes, he lowered his voice. "Do you have proof?" "What?" "Proof. Do you have evidence that our Union killed someone from Inagawa and sabotaged the raid? Please tell me you didnt cause this mess based on mere assumptions without any evidence." "Tch! What use is proof? Anyone can tell this was clearly your doing! Ive even heard that your Union has quickly absorbed the businesses of the dismantled raid. Youre going to keep pretending now?" "Then, if you find money lying around, dont you pick it up?" "What?" "Money lying around without an owner? Whoever picks it up first is the rightful owner, right? Youre not going to lecture me on morals, are you? Anyway, Ive heard enough. So, what youre saying is that you attacked our Union without proper proof." After finishing his words, Su-ho quickly clapped his hands near Kinya''s ears. Crack! Kinyas eardrums burst, and he was so stunned by the shock that he couldnt maintain his balance. Su-ho grabbed him by the collar and tossed him to the floor. Then, he pressed on Kinya''s paralyzed pressure points to immobilize him and raised one hand. "This is the fight you started. So, Im going to treat you as your attitude deserves." Su-ho began to strike Kinyas body. [ Bone-Crushing Art is now activated. ] As the Bone-Crushing Art activated, Kinya''s body started to move like clay, and his body underwent physical transformation. Su-ho turned his rigid body into that of a hunchback. Using Reverse Morphology, Su-ho even distorted his face into an unattractive form and stole his voice with Akhyeol. Su-ho took a few pictures of Kinya, now completely transformed into another person, and then pushed the other subordinates aside. "This is the response our Union sends to you. How dare you come to Korean soil and cause trouble? If your leaders dont come and apologize for this incident, Inagawa will pay the price." The Yakuza, glancing nervously at Su-ho, quickly picked up Kinya and the others and fled the store. Su-ho then turned to the store owner. "Are you alright?" "Ah, yes... Thank you." "I was sent here by the representative. The follow-up will be handled by them. Goodbye." Su-ho bowed slightly before leaving the store. He then called Ion. C Yes, Hunter? "Ive just driven out the Inagawa members." C Already? "Their skills were pretty mediocre, honestly. So, I have a proposal for the representative." C A proposal? "Yes, now that the raids gone and all, isnt Union the number one underground business in Korea?" C Thats right. "How about we go beyond Korea and take over Japan too?" C ...What? Hiccup! Ion, shocked by Su-hos suggestion, hiccupped from the surprise. Chapter 202 C "What... what do you mean? Hiccup!" "Lets meet first. Ill head there directly as we discussed." C "Ah, yes, alright. Hiccup!" Where Ion was located didnt matter much. The Union prioritized profit. Considering the importance of the matter, Ion would likely drop whatever schedule he had to come straight to meet Su-ho. As expected, Su-ho met Ion quickly. "Hiccup! Ah, Im sorry. I was so shocked earlier that I can''t stop hiccupping." "Then let me fix that for you." [ Recovery activated. ] As Recovery activated, Ions hiccups stopped as if it was all a lie. This is why being a healer is so convenient. Su-ho spoke. "Now, lets continue with what we were talking about earlier." "...Before that, what happened to those guys?" "Those guys? Ah, here they are." Su-ho showed Ion the photo of Kinya, now turned into a fool. "What is this?" "This is Kinya, an executive sent by Inagawa. He was acting all high and mighty, so I thought it would be a good opportunity to make a declaration of war on Inagawa and turn him into a fool." "A declaration of war?" "Yes. Turns out they were just making assumptions without evidence, fighting based on guesswork. I decided to turn the tables and go on the offensive instead. Either the boss comes to apologize and wraps this up, or theyll face war." "So... youre suggesting we conquer Japan now?" "Yes, thats why Im making this suggestion. But dont worry too much. If we end up going to war with Inagawa, it wont be in the open, and Ill handle it personally. Inagawa may look tough, but at the end of the day, theyre just Yakuza." "..." Ion was left speechless by Su-hos calm response. Despite such nonchalant words, Ion couldnt help but feel an unexplainable trust in Su-ho. Su-hos approach was aggressive, but it was always clear and efficient. People like him should just be quietly supported. Hell take care of everything, make the plays, and handle the traffic. Ill just clean up afterward. Ion nodded. "I understand. What can I do to help?" "Since I made a declaration of war on Inagawa on behalf of the Union, the representative just needs to officially ignore their demands for an apology or peace agreement. If any businesses are affected in the process, just take care of them. As for the retaliation, Ill take care of it all." "And if Inagawa offers a reasonable compensation?" "Well reconsider when that happens. But do you think the Yakuza would make such an offer? Theyre men whose pride is nothing but a shell." Theyre the type to commit seppuku just to save face. Could they really offer something reasonable? But Ion had a slightly different perspective. "These days, the Yakuza prioritize profit over saving face. Still, I understand your point, Hunter. Well proceed that way." "It might turn into a race against time. Since were attacking without evidence, if the news about Suirus transfer comes out, things might get complicated." "Understood. Ill keep that in mind. Thank you for coming right away to handle this." "If I say something, Ill make sure to follow through. Ill get up and go now." Su-ho stood up and slowly exited the building. This translation is Nvl?g?t (Only on Nvl?g?t) the intellectual property of Novelight. Then, on his way to the new gate, he suddenly picked up his phone and made a call. C "Yes, Hunter?" A familiar voice came through the receiver. It was none other than Bae Dong-hyeok, the representative of Nexus. "Representative, I have something urgent to discuss. Can we meet for a moment?" C "Yes, of course. Where should I meet you?" "Ill come to the headquarters if youre there." C "Im at the headquarters now. Ill wait for you." "Okay, see you soon." Before the Union became the organization Su-ho trusted, there had been Nexus. Nexus had always been there to support Su-ho, and in his previous life, Bae Dong-hyeok had been a selfless and trustworthy individual in many ways. Its only right to take care of things until the end. Su-ho had been meaning to reach out anyway. The plan to bring the Banshees to the Grand Hunter Association was still a secret known only to them. Su-ho drove straight to Nexuss headquarters. "Has the Hunter arrived?" As Su-ho arrived, Kim I-gang, the office manager, was waiting for him. Su-ho parked his car in the outdoor lot, then entered the elevator with him to head to the representative''s office. On the way, Kim I-gang spoke. "Hunter." "Yes, Manager." "By any chance, did Hexagon and Prime visit the Grand Hunter Association together today?" Hmm? How does he know this? Su-ho nodded with curiosity. "Yes, both guild representatives and their top rankers came together. I contacted you to discuss something related to that." "Hmm, I never thought it would be true." "Well, no smoke without fire. By the way, it seems Nexus has impressive intelligence. You already knew about what happened at the Association today?" "Haha, no, we just got the relevant information. I was about to cross-check it. But from what youre saying, it seems like you already knew about the visit from the two representatives?" "Yes, in fact, I was planning to bring it up today. So, heres what happened..." Su-ho explained everything that had occurred that day. Why the two representatives had come, what the hunter they brought had said, and how everything had concluded. By the end of the explanation, Bae Dong-hyeok chuckled. "Heh, looks like Na Hunter really overstepped his bounds. Guilds are essentially mercenary organizations, but hes got some nerve talking like that." "Still, its true that my existence is threatening their survival. So, speaking of which, hows Nexus doing these days?" "We..." Bae Dong-hyeok looked at Kim I-gang, who then began to explain. "We''ve had a slight drop in revenue from 1-star gates, but our position is different from Hexagon or Prime. We don''t have any star players or franchise stars, so our main business is the academy." Su-ho already knew that. That''s why he had visited Nexus when he was taking the Hunter exam. Su-ho smiled and said, "You must have been quite disappointed when I said I was leaving." "Haha, if I''m being honest, I can''t deny that. We thought it was a rare opportunity. But from the beginning, the terms of the contract were set like that, so I don''t regret it. Thanks to it, we were able to build a lot of our image." As expected, the boss and the staff really know how to put things nicely. Su-ho nodded and asked, "Do you still have aspirations for a star player?" "It would be a lie to say no. Its something we''ve always yearned for." "Then I''ll make one for you. A star player." "Hunter? Youre finally... going to bring the members of your personal raid team...?!" Ah. So thats where this conversation was heading. As expected, the office manager knows everything. Kim I-gang''s excitement made Su-ho awkwardly laugh and say, "Haha... actually, I was going to mention that too, but since you brought it up first, I''ll tell you." "Hah, why do you sound so nervous? Are the Banshees finally..." "Haha, yes... Actually, Im thinking of slowly incorporating the Banshees Ive been using in my personal raid team into the Association. The Association is already suffering from chronic staff shortages." "Ah..." At Su-ho''s words, Kim I-gang sighed. But Bae Dong-hyeok nodded as if it was no big deal. "I thought this day would come eventually. After all, the Banshees were originally created by Hunter for personal use, so its not strange to take them back now." "Thank you for understanding. Thats why Im thinking of creating a star player for you. I do have a conscience. After all, I''ve received so much support from Nexus." Bae Dong-hyeok smiled and said, "I really like how you do things, Hunter. So, how are you planning to create this star player? Or, do we already know them?" "Yes, I know them. The person is..." Su-ho mentioned the person he had in mind, and both Bae Dong-hyeok and Kim I-gang looked at him with wide eyes, their pupils growing as large as they had ever seen. "That person? Isnt that person currently a top-ten player? On the Grand Chart, no less?" "Yes, thats correct." "How... Wait, is this really possible? Isnt this pushing it too far?" "Haha, absolutely not. In fact, if I succeed in bringing that person into Nexus, could I have just a few Nexus guild members, along with the Banshees from my personal raid team?" "Guild members?" "Yes, but once you hear it, youll see its quite a reasonable proposal." "Hmm... Can I hear more and decide afterward?" "Haha, then let me first bring the star player and put them on the negotiation table. Well discuss the details afterward." "Understood. Oh, by the way, Hunter." "Yes?" "Would it be okay to add one or two conditions to this deal?" "Conditions?" "Yes, its not much, but we have a gate thats about to get a sealing grade. Its one just like the mine from before with the landholders. Could you please handle the raid there?" Ah. What am I even asking? If it''s something like that, I welcome it anytime. "Thats easy. When would you like me to handle it?" "Id appreciate it if you could take care of it when youre not too busy. If we fail two or three more times, itll get completely sealed, and weve just been sitting on it." "Well then, Ill deal with it right away. Ill be in the country anyway." "Right. But the location is in Jeju Island." "Jeju? Thats a bit far..." Just as Su-ho was about to think that, a thought about the star player he needed to recruit came to mind. Come to think of it, that person is in Jeju, right? This timing couldnt have worked out better. Su-ho smiled and said, "The distance doesnt really matter. Ill head there right away, just let me know." "Of course, well make sure the security is tight. Thank you for agreeing. Ill get the plane ticket right away." Thus, Su-hos sudden trip to Jeju Island was decided. Chapter 203 Su-ho immediately left for Jeju Island. This time, neither Bae Dong-hyeok nor Kim I-gang accompanied him. It was Su-ho''s request. Su-ho took the fastest flight from Gimpo Airport, and before long, he arrived at Jeju Airport. Its been a while since Ive been to Jeju Island. He had been meaning to visit Jeju at some point, but it was now. Maybe it was for the best. According to Su-ho''s memories, there were plenty of things he could obtain from Jeju if he looked for them. And by the way, theres a sealed gate here too. After focusing on clearing sealed gates for a while, there were only a few left in the country. One of them was in Jeju, and the only reason it hadnt been cleared yet was because of its distance. But since he happened to be in Jeju, he thought it would be a good idea to clear the sealed gate while he was here. Su-ho stopped by the restroom and used Reverse Magic to change his appearance. Then, he went to the departure hall and called the person in charge of Jeju Island for Nexus, whom Kim I-gang had given him the contact for. C Hello? Im the mercenary commissioned by Representative Bae. Where are you? C Ah, Im here! Su-ho, hearing the response, saw the person in charge of Jeju Island, Ahn Hyun-do, waving his hand in the departure hall. After meeting with Ahn Hyun-do, Su-ho shook his hand. Im Kim Su-ho, a mercenary commissioned by Representative Bae. Im Ahn Hyun-do. Ill be in charge of supporting Nvl?g?t (Only on Nvl?g?t) you while youre in Jeju, including clearing the gate. How about it? If you havent eaten yet, should we eat first and then head out? No, its fine. Lets go right now. Then Ill guide you by car. For this mission, Su-ho had already coordinated with Kim I-gang beforehand. The plan for today was that he was an external mercenary hired by Representative Bae. Since he was now a public servant, it was a necessary step to conceal his identity. Su-ho got into the car prepared by Ahn Hyun-do and headed to the location of Nexus''s sealed gate. During the ride, Ahn Hyun-do explained. Have you heard anything about the gate? Ive just heard its in Seopjikoji. Yes, as youve heard, the gate we acquired is located in Seopjikoji, so we call it the Seopjikoji Gate. But if you dont mind me asking, whats your class, Hunter? My main class is Sword Master. A Sword Master... At the mention of "Sword Master," Ahn Hyun-do furrowed his brow. Su-ho, noticing his reaction, asked, Whats wrong? Im just a little worried. Of course, Representative Bae trusts you completely, so Im sure he entrusted the clearing to you, but the main monsters in the Seopjikoji Gate are Golems. Golems... Oh, are they Basalt Golems? Yes, exactly. How did you know? Hearing the word Golem, Su-ho immediately recalled what the Seopjikoji Gate was like. Seopjikoji, no wonder it feels familiar. In his past life, Nexus never cleared the Seopjikoji Gate and had to go through the sealing process. And the Seopjikoji Gate was cleared by another guild, not by Su-ho himself, so he hadnt immediately recalled it. If this is the one I know, it should be easier to clear than I thought. And maybe there was something to gain from it, he thought. Su-ho replied, I think I heard about it from Representative Bae. I see. In that case, let me explain the precautions for the Seopjikoji Gate. Su-ho received a briefing from Ahn Hyun-do about the Seopjikoji Gate throughout the ride. The more he listened, the more confident he became that there would be more to gain from this Seopjikoji Gate than he had originally expected. Eventually, the car arrived at Seopjikoji, where Nexus Guild members were controlling the area. Thats the Seopjikoji Gate portal, Ahn Hyun-do said. Su-ho got out of the car and looked in the direction Ahn Hyun-do pointed to. The gate portal had appeared at the site of a lighthouse at the edge of a coastal cliff. Due to the impact of the gate shock, the lighthouse, once a symbol of Seopjikoji, and the museum were destroyed and abandoned. Tsk, how much did all that cost? It costs more to repair than to build something new. Su-ho clicked his tongue and walked toward the gate portal. As he approached, the guild members managing the area stopped him. Whos this? Ah, this is the mercenary invited directly by Representative Bae. Ah... After Ahn Hyun-dos introduction, the guild members nodded. However, despite nodding, their eyes scanned Su-ho from head to toe, and there was no trust in their gaze. Su-ho said, If youre done scanning, can you step aside now? Ah, yes. Then, Ill see you later. After Su-ho lightly nodded, he stepped into the portal. [Entering Gate.] [Loading Gate Information.] [Wailing Cliff] C Entry Conditions: Level 130-160, Red Stats: 2 or more. C Maximum Entry Players: 11. Wailing Cliff. That was the real name of the Seopjikoji Gate. [Entering Wailing Cliff.] The notification popped up, and at the same time, the surroundings changed. Rumble! The first thing to change was the sky, which went from clear and blue to ashen gray. The sky rumbled as if it would pour rain at any moment, and the once calm sea was now fiercely throwing waves. The terrain hasnt changed, Su-ho muttered. Indeed, it was true. The ground where Su-ho was standing remained the same as Seopjikojis unique terrain. The lighthouse and museum were completely gone, as if they had never existed. At that moment. Ugh! Help me! The sound of screams. Su-ho turned his head toward the direction of the screams. On the coastline, small, black creatures, about the size of kindergarteners, were being chased by large, dark figures. The large, dark figures were the main monsters of this place, the Basalt Golems. C Fallen Rock Golem Lv. 149 Of course, its real name wasnt Basalt Golem. Its real name was Fallen Rock Golem. It was about 2 meters tall, and not just its height but also its girth seemed to match that size. Thud! Thud! Thud! Every time the Fallen Rock Golem moved, it seemed like the entire coast was shaking. Although it was smaller than the average golem, it was a testament to the power packed inside. And the creatures being chased, the kindergarten-sized beings, were the natives of Seopjikoji Gate, called Rock Fairies. If the Rock Golem destroys the Rock Fairies, both the Golem and the boss monsters will get stronger, right? Looking around, the chase between the dark Golem and the Rock Fairies, accompanied by the screams, was relentless. So, the Seopjikoji Gate could easily be seen as a speed-based dungeon. Su-ho nodded to himself, deep in thought. No wonder its difficult. The maximum entry capacity is only eleven, yet there are dozens, if not hundreds, of Dark Golems and Rock Sprites scattered everywhere. If it were the Su-ho of his past life, he would have attempted to strategize an attack in coordination with other Nexus hunters. However, the Su-ho of the present was vastly different from his past self. Su-ho summoned his Blood Sword and gripped it in his hand. Then, he activated an additional skill. [ Army Tactics has been activated. ] The skill he used was Army Tactics. As soon as the skill was activated, Su-hos figures began to multiply. It wasnt just one or two. Su-ho didnt stop expanding the use of Army Tactics. His mana drained rapidly, but he only halted the skill after increasing his clones to a total of thirty. Hoo. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. This was his first time creating so many at once, yet it still felt manageable. Su-ho, having stopped expanding, commanded his clone soldiers. Wipe them out. Upon receiving the command, the clones scattered in all directions and began swinging their swords. Crash! Crack! Boom! The sound of rocks shattering echoed everywhere. So what if the number of Corrupted Rock Golems reached the hundreds? Then all he had to do was match their numbers. There was no need to precisely equal their count. With the level difference, each of his clones could easily handle four or five golems at a time. Su-ho rested his Blood Sword on his shoulder and slowly moved toward the edge of Seopjikoj. [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You have gained 1 bonus stat. ] As he moved forward, his level increased. Convenient. No wonder everyone automates their hunts. Su-ho leisurely strolled forward. And the closer he got to the edge of Seopjikoj, the faster the number of Corrupted Rock Golems multiplied. Right, if I keep going like this, Ill end up meeting your boss too soon. Isnt that right? But so what? Su-ho slowly removed the sword from his shoulder and held it firmly. Then, he stepped out of the range of his clones and personally swung his sword at the enemies charging toward him. [ Steel Slash has been activated. ]?reewebovel.com Swish! A sword capable of cutting through steel. Would creatures made of rock really pose that much of a problem? Su-ho sliced through the charging boulders as easily as cutting tofu. And so, the path he walked was soon littered with jet-black garden stones, forming a road paved by the bodies of reckless Rock Golems. After advancing for a while, he finally reached the farthest edge of Seopjikoj, and a familiar message appeared before his eyes. [ You have entered the Boss Room. ] Room? Was there even such a thing as a "room" here? All he had done was step into a particular zone, yet the system designated it as a Boss Room. Well. If the system said so, then it must be. Just as Su-ho was thinking this, his vision suddenly shifted. So this is why its called a room. His vision changed abruptly. At the same time, the surrounding landscape transformed. The terrain remained the same as when he first entered the gate, but now, all other figures had disappeared. And then. [ The Boss Monster is appearing. ] An alert popped up before his eyes. At that exact moment Rumble!! The once-ashen sky let out a deafening thunderclap, and rain began to pour. The previously wild waves now raged like a monstrous beast, endlessly crashing against the land, breaking apart as they smashed down. And at the farthest edge of Seopjikoj, the ruler of this gate finally began to reveal itself. Rumble It formed its body like a villain from an old hero movie, whose entire form was made of sand. Except, unlike that villain, this creature wasnt composed of sand. It was made of jet-black stone dust. Gathering the fine dust, the creature molded a massive bodyone twice the size of any Corrupted Rock Golem. C Corrupted Cliff Golem Lv.161 The ruler of the Seopjikoj Gate. Its name was Cliff Golem. Though it had a massive, pitch-black body similar to a Rock Golem, its composition of fine stone dust made its structure far more compact. And its head was embedded in the center of its chest. At last, the moment it opened its eyes Flash! A pair of distinct crimson pupils gleamed fiercely. As soon as the Cliff Golems eyes locked onto Su-ho, it clapped its massive hands together. Clap! And then. Rumble, rumble, rumble!! The moment it clapped, a pair of enormous hands emerged from the darkened shoreline on both sides, rushing toward Su-ho. Chapter 204 Boom! A pair of enormous rock palms, each the size of a dump truck, hurtled through the air, colliding at the spot where Su-ho had just been standing. A deafening explosion erupted as the two massive hands crashed together, disintegrating into fine dust the moment they made contact. Of course, Su-ho was unscathed. He had swiftly dodged at the last second, avoiding the impact altogether. So this is the famous Seopji Palm Strike. Seopji Palm Strike. Not an official term. He had simply read it in the records as it was written. The term was a combination of "Seopji" from Seopjikoj and "Palm Strike" from a legendary martial art. Since it was the signature move of Seopjikojs boss monster, it had earned this name. The way the massive hands flew toward players resembled the divine palm strikes of martial arts legends. That was also why the Cliff Golems nickname was Seopji. C Hmph. Seopjis eyes narrowed at Su-hos effortless evasion. Anyone would react like that if their attack missed. And so, it began. Seopjis relentless barrage of applause. Clap! Another clap. This time, instead of striking horizontally, it slammed its hands together vertically. As a result, Seopji Palm Strikes descended from both the front and back. Hm. Su-ho mimicked the creatures groan and moved his body. Boom!! He dodged. And another clap. Clap! Boom!! Clap! Boom!! Clap!! The cycle of claps and Seopji Palm Strikes continued in rapid succession. For a while, Su-ho didnt attackonly dodged. There was no particular reason. Dodging wasnt difficult, so he was simply curious to see how long it would take before the monster lost its patience. It turned out Seopjis patience was even worse than expected. C You insolent wretch! Are you mocking me?! Enraged, Seopji let out a furious scream. This thing was hot-tempered. Hearing its outburst, Su-ho finally stopped moving. Then shall I stop dodging? C Die!! Su-ho remained rooted in place. True to his words, he didnt move an inch. Seopji Palm Strikes came crashing in from both sides. Boom!! The strikes landed cleanly. Su-ho didnt evade. As always, the moment the rock hands clashed, they crumbled ? Nvlight ? (Exclusive on Nvlight) into dust. And from the settling debris, Su-ho emerged, completely unharmed. C ......! Seopjis crimson eyes widened in shock. It had expected a direct hit, yet Su-ho stood there, barely dusted, without a single injury. Small pebbles fell from Su-hos body. He casually dusted himself off and muttered, As expected, an unenhanced Seopji is nothing special. The first reason why the Seopjikoj Gate was considered difficult was that players often failed to eliminate the Rock Golems early, allowing Seopji to grow stronger. However, Su-ho had wiped out all the golems using his clone soldiers. Since Seopji had not been strengthened, it couldnt unleash its full power. Without that enhancement, it was incapable of breaking through Su-hos reinforced physique or Iron Cannon Three. Su-ho raised his Blood Sword. Lets speed things up. C Nonsense!! Seopji, furious, clapped its hands once more. New Seopji Palm Strikes rushed toward Su-ho. Boom!! Shattered rock fragments scattered. Yet, Su-ho didnt dodge. To him, it felt no different than a mosquito bite. Step. He casually took a step forward. Clap! Boom!! Another clap. Another Seopji Palm Strike. Nothing changed. Even if Seopji clapped until its hands bled, or even if it stomped its feet instead, the outcome remained the same. Su-ho kept walking forward. And as soon as he closed the distance, he swung his sword. Swish! [ Steel Slash has been activated. ] Empowered by his magic stat, the Blood Sword was far harder than Seopjis unenhanced body. As a result, a single swing severed Seopjis left arm. C Damn it!! Seopji gritted its teeth as it prepared for the next phase. Su-ho stepped back, patiently waiting for it to enter Phase Two. If he wanted to get what he needed from Seopji, he had to let it transition into its second phase. Crrrk! Crrrk! Crack! Seopjis body began shifting as it regenerated its severed left arm. Then, as if realizing its current size was limiting, it absorbed more surrounding stone dust, further increasing its mass. However, rather than becoming bulkier, its body became noticeably more agile. So much so that it no longer looked like a typical golem. Yet its ominous crimson eyes remained unchanged. Seopji finished transforming and spoke. C From here on, youd better be careful. Having issued its warning, it pressed its hands together. Then Boom!! A massive black stone pillar erupted from beneath Su-hos feet. Whoa. Of course, the pillar never touched him. Su-ho already knew what Seopjis second phase entailed. So this is the infamous Gravestone Uprising. Gravestone Uprising. If Seopjis first phase was Seopji Palm Strike, its second phase was launching stone pillars from below. The monsters hands tightened further, and its crimson eyes glowed intensely. [ Corrupted Cliff Golem is using Gravestone Uprising. ] A system notification appeared. At the same time, another pillar shot up beneath Su-ho. And it didnt stop with one. Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom! Everywhere Su-ho stepped, stone pillars surged up, desperately trying to strike him. Soon, his footsteps left behind an array of towering stones, forming a domino-like chainthis was the second reason why the Seopjikoj Gate was considered difficult. Even if players managed to get through Phase One, most failed during this Gravestone Uprising phase. Every attack required some delay, but Gravestone Uprising had none. This was why so many teams got wiped out by it. Thus, Su-ho didnt counterattack. Instead, he maneuvered around the area like a game of tag. Boom! Boom! Boom! He kept moving, continuously avoiding the stone pillars. To an outsider, it might have looked like he was being chased. However, one look at Su-hos expression would erase any doubts. His face was utterly relaxed. Su-ho kept running. Until the entire area was densely packed with stone pillars. Then, scanning his surroundings, he nodded. That should do it. Having intentionally circled the battlefield, Su-ho finally changed direction and charged straight toward Seopji. C ......! Seopji, clearly not expecting this, flinched in surprise and hastily backed away. At the same time, it summoned pillars at its feet, erecting barriers to block Su-hos approach. But obstacles like these? He could just go around them. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Frustrated, Seopji unleashed a barrage of Gravestone Uprisings. C Die!! Boom! Boom! Boom! A pursuer below. A blocker ahead. Yet Su-ho weaved through them all without the slightest difficulty. And still, Seopji kept chasing. C Tch!! Seopji ground its teeth in frustration. Su-ho relentlessly chased after Seopji, closing the gap between them. In an attempt to keep his distance, Seopji continuously retreated while summoning more obstacles in his path. At the same time, it didnt stop its previous attacks, launching everything it had at Su-ho. This went on for quite some time. Then, just as Su-ho closed in once more, Seopji hastily attempted to summon another Gravestone. But at that moment C ......!! Seopjis crimson eyes flashed with shock. The Gravestone that should have appeared... didnt. There was only one explanation. Seopji had finally exhausted its mana. Seeing the flustered monster, Su-ho grinned. Looks like youre finally out of juice? C Shut up!! Whoosh!! Whether it was a human or a monster, those with short tempers always lashed out when panicked. Although Su-ho couldnt see Seopjis mana gauge like in a game, its reaction made it obvious. If it werent the case, there was no reason for Seopji to abandon its Gravestone Uprising and charge at him directly. Su-ho met the attack with his Blood Sword. Then, calmly, he swung his blade once more. [ Steel Slash has been activated. ] Swish!! Even in its second phase, Seopjis body was not harder than Su-hos Blood Sword. Just as repeated strikes caused greater pain, Su-ho deliberately aimed for the same target. He severed Seopjis left arm again. C Kraaaghh!! Seopji staggered backward, howling in agony. But this time, Su-ho didnt let it escape. He pursued immediately. And then, he cut off its right leg. Swish! Crash!! Seopji lost its balance and crashed to the ground. But the monster wasnt finished. It struggled to rise again, trying to retreat. Su-ho didnt give it the chance. He stomped on Seopjis chest, pinning it down. And then, he activated a skill. [ Hundred Pounds Throw has been activated. ] Boom!! With the skill activated, Su-hos weight pressed down on Seopji like an enormous boulder. But Seopji still had one remaining arm and one leg, thrashing in desperation. Su-ho couldnt hold it down forever. So, he cut them off. When all was said and done, Seopjis limbs were severed. And this time, they wouldnt regenerate. It had already expended all of its mana during Gravestone Uprising. C Damn... it...! Its limbs were gone. Ordinarily, that would be enough to break ones will to fight. But Seopjis eyes still burned with fury. The name of this gate was "The Howling Cliff." The exact backstory was unknown, but Seopji was born from the coastal cliffs, and the very name of the gate contained "Howling" for a reason. Advertisements That meant its will would never break. Even if it had to throw everything away to ensure mutual destruction. Seopji roared furiously. C Die!! At that moment Fwoosh With its cry, not just its body but all of the Gravestones it had summoned began glowing white-hot. This was Seopjis final trump card, the last-ditch effort to take its enemy down with itself-destruction. And this was the final reason why the Seopjikoj Gate was considered so difficult. Two seconds after the light flared Boom!! Seopji and all of its summoned Gravestones exploded simultaneously. The sheer force of the blast was massive. In the aftermath, a gigantic crater remained, as if a meteor had struck. However Thud Among the falling debris, a single red sphere was embedded within the crater. The spheres surface began to melt like melting chocolate, revealing what lay inside. It was Su-ho. As expected, even self-destruction cant break through Blood Weapon. At that moment [ You have defeated the Corrupted Cliff Golem. ] [ The gate has been cleared. ] [ The MVP of the gate conquest is An Su-ho. ] [ Additional experience has been granted for MVP selection. ] [ A bonus stat has been granted for MVP selection. ] [ Level up! ] [ All stats increased by 1. ] [ You have gained 1 bonus stat. ] System messages flooded his vision. Finally, the Seopjikoj Gate had been conquered. Su-ho dismissed the notifications without a second thought. That wasnt what mattered. Now, lets see... Even though the boss monster had ended things with a massive self-destruction, the loot hadnt been destroyed along with it. A boss was still a boss, and loot was still loot. The only problem was that Seopji had made such a mess of things that now he had to dig through this enormous crater to find it. But there was no helping it. Su-ho had deliberately pushed the fight into its third phase because there was something he needed from Seopji. Just as he was about to start searching through the crater, a thought crossed his mind. Bulgasari. Bulbul! At Su-hos call, Bulgasari popped out for the first time in a while. There was no better worker for this kind of task. After quickly explaining what to look for, Su-ho began the loot search. And before long, he found exactly what he was looking for. Chapter 205 "Bulbul!" "Yeah, well done." As expected of Bulgasari. After rummaging through the crater for a while, it finally retrieved the items Su-ho had been looking for. Su-ho patted Bulgasaris head as it wagged its tail expectantly, then checked the information on the items it had brought. Perfect. It got exactly what I needed. One of them was Seopjis mana stone. And not just any mana stonean S-rank one. After confirming the details, Su-ho stored the two items and attempted to reverse summon Bulgasari. Or rather, he was about tountil he suddenly remembered something about Bulgasari. For the first time in a while, he checked its status. [ Bulgasari ] C Lv. 100 C Traits C Skills Bulgasari had reached 1-star evolution. Right. Come to think of it, it had already hit its first singularity. The proof was the marker in its traits. Previously, he had been too busy to focus on evolving Bulgasari. In his past life, he had never raised one, and raising it had never been part of his original plan. However, rather than leaving it unattended, it was better to take this opportunity to see what its evolution required. As Su-ho examined the conditions for evolution, his brow furrowed. Huh? This is... His furrowed brow soon lifted into a smirk of anticipation. There was a chance he could evolve Bulgasari right here in Jeju. After reviewing the information, he patted Bulgasari one last time before reverse summoning it. Then, he turned toward the exit portal. *** "Huh? The gate line...?" "Wait... no way?" As soon as Su-ho cleared the Seopjikoj Gate, the gate line outside disappeared, as expected. The onlookers eyes widened in shock. Ahn Hyun-do was no exception. ''Wow... Even if he was personally scouted by the director, how can a swordsman-class hunter clear it alone...?'' It was beyond anything he could comprehend. And to top it off, this mercenary was someone he had never seen before. The other guild members were just as baffled. "Whoa, he actually cleared it." "But he went in alone?" "Yeah, and hes a swordsman, right?" "Thats insane." Advertisements "I thought only a Sword Saint could clear this place." "But who is that guy?" "Beats me. First time seeing him." "Is he a ranker?" "I check the Grand Chart every day. His name was Kim Su-ho, right? Never seen it there." Similar reactions echoed all around. That was expected. He had deliberately changed his face for this reason. Before long, Su-ho stepped out of the portal, and Ahn Hyun-do quickly approached him. "Great work." "It was nothing. Ill contact the director myself. Oh, and here." Su-ho handed Ahn Hyun-do an item. It was the S-rank mana stone that Seopji had dropped. Ahn Hyun-dos eyes widened even further. "Wh-why are you giving me this?" "I was only contracted to clear the gate. Besides, could I borrow a car for a bit? Ill let the director know. Ill return it once Im done and contact you then." "Ah, y-yes! Of course. Heres the key." "Thanks. See you." Su-ho took the keys from him, nodded briefly, and walked off without hesitation. As he made his way to the parked car, his eyes briefly met those of the other hunters who had been sizing him up. But he didnt care. Once inside the vehicle, he started the engine and dialed Bae Dong-hyeok. C "Yes, Hunter An." "Director, I just finished clearing the Seopjikoj Gate and handed the mana stone to the person in charge." C "Already? But you didnt need to give them the mana stone. Why did you?" "I was only hired to clear the gate. No reason to be greedy over the loot. Besides, I made a separate request as part of our deal, so I had no reason to keep the mana stone." C "Haha, I appreciate it. At least we didnt waste the gates value. Is there anything I can help you with?" "I borrowed a vehicle for my pickup. Since Ill be staying in Jeju for a while, would it be alright if I used it while Im here?" C "Of course. By the way, I figured youd pull it off, but did anyone recognize you? Ahn Hyun-dos team is sharp-eyed." He was referring to Reverse Morphology. Su-ho had told him to keep his identity hidden and just introduce him as a mercenary. Su-ho nodded. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "No one suspected a thing. I used the name Kim Su-ho, and no one recognized me." C "Thats a relief. I hope everything goes well with what you need to do in Jeju." "Thanks. Ill contact you once Im ready to move forward." Ending the call, Su-ho parked the car and took a moment to organize his schedule. "Hm." There were three major tasks he needed to accomplish in Jeju. The first was clearing the Seopjikoj Gate. The second was dealing with the 1-star Sealed Gate exclusive to Jeju. And the thirdrecruiting a star player for Nexus. The order wasnt particularly important, but for efficiencys sake, clearing the Seopjikoj Gate had been the best choice to start with. Now, he just had to move on to the next task at his discretion. After thinking for a moment, Su-ho settled on his next destination. Alright. Ill start there. With his new goal in mind, he started the car and drove off. *** Su-ho arrived at the Great Hunters Associations Jeju Branch, located in Jeju City. After parking his car in the branchs lot, he immediately headed inside the building. The Jeju branch was smaller than he had expected. As soon as he entered the first-floor lobby, a receptionist approached him. "Welcome to the Great Hunters Association, Jeju Branch. How may I assishuh?" The receptionist, who had begun speaking politely, froze upon seeing Su-hos face. His eyes widened in shock as he stammered out a question. "A-are you... the Sword... Saint?" Su-ho, unfazed, simply nodded. "Yeah, thats me. Im here to meet with the branch director." "The branch director... Oh! Hes in his office right now. You can take the elevator to the third floor." "Thanks." "Um, um!" "Yeah?" "I... Im sorry, but could I get your autograph...?" The receptionist laughed awkwardly. Now that Su-ho got a closer look, the guy looked youngprobably the right age to be a big fan of hunters. "Alright. But I dont have a pen." "Wait just a second!" The receptionist rushed off and returned with a marker. Then, to Su-hos surprise, he took off his vest and turned his back to him. "Could you sign right here on my back?" "...You really want me to sign your clothes?" "Yes! My name is Park Seong-ho. If you could also write a short message, Id really appreciate it!" "Alright." Su-ho signed his name and added a short note. By the time he was done, a small crowd had gathered, but he paid no attention to it. He simply followed the receptionists directions, stepping into the elevator and heading up to the third floor. When he knocked on the branch directors office door, a female voice answeredit was the directors secretary. The moment he stepped inside, she recognized him and her eyes widened. "Oh? Ah! Hello!" "Hello. Im An Su-ho, an officer from the Main Associations Gate Division. Is the branch director in?" "Y-yes, he is, but... P-please wait a moment!" Since Su-ho hadnt scheduled an appointment, the situation became a bit chaotic. The secretary quickly went to inform the director, and soon the office door opened. The branch director, Han Myung-ho, personally greeted him. "Oh my, isnt this Officer An?" "Its a pleasure to meet you, Director Han. Im An Su-ho from the Gate Division at the Main Association." Su-ho greeted him formally, and Han Myung-ho promptly invited him inside. "Please, come in." "Thank you." There was no one else in the office. A moment later, the secretary brought in two cups of tea. Su-ho took a casual glance around the office before speaking. "I apologize for the sudden visit without prior notice." "Its no problem. But what brings someone from the Main Association to the Jeju Branch so suddenly?" Advertisements Su-ho studied Han Myung-hos face as he asked the question. Han Myung-ho. With his friendly-looking demeanor, he wasnt a Jeju native but an outsider. Like many other officials, he was also a non-Awakened. However, despite # Nvlight # being an outsider and a non-Awakened, he had successfully managed the Jeju Branch without major issues for yearsat least, until a certain incident. That incident. The so-called Jeju Branch Internal Disclosure Scandal. In Su-hos previous life, Han Myung-ho had been exposed in a major whistleblowing case. And not just exposedthe timing was terrible. It happened right after the Great Hunters Associations internal reforms, so as soon as the scandal broke, an internal audit was launched. During that audit, a mountain of corruption was uncovered, the most damning of which was his collusion with local guilds. It was an obvious outcome. Power always rots when left unchecked, and the fact that this was happening in an isolated island branch made it even worse. That was why Su-ho had come to meet Han Myung-ho first. To accomplish his objectives in Jeju, he needed this man on a leash. Su-ho responded to Han Myung-hos question using telepathic communication. C "Mr. Han Myung-ho, youve been doing quite a bit of business with the local guilds, havent you? Did you really think the Main Association wouldnt know just because were in Seoul?" Han Myung-hos eyes widened in shock. Su-ho hadnt moved his lips. Yet, his voice rang clearly in the directors head. C "Dont be too surprised. This is a telepathic skill. And Im doing this for your sake. If your secretary outside were to overhear this conversation, it wouldnt end well for you, would it?" "......." Han Myung-hos expression stiffened for a moment. Then, after making eye contact with Su-ho for a few seconds, he forced a smile. "I must have misheard. Could you repeat that? So, what brings you to the Jeju Branch?" "Haha..." Su-ho let out a chuckle. So, he thought this was just a bluff? Interesting. Su-ho smirked and spoke aloud this time. "Director Han." "Yes, Officer An?" "Do I look like Im joking?" He tapped his index finger against his temple. "You heard my voice inside your head. That wasnt a hallucination. So, I suggest you think carefully before you act. Do you really want to test your luck when the current political climate is already so volatile? Do you want to go down with the higher-ups when they get purged?" "I dont know what youre talking about..." "Oh, man... Why do people always need a little persuasion before they listen?" Su-ho clapped his hands together. Two clone soldiers materialized beside him. Han Myung-ho flinched, startled, but Su-ho ignored him. He sat one clone soldier next to him, then used Reverse Morphology and Bone-Crushing Art on the other. A moment later, an identical copy of Han Myung-ho stood before them. Su-ho placed the clone in the directors chair and said, "Lets start by giving you a little lesson." Then, without hesitation, he lunged forward and pressed his fingers against Han Myung-hos temple. [ Pressure Point Technique has been activated. ] Instantly, Han Myung-hos world went black. Chapter 206 "Oh?" "Shhh." Su-ho struck his pressure point, grabbed his hair, and dragged him into the subspace. There was a slight commotion, prompting the secretary outside to glance toward the office door. However, she quickly returned to her phone, engrossed in a chat with her friends. She was too busy gossiping about the fact that the Sword Saint had visited the Jeju Branch. *** Su-ho sat in a chair he had dragged over from nearby, flipping through a few sheets of paper. In front of him, Han Myung-ho knelt on the floor in nothing but his underwear. "Hmm." Flinch! Han Myung-ho''s entire body jolted at Su-ho''s small sigh. A conditioned reflex. In less than an hour, Han Myung-ho had endured more violence than in his entire lifetime. Of course, his body was perfectly fine. Hit and heal. That was Su-ho''s specialty. After beating him just enough to ensure obedience, Su-ho had him personally write down every detail of his corruption. Disgusting. Su-ho already knew most of it from the whistleblower reports in his past life, but nothing was as accurate as a confession straight from the source. Even though the timing was earlier than in his previous life, meaning less corruption had accumulated, the major offenses remained unchanged. The most glaring issue was his collusion with Tamna, the dominant local guild controlling Jeju. Su-ho glanced up from the papers and spoke. "You really helped yourself to quite a bit, didnt you?" "...Im sorry." "Incredible. The higher-ups are all getting their heads chopped off because of the redevelopment cartel, and here you are, still sitting pretty, clutching your little bowl. How fortunate. You didnt even have to join the cartel, huh?" "..." Han Myung-ho lowered his head. That wasnt a compliment. He hadnt joined the redevelopment cartel not because he was clean but because he didnt need to. There was no reason to bother with real estate speculation when Tamna was regularly delivering bribes straight to his hands. Su-ho tucked the papers into his jacket. "Director Han." "Y-yes! Officer An!" "Why do you think I came to Jeju?" "That is..." "Just as the Main Association is undergoing reform, other branches are also undergoing internal audits. That means youre caught, and theres no way out." "...Im sorry." "But Im giving you a chance. From what I can see, Tamna wouldnt have been able to grow this much without your backing. That means youre the one whos going to bring them down." "II have to do it personally?" "What, you cant?" "Its not that... but I dont have that kind of power" Advertisements "Tsk, then be a hunting dog. Otherwise, Ill throw you into the pot right now." "N-no! Im excellent at hunting! Just give me the orders!" "Good. Then gather every record of transactions, bribes, and any other corruption tied to Tamna. And inform your wifeyou wont be seeing her for a while. Until Tamna is completely dismantled, you wont have any personal time. Oh, and dont even think about involving your secretary or aides. Do it all yourself. Understood?" "Y-yes, understood." "Also, Im here in Jeju for the sealed gates. Your job is to cooperate and facilitate my work on that matter." "Yes, Ill make sure to align my statements accordingly." "Good. Now lets head back." Su-ho stood up and pressed a pressure point on Han Myung-hos body. Having already been subjected to countless pressure-point strikes, Han Myung-ho instinctively flinched the moment Su-hos fingers touched him. However, this time, nothing happened. Confused, he looked up at Su-ho with a puzzled expression. Seeing his dumbfounded face, Su-ho chuckled. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Its nothing majorI just made sure you wont be functioning as a man for a while." "W-what?!" "You seem to have enjoyed quite a few entertainment sessions at high-end lounges, despite being married. So until were done here, your little friend is out of service." "T-thats..." "Or would you rather be permanently blind, mute, and deaf?" Blind, mute, and deaf. All conditions Su-ho had briefly subjected him to with his pressure-point techniques. Han Myung-ho shuddered. "N-no, I understand..." "Do your job properly. Thats all." With that final warning, Su-ho blacked out his vision again and stepped out of the office. He dismissed his clone soldiers and restored Han Myung-hos sight. "Get to work. Once the documents are ready, contact me immediately. I have some errands to run in the meantime." "Y-yes, sir!" "Good luck." Su-ho grabbed one of Han Myung-hos business cards from his desk and left the building. Then, he got into his car and drove off to his next destination. Vroom! *** Su-hos next stop was Cham Sarang Hospital, located in Jeju City. After parking a short distance away, he approached the hospital on foot. He had already altered his face. As he was about to enter, a security guard at the entrance stopped him. "May I ask your reason for visiting?" "Isnt this a hospital? Id like to get a check-up." "It is, but we operate on a reservation-only basis and do not accept walk-in patients." "Excuse me?" "This is a specialized hospital for Awakened individuals. Im sorry, but I must ask you to visit a different facility." "But Im an Awakened." "Im sorry. This hospital is part of a cooperative network and only accepts authorized personnel." The security guard remained polite but firm. Su-ho pouted slightly and stepped back. Then, he looked up at the hospital building and thought to himself. I found the right place. Cham Sarang Hospital. He had only come to check just in case, but now he was certainthis was exactly where he needed to be. Su-ho scanned his surroundings, searching for nearby CCTV cameras. Once he identified the blind spots, he activated Mist Form. [Mist Form is activated.] Transforming into mist, Su-ho slowly ascended to the upper floors, slipping through an open window into the building. Once inside, he spotted a male nurse walking through the corridor. Su-ho quickly struck a pressure point, rendering him unconscious, then carried him into the subspace. "Hmm, judging by his mana levels, he''s a non-Awakened." Even though this was a specialized hospital for Awakened individuals, not all employees needed to be Awakened. Administrative and support roles still required ordinary people. Su-ho pressed a few more points, immobilizing the man, and then woke him up. "Mmm..." As the nurse regained consciousness, he flinched in shock and tried to scream Or at least, he would have if Su-ho hadn''t struck his mute pressure point. To prevent further resistance, Su-ho also hit his paralysis points, then took a deep breath. ''I didnt want to use this, but... I have no choice right now.'' After calming himself, Su-ho activated a skill. [Charm is activated.] Charm was an ability gained from True Bloodthe second tier of Vampire Blood. It could enthrall the target, bringing them into a near-complete state of obedience. As the skill took effect, a pink aura radiated from Su-ho''s body and seeped into the nurse. Normally, Charm required direct eye contact, but because Su-hos skill was S-rank, it could be used without needing to look into the targets eyes. The moment it took hold, small pink hearts flickered in the man''s pupilshe had fallen under its full influence. Of course, he was still blind. After releasing his mute and paralysis points, the nurse grinned foolishly. "Hehehe, hello there!" "Yes, hello. Your name is Lee Dong-woo, correct?" Su-ho read his name tag and asked, to which Lee Dong-woo responded with an even wider smile. "Yes, that''s me! But wow, your voice is really nice. Whats your name?" Under the effects of Charm, Lee Dong-woo''s affection toward Su-ho skyrocketed past 100%no, closer to 110%. Su-ho shook his head. "Due to personal reasons, I cant tell you that. But I have some questions about Cham Sarang Hospital. Can I expect detailed answers?" "Oh, of course! I''ve worked here for a long time, so I know almost everything!" "Really? Thats great news." What luckhe had captured a long-term employee. Su-ho began his interrogation, questioning Lee Dong-woo about every aspect of the hospital. Even as a regressor, there were limits to his knowledge. After an extended round of questioning, Su-ho nodded. "So, would it be alright if I borrowed your uniform and name tag?" "Of course! Go ahead." "Thanks. This might feel a little uncomfortable, but bear with me for a while." "Haha, no worries! For you, Id wait days if I had to!" Such excessive admiration. Was this what a man in love looked like? Still, this was preferable to using force against an innocent person. With all the information he needed, Su-ho used Reverse Shapeshifting and Bone Compression Technique to transform into Lee Dong-woos likeness. Then, he took the nurse''s ID badge, uniform, and even his socks and shoes. ''Time to get moving.'' Emerging from the subspace alone, Su-ho activated Monochrome Solitude and swiftly moved to the buildings highest floor. He could have just walked as Lee Dong-woo, but he preferred not to take unnecessary risks. The hospitals fifth floor housed VIP patient rooms. Using the ID badge, Su-ho entered the restricted area. He began searching for the room he had confirmed with Lee Dong-woo earlier. Soon, he found it. Sliding the door open silently, Su-ho stepped inside and immediately deactivated Monochrome Solitude. Sensing movement, the patient in the bed stirred slightly but, too exhausted, soon closed her eyes again. She was young. Su-ho checked her nameplate. Ki So-yeon. Age: 18. She was the younger sister of Ki Jun-seo, currently ranked sixth on the Grand Chart''s Top Ten list. Ki Jun-seo... A solid person. Right now, Ki Jun-seo was a 1-star Player and ranked only sixth, making him somewhat undervalued. But in the future, he would surpass the current top Players, securing his place among the final Top Ten. A true talent. Kind-hearted, too. But because of that, he never reached his full potential as quickly as he could have. The reason was simple. His sick younger sister, Ki So-yeon. She suffered from an incurable disease. Because of this, she was under the care of Tamna, Jejus dominant guild. And because of that care, Ki Jun-seo was practically Tamna''s slaveforced to hunt for them in Jeju with little room to grow on his own. But this time, things will be ~Nvlight~ different. Su-ho began assessing Ki So-yeon''s condition. And then, he smiled. He had confirmed that he could cure her. Satisfied with his findings, Su-ho left the hospital room. Afterward, he released Lee Dong-woo in a suitable locationbut did not lift Charm. Charm didnt just put someone in an obedient stateit left behind lingering emotions, even after it was removed. There was no need to leave loose ends. Bzzz! A plane carrying Su-ho departed for the mainland. Chapter 207 Su-ho returned late at night. As he exited the airport, Su-ho thought to himself. I need to secure some healers soon. Still, he had gathered everything he needed. Now, it was just a matter of timing. Su-ho drove straight to the Jeju Branch. The building was empty, with everyone having already gone home. Everyone except for one person. Only Han Myung-ho remained. As Su-ho pulled up to the entrance, Han Myung-ho, who had been waiting, immediately bowed. Youre here. Give me the documents. Yes, here they are. The bundle of documents Han Myung-ho handed over was thick. But Su-ho didnt need to go through all of them. A summary was placed right on top. The rest were supporting evidence. Su-ho glanced through the summary and nodded. Its clean. Alright, lets move now. Huh? Move where? Youre playing hunting dog, arent you? Did you think Id tear through Tamna alone? Having the branch chief stand beside me like a folding screen makes things go much smoother. ......Understood. Su-ho then tossed his car keys to Han Myung-ho. Han Myung-ho tilted his head in confusion. ......Whats this for? What do you mean? Drive. Im tired. Ah, understood! Once Su-ho settled into the passenger seat, the car finally set off. *** The two arrived at Tamna Guild Headquarters. Located in Jeju City, the building was dark at this late hour. But that wasnt a problem. If no one was inside, they could simply call them out. Su-ho spoke. Branch Chief, turn your head over there for a moment. Over there? Yes, just for a moment. As Han Myung-ho turned his gaze away, Su-ho touched his face briefly before calling him back. When Han Myung-ho turned back, his eyes widened in shock. Su-hos face had completely changed. W-what? Dont be surprised. Its me. Ah... I see... Lets go. As Su-ho approached the entrance, a security guard on duty stepped out to block them. Who are you? Everyones gone home for the dayOh! Branch Chief! What brings you here at this hour? Fortunately, the guard recognized Han Myung-ho. It was only natural. In Tamna, Han Myung-ho was a VIP among VIPs. He always accompanied high-ranking figures, so there was no way a security guard managing the headquarters wouldnt recognize him. Su-ho sent a telepathic message to Han Myung-ho. C Tell him you have a meeting with the Tamna Guild leader tonight. Han Myung-ho immediately relayed the message. Ahem, I have a meeting with the Guild Leader tonight. Ah, I see. But... the Guild Leader already left for the day? I was informed that he is still in the building. Oh, I see. Then I must have been mistaken. The guard, hearing this from no one other than Han Myung-ho, naturally assumed he had been wrong. He then pulled out a card from his pocket. Branch Chief, this is an access card. Since business hours are over, youll need this to enter. I apologize for the inconvenience, but please use this just for today. Understood. With the access card in hand, Han Myung-ho and Su-ho entered the building. The two headed straight for the Guild Leaders office and casually opened ? Nvlght ? (Read the full story) the door. There was no additional security. It wasnt an issue of negligence. Who in their right mind would dare waltz into the office of a Guild Leader representing all of Jeju? Inside the office, Su-ho activated his mana detection skill and began scanning the room. Soon, he detected faint traces of mana behind a large framed painting hanging on the wall. How classic. He moved the painting aside, revealing a safe behind it. It was a special type of safe crafted by an Awakened with item-forging skills. Unlike regular safes, this one was far more durable and had complex security features. Su-ho studied it for a moment before summoning his blood sword. Seeing this, Han Myung-hos eyes widened. W-what are you planning to do with that? Su-ho didnt answer. Instead, he swung the sword. [Steel Cutting has been activated.] Slash! The blood sword left a diagonal mark across the safe. With a creaking sound, the door of the safe detached and fell to the floor. Han Myung-ho gawked at it, speechless. H-how... how did you do that with a sword...? Once again, Su-ho didnt answer. Silently, he began stacking the contents of the safe on the office desk. Gold bars, jewels, bearer checks, and various ledgers. They had stolen quite a lot. Su-ho started flipping through the ledgers. There was a lot of overlap with the corruption files Han Myung-ho had provided. But there were also plenty of new revelations. This was undeniable evidence. Su-ho stored the items in his inventory one by one. Then, he pulled out a chair and sat down. Seeing Su-hos composed demeanor, Han Myung-ho asked, bewildered. What are you doing, Officer? Waiting for the Guild Leader. What? Its a special safe. Since I forced it open, theres a high chance that the Guild Leader was alerted. These days, safes come with emergency notification systems by default. So, we just sit here and wait for him to arrive. No, that doesnt make any Quiet and take a seat. Y-yes. As Su-ho calmly suggested, Han Myung-ho obediently pulled up a chair and sat down. About ten minutes later, Tamna Guild Leader, Seo Do-il, finally appeared in the office. Who the hell are you? Huh? Branch Chief? Seo Do-il. He had ruled over Jeju for years as the head of Tamna, the regional guild, and was also ranked 7th on the Grand Chart. So naturally, he was utterly bewildered. Who the hell had dared to touch his secret safe? But when he arrived, he found a familiar face awkwardly smiling. That only made it more absurd. Han Myung-ho greeted him awkwardly. H-ha... Hello? Branch Chief? What are you doing here...? Well, thats... Are you Seo Do-il, Guild Leader of Tamna? Yes, and you are? This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight Before Han Myung-ho could answer, Su-ho interrupted. Seo Do-il narrowed his eyes at Su-ho, trying to guess his identity. But he couldnt recall ever seeing this face. Of course, he couldnt. The face Su-ho was using was one he had created at will. Su-ho continued speaking. Im from the main headquarters of the Great Hunter Association. We received reports of corruption involving Branch Chief Han Myung-ho. During our investigation, we uncovered Tamna Guilds illegal activities, which led us here. Corruption reports? What kind of bullshit is this? Who the hell do you think you are, barging in here without a warrant and tearing through my office? It was an urgent matter. Weve already secured a significant amount of illegal funds and corruption records from your safe. Wed appreciate your full cooperation with the Special Investigation Division. The fuck are you even saying? Hey, do you people not follow procedures? Ill be calling my lawyer, and well do this by the book. You cant. What? In that instant, Su-ho closed the distance. With a swift motion, he pressed Seo Do-ils paralysis and eye acupoints. Seo Do-ils body froze, and his vision went dark. He screamed in a panic. Fuck! What the hell are you doing?! Who the fuck are you?! Seo Do-il, do you think youre the first scumbag Ive dealt with? No matter how this plays out, you wont escape prison. And in the process, Tamna will be dismantled. What?! You son of a bitch! Let me go! Release me and lets talk, you piece of shit! That wont be happening. Su-ho then sealed his speech and hearing acupoints as well, silencing him completely. He turned to Han Myung-ho. The Deputy Guild Leaders name is Moon Hye-hyun, right? Call him here. Tell him Seo Do-il is here as well. A-alright...! Han Myung-ho hurriedly called Moon Hye-hyun. There was no room for hesitation. Not only had he witnessed Seo Do-il being taken down effortlessly, but he had also experienced the same treatment himself. After some time, Tamna Guilds Deputy Guild Leader, Moon Hye-hyun, arrived. As he opened the door, he greeted the Branch Chief, but his eyes widened at the scene before him. Branch Chief? What the hell is this...? Youre Moon Hye-hyun, the Deputy Guild Leader of Tamna, correct? Im from the main headquarters of the Great Hunter Association. The main headquarters? We received reports of corruption involving Branch Chief Han Myung-hono, forget that. Weve uncovered extensive illegal activities conducted by Tamna. We need to take you in for questioning. You can come with us voluntarily, or... Su-ho trailed off and gestured to the collapsed Seo Do-il. Moon Hye-hyun, quick on the uptake, broke into a cold sweat and darted for the exit. Tsk, what a pain. Moon Hye-hyun was fast. Like Seo Do-il, he was ranked 8th on the Grand Chart. But just because he was a ranker didnt mean he could escape Su-ho. Su-ho threw his Guiyeong Spear, striking the back of Moon Hye-hyuns thigh. Argh! In the dimly lit hallway, the spear pierced straight through his leg. Su-ho approached the fallen Moon Hye-hyun and yanked the Guiyeong Spear from his wound. Gaaah!! Quiet. Then, he pressed his foot down onto the wound, grinding it into the floor. AAAAARGH!! The pain of a deep puncture wound being trampled was excruciating. But there was no helping it. This was the price of trying to run. People who dont face consequences for their mistakes tend to repeat them. After pressing his foot down hard, Su-ho sealed all of Moon Hye-hyuns acupoints, just as he had with Seo Do-il. He then dragged Moon Hye-hyun next to Seo Do-il and took a photo. Just then Officer! A voice called out from the end of the hallway. It was a familiar voice. The person calling out to Su-ho was none other than Na Do-won, the captain of the Special Investigation Team. You made it? Na Do-won had arrived because Su-ho had summoned him. At Su-hos greeting, Na Do-won responded. Yes, I barely managed to catch the last flight. But... who are these people? The ones I told you about over the phoneTamna Guilds Guild Leader and Deputy Guild Leader. Ah, and this is the Jeju Branch Chief. Ah, nice to meet you. Han Myung-ho greeted him with an awkward smile. Su-ho opened his inventory and handed over the files he had taken from the safe. These are the corruption records for both the Branch Chief and Tamna Guild. It wasnt obtained with an official warrant, but Ill leave it to you to handle. You... you already took care of all this? If you can do something, you should. Na Do-won was left speechless at Su-hos efficiency. After all, he knew very well that both Han Myung-ho and the Tamna leaders were monstrous figures in their own right. As he struggled to process it all, Su-ho asked. Whats wrong? Do you have a problem because I didnt get a warrant? No, its fine. Im just surprised. But what exactly made you turn Jeju upside down all of a sudden? Su-ho had told him he was taking action against the Jeju Branch and Tamna, but he hadnt explained the reason. Su-ho responded casually. Im just reforming the association. Tamna just happened to be in the way. That said, I plan to dismantle them completely, so keep that in mind. Ah... Understood. Lock up the Guild Leader and Deputy Guild Leader in the Jeju Branchs underground detention center. Ill stop by before I fly out tomorrow. Let me know. With that, Su-ho finally turned to Han Myung-ho. Make sure you cooperate with the investigation. Dont act up and get yourself beaten more than necessary. ...Understood. Han Myung-ho lowered his head. Chapter 208 Su-ho handed over Seo Do-il, Moon Hye-hyun, and Han Myung-ho to Na Do-won before finally stepping out of the building. At the entrance, Na Do-wons right-hand man, Lee Hyun-seok, and several other team members were waiting. Su-ho approached Lee Hyun-seok and spoke. Administrator Lee, its me, Ahn Su-ho. Officer Ahn? Yes. I used a skill to alter my face. More importantly, you should head upstairs and assist the captain. Moving everything alone will be a hassle for him. Oh, and can I borrow that for a moment? Su-ho pointed at Lee Hyun-seoks government ID. Lee Hyun-seok held up his ID card and asked. This? Yes, Ill return it shortly. Ah... Alright. Ordinarily, this was something that should never happen, but since they were already in the same boat, Lee Hyun-seok handed over his ID without hesitation. With everything he needed, Su-ho returned to his car and started the engine. Vroom! His destination was Udo. More precisely, Seongseon Port Comprehensive Passenger Terminal. To reach Udo, one had to take a ferry from this location. Back in the old days, that is. Before Gates existed, people used Seongseon Port to access Udo. However, Udo was no longer freely accessible. Due to an out-of-control Gate continuously spewing monsters, the island had become restricted, with Tamna Guild managing its operations. After parking near the ferry terminal, Su-ho entered the now deserted terminal. Inside, he found a container tucked away in a corner. Su-ho approached and activated Mana Detection. [Mana Detection has been activated.] As the skill triggered, Su-ho sensed a strong mana signature emanating from the container. At this level of energy, the individual inside had to be a high-level Awakened. Su-ho knocked on the container door. "Ki Jun-seo?" After a brief silence, a groggy voice answered from within. ...Who is it? Im from the Great Hunter Association. ...One moment. At the mention of the Great Hunter Association, rustling sounds came from inside as someone hastily dressed. Soon after, the container door creaked open. A man with disheveled hair and dressed in a tracksuit appeared. This was Ki Jun-seo, the man ranked 6th on the Grand Chart, who would one day be known as Gold Emperor. He gave Su-ho a brief nod. Sorry, I just woke up... But what brings the Association here? Su-ho looked at Ki Jun-seos ragged appearance before speaking. Ki Jun-seo, youre currently affiliated with Tamna Guild, correct? Just now, Tamna Guild Leader Seo Do-il and Deputy Guild Leader Moon Hye-hyun were arrested. ...What? Ki Jun-seos eyes widened in shock. He pushed back his messy hair and stared at Su-ho. What... What do you mean? Why them? Those two, along with Jeju Branch Chief Han Myung-ho, were involved in numerous illegal activities. We secured extensive evidence, and when they resisted, they were arrested. Thats ridiculous...! A stunned Ki Jun-seo quickly grabbed Nvl?g?t (Only on Nvl?g?t) his phone and started dialing. He was calling Seo Do-il. But Seo Do-il didnt answer. Rather, he couldnt answer. The same was true for Moon Hye-hyun. As both calls went unanswered, Ki Jun-seo bit his lip in growing anxiety. No... This cant be happening... If this is true, then what happens to So-yeon...? Ki Jun-seo? ...Where did everything go wrong? This is a disaster... Ki Jun-seo. ...Shit, this is really bad... Roar! [Lions Roar has been activated.] Despite Su-ho calling him multiple times, Ki Jun-seo wasnt listening. Left with no choice, Su-ho used Lions Roar. The powerful reverberation jolted Ki Jun-seo, making his ears burn as he turned to Su-ho in shock. W-why are you yelling?! I know youre shaken, but calm down and talk to me. Im here to help. ...Help? Who even are you? My name is Ahn Su-ho. Havent you seen me on TV before? Ahn Su-ho? Upon hearing the name, Ki Jun-seo finally took a closer look at Su-hos face. His eyes widened once more. W-wait, youre that guy! Yes, Im exactly who you think I am. And Im also fully aware of your situation, so calm down and lets talk. ...You know about my situation? Your younger sister is hospitalized at Cham Sarang Hospital, right? She turned eighteen this year. Yes... How do you know that...? Ill explain everything. But first, lets sit down and talk. ...Alright. After a brief hesitation, Ki Jun-seo nodded. He stepped back into the container and returned with two cans of drinks, offering one to Su-ho. Sorry, this is all I can offer. Su-ho accepted it and glanced at the can. Corn tea, 180ml. The kind of cheap corn tea commonly found in hotel minibars. It even had visible dust on it, and the expiration date was near. ...Do you like corn tea? Not really. I just drink whatevers available. I see. But why are you sleeping here instead of at home? This is where I live. My work is based on Udo. You live here? Yeah. The company provided this place for me. Haha. ...A container, though? There are plenty of hotels nearby. Staying long-term in one of those places is expensive. Im broke. ...You do realize youre ranked 6th in the country, right? Am I? Ki Jun-seo chuckled and cracked open his can of tea. Advertisements After downing the entire can in one go, he casually crushed it with his bare hand. But it cant be helped. My sister is really sick. 99% of my salary goes to her medical bills. If the company didnt cover half of the expenses, I wouldnt even dream of affording her treatment. Why do you think that? Think what? That your sisters medical expenses are covered by Tamna Guilds Guild Leader and Deputy Guild Leader? Thats because they are. Both of them are among the best healers in the country. If not for them, my sister wouldve been long gone. ...... Su-ho remained silent for a moment. Then, he stood up and looked around the inside of the container where Ki Jun-seo lived. A single-sized bed with an electric heating pad. Next to it, an old electric fan and scattered bottles of water. For appliances, all he had was a small commercial refrigerator, a tiny microwave, and an electric kettle. His food consisted of instant rice, cup noodles, cheap drinks, and snacks. A pile of laundry was stacked in one corner, all the same type of clothing. Su-ho stepped outside the container and spoke. "Where do you do your laundry?" This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. "Theres a coin laundromat about a 20-minute walk from here. I use that. But at least I dont have to pay for laundry; the company provides a prepaid laundry card." "......." Ha. Su-ho already knew he was being exploited like a slave. But seeing the reality firsthand left a bitter taste in his mouth. At one point, I even wondered if he had some kind of mental illness. But he was completely sane. After all, it was hard to understand how someone ranked 6th in the country could live like this. But even the smartest, most capable people sometimes act like fools. Usually, it was when they were desperate for something. Even scholars fall into cults for similar reasons. In that sense, Ki Jun-seo was a man desperate for his sisters well-being. That was why, despite being a level 200 powerhouse, he let himself be exploited like an idiot. And because of that, Su-ho made a decision. Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyunthose bastards would be judged in Cheongok Prison. Su-ho cracked open his can of corn tea and spoke. "Sorry. That was a long introduction." "No, its fine. Youre offering to help me, after all." "To put it simplyyour sisters illness? I can cure it." "......What?" Ki Jun-seos eyes widened like a rabbit caught in headlights. Wider than Su-ho had ever seen before. Su-ho continued. "Your sister isnt suffering from an incurable disease. Its just a high-level debuff." "A debuff? Not a disease?" "Yes. Occasionally, powerful mana surges from Gates cause high-grade debuffs to affect both ordinary people and Awakened alike. Your sister happens to be one of those cases." "T-then... how can she be cured?" For the first time, hope flickered in Ki Jun-seos eyes. After all, no one had ever given a clear diagnosis of his sisters condition. The only treatment she had ever received was a constant flood of Heal and Recovery spells. Of course, those were the right methods. Advertisements Ultimately, Ki So-yeons condition was system-based. But to be precise, she needed a higher-grade Heal or Recovery spell. Su-ho spoke. "The treatment itself is simple. Since the debuff is high-grade, we just need to use a healing skill of the same grade. Based on my findings, your sister is afflicted by a 2-star debuff. If a 2-star Healer casts a healing skill, shell be completely cured." "A... 2-star?" "Yes." "But a 2-star..." "Yes, there isnt a single 2-star Healer in the entire country. In fact, there isnt even a 2-star Player." "......." Ki Jun-seos eyes suddenly darkened. Just moments ago, he had tasted hope. But now, despair crashed down again. However, Su-ho spoke as if it was nothing. "Theres no need to be discouraged. If this was truly impossible, I wouldnt have offered to help in the first place." "T-then...?" "We dont necessarily need a 2-star Healer. We just need a skill of equivalent power. And I happen to have one." "Y-you do?" "Yes. Didnt you know? Im a Healer too." "Oh... now that you mention it...." Ahn Su-ho, the Sword Saint. But in truth, his true class was a Healer. As that fact resurfaced in Ki Jun-seos mind, chills ran down his spine. Then, he suddenly stood up and bowed deeply. "P-please! Please save my sister! If you cure her, Ill do anything you ask for the rest of my life! No matter how much it costs, Ill pay it! Please...!!" With the most desperate expression in the world, Ki Jun-seo pleaded. Su-ho looked down at his bowed head and, for a moment, felt jealous. If only I had regressed a little further into the past. Maybe... just maybe... I could have saved my family, too. Of course, a miracle had already happened. It had just come in a different form. And so, Su-ho made a decision. At the very least, he would be the miracle that this man needed. Su-ho reached out, lifted Ki Jun-seo to his feet, and spoke. "Lets go." "To where?" "To your sister." Chapter 209 Boom! Su-ho arrived at Cham Sarang Hospital in his car. Upon arrival, there was a different security guard at the entrance compared to earlier in the day. This time, he didnt alter his face. If the guard tried to stop him, hed just pull out his government ID. However, the night guard immediately recognized Ki Jun-seo and greeted him warmly. Ah, Jun-seos here. Yeah, hello, uncle. Came to see your sister? Yeah, to see her. Well, its late, so try to keep it quiet. The night guard casually called Ki Jun-seo by his name, and they seemed to be on friendly terms. Thanks to that, Su-ho was able to enter the hospital smoothly after exchanging a light greeting. As they entered the lobby, Su-ho spoke. You seem to be well trusted. Usually, they ask whos accompanying you. Haha, I guess so. Normally, the security guard would ask, but not for Ki Jun-seo. He was well-known at Cham Sarang Hospital, famous as the good older brother. Because of that, Su-ho and Ki Jun-seo reached the 5th floor without any issues. Su-ho was able to enter Ki So-yeons room without using any skill or item effects, just as he was. Ki So-yeon was asleep, having taken her medication, and Ki Jun-seo stood by her side for a moment before biting his lip and stepping back. He lowered his voice and spoke to Su-ho. Is there anything I can do to help? There was desperation in his voice. Su-ho shook his head. Theres nothing you can do. From here on, its something I have to handle alone. With that, Su-ho turned his attention to Ki So-yeon. Her pale complexion and lips devoid of color made her look like a wilting flower, as if she hadnt seen sunlight in years. Su-ho frowned as he looked at her. High-concentration mana syndrome. Thats the disease Ki So-yeon is suffering from. High-concentration mana syndrome was, as the name suggested, a condition caused by the injection of high levels of mana, which harmed the Awakeneds body. Though it wasnt officially recognized as a medical disease, it was a kind of debuff caused by the system. Su-ho had learned about the condition thanks to Lee Dong-woo. Since Lee Dong-woo had worked in the hospital for so long, he knew every detail about the patients. Especially a VVIP patient like Ki So-yeon, he couldnt possibly miss her condition. Although even ranker-level healers couldnt diagnose this disease, Su-ho easily deduced the symptoms based on his own experiences with debuff-type diseases. Being a regressor from the future, Su-ho had encountered these kinds of conditions many times. Su-ho completed his preparations and immediately used the skill. [Recovery activated.] Fwoosh! As the skill activated, the light from the Recovery skill enveloped Ki So-yeon. Ki Jun-seo watched anxiously, his eyes filled with worry. He was nervous. He knew Su-hos reputation. He knew Su-ho was a Healer. But he also knew Su-ho was far more famous as a swordsman and combatant. He was known as a Sword Saint. Could Su-ho really be a better healer than Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun, the guild leader and deputy leader of Tamna, both renowned healers? Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun had both chosen the Cleric class during the First Awakening, a class specifically meant for healing. They were among the top 10 rankers on the Grand Chart, meaning they were some of the best healers in the country. And yet, despite their healing abilities, they had barely kept Ki So-yeon alive. Looking at the skill Su-ho was using, Ki Jun-seo was doubtful. Recovery. He had seen it used countless times. In fact, he knew just by the light that it was Recovery. It was the same as the one used by Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun. As the light from the Recovery skill faded, Ki So-yeon remained asleep. The room grew dark again, and Ki Jun-seo nervously asked, though he was about to speak only if Su-ho didnt take further action. Is it... finished? Yes, its done. F-finished? Yes, the debuff affecting your sister has been completely removed. Su-hos expression remained unreadable. Ki So-yeon remained asleep, and it was unclear whether she had truly been cured. Then, suddenly Mmm... Just when Ki Jun-seo was unsure whether the treatment had worked, to his surprise, Ki So-yeon began to stir. Ki Jun-seo quickly bent over her side. So-yeon, its me, your brother. Are you waking up? ...O-oppa...? Her eyes began to open, slowly at first. Then, they widened, and she smiled brightly. Really, oppa? Of course, its me. How are you feeling? Are you okay? Whats with all this? But, whos this person next to you? Ki So-yeons question. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. At that moment, tears began to well up in Ki Jun-seos eyes. Ha. Oppa... are you crying? Its real... its really real... its true... Tears started to flow from Ki Jun-seo, as if a faucet had been turned on. At the same time, he began to laugh. He laughed while crying. Joy. Yes. It was the tears of joy. Oppa... Ki So-yeon, in a state of surprise, started trying to comfort him. But once the tears began, there was no stopping them. It was fine. He didnt even want to stop. Because Ki Jun-seo was truly happy. He was certain. His sister had been healed. It wasnt because he had seen a system message or anything. He felt it instinctively. The vivid vitality of his sister, which he hadnt felt in years. Was that all? No, what really convinced him was that his sister, who had just woken up, was speaking clearly. Normally, when she woke up, she could barely open her eyes and might utter a faint sound, if at all. She had been unable to even chew food properly because of her illness, surviving on IV fluids. How could she have spoken so clearly after waking up? Su-ho quietly stepped out of the room, allowing the two of them to enjoy their reunion. As he stepped outside, Su-ho thought to himself, Its a relief. The timing was just right. After seeing Ki So-yeon earlier, Su-ho was confident that he could heal her. He had immediately boarded a flight to the mainland and headed for Cheongok, where a key item for her treatment was located. That item was Absorption Pills. Su-ho had gathered all the Absorption Pills, and after collecting all the Giseong-hwan materials, he immediately began crafting. Once he had secured a large amount of Giseong-hwan, he started upgrading the skill levels. The skill he focused on was naturally Recovery. As a result, Su-ho was finally able to successfully upgrade Recovery to S-rank. It wasnt part of the original plan, but... Now that Giseong-hwan could be obtained regularly, even if it wasnt in the original plan, Su-ho was willing to invest it if necessary. After all, unlike in his past life, Absorption Pills were no longer prohibited in the present. Su-ho checked the details of the Recovery skill. [Recovery] C Rank: S Cure A Recovery F With the highest level of Cure reached, the more powerful healing skill Recovery is now unlocked. Consumes mana to rapidly heal debuffs and diseases affecting the target. With its top rank, Recovery can now heal debuffs and diseases at a higher level than before. The description was a single line. But that single line made a world of difference in the effectiveness of Recovery. As it turned out, a 1-star Healers Recovery could only heal 1-star level debuffs and diseases. However, with Recovery upgraded to S-rank, even a 1-star Healer could heal 2-star debuffs and diseases. Of course, to heal faster and more effectively, Id need to learn the next tier of the Recovery skill... But for now, this was more than enough to treat Ki So-yeon. Su-ho then checked his status window. [Ahn Su-ho] C Lv: 149 C Class: Crusader C Traits: C Physical Power (O): 99 C Mana (O): 82 C Sense (O): 82 C Bonus Stats: 0 Level 149. He had leveled up quite a bit but still hadnt reached level 150. That was fine. Even though he was still 40 levels behind the other top-ten rankers, considering his growth speed, he was confident he could catch up to those 40 levels easily. Moreover, level wasnt the most important factor. What truly mattered was substance. For example, despite being level 190 healers, Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun had abilities inferior to Su-hos. It wasnt just the stats. There was a difference in their skills too. To explain, the job skills they learned before level 50 automatically ranked up every time they gained 10 levels. By the time they hit level 50, all of their skills were at A-rank. However, for upgraded job skills obtained from level 60 onward, no matter how much they leveled up, they could only reach B-rank at most. In other words, if they wanted to level up main skills like Heal or Recovery, they either had to grind experience points like crazy or reach level 200 to learn the next tier of skills. Of course, those two have probably accumulated a lot of experience using Heal and Recovery on ? Nvl?g?t ? (Official version) Ki So-yeon for a long time. But the fact that they still couldnt cure her means they havent reached S-rank yet. If they had already upgraded Recovery to S-rank and still couldnt heal her, that would be a serious problem. That would be a waste of healing potential. Su-ho finished checking his status and waited for Ki Jun-seo to finish his emotional moment. Soon after, the door to the hospital room opened, and Ki Jun-seo, his face swollen from crying, entered. Su-ho smiled as he asked, Have you finished crying now? Haha... Im a little embarrassed. Ki Jun-seo, with his swollen face, blushed, looking quite cute in the process. He wiped his nose and then bowed deeply to Su-ho. Doctor... I really cant thank you enough. Ill never forget this kindness. Ki Jun-seo bowed even lower. At this rate, his forehead would almost touch the ground. Su-ho laughed and said, Im just glad your sister is better. Now that the urgent matter is settled, shall we talk about more practical matters? Practical matters... Yes! If its money, Im ready for anything! Oh, no! Im not talking about treatment fees or anything like that. I didnt do this for the money. W-well? The practical matters Im referring to are about your past, present, and future. My past, present, and future? Yes, your reality. Ki Jun-seo blinked, processing Su-hos words. Chapter 210 The past, the present, and the future. It all sounded so vague. Unable to grasp what he meant, Ki Jun-seo asked, Im a little slow, so... would you mind explaining it in more detail? Of course. But before that, theres something Id like to ask you, Jun-seo. Youre currently affiliated with the Tamna Guild, right? Yes, thats correct. Then let me ask youdo you think youre being treated fairly for your abilities within Tamna? Uh... Jun-seo rolled his eyes briefly before answering. ...Maybe? Why do you say that? Well, I might be living rough right now, but still... my sister is being taken care of by two of the best healers in the country, you know? The best healers in the country. Right. You could look at it that way. After all, those two were indeed the highest-level healers in Korea. But Su-ho shook his head and asked another question. Jun-seo, could I take a look at your monthly salary deposits? Just a moment. When he pulled out his phone and showed the deposit history, Su-ho frowned. Each month, the amount deposited into Jun-seos account was somewhere between 200,000 to 300,000 won. That was because 99% of his salary was pre-deducted for hospital fees. But the key point wasnt the 99%. It was the actual amount he was being paid. If thats 1%, then his base salary would be around 30 million won. Thirty million won a month. For someone ranked in the countrys top ten, 30 million won per month? That was just laughable. Jun-seo scratched his head awkwardly. Like I said earlier, about 99% of my salary is deducted for my sisters hospital bills. Actually, its more like 100%, and Im even paying extra, but the hyungs cut me a break and give me 1% in cash. I repay the rest through other means. You mean... working on Udo Island is one of those other means? Yes, thats right. And one of them includes... handing over your experience points? ...Yes, thats correct. Jun-seo gave an awkward smile at the mention of experience point extortion. Experience tax. It was exactly what it sounded like. Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun were receiving experience points instead of money from Ki Jun-seo. Put simply, it was power-leveling. This allowed them to level up without even setting foot inside a gatejust sit back and let the XP roll in. And that was the decisive reason for Jun-seos slow growth. Among the current top ten on the Grand Chart, only two werent in the 190s level range. Su-ho and Jun-seo. Su-ho was leveling rapidly and was soon to hit 200. But Jun-seo wasnt. That was because most of the experience he earned was going straight into the pockets of Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun. Not that he didnt gain any. In terms of ratio, it was about 1:9. How was he supposed to level up properly with that? Originally, this kind of system wouldve been impossible. Even though the Great Cataclysm made the world resemble a game system, this wasnt a game. But Seo Do-il had items that made it possible. Bastards. As if taking all the loot wasnt enough, they were stealing his XP too. No wonder people said he was being treated like a slave. While working on Udo, Jun-seo hunted the monsters that poured out of the gate and gave all the loot to Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun. And were not talking about clearing the gate. Just cleaning up the overflow monsters. That meant they could endlessly harvest magic stones and XP from a single gate. And yet, they werent satisfied with just the lootthey were draining his XP too. Su-ho let out a sigh, then made a call. The person who picked up was Kim I-gang, the manager from Nexus. Su-ho briefly explained how Ki Jun-seo had been treated and exploited all this time. A moment later, curses erupted from the other end of the line. C What the fuck? Are those assholes insane? Do they have any idea how much Ki Jun-seo is worth? Instead of nurturing him, they pull this kind of bullshit...! I agree. Thats why Im calling. Can you send me a breakdown of what kind of treatment Jun-seo wouldve received under minimum conditions if he had been in a proper guild this whole time? C Minimum? Got it. One sec! Kim I-gangs lips curled into a smirk as he spoke. He wasnt stupidhe knew exactly what Su-ho was about to do. It didnt take long for the reply to come through. A text arrived with the minimum compensation breakdown, and Su-ho showed the screen to Jun-seo. Whats this? This is the kind of compensation youd have received if youd been part of a legitimate guild, Jun-seo. Including care for your sister. ...Huh? Its hard to # Nvlight # believe, I know. But this is the reality. Those two might be the highest-ranked healers in the country, but thats just because they have high levelsnot because theyre actually better at healing. What do you mean by that...? Jun-seo trailed off. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Because on the screen Su-ho showed him, it said his expected monthly take-home salary was more than ten times what he was currently receiving. And that included the cost of his sisters care. Su-ho put his phone away and said, Jun-seo, youve been conned. This is why they say the beginning is important. ...... Jun-seo fell silent. He had nothing to say. Su-ho continued, But that doesnt mean Im blaming you. The fault lies with the scammers, not the one who got scammed. Youre just someone kind enough to feel grateful that your sister was being cared for. ...Yeah, thats right. Thats why you need to start letting go of the past. Your sisters been cured now, so what really matters is how you live from here on out. That was exactly it. Su-ho had no intention of blaming Ki Jun-seo for his naivety. As hed already said, it was the perpetrators who were at faultnot the victim. In that sense, people sometimes say the most ridiculous things. Like, How dumb do you have to be to fall for a scam like that? But no one truly knows unless theyve actually lived it. Everyone has their own circumstanceshow could anyone always make cold, rational decisions? At Su-hos comforting words, Ki Jun-seo bit his lip and nodded. ...Yes, youre right. From now on, I need to live properlyfor my sisters sake. I cant let her live in a container like I did. Good decision. Then let me introduce you to a proper guild. One that will truly care for you and Gi So-yeon, without exploiting you in any way, and pay you fair compensation. Youll do that for me? Yes, I will. Ah, but of course, Im not forcing anything. The choice is yours, Jun-seo. Im just giving advice and recommendations. Ill do it. ...Pardon? Ill absolutely do it. Youre the person who cured my sisterif you tell me to go somewhere, Ill follow you no matter what. Even if it turns out to be another Tamna. No need to go that far... Ahem, I think you need to work on staying a bit calmer, Jun-seo. You trust people too easily. Haha, well... If theres one thing about me, its that I always repay kindness. Anyway, I understand how you feel. Then tomorrow, Ill introduce you to someone. The guild Ill recommend is Nexus. Its where I was affiliated too, so you can trust them. And... Su-ho glanced at Jun-seos worn-out clothes before continuing. Ill also make sure youre properly compensated for all the exploitation youve suffered. Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun wont be seeing the light of day ever again. Aside from what they did to you, they committed too many other crimes. Too many other crimes... At those words, a mix of emotions surfaced on Jun-seos face. Yeah. It made sense. To Jun-seo, those two were probably saviors. He must have a lot of fond memories with them too. And one more thingplease dont say things like, Out of consideration for the past, I dont want to press charges. Think carefully. If you forgive them like that, how heartbroken do you think your sister would be? ...Ah! When Su-ho brought up his sister, Jun-seos expression changed instantly. To him, his sister was everything. Theres no way he could ever do something that would hurt her. Thanks to that, a firm resolve quickly formed on Jun-seos face. ...Understood. Ill do whatever you say. Its shameless of me, but please help me. Ill repay this debt no matter what. What matters is your will and making the right choice. Thats enough for me. Then lets talk more tomorrow. Tonight, you should spend time with your sister. At Su-hos consideration, Jun-seo lowered his head. Thank you. You didnt have to... but thank you for being so considerate. Not at all. Im sure theres a lot you want to talk about with her. Tomorrow, well take care of everythingguild contacts and all the messy stuff. Oh, and... Su-ho made a circle with his thumb and index finger as he added, You still have that, right? That? The Ring of Sacrifice. The Ring of Sacrificean item Seo Do-il had given him that allowed experience point siphoning. Oh, yes! Should I give it to you? Yes, give it to me for now. If that ring is listed as Seo Do-ils property, itll end up confiscated by the government anyway. Oh, and make sure you absorb all the stored experience first. Got it. Jun-seo absorbed all the stored experience in the Ring of Sacrifice and handed the ring to Su-ho. Checking the item info, it was indeed the Ring of Sacrifice he was familiar with. Su-ho smiled as he took the ring. Then Ill see you tomorrow. Heres my cardjust send me a text and Ill get back to you. Yes, thank you. With that, Su-ho wrapped up the conversation and said goodbye to Jun-seo before leaving the hospital. Then he got into his car. Now then, time to go raid Sipil-do (ʮһu). Sipil-do (ʮһu) referred to the eleven islands under Tamnas domain. Now, since one had been sealed, people called it Sip-do (ʮu)Ten Islands. But the original name was Sipil-do. Among them were: Udo, Daryeodo, Biyangdo, Chagwido, Gapado, Marado, Saeseom, Beomseom, Munseom, Seopseom, and Jigwidothese were the eleven islands controlled by Tamna. And one of those was designated a sealed gate. Thats why its now referred to as Ten Islands. But those in the know still called them Sipil-do. No one believed that a gate being sealed made it any less part of Tamnas domain. First, Ill start with Udo. Vrooom! Su-hos car sped off toward Udo once again. Chapter 211 Su-ho arrived once again at Seongsan Port, passing by Ki Jun-seo''s container house and heading to the small boat that Jun-seo used every time he went to work on Udo Island. Here it is. Normally, a large boat would be used, but since it was just for Ki Jun-seo, a smaller boat was provided by Tamna. It was a relief, though. At least they didnt tell him to swim there, given that he''s a ranker-level Hunter. Soon enough, the boat set off. Su-ho naturally assumed he could pilot the boat. He didnt have a license, but he had picked up the skills from his previous life while traveling around for work. But the boat didnt look like it was in great condition. Even this one is cheap... They really are something. Considering it was one of their main revenue sources, shouldnt they have provided better equipment? The rich always take more, huh. Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun definitely need to be punished in Cheongok. Vrooom! Vrooom! Rattle-rattle! When the engine roared to life, the boat shook and set off. It didnt take long for the boat to reach Udo, and as soon as it did, Su-ho quickly tied it off and stepped onto the island. Su-ho looked around and thought to himself, Is there really no form of transportation here? In his previous life, Ki Jun-seo had told him that he always walked around the island. After all, he had to hunt monsters anyway. It was too much. Udo wasnt a tiny island, how could anyone walk across it? Su-ho shook his head and looked toward the highest point of the island. That point was called Udobong, also known as Udobong Peak or Soeo-meori Oreum. It was where the islands gate was located. Su-ho immediately started running toward it. There was no time to waste. He had to conquer as many of the Sipil Islands as possible before sunrise. Thats when he heard it. UmmuuuOOO!! Thud thud thud thud thud! A cry echoed from somewhere, and at the same time, the ground trembled. Su-ho turned toward the direction of the sound and saw a herd of cattle charging toward him. C Spin Cow Lv.131 C Spin Cow Lv.134 C Spin Cow Lv.133 Spin Cows. They were characterized by their rotating horns and had emerged due to the overheating of the Udobong Gate. The creatures charged toward Su-ho in a stampede, like a herd of water buffalo. There were at least dozens of them. Su-ho looked at the approaching herd and thought, Ki Jun-seo had to face these every day. Not just hunting, but even collecting loot, he had done it all alone, living in harsh conditions. All for his sick little sister. Su-ho summoned his Blood Sword. He steadied himself, muttering, There are a lot of bad people in the world... UmmuuuOOO!! ...But the system that created this mess is the real problem. Su-ho bent down. Pulling the sword back to his waist, he swung it explosively in an instant. Swoosh! A brilliant red light flickered. The sword extended past his waist in a single swing. However, the Spin Cows did not stop charging. They seemed intent on colliding with Su-ho. As the closest one reached Su-ho, its body was hurled forward in a cascade. [Cloud Slash Activated] Su-ho dismissed the system notification and glanced at the Spin Cows in front of him. Their condition was horrendous. They had been torn apart at the nose, with their heads and chests split open. Their insides were spilling out in a grotesque manner. The pile of Spin Cows was so gruesome, it looked as though someone had emptied their insides. But Su-ho was unfazed. He canceled the Blood Sword and began running toward Udobong again. *** [Spin Cow has been defeated.] [Spin Cow has been defeated.] [Spin Cow has been defeated.] [Spin Cow has been defeated.] ... How many Spin Cows did he have to cut down? Su-ho had finally reached the peak of Udobong. Despite being known as one of Udo Island''s 8 scenic spots, it didnt offer much to look at in the dark. In fact, he was glad it was dark. He had already cut down so many Spin Cows on the way up that even if the view here was beautiful, it wouldnt be a pleasant memory for him. He gazed at the swirling gate in front of him. This was the Udo Gate, a place he had deliberately avoided for a while to provoke a shock and monster respawn. Seeing gates like this, used for human gain, always made him feel conflicted. While there were public gates, this was private property. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. A property bought to drain the blood of subordinatesSu-ho couldnt help but feel uneasy about it. Su-ho shook his head and stepped through the portal. [Entering Gate] [Loading Gate Information] [Cow Island] C Entry Requirements: Level 110-150, 2 Red Stats or more. C Maximum Entry Limit: 5 people. As Su-ho looked at the gate''s information, his expression shifted. [Entering Cow Island] Cow Island. It was a pretty funny name, especially given the islands name was Udo (Cow Island). Was the gates name Cow Island just because it was on Udo? Well, Udo did mean cow in Korean. Thats probably why the field monsters were Spin Cows. Sure enough, as soon as Su-ho entered Cow Island, he saw a large herd of Spin Cows. Moo, moo, moo! They werent charging at him, but dozens of them ran in a circle, spinning their horns. Su-ho looked up and saw the highest point on the island. Though he had reached the highest peak of Udo, this wasnt the highest point on Cow Island. Looking across, to the opposite end of the island, Su-ho saw a place much higher than Udobong. It was the true peak of Cow Island. They really dont stop, do they. Su-ho started running toward it again. It felt like he was training a stray dogwhat a hassle. But what could he do? There was no choice but to keep going. Su-ho started running toward the true peak of Cow Island. As he crossed a certain boundary, all the Spin Cows turned their attention to him. They began charging wildly. It was like a herd of mad cows, as if they were infected with mad cow disease. Ha, I need to get a movement skill soon. [Blessing Activated] [Holy Enchant Activated] After using his self-buffs, Su-ho once again swung his Blood Sword. *** "Ugh, damn cows." Near Udobong, Su-ho finally reached the peak of Cow Island. Along the way, he had slayed countless cows. For a while, he would probably want to avoid anything related to beef. Su-ho canceled his Blood Sword and re-summoned it, gripping it tightly. The sword''s handle had gotten slippery from all the blood from the Spin Cows. As soon as Su-ho''s feet touched the area near Udobong, [Entering Boss Room.] It wasnt even a room, but the system kept calling it that. However, the moment Su-ho stepped into the boss monsters domain, the surroundings began to shift, and Su-ho felt the atmosphere darken. It wasnt due to the setting sun. It was the shadow that poured down over him from above. [Boss Monster Has Appeared.] The monster appeared, and Su-ho, seeing the Spin Cow King, couldnt help but laugh in disbelief. "Boss level quality, huh? Seriously." The massive creature towering over Su-ho was another Spin Cow, only much larger than the regular ones. Su-ho had expected a Minotaur or something, but this was just a bigger version of a Spin Cow. Not that it was weakno, not at all. C Spin Cow King Lv. 152 A level 150 boss. And, of course, it was enormous. Its horns were so large they could probably punch holes in mountains. It still retained its high mobility, so if Su-ho wasnt careful, he might end up like a mouse caught by a rampaging cow. Without hesitation, as soon as Su-ho locked eyes with the beast, he swung his sword. The red sword arc slashed through the air, but the Spin Cow King reacted immediately. As expected, Su-hos attempt to slice its ankle only left a deep wound rather than severing it completely. C MooOOO!! [Spin Cow King is using Boss Monster-level Pierce.] [Dragon Blood Activated.] [Dragon''s Mind Effect prevents Pierce from being applied.] The wound on the cows ankle was enough to trigger the Pierce skill, but thanks to the Dragon''s Mind, it merely resulted in a loud, angry moo. The Spin Cow King stomped its feet in response. Its coming! The ground trembled as the cow lifted its foot. With a massive thud, it slammed its foot onto the earth. The impact reverberated through the Udobong area, like a powerful earthquake. [Spin Cow King has used Stamp.] [Rockfall has occurred!] As the system alert indicated, the Stamp triggered a rockfall. Rocks began tumbling down from the mountain, all heading directly toward Su-ho. Some of the rocks hit the Spin Cow King, but for the monster, they were little more than pebbles. At least Im glad this isnt a snow-capped mountain. If this had been a snowy mountain, there might have been an avalanche, and Su-ho would have had to think of another way to handle it. But this was a rocky area. Compared to snowdrifts, these rocks were easier to avoid. Su-ho swung his sword wide to deflect the oncoming rocks. [Cloud Slash Activated.] Swoosh! The boulders split in two, tumbling in different directions. Some of the rocks that had hit Su-ho were redirected by his slash. Su-ho prepared for his next move, but once again, the Spin Cow King stomped the ground with force. Thud!! [Spin Cow King has used Stamp.] [Rockfall has occurred!] Another massive stomp. But that wasnt all. The Spin Cow King, with its four hooves, kept striking the ground rapidly, like a sewing machine stitching fabric. Thud! Thud! Thud! Thud! This is bad! It was practically the same as an avalanche. Su-ho gritted his teeth and quickly scanned the surroundings. Unfortunately, there were few objects he could use for cover. The rocks fell like a tidal wave, and the ground kept shaking with strong tremors. If he didnt time his jumps perfectly, he would be thrown off balance. So, in the end, Su-ho only had one choice. Weary from the constant stomps, he leaped into the air. [Leap Activated.] With the effect of S-rank Leap, Su-ho soared into the air with considerable force. This was his only option. In the air, he would be free from the tremors and rockfalls. Su-ho shot upward again. Then, he summoned his Guiyeong Spear, positioning it under his feet, and thrust it into the Spin Cow King. Crack! Fortunately, the spears tip pierced deep into the creature. Su-ho stepped on the spear and leapt higher once more. Then, using the momentum, he executed another leap, landing near the Spin Cow Kings chest. He forcefully kicked it, rotating his body as if performing ? Nvl?g?t ? (Official version) a figure skaters triple axel. As his body spun twice in mid-air, Su-ho reached out and used his Blood Weapon. [Blood Weapon Activated.] A massive hammer formed from Su-hos blood, and with the rotational force from his spin, the hammer crashed down with tremendous power. Crash!! The hammer hit the wounded Spin Cow Kings ankle. C MooOOO!! The cow let out a final, defeated cry, crumbling under the weight of the blow. [Spin Cow King has been defeated.] Su-ho stood, breathing heavily as the Spin Cow King collapsed at his feet. Chapter 212 Tap. Su-ho immediately canceled Blood Weapon to preserve his blood after landing a clean hit. He touched down lightly on the ground and caught his breath. Haa. That bastard. I never wanted to slice you up. I always wanted to break one of your legs. You lived by your mouth, so its only fitting that you fall by your legs. Hed struck the weak spot perfectly. The blow had been so precise that the bone had nearly burst out from the creatures leg. C Muuuurrrgh!! [Spin Cow King uses Boss-level Fear.] [Dragonblood is activated.] [Due to the Dragon Spirit effect of Dragon Blood, Fear is nullified.] With one of its legs now beyond recovery, the creature thrashed violently, desperate to get back up. Seeing it like thatit wasnt a donkey, surebut it reminded him of the old saying, Lazy donkey rolls to the ground. But the beast never managed to rise again. Losing one of its front legsthe ones that bore its weightwas a fatal blow. Every time it tried to stand, it collapsed. Again and again. Just like any wounded animal, it swung its tail and its spinning horns in all directions to keep enemies at bay. Of course, Su-ho had no intention of approaching it. Why bother crawling into that mess and risk getting kicked by a stray cow hoof? So he kept a safe distance and summoned the Guiyeong Spear and Blood Spear. Lets see how long you can hold out. As he finished speaking, Su-ho began hurling the summoned spears at the beast. *** C Mrrrrgh... mrrrgh... The Spin Cow King groaned. How many spears had he thrown by now? The creature, once Nvl?g?t (Only on Nvl?g?t) a walking earthquake, had taken so much damage it could barely breathe. Understandable. Its entire body was now riddled with holes. Every wound was a trace left by a spear piercing clean through it. If the Guiyeong Spear and Blood Spear had remained lodged in its flesh, the creature wouldve looked like a porcupine. But since Su-ho kept retrieving and rethrowing the same spears, the Spin Cow King now resembled a honeycomb instead. The beast had completely lost the will to fightboth physically and mentally. No point dragging this out anymore. Time to wrap this up. Su-ho had no desire to torture or toy with it. This was just the most efficient method. Thats why hed targeted the leg muscles first when he started throwing spears. Even if it entered its second phase, it wouldnt be able to do much. Vrrrmm! Vrrrmm! The creatures second phase involved strengthening its horns. But its mobility had already been wreckedwhat good would stronger horns do? There was nothing the beast could do now. Su-ho summoned Blood Weapon in sword form instead of a spear. And he swung it toward the creatures head. [Cloud Slice is activated.] Ssshk! The slash left a clear mark across the beasts head. But it didnt slice through in one clean blow. It was still a boss monster, after all. Maybe if it were Steel Slash. Cloud Slice was excellent for ranged cutting attacks, but it lacked the raw cutting power of Steel Slash. Not that it mattered. If the cut isnt deep enoughjust cut more. Su-ho kept swinging. [Cloud Slice is activated.] [Cloud Slice is activated.] [Cloud Slice is activated.] [Cloud Slice is activated.] ... And finally [You have defeated the Spin Cow King.] [The Gate has been conquered.] [An Su-ho has been selected as MVP of the Gate Conquest.] [As MVP, you receive bonus experience.] [As MVP, you receive 1 bonus stat point.] [Your level has increased.] [All stats have increased by 1.] [You have gained 1 bonus stat point.] The Spin Cow King collapsed. As expected, a flurry of system notifications followed, and Su-ho had now successfully conquered the first island of the Eleven Islands. But Su-ho wasnt all that interested in the fact that hed defeated the Spin Cow King. There were only two reasons hed looked forward to the Udo Gate raid in the first place. One of them [You have reached Level 150.] [The system desires for you to become even stronger.] [The system grants you greater power.] Was hitting Level 150. So I finally get my second Crusader-class skill. Exactly that. When Su-ho first changed classes to Crusader, hed only gained one skill: Blessing. After that, his other skillsHeal, Recovery, Holy Enchant, and Guardian Spirithad leveled up every ten levels, just like during his Unnamed-rank days. Breath of Healing hadnt been upgraded at all. That was a Cleric-class skillonly upgrading after switching to that class. And unlike his Unnamed-rank phase, the upgraded skills werent all raised to the same grade simultaneously. Each time a new skill was added, one existing skill would rank up by one tier. For example: C Lv.60 Heal F C Lv.70 Heal E, Recovery F C Lv.80 Heal D, Recovery E, Holy Enchant F C Lv.90 Heal C, Recovery D, Holy Enchant E, Guardian Spirit F C Lv.100 Blessing F C Lv.110 Heal B, Recovery C, Holy Enchant D, Guardian Spirit E, Blessing F C Lv.120 Heal B, Recovery B, Holy Enchant C, Guardian Spirit D, Blessing E C Lv.130 Heal B, Recovery B, Holy Enchant B, Guardian Spirit C, Blessing D C Lv.140 Heal B, Recovery B, Holy Enchant B, Guardian Spirit B, Blessing C And now, by reaching Level 150, Blessing had auto-ranked up to its max grade of B, and Su-ho unlocked a new Crusader skill. Naturally, that second Crusader skill would also begin at rank F. And it''ll keep ranking up every ten levels until 200, following the same pattern. Su-ho immediately checked the info for his newly acquired Crusader skill. And smiled in satisfaction. Yup. Definitely a Crusader. As expected from a mid-to-late game discovery, its nature was quite different from those of the Cleric or Paladin classes. After reviewing the new skill, Su-ho glanced at the remaining notifications. [Your Strength stat has reached 100.] [Your Strength stat evolves to the next level.] [Congratulations! Your Strength stat has ranked up to Yellow Grade!] The final message was about a stat rank-up. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Su-ho immediately opened his status window to check. [An Su-ho] C Lv: 150 C Class: Crusader C Traits: C Strength (Y): 1 C Magic (O): 83 C Perception (O): 83 C Bonus Stat Points: 2 Hm. Su-ho stroked his chin as he looked at his status window. No surprisehe needed to start preparing for the Unified Trait effect, and it was a tough call. But... will the Unified Trait still apply when there are only three stats? Every known case of the Unified Trait applying had at least four stats. There were no examples with just three. So he hesitated. Using the Talent of Atonement meant consuming stat points no matter what. Guess Ill have to test it for myself. He had to be careful. Stat points were more precious than money. After some thought, Su-ho decided to run an experiment. If the Unified Trait still triggered with three stats, itd be a massive gain. He first allocated his two bonus points into Magic, which had more value. Ill upgrade Magic to Yellow grade, then push both Strength and Magic as high as I can before leveling up Perception. That would yield maximum efficiency. Honestly, Id considered this kind of stat inflation back in the earlier color tiers too... But when he was still in Colorless or Red tiers, it wasnt feasible. Distributing stats purely for efficiency wouldve left him too underpowered for actual combat. That was the reality. No matter how skilled he was, if his basic stats werent there, his blade wouldnt even scratch a monster. But now, things had changed. At this point, he could chew through most gates and monsters in the country. And he wasnt even level 200 yet. Nows the perfect time to test this. Even if the Unified Trait didnt apply anymore, that was fine. Strength, with its double-effect per investment, was better than the Unified Trait anyway. After distributing his stats, Su-ho stabbed the Guiyeong Spear into the Spin Cow Kings shadow. [Guiyeong Spear responds to the Spin Cow King''s shadow.] [Guiyeong Spear absorbs the Spin Cow King''s shadow.] [Guiyeong Spear is enhanced.] [Guiyeong Spear has completely absorbed the Spin Cow King''s shadow.] The absorption was swift. It was the most noticeable change since the Third Phase of the spears consciousness had awakened. Hmm. Still not enough? Since awakening the Third Phase during the battle with the monster lion in the Iron Valley, he had fed the spear an overwhelming number of monster shadowsfar more than before. Even so, the Fourth Phase hadnt triggered yet. Just how much did that Shadow King feed his weapon? No need to get impatient. Eventually, hed awaken the Fourth Phase too. Who else fed their weapon as much as he did? After finishing the shadow absorption, Su-ho approached the Spin Cow Kings corpse. He placed his hand on the creatures massive body and activated a skill. [True Blood Drain is activated.] Sssshhh! The beast had plenty of spoils worth harvesting. Like its horn, or magic stones. Those were valuable, surebut Su-ho had come for something far more specific. Once all the blood had been drained and the body was desiccated into a mummy-like husk, Su-ho gathered the horn and magic stones. Then, from the husk of what used to be the creature, he began searching for it. The second thing hed hoped to find at the Udo Gatethis was it. And not long after, he finally found it. Got it. He checked the items details. And smiled. If you come all the way to Jeju, you better finish what you started. There was a time when the entire Tamra Guild had bent over backward trying to get this. And they still failedeven after sending in Ki Jun-seo. In the end, it was left unresolved. But now things were different. In his previous life, Su-ho didnt meet the qualifications to enter the place. But this time, everything was ready. Having completed the Udo conquest, Su-ho finally headed for the exit portal. *** Ugh, Im wiped out... Hyun-seok, what times our flight? Earliest one is at 9 AM. Haah... judging by the size of this thing, were not gonna be done by nine... At the Jeju Branch of the Grand Hunter Association Na Do-won, Lee Hyun-seok, and the rest of the Special Investigation team were chain-smoking with dark circles under their eyes after an all-nighter. They had hoped to take it slow back in Seoul, but the data Su-ho had provided was so clean and airtight, they decided to just run a quick cross-check. Big mistake. Not only Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun, but even Jeju Branch Chief Han Myung-ho had been knee-deep in this. The scale was massive. Eventually, Na Do-won stubbed out his cigarette and muttered, Ugh. Lets pack it up and finish this in Seoul. No way this wraps in a day or two. Told you we shouldve waited. You just had to dig into the files last night... What, got a problem with that? Whatever. We came all the way to Jejumight as well grab some hangover soup before we leave. Yu-jin Hangover Soup and Eunis place are both great. If youre in Jeju, Yu-jin Hangover Soup is the gold standard. But do they still have lines? No idea. Well find out. With that, everyone piled into the car. And not long after they set off toward Yu-jin Hangover Soup... Are they all gone? Su-ho, who had been conquering the gate all night, arrived at the Jeju Branch building right on cue. Chapter 213 "Where is everyone?" The building was empty. Theyd said theyd be waiting here, no? When Su-ho called, he got a reply saying they were on their way to get hangover soup. C Would you like to join us, Officer? No, its fine. Take your time. I should get some rest myself. C Understood. See you later, then. Su-ho hung up with a faint smile on his lips. Huh. Wasnt planned, but thanks to this, Ill be able to speak with them comfortably. With that thought, he headed down to the basement of the Jeju branch building. Only Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun were held in the underground detention cells. Han Myung-ho, being a civilian and relatively cooperative, was set to be investigated without detention. Su-ho opened the single large cell where the two men were being held. They lay on the floor like corpses. Approaching them, Su-ho spoke casually. "Wake up, both of you." ...... ...... "Huh? I said wake up. Are your ears plugged or something?" ...... ...... Hey? After calling them a few more times, Su-ho finally remembered something. "Ah right. I plugged them. Oops." It wasnt just the Ears Meridian either. He released the Eye, Throat, and Paralysis Points, and only then did the two men gasp for air and scramble upright. Man, I felt like I was waking up a cryogenically frozen caveman. Are you guys fresh-caught fish or something? P-please ? Nvlght ? (Read the full story) spare us...! I-Im so sorry, Ive committed an unforgivable sin...! I-Ive done wrong too! I sincerely apologize! Hed said it to be funny, but instead of laughing, they were trembling in fear. But something was off about them. Why were they acting like this? The reason became obvious pretty quickly. After all, theyd basically had a near-death experience. It had only been half a day at most, but hed paralyzed them, sealed their speech, robbed them of hearing and sight. To them, it mustve felt like being a vegetableno, a living corpse. And since their bodily sensations remained intact, theyd had plenty of time to think while lying in that cell. Thanks to that, this conversation was probably going to be a lot easier. Su-ho grinned. "Thats a relief. I was already dreading having to beat the crap out of you two this morning, but seeing you both so ready to talk puts me in a much better mood. So on that note..." He held something up in front of them. It was the Ring of Sacrifice, which hed received from Ki Jun-seo. The two mens eyes widened as much as before. You know what this is, right? While you two were rolling around in here, I paid a visit to Ki Jun-seo and Cham Sarang Hospital. So heres the thing. Su-ho stabbed Seo Do-ils Eye, Ear, Throat, and Paralysis Points in rapid succession. Seo Do-il collapsed backward, his body stiff as a board. Hiiiek! Seeing his brother fall, Moon Hye-hyun began trembling violently. Hed just gotten his body back, and now, witnessing Seo Do-il collapse again triggered all the terror he thought hed escaped. Su-ho turned to him. Youve already experienced this, right? Right now, Seo Do-il cant see or hear a thing. Im going to ask you some questions. If your answers differ from what he says later, thats going to be a problem. So I suggest you answer as truthfully as possible. I-I understand...! Good. First questionboth of you are Clerics, right? Y-yes, we are...! What are your Heal and Recovery skill grades? B-both are A! A, huh... Shame. If either of them had S-grade, he wouldve made sure they experienced the worst kind of pain. Su-ho continued. Alright, next question. Do you know how to cure Ki So-yeon, Ki Jun-seos sister? N-no! We really dont! All we can do is cast Heal and Recovery! Hmm. Hed asked on a whim, but it looked like they genuinely didnt know the cure. Su-ho then asked about hidden slush funds and off-the-record documents not stored in the vault. Okay, thats enough. I told you alreadyif Seo Do-ils answers dont match yours, things will get very unpleasant. I-I swear on everything, Ive told you the full truth! Thats something well confirm with Seo Do-il. Su-ho sealed Moon Hye-hyuns meridians. He too convulsed and fell stiff to the floor. Su-ho then unsealed Seo Do-ils meridians. Huh-hhk! Gasping for air like a man just rescued from drowning, Seo Do-il sat up. Su-ho repeated the same explanation. Seo Do-il turned his trembling eyes toward Moon Hye-hyun. A-alright. Ill tell you everything honestly. Great. Then lets begin. Su-ho changed the order of questions, starting with the slush funds and undocumented files that Moon Hye-hyun had mentioned. As expected of Tamras representative, Seo Do-il answered with sincere detail. And his answers matched Moon Hye-hyuns closely. The only difference? The specific stash of dirty money each of them had tucked away. Tsk tsk. Sharing the same pot, but each guarding their own bowl, huh? Truly impressive. These two, a guild master and vice-master, had been siphoning off funds behind each others backs. Su-ho moved on to the final question. Alright, last one. What are your Heal and Recovery skill grades? B-both are A. A? Y-yes! Su-ho narrowed his eyes. Thats not what I heard. Huh? Wh-what do you mean? We both said our Heal and Recovery skills are A... Moon Hye-hyun said your Recovery is S. That you didnt heal Ki So-yeon on purpose. W-what?! No! That f-fucking liar! Hes full of shit! I swear mines really A!! Still trying to lie to me... even now... Su-hos gaze turned icy. An indescribable pressure and killing intent exploded from him. Seo Do-il broke out in a cold sweat. He was level 190, and yet the amount of fear this man instilled... Thats what made it worse. He couldnt even begin to grasp the level of power Su-ho possessed. P-please! Im telling the truth! I swear! Please spare me!! You want to live? "Y-yes, I... I really want to live! I swear!" "Good. Then Ill give you one last chance." This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Su-ho raised a finger and jabbed several points on Seo Do-ils body. Each time a finger touched him, Seo Do-il flinched in terror, but there was nothing he could do. And then ...Huh? Half of Seo Do-ils vision went dark. His limbs weakened. Strength left his body. Su-ho spoke. "Instead of killing you, Ill be taking your sight in one eye, your hearing in one ear, your sense of taste, and both your wrists. Serve your full sentence. When you get out, come find me. Then, and only then, Ill consider fixing your body." W-what are you...! "What? Would you rather spend the rest of your life crippled?" As Su-ho stared down at him with a cold, merciless gaze, Seo Do-il couldnt speak. He could only swallow dryly. N-no, I understand... "Then cooperate fully with the Special Divisions investigation. Dont even think about wasting their time with any more bullshit. Oh, and one more thingany civil lawsuits headed your way, including from Ki Jun-seo? Dont even bother hiring a lawyer. Just accept the judgment. Unless, of course, you want to stay disabled forever." ...Yes. I understand. Good. Then get lost. Su-ho pressed the Sleep Point on Seo Do-il. Then he woke up Moon Hye-hyun and repeated the exact same process. Thud. Moon Hye-hyun collapsed after being hit with the Sleep Point. Only then did Su-ho rise to his feet. Both of them had likely told the truth. But even so, Su-ho had deliberately sown distrust between themensuring that even in Cheongok Prison, theyd backstab and tear each other apart. There were also a few extra procedures Su-ho had performed without telling themlike rendering them impotent. Hed kept that part to himself on purpose. Let them realize it gradually during their prison sentence. Live your life drowning in helplessness and despair. Not even knowing the cause of their impotence, theyd waste their entire lives agonizing over it. And they wouldnt be able to cure it either. Debuffs like this required knowing the exact method of removal. And if the caster was more skilled than the target, most wouldnt even be able to attempt it. Su-ho stepped out of the building, his business finished. Just then, a call came from someone familiar. It was Manager Kim I-gang. "Yes, Manager." C "Hunter! Over here!" Su-ho turned in the direction of the voice and saw Kim I-gang waving at him. Su-ho smiled and waved back. "You got here early?" "I flew out on the first flight of the day." Su-ho had asked him the day before to come as early as possible. And sure enough, here he was first thing in the morning. Then again, this was Nexus. This trip was practically mandatory. It wasnt just anyonethey had the chance to recruit Ki Jun-seo. Even if Su-ho had told him to arrive the night before, Kim I-gang wouldve camped out with a smile on his face. After checking the time, Su-ho said, Just a second. He immediately called Na Do-won to let him know everything was taken care of. C "Youre really leaving? Were almost there." "Yeah, Ive taken care of Seo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun. Looks like they were too exhausted and passed out again. Just wake them up and take them in. Theyll cooperate just fine." Su-ho hung up and tucked his phone away. Then he turned to Kim I-gang. Did you bring a car? "Just in case, I took a taxi." "Good. I rented a carwe can use that. Ki Jun-seo is at the hospital where his sister is admitted. Ill fill you in on the details on the way." "Understood." The two got into the car, and Su-ho began explaining everything as they drove. He explained Ki Jun-seos current situation, what hed suffered, the treatment hed receivedand how theyd be pursuing every possible legal route to get him proper compensation for all the exploitation he endured. He told Kim not to worry about Seo Do-il or Moon Hye-hyun either. Theyd cooperate just fine from now on. At that, a wide grin spread across Kim I-gangs face. "Youre incredible. I never imagined youd bring in Ki Jun-seo like this." "Just lucky, I guess." "Haha! Only you would call this luck. But seriously, where do you get all this intel? Is it because you used to work for the Association?" "Thats a trade secret." "Of course, of course. Gotta keep some mystery. Anyway, you dont need to worry about Ki Jun-seo. Even if hes cooperative, were bringing in our best legal team to ensure a thorough cleanup." "Thats good to hear. But dont forget to take care of both Ki Jun-seo and his sister too." "Oh, absolutely! His sister is eighteen, right? If they move to Seoul, well handle everythingeducation, housing, daily needs. Nexus will take full responsibility." "Then Ill trust you, Manager." "Haha, of course! Hes going to be Nexuss star playerits only right we go all out." Kim I-gangs grin stretched ear to ear. He couldnt help it. Ever since Su-ho joined Nexus, hed never felt this much dopamine coursing through his brain. Vrrroooom The car carrying the two of them sped off toward the hospital. Chapter 214 To Su-hos surprise, Ki Jun-seo was already awake. The timing was perfectthe two of them were having breakfast together in the hospital room, and surprisingly... Chicken? Haha... So-yeon said she wanted some. They were eating fried chicken. Three whole chickens, in fact. As Ki Jun-seo gave an awkward smile, Kim I-gang gave him a thumbs-up. Looks great. You probably couldnt eat what you wanted during her treatmentnows the time to enjoy it all you want. Th-thank you for understanding. But this gentleman is...? My apologies for the late introduction. Im Kim I-gang, manager from Nexus. He offered his business card as he introduced himself. Kim I-gang turned out to be far more skilled at negotiations than Su-ho had expected. Which was a relief. I knew he was competent, but this is better than I imagined. Exactly. If youre going to do something, do it right. After briefly explaining the situation to Ki Jun-seo, Su-ho left the rest in Kim I-gangs hands. Dont worry. Ill keep you updated as things progress. Thank you. Then Ill be off. Su-ho gave a slight bow and left the hospital. The building was tense. It had only been a day, but rumors were already flying that Tamras guild master and vice-master had been arrested. Makes sense. This hospitals practically owned by Tamra Guild. Once the master and vice-master received their sentences, not just Cham Sarang Hospital but most of Tamras affiliated businesses in Jeju would likely collapse. Thinking of that, Su-ho paused, then made a phone call. C Yes, Hunter? President, is this a good time? C Of course! What can I do for you? The person on the other end was none other than Ion, the president of the Union Guild. Su-ho had come to a decision. He would transfer Tamras assets into Unions hands. If Tamras holdings collapse one by one, tons of workers will lose their livelihoods overnight. If theres anyone who deserves punishment, its the leadersSeo Do-il and Moon Hye-hyun. The rest were just victims of poor leadership. He didnt want them to suffer needlessly. So he would replace the owners. And the new owner would be Ion. Why Ion? Simple. Union was a group Su-ho could fully control now, and Ion was a smart guysomeone he could trust to handle things properly. After Su-ho explained the situation and his plan, Ion frowned slightly. C So, in summary, you want me to absorb Tamra? And make sure the business operators dont suffer in the process? Exactly. C Ill get started immediately. And thank you, truly. Youve done so much for us again. As expected of Ion. He understood that opportunities need to be seized and didnt waste time. He immediately expressed gratitude and chose to act in his own best interest. Su-ho liked that about him. Then Ill leave this one in your hands. C Yes. Ill keep you posted with progress reports. After ending the call, Su-ho slipped his phone into his pocket. Alright, time to clear the rest of the Eleven Islands. Hed been clearing islands all night, but had only managed to conquer three so far. Still, for anyone else, it wouldve been an astonishing achievement. Su-ho began tackling the remaining islands one by one. *** [Gate has been cleared.] [An Su-ho has been selected as MVP of the Gate Conquest.] [Bonus EXP awarded for MVP selection.] [1 Bonus Stat awarded.] [Level Up.] [All Stats increased by 1.] [1 Bonus Stat acquired.] Another boss monster fell. It was already dawn. The result of /N_o_v_e_l_i_g_h_t/ an entire day devoted solely to clearing Gates. After collecting shadows and loot, Su-ho exited through the portal. He checked his status window. [An Su-ho] C Lv: 159 C Class: Crusader C Traits: C Strength (Y): 10 C Magic (Y): 11 C Perception (O): 92 C Bonus Stats: 2 After conquering ten islands, his level had risen to 159. In the process, his Magic stat had reached Yellow grade, nearly matching his Strength. Su-ho assigned his 2 bonus points to Strength and closed the window. Only one left now. Just one Gate remained. Marado Gateknown as the most powerful among the Eleven Islands and the only sealed Gate in Jeju. Thats why Su-ho had intentionally made Gapado the tenth island on his tour. Marado was located directly south of Gapado. He checked the time. If I finish Marado Gate, I can have breakfast right after. Hed been awake for more than two days straight, but both his body and mind were sharp. Such was the privilege of the Awakened. After finishing his preparations, Su-ho boarded the boat he had prepared. VROOOOM! It wasnt the rotten boat from Udothis one sped rapidly toward Marado. Originally, he wanted to take a jet ski, but the fuel capacity wasnt enough to reach Marado, so hed given up on that. He was nearing the island when Fwoooosh! A sudden sonic boom. Su-ho instinctively ducked to avoid it. Its already begun. As soon as the sound hit, Su-ho activated Magic Detection. [Magic Detection is activated.] With the skill activated, invisible threats began to appear before his eyes. The ones who had just tried to snipe him from midair They were Wind Spirits. C Low-Grade Wind Spirit, Lv.172 Their level was over 170. Indeed. The current occupants of Marado were Spirits. Specifically, Wind Spirits. Theyre classified as low-grade, but their levels in the 170s. Thats just how Spirits are. People often underestimate low-grade Spirits. But ever since the Cataclysm, the Spirits that appeared were vastly different from the weaklings in gamesthey were powerful. Why? Because physical attacks didnt work on Spirits at all. Theyre born from magic fused with elements. Hitting them with a sword makes as much sense as trying to stab the wind. Completely logical beings, in a way. Thats why Su-ho crouched low and pushed the boats speed to its max. Fwoooosh! Another sonic boom echoed. The Wind Spirits had locked onto his presence and started attacking. Thats what made Wind Spirits so annoying. Unlike Fire or Earth Spirits, which were mostly grounded, Wind Spirits hovered freely in the sky and attacked from above like living gusts. Fwoosh! Boom! Fwoosh! Boom! This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Low-Grade Wind Spirits rained down wind attacks with relentless precision. They werent visiblebut they hit like arrows or spears. There were probably hammers and swords too, but the impact wounds were always neat and round, like something had pierced clean through. Just then, one of the Wind Spirits attacks struck the boats engine. Damn! Hed hoped the engine would hold out, but one had found its mark. The engine sputtered with a rattling cough and belched thick black smoke. Water began to fill the boat. Tch. I was so close. Su-ho measured the distance to the island. Close enough? Yeah. Lets go. With his mind made up, Su-ho kicked off the boat and shot into the air. [Leap is activated.] S-rank Leap increased his jump height by 500%. Su-ho stepped once more in midair and summoned Blood Weapon. This time, he summoned a spear. Gripping the Blood Spear in reverse, Su-ho extended it endlessly downward. The tip of the Blood Spear shot toward the sea, passed the surface, and finally reached the ocean floor. Only then did Su-hos bodypreviously descendingbegin to rise, carried upward by the spears extension. This should be good. After stretching the spear to a sufficient length, Su-ho adjusted his trajectory toward Marado. As his body leaned in that direction, the Blood Spear tilted as well, guiding him downward toward the island. His distance calculation was flawless. Dangling from the spears tip, Su-ho managed to land on Marado without getting a single drop of water on him. Just then BOOM!! A loud explosion. He turned his head to see the boat hed ridden in erupting in a blast. Good timing. If hed been even a few seconds late, he mightve been caught in that explosion. "But still..." Landing on Marado without getting wet was nice and all But the moment he reached the shore, a massive crowd gathered to greet him. All of them were Low-Grade Wind Spirits. "From water to wind, huh?" There were no choices. In the end, hed have to cut them all down. And of course, he had a way to do it. If Su-ho were a regular swordsman, his blade wouldnt even land a scratch on Wind Spirits. But Su-ho wasnt a regular swordsman. In fact, his class wasnt even that of a swordsman. He began casting his self-buffs. [Blessing is activated.] [Holy Enchant is applied.] As both skills activated, a radiant white glow erupted, lighting up the dark island of Marado. Yes. It was like a lighthouse. A new beacon rising in place of the islands long-dead lighthouse. And that brilliant light served as an unexpected declaration of war, shaking all of Marado and drawing the attention of every single Wind Spirit. Fwoooosh! Gale winds surged around him. A single Wind Spirit might only stir a breeze, but when they gathered, they became a storm. So when a sudden gust of wind hit, it wasnt the ocean breezeit was the Wind Spirits, converging en masse. Fwoooosh! Gale after gale swirled toward Su-ho like the winds at dawn. With his long hair whipping violently behind him, Su-ho straightened his grip on his sword. The Wind Spirits gathered, evolving from mere breezes to full-blown gales. But Su-ho wasnt afraid. Some might say that even specks of dust add up to a mountain. But not Su-ho. To him, specks gathered were still just specks. That was a belief born of past experience. Because in his past life, Su-ho had once slain a Spirit King. He pointed his sword at the approaching Wind Spirits and spoke. "Lets get this over with, you windy bastards." FWOOOOSH!! A massive gust of wind surged straight for him. *** Hoo... The wind blew across Marado. There wasnt a single corpse in sight across the dark island, and yet it felt strangely filled with the stench of blood. And standing at the center of it allwas one man. Su-ho. He glanced down at his tattered clothes and clicked his tongue. No wonder this Gate got sealed. Unless you were a mage or had special equipment, you couldnt even see the Wind Spiritslet alone fight them. And there were this many? Not to mention, it was a remote island with no immediate reinforcements. Due to the terrain, not even a proper Square could be established here. In his past life, this place was ultimately abandoned and sealed off. The only silver lining was that the Wind Spirits never crossed the sea to the mainland. But thats all in the past now. This time, he was the one to clear what no one else could. Lets see whats inside. Su-ho turned toward the portal of the Marado Gatethe one no one had ever clearedand began walking. Chapter 215 [Entering the Gate.] [Loading Gate information.] [Nest of the Wind] C Entry Requirements: Level 160C190, at least one Orange-grade stat. C Max Participants: 6 The Nest of the Wind. That was the name of the Marado Gate. No wonder it was Jejus only sealed Gate. Even the requirements were on another level. Minimum level 160, and it demanded at least one Orange stat. With conditions like that, this could easily be seen as a warm-up for 2-Star Gates. [Entering the Nest of the Wind.] Another system notification appeared, and the scenery around him changed. Fwooooosh! The new scenerywas the sky. More precisely, Su-ho was falling from the sky. Here we go. This was one of the reasons why the Marado Gate was so notoriously difficult. It wasnt just thematically similar to a 2-Star Gateit functioned like one, too. Including its unapologetically hostile entry mechanics. There are some gates that drop you straight into lava or even into a monsters mouth. By that comparison, starting in a free fall was actually kind of generous. Su-ho turned his gaze to observe his surroundings. Below himan island. Marado. But he wasnt falling onto the islandhe ? Nvl?g?t ? (Official version) was falling into the sea near it. Which, again, made this somewhat manageable. Had he been dropping directly over the island without any prep, he mightve died on impact. Without hesitation, Su-ho activated a skill. [Blood Weapon is activated.] He summoned the Blood Speargripping it in reverse, just like when he escaped the sinking boat. This was what he called the Ruyi Staff strategy. The Blood Spear extended downward, piercing through the air and water until it reached the sea floor. Then Su-ho kept stretching it, calculating the exact distance needed to bridge the gap to the island. Once the calculation was done, he angled his weight and launched himself toward the island. Now! Just before the spear fell, Su-ho stepped on its tip and leapt, landing lightly on Marado. Inside the Nest of the Wind, Marado was bathed in broad daylightunlike its dark exterior. Just then, a cool sea breeze brushed past Su-ho. A gentle sea breeze. At least, thats what he thought... until it sliced part of his hair off. Shrrk! ...Haa. Su-ho immediately gripped his sword. Then he activated Magic Detection. [Magic Detection is activated.] As the skill spread out from his line of sight, invisible forms began revealing themselves. Low-Grade Wind Spirits, cloaked in transparency, were suddenly exposed. They took on many shapesbirds, insects, horses, fish. Spirits were born of nature, and their forms often reflected the local environment. Wind Spirits in particular were free-spirited and diverse. They were all smiling. Their only color being the sky itself, they moved like sculptures of delicate ice, each pointing a different form of attack at Su-ho. Wind bullets again, huh. Wind-based attacks. Su-ho called them wind bullets. With sword in hand, he cast buffs on himself. [Blessing is activated.] [Holy Enchant is applied.] The moment his buffs finished, the Spirits unleashed their attack. Shuaaaa! Bang! Bang! Bang! Su-ho ran. Not faster than the wind, but just about as fast. Dodging through their attack arcs, his movement left behind a trail of circular wind-holeslike shark fins skimming the surfacechasing after him with terrifying speed. [Cloud Cutter is activated.] Shhhrrrk!! [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] He wasnt just running away. This was Su-hos first encounter with Spirits in this life. But in his past life, he had killed a Spirit King. So how much of a threat could these Low-Grades really be? Whenever a gap opened, he cleaved through with Cloud Cuttereach swing perfectly executed. One strike, and countless Spirits were shredded apart, their spirit cores dropping uselessly to the ground. He didnt bother picking them up. They were Low-Grades, after all. Besides, if he went a little deeper, hed definitely run into something far more interesting. With his feet and hands constantly in motion, Su-ho made his way deeper into the island. Shuaa! Bang! Bang! Bang! Seriously. Theres no end to you. The boss room was located at the heart of Marado. Damn wind freaks. No surprisebeing born from the wind itself, their numbers were absurd. That was why this Gate had been sealed. After starting with that awful entry mechanic, the player had to survive a flood of Wind Spirits, like cockroaches pouring out of a crack. And youre only allowed six players at most. Limited entries and an unforgiving opening. But he needed to get used to this. Mass-entry raids were only a thing in beginner-level or 1-Star Gates. From 2-Star onward, most allowed fewer than ten. Just then, a huge blast of wind charged toward him. [Iron Cutter is activated.] Shrrrk!! He tried to dodgebut it was faster than he expected. The wind blast wasnt completely blockedit exploded into mist as soon as it was cut. He squinted through the rising dust, and as it cleared, he saw Something different. A Wind Spirit, larger than the rest, grinning silently. Ku ku ku ku... No words, just laughter. It was bigger and more distinctly shaped than the others. It looked like one of those old American cartoon copsbulky upper body, practically no legs, its form glowing a flickering green like burning fire. So youre the mini-boss. The mini-boss. Also known as a named monster, a kind of gatekeeper that appears in higher-level Gates. But gatekeeper or not, you didnt have to fight them. Unless there was a special condition, just reaching the boss room was enough. Still, most of the time, youll run into one anyway. Su-ho glanced up at the name above its head. Sylph Lv.182 Its name was Sylph. Unlike generic monsters, it had a proper namethats what made it a named monster. Any creature with its own name carried a certain presence. Sylph cackled and raised a hand. Mini-hurricanes began to form around it, then launched toward Su-ho in rapid succession. [Sylph uses Wind Rings.] Ah. So that previous attack was called Wind Rings. At least the names were distinct from wind bullets. Over ten Wind Rings came flying toward Su-ho, who immediately darted to the side. If I slice them, the aftershock clouds my vision. Cutting them didnt completely nullify them. They didnt deal much damage, but they still hit. So dodging was ideal. As he circled, Sylph laughed again and swung its hand. More Wind Rings formed, chasing after Su-ho like delayed homing missiles. BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! Jeez. Anyone hearing this would think actual bombs were going off. Well... they kind of were. Unlike the piercing holes left by wind bullets, Wind Rings left behind craterslike a real explosion had gone off. But Su-ho didnt intend to dodge forever. Now. A brief gap appeared in Sylphs attacks. Su-ho didnt hesitate. He hurled the Guiyeong Spear straight at the Spirit. Shrrrk!! The trajectory was perfect. Of course it wasGuiyeong Spear flew with precision, right toward Sylph. But just as it reached the Spirit Fwoooooosh! Sylph burst apart like a popped balloon, scattering into the air. Fweeeeeee... And then, reforming with a gust of wind, it reappeared exactly where it had been. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Su-ho narrowed his eyes. It wasnt that the spear missed because the Wind Spirit had no physical body. Even if he had hurled the Blood Spear wrapped in Holy Enchant, it would have dealt damage. That bastard simply dodged it. By disassembling its body for a moment and reassembling it afterward. Annoying, but it couldnt be helped. After all, its body was made of wind, and Sylph was a Named Monster powerful enough to pull off that kind of trick. So it really does have that evasive skill, huh. Su-ho knew all about Sylph. Back then, the Tamra Guild had suffered quite a bit trying to raid this place. He also knew the proper strategies for dealing with it, but he wanted to confirm it firsthandwhich is why he threw the Guiyeong Spear in the first place. Kikikiki! Sylph cackled with smug laughter. What a pain. Just wait. I will crack that head of yours wide open. As Su-hos brow furrowed, Sylph began channeling again. [Sylph uses Wind Rings.] Even more mini-hurricanes than before formed around it. At the same time, the Low-Grade Wind Spirits also began charging their own wind bullets, all aimed at Su-ho. Tch. Once again, Su-ho broke into a sprint. BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! Wind Rings and wind bullets detonated across the terrain with every step he took. At this rate, the island was going to collapse. Su-ho quickly scanned the surrounding landscape. Meanwhile, he took quick swipes with his sword, slashing through Low-Grade Wind Spirits whenever he could. BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! To land a strike on Sylph, hed need to pierce its core at a moment when it least expected ittiming it perfectly. Just then, a large rock pillar came into view. Thats it! Su-ho sprinted toward it. The angle was perfecthe was out of Sylphs line of sight. He ducked behind the rock pillar and hid his presence. Immediately, Wind Rings and wind bullets came crashing toward the pillar. KA-BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! The rock pillar was sturdy. But it wouldnt hold forever. Right before it began to collapse, Su-ho darted out like a streak of light and hurled the Guiyeong Spear toward Sylph. Kehkehkeh! FWOOOOOOSH! Just as expected, Sylph let out a mocking laugh and once again broke its body apart. The spear shot harmlessly through the dispersed form, and the creature quickly reassembled itself. Then it launched a furious barrage of wind bullets straight at the airborne Su-ho. Gah! The wind bullets struck Su-hos body, punching clean holes through him. The pain hit hard enough that even Su-ho groaned through clenched teeth. But just then Sssshh! CRACK!! A crimson streak A straight line of blood-red light shot through the air and pierced Sylphs core exactly as it was reforming. Krhh?! The streak was none other than the Blood Spear. From behind the collapsed rock pillar, another Su-ho grinned and clenched his fist. Nice shot! There were two Su-hos. The one getting torn apart by wind bullets... And the one who nailed Sylph with a precise attack. In that moment [Mirror Clone is dispelled.] Pop! The Su-ho that had taken the full brunt of the wind bullets popped like a soap bubble, dispersing into pure mana. Chapter 216 The first Guiyeong Spearand the first Su-hohad been a fake. A misdirection using Military Tactics and a mirror clone. All thanks to that rocky pillar. I just needed a moment of concealment. That pillar did the job perfectly. Just before the rock collapsed, Su-ho released his mirror clone outside. It wasnt just a distraction or bait. He had programmed it with a specific action: to attack Sylph. And it worked. The clone precisely targeted Sylph, which reacted by using its evasive skill. Then, the moment the evasion ended, Su-ho struck with a real attack aimed directly at the spirits core. Grrrr...! Spirits were strong. Their power lay in their attack strength, their movement skills, and their evasive abilities. But their health? Practically nonexistent. Or rather, it was more accurate to say they didnt have health in the usual sense. Born of nature itself, the only way to kill a spirit was either to completely exhaust its mana, or to destroy the core anchoring its form. So whether it was a regular spirit or a mini-boss, if it had a coreit was vulnerable. Su-ho didnt give Sylph a chance to recover. [Spear Throw is activated.] As the creature staggered, he threw another spear. [Spear Throw is activated.] [Spear Throw is activated.] He kept throwing. Given the distance, long-range throws were the most efficient option. One by one, the Blood Spears pierced Sylph. And when the fifth one hit [You have slain Sylph.] Sylph was dead. Its core burst apart with a pop, releasing a gust of wind as a magic stone dropped from the air. Alright, time to finish the rest of you. Now that the most annoying one was down, the rest would be easy. Su-ho finished off the remaining spirits with Cloud Cutter, then grabbed Sylphs magic stone. And with that, he sprinted toward the boss room. The distance wasnt far now. Eventually [Entering the boss room.] He finally crossed into the boss monsters domain. Right after the system alert FWOOOOOOSH! A massive gale howled through the chamber. Su-ho raised one hand to shield his face. Then [Boss Monster has appeared.] An alert popped up to signal the bosss arrival. The landscape around him changed. Dark clouds blanketed the sky. And at the center of it all stood the lord of the Marado Gatewatching Su-ho from above. Half Sylphian Lv.191 Half Sylphian. To be precise, its name was Sylphian. Whoa... Su-ho murmured in awe at the sight of it. In his past life, Sylphian had ranked as Jeju Islands number one monsterat least until 2-Star Gates began appearing. After all, Marado Gate was Jejus only sealed Gate at the time. Its level reflected that status. The Gate had an entry cap of 190but the boss was level 191. And that wasnt all. The Half in its name meant that Sylphian was on the verge of becoming a Mid-Grade Spirit. Which explained a lot. Its aura alone was on another level compared to anything Su-ho had faced so far. Like Sylph, it had no visible lower bodyits form billowing with wind. But its sharp gaze and seaweed-like flowing hair made it clear: This was the undisputed ruler of this place. You were one of the ones I really wanted to meet. Just then, water began to flood into the ground beneath Su-hos feet. He let out a short, incredulous laugh. This was the center of Marado, and it was flooding? He leapt to a nearby rock formation. This is why the Marado Gate was so damn difficult. It wasnt enough that the boss was a spirit approaching Mid-Grade level. Now, even the ground was being taken away from him. And if that werent enough A horde of Low-Grade Wind Spirits began swarming in around Sylphian. Wow... Seriously, System? You expect six people to clear this? Su-ho scanned his surroundings. The tide was risingbut slowly. There were no flat surfaces left, but plenty of stone pillars to stand on. So that was the plan, huh? Leap from pillar to pillar while fighting an airborne boss? Su-ho shook his head. Good thing Im not your average swordsman... A regular swordsman wouldve been retired on the spot. He buffed himself again. [Holy Enchant is activated.] The blood-drenched sword in his hand gleamed with white light. From what Su-ho knew, the water at the base of those pillars would continue to risegradually flooding the entire field. Just like the Titanic. So he had to finish the fight before that happened. I dont have a clear movement skill yet. Meaningthis was a race against time. So from the start, he planned to go all in. He activated another skill. [Military Tactics is activated.] As it activated, multiple images of Su-ho began to appear. One... two... three... four... He kept increasing the numberforming dozens of clones. It drained a lot of mana, but he didnt care. Winning was all that mattered. All the mirror clones carried spearsnot a coincidence. Su-hos plan was simple: hed use all the clones as spear throwers. Lets begin. At Su-hos command, every clone looked up at the sky. Their targetsSylphian and the swarming spirits. Su-ho leapt first, and the clones followed. They each locked onto a different target and hurled their Blood Spears. No overlaps. These were all Su-hos clonesthey shared one consciousness. They wouldnt screw up something that basic. [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] [You have slain a Low-Grade Wind Spirit.] ... Some of the Blood Spears struck true, taking down a good number of spirits instantly. The rest either missed or grazed through their wispy, breeze-like forms. And a portionabout 30%aimed directly at Sylphian, with staggered timing. Naturally, none of them landed. This translation is the intellectual property of Novelight. Just like Sylph, Sylphian had a top-tier evasion skill. Which was exactly why Su-ho ordered the clones to attack. So I can take my shot! The emerald glow of Sylphians body turned pitch black Su-hos shadow. He had jumped even higher than Sylphianclosing the gap between them in an instant. Ordinarily, it wouldve been impossible. Even with an S-rank Leap skill that boosted his jump by 500% and let him double-jump in midair, Sylphian floated higher than that range. So Su-ho created new platforms in the sky. Platforms made ofhimself. More precisely, his mirror clones. That was the true reason hed summoned so many of them. Each clone used the same skills and leapt to their limits. Then Su-ho, at the peak of his leap, stepped on one of them and launched himself even higher. That gave him two additional leapsenough to finally reach Sylphian. As one of the Blood Spears brushed past the boss, Su-ho slashed. [Iron Cutter is activated.] His crimson bladewreathed in holy lightstruck with explosive force. Perfect timing. Proof? His sword cleaved halfway through Sylphians body. Sylphian narrowed its eyes. Not in pain But in irritation. The creature was a Wind Spiritalmost completely without a physical formso it couldnt feel pain in the first place. But the fact that Su-hos attack had dealt considerable damage was undeniable. That was why it raged now. Having landed a solid hit, Su-ho plummeted downward. One of the mirror clones, already waiting below, leapt up toward him. It offered its shoulder, and Su-ho stepped on it, using it to cushion his fall and reduce the impact of the landing. Tap Standing firmly atop a stone pillar, Su-ho lifted one corner of his mouth and looked up at Sylphian. Seeing Su-hos smirk, Sylphian ground its teeth. Its face said it all: You dare, you insignificant wretch? Yeah, I figured youd be pissed. But I bet it pisses you off even more that you cant curse me out. You need to be Spirit King-class to speak, dont you? But they could understand speech, at least. As if in response to Su-hos taunt, Sylphian raised its arms. Fierce winds surged from around its body, forming violent hurricanes in an instant. Kugwagwagwa! The hurricanes twisted into towering waterspouts. Sylphian summoned five or six of them, then spun them around its body like a cyclone shield. It was forming a defensive perimeteran answer to Su-hos aggressive advance. Su-ho didnt care. If that was Sylphians method, then Su-ho would simply use his own. I dare youlets see how long you can hold out. Sylphian raised its arms again. Then Dozens of Wind Rings, far larger and more numerous than any that Sylph had conjured, formed in the air and rained down like a monsoon. Lets go! But Su-ho didnt retreat. With a battle cry, he leapt once more, the clones following suit. Countless Blood Spears rained down in turn, piercing through Wind Spirits. That was fine. There were far fewer than before now. With their numbers reduced, more Blood Spears could target Sylphian directly. Once again, Su-ho stepped on one of the airborne clones and launched himself toward Sylphian. At that moment, one of the spinning waterspouts near Sylphian slammed into Su-ho. Kwagwagwagwagwa!! It struck him full-on. Then, the rest of the waterspouts joined in, wrapping around him. All six merged into a single massive vortex, locking Su-ho in a tight grip before erupting into a colossal explosion powered by extreme wind pressure. BOOOOM!! SPLAAAASH!! The waterspouts exploded violently, sending seawater flying in all directions. But in the aftermaththere was nothing. No Su-ho. Only a single, strangely out-of-place crimson pillar remained, standing upright where the explosion had occurred. Sylphian narrowed its eyes in confusion. A pillar? Where did this come from? And then Up here! The voice came from above. Sylphian instinctively looked upjust as Su-ho, already closing in, descended toward it with his blood-red sword drawn. The pillar... was a Blood Spear. At the moment the vortex had hit, Su-ho had abandoned his sword and pulled off his trusty "Ruyi Staff" trick. Hed conjured a thick, sturdy Blood Speartoo solid for a mere waterspout to breakand launched himself skyward atop ? NvIight ? (Read more on our source) it. Then, once the vortex exploded, Su-ho had dropped from the spear, targeting Sylphian directly. ...!! Sylphians eyes widened more than ever before. Evade! But it was too late. Too close. It couldnt activate its evasion in time. SHUKK! Su-hos blade pierced straight through the center of Sylphians forehead.